A I ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ft-* ■ . ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 H 
 
 ^BH 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ 
 

 
 4 o .q^ 
 
 v^-y v~V° V^V %1 
 
 
 
 
 >°^ "J 
 
 
 <* ♦* dag*: ^ 6 .<§& ° 4 sji^-\ */■ 
 
■: j>% * 
 
 
 .• *?% 
 
 ^ & ... ^ -• •* 4? . . . \ *?* J ... ^ '•" 
 
 'o. **tvt* a 
 
 
 
 
 V •!*•» * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •"* 
 
 ^•0 
 
 
 
 •♦ *> 
 
 V V 
 
 
 * ' .VvVaV **. &* •*« fit*. ^ a* ' /. 
 
 WT <*' 
 
 
 
 J: ^^ • 
 
 
 
 
 *o. **'T 
 
 
 r oV 
 
 •vt-o 1 
 
 
 •. r oV 
 
 Jpt 
 
 
 
 6 A V ^ 
 
 •• . ^ ^ %' 
 
 T* A 
 
 
 ." J%. V 
 
 /,-^/^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 '^9' 
 
 » * <o^ 
 
 *o. ♦7??r* A 
 
 *„ _ . * 
 
 .0^ 
 
 r o *^T w l, 
 
♦ ! 
 
 
 u 
 
 United States 
 Navy Regulations 
 
 1920 
 
 & 
 
 
 WASHINGTON 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
 
 1920 
 
i I 
 
 8floiMjJ'g9H vj 
 
 osei 
 
 • 
 
Navy Department, 
 Washington, December 11, 1920. 
 
 The following Regulations are issued, in accordance with the provisions of 
 section 1547 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, for the government of 
 all persons attached to the naval service. 
 
 It is hereby required and directed that all officers and other persons belonging 
 to the Navy, so far as the duties of each are concerned, make themselves ac- 
 quainted with, observe and comply with the Regulations of the United States 
 Navy contained herein. 
 
 These Regulations set forth the duty, responsibility, authority, distinctions 
 and relations of the various bureaus, offices and individual officers each to the 
 other. Details coming exclusively under the cognizance of a particular bureau 
 or office which might properly be incorporated in a separate manual by the 
 bureau or office concerned have been omitted. 
 
 ^l!^i^i^<n^ 
 
 The White House, n December, 1920. 
 
 Approved : 
 
 (1) 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page, 
 CHAPTER 1. — Articles for the Government of the Navy of the 
 
 United States : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1-G4. Articles for the government of the Navy 1-20 
 
 CHAPTER 2. — Instructions to Officers in General: 
 Sec. 1 — 
 
 Art. 74. Navy Department publications 21-23 
 
 Art. 75. Preparation and distribution of publications 23-25 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 76-128. Instructions in general 26-41 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 129-130. Special schools 41-43 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 131-136. Receipt of orders and official address 43-44 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 137-140. Reports on fitness 44-52 
 
 CHAPTER 3.— Rank. Command, and Duty: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 148-160. Officers in general 53-60 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 161-179. Detail of command and duty 60-63 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 180-186. Laws and decisions on rank and command 64-70 
 
 CHAPTER 4. — Administration and Discipline: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 196-204. The exercise of authority 71-73 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 205-210. Arrest or suspension 73-75 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 211-220. Punishments 76-77 
 
 CHAPTER 5. — Honors, Distinctions. Salutes, and Ceremonies: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 230-238. The President of the United States, the Vice 
 President, an ex-President, the president or sovereign 
 
 of a foreign State, and members of royal families 7&-S3 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 239-247. Cabinet officers, the Chief Justice, governors, 
 Members of Congress, diplomatic representatives, and 
 
 consuls 83-88 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 248-264. Naval and military officers 88-94 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 265-295. Honors and distinctions in general 95-104 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 297-303. Honors and salutes to foreign Governments 
 
 and officials 104-106 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 304-315. Gun salutes in general 106-108 
 
 Sec. 7.— Art. 310-319. Return gun salutes 108-109 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 320. Ensigns displayed when saluting or returning 
 
 salutes 110 
 
 Sec. 9.— Art. 321-343. Ensigns, flags, and pennants 110-116 
 
 Sec. 10.— Art. 344-357. Visits of ceremony 116-121 
 
 Sec. 11. — Art. 358-361. Anniversaries, solemnities, and holidays 121-123 
 
 Sec. 12.— Art. 362-379. Funeral ceremonies 123-129 
 
 Sec. 13.— Art. 380. Naval Reserve 129 
 
 in 
 
IV 
 
 CHAPTER 6. — Navy Department: Page. 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 390-304. Organization 131-135 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 395. Quarterly reports of bureaus and offices 135 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 396. Expenditure of appropriations 135-136 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 397, — Information furnished to persons outside the de- 
 partment 136 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 398-399. Duties conducted under the supervision of the 
 
 Assistant Secretary of the Navy ; the solicitor 136-137 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 400-404. The General Board 137-139 
 
 Sec. 7.— Art. 405-420. The Board of Inspection and Survey 139-147 
 
 Sec. 8.— Art. 421-424. The Communication Service 147-148 
 
 Sec. 9.— Art. 425. Monthly survey office 148 
 
 CHAPTER 7. — Office of Naval Opebations : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 433. The Chief of Naval Operations 149-150 
 
 CHAPTER 8. — Bureau of Navigation : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 443. Duties of the Bureau of Navigation 151-152 
 
 CHAPTER 9. — Bureau of Medicine and Suegeey: 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 457-458. Duties of the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
 gery 153-154 
 
 CHAPTER 10. — Judge Advocate General: 
 
 Seel. — Art. 469-470. Duties of the Judge Advocate General 155-156 
 
 CHAPTER 11. — Bureau of Yards and Docks: 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 481. Duties of the Bureau of Yards and Docks 157 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 482-494. Public works and public utilities 157-164 
 
 CHAPTER 12.— Bureau of Ordnance : 
 
 Seel. — Art. 505. Duties of the Bureau of Ordnance 165-166 
 
 CHAPTER 13. — Bureau of Construction and Repair : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art 519. Duties of the Bureau of Construction and Repair_ 167-168 
 
 CHAPTER 14. — Bureau of Engineering : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 530. Duties of the Bureau of Engineering 169 
 
 CHAPTER 15. — Bureau of Supplies and Accounts : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 541. Duties of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts— 171-172 
 
 CHAPTER 16.— Marine Corps : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art 552-556. General instructions 173-177 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 557-567. The Major General Commandant of the Ma- 
 rine Corps 177-179 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art 568-572. The staff of the Marine Corps 179-183 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 573-578. Marine brigades 183-185 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 579-582. Recruiting, discharges, transfers, and deser- 
 tions ; 1S5-18S 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 583-593. Service at navy yards and naval stations 1SS-1S9 
 
 Sec. 7.— Art. 594-596. Marine Corps target practice 189-190 
 
 Sec. 8.— Art. 597-625. Service aboard ships of war 190-196 
 
 Sec. 9. — Art. 626-631. Service aboard naval vessels as separate or- 
 ganization 196-197 
 
CHAPTER 17. — Organization of the Naval Fobces : Page. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 641-649. General organization of the naval forces 199-201 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 650-652. Status of ships 202-203 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 653-664. Organization of the fleets 203-206 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 665-669. Hospital ships 207 
 
 CHAPTER 18. — Commander in Chief : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 679-702. General duties 209-217 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 703-716. Duties in time of war 217-219 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 717-728. Intercourse with foreigners 219-224 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 729-730. On assuming command 224-225 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 731-739. Supplies and repairs 225-227 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 740-746. Personnel 227-229 
 
 CHAPTER 19. — Flag Officer Not in Chief Command : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 756-770. General duties 231-235 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 771. Duties of a force commander 235 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 772-773. Duties of a squadron commander 235-236 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 774-775. Duties of a division commander 236-237 
 
 CHAPTER 20. — Staff of a Flag Officer Afloat : 
 
 Sec. 1— Art. 785. Chief of staff to a commander in chief 239 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 786. Staff of a commander in chief 239-240 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 787. Enlisted men in the immediate service of a com- 
 mander in chief 240-241 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 788. Staff of a flag officer afloat not in chief command- 241 
 
 CHAPTER 21.— Senior Officer Present : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 798-809. General duties 243-245 
 
 CHAPTER 22. — Commanding Officer of a Ship : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 819. The commanding officer of a ship and the suc- 
 cession to command 247 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 820-828. Assuming command and fitting out 247-251 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 829-S34. Organization 251-252 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 835-SGS. General duties 252-262 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 869-875. Duties in time of war 262-263 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 876-879. Intercourse with foreigners 263-264 
 
 Sec. 7.— Art. 8S0-SS9. Navigation . 264-266 
 
 Sec. 8.— Art. 890-899. Supplies and repairs 266-268 
 
 Sec. 9.— Art. 900-921. Personnel 268-275 
 
 CHAPTER 23.— Executive Officer of a Ship: 
 
 Seel. — Art. 931-951. Duties of the executive officer 277-282 
 
 CHAPTER 24.— Gunnery Officer of a Ship: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 961-971. Duties of the gunnery officer 283-286 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 972. Safety precautions 286-299 
 
 CHAPTER 25.— Engineer Officer of a Ship: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 981-982. Personality 301 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 9S4-989. Responsibility 301-303 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 991-997. General duties 303-308 
 
 CHAPTER 26.— Navigating Officer of a Ship : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1007-1031. Duties of the navigating officer 309-318 
 
 CHAPTER 27.— First Lieutenant of a Ship : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1040-1051. Duties of the first lieutenant 319-321 
 
VI 
 
 CHAPTER 28. — Officees of the Deck : Page. 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1061-1080. Duties 323-330 
 
 CHAPTER 29. — Officers of the Engine Room Watch : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1090-1093. Duties 331-338 
 
 CHAPTER 30.— Division Officers : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1103. Definition 335 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1104-1108. Duties 335-337 
 
 CHAPTER 31. — Ensigns of the Line : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1118-1122. Duties 339 
 
 CHAPTER 32. — Medical Officers : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1132-1177. Duties aboard ship 341-350 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1178-1183. Dental officer 350-351 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1184-1203. Shore stations and general duties 351-359 
 
 CHAPTER 33. — Officers of the Supply Corps Afloat : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1208-1234. Duties 361-568 
 
 CHAPTER 34. — Other Commissioned Officers of the Navy, Commis- 
 sioned Warrant Officers, and Warrant Officers : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1244. Duties of fleet chaplain 369 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1245. Duties of chaplain 370 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1246. Professors of mathematics 370 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 1247-1251. Naval constructors 371-372 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 1252-1253. Civil Engineer Corps 372 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 1254. Definitions of warrant officer titles 372 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1255. Chief boatswain and boatswain 372-373 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1256. Chief gunner and gunner 373 
 
 Sec. 9.— Art. 1257. Chief gunner (O) and gunner (O) 373 
 
 Sec. 10. — Art. 1258. Chief gunner (E) and gunner (E) 374 
 
 Sec. 11.— Art. 1259. Chief gunner (R) and gunner (R) 374 
 
 Sec. 12.— Art. 1260. Chief machinist and machinist 374 
 
 Sec. 13. — Art. 1261. Chief carpenter and carpenter 374-375 
 
 Sec. 14. — Art. 1262. Chief sailmaker and sailmaker 375 
 
 Sec. 15. — Art. 1263. Chief pharmacist and pharmacist 375 
 
 Sec. 16.— Art. 1264. Chief pay clerk and pay clerk 375-376 
 
 CHAPTER 35. — Petty Officers and Crew: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1275-1276. Petty officers and crew 377 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1277. Masters-at-arms 377-378 
 
 CHAPTER 36. — Ship Organization and Routine: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1287-1295. Ship organization 379-386 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1296-1349. Ship routine 386-405 
 
 CHAPTER 37. — Care and Preservation of Hulls of Ships and Me- 
 chanical Contrivances Pertaining Thereto: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1359-1368. General instructions 407-414 
 
 CHAPTER 38.— Stores Afloat: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1378-1394. Custody, care, and expenditure 415-422 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1395-1401. Requisitions, purchases, and public bills for 
 
 ships 422-425 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1402-1404. Ships' stores 425-^27 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 1405-1406. Clothing and small stores 427 
 
 - Sec. 5.— Art. 1407-1416. Rations 427-430 
 
vn 
 
 Page. 
 CHAPTER 39. — Quarters and Messes of Officers on Board Ship : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 142&-1434. Officers' quarters 431-433 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1435-1441. Officers' messes 433-435 
 
 CHAPTER 40. — Quarantine, Pilotage, Convoy, Transportation 
 Aboard Government Vessels, and the American National Red 
 Cross : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1451-1453. Quarantine 437-438 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1454. Pilotage 438 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1455-1457. Transportation aboard Government vessels- 438-440 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 145S-1460. Transportation services 440-442 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1461-1467. Convoys of Army transports 442-447 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1470. The American National Red Cross 447-449 
 
 CHAPTER 41. — Shore Establishments : 
 Part I. — Naval districts — 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1480. Establishment and limits 452-453 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1481-1484. General administration 453-455 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1485. Organization 455-456 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 1486. Coast defense 456-457 
 
 Part II. — Naval bases — 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1487. General administration 457-458 
 
 Part III. — Navy yards and naval stations — 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1488-1502. General administration 458-462 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1503-1508. Ships at a yard or station 462-465 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1509. Commissioning and delivery of ships 465 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1510. Ships going out of commission and ships 
 
 out of commission 466-467 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 1511-1515. Personnel, civil and naval 467-469 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1516. General organization 469 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1517. Captain of the yard 470 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1518-1531. Officers in charge of departments and 
 
 divisions 471-474 
 
 Sec. 9.— Art. 1532. Engineer officer 474-475 
 
 Sec. 10.— Art. 1533. Construction officer 475 
 
 Sec. 11.— Art. 1534. Public works officer 475-476 
 
 Sec. 12. — Art. 1535-1536. The inspection officer and assistant in- 
 spectors 477-478 
 
 Sec. 13.— Art. 1537. Supply officer 478 
 
 Sec. 14.— Art. 1538. Disbursing officer 478-479 
 
 Sec. 15.— Art. 1539. Accounting officer 479-480 
 
 Sec. 16.— Art. 1540. Medical officer 480 
 
 Sec. 17. — Art. 1542. Work done by one department or division 
 
 for another 480 
 
 Sec. 18. — Art. 1543. Employment of labor at navy yards 480 
 
 Sec. 19.— Art. 1544. Floating dry docks 481-482 
 
 Sec. 20.— Art. 1545. Visits to vessels building 482 
 
 Sec. 21. — Art. 1546-1548. Relations of the commander in chief, 
 Atlantic Fleet, with the naval station, Guan- 
 tanamo Bay 482-483 
 
vni 
 
 CHAPTER 41. — Shore Establishments — Continued. 
 
 Part III. — Navy yards and naval stations — Continued. Page. 
 
 Sec. 22. — Art. 1549. Relations of the Commander in Chief, 
 Asiatic Fleet, with the Naval Stations, Cavite and 
 Olongapo, and other shore activities within the 
 
 limits of the Asiatic Station 483^84 
 
 Sec. 23.— Art. 1550. The Navy Yard, Washington, D. C 484 
 
 Sec. 24. — Art. 1551. The navy yards under industrial manage- 
 ment 4S4-485 
 
 Sec. 25. — Art. 1552-1553. Regulations for the control, defense, 
 and protection of Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, and de- 
 fense of the Panama Canal 485-487 
 
 CHAPTER 42. — Instructions Governing Employment, Leave, Pay, 
 Etc., of Civilians in the Naval Service : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1562-1563. Employment of labor__ 489 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1564-1567. Politics and religion 489^91 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1568. Classification 491-492 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1569. Applications and examinations 492 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 1570-1571. Labor boards, transfers, etc 492-493 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1572. Testimony for Civil Service Commission 493 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1573-1574. Overtime and holiday work and pay 493-494 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1575-1580. Injury, rewards, leave, retirement 494-498 
 
 CHAPTER 43. — Stores Ashore: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1590-1597. Custody, care, and issue 499-507 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1598-1603. Shipments 507-510 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1604-1610. Requisitions and purchases ashore 510-517 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 1611-1616. Inspections 517-519 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 1617. Public bills 519 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 1618-1621. Commissary store 519-521 
 
 CHAPTER 44. — Appointments, Promotions, and Retirements : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1631-1649. Appointments 523-529 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1650-1664. Promotions 529-53S 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1665-1671. Retirements 53S-539 
 
 CHAPTER 45. — Enlistments, Ratings, Transfers, Discharges, Etc : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1681-1683. Naval recruiting stations 541-542 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1686-1690. Discharges 542-546 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1691-1706. Desertions 546-550 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1707-1712. Rewards and privileges 550-556 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1713. Enlistment in the Hospital Corps 556 
 
 CHAPTER 46. — Leave of Absence and Liberty : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1722-1731. Leave and liberty 557-562 
 
 CHAPTER 47.— Money, Pay, and Allowances : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1741-1756. Responsibilities and penalties 563-568 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1757-176S. Deposits and checks 56S-574 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1769-1775. Requisitions for money 574-575 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 1776-1778. Bills of exchange 576-57S 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1779-1781. Deposits by enlisted men 57S-5S0 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1782-1786. Money issued to officers and enlisted men. 5S0-5S1 
 
 Sec. 7.— Art. 1787-1801. Pay and bounties, Navy 5S1-5S5 
 
 Sec. 8.— Art. 1802-1S04. Advances 585-686 
 
 Sec. 9.— Art. 1805-1807. Allotments 5S6-5S8 
 
IX 
 
 CHAPTER 47. — Money, Pay, and Allowances — Continued. Page. 
 
 Sec. 10.— Art. 180S-1818. Travel 588-000 
 
 Sec. 11.— Art. 1819-1829. Quarters, light, fuel, and subsistence 600-G05 
 
 Sec. 12.— Art. 1830-1840. Miscellaneous allowances 605-607 
 
 Sec. 13— Art. 1841. Persons deceased 607-609 
 
 Sec. 14.— Art. 1842-1845. Pensions 609-010 
 
 Sec. 15. — Art. 1846-1850. General instructions for purchases 610-611 
 
 CHAPTER 48. — Accounts and Returns : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1860-1863. General accounts 613-617 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1864. Accounting officers' returns 617 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1865. Supply accounts ashore 617-61S 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 1866-1867. Supply accounts afloat 619 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 1868-1877. Inspection of accounts 619-625 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 1878-1882. Deserters and persons deceased 625-627 
 
 See. 7.— Art. 1883-1887. Miscellaneous 627-629 
 
 CHAPTER 49. — Sales and Surveys of Material: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1807. Sales of vessels 631-633 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1898-1905. Sales of material 633-634 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1906-1925. Surveys of equipage and supplies 634-647 
 
 CHAPTER 50.— Fuel : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1935-1939. General information 649-650 
 
 OHAPTER 51. — Repairs and Alterations to Ships: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1949-1951. Definitions 651-652 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1952-1953. Docking and overhaul period* 652 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1954-1964. Inspection by the Board of Inspection and 
 
 Survey 652-658 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1965-19S5. Repairs and alterations not covered by 
 
 a material inspection 659-673 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 19S0-198S. Weekly reports of work 673-675 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1990. Statutory limit of cost of work on vessels 675-676 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1991-1992. Repairs to cruising vessels on a foreign sta- 
 tion or when not at a navy yard 676-677 
 
 Sec. 8.— Art. 1993-1994. Work at navy yards and stations for co- 
 ordinate branches of the Government and docking for- 
 eign Government vessels 677-678 
 
 Sec. 9. — Art. 1995-1996. Work at navy yards and stations for pri- 
 vate parties 678-684 
 
 OHAPTER 52. — Correspondence : 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 2003-2049. Instructions 685-708 
 
 See. ?.— Art. 2050-2053. Definitions of naval terms 708-709 
 
 OHAPTER 53. — Mail and Navy Mail Clerks: 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 2063-2065. Appointments and duties of Navy mail 
 
 clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks 711-715 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 2066-2067. Handling of closed mails under provisions 
 
 of Postal Convention 716-717 
 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 2068-2070. Miscellaneous 717-718 
 
 OHAPTER 54.— Reports : 
 
 Sec. 1. — Reports from all officers in command on shore 719-721 
 
 Sec. 2. — Reports from commandants or industrial managers, navy 
 
 yards and naval stations 721-723 
 
 Sec. 3. — Reports from commandants of naval districts 724 
 
X 
 
 CHAPTER 54.— Repoets— Continued. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Reports from commanding officer or officer in charge, p a ge, 
 
 radio stations 724 
 
 Sec. 5. — Reports from commanding officers, naval air stations, and 
 
 marine flying fields 725-726 
 
 Sec. 6. — Reports from commandants of naval training stations 726 
 
 Sec. 7. — Reports from commanding officers of hospitals and hos- 
 pital ships 727-729 
 
 Sec. 8. — Reports from governor of Naval Home 729 
 
 Sec. 9. — Reports from accounting officers 729-731 
 
 Sec. 10. — Reports from supply officer ashore 731-732 
 
 Sec. 11. — Reports from supply officer (regarding navigational in- 
 struments), navy yards, bases, and supply stations 733 
 
 Sec. 12. — Reports from Navy purchasing office 733 
 
 Sec. 13. — Reports from disbursing officer (ashore) 733-734 
 
 Sec. 14. — Reports from officers in charge, recruiting station 735 
 
 Sec. 15. — Reports from officer in charge or custodian (where no 
 
 supply officer is attached to activity) naval fuel depots— 736 
 
 Sec. 16. — Reports from all officers 736 
 
 Sec. 17. — Reports from all flag and commanding officers afloat 737 
 
 Sec. 18. — Reports from senior officer present afloat 737 
 
 Sec. 19. — Reports from all flag officers afloat 738 
 
 Sec. 20. — Reports from commander in chief 73S 
 
 Sec. 21. — Reports from commanding officers of all ships 739-746 
 
 Sec. 22. — Reports from commanding officers of ships carrying air- 
 craft 746 
 
 Sec. 23. — Reports from commanding officers of submarines 747 
 
 Sec. 24. — Reports from commanding officers of subchasers and 
 
 other small ships 747 
 
 Sec. 25. — Reports from all tenders having torpedo storage, over- 
 haul, or test facilities 747 
 
 Sec. 26. — Reports from commanding officers, receiving ships, receiv- 
 ing barracks 748 
 
 Sec. 27. — Reports from commanding officer, marine detachment, 
 
 via commanding officer 748-749 
 
 CHAPTER 55. — Rules foe Peeventing Collisions : 
 
 Sec. 1. — General instructions 751-752 
 
 Sec. 2. — International and inland rules , 752-779 
 
 Sec. 3. — Limits of inland waters of the United States 779-784 
 
 Sec. 4. — Pilot rules for certain inland waters of the Atlantic and 
 
 Pacific coasts and of the coast of the Gulf of Mexico 784-807 
 
 Sec. 5. — Pilot rules for the rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf 
 of Mexico and their tributaries and the Red River of the 
 
 North 807-821 
 
 Sec. 6. — Pilot rules for the Great Lakes and their connecting and 
 
 tributary waters 822-836 
 
 Sec. 7. — Certain additional rules applicable to one or more of the 
 
 preceding sections S36-S38 
 
 Sec. 8. — Special rules for motor boats S3S-840 
 
CHAPTER 1. 
 
 ARTICLES FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE NAVY OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 ►Section 1, Articles l-£4. — Articles for the Government of the Navy. 
 
 Section 1624 of the Revised Statutes, as affected by the acts of 3 March, 
 1893 ; 25 February, 1895 ; 3 March, 1899 (sec, 13) ; 13 Mav, 1908 ; 16 
 February, 1909; 22 August, 1912; and 29 August, 1916. 
 
 The Navy of the United States shall be governed by the follow- 
 ing articles: 
 
 1. 
 
 The commanders of all fleets, squadrons, naval stations, and Commanders 
 
 to suuf'rvisc 11 Bit 
 
 vessels belonging to the Navy are required to show in themselves a correct, 
 good example of virtue, honor, patriotism, and subordination ; to be 
 vigilant in inspecting the conduct of all persons who are placed 
 under their command ; to guard against and suppress all dissolute 
 and immoral practices, and to correct, according to the laws and 
 regulations of the Navy, all persons who are guilty of them ; and 
 any such commander who offends against this article shall be 
 punished as a court-martial may direct. 
 
 2. 
 
 The commander oi vessels and naval stations to which chaplains Wrine service, 
 are attached shall cause divine service to be performed on Sunday, 
 whenever the weather and other circumstances allow it to be done ; 
 and it is earnestly recommended to all officers, seamen, and others 
 in the naval service diligently to attend at every performance of 
 the worship of Almighty God. 
 
 3. 
 
 Any irreverent or unbecoming behavior during divine service ± irreverent be- 
 
 n&rior. 
 
 stfiall be punished as a general or summary court-martial may 
 direct. 
 
 4. 
 
 The punishment of death, or such other punishment as a court- Death i«n- 
 uiartial may adjudge, may be inflicted on any person in the naval 
 service — 
 
 (1) 
 
rior officer. 
 
 with enemy. 
 
 enemy 
 
 Mutiny. (i) Who makes, or attempts to make, or unites .with any mutiny 
 
 or mutinous assembly, or, being witness to or present at any mu- 
 tiny, does not do his utmost to suppress it ; or, knowing of any 
 mutinous assembly or of any intended mutiny, does not immedi- 
 ately communicate his knowledge to his superior or commanding 
 officer ; 
 
 Disobedience. (2) Or disobeys the lawful orders of his superior officer; 
 
 Striking supe- (3) Or strikes or assaults, or attempts or threatens to strike or 
 assault, his superior officer while in the execution of the duties of 
 his office; 
 
 Intercourse (4) Or gives any intelligence to, or holds or entertains any inter- 
 course with, an enemy or rebel, without leave from the President, 
 the Secretary of the Navy, the commander in chief of the fleet, the 
 commander of the squadron, or in case of a vessel acting singly, 
 from his commanding officer ; 
 
 Messages from (5) Or receives any message or letter from an enemy or rebel. 
 
 or being aware of the unlawful reception of such message or letter, 
 
 fails to take the earliest opportunity to inform his superior or 
 
 commanding officer thereof; 
 
 Desertion in (6) Or, in time of war, deserts or entices others to desert; 
 time of Tvar. /r»\ ^ . ... ^ -. t ■, ^ ^.^ 
 
 Betraying (7) Or, m time of war, deserts or betrays his trust, or entices or 
 
 trust - aids others to desert or betray their trust ; 
 
 Sleeping on (8) Or sleeps upon his watch; 
 wsttch 
 Leaving sta- (9) "Or leaves his station before being regularly relieved; 
 
 U willful strand- ^ 10 ^ 0r intentionally or willfully suffers any vessel of the Navy 
 ing or injury of to be stranded, or run upon rocks or shoals, or improperly haz- 
 
 arded ; or maliciously or willfully injures any vessel of the Navy. 
 
 or any part of her tackle, armament, or equipment whereby the 
 
 safety of the vessel is hazarded or the lives of the crew exposed to 
 
 danger ; 
 
 Destruction of (H) Or unlawfully sets on fire, or otherwise unlawfully de- 
 public property. .. . 
 
 stroys. any public property not at the nine m possession of an 
 
 enemy, pirate, or rebel ; 
 Striking flag (12) Or strikes or attempts to strike the flag to an enemy or 
 
 rebel, without proper authority, or, when engaged in battle, 
 
 treacherously yields or pusillanimously cries for quarter ; 
 Cowardice in (13) Or, in time of battle, displays cowardice, negligence, or 
 
 disaffection, or withdraws from or keeps out of danger to which 
 
 he should expose himself. 
 
 Deserting duty (14) Or, in time of battle, deserts his duty or station, or entices 
 in battle. ^4-v™~ *-„ *~ ™ . 
 
 others to do so; 
 
 Neglecting or- (15) Qr does not properly observe the orders of his command- 
 ders for battle. * * 
 
 ing officer and use his utmost exertions to carry them into execu- 
 tion, when ordered to prepare for or join in, or when actually en- 
 gaged in battle or while in sight of an enemy ; 
 
3! » 
 
 (16) Or, being in command of a fleet, sduadron, or vessel acting 
 singly, neglects, when an engagement is) probable, or when an 
 armed vessel of an enemy or rebel is in sight, to prepare and clear 
 his ship or ships for action ; 
 
 (17) Or does not, upon signal for battle, use his utmost exer- 
 tions to join in battle ; 
 
 (18) Or fails to encourage, in his own person, his inferior offi- 
 cers and men to fight courageously; 
 
 (19) Or does not do his utmost to overtake and capture or 
 destroy any vessel which^t is his duty to encounter; 
 
 (20) Or does not afford all practicable relief and assistance to 
 vessels belonging to the United States or their allies when en- 
 gaged in battle. 
 
 Neglecting to 
 clear for action. 
 
 Neglecting to 
 join in battle. 
 
 Failing to en- 
 courage others. 
 
 Failing to seek 
 encounter. 
 
 Failing to af- 
 ford relief. 
 
 All persons who, in time of war, or of rebellion against the 
 supreme authority of the United States, come or are found in the 
 capacity of spies, or who bring or deliver auy seducing letter 
 or message from an enemy or rebel, or endeavor to corrupt any 
 person in the Navy to betray his trust, shall suffer death or such 
 other punishment as a court-martial may adjudge. 
 
 Spies. 
 
 (J. 
 
 If any person belonging to any public vessel of the United States 
 commits the crime of murder without the territoral jurisdiction 
 thereof, he may be tried by court-martial and punished with death. 
 
 Murder. 
 
 A naval court-martial may adjudge the punishment of imprison- 
 ment for life, or for a stated term, at hard labor, in any ca^*' 1 
 where it is authorized to adjudge the punishment of death; and 
 such sentences of imprisonment and hard labor may be carried into 
 execution in any prison or penitentinry under the control of the 
 United States, or which the United States may be allowed by the 
 legislature of any State to use, and persons so imprisoned in the 
 prison or penitentiary of any State or Territory shall be subject 
 in all respects to the same discipline and treatment as convicts 
 sentenced by the courts of the State or Territory in which the 
 same may be situated. 
 
 8. 
 
 imprisonment 
 penitentiary. 
 
 Such punishment as a court-martial may adjudge may be in- 
 flicted on any person in the Navy. 
 
* , p ^° '» n . it y» (1) Who is guilty of profane swearing, falsehood, drunkenness, 
 falsehood, etc. § 
 
 gambling, fraud, theft, T or any other scandalous conduct tending to 
 
 the destruction of good morals ; 
 Cruelty. ( 2 ) Or is guilty of cruelty toward, or oppression or maltreat- 
 
 ment of, any person subject to his orders ; 
 Quarreling. (3) Or quarrels with, strikes, or assaults, or uses provoking or 
 
 reproachful words, gestures, or menaces toward, any person in 
 the Navy ; 
 auwreTsf ntlMg ^ ^ r end eavors to foment quarrels between other persons in 
 the Navy; * 
 
 Duels. (5) Or sends or accepts a challenge to fight a duel or acts as a 
 
 second in a duel; 
 superior eAcer?' < 6 ) 0r treats his superior officer with contempt, or is dis- 
 respectful to him in language or deportment, while in the execu- 
 tion of his office ; 
 Combinations (7) Or joins in or abets any combination to weaken the lawful 
 officer. authority of, or lessen the respect due to, his commanding officer ; 
 
 words" tinons (8) Or utters any seditious or mutinous words; 
 ffegieet of or- (9) Or is negligent or careless in obeying orders, or culpably in- 
 ers ' efficient in the performance of duty ; 
 
 Preventing de- (10) Or does not use his best exertions to prevent the unlawful 
 struction of prop- _ ,. te ..-.,. . ., 
 
 erty. destruction of public property by others ; 
 
 Stranding. (n) Or through inattention or negligence suffers any vessel of 
 
 the Navy to be stranded, or run upon a rock or shoal, or hazarded ; 
 
 Convoy service. (12) Or, when attached to any vessel appointed as convoy to 
 any merchant or other vessels, fails diligently to perform his duty, 
 or demands or exacts any compensation for his services, or mal- 
 treats the officers or crews of such merchant or other vessels ; 
 
 Receiving (13) Or takes, receives, or permits to be received, on board the 
 freight, etc. 
 
 vessel to which he is attached, any goods or merchandise, for 
 
 freight, sale, or traffic, except, gold, silver, or jewels, for freight 
 
 or safe-keeping ; or demands or receives any compensation for the 
 
 receipt or transportation of any other article than gold, silver, or 
 
 jewels, without authority from the President or Secretary of the 
 
 Navy; 
 
 False muster. (14) q y knowingly makes or signs, or aids, abets, directs, or 
 procures the making or signing of, any false muster; 
 
 Waste of prop- (15) Or wastes any ammunition, provisions, or other public 
 property, or, having power to prevent it, knowingly permits such 
 waste ; 
 
 Plundering. (16) Or, when on shore, plunders, abuses, or maltreats any in- 
 
 habitant, or injures his property in any way ; 
 
 Apprehending (17) Or refuses, or fails to use his utmost exertions to detect, 
 apprehend, and bring to punishment all offenders, or to aid all- 
 persons appointed for that purpose ; 
 
(18) Or, when rated or acting as master-at-arms, refuses to Receiving 
 
 MflBftHftTfl 
 
 receive such prisoners as may be committefi to lis charge, or hav- 
 ing received them, suffers them to escape, \v dismisses them with- 
 out orders from the proper authority ; 
 
 (19) Or is absent from his station or duty without leave, or Absence with 
 after his leave has expired ; °° eaT *" 
 
 (20) Or violates or refuses obedience to any lawful general Violating or- 
 order or regulation issued by the Secretary of the Navy ; tions. °* **** 
 
 (21) Or, in time of peace, deserts or attempts to desert, or aids Desertion in 
 and entices others to desert ; tlme of pe * oe * 
 
 (22) Or receives or entertains any deserter from any other ves- H^boring tie- 
 sel of the Navy, knowing him to be such, and does not, with all 
 convenient speed, give notice of such deserter to the commander 
 
 of the vessel to which he belongs, or to the commander in chief, 
 or to the commander of the squadron. 
 
 9. 
 
 Any officer who absents himself from hit; command without Officer absent 
 leave, may, by the sentence of a court-martial, be reduced to the 
 rating of an ordinary seaman. 
 
 10. 
 
 Any commissioned officer of the Navy or Marine Corps who, hav- Desertion b* 
 ing tendered his resignation, quits his post or proper duties with- rwl s n * tion - 
 out leave, and with intent to remain permanently absent there- 
 from, prior to due notice of the acceptance of such resignation, 
 shall be deemed and punished as a deserter. 
 
 11. 
 
 No person in the naval service shall procure stores or other arti- Dealing in sup 
 eles or supplies for, and dispose thereof to, the officers or enlisted p M ' 
 men on vessels of the Navy, or at navy yards or naval stations, 
 for his own account or benefit. 
 
 12. 
 
 No person connected with the Navy shall, under any pretense, importing du- 
 import in a public vessel any article which is liable to the pay- N* We soods- 
 ment of duty. 
 
 13. 
 
 Distilled spirits shall be admitted on board of vessels of war Distilled spftr- 
 only upon the order and under the control of the medical officers 
 of such vessels, and to be used only for medical purposes. 
 
 183841°— 20 2 
 
14. 
 
 Crimes of Fine and imprfcpnment, or such other punishment as a court- 
 
 f r ft it i! AfiTfliimt* ^Ti*^^^ 
 
 United States. " martial may adjudge, shall be inflicted upon any person in the 
 naval service of the United States — 
 Presenting Who presents or causes to be presented to any person in the 
 civil, military, or naval service thereof, for approval or payment, 
 any claim against the United States or any officer thereof, know- 
 ing such claim to be false or fraudulent ; or 
 Agreement Who enters into any agreement or conspiracy to defraud the 
 
 oonccrniii ' f slsc 
 
 claims. United States by obtaining, or aiding others to obtain, the allow- 
 
 ance or payment of any false or fraudulent claim ; or 
 
 False papers, who, for the purpose of obtaining or aiding others to obtain, the 
 approval, allowance, or payment of any claim against the United 
 States or against any officer thereof, makes or uses, or procures 
 or advises the making or use of, any writing, or other paper, 
 knowing the same to contain any false or fraudulent statement ; or 
 
 Perjury. Who, for the purpose of obtaining, or aiding others to obtain, 
 
 the approval, allowance, or payment of any claim against the 
 United States or any officer thereof, makes or procures or advises 
 the making of, any oath to any fact or to any writing or other 
 paper, knowing such oath to be false ; or 
 
 Forgery. Who, for the purpose of obtaining, or aiding others to obtain, 
 
 the approval, allowance, or payment of any claim against the 
 United States or any officer thereof, forges or counterfeits, or 
 procures or advises the forging or counterfeiting of, any signature 
 upon any writing or other paper, or uses, or procures or advises 
 the use of, any such signature, knowing the same to be forged or 
 counterfeited ; or 
 
 DeUveringless Who, having charge, possession, custody, or control of any 
 receipted for. money or other property of the United States, furnished or in- 
 tended for the naval service thereof, knowingly delivers or 
 causes to be delivered, to any person having authority to receive 
 the same, any amount thereof less than that for which he re- 
 ceives a certificate or receipt ; or 
 
 Giving receipts Who, being authorized to make or deliver any paper certifying 
 
 ingSneir^rutnT" tne receipt of any money or other property of the United States, 
 
 furnished or intended for the naval service thereof, makes, or 
 
 delivers to any person, such writing, without having full' knowl- 
 
 . edge of the truth of the statements therein contained, and with 
 
 intent to defraud the United States ; or 
 
 Stealing, sell- Who steals, embezzles, knowingly and willfully misappropriates, 
 applies to his own use or benefit, or wrongfully and knowingly 
 sells or disposes of any ordnance, arms, equipments, ammunition, 
 clothing, subsistence stores, money, or other property of the 
 United States, furnished or intended for the military or naval 
 service thereof; or 
 
 ing, etc. 
 
Who knowingly purchases, or receives in pledge for any obliga- t ?H ing P nWic 
 
 . , ; " u. military prop- 
 
 tion or indebtedness, from any other person who is a part of or erty. 
 employed in said service, any ordnance, arms, equipments, ammu- 
 nition, clothing, subsistence stores, or other property of the United 
 States, such other person not having lawful right to sell or pledge 
 the same; or 
 
 Who executes, attempts, or countenances any other fraud Other frauds. 
 against the United States. 
 
 And if any person, being guilty of any of the offenses described reg Vind 1 tiriai. ar " 
 in this article while in the naval service, receives his discharge, or 
 is dismissed from the service, he shall continue to be liable to be 
 arrested and held for trial and sentence by a court-martial in the 
 same manner and to the same extent as if he had not received 
 such discharge nor been dismissed. 
 
 15. 
 
 (Repealed by act of March 3, 1899. section 13.) Persons enti- 
 
 tled to prize 
 j < . money. 
 
 No person in the Navy shall take out of a prize, or vessel seized Removing prop- 
 erty from prize. 
 as a prize, any money, plate, goods, or any part of her equipment, 
 
 unless it be for the better preservation thereof or unless such 
 articles are absolutely needed for the use of any of the vessels 
 or armed forces of the United States, before the same are ad- 
 judged lawful prize by a competent court; but the whole, without 
 fraud, concealment, or embezzlement, shall be brought in, in order 
 that judgment may be passed thereon ; and every person who 
 offends against this article shall be punished as a court-martial 
 may direct. 
 
 17. 
 
 If any person in the Navy strips off the clothes of, or pillages, Maltreating 
 or in any manner maltreats, any person taken on board a prize, 
 he shall suffer such punishment as a court-martial may adjudge. 
 
 18. 
 
 If any officer or person in the naval service employs any of the Returning fu- 
 forces under his command for the purpose of returning any fugi- glt ?es * 
 tive from service or labor, he shall lie dismissed from the service. 
 
 19. 
 
 Any officer who knowingly enlists into the naval service any per- Enlisting de- 
 son who has deserted in time of war from the naval or military |f£ ter8 ' minor8 ' 
 service of the United States, or any insane or intoxicated person, 
 or any minor between the a^es of fourteen and eighteen years, 
 
8 
 
 without the consent of his parents or guardian, or any minor 
 under the age of fourteen years, shall be punished as a court- 
 martial may direct. 
 
 ao. 
 
 Every commanding officer of a vessel in the Navy shall obey the 
 following rules : 
 
 on board rCt€iVed ^ Whenever a man enters on board, the commanding officer 
 shall cause an accurate entry to be made in the ship's books, show- 
 ing his name, the date, place, and term of his enlistment, the place 
 or vessel from which he was received on board, his rating, his de- 
 scriptive list, his age, place of birth, and citizenship, with such re- 
 marks as may be necessary. 
 List of officers, (2) He shall, before sailing, transmit to the Secretary of the 
 
 gers, aa Vdmen ' Navy a complete list of the rated men nnder his command, show- 
 ing the particulars set forth in rule one, and a list of officers and 
 passengers, showing the date of their entering. And he shall cause 
 similar lists to be made out on the first day of every third month 
 and transmitted to the Secretary of the Navy as opportunities oc- 
 cur, accounting therein for any casualty which may have happened 
 since the last list. 
 Deaths and dc- (3) He shall cause to be accurately minuted on the ship's books 
 
 sertions. t j ie names f any person dying or deserting, and the times at which 
 
 such death or desertion occurs. 
 Property of do- (4) In case of the death of any officer, man, or passenger on said 
 
 ceased persons, yegg^ be sh a \\ take care that the paymaster secures all the prop- 
 erty of the deceased, for the benefit of his legal reprsentatives. 
 Accounts of (5) He shall not receive on board any man transferred from any 
 
 men received. ti ier vessel or station to him, unless such man is furnished with 
 an account, signed by the captain and paymaster of the vessel or 
 station from which he came, specifying the date of his entry on 
 said vessel or at such station, the period and term of his service, 
 the sums paid him, the balance due him, the quality in which he 
 was rated, and his descriptive list. 
 Accounts of (6) He shall, whenever officers or men are sent from his ship, for 
 
 men sent from whatever cause, take care that each man is furnished with a com- 
 plete statement of his account, specifying the date of his enlist- 
 ment, the period and term of his service, and his descriptive list. 
 Said account shall be signed by the commanding officer and pay- 
 master. 
 Provisions. ^ He sua11 cause frequent inspections to be made into the con- 
 
 dition of the provisions on his ship, and use every precaution for 
 their preservation. 
 Health of ( 8 ) He sna11 frequently consult with the surgeon in regard to 
 
 «rew. the sanitary condition of his crew, and shall use all proper means 
 
 to preserve their health. And he shall cause a convenient place to 
 be set apart for sick or disabled men, to which he shall have them 
 
removed, with their hammocks and bedding, when the .surgeon so 
 advises, and shall direct that some of the crew attend them and 
 keep the place clean. 
 
 (9) He shall attend in person, or appoint a proper officer to at- Final payment 
 tend, when his crew is finally paid off, to see that justice is done ° crew * 
 
 to the men and to the United States in the settlement of the ac- 
 counts. 
 
 (10) He shall cause the Articles for the Government of the Articles to lie 
 Navy to be hung up in some public part of the ship and read once {^J 8 ap aBd 
 a month to his ship's company. 
 
 Every commanding officer who offends against the provisions of Punishment 
 this article shall be punished as :i court-martial may direct. for oftVndIn &* 
 
 21. 
 
 When the crew of any vessel of the United States are separated Authority of 
 from their vessel by means of her wreck, loss, or destruction, all o" c v e e r s s 9f | ,terloss 
 the command and authority given to the officers of such vessel 
 shall remain in full force until such ship's company shall be 
 regularly discharged from or ordered again into service, or until 
 a court-martial or court of inquiry shall be held to inquire into the 
 loss of said vessel. And if any officer or man. after such wreck, 
 loss, or destruction, acts contrary io the discipline of the Navy. 
 he shall be punished as ;i court -martial may direct. 
 
 22. 
 
 (1) All offenses committed by persons belonging to the Navy Offenses not 
 which are not specified in the foregoing articles shall be punished speel ed " 
 as a court-martial may direct. 
 
 (The act of March 3, 1893, provides that "Fraudulent enlist- Fraudulent 
 ment, and the receipt of any pay or allowance thereunder, is en,fstment ' 
 hereby declared an offense against naval discipline and made 
 punishable by general court-martial, under article 22 of Mie 
 Articles for the Government of the Navy.") 
 
 33. 
 
 .Ml offenses committed by persons belonging to the Navy while Offenses eom- 
 on shore shall be punished in the same manner as if they had u,ute<1 <»» * B °re. 
 been committed at sea. 
 
 24. 
 
 No commander of a vessel shall inflict upon a commissioned or Punishment by 
 warrant officer any other punishment than private reprimand, n,a m f e r. ° f COm 
 suspension from duty, arrest, or confinement, and such suspen- 
 sion, arrest, or confinement shall not continue longer than ten 
 days, unless a further period is necessary to bring the offender 
 to trial by a court-martial ; nor shall he inflict or cause to be in- 
 
10 
 
 flicted upon any petty officer, or person of inferior rating, or 
 marine, for a single offense, or at any one time, any other than 
 one of the following punishments, namely: 
 
 (1) Reduction of any rating established by himself. 
 
 (2) Confinement, not exceeding ten days, unless further con- 
 finement be necessary in the case of a prisoner to be tried by 
 court-martial. The use of irons, single or double, is abolished 
 except for the purpose of safe custody or when part of a sentence 
 imposed by general court-martial. (Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 
 
 (3) Solitary confinement, on bread and water, not exceeding 
 five days. 
 
 (4) Solitary confinement not exceeding seven days. 
 
 (5) Deprivation of liberty on shore. 
 
 (6) Extra duties. 
 
 No other punishment shall be permitted on board of vessels be- 
 longing to the Navy, except by sentence of a general or summary, 
 court-martial or deck court. All punishments inflicted by the 
 commander, or by his order, except reprimands, shall be fully 
 entered upon the ship's log. 
 
 All officers of the Navy and Marine Corps who are authorized to 
 order either general or summary courts-martial have the same 
 authority to inflict minor punishments as is conferred by law upon 
 the commander of a naval vessel. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 When a force of marines is embarked on a naval vessel or 
 vessels as a separate organization, not a part of the authorized 
 complement thereof, the authority and powers of the officers of 
 such separate organization of marines shall be the same as though 
 such organization were serving at a navy yard on shore, but noth- 
 ing herein shall be construed as impairing the paramount authority 
 of the commanding officer of any naval vessel over the vessel 
 under his command and all persons embarked thereon. (Act Aug. 
 29, 1916.) 
 
 25. 
 
 officers "temp o- ^° omcer wuo ma J* command by accident, or in the absence of 
 rarity command- the commanding officer, except when such commanding officer is 
 
 absent for a time by leave, shall inflict any other punishment than 
 
 confinement. 
 
 26. 
 
 courtS-martialf J Summary courts-martial may be ordered upon petty officers and 
 persons of inferior ratings, by the commander of any vessel, or 
 by the commandant of any navy yard, naval station, or marine 
 barracks to which they belong, for the trial of offenses which such 
 officer may deem deserving of greater punishment than such com- 
 mander or commandant is authorized to inflict, but not sufficient 
 to require trial by a general court-martial. 
 
11 
 
 Summary courts-martial may be ordered upon enlisted men in 
 the naval service under his command by the commanding officer of 
 any brigade, regiment, or separate or detached battalion, or other 
 separate or detached command, and, when empowered by the 
 Secretary of the Navy, by the commanding officer or officer in 
 charge of any command not specifically mentioned in the fore- 
 going: Provided, That when so empowered by the Secretary of 
 the .Navy to order summary courts-martial, the commanding officer 
 of a naval hospital or hospital ship shall be empowered to order 
 such courts and deck courts, and inflict the punishments which 
 the commander of a naval vessel is authorized by law to inflict 
 upon all enlisted men of the naval service attached thereto, 
 whether for duty or as patients. (Act Aug. 29. 1916.) 
 
 27. 
 
 A summary court-martial shall consist of three officers not Constitution, 
 below the rank of ensign, as members, and of a recorder. The com- 
 mander of a ship may order any officer under his command to act 
 as such recorder. 
 
 28. 
 
 Before proceeding to trial the members of a Summary court- ll ^ a th t®H m 5™' 
 
 ucrs a du rc * 
 
 martial shall take the following oath or affirmation, which shall be corder. 
 administered by the recorder: " I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that 
 I will well and truly try, without prejudice or partiality, the 
 now depending, according to the evidence which shall be adduced, 
 the laws for the government of the Navy, and my own conscience." 
 After which the recorder of the court shall take the following oath 
 or affirmation, which shall be administered by the senior member 
 of the court : " I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that I will keep a true 
 record of the evidence which shall be given before this court and 
 of the proceedings thereof." 
 
 29. 
 
 All testimony before a summary eotirt-inartal shall be given Testimony, 
 orally, upon oath or affirmation, administered by the senior mem- 
 ber of the court. 
 
 The depositions of witnesses may be taken on reasonable notice 
 to the opposite party and when duly authenticated may be put in 
 evidence before naval courts, except in capital cases and cases 
 where the punishment may be imprisonment or confinement for 
 more than one year, as follows : 
 
 First, depositions of civilian witnesses residing outside the State, 
 Territory, or District in wheh a naval court is ordered to sit ; 
 
 Second, depositions of persons in the naval or military service 
 stationed or residing outside the State, Territory, or District in 
 
12 
 
 which a naval court is ordered to sit, or who are under orders to 
 go outside of such State, Territory, or District ; 
 
 Third, where such naval court is convened on board a vessel of 
 the United States, or at a naval station not within any State, Terri- 
 tory, or District of the United States, the depositions of witnesses 
 may be taken and used as herein provided whenever such witnesses 
 reside or are stationed at such a distance from the place where 
 said naval court is ordered to sit, or are about to go to such a dis- 
 tance as, in the judgment of the convening authority, would render 
 it impracticable to secure their personal attendance. (Act Feb. 16, 
 1909, sec. 16, Stat. 622. ) 
 
 30. 
 
 Poitisliittet. Summary courts-martial may sentence petty officers and persons 
 of inferior ratings to any one of the following punshments, 
 namely : 
 
 (1) Discharge from the service with bad-conduct discharge; but 
 the sentence shall not be carried into effect in a foreign country. 
 
 (2) Solitary confinement, not exceeding thirty days, on bread 
 and water, or on diminished rations. 
 
 (3) Solitary confinement not exceeding thirty days. 
 
 (4) Confinement not exceeding two months. 
 
 (5) Reduction to next inferior rating. 
 
 (6) Deprivation of liberty on shore on foreign station. 
 
 (7) Extra police duties, and loss of pay, not to exceed, three 
 months, may be added to any of the above-mentioned punishments: 
 
 " The courts authorized to impose the punishments prescribed 
 by article thirty of the 'Articles for the Government of the Navy ' 
 may adjudge either a part or the whole, as may be appropriate, 
 of any one of the punishments therein enumerated : Provided, 
 That the use of irons, single or double, is hereby abolished except 
 for the purpose of safe custody, or when part of a sentence im- 
 posed by a general court-martial." (Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 
 
 31. 
 
 Disrating for A summarv court-martial may disrate any rated person for 
 iBfompeteiicy. 
 
 incompetency. 
 
 32. 
 
 Exeeatlon of No sentence of a summary court-martial shall be carried into 
 execution until the proceedings and sentence have been approved 
 by the officer ordering the court, or his successor in office, and 
 by his immediate superior in command : Provided, That if the 
 officer ordering the court, or his successor in office, be the senior 
 officer present, such sentence may be carried into execution upon 
 his approval thereof. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
13 
 
 33. 
 
 The officer ordering a summary court-martial shall have power Remission of 
 to remit, in part or altogether, but not to commute, the sentence sent * noe - 
 of the court. And it shall be his duty either to remit any part 
 or the whole of any sentence, the execution of which w T ould, in the 
 opinion of the surgeon or senior medical officer on board, given 
 in writing, produce serious injury to the health of the person 
 sentenced ; or to submit the case again, without delay, to the same 
 or to another summary court-martial, which shall have the power, 
 upon the testimony already taken, to remit the former punish- 
 ment and to assign some other of the authorized punishments in 
 the place thereof. (Sec. 1624, R. S.) The Secretary of the Navy 
 may set aside the proceedings, or remit or mitigate, in whole or 
 in part, the sentence imposed by any naval court-martial convened 
 by his order or by that of any officer of the Navy or Marine Corps. 
 (Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 
 
 34. 
 
 The proceedings of summary courts shall be conducted with as Conduct of pro- 
 much conciseness and precision as may be consistent with the ends oeedln &s- 
 of justice, and under such forms and rules as may be prescribed 
 by the Secretary of the Navy, with the approval of the President, 
 and all such proceedings shall be transmitted in the usual mode 
 to the Navy Department, where they shall be kept on file for a 
 period of two years from date of trial, after which time thoy 
 may be destroyed, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Navy. 
 (Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 
 
 35. 
 
 Any punishment which a summary court-martial is authorized Same punish- 
 to inflict may be inflicted by a general court-martial. uEuL* 9 * eneral 
 
 36. 
 
 No officer shall be dismissed from the naval service except by Dismissal of 
 the order of the President or by sentence of a general court- 
 martial ; and in time of peace no officer shall be dismissed except 
 in pursuance of the sentence of a general court-martial or in 
 mitigation thereof. 
 
 37. 
 
 When any officer, dismissed by order of the President since 3d Officer .Hs- 
 March, 1865, makes, in writing, an application for trial, setting manS trial! 
 forth under oath that he has been wrongfully dismissed, the Presi- 
 dent shall, as soon as the necessities of the service may permit, 
 convene a court-martial to try such officer on the charges on which 
 he shall have been dismissed. And if such court-martial shall 
 
14 
 
 not be convened within six months from the presentation of such 
 application for trial, or if such court, being convened, shall not 
 award dismissal or death as the punishment of such officer, the 
 order of dismissal by the President shall be void. 
 
 38. 
 
 General courts- General courts-martial may be convened by the President, by 
 martial; by J 
 
 irhom convened, the Secretary of the Navy, by the commander in chief of a fleet 
 
 or squadron, and by the commanding officer of any naval station 
 beyond the continental limits of the United States. (Act Feb. 16, 
 1909.) 
 
 When empowered by the Secretary of the Navy, general courts- 
 martial may be convened by the commanding officer of a squadron, 
 of a division, of a flotilla, or of a larger naval force afloat, and of 
 a brigade or larger force of the naval service on shore beyond 
 the continental limits of the United States: Provided, That in 
 time of war if then so empowered by the Secretary of the Navy, 
 general courts-martial may be convened by the commandant of 
 any navy yard or naval station and by the commanding officer 
 of a brigade or larger force of the Navy or Marine Corps on shore 
 not attached to a navy yard or naval station. (Act Aug. 29, 
 1916.) 
 
 39. 
 
 Constitution. A general court-martial shall consist of not more than thirteen 
 nor less than five commissioned officers as members ; and as many 
 officers, not exceeding thirteen, as can be convened without injury 
 to the service, shall be summoned on every such court. But in 
 no case, where it can be avoided without injury to the service, 
 shall more than one-half, exclusive of the president, be junior to 
 the officer to be tried. The senior offcer shall always preside and 
 the others shall take place according to their rank. 
 
 40. 
 
 Oaths of mem- The president of the general court-martial shall administer the 
 advocate. following oath or affirmation to the judge advocate or person of- 
 
 ficiating as such : 
 
 "I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that I will keep a true record 
 of the evidence given to and the proceedings of this court; that 
 I will not divulge or by any means disclose the sentence of the 
 court until it shall have been approved by the proper authority; 
 and that I will not at any time divulge or disclose the vote or 
 opinion of any particular member of the court, unless required so 
 to do before a court of justice in due course of law." 
 
 This oath or affirmation being duly administered, each member 
 of the court, before proceeding to trial, shall take the following 
 
15 
 
 oath or affirmation, which shall be administered by the judge 
 advocate or person officiating as such: 
 
 " I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that I will truly try without preju- 
 dice or partiality the case now depending according to the evidence 
 which shall come before the court, the rules for the government of 
 the Navy, and my own conscience ; that I will not by any means 
 divulge or disclose the sentence of the court until it shall have 
 been approved by the proper authority ; and that I will not at any 
 time divulge or disclose the vote or opinion of any particular mem- 
 ber of the court, unless required so to do before a court of justice 
 in due course of law." 
 
 41. 
 
 An oath or affirmation in the following form shall be admin- Oath of wit- 
 ness, 
 istered to all witnesses, before any court-martial, by the presi- 
 dent thereof: 
 
 " You do solemnly swear (or affirm) that the evidence you shall 
 give in the case now before this court shall be the truth, the whole 
 truth, and nothing but the truth, and that you will state every- 
 thing within your knowledge in relation to the charges. So help 
 you God (or 'this you do under the pains ami penalties of per- 
 jury')." 
 
 42. 
 
 Whenever any person refuses t«» give hi- evidence or to give it in Contempt, 
 the manner provided by those articles, or prevaricates, or behaves 
 
 with contempt to the court, it shall be lawful lor the court to im- 
 prison him for any time not exceeding two months. This article, 
 as set forth above in the form given in sec. 1624, R. S., is modified 
 by sees. 1 1 and 12 of the act of Feb. 16, 1909, which provides " That 
 a naval court-martial or court of inquiry shall have power to issue 
 like process to compel witnesses to appear and testify which 
 United States courts of criminal jurisdiction within the State, 
 Territory, or District where such naval court shall be ordered to 
 sit may lawfully issue. 
 
 " That any person duly subpoenaed to appear as a witness before 
 a general court-m.irtial or court of inquiry of the Navy, who will- 
 fully neglects or refuses to appear, or refuses to qualify as a wit- 
 ness or to testify or produce documentary evidence which such 
 person may have been legally subpoenaed to produce, shall be 
 deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, for which such person shall be 
 punished on information in the district court of- the United States; 
 and it shall be the duty of the United States district attorney, on 
 the certification of the facts to him by such naval court, to file an 
 information against and prosecute the person so offending, and the 
 punishment of such person, on conviction, shall be a fine of not 
 more than five hundred dollars or imprisonment not to exceed six 
 
16 
 
 months, or both, at the discretion of the court : Provided, That this 
 shall not apply to persons residing beyond the State, Territory, 
 or District in which such naval court is held, and that the fees of 
 such witnesses and his mileage at the rates provided for witnesses 
 in the United States district court for said State, Territory, or 
 District shall be duly paid or tendered said witness, such amounts 
 to be paid by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts out of the ap- 
 propriation for compensation of witnesses : Provided further, That 
 no witness shall be compelled to incriminate himself or to answer 
 any question which may tend to incriminate or degrade him." 
 
 43. 
 
 Charges. The person accused shall be furnished with a true copy of the 
 
 charges, with the specifications, at the time he is put under arrest ; 
 and no other charges than those so furnished shall be urged 
 against him at the trial, unless it shall appear to the court that 
 intelligence of such other charge had not reached the officer order- 
 ing the court when the accused was put under arrest, or that some 
 witness material to the support of such charge was at that time 
 absent and can be produced at the trial; in which case reason- 
 able time shall be given to the accused to make his defense against 
 such new charge. 
 
 44. 
 
 Duty of officer Every officer who is arrested for trial shall deliver up his sword 
 arrested. 
 
 to his commanding officer and confine himself to the limits as- 
 signed him, on pain of dismissal from the service. 
 
 45. 
 
 Sospension of When the proceedings of any general court-martial have com- 
 menced, they shall not be suspended or delayed on account of the 
 absence of any of the members, provided five or more are as- 
 sembled; but the court is enjoined to sit from day to day, Sun- 
 days excepted, until sentence is given, unless temporarily ad- 
 journed by the authority which convened it. 
 
 46. 
 
 Absence of n member of a general court-martial shall, after the proceed- 
 ings are begun, absent himself therefrom, except in case of sick- 
 ness, or of an order to go on duty from a superior officer, on pain 
 of being cashiered. 
 
 47. 
 
 Witnesses ex- Whenever any member of a court-martial, from any legal cause, 
 
 sendee" e of 'mem^ is al>sen t from the court after the commencement of a case, all 
 
 **r. the witnesses who have been examined during his absence must, 
 
 when he is ready to resume his seat, be recalled by the court, and 
 
17 
 
 the recorded testimony of each witness so examined must be read 
 over to him, and such witness must acknowledge the same to be 
 correct and be subject to such further examination as the said 
 member may require. Without a compliance with this rule, and 
 an entry thereof upon the record, a member who shall have been 
 absent during the examination of a witness shall not be allowed 
 to sit again in that particular case. 
 
 48. 
 
 Whenever a court-martial sentences an officer to be suspended, Suspension of 
 it may suspend his pay and emoluments for the whole or any part pay# 
 of the time of his suspension . 
 
 49. 
 
 In no case shall punishment by flogging, or by branding, mark- Flogging, 
 ing, or tattooing on the body be adjudged by any court-martial or braa lne ' etc " 
 be inflicted upon any person in the Navy. 
 
 50. • 
 
 No person shall be sentenced by a court-martial to suffer death, Determination 
 ^ . **. r. , . , .. , . of sentences, 
 
 except by the concurrence of two-thirds <>l the members present, 
 
 and in the cases where such punishment is expressly provided 
 
 in these articles. All other sentences may be determined by a 
 
 majority of votes. 
 
 51. 
 
 It shall be the duty of a court-martial, in all cases of convic- Adequate pun- 
 tion, to adjudge a punishment adequate to the nature of the of-mendalunTo 
 f ense ; but the members thereof may recommend the person con- clemenc y« 
 victed as deserving of clemency, and state, on the record, their 
 reasons for so doing. 
 
 52. 
 
 The judgment of every court-martial shall be authenticated by Authentication 
 the signature of the president, and of every member who may be of J nd & ment * 
 present when said judgment is pronounced, and also of the judge 
 advocate. 
 
 53. 
 
 No sentence of a court-martial, extending to the loss of life, or Confirmation of 
 to the dismissal of a commissioned or warrant officer, shall be 9entcncc * 
 carried into execution until confirmed by the President. All other 
 sentences of a general court-martial may be carried into execu- 
 tion on confirmation of the commander of the fleet or officer 
 ordering the court. 
 
18 
 
 54. 
 
 Remission and Every officer who is authorized to convene a general court-mar- 
 Tentenc?. tl0n ° f tial sna11 nave P ower > on revision of its proceedings, to remit or 
 mitigate, but not to commute, the sentence of any such court 
 which he is authorized to approve and confirm. (This article, 
 as set forth above in the form given in sec. 1G24, R. S., is modi- 
 fied by sec. 9 of the act of Feb. 16, 1909 ; see Art. 33. ) 
 
 55. 
 
 Courts of in- 
 quiry. 
 
 Courts of inquiry may be ordered by the President, Secretary 
 of the Navy, or the commander of a fleet or squadron (sec. 1624, 
 R. S.), and by any officer of the naval service authorized by law 
 to convene general courts-martial. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 56. 
 
 Constitution. a court of inquiry shall consist of not more than three com- 
 missioned officers as members, and of a judge advocate, or person 
 officiating as such. 
 
 57. 
 
 Powers. 
 
 Courts of inquiry shall have power to summon witnesses, ad- 
 minister oaths, and punish contempts, in the same manner as 
 courts-martial ; but they shall only state facts, and shall not give 
 their opinion, unless expressly required so to do in the order for 
 convening. (This article, as set forth above in the form given 
 in sec. 1624, R. S., is modified by sees. 11 and 12 of the act of 
 Feb. 16, 1909; see Art. 42.) 
 
 58. 
 
 Oaths of mem- 
 bers and judge 
 advocate. 
 
 The judge advocate, or person officiating as such, shall ad- 
 minister to the members the following oath or affirmation : " You 
 do swear (or affirm) well and truly to examine and inquire, 
 according to the evidence, into the matter now before you, with- 
 out partiality." After which the president shall administer to 
 the judge advocate, or person officiating as such, the following 
 oath or affirmation: "You do swear (or affirm) truly to record 
 the proceedings of this court and the evidence to be given in the 
 case in hearing." 
 
 59. 
 
 Eights of party The party whose conduct shall be the subject of inquiry, or his 
 
 to the inqiry. 
 
 attorney, shall have the right to cross-examine all the witnesses. 
 
19 
 
 60. 
 
 The proceedings of courts of inquiry shall be authenticated by how° c £uthenti- 
 the signature of the president of the court and of the judge advo- cated and used 
 cate, and shall, in all cases not capital, nor extending to the dis- 
 missal of a commissioned or warrant officer, be evidenced before 
 a court-martial, provided oral testimony can not be obtained. 
 
 61. 
 
 No person shall be tried by court-martial or otherwise punished perio^hi* 1 which 
 for any offense, except as provided in the following article, which amenable to 
 appears to have been committed more than two years before the r a ' 
 issuing of the order for such trial or punishment, unless by 
 reason of having absented himself, or of some other manifest im- 
 pediment, he shall not have been amenable to justice within that 
 period. 
 
 62. 
 
 No person shall be tried by court-martial or otherwise punished Punishment 
 
 „ , .. j. ... « ... for desertion in 
 
 for desertion in time of peace committed more than two years time of peace. 
 
 before the issuing of the order for such trial or punishment, 
 
 unless he shall meanwhile have absented himself from the United 
 
 States, or by reason of some other manifest impediment shall not 
 
 have been amenable to justice within that period, in which case 
 
 the time of -his absence shall be excluded in computing the period 
 
 of the limitation : Provided, That said limitation shall not begin 
 
 until the end of the term for which said person was enlisted in 
 
 the service. 
 
 63. 
 
 Courts for the trial of enlisted men in the Navy and Marine 
 Corps for minor offenses now triable by summary court-martial 
 may be ordered by the commanding officer of a naval vessel, by the 
 commandant of a navy yard or station, by a commanding officer of 
 marines, or by higher naval authority. (Act of Feb. 16, 1909, 35 
 Stat., 621.) 
 
 Hereafter all officers of the Navy and Marine Corps who are 
 authorized to order either general or summary courts-martial may 
 order deck courts upon enlisted men under their command. 
 
 Such courts shall be known as " deck courts " and shall consist 
 of one commissioned officer only, who, while serving in such ca- 
 pacity, shall have power to administer oaths, to hear and deter- 
 mine cases, and to impose, in whole or in part, the punishments 
 prescribed by article 30 of the Articles for the Government of the 
 Navy. 
 
 Deck courts. 
 
20 
 
 In no case shall such courts adjudge discharge from the service 
 or adjudge confinement or forfeiture of pay for a longer period 
 than 20 days. 
 
 Any person in the Navy under the command of the officer by 
 whose order a deck court is convened may be detailed to act as 
 • recorder thereof. 
 
 The officer within whose command a deck court is sitting shall 
 have full power as reviewing authority to remit or mitigate, but 
 not to commute, any sentence imposed by such court ; but no sen- 
 tence of a deck court shall be carried into effect until it shall have 
 been so approved or mitigated, and such officer shall have power 
 to pardon any punishment such court may adjudge. 
 
 The courts hereby authorized shall be governed in all details of 
 their constitution, powers, and procedure, except as herein pro- 
 vided, by such rules and regulations as the President may pre- 
 scribe. 
 
 The records of the proceedings of the courts hereby authorized 
 shall contain such matters only as are necessary to enable the re- 
 viewing authorities to act intelligently thereon, except that if the 
 party accused demands it within 30 days after the decision of the 
 deck court becomes known to him, the entire record or so much 
 as he desires shall be sent to the reviewing authority. Such rec- 
 ords, after action thereon by the convening authority, shall be for- 
 warded directly to, and shall be filed in, the office of the Judge 
 Advocate General of the Navy, where they shall be reviewed, and, 
 when necessary, submitted to the Secretary of the Navy for his 
 action. 
 
 No person who objects thereto shall be brought to trial before a 
 deck court. Where such objection is made by the person accused, 
 trials shall be ordered by summary or general court-martial as 
 may be appropriate. (Act Aug. 29, 1916, 39 Stat., 586.) 
 
 64. 
 
 Limitation of Whenever, by any of the Articles for the Government of the 
 Navy of the United States, the punishment on conviction of an 
 offense is left to the discretion of the court-martial, the punish- 
 ment therefor shall not, in time of peace, be in excess of a limit 
 which the President may prescribe. (The limitations of punish- 
 ment prescribed by the President will be found in sec. 390, Naval 
 Courts and Boards.) 
 
CHAPTER 2. 
 
 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFICERS IN GENERAL. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 74. Navy Department publications. 
 
 Art. 75. Preparation and distribution of publications. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 76-128. Instructions in general. 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 12&-130. Special schools. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 131-136. Receipt of orders and official address. 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 137-138. Reports on fitness. 
 
 Section 1. — Navy Department Publications. 
 74. 
 
 (1) All general rules and regulations for the guidance of, and Kmj Depart- 
 all other general orders and general instructions to, persons in thej}^ pu 
 Naval Establishment shall be contained in the following publici- 
 
 tions : 
 
 (a) Regulations for the Government of the Navy of the United 
 States (Navy Regulations). 
 
 (b) Navy Department general orders. 
 
 (c) Changes in Navy Regulations circulars. 
 
 (d) Court-martial orders. 
 
 (e) Signal books and drill books. 
 
 (f) Uniform Regulations. 
 
 (g) Naval Courts and Boards. 
 
 (h) Manuals or circulars of instructions issued by any bureau 
 or office and rules for gunnery exercises and engineering per- 
 formances. 
 
 (i) Accounting Instructions. 
 
 (2) No proposed general order or suggested change in Navy 
 Regulations, uniform regulations, or accounting instructions shall 
 be submitted to the Secretary of the Navy for approval until it 
 has been referred to all bureaus, the office of the Judge Advocate 
 General, and the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 
 The written comment of each bureau or office shall be brought t< i 
 the Secretary's attention at the time of such submission. 
 
 (3) The scope of the publications enumerated in the preceding 
 paragraphs shall be: 
 
 183841°— 20 3 (21) 
 
22 
 
 (a) Navy Regulations: These shall include all regulations re- 
 quiring the original approval of the President of the United States, 
 and consequently the same approval of any change. In general, 
 questions of principle shall be included in the Navy Regulations, 
 while detailed instructions as to the methods of applying such 
 principles shall be issued in the Bureau Manuals. The Navy Regu- 
 lations may also include such regulations of lesser importance 
 as are reasonably permanent in their nature and probably not 
 subject to frequent change. The Navy Regulations shall be signed 
 by the Secretary of the Navy and approved by the President of 
 the United States. 
 
 (&) Navy Department general orders: These shall include all 
 orders of permanent or temporary application addressed to the 
 naval service, ceremonial orders, commendation of persons in the 
 service, and similar matters not affecting the Navy Regulations, 
 as may be decided upon from time to time by the Secretary of 
 the Navy. Instructions as to administration, etc., shall not be 
 issued in general orders, but shall be promulgated as changes in 
 the Navy Regulations, it being desired to restrict, as far as 
 practicable, the number of general orders issued. General orders 
 shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (c) Changes in Navy Regulations circulars : These shall include 
 all changes ordered in the Navy Regulations, and shall be signed 
 by the Secretary of the Navy and approved by the President of 
 the United States. 
 
 (d) Court-martial orders: These shall publish to the service 
 such extracts from the records of proceedings of courts-martial 
 and from the action of the department thereon as may be deemed 
 desirable. They shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (e) Signal books and drill books : These shall include all matters 
 pertaining to the subjects of which they treat. The orders promul- 
 gating them shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (f) Uniform regulations: These shall include all regulations 
 and instructions relative to the uniforms of all persons in the 
 Navy and Marine Corps. The order promulgating these regula- 
 tions shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy, who shall 
 also sign the orders for any changes that may be made in them 
 from time to time. 
 
 (g) Naval courts and boards: This shall include both the in- 
 structions and the forms governing the procedure of naval courts 
 and boards. The order promulgating this publication shall be 
 signed by the Secretary of the Navy, who shall also sign the 
 orders for any changes that may be made in it from time to 
 time. 
 
 (h) Manuals or circulars and rules for gunnery exercises and 
 engineering performances. These manuals shall contain informa- 
 
23 
 
 tion and instructions which pertain to the bureau or office by 
 which issued, and shall in no way alter or amend any provision 
 of the Navy Regulations or of any Navy Department general order. 
 The contents of such manuals shall have the force and effect of 
 orders from the same source. Each such manual or circular shall 
 be signed by the chief of the bureau or head of the office con- 
 cerned. 
 
 (i) Accounting instructions shall be issued by the Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts after approval by the Secretary of the Navy, 
 and all changes therein shall be similarly prepared and approved. 
 The System of Accountability, United States Marine Corps (Quar- 
 termaster's Manual, United States Marine Corps), and the Pay- 
 masters' Manual, United States Marine Corps, shall be approved 
 by the Major General Commandant and by the Secretary of the 
 Navy. 
 
 (4) Orders or instructions contained in any of the publica- 
 tions enumerated in the two preceding paragraphs of this article 
 shall have full force and effect for the guidance of all persons in 
 the Naval Establishment. No other general regulations, gen- 
 eral orders, or general instructions to the Naval Establishment 
 shall be signed or issued by any bureau or office under the 
 control of the Navy Department. This provision shall not be 
 construed as prohibiting the publication by the bureaus or 
 offices of the Navy Department of circulars or similar publica- 
 tions for the dissemination of information to the service, as may 
 be authorized by the Secretary of the Navy, but such publications 
 shall not have force and effect as regulations, and the terms 
 " Navy regulations " or " General orders " shall not be used 
 in connection with such publications. 
 
 (5) The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall not be 
 construed as prohibiting the issuance by any officer of orders or 
 instructions to the force or station under his immediate command, 
 or by any chief of bureau or head of any office of orders or in- 
 structions relative to the work or to other technical matters 
 relating solely to such bureau or office, provided that such orders 
 or instructions do not conflict with the provisions of the Navy 
 Regulations, or with any orders or instructions issued by the 
 Secretary of the Navy; and provided that the terms "general 
 order " and " special order " shall not be used in connection with 
 such publications, orders, or instructions. 
 
 75. 
 
 (a) (1) All Navy Regulations and all circulars directing Preparation and 
 changes to be made therein shall be prepared in the office of the pnbUMUon. °' 
 Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
24 
 
 (2) All Navy Department general orders shall be finally pre- 
 pared in the office of the Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 (3) All court-martial orders shall be prepared in the office of 
 the Judge Advocate General. 
 
 (4) All signal books shall be prepared in the office of the Chief 
 of Naval Operations. 
 
 (5) All drill books shall be prepared in the office of the Chief 
 of Naval Operations in consultation with the bureaus or offices 
 concerned. 
 
 (6) The preparation referred to in the preceding paragraphs 
 of this article shall include the presentation of the papers in 
 question to the Secretary of the Navy for signature. 
 
 (7) All uniform regulations or changes therein for the Navy 
 shall be prepared by the Bureau of Navigation, and for the Marine 
 Corps by the Major General Commandant of the corps, and shall 
 be submitted to the Secretary of the Navy for signature. 
 
 (8) The instructions governing the procedure for naval courts 
 and boards and all changes therein shall be prepared in the office 
 of the Judge Advocate General. 
 
 (9) The manuals or circulars of instructions authorized by 
 article 74 shall be prepared in the bureau or office concerned, 
 signed by the chief or head thereof, and submitted for the approval 
 of the Secretary of the Navy in the manner prescribed in article 
 74. 
 
 (10) Whenever any bureau or office, or any officer or official in 
 the naval service deems it necessary or advisable that any alter- 
 ation or correction be made in, or any addition made to, any of 
 the publications covered by this chapter, or that any general 
 order should be issued, he shall bring the matter to the attention 
 of the bureau or office as indicated in the preceding paragraphs of 
 this article, submitting at the same time a draft of the proposed 
 order or change, together with a statement of the reasons for pro- 
 posing it. 
 
 (&) (1) All copies of the Navy Regulations and of corrections 
 and changes therein, all uniform regulations and corrections and 
 changes therein, and all general and court-martial orders, after 
 printing, shall be distributed by the Bureau of Navigation to 
 the bureaus and offices of the Navy Department, to flag and com- 
 manding officers afloat for all officers under their command, to 
 commandants of naval districts for distribution to minor shore 
 stations and offices in their district, to commandants of major 
 shore stations for all officers borne on the books of the disbursing 
 officers of such stations or attached thereto, and to the Major Gen* 
 eral Commandant of the Marine Corps for distribution to the offi- 
 cers under his immediate command. 
 
 (2) Commanding officers, afloat and ashore, receiving copies of 
 such publications shall acknowledge their receipt to the Bureau 
 
25 
 
 of Navigation, and shall be responsible for their proper distribu- 
 tion as above stated. Commandants of navy yards and naval 
 stations, and commandants of naval districts, and the Major Gen- 
 eral Commandant of the Marine Corps shall submit to the Bureau 
 of Navigation, on the first day of each month, a statement of the 
 number of such publications required for distribution, and all such 
 publications shall be distributed promptly upon receipt. 
 
 (3) General orders shall not be sent in the same envelope with 
 court-marial orders, which last must be sent unaccompanied by 
 other orders of any kind. 
 
 (4) The above rules shall not apply to any publication which 
 any bureau or office is authorized to issue, which shall be dis- 
 tributed by the bureau or office which issues it. 
 
 (5) Signal books and cipher code books shall be published and 
 distributed from the office of the Chief of Naval Operations, 
 and the records of such books shall be kept in that office. All 
 receipts for and reports in regard to such publications shall be 
 addressed and forwarded accordingly. 
 
 (6) Drill books shall be distributed by the Bureau of Naviga- 
 tion, and the records thereof shall be kept in that bureau, except 
 the " Drill Book for the Hospital Corps." for which the Bureau 
 of Medicine and Surgery shall perform the above-mentioned 
 duties. All receipts for and reports in regard to such publica- 
 tions shall be addressed and forwarded accordingly. 
 
 (7) Naval courts and boards, and orders for all changes therein, 
 shall be distributed by the Bureau of Navigation, and the records 
 thereof shall be kept in that bureau. 
 
 (8) The manuals or circulars of instructions authorized by 
 article 74, and orders for all changes therein, shall be distributed 
 by the bureau or office concerned, and the records thereof shall be 
 kept in such'bureau or office. 
 
 (9) The information circulars authorized, and instructions for 
 all changes therein, shall be distributed by the bureau or office 
 concerned, and the records thereof shall be kept in such bureau 
 or office. 
 
 Section 2. — Instructions tn General. 
 
 76. 
 
 (1) Every officer of the Navy and Marine Corps shall make th^IgKio^ 
 himself acquainted with, observe, ohey, and, so far as his authority and all orders, 
 extends, enforce the laws and regulations for the government of 
 the Navy and the provisions of all orders and circulars emanating 
 from the Navy Department. In the absence of instructions officers 
 will conform to the usages and customs of the naval service. 
 
26 
 
 (2) Officers of all grades must carefully examine the regula- 
 tions governing commanders in chief, flag officers not in chief com- 
 mand, senior officers present, and commanding officers, under 
 which frequent reference is made to the duty of subordinate 
 officers. 
 inquiries as to (3) Any officer who may be required to take official action under 
 in erpre a on. ^^ regulation of the department, or any law governing or refer- 
 ring thereto, who may desire instructions or explanations as to the 
 force, meaning, or effect of such law or regulation, shall address 
 his communication of inquiry through the proper official channels 
 to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 77. - 
 
 Relations with All officers in their relations with foreign States and with the 
 foreign states. Governments or agents thereof, shall observe and obey the law of 
 nations. 
 
 78. 
 
 Naral harbors ( 1 ) It has been ordered that the following-named harbors : 
 SS? t JSb. ' ° r " Tortugas, Florida ; 
 
 Great Harbor, Culebra ; 
 
 Guantanamo Naval Station, Cuba; 
 
 Pearl Harbor, Hawaii ; 
 
 Guam; 
 
 Subig Bay, Philippine Islands; 
 
 Kiska, Aleutian Islands ; 
 are not, and that they shall not be made subports of entry for for- 
 eign vessels of commerce, and that said harbors shall not be visited 
 by any commercial or privately cwned vessel of foreign registry ; 
 nor by any foreign national vessel, except by special authority of 
 the United States Navy Department in each case. (Executive 
 Order, Sept. 23, 1912.) 
 
 (2) Foreign Governments have been notified that permission 
 must be obtained from the Secretary of the Navy through their 
 respective diplomatic representatives at Washington before their 
 men-of-war or other public vessels may enter the actual limits of 
 a navy yard or naval station of the United States. 
 
 (3) For the proper control, protection, and defense of the naval 
 station, harbor, and entrance channel at Pearl Harbor, Territory 
 of Hawaii, the Secretary of the Navy is authorized, empowered, 
 and directed to adopt and prescribe suitable rules and regulations 
 governing the navigation, movement, and anchorage of vessels of 
 whatsoever character in the waters of Pearl Harbor, Island of 
 Oahu, Hawaiian Islands, and in the entrance channel to said har- 
 bor, and to take all necessary measures for the proper enforce- 
 ment of such rules and regulations. (Executive Order, Sept. 23, 
 1912.) (See also Article 1551.) 
 
27 
 
 79. 
 
 (1) Whoever having knowledge of the actual commission of the k JJ w e le p d °, e r fc °[ 
 crime of murder or other felony cognizable by the courts of the crime, fraud, 
 United States, conceals and does not as soon as may be disclose 6 c * 
 
 and make known the same to some one of the judges or other 
 persons in civil or military authority under the United States, 
 shall be fined not more than five hundred dollars, or imprisoned 
 not more than three years, or both. (Sec. 146, Act of Mar. 4, 
 1909.) 
 
 (2) If any person under the Navy Department has knowledge 
 of any fraud, collusion, or improper conduct on the part of any 
 purchasing or other agent or contractor, or on the part of any 
 person employed in superintending repairs, receiving or receipting 
 for supplies, or has knowledge of any fraud, collusion, or im- 
 proper conduct in any matters connected with the naval service he 
 shall report the same immediately, in writing over his proper 
 signature, to his immediate superior, specifying the particular 
 act or acts of misconduct, fraud, neglect, or collusion, and the 
 means of proving the same. 
 
 (3) Whoever, being an officer, clerk, agent, or other person hold- 
 ing any office or employment under the Government of the United 
 States and, being charged with the duty of keeping accounts or 
 records of any kind, shall, with intent to deceive, mislead, injure, 
 or defraud the United States or any person, make in any such 
 account or record any false or fictitious entry or record of any 
 matter relating to or connected with his duties, or whoever with 
 like intent shall aid or abet any such officer, clerk, agent, or other 
 person in so doing; or whoever, being an officer, clerk, agent, or 
 other person holding any office or employment under the Govern- 
 ment of the United States and, being charged with the duty of re- 
 ceiving, holding, or paying over moneys or securities to, for, or on 
 behalf of the United States, or of receiving or holding in trust for 
 any person any moneys or securities, shall with like intent, make 
 a false report of such moneys or securities, or whoever with like 
 intent shall aid or abet any such officer, clerk, agent, or other per- 
 son in so doing, shall be fined not more than five thousand dollars, 
 or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both. (Act approved 
 Mar. 4, 1911.) 
 
 80. 
 
 (1) In case of robbery, or of the discovery of loss or deficiency Bobbery, et«. 
 of money or other public property in the custody of any person in 
 the United States naval service, the person responsible for its 
 custody shall immediately report the occurrence, and the senior 
 officer present shall order a court of inquiry, if authorized by law 
 to order such courts, or, if not so authorized, a board of investi- 
 gation to investigate the case, and to report fully all the circum- 
 
28 
 
 stances connected therewith, and to fix the responsibility there- 
 for; the report of which court or board shall be forwarded in 
 accordance with the provisions of Naval Courts and Boards as 
 provided by Regulations, together with a statement of opinion and 
 recommendation from the senior officer present. Unless the senior 
 officer present shall deem it necessary, however, the provisions of 
 this paragraph need not be construed to apply to missing property, 
 other than money. 
 
 (2) In the case of the discovery of an excess of money or other 
 public property in the custody of any person in the United States 
 naval service, the person responsible for its custody shall immedi- 
 ately report the occurrence, and the senior officer present shall 
 take such action in the case as may be necessary, either by con- 
 vening a court of inquiry, if authorized by law so to do, by con- 
 vening a board of investigation, or by ordering a board of survey. 
 
 (3) If any person other than the one having the custody of the 
 said public money or property has knowledge of such robbery, or 
 discovers such theft, loss, deficiency, or excess, he shall report the 
 same without delay to his immediate superior officer, who shall at 
 once take such action as may be necessary to bring the matter to 
 the attention of the official whose duty it is, under the preceding 
 paragraphs of this article, to investigate the same. In any case, 
 where the facts of the occurrence are such as to bring it within 
 the provisions of article 79, the person having knowledge or mak- 
 ing discovery of the facts shall immediately make report thereof 
 direct to his commanding officer or to the senior officer present, 
 without notifying his own immediate superior thereof. In any 
 case in which report is made to an immediate superior, under the 
 provisions of this article, and in which the person making the 
 report has reason to suspect that such immediate superior has not 
 complied with the provisions of this article by making the required 
 reports to his commanding officer or senior officer present, such 
 person making the report shall immediately notify the command- 
 ing officer or senior officer present of the facts direct, and without 
 further notification to the immediate superior concerned. 
 
 81. 
 
 Officers to sup- (1) In the event of a riot or quarrel between persons belonging 
 press quarrel*. t0 t jje Navy, it shall be the duty of the senior line officer present 
 to suppress the disturbance, and, if necessary, to arrest those 
 engaged in it even though they be his superiors in rank; and all 
 persons belonging to the. Navy who may be present shall render 
 prompt assistance and obedience to the officer thus engaged in the 
 restoration of order. 
 
 (2) Should there be no line officer present, the senior staff officer 
 of the Navy or of the Marine Corps, who may be present, shall 
 exercise the same authority and be entitled to the same obedience. 
 
29 
 
 82. 
 
 Officers shall report to their immediate superiors all offenses Offenses com- 
 committed by persons belonging to the Navy or Marine Corps, Jo ^reported™ 
 while on shore, which may come under their observation. 
 
 83. 
 
 (1) Officers shall avoid any unnecessary expenditure of public Responsibility 
 money or stores and, so far as may be in their power, prevent the oi* m o P n" d y tU or 
 same in others. Officers shall be held accountable for any waste- stores - 
 
 ful or improper expenditure that they may direct, authorize, or 
 knowingly permit. 
 
 (2) Public conveyance for the transportation of stores shall Public traus- 
 always be used when available. The supply officer of every ship stores* 
 having stores to be shipped shall make inquiry and keep himself 
 
 informed as to the movements of any public vessel by which the 
 stores may be transported. 
 
 (3) Public property shall not be loaned to individuals or organi- _ Loans of pub- 
 
 lie property. 
 zations outside the naval service unless the senior officer present 
 
 shall deem such action advisable or proper, by reason of a public 
 exigency, calamity, or ceremonious occasion. The foregoing prohi- 
 bition applies to the loan of flags. The accountability of the 
 responsible officer shall not be diminished by the provisions of this 
 paragraph. 
 
 84. 
 
 (1) Officers serving afloat shall before leaving port pay, incurring 
 or provide for paying, any debts they may have incurred. No e 9 * 
 
 officer shall at any time or place contract debts without a reason- 
 able expectation of being able to discharge them. 
 
 (2) It is enjoined upon all officers that failure to discharge their 
 just indebtedness brings discredit not only upon themselves but 
 upon the naval service. 
 
 85. 
 
 (1) No enlisted person in the naval service shall, for profit or Lending 
 benefit of any kind, loan money to any other person in said service mon«y. 
 except by permission from his commanding officer; nor shall any 
 
 such person take or receive for such loan, directly or indirectly, 
 a greater sum of money, or any other thing or service of greater 
 value, than the equivalent of the sum of money loaned without 
 such permission. 
 
 (2) No person in the naval service shall, without proper author- Engaging in 
 ity, either for himself or as an agent, engage in trade or introduce lrade « 
 
 any article for purposes of trade on board any vessel of the Navy 
 or at any navy yard, naval station, or marine barracks. 
 
30 
 
 86. 
 
 G o l d, etc., when gold, silver, or jewels shall be placed on board any 
 taken as freight. m „ . , , ' , . . , , , ^ » j_. ■, 
 
 ship for freight or safe-keeping, as provided by the Articles for 
 the Government of the Navy, the commanding officer shall sign 
 bills of lading for the amount and be responsible for the same. 
 The usual percentage shall be demanded from the shippers, and its 
 amount shall be divided as follows : One-fourth to the commander 
 in chief, one-half to the commanding officer of the ship, one-fourth 
 to the Navy pension fund. To entitle the commander in chief to 
 receive any part of the amount, he must have signified to the com- 
 manding officer of the ship, in writing, his readiness to unite with 
 him in the responsibility for the care of the treasure or other 
 valuables. When a commander in chief does not participate in a 
 division, two-thirds shall inure to the commanding officer of the 
 ship and the remainder to the pension fund. 
 
 87. 
 
 Officers or- No officer shall order into service or assign to duty any officer 
 the Secretary of wno may De on leave of absence or on furlough, or make any 
 the NaYy. change in the distribution or arrangement of officers or enlisted 
 
 men established by the Secretary of the Navy, • except where re- 
 quired by the exigencies of the service on a foreign station; all 
 such changes and the reasons therefor shall be reported to the 
 Navy Department without delay by the officer ordering them. 
 
 88. 
 
 When Tisiting Officers visiting a command in the performance of any official 
 a commas . ^ uty connected therewith shall report to the commanding officer. 
 
 89. 
 
 Execntios of (i) Orders issued by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of 
 orders 
 
 the Navy direct to any commandant or other officer shall be 
 
 promptly executed and the proper bureau or senior officer con- 
 cerned immediately notified thereof. 
 
 As order re- (2) If an officer receives an order from a superior annulling, 
 c e i v e d costra- ^ , 
 
 dictisg or cos- suspending, or modifying one from another superior, or one con- 
 other 1 . 8 Wlth an " trar y t0 instructions or orders from the Secretary of the Navy, 
 he shall exhibit his orders, unless confidential and he has been for- 
 bidden to do so, and represent the facts in writing to the superior 
 from whom the last order was received. If, after such represen- 
 tation, the latter shall insist upon the execution of his order, it 
 shall be obeyed, and the officer receiving and executing it shall 
 report the circumstances to the superior from whom he received 
 the original order. 
 
31 
 
 90. 
 
 All persons in the Navy are required to obey readily and m Duty of subor- 
 
 strictly, and to execute promptly, the lawful orders of their ina es * 
 
 superiors. 
 
 91. 
 
 An officer who diverts another from any service upon which the An officer di- 
 
 . verting another 
 
 latter has been ordered by a common superior, or requires him from Ms duty, 
 to act contrary to the orders of such superior, or interferes with 
 those under such superior's command, must immediately report, 
 and show satisfactorily to the Secretary of the Navy or to the 
 officer whose orders he has contravened, that the public interest 
 required such action. All orders under such circumstances must 
 
 be given in writing. 
 
 92. 
 
 Combinations of officers for the purpose of influencing legisla- Combinations 
 tion, remonstrating against orders. <>r complaining of details of poses forbidden, 
 duty, are forbidden. 
 
 93. 
 
 An application for the revocation or modification of orders to repo'rt^ng^^in 
 
 proceed will not justify any delay in their execution, if the officer obedience to or- 
 ders, 
 ordered is able to travel ; and no person shall delay obedience to 
 
 an order for the purpose of making remonstrance or complaint. 
 
 94. 
 
 All petitions, remonstrances, memorials, and communications ca A io \i S c t™ m conI 
 from any officer or officers of the Navy or Marine Corps, whether gress shall pass 
 on the active or retired list, addressed to Congress, or to either pa rtnSnt. 
 House thereof, or to any committee of Congress, on any subject of 
 legislation relating to the Navy or Marine Corps, pending, pro- 
 posed, or suggested, shall be forwarded through the Navy Depart- 
 ment, and not otherwise, except by authority of the department. 
 
 95. 
 
 No bureau, office, or division chief, or subordinate in the Dealings with 
 Navy Department, and no officer of the Navy or Marine Corps ongre88, 
 shall apply to either House of Congress, or to any commit- 
 tee of either House of Congress, or to any Member of Congress, 
 for legislation, or for appropriations, or for congressional action 
 of any kind, except with the consent and knowledge of the Secre- 
 tary of the Navy ; nor shall any such person respond to any re- 
 quest for information from either House of Congress, or any com- 
 mittee of either House of Congress, or any Member of Congress, 
 except through, or as authorized by, the department ; except as 
 provided in sections 102, 103, 104, and 859 of the Revised Statutes, 
 
32 
 
 96. 
 
 Language re- xo officer shall use language which may tend to diminish the 
 fleeting upon a . T . . , ... . 
 
 superior, confidence in or respect due to a superior in command ; and it is 
 
 the duty of every officer who hears such language to endeavor to 
 check it and to report the same immediately to his superior. 
 
 97. 
 
 <h Ex ff rcI * e ° f *"" Superiors of every grade are forbidden to injure those under 
 their command by tyrannical or capricious conduct, or by abusive 
 language. Authority over subordinates is to be exercised with 
 firmness, but with justice and kindness. 
 
 98. 
 
 Oppression by if any person in the Navy considers himself oppressed by his 
 or misconduet of . , . . . . , , , , __ , „ ., . 
 
 superior. superior, or observes in him any misconduct, he shall not fail in 
 
 his respectful bearing toward him, but shall represent such oppres- 
 sion or misconduct to the proper authority. He will be held ac- 
 countable if his representations are found to be vexatious, frivol- 
 ous, or false. 
 
 99. 
 
 Application for Any application for redress of wrong shall be made in writing- 
 through the immediate commanding officer to the commander in 
 chief of the fleet or squadron, or to the senior officer present, 
 and it shall be the duty of the latter to take such action in the 
 matter as, in his judgment, justice and the good of the service 
 demand. 
 
 100. 
 
 (1) All votes, resolutions, or publications in praise or censure 
 
 of any person in the naval service are forbidden. 
 
 Testimonials (2) No officer, clerk, or employee in the United States Govern- 
 a n a presents 
 forbidden. ment employ shall at any time solicit contributions from other 
 
 officers, clerks, or employees in the Government service for a gift 
 
 or present to those in a superior official position; nor shall any 
 
 such officials or clerical superiors receive any gift or present 
 
 offered or presented to them as a contribution from persons in 
 
 Government employ receiving a less salary than themselves; nor 
 
 shall any officer or clerk make any donation as a gift or present 
 
 to any official superior. Every person who violates this section 
 
 shall be summarily discharged from the Government employ. 
 
 (Sec. 1784, R. S.) 
 
 (3) No officer or other person under the Navy Department 
 
 shall solicit subscriptions for the purpose of making a gift to a 
 
 member of the immediate family of an officer of the naval service. 
 
33 
 
 101. 
 
 No person employed in the Navy or under the Navy Depart- Gratuities from 
 ment shall take or receive, directly or indirectly, any emolument 
 or gratuity from any contractor or other person furnishing supplies, 
 or act as agent or attorney for such person. (Sees. 1781, 1782, 
 R. S.) 
 
 102. 
 
 An officer of the Navy, either on the active or retired list, who officers shall 
 
 , , not act as attor- 
 acts as agent or attorney to prosecute a claim against the United neys against the 
 
 States is liable to the penalty of a fine or imprisonment, or both. United states ' 
 
 (Sec. 5498, R. S.) 
 
 103. 
 
 No officer shall give certificates to inventors whose works he Certificate of 
 may have examined, nor to persons with whom he has had official 
 dealings, except that he may give letters to employees of the Navy 
 who are to appear before examining boards and to former enlisted 
 men seeking positions on shore, setting forth the character of serv- 
 ice performed by such persons and their efficiency and conduct 
 while under his observation. 
 
 104. 
 
 Officers shall not borrow money nor accept deposits from nor Dealing* wtth 
 
 .,, ,. , , . , , enlisted men. 
 
 have any pecuniary dealings with enlisted men, except as provided 
 
 in article 1779, for deposits with the supply officer. 
 
 105. 
 
 (1) Applications for orders to duty, or tor the revocation or implication* 
 modification of orders, shall be made by the officer himself in an for orders. 
 official form and through official channels and shall state the 
 
 precise reason for making the application. 
 
 (2) Appointments, details, transfers, and assignments shall be Details, trans- 
 made on the basis of official records. Side. CtC " h<>W 
 
 106. 
 
 An officer shall not, without authority from his commanding Exchange of 
 officer or other superior, absent himself from his duty or exchange an ^ m \^ e " c * 
 duty with another. 
 
 107. 
 
 (1) All orders from commanding officers or others to their sub- orders inrolr- 
 ordinates, involving travel, must be in writing, and must state ia s * r » vel - 
 specifically what duty is to be performed. 
 
 (2) All such orders to enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps 
 must state on their face the cause or necessity therefor. 
 
 (3) Officers shall not perform travel on Government duty, un- 
 less said travel has been authorized by proper authority, except 
 in cases of emergency, and when there is not time to communicate 
 with the department by telegraph. 
 
34 
 
 108. 
 
 Boat service Officers in boats engaged in the ordinary duty of the ship and 
 duty. not absent on an expedition or separated from the ship shall not 
 
 regard themselves as on detached duty or assume the authority of 
 such duty. 
 
 109. 
 
 Senior line of- Nothing in article 108 shall be construed as relieving the 
 senior line officer in a boat from the responsibility for its safety 
 and management under all circumstances. 
 
 110. 
 
 Inspection of Commanding and other officers shall afford facilities for inspect- 
 ing the accounts of officers of the Supply Corps. 
 
 111. 
 
 Sea service. No service shall be regarded as sea service except such as shall 
 be performed at sea under the orders of the department and in ves- 
 sels employed by authority of law. ( Sec. 1571, R. S. ) 
 
 112. 
 
 Appointment in if any officer of the Navy accepts or holds an appointment in 
 consular Service, the diplomatic or consular service of the Government, he will be 
 considered as having resigned his place in the Navy, and it shall 
 be filled as a vacancy. (Sec. 1440, R. S.) 
 
 113. 
 
 Information (1) No person belonging to the Navy or employed under the 
 that might aid -^ 
 
 a foreign power Navy Department shall convey or disclose by oral or written com- 
 
 forhidden. munications, publications, or any other means, except as may be 
 
 required by his official duties, any information whatever concern- 
 ing the Naval or Military Establishment or forces, or any person, 
 thing, plan, or measure pertaining thereto, when such information 
 might be of possible assistance to a foreign power in time of peace 
 or to an enemy in time of war. 
 inform i tf ti ° n °* (2) No person belonging to the Navy or employed under the 
 garding foreign Navy Department shall publish or cause or permit to be published, 
 
 nolicv 3. c t s af 
 
 government, etc. directly or indirectly, or communicate by interviews, private let- 
 ters, or otherwise, except as required by his official duties, any 
 information in regard to the foreign policy of the United States, 
 or concerning the acts or measures of any department of the Gov- 
 ernment or of any officer acting thereunder, or any comments or 
 criticisms thereon; or the text of any official instructions, reports, 
 or letters upon any subject whatever, or furnish copies thereof 
 to any person, without the express permission of the Navy De- 
 partment. 
 
35 
 
 (3) Officers and other persons in the naval service desiring to Articles o» 
 publish articles on professional subjects, except translations from jects. 
 foreign publications or articles of a purely historical nature, shall 
 submit the manuscript of such articles to the Office of Navy Intel- 
 ligence for scrutiny before publication. The Department invites 
 and urges officers to send in well-considered ideas and suggestions 
 relative to improvement of naval efficiency. 
 
 114. 
 
 No person belonging to the Navy or employed under the Navy ^i.® * l ™ g . * 9 
 
 Dr TTspuptr cor** 
 
 Department shall act as a correspondent of a newspaper or other respondent, 
 periodical without the express permission of the department. 
 Every person authorized by the department to act as a corre- 
 spondent on board any vessel or at any place under the jurisdic- 
 tion of the Navy Department shall, before forwarding an article or 
 news item for publication, submit it to the commanding officer 
 for scrutiny, and the commanding officer shall suppress it, wholly 
 or in part, if in his opinion the public interests so require. 
 
 115. 
 
 (1) For officers of the naval service authorized to administer 
 oaths, see section 184, Naval Courts and Boards. 
 
 Oaths. 
 
 Oaths on offl- 
 
 (2) When practicable, officers and men of the Navy and Marine elal documents 
 Corps who may be required to subscribe under oath to any papers tered'b/offlcers* 
 relating to naval administration and the administration of naval 
 
 justice, will do so in the presence of an officer of the service au- 
 thorized to administer oaths. 
 
 (3) Notaries public shall not be employed in any matters of 
 naval administration where officers of the Navy or Marine Corps, 
 authorized by law to administer oaths for the purpose of the ad- 
 ministration of naval justice and for other purposes of naval ad- 
 ministration, are present and accessible. 
 
 (4) No officer, clerk, or employee in the executive service of 
 the Government, who is also a notary public, shall charge or re- 
 ceive any compensation whatever for performing any notarial act 
 for an officer, clerk, or employee of the Government in his official 
 capacity, or in any matter in which the Government is interested, 
 or for any person when, in the case of such person, the act is 
 performed during the hours of such notary's service to the Govern- 
 ment. This regulation shall not apply to oaths of disinterested- 
 ness, or other oaths required to be made by law, provided that the 
 work in connection therewith is not performed during office hours. 
 
 116. 
 
 Officers commanding fleets, squadrons, divisions, or ships shall bo ^ JJf n oa 
 not permit women to reside on board of, or take passage in, any 
 
36 
 
 ship of the Navy in commission except by special permission of 
 the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 117. 
 
 _ . „ The religious institutions and customs of foreign countries vis- 
 Foreign relig- 
 ions institutions, ited by ships of the Navy must be respected. 
 
 118. 
 
 Alcoholic liq- U) No person in the naval service shall take or keep any alcoholic 
 uors. liquors or any intoxicating or narcotic substances on board ships 
 
 of the Navy or within the limits of naval stations, marine bar- 
 racks, or any other place under the exclusive jurisdiction of the 
 Navy Department except as authorized for medical purposes, nor 
 shall any such liquors, intoxicants, or substances be sold or given 
 to said persons or issued to them except for medical purposes, 
 within such places. 
 
 (2) The use or introduction for drinking purposes of alcoholic 
 liquors on board any naval vessel, or within any navy yard or 
 station, is strictly prohibited, and commanding officers will be 
 held directly responsible for the enforcement of this order. 
 
 119. 
 
 Concealed It is prohibited for any member of the naval service to have 
 weapons. concealed about his person any deadly or dangerous weapon or 
 
 highly explosive substance, or have any such weapon or explosive 
 in his possession or custody within the limits of any place under 
 naval jurisdiction, except as may be necessary to the proper per- 
 formance of his duty or as may be authorized by proper authority. 
 The foregoing shall not be construed so as to prevent any person 
 authorized to have such weapon in his possession from carrying 
 concealed any such weapon from place of purchase to his quarters 
 or from his quarters to a repair shop to have the same repaired 
 and back again. 
 
 120. 
 
 No greater force shall be used in the arrest of a drunken man 
 Arrest of _ 
 
 drunken men. than that required to restrain or confine the offender. 
 
 121. 
 
 Duty Hospital Members of the Hospital Corps shall not perform any military 
 Corps restricted. clutieg Q^er than those pertaining to the medical department. 
 
 122. 
 
 Conformance (1) All persons belonging to the Navy must strictly conform 
 lations ™ reen "to such regulations for uniforms as may be published from time 
 to time by the Navy Department. 
 
37 
 
 (2) The clothes, arms, military outfits, and accouterments Clothes, arms, 
 
 etc., not to be 
 furnished by the United States to any enlisted person in the sold, etc. 
 
 Navy or Marine Corps, or required by such persons as a part of 
 
 their prescribed uniforms or outfits, shall not be sold, bartered, 
 
 exchanged, pledged, loaned, or given away, except by competent 
 
 authority therefor. 
 
 123. 
 
 (1) Commanding officers of ships and stations shall be respon- u Ju c j/iJn l s ,ltlal 
 sible for all secret and confidential publications issued that 
 
 ship or station. When an officer is ordered detached from a ship 
 or station, the commanding officer shall require the officer being 
 detached to turn in to him all secret and confidential publications 
 in his possession (except such publications as he may have re- 
 ceived from the bureau or office of issue direct for his personal 
 use), thereby retaining on board the full allowance of such pub- 
 lications. Officers will be held personally responsible for the care 
 and safe-keeping of such publications as are issued to them. Upon 
 detachment from a ship or station officers shall return all secret 
 and confidential publications to the commanding officer. Officers 
 requiring secret or confidential publications for their personal use, 
 which can not be obtained from commanding officer, should make 
 application to the bureau or office of the Navy Department having 
 cognizance of the particular publication. 
 
 (2) All secret or confidential books, pamphlets, instructions, 
 blue prints, charts, etc., issued by any bureau or office of the Navy 
 Department for which receipts, returns, or reports of destruction 
 arc required, will bear on the cover, title page, or other prominent 
 place a legend showing — 
 
 (a) The classification of the publication (whether secret or 
 confidential). 
 
 (&) If possible, the length of time the publication is to be con- 
 sidered " secret " or " confidential.*' 
 
 (c) The final disposition at the end of this stated period. 
 
 (r!) What reports or returns arc required. 
 
 (e) The office or bureau having cognizance of the publication 
 and to whom the reports or returns required by (r/) are to be 
 forwarded. 
 
 (3) The instructions in regard to the care, distribution, and dis- 
 position of secret and confidential publications contained in this 
 article shall be strictly followed. 
 
 (4) (a) Secret and confidential publications are issued by the 
 various bureaus or offices concerned, to commanding officers of 
 ships or stations and in special cases only to individual officers. 
 The commanding officer shall — 
 
 183841°— 20 4 
 
38 
 
 (a) Make direct to the bureau or office concerned all reports and 
 returns required by legends in the various publications. 
 
 (&) Reissue publications as necessary to officers under his com- 
 mand, retaining the officer's receipts on board. Publications issued 
 a ship or station will be retained on board such ship or at the 
 station to which issued and will not be taken away by officers who 
 may be detached. 
 
 (5) Secret publications are not to pass out of the hands of 
 officers. Under no circumstances shall the contents of secret 
 publications be explained or divulged to persons not regularly 
 connected with the naval service. Proper means shall be taken 
 for safeguarding secret publications. Confidential publications, as 
 a general rule, shall be in the custody of officers, but when the 
 performance of duty requires, or the interests of the Government 
 may be better served, they may be explained or divulged to 
 enlisted personnel and to persons not regularly connected with 
 the naval service. The contents of confidential publications shall 
 not be explained or divulged to persons not directly connected 
 with the naval service, except as noted above. 
 
 (6) Secret and confidential publications, except code and sig- 
 nal publications, no longer required may be returned to the 
 bureau or office concerned by registered mail. Code and signal 
 publications shall be turned in at the nearest issuing office or 
 district communication superintendent. 
 
 (7) (a) In the event of an officer's death, dismissal, or resigna- 
 tion from the service, his commanding officer will cause his per- 
 sonal copies of secret and confidential publications to be returned. - 
 
 ( b ) " When an officer's resignation is accepted, or when he severs 
 connection with the service, he will turn in to his commanding 
 officer, or if there be no commanding officer there, to the depart- 
 ment, all secret and all confidential publications and all technical 
 books and papers not private property which he may have in his 
 possession and report that fact in writing to his commanding offi- 
 cer (or to the department, Bureau of Navigation). Officers leav- 
 ing the service are warned of the provisions of the national de- 
 fense secrets acts." 
 
 (8) Should a secret or confidential publication be lost or other- 
 wise compromised, the fact shall be reported to the bureau or 
 office concerned immediately. 
 
 (9) The importance of maintaining the contents of publica- 
 tions " secret " or " confidential " as indicated on the publication 
 can not be too strongly emphasized. Officers are informed that 
 in case the loss of same can not be satisfactorily explained the 
 department will take such action in the matter as the circum- 
 stances seem to warrant. 
 
39 
 
 124. 
 
 (1) Permission to make, for other than official use, photographs, ^Jj 11 ®^ n *° 
 photographic plates or films, or moving-picture films of naval ?al subjects. 
 vessels or parts thereof; of navy yards and stations, or of any 
 establishments under the jurisdiction of the Navy ; or of any 
 
 device belonging to the Navy or intended for use thereof, shall be 
 granted only by the Navy Department (Office of Naval Intelli- 
 gence), under such detailed instructions as may be issued by 
 general order. 
 
 (2) No person, not in the naval service, shall be allowed to 
 take on board any naval vessel, nor into any navy yard, station, 
 or establishment under the jurisdiction of the Navy, any photo- 
 graphic apparatus, without displaying written permission from 
 proper authority. 
 
 (3) All photographs taken on board ship, or in naval estab- 
 lishments ashore by persons belonging to the Navy shall be 
 submitted for censorship to the commanding officer or the com- 
 mandant, as the case may be, or to a responsible officer designated 
 by him, and if condemned shall be destroyed, together with the 
 films from which printed. 
 
 125. 
 
 The duties of the United States Board on Geographic Names Board on Geo- 
 graphic Karnes, 
 include that of determining, changing, and fixing place names 
 
 within the United States and its insular possessions, and all 
 names hereafter suggested for any place by any officer or em- 
 ployee of the Government shall be referred to said board for its 
 consideration and approval before publication. In these mat- 
 ters, as in all cases of disputed nomenclature, the decisions of the 
 board are to be accepted by the departments of Government as the 
 standard authority. 
 
 126. 
 
 In the event of any person of the naval service, either on Care of effects 
 board ship or at a naval station, becoming mentally or physically Jons d . l8abled Per " 
 incapacitated under such circumstances as to render it im- 
 practicable for him to care for his personal effects, the command- 
 ing officer shall cause such effects to be collected and inventoried 
 by an officer and held in appropriate safe-keeping until the recov- 
 ery or transfer of the owner. The inventory shall be prepared in 
 duplicate and duly certified by the officer making it. Should the 
 patient be transferred, a copy of the inventory with a statement 
 of the disposition of his effects shall accompany his transfer 
 papers. 
 
couEtry. 
 
 40 
 
 127. 
 
 Officers order- (1) No officer of the Navy or of the Marine Corps shall pro- 
 cnnmtrv 8 forei5n ceed to a foreign country on special duty connected with the 
 service except under orders prepared by the Bureau of Naviga- 
 tion or by the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps 
 as the case may be, and signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (2) A copy of each such order shall immediately be filed in the 
 Bureau of Navigation and in the Office of Naval Intelligence. 
 
 (3) The Office of Naval Intelligence shall in each such case pre- 
 pare a letter for the Secretary's signature informing the Depart- 
 ment of State of the intended visit and the general nature only of 
 the duty on which the officer is to be sent, in order that the diplo- 
 matic representatives of the United States in the countries to be 
 visited may be informed in regard thereto. 
 
 (4) The written official report made by any such officer with 
 respect to his mission shall be transmitted by him to the Office 
 of Naval Intelligence for further reference and ultimate file. 
 
 128. 
 
 1. In order to enable the department to exercise proper super- 
 vision and control over all persons taking passage on board of, or 
 making protracted visits to, vessels of the Navy, including per- 
 sons under instruction or the employees of a contractor, all permits 
 for such passage or protracted visit shall be issued by the Bureau 
 of Navigation. If other bureaus and offices are interested in hav- 
 ing persons take passage on board of or visit vessels, they should 
 so recommend to the Bureau of Navigation and that bureau will, 
 when proper, refer to other bureaus and offices for recommenda- 
 tion, such requests for permits as come to it direct. 
 
 2. In the waters of the United States, the commander in chief 
 shall permit passengers on board of the ships of his command only 
 upon written permission from the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 3. When in foreign waters, passengers shall not be embarked on 
 board ships of his command without his express authority or that 
 of the senior officer present. 
 
 4. Passengers on board vessels will be assigned to the proper 
 mess by the commanding officer, and all who are not entitled to 
 subsistence by the Government may be charged rates for subsist- 
 ence as provided for in the U. S. Navy regulations. 
 
 5. The commanding officer will, in a general way, inform press 
 correspondents, upon their arrival on board, of such matters as 
 are not appropriate for publication either during or after the ter- 
 mination of their visits, without first obtaining the direct perniis- 
 son of the Navy Department. 
 
41 
 
 6. Foreigners and representatives of foreign activities must ob- 
 tain permission from the Office of Naval Intelligence to make 
 visits of inspection at navy yards and shore stations, or to in- 
 spect work being done for the Navy or vessels building for the 
 Navy, at manufacturing establishments and shipyards. 
 
 7. Only casual visits or inspection on the part of visitors shall 
 be allowed on naval vessels and to shore stations and on vessels 
 at shipyards and other establishments at which Government ships 
 are being built or material manufactured. If they desire further 
 privileges to inspect some special feature for which permission 
 has not been granted, they shall be courteously refused and in- 
 structed to apply to the Office of Naval Intelligence for the neces- 
 sary permission. When permission is issued by the department 
 authorizing a special or detailed inspection of a naval vessel, 
 shore station, vessel at a shipyard, or Government material at 
 other establishments where ships are being built or naval mate- 
 rials manufactured, the responsible officer at the shore establish- 
 ment or on board ship shall detail an officer to accompany the 
 visitor, and such officer shall report to the Office of Naval Intelli- 
 gence by letter exactly what 1ms been shown and what was re- 
 fused. 
 
 8. No visits by others than persons belonging to the Army or 
 the Navy, or properly accredited representatives of a contractor, 
 or navy-yard workman employed in work on the vessel, shall be 
 permitted on board submarines built or building, and all details 
 except such as are published by the Navy Department regarding 
 these vessels shall be held as conlidential. 
 
 Section 3. — Special Schools. 
 
 129. 
 
 Such special schools and classes for the instruction of officers Special 
 and men of the Navy and Marine Corps as the Secretary of the scho ° l8. 
 Navy may deem advisable shall be organized and carried on under 
 instructions to be issued by the Navy Department. 
 
 130. 
 
 (1) Postgraduate courses of instruction shall be maintained for Postgraduate 
 the advanced education and training of commissioned officers in courses. 
 
 (a) general professional and allied subjects; (b) technical sub- 
 jects pertaining to ordnance, mechanical, electrical, radio, marine 
 and civil engineering, and naval construction; and (c) law 
 and such other subjects as the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe 
 in order to meet the requirements of the naval service. 
 
 (2) The Naval Postgraduate School shall conduct and direct 
 all such postgraduate education and instruction. Its headquar- 
 ters and such of its activities as practicable will be located at the 
 
42 
 
 Naval Academy. It shall be administered as a department of the 
 Academy separate from the undergraduate departments and inde- 
 pendent of* the Academic Board. 
 
 (3) The head of the postgraduate school will be detailed by 
 the Navy Department. He shall, under the supervision of the 
 superintendent of the Naval Academy, direct and conduct the 
 executive and administrative work connected with the prescribed 
 postgraduate courses in conformity with such recommendations of 
 the postgraduate council as may have been duly approved. (See 
 par. 4.) 
 
 (4) The Naval Postgraduate School shall be under the super- 
 visory control of the postgraduate council, whose membership 
 shall be composed of the superintendent of the Naval Academy, 
 who shall preside, the head of the postgraduate school, and of 
 one member each from the Bureau of Ordnance, the Bureau of 
 Engineering, the Bureau of Construction and Repair, and the 
 Bureau of Yards and Docks. The postgraduate council shall meet 
 periodically and upon the special call of the superintendent of the 
 Naval Academy. An officer detailed to duty in the postgraduate 
 school shall be appointed by the superintendent of the Naval Acad- 
 emy as secretary to the council. 
 
 (5) The facilities, apparatus and equipment of the Naval Acad- 
 emy and of the engineering experiment station, and the services of 
 such officers, professors, and instructors of the Naval Academy and 
 of the staff of the experiment station as may be necessary and 
 available, shall be at the disposal of the postgraduate school. 
 
 (6) Requisitions for the tuition of postgraduate student offi- 
 cers at private institutions, when such tuition has been authorized 
 by the Secretary of the Navy, will be prepared by the head of the 
 postgraduate school and forwarded through official channels to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. Such requisitions shall bear 
 reference to the Secretary's approval of the requests upon which 
 they are based. Orders involving the transfer and travel of stu- 
 dent officers incident to their duly authorized courses of study and 
 training shall be issued by the Bureau of Navigation upon appli- 
 cation of the head of the postgraduate school via the superin- 
 tendent of the Naval Academy. 
 
 (7) Student officers at Annapolis shall be subject to the mili- 
 tary supervision of the superintendent of the Naval Academy, but 
 shall not be assigned quarters in the Naval Academy unless the 
 superintendent finds it practicable to do so. Elsewhere than at 
 Annapolis they shall be under the general military jurisdiction 
 of the commandant of the naval district in which they may be 
 stationed. They shall not be ordered to any duty not connected 
 with their duly assigned courses of instruction. 
 
43 
 
 Section 4. — Receipt of Oeders and Official Address. 
 131. 
 
 Officers shall promptly acknowledge the receipt of all orders Acknowledging 
 and, immediately after reporting in obedience thereto, communi- 
 cate the fact and the date of reporting. (Arts. 135, 1814.) 
 
 132. 
 
 An order from competent authority to an officer of the Navy or D . nt y jpon the 
 Marine Corps requiring him to proceed to any point, or to report 
 for duty at a place not involving travel, but fixing no date and not 
 expressing haste, shall be obeyed by reporting within four days, 
 exclusive of travel time, after its receipt. If the order read 
 " without delay," he shall report within 48 hours, exclusive of 
 travel time, after its receipt ; if " immediately," within 12 hours, 
 exclusive of travel time, after its receipt; and all officers shall 
 indorse on their orders the date and hour of their receipt. The 
 foregoing allowances of time do not apply to any provisions of 
 an officer's orders requiring him, after performing the duty speci- 
 fied, to return to his regular station or to proceed on further duty. 
 Any delay in carrying out orders which may be granted to an 
 officer of the Navy or Marine Corps by competent authority will 
 be additional to the time allowed above. 
 
 133. 
 
 (1) When officers and others in the Navy or Marine Corps D .uty when re- 
 
 ^ A porting in obc- 
 
 report for duty in accordance with written orders they shall dience to writ- 
 present the orders to the officer to whom they report. 
 
 (2) Officers shall indorse upon the orders of those who report 
 to them the fact that the person ordered has reported for duty, 
 and the date and place at which he so reported. 
 
 134. 
 
 Every officer, whether active or retired, not on duty, shall re- Address of of. 
 
 fleers, 
 port to the Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Com- 
 mandant, Marine Corps, his address on January 1 of each year; 
 the report to be mailed so as to reach the bureau by the December 
 20 preceding. 
 
 135. 
 
 (1) Every officer of the Navy or the Marine Corps shall keep the Usual resi- 
 Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the dence of offlcers - 
 
44 
 
 Marine Corps, respectively, informed of his usual residence and 
 of the address of his wife or next of kin. When ordered to his 
 home he shall, upon the receipt of the order, certify upon it his 
 place of residence, which must in all cases correspond to that 
 which he has previously reported to the Bureau of Navigation or 
 to the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 
 
 (2) No officer on the active list shall change his usual residence 
 without permission of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major Gen- 
 eral Commandant, Marine Corps. 
 
 (3) Officers on the retired list may change their residence, or 
 travel abroad, except in belligerent countries, without specific 
 permission from the department, but they shall keep the Bureau 
 of Navigation or Major General Commandant, Marine Corps, in- 
 formed of their address. 
 
 (4) Every officer of the Navy or Marine Corps visiting Wash- 
 ington shall, within 24 hours after his arrival, register his name 
 and city address at the Bureau of Navigation, Navy Department, 
 or headquarters Marine Corps, respectively. 
 
 136. 
 
 Officers re- An officer returning from sea under orders from, or by per- 
 turnmg from sea . . . , ,, , '., „. ,*, 5 
 
 by order of a mission of, a superior shall, immediately upon arrival m the 
 
 superior. United States, report by despatch to the Bureau of Navigation or 
 
 the Major General Commandant, Marine Corps, stating his ad- 
 dress and a brief or copy of the order or permission. 
 
 Section 5. — Repokts on Fitness. 
 
 When 
 mitted. 
 
 sub- 
 
 137. 
 
 (1) Reports on fitness of officers shall be made on prescribed 
 forms on the last days of March and of September of each year, 
 and whenever officers are ordered to appear for examination, de- 
 tached from the service or transferred or whenever the reporting 
 senior is detached. Reports on officers of the Navy shall be for- 
 warded to the Bureau of Navigation, and those on officers of the 
 Marine Corps to the Major General Commandant. All reports of 
 fitness shall be considered as strictly confidential communications. 
 In the event of their being referred to an officer for comment or 
 other purpose, they shall be sent confidentially to such officer 
 and shall be similarly returned direct, unless they call in question 
 the action of any higher authority, in which case they shall be 
 forwarded in the same confidential manner via such higher 
 authority. 
 
 
45 
 
 (2) Reports will be submitted according to the following table : 
 
 Reporting senior. 
 
 Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 District commandants. 
 
 President of the General Board.. 
 
 Commander in chief of a fleet. 
 
 Note.— (a) The commander in chief 
 of the Atlantic Fleet will report on the 
 commandant of the naval station, 
 Guantanamo, Cuba. The comman- 
 der in chief of the Asiatic Fleet will 
 report on the commandant of the 
 naval stations. Olongapo and Cavite 
 
 Note.— (6) The commander in chief 
 Pacific Fleet, will report on the com 
 manding officer, marine detachment 
 American legation, Managua, Nica 
 ragua, and the commander in chief 
 Asiatic Fleet, will report on the com 
 manding officer, marine detachment, 
 American legation, Peking, China. 
 Commander of a force other than "de- 
 stroyer" or "submarine." 
 
 Officers reported upon. 
 
 1. President of the General Board. 
 
 2. Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 3. The Major General Commandant. 
 
 4. Chiefs of bureaus. 
 
 5. Judge Advocate General. 
 
 6. Commandants of navy yards. 
 
 7. Superintendent of Naval Academy. 
 
 8. Aids to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 9. Other officers who may perform special 
 
 or temporary duty under his imme- 
 diate orders. 
 
 1. Officers on duty in the office of the Chief 
 
 of Naval Operations. 
 
 2. Heads of offices under the office of the 
 
 Chief of Naval Operations . 
 
 3. Commandersin chief of fleets. 
 
 4. Flag officers afloat, not attached to 
 
 fleets. 
 
 5. Commandants of all naval districts 
 
 and stations except those under the 
 commander in chief of the Asiatic 
 Fleet, the naval station at Guanta- 
 namo. 
 
 6. Other officers who may perform special 
 
 or temporary duty under his imme- 
 diate orders. 
 
 1. The head of each activity within the 
 
 command except as noted herein. 
 When not familiar with remote sta- 
 tions, comment and forward to Chief 
 of Naval Operations. 
 
 2. Officers of his staff. 
 
 l. Members and secretaries of the General 
 Board, and officers not members at- 
 tached thereto. 
 
 1. Commanders of the various forces of his 
 
 fleet and of the train. 
 
 2. The commanding officer of his fleet flag- 
 
 ship. 
 
 3. The commanding officer of his tender. 
 
 4. Officers of his staff. 
 
 Officers ordered to temporary duty in 
 his fleet, the performance of which 
 falls under his immediate cognizance. 
 
 Commanding officers of Marine Corps 
 advanced base or other expeditionary 
 forces serving under his command. 
 
 1. Squadron and division commanders un- 
 
 der his command. 
 
 2. Officers of his staff. 
 
 3. Commanding officers of vessels attached 
 
 to his force, but not attached to a divi- 
 sion of his force. 
 
 4. Officers ordered to temporary duty in 
 
 his force, the performance of which 
 falls under his immediate cognizance. 
 
 5. Commanding officers of Marine Corps 
 
 advanced base or other expeditionary 
 forces serving under his command. 
 
46 
 
 Reporting senior. 
 
 Officers reported upon. 
 
 Chief of a bureau 
 
 Note.— The Chief of Bureau of 
 Navigation will report on the super- 
 visor of naval auxiliaries, and on the 
 commandants of training stations. 
 
 Officer in charge of a recruiting division. . 
 Officer in charge of a recruiting station . . . 
 Director of Naval Communications 
 
 Divisional superintendents 
 
 Commander of a destroyer or submarine 
 force. 
 
 Flotilla commander . 
 
 Squadron commander 
 
 Division commander 
 
 Commanding officer of a ship , 
 
 Commandant of a navy yard or naval sta- 
 tion. 
 
 Note.— In the case of the Superin- 
 tendent of the Naval Academy, that 
 officer shall report upon the heads of 
 both yard and academic departments 
 and divisions. 
 
 1. The president of a permanent board 
 
 2. The head of a division or department at 
 
 a navy yard or naval station. 
 
 3. The commanding officer of marines at a 
 
 navy yard or naval station. 
 
 4. Other heads of special service 
 
 1. Officers on duty in his bureau. 
 
 2. Heads of offices or establishments under 
 
 his bureau. 
 
 3. The senior inspecting officer at each pri- 
 
 vate shore establishment who repre- 
 sents the bureau in connection with 
 the manufacture of material or the 
 construction of vessels. 
 
 1. Officers on duty in his office. 
 
 2. Officers in charge of all mam recruiting 
 
 stations. 
 
 1. Officers on duty in his office. 
 
 2. Officers in charge of his substations (if 
 
 any). 
 
 1. Divisional (coast) radio superintendents. 
 
 2. Officers under his immediate orders, ex- 
 
 cept those on duty in Office of Naval 
 Operations. 
 
 1. District radio superintendents. 
 
 2. Officers under their immediate orders. 
 
 1. Flotilla commanders of his force. 
 
 2. Commanders of squadrons, divisions, or 
 
 vessels of his command, who are not 
 attached to flotillas , squadrons, or divi- 
 sions, respectively, of his force. 
 
 3. Officers of his staff. 
 
 4. Officers ordered to temporary duty in 
 
 his force, the performance of which 
 falls under his immediate cognizance. 
 
 1. Squadron commanders of his flotilla. 
 
 2. Commanding officers of divisions and 
 
 vessels of his command who are not 
 assigned to a squadron or division, 
 respectively, of his flotilla. 
 
 3. Officers of his staft 
 
 1. Division commanders of his squadron. 
 
 2. Commanding officers of vessels who are 
 
 not assigned to a division of his squad- 
 ron. 
 
 3. Officers of his staff. 
 
 1. Commanding officers of vessels of his 
 
 division. 
 
 2. Officers of his staff 
 
 1. All officers under his command. 
 
 1. Officers of his staff. 
 
 2. Commanding officers of ships attached 
 
 to his station. 
 
 3. Heads of yard departments and di- 
 
 visions. 
 
 4. On all other officers under his command, 
 
 except those attached to ships, and 
 those attached to the yard or station 
 who are subordinate to the head of a 
 department or a division, or to the 
 commanding officer of the marines. 
 
 Officers performing duty under their imme- 
 diate orders. 
 
 Note. — An officer on special service for which there is no reporting senior, shall sub- 
 mit his reports on fitness direct to the Bureau of Navigation. Naval attaches shall be 
 reported upon by the Director of Naval Intelligence. 
 
47 
 
 UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS. 
 
 Reporting senior. 
 
 Officers reported upon. 
 
 The Major General Commandant. 
 
 Head of Staff Department of Marine Corps . 
 Departmental Commander 
 
 The officer in charge of recruiting at head- 
 quarters. 
 
 Officer commanding advanced base force 
 and brigade commanders. 
 
 Regimental commander . 
 
 Battalion commander 
 
 Commanding officer of a marine barracks, 
 a marine detachment of a shore station, 
 and a Marine Corps rifle range. 
 Officer in charge of recruiting division . . 
 
 Heads of staff departments. 
 
 Aids to Major General Commandant. 
 
 Officers on duty in his office. 
 
 Departmental commanders, command- 
 ing officers of advanced base or other 
 forces of the Marine Corps not under 
 the command of another officer of the 
 Navy or Marine Corps. 
 
 Commanding officers of marine barracks, 
 or marine rifle ranges, not under the 
 command of another officer of the 
 Navy or Marine Corps. 
 
 Officers on duty in his office, and officers 
 of his department on duty elsewhere 
 not under command of a naval or ma- 
 rine officer. 
 
 Officers serving on his staff, command- 
 ing officers of advanced base forces, or 
 other forces of the Marine Corps, or of 
 marine barracks, Marine Corps rifle 
 ranges, or other organization, under 
 the department and not under the 
 command of another officer of the 
 Navy or Marine Corps. 
 
 Officers in charge of recruiting divisions. 
 
 Officer in charge of recruiting publicity 
 bureau. 
 
 Regimental commanders. 
 
 Officers of his staff. 
 
 Battalion commanders of battalions not 
 assigned to regiments. 
 
 Company officers of companies attached 
 to brigade headquarters. 
 
 Battalion commanders. 
 
 Regimental staff officers. 
 
 Company officers of companies attached 
 to regimental headquarters. 
 
 All officers attached to his battalion. 
 
 All officers under his command. 
 
 1. All officers on duty in his division. 
 
 Note.— An officer of the Marine Corps on duty the nature of which is 
 such that there is no reporting senior shall submit his reports on fitness 
 to the Major General Commandant. 
 
 (3) The commanding officer of a ship shall require the executive 
 officer to report to him on the fitness of all heads of departments 
 and other officers attached to the ship, and shall, in addition, 
 require the heads of ship departments to report to him on the 
 fitness of officers who have performed duty under their orders. 
 These reports rendered to the commanding officer by the executive 
 officer and heads of departments are for his use in making his 
 report on the fitness of all officers under his command, and shall 
 not be forwarded to the department unless, in unusual cases, the 
 commanding officer deems such procedure advisable, in which 
 event he shall state the reason therefor. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
48 
 
 Mailing. (4) The reports of commanding officers of ships upon their sub- 
 
 ordinates shall, when complete in all details, be sent direct to the 
 Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the 
 Marine Corps, as the case may be. 
 
 At navy yards. (5) The reports by heads of departments or divisions of navy 
 yards and naval stations on their subordinates shall be forwarded 
 to the commandant for his comment and indorsement, with special 
 reference to military questions. When complete in all details the 
 reports shall be sent direct to the Bureau of Navigation or the 
 Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, as the case 
 may be. 
 
 Division com- (g) ^ division commander shall forward the reports on the 
 fitness of commanding officers of his division direct to the Bureau 
 of Navigation. 
 
 ports aT ° ral)le Ie " ^ Tbe marks anci comment shall cover only the period of time 
 stated in the reports. A record of all punishments inflicted upon 
 the officer, with the date and nature of offense and the kind and 
 degree of punishment, shall be set forth under " Remarks." When- 
 ever any portion of the report made by the reporting senior is 
 in any sense unfavorable, the reason shall be clearly stated under 
 the head of " Remarks " and the entire report shall be referred to 
 the officer reported on for his statement with regard to the un- 
 favorable portion, and the report and statement shall be returned 
 without delay to the reporting senior. The reporting senior will 
 forward the statement and fitness report to the Bureau of Navi- 
 gation by indorsement. If the officer reported upon does not 
 desire to make a statement, he shall so state in writing. Report- 
 ing seniors are not required to give answers to queries which 
 are beyond their personal knowledge. 
 Remarks. (§) Reporting seniors shall always place under "Remarks" 
 
 a brief expression of their opinion of the professional ability of 
 the officers reported upon, this to be in addition to any other com- 
 ment that they may deem pertinent and necessary to make the 
 reports complete and adequate to their purpose. They shall par- 
 ticularly state whether or not the officers previously reported 
 upon unfavorably show improvement as regards the deficiencies 
 in question. 
 importance of (9) ^he importance of keeping the efficiency records of officers 
 continuously complete in all respects requires prompt rendition 
 of the same, and the responsibility is twofold — that of the officer 
 reported upon to submit his report at the necessary times to his 
 reporting senior, and the responsibility of the second named to 
 see that the reports are promptly submitted to him by those upon 
 whom he reports, and his own responsibility with respect to the 
 expeditious completion of the reports and the forwarding of the 
 same according to the instructions that apply to each case. 
 
49 
 
 (10) Whenever a medical officer makes an entry in a health ceg 5*J°jJ e °J f *J; 
 record that indicates the use by any officer of intoxicants or drugs toxicants or 
 that tend to disqualify him physically, mentally, or morally for rugs * 
 service, he shall immediately submit a written statement of the 
 
 fact, quoting the entry, to the commanding officer of the ship, the 
 commandant of the navy yard or naval station, or the division 
 commander or the commander in chief (through official channels), 
 as the case may be, and this officer shall immediately proceed with 
 reference to said entry in the manner provided in paragraph 7 of 
 this article, respecting unfavorable answers made by him to 
 queries contained in the prescribed form of reports on fitness; and 
 shall forward a copy of the same, the statement in regard thereto 
 of the officer concerned, and such comments as he may deem 
 proper, with his semiannual report of fitness to the department. 
 Nothing herein contained shall preclude the further investigations 
 and proceedings prescribed in chapter 4, section 1, Navy Regu- 
 lations. 
 
 (11) Special reports, in letter form, shall be made at any time Special report, 
 that occasion may arise of — 
 
 (a) Distinguished conduct in battle; 
 
 (ft) Conspicuous acts of valor or devotion in line of duty; 
 
 (c) Extraordinary courage, ability, or resource in time of peril 
 or great responsibility. 
 
 These provisions shall be strictly construed and not extended 
 to cover acts of duty that, although out of the ordinary course, 
 are yet not uncommon in seafaring or military life. The regular 
 reports of fitness shall comprise as complete an estimate as practi- 
 cable of an officer's performance of duty, special and ordinary, 
 during the period in question. 
 
 (d) Serious misconduct or marked inefficiency shall also be 
 made the subject of a special report, a copy to be referred to 
 the officer concerned for such statement as he may choose to 
 make in reply. 
 
 (e) Officers temporarily detached or absent from their regular 
 stations, on duty out of or additional to the regular course, shall 
 be reported on by the senior under whom the special or addi- 
 tional duty is performed, the report, in letter form, to be sent to 
 the officer's regular reporting senior for his information and 
 to be appended to the next regular report of fitness. This para- 
 graph shall not apply to duty on courts, boards, surveys, etc. 
 
 (12) An officer's record on file shall include the following re- 
 ports as to his qualifications and performance of duty : 
 
 (a) Reports on fitness; 
 
 (6) Special reports as prescribed in paragraph 11 of this 
 article ; 
 
50 
 
 (c) Extracts from the findings and recommendations of courts 
 or boards concerning the officer's performance of duty ; 
 
 (d) Reports from sources outside the Navy concerning an 
 officer's performance of duty or his character; nothing unfavor- 
 able shall be filed without investigation and the knowledge of the 
 officer concerned. 
 
 (e) Commendation or censure by a superior other than the 
 officer who makes the report of fitness, provided it is based upon 
 the findings of a court or a board or upon the writer's own knowl- 
 edge of the facts, but not when founded solely upon information 
 from the officer who makes the regular report of fitness in the 
 case. 
 
 (f) Statements of the officer in reply to any unfavorable matter 
 on his record. 
 
 The fitness of an officer for the service, with respect to promo- 
 tion and assignment to duty, is determined by his record. Re- 
 ports on fitness and special reports are decisive of the service 
 career of the individual officer, and have important influence on 
 the efficiency of the entire service. The preparation of these 
 reports is, therefore, one of the most important and responsible 
 duties of superior officers. 
 
 (g) Proposed letters of admonition or commendation to officers 
 of the Navy drafted by the Chief of Naval Operations or by a 
 chief of a bureau, copies of which it is desired to have placed 
 with an officer's record, will be placed before the Secretary for 
 approval by the Bureau of Navigation ; if approved, the official 
 letter will be prepared and presented for signature by said 
 bureau. 
 
 officers ° on S de" (^) Officers in command of vessels, squadrons, or flotillas not 
 tached or inde- attached to a fleet shall forward reports of fitness in their case, 
 pen en u y. ^^ filled out in those respects in which officers are required 
 to report upon themselves, to the Chief of Naval Operations. 
 Upon receipt these reports shall be completed as far as practicable 
 by the Chief of Naval Operations and forwarded to the Bureau 
 of Navigation. 
 
 (14) When commanding officers of vessels, squadrons, or 
 flotillas, not attached to a fleet, are in the presence of a senior 
 officer, ashore or afloat, for a period of one month or more, the 
 senior officer shall furnish such commanding officers with state- 
 ments as to their performance of duty during that period, which 
 statements shall be forwarded with the commanding officers' 
 reports of fitness to the department (Chief of Naval Operations). 
 Similarly, senior officers who have spent a month or more at 
 any insular naval station, except Guantanamo and Olongapo, 
 
51 
 
 shall furnish the commandant of the station with a statement to 
 be forwarded by the commandant with his report of fitness. 
 
 (15) After a naval action or campaign, and after service on 
 shore with an expeditionary force or force of occupation, an 
 entry shall be made on each officer's report of fitness of his partici- 
 pation therein, stating the kind of service performed, giving dates 
 and the names of any engagements in which he took part. 
 
 138. 
 
 (1) The health record of every officer shall be placed in the Health record. 
 custody of the medical officer of the ship or station to which he is 
 
 attached, and it shall be the duty of the medical officer to keep 
 such record complete and to forward it through official channels 
 to the ship or station to which the officer may be transferred. 
 
 (2) Every officer shall inform the medical officer in whose 
 custody his health record may be of his detachment, promotion, 
 or of orders to appear before a medical board, for medical survey, 
 promotion, or retirement. 
 
 (3) In the case of an order for an officer to appear before a 
 board involving a physical examination, the health record shall 
 be forwarded through his commanding officer, if practicable, 
 otherwise direct, to the senior member of such board for its 
 consideration and the entry of the findings and recommendations 
 of the board. 
 
 (4) Upon the completion of the physical examination of an 
 officer by a board the record shall be forwarded as follows : 
 
 (a) To the medical officer of the station or ship to which 
 assigned. 
 
 (fo) In the case of officers unassigned, recommended to be 
 granted sick leave or recommended to appear before another board, 
 or other contingency when a proper destination is not obvious, to 
 the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, accompanied by a statement 
 of the circumstances in the case. 
 
 (5) When an officer is ordered to duty where there is no medi- 
 cal officer, or granted leave, or is otherwise permanently removed 
 from the observation of the medical officer having custody of this 
 record, it shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery. 
 
 (6) Officers on duty or leave where there is no medical officer on 
 duty shall furnish the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery with a 
 report of any disability incurred while so employed, this report 
 to become a part of the official health record of the officer. 
 
52 
 
 139. 
 
 Naval Reserve Enrolled members of the Naval Reserve Force when in active 
 
 Force. service shall be subject to the laws, regulations, and orders for 
 
 mitfed! 0m I)er "the government of the regular Navy, and the Secretary of the 
 
 Responsibility. Navy may, in his discretion, permit the members of the Naval 
 
 Navy reguia- Reserve Force to wear the uniform of their respective ranks, 
 
 tions to govern ,.,'.*'. 
 
 in active service, grades, or ratings while not in active service, and such members 
 shall, for any act committed by them while wearing the uni- 
 form of their respective ranks, grades, or ratings, be subject to 
 the laws, regulations, and orders for the government of the 
 regular Navy. (Act of 1 July, 1918.) 
 
 140. 
 
 Identification tags shall be worn by all persons in the naval serv- 
 ice in time of war or other emergency. The tag shall consist of an 
 oval plate of Monel metal, 1.25 by 1.50 inches, perforated at one 
 end and worn suspended around the neck. 
 
 The following information is required on identification tags: 
 Name, date of entry into service, date of birth, and finger print. 
 In case of officers, the rank shall be entered. 
 
CHAPTER 3. 
 
 RANK, COMMAND, AND DUTY. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 148-160. Officers in general. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 161-179. Detail of command and duty. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 180-186. Law and decisions on rank and command. 
 
 Section 1. — Officers in General. 
 148. 
 
 (1) Officers of the United States Navy shall be known as officers Uniforms and 
 of the Line and officers of the Staff. titlcs of offlcers - 
 
 (2) Applicable alike to regulars and reservists, the uniform of 
 any given rank or rating in the Navy shall hereafter be identical 
 in every respect throughout except for the necessary distinguish- 
 ing corps devices; and every officer in the Navy shall be desig- 
 nated and addressed by the title of his rank without any discrimi- 
 nation whatever. 
 
 (3) In oral official communications officers below the rank of 
 commander may be addressed as H Mr." and in the case of the 
 officers of the Medical Corps as " Dr." In written communica- 
 tions the name and the corps to which any staff officer belongs 
 will be stated immediately after his name; for example: Lieuten- 
 ant John Doe, Medical Corps, United States Navy ; Lieutenant 
 John Doe, Supply Corps, United States Navy; Lieutenant John 
 Doe, Construction Corps, United States Navy ; and Lieutenant 
 John Doe, Civil Engineer Corps, United States Navy. 
 
 149. 
 
 (1) On the active list the officers of the line are, by law, as Rank and titles 
 follows : Admiral, vice admiral, rear admiral, captain, commander, of llne offlcers - 
 lieutenant commander, lieutenant, lieutenant (junior grade), and 
 
 ensign; and they have, respectively, these titles. 
 
 (2) Line officers have rank in the order given in paragraph 1 
 of this article and shall exercise military command accordingly, 
 subject to the restrictions of article 150 (G) (7). 
 
 (3) Midshipmen are, by law, officers in a qualified sense. 
 They are classed as being of the line. 
 
 (4) On the retired list the grades of the officers of the line are 
 the same as on the active list, with the exception of admiral and 
 vice admiral, with the addition of the grade of commodore, which 
 takes rank next after that of rear admiral. 
 
 183481°— 20 5 (53) 
 
 
54 
 
 Rank in grade. (5) All the above officers shall take rank in each grade accord- 
 ing to the dates of their commissions; in the absence of com- 
 missions they shall take rank according to the order in which 
 their names appear upon the Official Navy Register as kept in 
 the Navy Department. 
 
 150. 
 
 Authority of (1) Officers of the line exercise military command. 
 
 (2) Only officers on duty can exercise, or are subject to, com- 
 mand except as provided for in article 87. 
 sMps^expedi- ^ ^ n a11 occasions where two or more ships' expeditions or 
 tions. detachments of officers and men meet, the command of the whole 
 
 devolves upon the senior line officer, subject to the limitations of 
 paragraphs (6), (7), (9), of this article. 
 
 (4) At all times and places not specifically provided for in 
 these regulations, where the exercise of military authority for 
 the purpose of cooperation or otherwise is necessary, of which 
 the responsible officer must be the judge, the senior line officer 
 on the spot shall assume command and direct the movements and 
 efforts of all persons in the Navy present, subject to the limita- 
 tions of paragraphs (6) and (9) of this article or specific orders. 
 
 (5) The senior line officer shall be held accountable for the 
 exercise of his authority, and^ust not divert any officer from a 
 duty confided to him by a common superior, or deprive him of his 
 command or duty without good and sufficient reason. 
 
 Officers of the (Q) Officers of the line restricted by law to the performance of 
 line restricted to . . „ „ , ^ , „ ^ 
 
 certain duties, engineering duties only, officers of the Naval Flying Corps re- 
 stricted by law to aeronautical duties only, officers of the Naval 
 Coast Defense Reserve, officers of the Naval Auxiliary Reserve, 
 and officers of the Naval Reserve Flying Corps shall have all 
 necessary authority for the exercise of command within their 
 particular departments or services for the performance of their 
 respective duties, but shall not exercise military command out- 
 side of their respective departments or services. Nothing herein 
 shall be taken to restrict the rights of officers of the line of 
 the Navy, assigned to engineering duties only, to succeed to com- 
 mand on shore within the meaning of the law. 
 
 (7) The commanding officer of a squadron, division, flotilla, or 
 higher naval authority may, when he deems it desirable and where, 
 not restricted by law, specially authorize any line officer to exer- 
 cise command on board the ship to which he is attached without 
 regard to the above restrictions and may specifically designate the 
 senior line officer to whom the restrictions of paragraph (6) ap- 
 ply, to exercise the functions of senior officer present in the 
 absence of a line officer not sO restricted. 
 Combined (8) For the purpose of determining who shall exercise com- 
 
 forces 
 
 mand over a combined force, composed of vessels commanded by 
 
55 
 
 officers of the Naval Reserve Force and vessels commanded by 
 officers of the Regular Navy, acting in conjunction, or over a com- 
 bined force composed of military units commanded by officers of 
 said reserve force and officers of the Regular Navy or Marine 
 Corps, acting in conjunction, an officer of the Reserve Force of or 
 above the rank of lieutenant commander or major will be re- 
 garded as junior to lieutenant commanders and majors, of the Reg- 
 ular Navy and Marine Corps, respectively. (Act Aug. 29, 1916; 
 act July 1, 1918.) 
 
 (9) When serving on shore with a mixed detachment, composed Mixed detach- 
 of seamen and marines, the marines shall always be placed on the 
 right in battalion or other infantry formation, and the senioi 
 officer of the line of the Navy, or of the Marine Corps, according 
 to rank, shall command the detachment. 
 
 151. 
 
 The officers of the staff are as follows : Medical officers, dental Staff officers. 
 officers, supply officers, chaplains, professors of mathematics, naval 
 constructors, civil engineers. 
 
 152. 
 
 (1) When the office of chief of bureau is filled by an officer Bank and titles 
 below the rank of rear admiral, said officer shall, while holding ° f h ""fVo^bu- 
 said office, have the rank and, except as otherwise provided for by reaus. 
 
 law or regulation, title of rear admiral. 
 
 (2) The chiefs of the Bureaus of Medicine and Surgery, Supplies Titles of other 
 and Accounts, Engineering, Construction and Repair, and Yards re'aas! f 8 ° f b °" 
 and Docks, while holding these offices, shall have, respectively, 
 
 the title of Surgeon General of the Navy, Paymaster General 
 of the Navy, Engineer in Chief of the Navy, Chief Constructor 
 of the Navy, and Chief of Civil Engineers of the Navy. Each such 
 chief of bureau, however, shall be addressed and designated by 
 the title of his rank, in written communications the title of his 
 office to be stated next after his name. 
 
 (3) Correspondence from a chief of bureau shall show the name 
 of his office. 
 
 (4) The Judge Advocate General shall be an officer of the Navy fl Jud &f Advocate 
 or Marine Corps, and shall have, while holding said office, the 
 
 rank and title of rear admiral in the Navy or major general in 
 the Marine Corps, as the case may be. 
 
 (5) An officer holding an acting appointment shall affix the title Acting ap- 
 of his acting rank to his official signature, and when such appoint- P ° " men 8 * 
 ment is revoked he shall resume the title of his actual rank. 
 
56 
 
 153. 
 
 Authority of (1) Officers of the staff shall, under the commanding officer, have 
 staff officers. a n necessary authority within their particular departments for 
 the due performance of their respective duties, and they shall be 
 obeyed accordingly by their subordinates. 
 
 (2) They shall not, by virtue of rank and precedence, have any 
 additional right to quarters, nor shall they have authority to exer- 
 cise command, except in their own corps, and except as provided 
 in articles 170 and 171; nor shall they take precedence of their 
 commanding officer; nor shall they take precedence of the aid or 
 executive of the commanding officer while executing the orders of 
 such commanding officer on board of the vessel or at the station to 
 which he is attached; nor shall they be exempted from obeying 
 the lawful commands of officers of the line who may be charged 
 by proper authority with the details of military duty incident to 
 the naval service. 
 
 154. 
 
 Precedence of (1) All line officers of the same rank take precedence with each 
 officers. other according to their respective dates of commission in such 
 
 rank. All staff officers of the same rank take precedence with each 
 other according to their respective dates of commission in such 
 rank. All line and staff officers of the same rank, originally com- 
 missioned as officers of the Navy since March 4, 1913, take pre- 
 cedence with each other according to their respective dates of 
 commission in such rank. All line and staff officers of the same 
 rank, originally commissioned as officers of the Navy on or before 
 March 4, 1913, take precedence with each other according to 
 length of service in the Navy. (For purpose of estimating length 
 of service such staff officers are credited with constructive service 
 under sec. 1486, R. S., as amended.) The precedence of officers 
 of the Navy is shown in the precedence list published in the Navy 
 Register. Where commissioned officers of the different corps, 
 who are not graduates of the Naval Academy, take precedence 
 from the same date, they shall be arranged in the precedence table 
 to take rank in the following order: (a) Line officers; {&) medi- 
 cal officers; (c) officers of the Supply Corps: (d) chaplains; (c) 
 professors of mathematics; (/) naval constructors; (g) civil 
 engineers. 
 
 (2) All processions on shore where officers appear in an official 
 capacity and where formation is necessary, shall be regarded as 
 military formation. (Sec. 14S9, R. S.) 
 
 (3) TVhen on active duty officers of the Naval Reserve Force 
 shall take precedence among themselves and with other officers of 
 the naval service in their respective grades or ranks according to 
 the dates of their commissions or provisional assignment of rank 
 
57 
 
 in the Naval Reserve Force: Provided, That all officers of the 
 Naval Reserve Force of and above the rank of lieutenant com- 
 mander shall rank with but after officers of the same rank or 
 grade in the United States Navy, except that in time of war or 
 other national emergency such officers of the Naval Reserve 
 Force shall have a date of precedence with officers of the United 
 States Navy as of the date of general mobilization, to be estab- 
 lished by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 155. 
 
 (1) The relative rank between officers of the Navy, whether on Officers of the 
 the active or retired list, and officers of the Army and of the Ma- Army and Marine 
 rine Corps, shall be as follows, lineal rank only being considered : Cor P s> 
 
 (a) Admiral shall rank with general. 
 (&) Vice admiral with lieutenant general. 
 
 (c) Rear admiral with major general. 
 
 (d) Commodore with brigadier general. 
 
 (e) Captain with colonel. 
 
 (/■) Commander with lieutenant colonel. 
 
 (g) Lieutenant commander with major. 
 
 (h) Lieutenant with captain. 
 
 (i) Lieutenant (junior grade) with first lieutenant. 
 
 0') Ensign with second lieutenant. (Sec. 1466, R. S.) 
 
 (2) In fixing the relative rank of officers of the Army, officers of 
 the Navy, and officers of the Marine Corps, of the same grade and 
 date of appointment and commission, the time which each may 
 have actually served as a commissioned officer of the United 
 States, whether continuously or at different periods, shall be 
 taken into account. (Sec. 1219, R. S.) 
 
 (3) Officers in the same grade in the Army, Navy, and Marine 
 Corps have relative rank and precedence among themselves ac- 
 cording to the dates, respectively, of their commissions, the senior 
 in commission ranking the junior. (Op. Att. Gen., Oct. 7, 1905.) 
 
 (4) Graduates of the Naval Academy who, upon graduation, are 
 assigned to the Marine Corps and appointed second lieutenants 
 therein, take rank with their classmates who are appointed en- 
 signs in the Navy, in accordance with their final standing upon 
 graduation. This applies only while holding the same relative 
 rank and date of commission. 
 
 156. 
 
 The officers of the Marine Corps shall be, in relation to rank, „ Officers of the 
 i the same footi 
 (Sec. 1603, R. S.) 
 
 on the same footing as officers of similar grades in the Army. Jnd Army. C ° rP8 
 
58 
 
 157. 
 
 Officers of the (l) The relative rank between officers of the Navy and Marine 
 Corps, whether on the active or on the retired list, and officers of 
 the Coast Guard, shall be as follows : 
 
 (a) Captain commandant with captain. 
 
 (&) Commander and engineer in chief with commander. 
 
 (c) Lieutenant commander and lieutenant commander (Engi- 
 neering) with lieutenant commander. 
 
 (d) Lieutenant and lieutenant (Engineering) with lieutenant. 
 
 (e) Lieutenant (junior grade) and lieutenant (junior grade) 
 (Engineering) with lieutenant (junior grade). 
 
 (f) Ensign and ensign (Engineering) with ensign. "Provided, 
 That all laws applicable to the titles hereby abolished in the Coast 
 Guard shall apply to the titles hereby established;" (act ap- 
 proved June 5, 1920). 
 
 Whenever the personnel of the Coast Guard, or any part there- 
 of, is operating with the personnel of the Navy in accordance 
 with law, precedence between commissioned officers of correspond- 
 ing grades in the two services shall be determined by the date of 
 commissions in those grades. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 Coast Guard (2) The Coast Guard constitutes a part of the military forces 
 Navy 3 1J S%. rTng of the United States operating under the Treasury Department in 
 " war « time of peace, and as a part of the Navy, subject to the orders of 
 
 the Secretary of the Navy in time of war, or when the President 
 shall so direct. (Act. Jan. 28, 1915.) Whenever the whole or 
 any part of the personnel of the Coast Guard is operating with 
 the personnel of the Navy, officers and men of each service shall 
 have the same authority and control over officers and men of the 
 other service as that to which their rank or rating entitles them 
 in their respective services. (Executive order of May 2, 1916.) 
 
 (3) Whenever in time of war the Coast Guard operates as part 
 of the Navy, the personnel of that service shall be subject to the 
 laws prescribed for the government of the Navy (act Aug. 29, 
 1916), but they shall continue to be subject to the laws, regula- 
 tions, and orders for the government of the Coast Guard, except 
 in so far as may be necessary for discipline, command, and 
 effective military administration. 
 
 158. 
 
 Warrant offl- ^ Boatswains, gunners, machinists, carpenters, pay clerks, 
 cers. acting pay clerks, sailmakers, pharmacists, marine gunners, and 
 
 quartermaster clerks are warrant officers. They take precedence 
 of each other on the active list of the Navy or Marine Corps, 
 according to the date of their warrants, and in case the warrants 
 of two or more of them are of the same date, then according to 
 the order in which their names are borne upon the Official Navy 
 
59 
 
 Register as kept in the Navy Department. They take precedence 
 next after midshipmen and ahead of all mates. 
 
 (2) After six years from date of warrant, boatswains, gunners, Commissioned 
 machinists, carpenters, sailmakers, and pharmacists, and pay 
 clerks upon completion of a total service of six years as pay 
 clerk, acting pay clerk, and paymaster's clerk, if duly qualified, 
 shall be commissioned chief boatswains, chief gunners, chief ma- 
 chinists, chief carpenters, chief sailmakers, chief pharmacists, 
 and chief supply clerks, respectively, to rank with but after 
 ensigns, and shall be designated commissioned warrant officers. 
 On the active list of the Navy, these commissioned warrant offi- 
 cers take precedence after ensigns, and of each other according 
 to the dates of their commissions, and in case the commissions of 
 two or more of them are of the same date, then according to the 
 order in which their names are borne upon the Official Navy 
 
 Register as kept in the Navy Department. Their commissions 
 give no additional right to quarters on board ship or to command. 
 
 (3) Chief boatswains, chief gunners, chief machinists, boat- How classed, 
 swains, gunners, and machinists are classed as line officers of the 
 Navy; chief carpenters, chief pay clerks, chief sailmakers, chief 
 pharmacists, carpenters, pay clerks, sailmakers, and pharma- 
 cists, as staff officers. So far as succession to command or succes- 
 sion to duties aboard ship outside the engineer department are 
 concerned, chief machinists and machinists are restricted to the 
 performance of engineering duty only. 
 
 (4) Such commissioned warrant officers as are or may be re- Rank of, and 
 
 Drocodcncc 
 
 tired with the rank of lieutenant (junior grade) take precedence 
 next after officers having the rank of lieutenant (junior grade). 
 Such boatswains, gunners, carpenters, pay clerks, and sail- 
 makers as are retired with the rank of the next higher grade shall 
 take precedence with other officers of the Navy next after ensigns. 
 All commissioned warrant officers and warrant officers when 
 retired take precedence of each other as when on the active list; 
 and in case the seniority of two or more of the same rank is of 
 the same date, then according to the order in which their names 
 are borne upon the Official Navy Register as kept in the Navy 
 Department. 
 
 (5) Commissioned warrant officers and warrant officers who 
 are retired without advancement in rank shall take precedence 
 as when on the active list. 
 
 159. 
 
 (1) Mates are rated, by authority of the Secretary of the Navy, Mates. 
 from seamen and ordinary seamen who have enlisted in the naval 
 service for not less than two years. (Sec. 1408, R. S.) Mates 
 have no relative rank, but they shall take precedence of all petty 
 officers, noncommissioned officers of the Marine Corps, and en- 
 
60 
 
 listed men, and in their own grade according to the dates of their 
 appointment. 
 
 160. 
 
 Authority of Commissioned warrant officers, warrant officers, mates, and 
 cers* and * petty P e ^y officers shall have, under their superiors, all necessary 
 officers. authority for the due performance of their duties, and they shall 
 
 be obeyed accordingly. 
 
 {Precedence of petty officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine 
 corps together with their ratings will be published in a Navigation Manual 
 each year.) 
 
 Section 2. — Detail of Command and Duty. 
 
 161. 
 
 Duty per- Officers of the Navy shall perform such duty at sea or on shore 
 as may be assigned them by the department. 
 
 162. 
 
 Staff officer, Any staff officer who has performed duty as Chief of Bureau for 
 a full 
 R. S.) 
 
 Chief of Bureau. & f uU term ghaU thereafter be exempt from sea duty. ( Sec. 1436, 
 
 163. 
 
 Officers re- Such rear admirals, captains, and commanders as are by law 
 neering duties? " restricted to the performance of engineering duties shall be as- 
 signed accordingly, and to shore duty only, except that such com- 
 manders may be assigned to duty as fleet and squadron engi- 
 neers. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 164. 
 
 'classification The President is authorized to establish, and from time to time 
 
 of vossols 
 
 to modify, as the needs of the service may require, a classification 
 of vessels of the Navy, and to formulate appropriate rules govern- 
 ing assignments to command of vessels and squadrons. (Act Mar. 
 3, 1901.) 
 
 165. 
 
 Merchant Vessels under the jurisdiction of the Navy in foreign ports hav- 
 crcws. 
 
 ing merchant crews are amenable to navigation laws. Crews must 
 
 be shipped and discharged before consuls and papers deposited 
 
 with consuls, except in those cases where anticipated orders for 
 
 prompt movement makes this course undesirable, in which case 
 
 the consul is to be notified. 
 
 166. 
 
 Assignments to A fleet may be commanded by a flag officer; a force, a squadron, 
 or division by a flag officer, captain, or commander; a destroyer 
 or submarine flotilla by a captain, commander, or lieutenant com- 
 
61 
 
 mander; a destroyer or submarine division by a lieutenant com- 
 mander or lieutenant. (See sec. 1434, R. S.) 
 
 167. 
 
 A naval station may be commanded by a rear admiral, captain, Naval stations, 
 or commander. 
 
 168. 
 
 The executive officer of a ship shall be of lower grade than the Executive offi- 
 
 , . cer. 
 
 captain. 
 
 169. 
 
 An ensign shall perform such duties afloat as may be assigned Ensigns. 
 him, and as may be prescribed elsewhere in the Navy Regulations, 
 including junior officer of the watch, deck or engine room; but 
 shall not be detailed for duty on the staff of a flag officer, nor as 
 aid to the commanding officer of a ship. 
 
 170. 
 
 (1) An officer of the Medical Corps of the Navy, not below the. Command of 
 
 hospital ships. 
 rank of lieutenant commander, may command a hospital ship or 
 
 ambulance ship. 
 
 (2) Officers of the medical corps shall command naval hospitals, 
 naval medical schools, hospital corps schools, medical supply 
 depots, and separate naval dispensaries or sick quarters. 
 
 171. 
 
 Line officers may be detailed for duty under staff officers in Duty under 
 the manufacturing and repair departments of navy yards and sa ° cers ' 
 naval stations. (Act approved June 24, 1910.) 
 
 172. 
 
 (1) Should the flag officer commanding die, become incapaci- Flag offlcer in 
 
 tated, or leave his station permanently before being relieved by a <*lef command 
 
 disabled; sue- 
 
 successor appointed by the Secretary of the Navy, the line officer cession, 
 next in rank in the fleet or squadron shall succeed to the command 
 and discharge its duties until regularly relieved, in addition to his 
 regular duties ; and he shall have all the authority and responsi- 
 bility of a flag officer in command as if assigned to that duty in 
 terms by the Navy Department. 
 
 (2) An officer who succeeds to command as provided in this 
 article acquires no increase of rank nor change in personal title. 
 
62 
 
 Absence less (3) During the temporary absence of a flag officer from his 
 than twenty- „ ° -.. , ,,. , , , „ , 
 
 four hours. command afloat, not exceeding twenty-four hours, he shall be rep- 
 resented by the chief of staff or, in his absence, by the captain 
 of the flagship, who is authorized to carry out the established 
 routine and make the necessary signals therefor. 
 
 Absence ex- (4) j n a por t f the United States, on the occasion of the ab- 
 ceeding twenty- „ 
 
 four hours in sence of a flag officer from his command afloat, for a period ex- 
 
 u. s. port. ceeding twenty-four hours, his flag shall be hauled down, and the 
 
 command, subject to any directions from the flag officer, shall de- 
 volve upon the senior line officer present in the fleet, squadron, or 
 division, with the title of senior officer present. 
 Absence ex- (5) j n a foreign port, upon the occasion of the absence of a 
 four hours in flag officer from his command afloat, for a period exceeding 24 
 foreign port. ix 0urS) the command, subject to any directions from the flag officer, 
 shall devolve upon the senior officer present in the fleet, squadron, 
 or division, with the title of senior officer present, and the flag 
 officer's flag shall be hoisted over the ship in which the temporary 
 commander is embarked, but without a salute* 
 
 173. 
 
 Flag officer in (1) If the flag officer commanding be killed in battle, the officer 
 killed in° battle, next in rank on board the ship bearing his flag shall succeed pro- 
 visionally and until the senior officer in the fleet announces that he 
 has taken command. It shall be the duty of the officer thus suc- 
 ceeding provisionally to report to such senior officer as soon as 
 practicable, and by private signal, the death of the flag officer. 
 The flag of the deceased shall be kept hoisted until the battle is 
 decided. 
 
 (2) A commander in chief, a commandant of a naval station, 
 or other officer on detached or independent service shall, in the 
 event of his protracted illness or disability for a period of two 
 weeks, report the fact to the department, by telegraph if beyond 
 the continental limits of the United States, otherwise by letter. 
 
 174. 
 
 Authority of a h The commanding officer of a ship not a flagship with a flag 
 ?™**!!l c <f<L^ hen officer .embarked as passenger by due authority shall be subject to 
 the orders of such flag officer. The latter, when so embarked, 
 shall display his flag. 
 Passengers as- 2. Other officers embarked as passengers, senior to the com- 
 signed to duty. man ding officer, shall have no authority, but those junior to him, 
 if not on a flag officer's staff, may be assigned to duty when the 
 exigencies of the service render it necessary, of which necessity 
 the commanding officer shall be the sole judge. Passengers thus 
 assigned shall have the same authority as though regularly at- 
 tached to the ship, but shall not displace any officer belonging to 
 the regular complement of the ship in his quarters. 
 
63 
 
 175. 
 
 No officer can place himself on duty by virtue of his commis- pe r/SnS r duty- t0 
 sion or warrant alone. 
 
 176. 
 
 An officer duly appointed to act in any grade shall, while serv- Authority of 
 
 acting aopoint- 
 
 ing under such appointment, be entitled to the same command, ments. 
 precedence, and honors as if he held a commission in that grade 
 of the same date as his appointment. 
 
 177. 
 
 Retired officers of the Navy and Marine Corps may be em- Retired offl- 
 ployed on active duty, with their consent, in time of peace. (Act c 
 Aug. 22, 1912.) In time of war, or a national emergency de- 
 clared by the President to exist, such retired officers may, in the 
 discretion of the Secretary of the Navy, be ordered to perform 
 active duty. (Act July 1, 1918.) 
 
 178. 
 
 An officer of the Navy can not assume command of Army forces Authority o f 
 on shore, nor can an officer of the Army assume command over Army 7 officer! 
 any ship of the Navy, or over its officers or men afloat, except in serving together, 
 either case by special authority for a particular service; but 
 when officers of the Navy are on duty on shore with the Army 
 they shall be entitled to the precedence of the rank in the Army 
 to which their own corresponds, except command as aforesaid, 
 and this precedence will regulate their right to quarters. 
 
 179. 
 
 (1) Officers ordered to duty under the Lighthouse Board, the Officers on duty 
 Bureau of Fisheries, or the Coast and Geodetic Survey, shall re- sirvice^under 
 
 port by letter to the Secretary of Commerce, and while on such Fish . Commission, 
 
 or in Coast Sur- 
 duty they shall obey the orders and directions of the Secretary yey. 
 
 of Commerce and of the Lighthouse Board, the Bureau of Fish- 
 eries, or the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, as the case 
 may be. 
 
 (2) While on the duty indicated above, officers will be held 
 directly responsible to the Secretary of the Navy, for conformity 
 to the rules and Articles for the Government of the Navy, and 
 the Navy Regulations, except only in so far as they may be in- 
 consistent with the special service in which they are engaged. 
 They will also be held responsible for the care of the persons, 
 vessels, and public property that may be placed under their con- 
 trol. 
 
 
64 
 
 Section 3. — Law and Decisions on Rank and Command. 
 180. 
 
 See.i468,R.S. Commanding officers of vessels of war and of naval stations 
 shall take precedence over all officers placed under their com- 
 
 Sec.i469,R.S. mand. The Secretary of the Navy may, in his discretion, detail 
 a line officer to act as the aid or executive of the commanding 
 officer of a vessel of war or naval station, which officer shall, 
 when not impracticable, be next in rank to said commanding 
 officer. Such aid or executive shall, while executing the orders 
 of the commanding officer on board the vessel, or at the station, 
 take precedence over all officers attached to the vessel or station. 
 All orders of such aid or executive shall be regarded as proceed- 
 ing from the commanding officer; and the aid or executive shall 
 have no independent authority in consequence of such detail. 
 
 Sec.l470,R.S. Staff officers, senior to the officer so detailed, shall have the right 
 to communicate directly with the commanding officer. In pro- 
 
 Sec.i489,R.S. cessions on shore, on courts-martial, summary courts, courts of 
 inquiry, boards of survey, and all other boards, line and staff 
 officers shall take precedence according to rank. 
 
 181. 
 
 Decision. Tlie foregoing are provisions of the statute laws of the country. 
 
 In view of the fact that their meaning and force have been some- 
 times misunderstood, they are here given for the information of 
 the service, with the following declaration and regulations, pro- 
 mulgated as the views of the Secretary of the Navy, upon the 
 subject matter, and his official construction of the law as it exists 
 in relation thereto. By the force of naval law, and regulations 
 made in conformity therewith, the following principles are estab- 
 lished and exist as essentials of all military service, without which 
 there can be neither command, discipline, nor responsibility : 
 Authority of (a) Officers intrusted with the command of vessels of war or 
 mand? B C ° m " naval stations, or with the command or direction of any military 
 expedition or duty, whatever their rank, must, while properly in 
 such command or direction, have full command, authority, and 
 precedence over all officers and persons, of whatever rank, serving 
 in such vessel, station, or expedition, or in the execution of such 
 duty. This authority and precedence will descend to the officer 
 or person on whom such command or direction may devolve by 
 reason of the death, disability, or absence of the person otherwise 
 in command or direction. 
 m Death, disa- (&) in case of death, disability, or absence of an officer in mili- 
 of l commanding tary command or direction, this command and direction, with all 
 officer * its authority and precedence, devolves and rests upon the line 
 
 officer eligible to command next in rank who may be present and 
 
65 
 
 on duty with such command. In processions on shore all officers 
 take precedence according to their rank ; but when such procession 
 forms a military command, the command devolves upon the senior 
 line officer present eligible to command, subject to the limitation 
 of article 150, paragraph (9), and authority and precedence attach 
 accordingly. On all courts-martial, courts of inquiry, boards of 
 survey, and other boards, line and staff officers take precedence 
 according to rank. The senior officer of such courts or boards pre- 
 sides by virtue of his rank. 
 
 (c) Officers of the staff corps of the Navy shall on all occasions staff officers, 
 be treated with the same respect as officers of corresponding rank 
 
 in the line not in command, under like circumstances. Their 
 legal rank carries with it the same personal dignity and is to re- 
 ceive, in all respects, the same consideration. If they are at any 
 time subordinated, for any purpose of organization or duty, to 
 the exercise of authority delegated by law to their juniors in 
 actual rank, it is for reasons growing out of the necessities of 
 military service, operating alike on all officers of both line and 
 staff under like circumstances, and subject to the same conditions 
 applicable to all. The right of military command and to addi- 
 tional quarters is restricted by law. 
 
 (d) No officer of any grade of the Navy is authorized by virtue Authority to 
 of his own mere rank and authority to give any order or grant ssue or ers ' e 
 any privilege, permission, or liberty to his senior in rank of any 
 
 corps; nor is any senior officer required to receive such order, 
 privilege, permission, or liberty from his junior, unless such junior 
 is at the time in command of the vessel of war or naval station 
 to which the senior is attached, or in command or direction of 
 the military expedition or duty on which such senior is serving, 
 or is, as aid or executive, executing such order of the commanding 
 officer ; and no commanding officer is authorized to delegate to any 
 junior the authority to grant any permission, privilege, or liberty 
 to his senior, but must himself receive and hear, under proper 
 regulations, any request therefor from such senior, satisfying 
 himself as to its propriety, and deciding the matter in the exercise 
 of his own authority. Any officer on shipboard, however, who is 
 intrusted by general provision or special order of proper authority 
 with any duty, the present performance of which may involve the 
 movements of the ship itself, or the attitude of the ship's com- 
 pany as a whole, represents the commanding officer for that pur- 
 pose, and is intrusted, for the time, with all the authority neces- 
 sary for the proper performance of such duty; and all officers, 
 of whatever rank, are required to assist in carrying out such 
 duty, and to receive and execute his orders for that purpose ; nor 
 will he be interfered with therein, unless by the commanding 
 officer, or the aid or executive, who are entitled to relieve him in 
 the performance of such duty. 
 
66 
 
 182. 
 
 offl The « e J? cut i T ® (!) The efficiency of every military organization requires of the 
 
 ties and author- commanding authority, besides the general duties of command 
 y * and direction, the additional duties of organization, police, and in- 
 
 spection ; all these appertain to and go with the command. For the 
 relief of the commanding officer they are usually intrusted, in 
 their details, to subordinates, but they are performed by his au- 
 thority and under his direction. On shipboard and at navy yards 
 the Secretary of the Navy, by authority of law, designates the 
 senior line officer to perform these duties in addition to the 
 ordinary duties assigned to him as such line officer attached to 
 the ship or yard. The officer so designated is called, for the time 
 being, " the aid or executive of the commanding officer." This is 
 not a new rank; nor has the officer by virtue of the title, or in 
 consequence of the detail, any new independent authority. It is 
 merely a designation of the officer who, for the relief of the com- 
 manding officer or commandant, and by his authority alone, car- 
 ries out, on board the ship or at a navy yard, the details of organi- 
 zation, inspection, and police. 
 
 poike C onsMp ° f ( 2 ) As the officer in charge of the police of the ship and the exe- 
 cution of all provisions made for her general good condition, ap- 
 pearance, and safety, the duties of the executive officer of a ship 
 are constant and call him everywhere, and give him, as representa- 
 tive of the commanding officer for that purpose, charge of and 
 authority over the details necessary to the proper performance of 
 all police duties. To this authority all officers and persons are re- 
 quired to yield full and prompt acquiescence. 
 
 officer o7ship ing ^ As tlie ins P ectm S officer of the ship, required at stated pe- 
 riods to examine and report her general condition and efficiency 
 in all her departments, the aid or executive is entitled to make 
 personal examination of and report upon all these, and for that 
 purpose every facility is to be afforded him by every officer at- 
 tached to the vessel; and all officers in charge of storerooms or 
 other parts of the ship are required to have such storerooms or 
 parts of the ship in proper condition for his inspection, at such 
 times as may be designated by the commanding officer. 
 
 w iVh o?gSza d - < 4 > As the officer t0 wnom the details of tlie organization of the 
 Hon. ship's company are intrusted, the aid or executive is the proper 
 
 person to station the officers and crew, and to prepare, form, pa- 
 rade, and present them in proper attitude for review and inspec- 
 tion by the commanding officer or other proper officer, and for this 
 purpose he has authority to take preliminary charge of all forma- 
 tions and parades, to see that the whole is properly organized and 
 paraded, and to receive the reports customary on such occasions 
 from the officers in charge of departments and divisions, and trans- 
 mit them as a whole to the commanding officer. While carrying 
 
67 
 
 out the details of organization and those of police and inspection, 
 in execution of the orders of the commanding officer, the aid or 
 executive takes precedence over all officers attached to the ship, 
 and shall be obeyed and respected accordingly. Reports of heads 
 of departments and of officers senior in rank to the aid or execu- 
 tive, other than those above mentioned, will be made direct to the 
 commanding officer. The commanding officer is authorized to 
 grant temporary leave of absence to the officers and others at- 
 tached to the vessel. Under his orders and special directions such 
 leave of absence may be granted by the aid or executive to officers 
 who are junior to him in rank ; these officers will report their re- 
 turn from leave to the aid or executive. Officers senior in rank 
 to the aid or executive desiring to leave the ship will obtain the 
 required permission directly from the commanding officer, and 
 upon their return from leave will report the same to him. All of- 
 ficers will report their permission to leave the ship, and their re- 
 turn, to the officer of the deck. The departure and return of of- 
 ficers senior to the aid or executive will be reported to the latter 
 by the officer of the deck. 
 
 (5) These duties of organization, inspection, and police devolve Exercise of an- 
 u 4.1. * i-i *• <*! * _ thorlty by execu- 
 
 upon the aid or executive of the commanding officer of a vessel tive officer. 
 
 of war " by virtue of his detail as such " aid or executive," and 
 they, and the exercise of the authority necessary to execute them, 
 are recognized by all military law and usage, and by the statute 
 which authorizes his designation. But they are duties pertaining 
 to the command, delegated, under sanction of law, by the com- 
 manding officer to his " aid or executive," who, in carrying them 
 out, is " executing the orders of the commanding officer," and the 
 authority exercised as necessary to their execution is the author- 
 ity of " the commanding officer," exercised by his " aid or execu- 
 tive," and not the authority of the " aid or executive " himself. 
 By the express provision of the statute, this officer has " no inde- 
 pendent authority " as such " aid or executive," but exercises only 
 the authority necessarily delegated for the execution " of the or- 
 ders of the commanding officer." This delegated authority, how- 
 ever, is recognized by the statute which confers on the " aid or 
 executive," while exercising it, " precedence over all officers at- 
 tached to the ship," of whatever rank or corps. But this special 
 precedence is given to him only "while executing the orders of 
 the commanding officer on board ship," and is not his under other 
 circumstances. 
 
 (6) The officer in command of a ship of war is not authorized ^J^ 1 ^ 1011 of 
 to delegate his power except for the carrying out of the details 
 
 of the general duties to be performed by his authority. The com- 
 mand is his, and he can neither delegate the duties of it to an- 
 other, nor avoid its burdens, nor escape its responsibilities ; and 
 his " aid or executive," in the exercise of the power given to him 
 
68 
 
 for " executing the orders of the commanding officer," must keep 
 himself constantly informed of the opinions and wishes of the 
 commanding officer ; and whenever and as soon as he may be in- 
 formed or is in doubt as to such opinion or wishes he must rem- 
 edy such defect by prompt and personal application, to the end 
 that the authority of the commanding officer may be used only to 
 carry out his own views; and that he may not be, by its unwar- 
 ranted exercise, in any measure, relieved from his official respon- 
 sibilities, which can neither be assumed by nor fall upon any 
 other officer. 
 Authority other (7) The details of these duties may be more fully denned by 
 
 I'll '111 3S ©X6CD." 
 
 tive. * general or special orders and regulations, but the " aid or execu- 
 
 tive of the commanding officer of a vessel of war " has, as such 
 " aid or executive," no other duties or authority except those 
 which come within the scope of the above descriptions ; and any 
 other authority at any time to be exercised by the officer desig- 
 nated as such " aid or executive " must be such authority only as 
 belongs to him by virtue of his rank in the line. This is his in 
 his own right, with all the power and precedence which belong 
 to it, but it is to be exercised only according to the general rules 
 governing alike all officers of all corps and every grade. 
 Sot required (S) It is not necessary, nor consistent with military usage and 
 thority for or- efficiency, that the " aid or executive " should be required to an- 
 ders * nounce with every order given or authority exercised by him as 
 
 such, that he is " executing the orders of the commanding officer." 
 The delegated character of this authority is fully understood and 
 is defined by the statute, which contemplates obedience to it as 
 such by " all officers attached to the vessel," and the statute, while 
 it provides that the officer detailed to act as " aid or executive " 
 shall, " when not impracticable, be next in rank to the command- 
 ing officer," still contemplates the same obedience when this is 
 impracticable. 
 Complaints (9) Any complaint or appeal growing out of the exercise of 
 an appea s. these duties should be made to the commanding officer, and the 
 right to make any such complaint or appeal shall not be denied to 
 any person. 
 Right of offi- (10) The right of all officers, whether of the line or staff, to 
 cate * with^om- c° mm u n icate with the commanding officer at all proper times and 
 manding officer, places is not to be denied or restricted ; but this does not interfere 
 with the duty of all such officers to recognize and acquiesce in the 
 authority delegated to the " aid or executive " for the purpose of 
 police, organization, and inspection as aforesaid, nor confer upon 
 any such officer the right to interrupt the ordinary course of mili- 
 tary organization or duty, while in actual execution, for the pur- 
 pose of making such communication. 
 
69 
 
 (11) The general principles involved in the relations of the aid 
 or executive to the commanding officer of a ship as laid down in 
 this article shall also govern, as far as they may be applicable, in 
 the case of the aid or executive to the commandant of a navy 
 yard. 
 
 183. 
 
 Every officer in charge of a department has the general right, Officers in 
 at all proper times, to communicate and confer directly with the ^rtuients* e " 
 responsible commanding officer concerning any matter relating 
 to his department; and his duty to do so is absolute whenever 
 he thinks it necessary for the good of his department or of the 
 service. 
 
 184. 
 
 It is conceivable that most unusual and extraordinary circum- Unusual cir- 
 
 C 11 111 S t SI 11 C ( v s 
 
 stances may arise in which the relief from duty of a commanding 
 officer by a subordinate becomes necessary, either by placing him 
 under arrest or on the sick list; but such action shall never be 
 taken without the approval of the Navy Department or other 
 appropriate higher authority, except when reference to such 
 higher authority is undoubtedly impracticable because of the 
 delay involved or for other clearly obvious reason. Such refer- 
 ence must set forth all facts in the case, and the reasons for the 
 recommendation, with particular regard t<> the degree of urgency 
 involved. 
 
 185. 
 
 In order that a subordinate officer, acting upon his own initia- 
 tive, may be vindicated for relieving a commanding officer from 
 duty, the situation must be obvious and clear, and must admit 
 of the single conclusion that the retention of command by such 
 commanding officer will seriously and irretrievably prejudice the Conditions to 
 public interests. The subordinate officer so acting must be next in fu h ' 
 lawful succession to command ; must be unable to refer the matter 
 to a common superior for one of the reasons set down in article 
 184; must be certain that the prejudicial actions of his command- 
 ing officer are not caused by secret instructions unknown to the 
 subordinate; must have given the matter such careful considera- 
 tion, and must have made such exhaustive investigation of all 
 the circumstances, as may be practicable; and finally must be 
 thoroughly convinced that the conclusion to relieve his command- 
 ing officer is one which a reasonable, prudent, and experienced 
 officer would regard as a necessary consequence from the facts 
 thus determined to exist. 
 183841°— 20 6 
 
70 
 
 186. 
 
 Intelligently fearless initiative is an important trait of mili- 
 tary character, and it is not the purpose to discourage its em- 
 ployment in cases of this nature. However, as the action of reliev- 
 BesponsiMlity. ing a superior from command involves most serious possibilities, a 
 decision so to do or so to recommend should be based upon facts 
 established by substantial evidence, and upon the official views 
 of others in a position to form valuable opinions, particularly of a 
 technical character. An officer relieving his commanding officer 
 or recommending such action, together with all others who so 
 counsel, must bear the legitimate responsibility for, and must be 
 prepared to justify, such action. 
 
CHAPTER 4. 
 
 ADMINISTRATION AND DISCIPLINE. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 196-204. The exercise at authority. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 205-210. — Arrest or suspension 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 211-220. Punishments. 
 
 Section 1. — The Exercise of Authority. 
 196. 
 
 Punishment shall be in strict conformity with the laws for Punishments. 
 the government of the Navy. 
 
 197. 
 
 (1) In order to avoid unnecessary recourse to courts of inquiry inquiry into 
 and general courts-martial, it is directed that where an officer Misconduct. 0l 
 or other person shall be reported to his immediate commanding 
 
 officer for grave misconduct, the latter shall institute a care- 
 ful inquiry into the circumstances on which the complaint is 
 founded. He shall call upon the complainant for a written state- 
 ment of the case, together with a list of his witnesses, mention- 
 ing where they may be found, and a memorandum of any docu- 
 mentary evidence bearing upon the case which may be obtainable. 
 
 (2) He shall also call upon the accused for such counter state- 
 ment or explanation as he may wish to make, and for a list of 
 the persons he desires to have questioned in his behalf. If the 
 accused does not desire to submit a statement he shall set forth 
 that fact in writing. 
 
 (3) In the infliction of punishment upon enlisted men for lesser Minor offenses. 
 offenses, commanding officers of vessels and marine barracks, 
 
 should, in ordinary cases, resort to the authority conferred upon 
 them by the provisions of article 24 of the Articles for the Govern- 
 ment of the Navy, instead of convening summary courts-martial 
 or deck courts for the trial thereof. The certainty of prompt 
 punishment is more conducive to discipline than punishment de- 
 terred long after the offense. 
 
 (71) 
 
72 
 
 198, 
 
 Reports, coin- Officers making reports or complaints shall confine themselves 
 plaints, etc., to „ 
 
 be in temperate exclusively to facts; and statements submitted in reply to or 
 
 language. in ex pi ana tion thereof must be couched in temperate language 
 
 and relate specifically to the matter referred to therein* Officers 
 to whom such reports or complaints are submitted for statement 
 must not reply by making counter charges. Officers desiring to 
 prefer charges against others should make them independently. 
 Opinions must not be expressed, nor the motives of others im- 
 pugned. 
 
 199. 
 
 Commanding If, after the investigation of a report against an officer or 
 
 action upon re- other person in the Navy, the commanding officer shall not deem 
 
 P ° rtS t o °ref"r Ce to tlie f£ ense one requiring the action either of a court of inquiry 
 
 higher authority, or court-martial, he shall himself take such action as he may 
 
 think necessary, within the limits of punishment allowed him by 
 
 law. 
 
 200. 
 
 Cases requiring (1) If upon such investigation the commanding officer shall 
 * cial * be satisfied that the charge is such as to call for judicial action 
 
 he may place the accused under suspension or in confinement, 
 as the case may require, neither of which, however, shall be con- 
 sidered as a punishment. 
 
 (2) He shall transmit to the Secretary of the Navy, through, 
 the Bureau of Navigation, or, in the case of officers or enlisted 
 men of the Marine Corps, through the commandant of the Marine 
 Corps, or such superior officer as may be authorized to convene a 
 general court martial, as the case may require, a letter reporting 
 fully and accurately in detail and in the order of their occurrence, 
 the circumstances on which the charge, or charges, may be 
 founded, and when words constitute the substance of the offense, 
 those used are to be set out as fully and exactly as possible in 
 the letter. The letter is not in any way to refer to accompanying 
 reports for the circumstances constituting the offense, but is, in 
 itself, to be so circumstantial as to afford a full account of the 
 real nature and extent of the offense charged and to the allega- 
 tions of which the offender would be held to confess should be 
 plead guilty. 
 
 201. 
 
 Further pro- (l) Should the Secretary of the Navy, or such superior officer 
 as may be authorized to convene a general court-martial, decide 
 that ho trial is to take place, the accused shall be at once released 
 
73 
 
 and restored to duty. But if it be decided that the accused shall 
 be brought to trial, the court shall be assembled for that purpose as 
 soon as the nature of the case and the interests of the public 
 service will allow, unless, meanwhile, such information or ex- 
 planation shall reach the convening authority as to make it advis- 
 able to withdraw the charges and restore the accused to duty. 
 
 (2) When a trial has been decided upon, the accused shall, as 
 soon as practicable, be furnished with a copy of the charges and 
 specifications, and at the same time be placed formally under 
 arrest for trial. 
 
 (3) When the trial of an enlisted man by general court-martial 
 is ordered, the judge advocate shall be furnished with all infor- 
 mation available and necessary to the prosecution of the case. 
 
 202. 
 
 Whenever an accusation is made against an officer, gather by Officer for- 
 
 . , . .. j, , nished with copy 
 
 report or by indorsement upon a communication, a copy of such of accusation. 
 
 report or indorsement shall be furnished him at the time. 
 
 203. 
 
 The commanding officer of a ship or other competent authority Temporary re- 
 may release temporarily and put on duty an officer under sus- ^"^^""tr?" or 
 pension or arrest, should an emergency of the service or other investigation, 
 sufficient cause make such measure necessary. The order for 
 temporary release shall be in writing and shall assign the rea- 
 sons. Should the officer be under charges, they need hot be with- 
 drawn; and such temporary release and restoration to duty 
 shall not be a bar to any subsequent investigation or trial of 
 the case that the convening authority may think proper to order, 
 nor to the investigation of any complaint the accused may make 
 in regard to the suspension or arrest. 
 
 204. 
 
 Offenses shall not be allowed to accumulate in order that Charges not to 
 sufficient mat lor may thus l>e collectively obtained for a trial, with- accumulate 5 !* * 
 out giving due notice to the offender. 
 
 Section 2. — Arrest or Suspension. 
 
 205. 
 
 The placing of an officer or enlisted man under arrest to await Purpose and 
 trial by court-martial is to insure his presence at the trial and me ° arres ' 
 to give him a reasonable opportunity to prepare his defense. In 
 general, the accused shall not be placed under arrest until just 
 
74 
 
 prior to the trial, except when it may be advisable as a precaution 
 against his escape or to enable him to prepare his defense, or 
 when, owing to the nature of the offense and the character or 
 condition of the accused, his confinement is necessary in the 
 interests of good order and discipline. In all cases of confinement 
 it shall be no more rigorous than the circumstances require. 
 
 206. 
 
 Surrender of (1) An officer, when placed under arrest, either as a punish- 
 ment or to await further disciplinary action, shall deliver up his 
 sword, through the arresting officer, to the commanding officer of 
 the ship or other competent authority. 
 Limits of ar- (2) He shall confine himself to the limits assigned him at the 
 time of his arrest or afterwards, under pain of dismissal from 
 the service. . 
 
 (3) He shall not visit his commanding or other superior officer 
 officially unless sent for; but in case of business requiring atten- 
 tion, he shall make it known in writing. 
 Temporary res- ( 4 ) He mav be restored temporarily to duty by his commanding 
 toration to duty, officer when conditions warrant it, but such action shall not be 
 construed as a bar to any disciplinary action pending. 
 
 207. 
 
 Suspension. ^n officer suspended from duty shall confine himself to the 
 limits assigned him at the time of his suspension, or afterwards, 
 and his failure to do so shall be regarded as a breach of arrest. 
 
 208. 
 
 esSaint meBt ° F An officer P lac ^d under arrest or suspension on board ship shall 
 not be confined to his room or restrained from the proper use of 
 any part of the ship to which before his arrest or suspension he 
 had a right, except the quarter-deck, poop, and bridges, unless 
 such confinement or restraint shall be necessary for the safety 
 of the ship or of the officer or for the preservation of good order 
 and discipline; but such confinement shall not be imposed for a 
 longer time than absolutely necessary. Similarly, at a naval sta- 
 tion or other place on shore, the confinement or restraint imposed 
 shall not be unduly rigorous. 
 
 209. 
 
 Arrest or sus- (1) Whenever a commanding officer, commandant, or other 
 officer of the Sup" senior officer orders an officer of the Supply Corps under suspen- 
 ply Corps. sion or arrest, he shall take possession of the safe and of the keys 
 
 of the storerooms under the charge of such officer, and shall imme- 
 diately cause a seal to be placed on the safe in the presence of tfie 
 
75 
 
 officer suspended. The senior officer present shall immediately 
 thereupon direct a board, consisting of at least three officers, to 
 take an inventory of the money, papers, clothing, provisions, and 
 small stores in charge of such officer; shall take such steps in 
 regard to other stores under the charge of the officer concerned 
 as may be practicable for the purpose of safeguarding the inter- 
 ests of the Government, of the officer relieved, and of such officer 
 as may be then or later ordered to take charge thereof, without 
 unduly interfering with the progress of work, and shall appoint a 
 suitable person to take immediate charge thereof, who shall be 
 present at such inventory. 
 
 (2) Should the officer of the Supply Corps concerned be released Restoration of 
 
 ' rrw '■ T * an officer of th« 
 
 from suspension or arrest and restored to duty, the senior officer Supply Corps to 
 
 present shall, in the same manner and under the same conditions u y * 
 
 as stated above, cause a second inventory of the money, papers, 
 
 clothing, provisions, and small stores to be taken, and the officer 
 
 restored to duty shall be held responsible only for the money and 
 
 stores then on hand, as thus ascertained. The officer in question 
 
 and the person appointed to take charge shall both be present 
 
 when the above inventories are taken, and they shall each be 
 
 furnished with copies of the same. 
 
 (3) Whenever in either of the above cases the senior officer When inven- 
 
 j, • . , , . . , , « ±, t° r y can not be 
 
 present deems it impracticable to have an inventory taken of the taken. 
 stores, he shall furnish the officers concerned with a certificate 
 to that effect. 
 
 (4) If the officer restored to duty after temporary suspension is Accounts i n 
 
 cases of tempor- 
 
 satisfied with the vouchers for expenditures of all kinds furnished ary suspension, 
 by the officer who has acted in his stead, he shall state the fact in 
 writing, which will relieve the officer who has so acted from ren- 
 dering accounts to the Auditor for the Navy Department and to 
 the Navy Department. 
 
 (5) Before an officer of the Supply Corps under suspension or Books and 
 
 . . . , j_, u ., , . , . , , vouchers of offl- 
 
 arrest is taken permanently from the ship or station to which he cer of the Sup- 
 has been attached he shall be allowed a reasonable time in which jJj t# Corps in ar " 
 to close his books and complete his vouchers; and no books or 
 vouchers necessary to the perfect settlement of his accounts shall, 
 under any circumstances, be taken from his personal charge unless 
 absolutely necessary for the public interest, in which case a 
 detailed receipt for the same shall be furnished him by the person 
 appointed to take charge of, or to relieve him from his duties. 
 
 210. 
 
 No officer can demand a court-martial on himself, or on any officers in ar- 
 other person, or persist in considering himself under the restraint «rt can not in- 
 of arrest after he has been released by proper authority, or refuse tried. ° U 
 to return to duty. 
 
76 
 
 Section 3. — Punishments. 
 
 Restraint 
 
 prisoners to 
 tried. 
 
 Treatment 
 prisoners. 
 
 Release of 
 prisoners. 
 
 Kre 
 water. 
 
 211. 
 
 > f (1) When any enlisted person is confined for a longer time than 
 e ten days to await trial by court-martial, the commanding officer 
 shall keep in view the fact that his confinement is protracted sim- 
 ply to insure the appearance of the prisoner before the court by 
 which he is to be tried. He must not, therefore, be subjected to 
 greater rigor than is necessary to effect that object. 
 
 (2) Commanding officers will send to the department on the 
 30th of each month a report showing all the facts in any case 
 where they have used irons on any man in the naval service. 
 
 (3) Confinement of this character is not to be employed except 
 where it is absolutely necessary with violent prisoners, and not 
 at any time as a punishment inflicted by a commanding officer. 
 
 212. 
 
 of (1) The commanding officer shall assure himself that persons 
 in confinement suffer no cruel or unusual treatment at the hands 
 of his subordinates. 
 
 (2) He shall direct the release of every person upon the expira- 
 tion of the term of confinement. 
 and (3) The awarding of punishments involving confinement upon 
 bread and water or diminished rations, though not prohibited by 
 law, is not regarded with favor by the Department. Should a 
 sentence involving confinement or diminished rations be awarded, 
 the same will not be carried into effect without prior action of 
 the Department. 
 
 213. 
 (1) All reports of misconduct shall be investigated by the com- 
 manding officer before punishment is adjudged. After morning 
 inspection he shall be furnished by the executive officer with a 
 list of persons reported for offenses during the preceding day. 
 After inquiring into the facts in each case at the mast, giving to 
 both accuser and accused an impartial hearing, he shall assign a 
 punishment, when necessary, and affix his signature in the report 
 book. 
 be n Jeia\ed tl0n t0 (^ T ^ e investigation of a report, except where summary action 
 is deemed necessary, shall be deferred until the morning follow- 
 ing the day on which the report is made ; but longer delay shall be 
 avoided. 
 
 214. 
 Extra duty as punishment shall ne discontinued on Sunday. 
 
 215. 
 Cells for the confinement of prisoners shall not be less than six 
 
 Investigation 
 of reports. 
 
 Punishments on 
 Sunday. 
 
 Dimensions of 
 ships' prisons. 
 
 feet long and three and one-fialf feet broad, with the full height 
 
77 
 
 between decks, and shall be properly ventilated. They shall not 
 be altered without the authority of the Navy Department. 
 
 216. 
 
 (1) Prisoners shall not be confined in any other spaces than Prisons and 
 
 ■, ■ ■, , . , j -> , ,-x , , other spaces used 
 
 those which have been designated by the Navy Department as for confinement. 
 
 prisons or spaces proper to be used as such. In case of necessity. 
 
 extra spaces may be authorized by a commander in chief on a 
 
 foreign station, by a senior officer present, or by the commanding 
 
 officer of a ship acting singly, and the medical officer of the ship 
 
 shall be called upon to report whether such spaces are fit for 
 
 prison use. 
 
 (2) Intoxicated men shall not be confined in any place or man-. Confinement of 
 ner that may be dangerous to them in their condition. 
 
 217. 
 
 Entries in the log regarding punishments shall include the Punishments <• 
 
 1) 6 entered i k 
 
 name, rank, or rating of the offender, the date and nature of the \ os boot, 
 offense, and the kind and degree of punishment. The date of 
 every suspension, arrest, confinement, and restoration to duty 
 shall also be entered upon the log book. (Art. 24.) 
 
 218. 
 
 An admonition or caution in the ordinary course of duty shall Admonition in 
 not be considered as a reprimand in the sense of punishment. course of d «ty- 
 
 219. 
 
 If, in the opinion of the commander in chief or senior officer Report of 
 present, a trial by court-martial is necessary, he shall either sub- flrongs " 
 mit a succinct report of the case, together with all correspondence 
 relating thereto, to the Secretary of the Navy, or shall himself 
 at once prefer charges against the offender and convene a court- 
 martial for his trial, as the case may seem to require. 
 
 220. 
 
 When any officer of the naval service, including midshipmen Intoxication 
 and warrant officers, is officially reported as having been guilty an mmora ty * 
 of intoxication or immorality, the matter will be reported to the 
 Navy Department before any disciplinary action is taken by 
 other authority, except that when such other authority is so 
 empowered he may order a trial by general court-martial without 
 referring the matter to the Navy Department. 
 
 (Attention is called to arts. 81, 90, 97, 98, 99, 120, 184, 185, 186.) 
 
CHAPTER 5. 
 
 HONORS, DISTINCTIONS, SALUTES, AND CEREMONIES. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 230-238. The President of the United States, the Vice 
 President, an ex-President, the president or sovereign 
 of a foreign State and members of royal families. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 239-247. Cabinet officers, the Chief Justice, governors, 
 Members of Congress, diplomatic representatives, and 
 consuls. 
 
 —Art. 248-264. Naval and military officers. 
 
 —Art. 265-295. Honors and distinctions in general. 
 
 —Art. 297-303. Honors and salutes to foreign governments 
 and officials. 
 
 —Art. 304-315. Gun salutes in general. 
 
 —Art. 316-319. Return gun salutes. 
 
 —Art 320. Ensigns displayed when saluting or returning 
 salutes. 
 
 —Art. 321-343. Ensigns, flags, and pennants. 
 
 . — Art. 344-357. Visits of ceremony. 
 
 . — Art. 358-361. Anniversaries, solemnities, and holidays. 
 
 . — Art. 362-379. Funeral ceremonies. 
 
 . — Art. 380. Naval Reserve. 
 
 Sec. 
 
 3.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 4.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 5.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 6.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 7.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 8- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 9.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 10 
 
 Sec. 
 
 11. 
 
 Sec. 
 
 12 
 
 Sec. 
 
 13 
 
 Section 1. — The President of the United States, the Vice 
 President, an Ex-President, the President or Sovereign of a 
 Foreign State and Members of Royal Families. 
 
 230. 
 
 (1) The composition consisting of the words and music known An JJ e m National 
 as " The Star Spangled Banner " is designated the National 
 
 Anthem of the United States of America. 
 
 (2) Whenever the National Anthem is played on board a ves- Honors to the 
 sel of the Navy, at a naval station, or at any place where persons tt em . 
 belonging to the naval service are present, all officers and en- 
 listed men not in formation shall stand at attention facing to- 
 ward the music (except at colors, when they shall face toward 
 
 the colors). If in uniform, covered, they shall salute at the first 
 
 (79) 
 
 
80 
 
 note of the anthem, retaining the position of salute until the last 
 note of the anthem. If not in uniform and covered, they shall 
 uncover at the first note of the anthem, holding the headdress 
 opposite the left shoulder and so remain until the last note of 
 the anthem, except that in inclement weather the headdress may 
 be slightly raised. 
 
 (3) When played by a naval band under the circumstances 
 contemplated by this paragraph, the National Anthem shall be 
 played through without the repetition of any part not required 
 to be repeated to make it complete. 
 
 (4) The same marks of respect prescribed for observance dur- 
 ing the playing of the National Anthem of the United States shall 
 be shown toward the National Anthem of any other country when 
 played upon official occasions. 
 
 (5) The playing of the National Anthem of the United States 
 or of any other country as a part of a medley is prohibited. 
 
 231. 
 
 The President (i) when the President of the United States visits a ship of 
 «n board ship. 
 
 the Navy, all officers of the vessel shall assemble in dress uniform 
 
 on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters; he shall be 
 received at the gangway by the flag officer and commanding 
 officer, accompanied by such other officers as may be designated ; 
 the rail shall be manned ; the full guard paraded ; and such of 
 the crew as are not otherwise employed shall be formed in order 
 forward of the guard. When the President reaches the deck, 
 officers and men shall salute; the guard present arms; the drum 
 give four ruffles and the bugle sound four flourishes; the ruffles 
 and flourishes shall be followed by the National Anthem by the 
 band; the President's flag shall be displayed at the main at the 
 moment he reaches the deck and kept flying as long as he is on 
 board. A national salute shall be fired as soon as practicable 
 after the President shall have been received. The same cere- 
 monies shall be observed when the President leaves the ship, 
 the salute being fired when the boat shall be sufficiently clear. 
 Should no band be present to play the National Anthem, the 
 bugle shall sound "To the colors." The President's flag shall 
 be hauled down with the last gun of the salute. (Art. 322.) 
 
 (2) All other ships of the Navy present at the time of the 
 official reception or departure of the President shall, unless other- 
 wise directed by the senior naval officer present, man the rail, and 
 fire the national salute at the same time as the ship visited. 
 
 (3) A ship of the Navy flying the flag of the President shall be 
 regarded as the ship of the senior officer present, and her motions 
 shall be followed accordingly. 
 
81 
 
 (4) Whenever the President is embarked in a ship flying- his 
 flag, all ships of the Navy, on meeting her at sea or elsewhere, and 
 all naval batteries, when she is passing, shall fire a national 
 salute. 
 
 (5) When the President, embarked on board a ship with his 
 flag flying, passes close aboard a ship of war, the rail shall be 
 manned unless instructions to the contrary have been received 
 from the senior officer present and the honors laid down in article 
 266 shall be rendered, except that the full guard shall be paraded 
 instead of the guard of the day. The same ceremonies shall be 
 observed by a ship when passing the President's flag flying aboard 
 another ship. 
 
 (6) When the President, embarked in a boat with his flag 
 flying, passes close aboard a ship of the Navy, the full guard of 
 the latter shall be paraded in a conspicuous position, four ruffles 
 given on the drum and four flourishes sounded on the bugle, the 
 national anthem shall be played by the band, and officers and men 
 shall salute. The rail shall not be manned unless specific orders 
 have been received from the senior officer present to do so. The 
 same ceremonies shall be observed by a ship when passing the 
 President's flag flying in a boat. 
 
 (7) W T hen the President of the United States is regularly 
 embarked on board a ship of the Navy, but is absent therefrom at 
 night with the intention of returning within twenty-four hours, 
 his absence shall be indicated by eight white lights displayed 
 at the peak, one above the other. 
 
 (8) When the President visits a naval station officially, the 
 honors prescribed by paragraph 1 of this article shall be rendered, 
 as far as may be practicable, the full guard being paraded and 
 the President received by the commandant and other officers at 
 such place or places as may be most suitable. 
 
 232. 
 
 (1) When an ex-President of the United States visits a ship of An ex-Presi- 
 the Navy he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article dent ' 
 
 231, except that the rail shall not be manned, the ruffles and 
 flourishes shall be followed by a march by the band, arid no 
 flag shall be displayed in his honor unless the reception takes 
 place in a foreign port, when the national ensign shall be dis- 
 played at the main during the salutes. (Art. 322.) 
 
 (2) When an ex-President of the United States visits a naval 
 station he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 
 231 (8), except that the ruffles and flourishes shall be followed 
 by a march by the band. 
 
82 
 
 233. 
 
 The Vie* Presi- (1) When the Vice President of the United States visits a ship 
 of the Navy he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in 
 article 231, except that the rail shall not be manned, the ruffles 
 and flourishes shall be followed by a march by the band, and there 
 shall be but one salute of nineteen guns, which shall be fired at his 
 departure, the national ensign being displayed at the fore during 
 the salute. 
 
 (2) When the Vice President visists a naval station officialiy 
 he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 231 (8), 
 except that the ruffles and flourishes shall be followed by a 
 march by the band, and there shall be but one salute of 19 guns, 
 which shall be fired upon his arrival instead of on departure. 
 
 234. 
 
 A foreign pres- ^ W T hen the president of a foreign republic or a foreign sov- 
 ident or sover- ereign visits a ship of the Navy the same honors as those prescribed 
 in article 231 shall be extended, except that the national ensign 
 of the country represented shall be displayed at the main during 
 the entire visit, and the National Anthem of that country played 
 by the band. (Art. 322.) 
 
 (2) When the president of a foreign republic or a foreign sov- 
 ereign visits a naval station officially he shall receive the same 
 honors as prescribed in article 231 (8), the National Anthem 
 of his country being played by the band. 
 
 235. 
 
 A member of a (1) When any member of a royal family visits a ship of the 
 royal family. jfavy the honors prescribed in article 234 shall be extended, 
 except that the national flag shall be displayed only during the 
 salute. (Art. 322.) 
 
 (2) When any member of a royal family visits a naval station 
 officially he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 
 231(8), the National Anthem of his country being played by the 
 band. 
 
 236. 
 
 Meeting a for- Whenever a ship of the Navy falls in with a friendly foreign 
 8*0 y ereign, 1 ei or ship of war flying the standard or flag of a president of a re- 
 roy™?famiiy f * P UDlic ' sovereign, or member of a royal family, or passes near 
 such standard or flag, if flying elsewhere than from a ship of war, 
 a national salute shall be fired and the flag of the nation of the 
 president, sovereign, or prince displayed at the main during the 
 salute. (Art. 322.) 
 
83 
 
 237. 
 
 When naval vessels are passing Washington's tomb, Mount Vessels passing 
 
 W fit s li i 11 fftoii's 
 
 Vernon, Va., between sunrise and sunset, the following ceremonies tomb, 
 shall be observed as far as practicable: Full guard and band 
 paraded; bell tolled and colors half-masted at the beginning of 
 the tolling of the bell. When opposite Washington's tomb taps 
 shall be sounded on the bugle, guard present arms, and officers 
 and men on deck stand at attention and salute. The colors shall 
 be mast-headed at the last note of taps, the band playing the 
 National Anthem, the end of which will be the signal for " carry 
 on." 
 
 238. 
 
 None of the foregoing salutes shall be fired bv any except ships . Ships author- 
 ° IT. ized to salute, 
 
 authorized to salute according to article 304. 
 
 Section 2. — Cabinet Officers, The Chief Justice, Governors, 
 Members of Congress, Diplomatic Representatives, and Con- 
 suls. 
 
 239. 
 
 (1) When the Secretary of the Navy visits officially a ship of «[* | a ^ etary 
 of the Navy, all officers of the vessel shall assemble in dress 
 
 uniform on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters ; 
 he shall be received at the gangway by the flag officer and the 
 commanding officer, accompanied by such other officers as may 
 be designated ; the full guard shall be paraded, and the crew 
 formed in order forward of them. When the Secretary reaches 
 the deck, officers and men shall salute, the guard present arms, 
 the drum give four ruffles, and the bugle sound four flourishes; 
 the ruffles and flourishes shall be followed by a march by the 
 band, and the Secretary's flag shall be displayed at the main while 
 he is on board. A salute of nineteen guns shall be fired as soon 
 as practicable after he is received on board. The same cere- 
 monies shall be observed when the Secretary of the Navy offi- 
 cially leaves the ship, the salute being fired when the boat shall 
 be sufficiently clear ; the Secretary's flag being hauled down with 
 the last gun of the salute. (Art. 322.) 
 
 (2) When a ship of the Navy falls in with a vessel flying the 
 flag of the Secretary of the Navy, his flag shall be saluted with 
 nineteen guns. If two or more ships in company fall in with 
 a vessel flying such flag, only the senior of the ships in company 
 shall fire a salute. 
 
 (3) When the Secretary of the Navy, embarked on board a 
 ship with his flag flying, passes close aboard a ship of the Navy, 
 the honors laid down in article 266 shall be rendered, except 
 
84 
 
 that the full guard shall be paraded instead of the guard of the 
 day. The same ceremonies shall be observed by a ship when 
 passing the flag of the Secretary of the Navy flying aboard an- 
 other ship. 
 
 (4) When the Secretary of the Navy, embarked in a boat with 
 his flag flying, passes close aboard of a ship of the Navy, the full 
 guard of the latter shall be paraded in a conspicuous position, 
 four ruffles given on the drum and four flourishes sounded on 
 the bugle, a march shall be played by the band, and officers and 
 men shall salute. The same ceremonies shall be observed by a 
 ship passing the Secretary's flag flying in a boat. 
 
 (5) When the Secretary of the Navy is regularly embarked on 
 board a ship of the Navy, but is absent therefrom at night with 
 the intention of returning within twenty-four hours, his absence 
 shall be indicated by six white lights displayed at the peak, one 
 above the other. 
 
 (6) When the Secretary of the Navy visits a naval station, 
 officially, the honors prescribed in paragraph 1 of this article 
 shall be rendered, as far as may be practicable, the full guard 
 being paraded and the Secretary received by the commandant 
 and other officers at such place or places as may be most suitable. 
 
 240. 
 
 pSSVcaM- (1) With the exce P tion tnat tnere sna11 be but one salute, to 
 net other than be fired upon departure, and that the national ensign shall be 
 the Navy? aTy ° displayed at the fore during the salute, the same honors as pre- 
 scribed in article 239 shall be extended when a ship of the Navy 
 is visited officially by a member of the President's Cabinet other 
 than the Secretary of the Navy, or by the President pro tempore 
 of the Senate. 
 
 (2) Upon official visits to naval stations of one of the officials 
 mentioned in paragraph (1) of this article the honors prescribed 
 in article 239 (6) shall be rendered, except that there shall be 
 but one salute, which shall be fired upon arrival. 
 
 241. 
 
 The Assistant ( i ) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy visits officially 
 Navy. ar e a ship of the Navy, all officers of the vessel shall assemble in 
 
 dress uniform on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters. 
 He shall be received at the gangway by the senior officer on board, 
 accompanied by such other officers as he may designate; the full 
 guard shall be paraded, and the crew formed in order forward 
 of them. When the Assistant Secretary reaches the deck, officers 
 and men shall salute ; the guard present arms ; the drum give 
 four ruffles and the bugle sound four flourishes; the ruffles and 
 
85 
 
 flourishes shall be followed by a march by the band, and the 
 Assistant Secretary's flag shall be displayed at the main while he 
 is on board. A salute of seventeen guns shall be fired as soon as 
 possible after the Assistant Secretary shall have been received. 
 The same ceremonies shall be observed when the Assistant Secre- 
 tary of the Navy officially leaves the ship, the salute being fired 
 when the boat shall be sufficiently clear, the Assistant Secretary's 
 flag being hauled down with the last gun of the salute. (Art. 322.) 
 
 (2) When a ship of the Navy falls in with a vessel flying the 
 flag of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, his flag shall be 
 saluted with 17 guns. If two or more ships in company fall in 
 with a vessel flying such flag, only the senior of the ships in 
 company shall fire a salute. 
 
 (3) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, embarked on 
 board a ship with his flag flying, passes close aboard of a ship 
 of the Navy, the honors laid down in article 266 shall be ren- 
 dered, except that the full guard shall be paraded instead of the 
 guard of the day. The same ceremonies shall be observed by a 
 ship when passing the flag of the Assistant Secretary flying aboard 
 another ship. 
 
 (4) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, embarked in a 
 boat with his flag flying, passes close aboard of a ship of the 
 Navy, the full guard of the latter shall be paraded in a conspicuous 
 position, four ruffles shall be given on the drum and four flourishes 
 sounded on the bugle, a march shall be played by the band, and 
 officers and men shall salute. The same ceremonies shall be 
 observed by a ship passing the Assistant Secretary's flag flying 
 in a boat. 
 
 (5) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy is regularly em- 
 barked on board a ship of the Navy, but is absent therefrom at 
 night with the intention of returning within twenty-four hours, 
 his absence shall be indicated by four white lights displayed at 
 the peak, one above the other. 
 
 (6) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy visits a naval 
 station officially, the honors prescribed in paragraph 1 of this 
 article shall be rendered, as far as may be practicable, the full 
 guard being paraded and the Assistant Secretary received by the 
 commandant and other officers at such place or places as may be 
 most suitable. 
 
 242. 
 
 (1) With the exception that the officers shall wear undress Chief Justice 
 uniform, that there shall be but one salute of seventeen guns, to court? Supreme 
 be fired upon departure, and that the national ensign shall be dis- Governor gen- 
 played at the fore during the salute, the same honors as prescribed A committee of 
 in article 240 shall be extended when a ship of the Navy is visited Jenf'Tn * 
 183841°— 20 7 
 
86 
 
 p°™ of Seuat ^ officially by the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of the United 
 
 or the Speaker^, , , , „ . , 
 
 of the House of States ; by a governor general of islands or groups of islands occu- 
 
 Be GJvlrnor tl of S 'aP ied h ^ tne United States forces, when the visit is made within 
 State, Territory, the waters of the islands of which he is governor general the 
 or Island, 
 
 President pro tempore of the Senate ; a committee of Congress, or 
 
 the Speaker of the House of Representatives; by a governor of 
 one of the States or Territories of the United States, or of an 
 island under the control of the United States, within the waters 
 of the State, Territory, or island of which he is governor. 
 
 (2) When one of the officials mentioned in paragraph 1 of this 
 article visits a naval station officially, the honors prescribed in 
 that paragraph shall be rendered, as far as may be practicable, 
 the full guard being paraded and such official received by the com- 
 mandant and other officers at such place or places as may be 
 most suitable. The salute shall be fired upon arrival instead of 
 on departure. 
 
 243. 
 
 a.b ambassa- (1) When an ambassador visits officially a ship of the Navy, 
 whether within the waters of the nation to which he is accredited 
 or elsewhere, he shall be rendered the same honors as are pre- 
 scribed in article 231, paragraph 1, except that the rail shall not 
 be manned; there shall be but one salute of 19 guns, which 
 shall be fired at his departure, and the national ensign shall be 
 displayed at the fore during the salute. 
 
 (2) When an ambassador visits a naval station officially, he 
 shall receive the same honors as are prescribed in article 231, 
 paragraph 8, except that there shall be but one salute of 19 
 guns, which shall be fired upon his arrival instead of at his 
 departure. 
 High commis- (^ When a high commissioner or other diplomatic officer of the 
 sioner. United States, whose credentials give him powers equal or superior 
 
 to those of an ambassador, visits officially a ship of the Navy 
 he shall receive the same honors as those prescribed for an am- 
 bassador. 
 Enroy extraor- (4) When an envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary. 
 Ste? pienfpoten- minister resident, diplomatic representative above the rank of 
 tiary ? minister charge d'affaires and below that of envoy extraordinary and min- 
 charge d'affaires, ister plenipotentiary or charge d'affaires of the United States 
 visits officially a ship of the Navy within the waters of the 
 nation to which he is accredited, he shall be received by the flag 
 officer and commanding officer and such other officers as may be 
 designated, in undress uniform, with the full guard, and with 
 honors as follows : 
 
 (a) An envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary, three 
 ruffles and flourishes ; band to play a march, and on departure a 
 salute of 15 guns, with national ensign at fore during the salute. 
 
87 
 
 (6) A minister resident, or diplomatic representative as above, 
 two ruffles and flourishes ; band to play a march, and on departure 
 a salute of 13 guns, with national ensign at fore during salute. 
 
 (c) A charge d'affaires, one ruffle and one flourish; band to 
 play a march, and on departure a salute of 11 guns, with national 
 ensign at fore during salute. 
 
 244. 
 
 (1) First secretaries of embassies rank with, but after, briga- 
 dier generals in the Army and hold a rank intermediate between 
 rear admirals and captains in the Navy. 
 
 (2) Secretaries of legations rank with, but after, colonels in the Secretaries of 
 
 . . legations or em- 
 
 Army and captains in the Navy. bassies. 
 
 (3) Secretaries of embassies and legations shall be given the 
 side honors and courtesies due their rank, but they shall not be 
 saluted with guns except when acting as charge d'affaires, in 
 which case the provisions of article 243, paragraph 4, shall govern. 
 
 245. 
 
 (1) When a consul general, consul, vice consul, or consular Consul general, 
 agent visits officially a ship of the Navy within the foreign port v^ce"consai or 
 to which he is accredited he shall be received, in the case of a con- Consular agent. 
 sul general, by the flag officer and commanding officer, and in the 
 
 case of the other officials mentioned, by the commanding officer, and 
 the guard of the day shall be paraded. 
 
 (2) Upon the departure of the above-named officials a salute 
 shall be fired with the national ensign displayed at the fore during 
 the salute, the number of guns to be — 
 
 (a) For a consul general, eleven guns. 
 
 (b) For a consul, seven guns'. 
 
 (c) For a vice consul or a consul a r agent, five guns. 
 
 (3) A vice consul, when in charge of the office and acting as 
 consul general or consul, is entitled to the same boribrs, salutes, 
 and precedence as regards exchange of official visits as the titular 
 officer. 
 
 246. 
 
 (1) Consuls general and consuls general at large rank with, but 
 after, brigadier generals in the Army and hold rank intermediate 
 between rear admirals and captains in the Navy. On occasions 
 of ceremony other than purely diplomatic functions, consuls gen- 
 eral, for questions of precedence, rank with, but next before, first 
 secretaries of embassies. 
 
 Precedent. 
 
88 
 
 247. 
 
 Diplomatic or (1) When a diplomatic or consular officer of the United States 
 taking^ paSase makes a passage, officially, aboard a ship of the Navy, to the coun- 
 aboard. try to which he is accredited, he shall be rendered the honors 
 
 prescribed in articles 243 or 245 upon disembarking from the 
 ship after arrival in the country in question. No salute shall be 
 fired in his honor when he comes on board in the port of de- 
 parture, unless such port be a foreign port, in which case he shall 
 receive the same honors upon arrival as prescribed above for his 
 disembarkation. 
 
 (2) Should such diplomatic or consular officer come on board 
 a ship of the Navy in a port of the country to which he is ac- 
 credited, for passage home or to some other country, he shall re 
 ceive the same honors upon embarkation as are prescribed in 
 the preceding paragraph for disembarkation. He shall receive no 
 salute upon disembarkation at his destination unless such des- 
 tination be a foreign port, in which case he shall receive the 
 same honors as when he embarks. 
 
 Section 3. — Naval and Military Officers. 
 248. 
 
 Salutes. ( 1 ) Officers are entitled to salutes, ruffles, and flourishes, as 
 
 follows : 
 
 (a) Admiral: Seventeen guns, four ruffles and flourishes. 
 ( J) ) Vice Admiral : Fifteen guns, three ruffles and flourishes. 
 
 (c) Rear Admiral: Thirteen guns, two ruffles and flourishes. 
 
 ( d ) Commodore : Eleven guns, one ruffle and flourish. 
 
 (2) The Major General Commandant and other general officers 
 of the Marine Corps are entitled to the same salutes and other 
 honors as naval officers of corresponding rank. 
 
 (3) A captain or commander appointed to command a squadron 
 with temporary rank higher than his permanant rank, is entitled 
 to the salute and other honors due the temporary rank conferred 
 upon him by his Government. 
 
 (4) In all cases where a guard is paraded for an officer whose 
 rank entitles him to a salute of eleven guns or more, the band, if 
 there be one, shall be paraded with the guard. (Arts. 271 and 
 272. ) In tendering honors to a flag or general officer, or official of 
 like rank, the band shall play the "Admiral's March." 
 
 249. 
 
 A flag officer (1) When a flag officer goes on board his flagship to assume 
 
 assumes com- command the officers of the vessel shall assemble in dress uniform 
 
 on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters ; he shall be 
 
89 
 
 received at the gangway by the commanding officer and such other 
 officers as the latter may designate; the guard shall be paraded 
 and the crew at quarters ready for inspection. When the flag 
 officer reaches the deck, officers and men shall salute ; the guard 
 present arms; ruffles and flourishes be given; the band play a 
 march; and the flag officer's flag shall be hoisted and saluted 
 with the number of guns to which he is entitled. 
 
 (2) If a flag officer assumes command in the presence of an- 
 other flag officer his senior, the flag of the former shall not be 
 saluted, but he shall salute the flag of his senior, which salute 
 shall be returned according to the scale prescribed in article 248. 
 If a flag officer assumes command in the presence of one or more 
 flag officers his juniors, the salute provided for in paragraph 1 
 of this article shall be fired, and in addition he shall be saluted 
 by the flag officer next in rank and by him only. This salute 
 shall be returned according to the scale prescribed in article 248. 
 
 250. 
 
 In the presence of a senior flag officer, salutes to junior flag , flutes to 
 
 Junior flag offl- 
 
 officers shall not be fired except as provided in articles 251, 252, cers. 
 253 (a) and (b). In all cases the provisions of article 306 
 shall be observed. 
 
 251 % 
 
 When a flag officer relinquishes his command afloat the cere- a flag officer 
 monies at his departure shall be the same as when he assumes m a mi! Ui8he8 C ° ni " 
 command. His flag shall be hauled down at the last gun of the 
 salute. 
 
 252. 
 
 When a flag officer goes on board a ship of his command to , A fla & otikcvr 
 
 ^ inspects a ship 
 
 make an official inspection he shall be received with the same of his command, 
 honors as prescribed in article 249, except that he shall prescribe 
 the dress to be worn, and his flag shall not be hoisted unless 
 hauled down from his flagship. At no time shall his flag be 
 displayed from more than one ship. 
 
 253. 
 
 (a) When a flag officer visits officially for the first time a ship of a flag officer 
 the Navy, not under his command, he shall be received by the J 1 "^ a ^ iv c ^. 
 senior officer on board and officers of the personal staff and of mand. 
 
 the watch; the guard shall be paraded and ruffles and flourishes 
 given. The same ceremonies shall be observed on his depar- 
 ture, and a salute fired. 
 
 (b) If a ship shall be inspected by the Board of Inspection and a flag officer, 
 Survey for Ships when a flag officer is present as president of b e ™° d r "f^Sec- 
 the board, the same ceremonies shall be observed as in the preced- * Ion an<1 survey. 
 
90 
 
 ing article. The flag of such president shall be hoisted and 
 saluted, and he shall be regarded as " a flag officer embarked as 
 passenger by due authority." (Art. 175.) Upon the completion 
 of the inspection and at his final departure, his flag shall be 
 saluted and hauled down. (Arts. 405, 406.) 
 
 254. 
 
 leave flag or° ffi re* ^ When a flag officer leaves or returns to his flagship offi- 
 turns te his flag- cially, during the day the guard shall be paraded and ruffles and 
 flourishes given ; he shall be accompanied to the gangway or re- 
 ceived by the commanding officer, the officer of the deck, the 
 officers of his personal staff, and the junior officers of the watch. 
 (Arts. 261 and 282.) 
 
 (2) When a flag officer is about to leave his flagship officially 
 during the day, a red pennant shall be displayed directly under 
 his flag and hauled down when he shoves off. 
 
 (3) The absence of a flag officer from his flagship during the 
 day shall be indicated in port by flying the alphabet flag " E " 
 at the starboard main yardarm during his absence. 
 
 255. 
 
 Absence lights Absence at night, with intention to return within 24 hours, 
 a ag o cer ' gliall be indicated by white lights displayed at the peak in a 
 vertical line, as follows: 
 
 Admiral Five. 
 
 Vice admiral ■ Four. 
 
 Rear admiral Three. 
 
 Captain or commander appointed to command a force, a squadron, 
 
 flotilla, or division other than destroyers and submarines Three. 
 
 Commander of a destroyer or submarine division (not a flag officer) _One. 
 Captain of any ship One. 
 
 (But none if a flag officer's lights are shown.) 
 256. 
 
 Top lights for Every flagship, when in port or when at sea in company with 
 other ships, shall carry two white lights in a horizontal line six 
 feet apart, using outriggers if necessary on the after side of 
 the mainmast and about six feet below the lowest of the absence 
 lights. 
 
 257. 
 
 A flag officer When a flag officer assumes or relinquishes command of a naval 
 assumes or re- ,. , , ,, . , . .1 •'■ _, 
 
 linquishes com- station he shall receive the same honors, so far as practicable, 
 
 JuSon* a naTal as prescribed in articles 249 and 251. 
 
91 
 
 258. 
 
 When a ship of the Navy, other than a flagship, falls in with a lu ^ d as « fflccr |a- 
 flag officer afloat, the latter shall be saluted as provided in article falling in with 
 248, and not again saluted by such ship oftener than once a year, im * 
 unless he is promoted, makes a visit of inspection, or unless there 
 is a change in commanding officers duly appointed. If two or 
 more ships in company fall in with a flag officer only the senior 
 of the ships in company shall salute. 
 
 259. 
 
 If a fleet or squadron falls in with another fleet or squadron, Flag officers sa- 
 or if one flagship falls in with another, the flag officers in chief ing. en m . " 
 command shall exchange salutes; the junior fleet or squadron 
 commander first saluting the senior, the number of guns fired 
 to be in accordance with article 248. These salutes shall not be 
 repeated by the same commanders oftener than once a year unless 
 one or the other is in the meantime promoted. 
 
 280. 
 
 When a general officer of the United States Army or Marine Military offl- 
 
 * cers visiting 
 
 Corps or a chief of a bureau of the Navy Department or the ship of the Navy. 
 
 Judge Advocate General of the Navy, visits officially a ship of the 
 
 Navy or a naval station, he shall be received and saluted in the 
 
 manner prescribed in article 253. 
 
 261. 
 
 No officer of the Navy, except flag officers or chiefs of bureaus Officers to be 
 of the Navy Department or Judge Advocate General of the Navy, sa u e 
 and no officer of the Army or Marine Corps, except those men- 
 tioned in article 260, shall be saluted with guns. No officer in 
 civilian's clothes shall be saluted with guns or have a guard 
 paraded in his honor. 
 
 262. 
 
 When the commanding officer of a ship leaves or goes on board i commanding 
 of the vessel under his command, he shall be attended at the jS a J ng le to' 8 his 
 side by the officer who in his absence succeeds to the command ; ship. 
 and, if of or above the grade of lieutenant commander, the guard 
 of the day shall be paraded in his honor if he leaves or returns 
 officially during the day. 
 
92 
 
 263. 
 
 Chief of staff When a chief of- staff or any commanding officer of a ship or 
 ?ffl?er°Tit? d l2 of a flotilla visits officially another ship of the Navy, he shall be 
 other ship of the attended at his reception and departure by the commanding officer 
 and, if of or above the grade of lieutenant commander, the guard 
 of the day shall be paraded in his honor. When the chief of staff 
 leaves or returns to the flagship officially, the guard of the day 
 shall be paraded in his honor. 
 
 264. 
 
 Field officers When an officer of the Army or Marine Corps commanding a 
 lun^ship^of the mi l itar y Post or station, of or above the grade of major and not 
 i\avy. above the grade of colonel, visits officially any ship of the Navy, 
 
 he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 263. 
 
93 
 
 "3.2 
 
 si 
 
 •s"l 
 
 2 2 
 s s 
 
 o o 
 
 Sfl O 
 
 8S 
 
 P4 £ ££ 55 
 
 ■S8* 
 
 ■§«.g 
 
 »-" C3 "cS 
 
 _g 03 Q O O O oooocooooo 
 
 «a5fiOfi OOfiQQOGQfiq 
 
 ! 
 
 S3 
 
 •p >.,o , 
 
 : fl O . P O 
 
 0;0 
 
 . ;jq 1 \ja 
 
 0000 .0 c 
 
 C'? § fl ° • °° 000000 0000 .00.00 
 
 c3 £ R c« rO c/Q "CO 'C "P "C "O "CO 'O'O'O'OcCT^'^'cB'O'P 
 ^n or '. '. '■ '. .'.'.. '. '. '. '. ta '. '. •<* '. '. 
 
 : O 
 
 •3 CQ 
 
 :§aj 
 
 x;o o 2 o--.c2ocooo ooccoc 
 
 +fP "C rt nr rt -^ c5 "O T3 TJ "C "P ■O'C'O'OXJ'O 
 
 c d 6 d 6 
 
 d 6 d 6 c >, 
 
 'D'O'O'O'O'O o3 
 
 : : : : : :q 
 
 00^ 
 
 •soHjnn 
 
 -^< -^ -^< ftUfMNH 
 
 •simo 
 
 C~- 09 C r- CT: r- t- t- cr- t~ [- 11 eC — . 
 
 C3 0> 
 &3 
 
 i <fl 
 
 en O 
 
 .2 & 
 
 o £g 
 
 4j O-p 
 g fl fe^ 
 
 TT C 
 
 P 
 
 -P •S.Sf.o.r 
 
 •5? "55 £> flP? 
 
 2 e s 8 a 
 
 Ph Ph SH 
 
 .2 a 
 
 .3 2- 
 
 v., o O 
 O02(g 
 
 III 
 
 O w,Q 
 O "i C3 
 
 a " 
 
 SB ©: 
 
 OO t3 
 •P-p fl 
 
 P 
 
 £Eh og 
 
 o Oi5 
 
 ^cc 
 
 o£>. 
 x «*> 2 <i 
 
 P-3 5.C3 
 
 ISMS 
 
 t--g O C3 
 
 p£ ©is 
 t5 °-2 * 
 
 fl 1^53 o 
 
 I §Po 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 O 
 fl o 
 
 ■OJJ 
 
 Sf-fl 
 
 SO 
 
 fl '-^ 
 
 is 
 
 odi 
 
 00 
 
 o"3 
 
 
 ■ C • o 
 
 o o 
 
 2c 
 
 I s ^ a | 
 
 PhoTo^ 
 
 ■a ^s^ § © a i § © p ^.2,1 £> 
 
 •fl fl fl d o u +? 
 
 a c3 fl s^ s w 
 
 IJIlflll 
 
94 
 
 32 
 
 •sa^iiH 
 
 •stmo 
 
 o.a 
 
 §a 
 la 
 
 o o 
 o o 
 
 • & a <a 
 
 .a-sggg js 
 
 a-g 
 ag 
 
95 
 
 Section 4. — Honors and Distinctions in General, 
 265. 
 
 Before rendering honors to passing ships or commanding officers . attention pre- 
 ° x ° ° vious to render- 
 
 above the rank of lieutenant " attention " shall be sounded ( where ing honors. 
 
 not herein excepted), upon which every one in sight on deck shall 
 
 stand at attention facing toward the ship or person saluted, until 
 
 " carry on " is sounded. 
 
 266. 
 
 ( 1 ) Vessels of the third rate or above, except auxiliaries, pass- abJ^tiird'ra™* 
 ing close aboard shall exchange salutes by the guard of the day 
 presenting arms, the band playing the national anthem, officers 
 
 and men above decks at attention and saluting. When no band 
 is present the hand salute shall be made when abreast the other 
 ship's colors. If one of the vessels is a flagship, the salute is the 
 same, since it is to the national ensign that the honors are ren- 
 dered. The same salute will be made to all foreign men-of-war, 
 even though smaller than a third rate. Article 273. 
 
 (2) Vessels under third rate and auxiliaries flying a pennant 
 shall salute and be saluted by other ships by officers and men being 
 called to attention by bugle and saluting with the hand. 
 
 267. 
 
 By "close aboard " is meant within GOO yards for passing ships, €lose »*>°»rd. 
 400 yards for passing officers. For high personages and foreign 
 ships the term shall be interpreted liberally, and in any case of 
 doubt the officer responsible for taking action shall be careful not 
 to render less honor than may be due. 
 
 268. 
 
 The rendering of honors shall take place while the ships are Honors r e n- 
 overlapping, sounding " attention " when the jack staff of one overlapping, 
 vessel passes the jack staff or flagstaff of the other and " carry 
 on " when the quarter-deck of one vessel has passed the quarter- 
 deck of the other. Honors to an officer shall be rendered while 
 he is abreast the quarter-deck, sounding " carry on " when the 
 honors have been completed and acknowledged. When a guard is 
 paraded, arms shall be presented when "attention" sounds and 
 brought to the order at " carry on." 
 
 269. 
 
 To a flag officer passing in a boat close aboard with his flag pJJJlf. ° m c e r 
 flying the same honors shall be rendered as if he were coming on 
 board (Art. 248 (4)), but with the guard" of the day instead of 
 
, 96 
 
 the full guard. Officers and men on deck shall salute at the first 
 flourish, remaining at hand salute until the end of the last 
 flourish. When the passing officer is a commanding officer above 
 the grade of lieutenant, with his pennant flying, " attention " shall 
 be sounded on the bugle, officers and petty officers on watch, sen- 
 tries, and boat keepers saluting, others on deck standing at atten- 
 tion. The honors prescribed in this article shall be rendered when 
 the passing officer is a chief of staff with pennant flying. 
 
 270. 
 
 Full honors, as specified in the preceding article, shall not be 
 rendered to a flag or commanding officer who passes or comes 
 alongside without his flag or pennant flying. In such case the 
 salute in passing shall be the same as for any commissioned officer, 
 namely, boat keepers, sentries, and others who observe the boat, 
 salute. If a flag or commanding officer comes on board without 
 flag or pennant flying, only side honors shall be given unless he 
 should request full honors on departure. All persons on the 
 quarter-deck shall stand at attention by command without bugle. 
 
 271. 
 
 Personal hon- In rendering personal honors, when the guard presents arms, 
 officers in uniform and men not in formation, on deck and in view, 
 shall salute with the right hand, so remaining until the end of 
 ruffles and. flourishes, or, if none, until " order arms." 
 
 272. 
 
 Crew paraded. When any of the crew are paraded in rendering honors they 
 shall salute only by command. 
 
 273. 
 
 tw?en "hips S dur- No nonors °ther than "attention" on the bugle shall be ren- 
 ing maneuvers dered between vessels while they are engaged in maneuvers or 
 or evolutions. , ,. ,„, . , . -, ., 
 
 evolutions. W T hen two or more ships are in company, ^Yhether at 
 
 anchor or underway, coming to anchor or getting underway, they 
 shall be considered, as a part of the same formation and as en- 
 gaged in maneuvers or evolutions, so far as concerns salutes. In 
 case of a ship or ships joining such formation, honors shall not 
 be rendered unless such ship or ships have been or are on detached 
 duty. The term " detached duty " in this case does not apply 
 to a ship or ships temporarily out of formation, but only to ships 
 which, by order of competent authority have been in some port 
 other than the rendezvous of the division, squadron, or fleet to 
 
97 
 
 which they may belong; or on duty which has kept them away 
 from their immediate division, squadron, or fleet for a period 
 of more than 48 hours. A ship is not considered as on detached 
 duty when she leaves the formation, whether underway or at 
 anchor, for target practice, coaling in the immediate vicinity, or 
 for similar duty. Ships of divisions or squadrons of the fleet 
 getting underway or coming to anchor at about the same time, 
 or in obedience to the same signal, shall be considered as engaged 
 in evolutions, and no honors, other than " attention " on the bugle, 
 shall be rendered as they pass each other. (Art. 416.) Vessels 
 engaged in tactical evolutions outside of port shall not exchange 
 any salutes whatever. 
 
 274. 
 
 When all hands are called for getting underway in port or com- Stations when 
 ing to anchor, all men not specially stationed shall fall in at way "or" connng 
 quarters in charge of their division officers. The full guard and to ancnor - 
 band and, on board the ship of the senior officer present, the crews 
 of the saluting guns shall form prepared to render or return 
 honors. 
 
 . 
 
 The rendering of honors shall be so regulated as not to keep . K « epi ° s men 
 _ , , at attention. 
 
 officers and men at attention longer than necessary to make the 
 
 salute distinctly recognizable. 
 
 276. 
 
 The following is a tabular statement of salutes to be rendered Table of hon " 
 under the foregoing instructions: 
 
 (a) Passing or being passed b ( y a 
 foreign man - of - war, United 
 States man-of-war, with or with- 
 out personal flag flying, whether 
 member of fleet, squadron, or di- 
 vision, or not, if she has been or- 
 is on detached duty. 
 
 (b) Passing or being passed by 
 vessel of own formation or a 
 United States vessel under third 
 rate or auxiliary flying a pen- 
 nant. 
 
 (c) Flag officer, with flag flying, 
 comes on board. 
 
 (d) Flag officer, in a boat, passes 
 close aboard with flag flying. 
 
 (e) Flag officer, in uniform, with 
 no flag flying, comes on board. 
 
 (f) Flag officer, in a boat, passes 
 close aboard without flag flying, 
 whether in uniform or not. 
 
 Guard of the day and band ; atten- 
 tion by bugle ; national air. 
 Hand salute at end of national 
 air. 
 
 Attention on bugle ; hand salute. 
 In outside tactical evolutions, 
 
 Full guard and band ; attention by 
 bugle ; flourishes ; march ; tend 
 side. Hand salute at command 
 " present arms " and remain at 
 salute until end of flourishes. 
 
 Guard of the day and band ; atten- 
 tion by bugle ; flourishes ; march. 
 Hand salute as in (c). 
 
 Attention on quarter-deck without 
 bugle ; tend side. Hand salute 
 while piping side as flag officer 
 comes aboard. 
 
 No general honors ; boat keepers, 
 sentries, and others salute. 
 
98 
 
 (g) Commanding officer, of or above 
 rank of lieutenant commander, 
 passes close aboard with pennant 
 flying. 
 
 (Ji) Commanding officer, of or above 
 rank of lieutenant commander, 
 withi pennant flying, comes on 
 board. 
 
 (i) Commanding officer, of or above, 
 rank of lieutenant commander, 
 comes on board, no pennant flying. 
 
 (/) All officers, not specified, com- 
 ing on board in uniform. 
 
 (fc) All officers, not specified above, 
 passing close aboard whether in 
 uniform or not, or when coming 
 on board in civilian clothes. 
 
 Attention by bugle ; officers and 
 petty officers on watch, boat 
 keepers, and sentries salute ; 
 others stand at attention. 
 
 Guard of the day ; attention by 
 bugle; tend side. Hand salute 
 at command " present arms," 
 and remain at salute until com- 
 mand " order arms." 
 
 Attention on quarter-deck without 
 bugle ; tend side. Hand salute 
 while piping side as officer comes 
 aboard. 
 
 Attention near gangway without 
 bugle; tend side. Hand salute 
 as in (i). 
 
 No general honors ; boat keepers, 
 sentries, and others salute. 
 
 277. 
 
 Duties of offi' 
 eers of the deck 
 and others. 
 
 The officer of the deck is especially charged with giving the 
 command "Attention " as regards salutes to ships and to officers 
 and officials who are entitled to salutes when passing in boats. 
 Petty officers, leading men, and others are required to give the 
 command when boats pass near the ship with a pennant or flag 
 flying, and the bugle call has not been obeyed by everyone in his 
 vicinity, or the boat has not been observed by the officer of the 
 deck. 
 
 278. 
 
 When side When side honors only are rendered to a flag officer or com- 
 
 peMoro'iJi^Tiei' manding officer, officers and men on deck and in view from the 
 
 sainte, etc. gangway shall stand at " attention," facing the gangway, and 
 
 salute as the officer appears over the side and shall remain at 
 
 the salute until the end of the pipe. 
 
 279. 
 
 Officer of the The officer of the deck shall attend at the gangway on the 
 the gangway. & arrival or departure of any commissioned officer or distinguished 
 visitor. 
 
 280. 
 
 Fiping 
 side. 
 
 the (1) On the occasion of the official reception or departure of a 
 civil, diplomatic, or consular official or of any commissioned 
 officer of the Navy, Army, Marine Corps. Naval Militia, or Coast 
 Guard, the side shall be piped. The side shall not be piped for 
 shore boats, but officers in them, if in uniform, shall be so saluted 
 on reaching or leaving the deck. 
 
 (2) Piping the side for officers not wearing side arms may. 
 by order of the commanding officer, be dispensed with, without 
 distinction of rank or grade, on board of the ships to which they 
 are attached. 
 
99 
 
 281. 
 
 Side boys shall attend at the side when the side is piped, as Sid« hvjn. 
 follows, except as noted in 282 (e) : 
 
 ( a ) For officials saluted with 15 or more guns, eight. 
 ( & ) For officials saluted with 11 or 13 guns, six. 
 
 (c) For other officers of and above the rank of commander and 
 for officials entitled to corresponding honors, four. 
 
 (d) For other commissioned officers of the Navy or Marine 
 Corps and officials entitled to corresponding honors, two. 
 
 282. 
 
 (1) All honors, except as prescribed in article 279 and such .. Side , h ?R? r8 
 
 dispensed with. 
 
 as social courtesy may demand, shall be dispensed with at the 
 reception or departure of all officers under the following cir- 
 cumstances : 
 
 (a) When they are in plain clothes. 
 
 (b) When the departure or reception takes place after sunset 
 and before 8 a. m. (except that for foreign officers the side shall 
 be piped ) . 
 
 (c) During the meal hours of the crew, for officers of the United 
 States Navy or Marine Corps. 
 
 (d) When coaling ship or when exercising at battle stations, 
 for officers of the United States Navy or Marine Corps. 
 
 (e) On board ships having a complement, exclusive of the engi- 
 neer force, of 125 men or less the attendance of side boys for 
 officers of the United States Navy shall be required on occasions 
 of ceremony, but shall not be required on ordinary occasions. 
 When the side is piped for officers of the United States Army or 
 of foreign services, side boys shall be in attendance between 8 a. m. 
 and sunset. 
 
 (2) The guard and band shall not be paraded on Sundays for Marine guard 
 United States ships or for officers of the United States Navy, paraded. 
 Marine Corps, or Army. 
 
 283. 
 
 Sentries at the gangways shall salute all officers in uniform Sentries to sa- 
 when going or coming over the side. All sentries on the upper lute " 
 decks or in view from outside, shall salute all commissioned 
 officers passing them close aboard, in boats or otherwise. 
 
 284. 
 
 The starboard gangways shall be used by all commissioned Use of gang- 
 officers and their visitors ; the port gangways shall be used by ways ' 
 all other persons. If the construction of the ship or other circum- 
 stances make a change in this rule expedient, the change may be 
 made at the discretion of the commanding officer. 
 
100 
 
 285. 
 
 Salutes to col- (1) All officers and men, whenever reaching the quarter-deck. 
 deck! nd Quarter " either from a boat, from a gangway, from the shore, or from 
 another part of the ship, shall salute the national ensign. In 
 making this salute, which shall be entirely distinct from the 
 salute to the officer of the deck, the person making it shall stop 
 at the top of the gangway or upon arriving upon the quarter-deck, 
 face the colors, and render the salute, after which the officer 
 of the deck shall be saluted. In leaving the quarter-deck, the same 
 salutes shall be rendered in inverse order. The officer of the 
 deck shall return both salutes in each case, and shall require that 
 they be properly made. 
 
 (2) The commanding officer shall clearly define the limits of 
 the quarter-deck ; it shall embrace so much of the main or other 
 appropriate deck as may be necessary for the proper conduct of 
 official and ceremonial functions. When the quarter-deck so 
 designated is forward and at a considerable distance from the 
 colors the salute to the colors prescribed in the preceding para- 
 graph will not be rendered by officers and men except when leav- 
 ing or coming aboard the ship. 
 
 (3) The salute to the national colors to be made by officers 
 and enlisted men with no arms in hand shall be the " hand salute," 
 the headdress not to be removed. 
 
 286. 
 Personal sa- (i) The hand salute shall be exchanged between officers and 
 
 lutes to officers 
 
 of the Navy, enlisted men when on shore and not in a military formation nor 
 
 r\ne y corps? Ma " at work on every occasion of their meeting, passing near, or being- 
 addressed, the officer junior in rank or the enlisted man salut- 
 ing first. Similarly, when afloat every officer and enlisted man 
 shall salute a flag officer, his own commanding officer, and every 
 officer senior to himself from another ship. When several officers 
 in company are saluted all entitled to the salute shall return it. 
 
 (2) Personal salutes and other marks of respect due their rank 
 shall always be extended to officers on duty of the Army, Marine 
 Corps, Naval Militia, and Coast Guard, and to foreign officers. 
 
 (3) The salute to any person whatever, by all officers and en- 
 listed men in uniform with no arms in hand, whether on or off 
 duty, on any occasion outdoors, shall be the hand salute, using 
 the right hand, the headdress not to be removed. 
 
 287. 
 
 crfw 1Ut on by ship e - (!) 0n board their own ship, all officers and enlisted men shall 
 
 board. salute their captain on every occasion of meeting, passing near, 
 
 or being addressed by him. They shall salute all officers their 
 
 seniors on their first daily meeting or passing near, and whenever 
 
 addressing or being addressed by them, and shall salute the execu- 
 
 i 
 
101 
 
 tive officer or other officer their senior when he is making an 
 inspection. At other times they shall clear the gangway and 
 stand at attention facing the officer until he has passed. 
 
 (2) Men at work shall not leave off nor salute unless addressed 
 by an officer or called to attention. A man in formation shall 
 not salute when directly addressed, but shall come to attention 
 if at rest. 
 
 (3) Men seated at work, at games, or at mess are not required 
 to rise when an officer passes, other than the captain, unless 
 called to attention or necessary to clear a gangway. 
 
 (4) In a boat where there is no officer, when at a landing or 
 at the boom, men seated and not at the oars shall rise and 
 salute whenever a boat with an officer in it comes near. If awn- 
 ings are spread, they shall salute without rising. 
 
 288. 
 
 The side shall be sufficiently lighted to enable persons to e;o Light* at the 
 
 gangway, 
 on board or take their departure without inconvenience. 
 
 289. 
 
 (1) Except when there is a special countersign, the answering Answering the 
 hail from a boat, in reply to a ship's hail, shall be varied accord- 
 ing to the senior officer or official who may be in tho boat, as 
 follows : 
 
 President of the United States " United Slates." 
 
 Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Navy." N.- 1 vy." 
 
 Flag officer in chief command " Fleet." 
 
 Chief of Staff (when not in command of a ship)_" Staff." 
 
 Force commander "Force" (siring name of 
 
 force). 
 Division commander " Division" (giving 
 
 number of his division). 
 
 Marine officer commanding a brigade " Brigade commander." 
 
 Flotilla commander " Flotilla " (giving name of 
 
 flotilla). 
 Commanding officer The name of the ship under 
 
 his command. 
 
 Marine officer commanding regiment " Regimental commander." 
 
 Other commissioned officers " Aye, aye." 
 
 Other officers " No, no." 
 
 Enlisted men and marines " Hello." 
 
 Boats not intending to go alongside regard- 
 less of rank of passengers " Passing." 
 
 (2) Power boats approaching a ship when a flag or pennant 
 is not displayed in the bow may sound short blasts on the 
 
 183841°— 20 8 
 
 
102 
 
 whistle at night or during the clay when the curtains are so drawn 
 that the rank of passengers can not be distinguished, as follows : 
 
 President of the United States Eight. 
 
 Secretary of the Navy Seven. 
 
 Assistant Secretary of the Navy Five. 
 
 Admiral Six. 
 
 Vice Admiral Five. 
 
 Other flag officer Four 
 
 General officer, Marine Corps Four. 
 
 Commanding officer, Chief of Staff, or torpedo flotilla com- 
 mander Three. 
 
 Marine officer commanding a brigade or regiment Three. 
 
 Other commissioned officer Two. 
 
 All others : 1 One. 
 
 290. 
 
 Salutes -when (1) Salutes shall be exchanged between boats meeting or pass- 
 in boats. in g eacll Qfljgj. as j^ tlie accompanying table. No junior shall 
 pass a senior without permission. 
 
 (2) The junior shall always salute first, and the senior shall 
 return the salute with the hand. 
 
 (3) Officers of the Army and foreign officers in boats shall al- 
 ways be saluted when recognized. 
 
 (4) Officers in uniform, but without flag or pennant flying, or 
 when in civilian clothes, shall be saluted with the hand only. 
 
 (5) Coxswains in charge of boats shall always rise and salute 
 when officers enter or leave their boats, or when steering a boat 
 extending or returning a salute to or from all commissioned 
 officers. But when steering a loaded or towing boat or a boat 
 under sail, they shall salute with the hand only. 
 
 (6) Boat keepers and all other men in boats not under way, and 
 not containing an officer, shall, when boat awnings are not spread, 
 stand and salute when an officer comes alongside, leaves the side, 
 or passes near them, and shall remain standing until the boat 
 passes or reaches the ship's side. If boat awnings are spread, 
 they shall salute with the hand without rising, but steam launches 
 with canopies shipped shall not be considered as boats with 
 awnings spread. 
 
 (7) Men working on the ship's side do not salute, but continue 
 their work, except when the bugle sounds the call of attention. 
 
 (8) At morning or evening colors, pulling boats passing near a 
 man-of-war of any nationality, shall lie on their oars, and steamers 
 stop their engines, the coxswains saluting, and members of the 
 crews of steamers outside the canopy to stand facing toward the 
 colors and saluting. 
 
103 
 
 Boat salutes. 
 
 Rank or rate of 
 
 the senior in the 
 
 saluting boat. 
 
 Flag or general 
 officer. 
 
 Commanding 
 officer above 
 rank of lieu- 
 tenant (with 
 pennant fly- 
 ing). 
 
 Other naval of- 
 ficer below flag 
 rank and above 
 rank of lieuten- 
 ant, and marine 
 officers of cor- 
 responding 
 rank. 
 
 Other commis- 
 sioned officers. 
 
 Midshipman or 
 warrant offi- 
 cer. 
 
 Officer and cox- 
 swain in loaded 
 or towing boat 
 or boat under 
 sail. 
 
 Coxswain 
 
 "Rank of the senior officer in the boat to be saluted. 
 
 Flag or general 
 officer (with 
 flag flying). 
 
 Commanding 
 officer above 
 rank of lieuten- 
 ant (with pen- 
 nant flying). 
 
 Junior salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Stops engine, 
 lays^n oars, 
 and salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Stops engine, 
 laysonoars, 
 and salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Stops engine, 
 tosses or trails 
 oars, and sa- 
 lutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Stops engine, 
 tosses or trails 
 
 „ oars, and sa- 
 lutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Salutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Stops engine, 
 tosses or trails 
 oars, stands, 
 and salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Junior salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 When meeting 
 a senior com- 
 manding offi- 
 cer , or i in - 
 mediate com- 
 manding offi- 
 cer, stops en- 
 gine, lays on 
 oars, and si- 
 lutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Stops eimiiie, 
 las 3 OB oars, 
 a iid salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Stops engine, 
 lays on oars, 
 and salutes 
 with baud. 
 
 Salutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Stops engine, 
 lays on oars, 
 stands, a n d 
 salutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Other 
 
 commissioned 
 
 officer. 
 
 Midshipman 
 
 or warrant 
 
 officer. 
 
 Junior salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Junior salutes 
 •a it h hand. 
 
 ■Salutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Junior salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Stands and sa- 
 lutes with 
 hand. 
 
 Junior salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Junior salutes 
 with hand. 
 
 Salutes w i t h 
 hand. 
 
 291. 
 
 (1) At landings and gangways juniors shall give way to seniors, Juniors to gire 
 
 why to seniors 
 
 and at all times juniors shall show deference to their seniors by 
 abstaining from crossing the bows of their boats, crowding them, 
 or ignoring their presence. The same rules shall apply in the rela- 
 tions of officers ashore, whether in vehicles or on foot. 
 
 (2) Boats shall always haul clear of shore landings and ships' 
 gangways while waiting. The crews shall not be allowed to leave 
 the boats except by authority. 
 
 (3) In accompanying other officers, juniors shall walk or ride 
 on the left of their seniors, unless there be special reason for the 
 contrary. 
 
 
104 
 
 292. 
 
 Cheering. Cheers shall not be given as a compliment to any officer. 
 
 293. 
 
 To dress ship. (1) On the occasion of dressing ship all derricks, booms, etc., shall 
 be lowered into the places where they secure; the flag and jack 
 staffs shall be shipped, and a national ensign shall be hoisted at 
 each masthead, except in the case of a flagship. If the masts are 
 the same height, the ensigns shall be the same size. At the peak, 
 or on a staff aft, the largest ensign with which a ship is furnished 
 shall be displayed. Forward, on the jack staff, the jack shall be 
 hoisted. The ship shall be dressed at 8 a. m. and remain so until 
 sundown. (Arts. 293, 294, 322.) 
 
 (2) If the dressing is complimentary to some other nation, then 
 the ensign or standard of that nation shall be hoisted as provided 
 in articles 320 and 322. 
 
 Personal flags (3) In three-masted vessels, no ensign shall be displayed at a 
 r pennan s. m i zze n masthead where the flag of an admiral is flying. (Art. 
 322.) 
 
 294. 
 
 To full-dress (1) On the occasion of full-dressing ship, in addition to the 
 ship * dressing of the mastheads, when the masting of the ship will per- 
 
 mit, a rainbow of flags shall be arranged, reaching from the water 
 line forward to the water line aft. Peculiarly masted ships shall 
 provide to make the most artistic display, as little modified from 
 the rainbow effect as it is possible for them to arrange. 
 
 (2) Where possible, all ships shall be dressed alike, and, to 
 insure uniformity, the flags shall be stopped on in the order given 
 in the Introduction to the General Signal Book. 
 
 295. 
 
 Distinguished When any distinguished official visits a navy yard or naval 
 officials visiting ' ,. , ■ * „ . • _ .- . 
 
 navy yards. station he shall, so far as practicable, receive the same honors as 
 
 if visiting a ship of the Navy. (Arts. 231 to 235 and 239 to 242, 
 
 inclusive.) 
 
 Section 5. — Honobs and Salutes to Foreign Governments and 
 
 Officials. 
 
 297. 
 
 Salute to for- When a ship of the Navy enters a port of any foreign nation, 
 
 eign port. the Government of which is recognized by the United States, where 
 
 there is a fort or battery displaying the national flag, or where a 
 
105 
 
 commissioned ship of war of that nation is lying, she shall fire a 
 salute of 21 guns unless her commanding officer has reason to 
 believe that the salute can not be returned ; and in this case he 
 shall immediately take steps to ascertain the local regulations or 
 customs. This salute shall be the first fired after entering the 
 port. The ensign of the nation saluted shall be displayed at the 
 main during the salute. In case two or more ships enter in com- 
 pany, only the senior shall salute. (Arts. 315 (3), 322.) 
 
 298. 
 
 (1) When a ship of the Navy falls in at sea with a friendly , Salutes to f °» 
 
 eign flag officers, 
 foreign ship of war flying the flag or pennant of a flag officer or 
 
 commodore, she shall exchange salutes with such ship of war in 
 
 the same manner as when meeting similar ships of the United 
 
 States, as provided in articles 258 and 259, except that the salute 
 
 will be returned gun for gun. 
 
 The national ensign of the country of the officer saluted shall be 
 
 displayed at the fore during such salute. 
 
 (2) In port, if several flag officers are to be saluted, the salutes 
 shall be fired in the order of their grade; if of the same grade, 
 priority shall be given, first, to the nationality of the port, and, 
 second, to the length of service of the flag officers in their re- 
 spective commands. As between flag officers of the same grade 
 the last comer will salute first. These salutes shall be fired as 
 soon as possible after the usual boarding visits have been made, 
 if not fired before. The national ensign of the country of the 
 officer saluted shall be displayed at the fore during such salute. 
 
 299. 
 
 (1) On the occasion of the first official visit of a foreign naval Salutes to oth- 
 ' er foreign offl- 
 
 or military officer, a member of the diplomatic corps, or other clais. 
 
 distinguished official to a ship of the Navy, he is to receive the 
 same honors as an official of the United States of the same grade 
 or rank. 
 
 (2) The honors for a foreign cabinet officer shall be the same 
 as those prescribed in article 240 for a member of the Cabinet 
 of the President of the United States, other than the Secretary 
 of the Navy. 
 
 (3) A foreign official, not thus provided for, when visiting a 
 ship of the Navy, may be saluted either at his reception or de- 
 parture with the number of guns he would be entitled to receive 
 if visiting a ship of his own nation, or the number prescribed by 
 the senior officer, not, however, to exceed nineteen. (Arts. 296 
 and 315. ) No personal flag of any foreign official shall be saluted 
 except as prescribed in articles 236 and 298, unless assurance 
 is received that the salute will be returned. 
 
106 
 
 300, 
 
 Nations not No salute shall be fired in honor of any nation or of any 
 
 rpcofiTnizPii 
 
 official of any nation not formally recognized by the Government 
 of the United States. 
 
 801. 
 
 When meeting Officers and men of the Navy shall extend to foreign officials, 
 
 foreign officials. w hen passing near ships of the Navy with the insignia of their 
 
 rank flying, or when met ashore or afloat, the personal salutes 
 
 and other marks of respect due to similar officials of the United 
 
 States. 
 
 302. 
 
 Lowering sails (1) No ship of the Navy shall lower her sails or dip her ensign 
 sign. ipping en " unless in return for such compliments. 
 
 (2) Of the colors carried by a naval force on shore, only the 
 battalion or regimental colors shall be dipped in rendering or 
 acknowledging a salute ; the national colors shall not be dipped, 
 except when passing in review before the President or as a com- 
 pliment to the sovereign or ruler or a member of the royal family 
 of another country. 
 
 303. 
 
 National an- National anthems of foreign states shall be played by the 
 compliment? " band as a compliment as follows : 
 
 (a) In the morning, after colors, the national anthem of the 
 port, followed by the national anthem of the ships of war present, 
 in the order of rank. (Art. 298.) 
 
 (&) When passing or being passed by a foreign ship of war 
 close aboard, at which time officers and men on deck in sight 
 shall salute and sentries present arms. (Arts. 266 and 267.) 
 
 Section 6. — Gun Salutes in General. 
 
 304. 
 
 Saluting ships. ^ j n ^ e absence of instructions from the department vessels 
 of the Navy of the first, second, and third rates, except colliers, 
 refrigerating ships, supply ships, distilling ships, tank steamers, 
 repair ships, and hospital ships, shall be considered as saluting 
 ships. 
 
 if unable to (2) In cases where, from any special cause, a ship, from which 
 
 salute. 
 
 a salute in compliment to a foreign power or officer may reason- 
 ably be expected, is unable to salute, the circumstances are to be 
 explained on the spot to the representative of such foreign power. 
 Tosaiute lf (3) In cases where, from any special circumstances, the omis- 
 sion to salute can not be explained without giving offense to a 
 
107 
 
 foreign power or officer, salutes shall be fired by any ship which 
 can possibly do so with safety, whether included in the foregoing 
 category or not. 
 
 305. 
 
 (1) A national salute shall consist of twenty-one guns. A national sa- 
 
 (2) The interval between guns in all salutes shall be five 
 seconds. 
 
 306. 
 
 (1) In the official presence of the President of the United Salutes in 
 
 presence of a 
 States, or of the president or sovereign of any other nation, no senior. 
 
 gun salute shall be fired by vessels of the Navy to any personage 
 
 of lesser degree. 
 
 (2) No salute shall be fired in the presence of a senior without 
 his permission, except it be one in honor of such senior. (See 
 251-253 (b).) 
 
 (3) Whenever a salute is fired, following the motions of the 
 flagship or ship of the senior officer present, each ship shall begin 
 its salute with the first gun from the flag or senior ship. 
 
 (4) During the firing of a salute all officers and men on deck 
 shall stand at attention and face toward the ship or person 
 saluted. 
 
 307. 
 
 (1) No salute shall be fired between sunset and sunrise. As When salutes 
 a general rule, salutes shall be fired between 8 a. m. and sunset. maj 
 
 Salutes shall not be fired on Sunday, unless required by inter- 
 national courtesy. The national ensign shall always be dis- 
 played during a salute. 
 
 (2) In the case of a salute at 8 a. in., the first gun shall be 
 fired at the last note of the national anthem. 
 
 308. 
 
 Forts and cities of the United States shall not be saluted by, J 1 " 1 ^ s * ates 
 
 forts and cities. 
 
 ships of the Navy. 
 
 309. 
 
 Salutes shall not be fired in ports or parts of ports where they gal ]JJ? re not to 
 are forbidden by the local authorities. 
 
 310. 
 
 Any boat having an official on board shall lay on oars (or ga i„ t ° a ig VYng! 6 
 stop the engine), bows forward, during the firing of a salute in 
 his honor. 
 
108 
 
 311. 
 
 Officials cnti- When two or more officials each entitled to a salute visit a 
 visit in company, ship of the Navy and depart in company, but one salute shall 
 be fired, and that to the senior. If they depart in succession, 
 each shall be saluted. 
 
 312. 
 
 Salutes to an When any official entitled to a salute embarks in a ship of the 
 ^?„ a i makins a Navy for the purpose of making a passage in her, he shall be 
 saluted when going on board and again upon disembarking. 
 (Art. 247.) 
 
 313. 
 
 When in doubt When in doubt as to what officials are to be visited, saluted, 
 
 as to the rank of or otherwise honored, or as to the rank of any official, or whether 
 an official. 
 
 a salute (involving a return) will be returned, commanding 
 
 officers of ships of the Navy shall first send an officer to the 
 official or other suitable person to obtain the required informa- 
 tion. 
 
 314. 
 
 Salutes and Salutes and other ceremonies attending the reception or de- 
 be^di^p^ns^dParture of officials may be dispensed with at the personal re- 
 witn ' quest of the officers in whose honor they are prescribed. 
 
 315. 
 
 (1) Officials whose rank entitles them to nineteen or more 
 guns shall receive full honors, including the salute with guns, on 
 the occasion of every visit except as noted in article 314. 
 When salutes (2) Other officials, whether naval, military, or civil, shall not 
 are due. De sa iuted by the same ship at the same port, or by a naval station, 
 
 oftener than once in 12 months, unless such official has been 
 advanced in rank, or unless he be on special duty in which inter- 
 national or other exceptional courtesies may be involved, when 
 the commanding officer shall, in the absence of instructions, 
 exercise his discretion. If a personal visit is made by a flag 
 officer of a different command, such officer shall be given a per- 
 sonal salute on his departure, although his flag may have been 
 previously saluted. (See 258, 259.) 
 
 (3) Foreign saluting ports shall be saluted on the occasion of 
 every visit, except in the case of a ship leaving port temporarily, 
 when, by agreement with the local authorities, the salute may be 
 dispensed with. 
 
109 
 
 Section 7. — Return Gun Salutes. 
 316. 
 
 lutes. 
 
 The following arrangements entered into by the maritime powers 
 
 will be observed in regard to returning salutes : 
 
 (1) Salutes to be returned gun for gun — 
 
 (a) To the national flag upon arrival in a foreign port. 
 (&) To foreign flag officers and commodores when met at sea or 
 in port. 
 
 (2) Salutes not to be returned — 
 
 (a) To a President of a Republic, royal personage, or members 
 
 of royal families, whether on arrival at or departure from a port 
 
 or upon visiting ships of war. 
 
 (&) To diplomatic, naval, military, or consular authorities, or, Betnm ■*• 
 
 lutes of flag offl- 
 to governors, or officers administering a government, whether on cers. 
 
 arrival at or departure from a port, or when visiting ships of war. 
 
 (c) To foreigners of high distinction on visiting ships of war. 
 
 (d) Upon occasions of national festivals or anniversaries. 
 
 
 317. 
 
 (1) When a ship or naval station of the United States salutes Salutes to flag 
 the flag of the Secretary of the Navy, or of the Assistant Secretary not eI ?o be re" 
 of the Navy, or the flag of a flag officer, the return salute shall be to™ 1 ®*' 
 
 as prescribed by article 248. The return salute to any other com- 
 manding officer shall be seven guns. 
 
 (2) No salutes to other officials of the United States are to be 
 returned. 
 
 318. 
 
 Personal salutes fired to flag officers, either of the United States lut ^ r80,ial 8a " 
 or of any foreign State, on the occasion of their paying official 
 visits are not to be returned. 
 
 319. 
 
 It is the duty of a fort or other Army post to return a national v S*t*t states 
 salute fired by a foreign ship of war entering a port of the United ports tp be re- 
 
 «x j. *.«_ t, . turned by whom. 
 
 States. In case there is no fort or post capable of returning the 
 salute, it shall be returned by the senior ship present, and if 
 there be none, by a naval battery or station. 
 
110 
 
 Section 8. — Ensigns Displayed When Saluting ob Retuening 
 
 Salutes. 
 
 320. 
 
 f uVcYionaries Tlie followin g rules in regard to displaying ensigns while sa- 
 nientioned in luting or returning salutes shall be observed (art. 322). 
 
 sections 1 and 2. ,. s __, ,_ . . ,. ,, _ . , 
 
 (1) On the occasion o± saluting the officials mentioned in sec- 
 tions 1 and 2 of this chapter, ensigns shall be displayed as therein 
 directed. 
 
 lntes a . ti0aal Sa ° ( 2 ) Wne n firing a national salute upon entering a foreign port, 
 
 or when returning the same from a ship of war of a foreign 
 
 nation, the ensign of the foreign nation shall be displayed at the 
 
 main. 
 
 Fore *| n na ; (3) On all occasions of celebrating foreign national anniver- 
 
 ries or festiyais. saries or festivals, when salutes are fired, the ensign of the nation 
 celebrating the day shall be displayed at the main during the 
 salute and for such further times as the ships of such nation 
 present may remain dressed, and in the case of an anniversary 
 of the nation in whose waters the ship is lying, where no ships of 
 that nation are present, until sunset. 
 
 officers! 511 flaS (4) While saluting the flag or broad pennant of a foreign flag 
 officer or commodore, or returning a foreign salute to a flag officer 
 or commodore of the United States, the ensign of the foreign 
 nation shall be displayed at the fore. 
 
 lutes 6 to S °?oreign (5) During personal salutes fired in honor of foreign naval, 
 
 officials. military, diplomatic, and consular officials, while visiting ships 
 
 of the Navy, or other foreigners of distinction not provided for in 
 section 1, the ensign of the foreign nation to which the visitor 
 belongs shall be displayed at the fore. 
 
 Uni a te U d states (6) On the occasion of saluting, in a foreign port, officials of 
 
 t£n a naval! h ° * the United States other than naval, the national ensign shall be 
 displayed at the fore. If in a port of the United States, no 
 colors will be displayed in honor thereof, except as provided in 
 sections 1 and 2 of this chapter. 
 
 Section 9. — Ensigns, Flags, and Pennants. 
 
 321. 
 
 ma?kl S Vf n s C K d) Tne distinctive mark of a ship of the Navy in commission, 
 of the Navy. other than the national ensign, is a flag or pennant at a mast- 
 head. 
 
 (2) The distinctive mark of the senior on board shall be dis- 
 played, day and night, and shall be carried at the main, except 
 the flag of an admiral, vice admiral, or rear admiral, and the pen- 
 
Ill 
 
 nant of the senior officer present, which sail be carried at the 
 aftermast and starboard after yardarm, respectively. 
 
 (3) No flags or pennants other than those prescribed in these 
 regulations or the signal book shall be displayed on board any ship 
 of the Navy as a personal honor to any person or for the purpose 
 of indicating the presence of such person on board, and all flags 
 or pennants thus displayed shall conform strictly to the patterns 
 laid down in the signal book. 
 
 (4) In two-masted ships all such flags and pennants shall be Where dls- 
 displayed from the main ; in single-masted ships from the truck ; played * 
 
 and in mastless ships from the loftiest and most conspicuous hoist. 
 (Art. 322.) 
 
 322. 
 
 (1) Except as prescribed in paragraph 2 of this article, no Personal flags 
 personal flag of any official shall ever be displayed at the same e J3|JiJ w 
 masthead with any national ensign. Whenever such double dis- 
 play is required under these regulations, in dressing ship or 
 
 during a visit aboard of any foreign official, the personal lias;' or 
 pennant shall be displayed at the fore while the national ensign 
 is hoisted at the main. In dressing ship, the personal flag or pen- 
 nant shall be shifted to the fore during such period of dressing, 
 and no national ensign shall then be flown from that masthead. 
 This provision shall be complied with in dressing ship in honor 
 of our own country by shifting the personal flag or broad pennant 
 forward and displaying our own ensign at the main. 
 
 (2) A personal flag or broad pennant at a masthead where a 
 national flag is shown during a gun salute shall be lowered until 
 clear of the national flag, during the salute. 
 
 (3) When the personal flag of the President of the United 
 States, or of the Secretary of the Navy, of the Assistant Secretary 
 of the Navy is flying aboard any ship of the Navy, any other per- 
 sonal flag or pennant shall be hoisted at the foremast. Should 
 two or more of the above-named officials visit a ship at the same 
 time, the flag of the senior only shall be displayed. 
 
 323. 
 
 (1) The national ensign on board a ship of the Navy at anchor When the na- 
 shall be hoisted at 8 a. m. and kept flying until sunset. Whenever * Jj° a " f i)| n8 df 8 " 
 a ship comes to anchor or gets under way, if there is sufficient played. 
 
 light for the ensign to be seen, it shall be hoisted, although earlier 
 or later than the time specified. Unless there are good reasons 
 to the contrary, the ensign shall be displayed when falling in with 
 other ships of war or when near the land, and especially when 
 passing or approaching forts, lighthouses, or towns. 
 
 (2) When two or more vessels of the first rate are in company Size of colors 
 in port, the senior officer present shall, at 7.45 a. m., make a by signal? 6 ' 
 
112 
 
 preparatory signal, giving the size of colors to be hoisted for the 
 day; if made during the day, colors shall be shifted when the 
 signal is hauled down. Jacks, flag, and senior officers' flags and 
 pennants, and commission pennants, corresponding in size to 
 the colors, shall be flown. 
 
 (3) The national ensign shall be displayed on shore from 8 
 a. m. to sunset at every shore station under the jurisdiction of the 
 Navy Department, at such point as the commandant thereof 
 may direct, and, except as specified in the following sentence, at 
 that point only. Where there exist outlying reservations under 
 the command of such commandant, which lie so far from the 
 main reservation that their governmental character is not clearly 
 indicated by the display of the ensign at such main reservation, 
 the commandant shall direct the national ensign to be displayed 
 at such point on each such outlying reservation as he may deem 
 desirable. 
 
 324. 
 
 When the (1) When at anchor the union jack shall be flown from 
 be displayed. * the J* ack staff from morning colors to evening colors. 
 
 (2) The jack hoisted at the fore is a signal for a pilot. A gun 
 may be fired to call attention to it. 
 
 (3) The jack hoisted at the mizzen or at a yardarm denotes 
 that a general court-martial or court of inquiry is in session. It 
 is to be hoisted (and, if in port, a gun fired) when the court 
 meets and to be hauled down when the court adjourns. 
 
 «■ 
 
 325. 
 
 National en- The national ensign shall be displayed from boats belonging to 
 sign in boats. naval ships (i) between 8 a. m. and sunset in a foreign port, 
 when away from the ship. 
 
 (2) When the ship is dressed and in such boats as are water 
 borne. 
 
 (3) In a home port when boarding a foreign vessel. 
 
 (4) At such other times as may be prescribed by the command- 
 ing officer. 
 
 326. 
 
 ~ # F1 * a S? ? fflcer ! When two or more flag officers of the same grade meet, the 
 
 of tie sane ° ° ' 
 
 grade. senior only shall fly the blue flag, and all others the red. 
 
 327. 
 
 Senior officer's When two or more ships of the Navy are together, with no 
 
 pennan . distinctive flag of a flag officer or division commander flying, 
 
 the senior officer's pennant shall be displayed at the starboard 
 
113 
 
 after yardarm of the senior ship, in addition to the narrow pen- 
 nant at the main. 
 
 328. 
 
 (1) An officer in command of a naval station shall fly his Flag or pen- 
 flag or broad pennant, or senior officer's pennant, on the receiving <?S mm audita 
 ship, if there be one ; and if not, at some conspicuous and suit- naval station, 
 able place within the limits of his command, without regard 
 to any flags or pennants of officers in command afloat. 
 
 (2) When cruising ships, attached to a regularly organized fleet, Flag of officers 
 
 *lflO*lt". fit ft HAT V 
 
 are lying at a naval station, the senior officer of such ships shall yAT ^ 
 fly the senior officer's flag or pennant without reference to the 
 flag or pennant of the commanding officer of the shore station, 
 except that a division commander shall not replace his flag or 
 pennant by the pennant of the senior officer present. The senior 
 officer present's pennant, when thus hoisted, indicates the senior 
 officer of the fleet present, and shall not relieve the commandant 
 of his duties as senior officer present for vessels not attached to 
 such fleet. If vessels attached to two or more regularly organ- 
 ized fleets or squadrons are lying at the same naval station, the 
 senior officer of them all only shall hoist the pennant of the 
 senior officer present, but the senior officer present in each fleet 
 or squadron shall perforin the duties of that office for all vessels 
 of the fleet or squadron to which he Is attached. 
 
 320. 
 
 (1) When in a port of the United States, on the occasion of Flag of an of- 
 
 ~ , . , fleer absent from 
 
 the absence of a flag officer from his command afloat for a his command 
 period exceeding twenty-four hours, his flag shall be hauled down, temporarily, 
 and the command shall devolve upon the line officer next in rank 
 present in the fleet, squadron, or division, subject to any direc- 
 tions from the flag officer. 
 
 (2) If in a foreign port, the same officer shall succeed to the com- 
 mand, and the flag shall be displayed from the ship in which the 
 temporary commander is embarked, but without firing a salute. 
 172, par. 5.) 
 
 (3) When the command is temporarily transferred in accord- 
 ance with the provisions of this article, the business of the com- 
 mand shall be carried on, if practicable, through the office of 
 the absent flag officer, in order that the records may be kept con- 
 tinuous and complete. 
 
 330. 
 
 Any flag or other officer in command, afloat or at a naval Boat flags or 
 
 pennants. 
 
 station, and any chief of staff when acting in behalf of his flag 
 officer, shall, upon official occasions and visits, carry on a staff 
 
114 
 
 at the bow of the boat in which he is embarked a flag or broad 
 or narrow pennant according to his rank. 
 
 331. 
 
 Pemi ants of ( 1 ) An officer not a flag officer duly appointed to the command 
 maidens?" com " of a division and not in command of a ship, shall carry the divi- 
 sion pennant at all times at the masthead, and in the bow of a 
 boat in which he is embarked officially. 
 
 (2) An officer in command of a ship and temporarily designated 
 to command a division, shall not carry the division pennant at 
 the masthead, nor in the bow of a boat, when separated from the 
 fleet, squadron, or station to which he belongs. 
 
 332. 
 
 Ships not in An officer of the Navy commanding a ship engaged otherwise 
 
 TT ti i t p i\ m ntf^ 
 
 service. than in the service of the United States shall not display a pennant 
 
 or flag of command at the masthead or in the bow of a boat. 
 
 333. 
 
 Officer in a A flag or commanding officer, when embarked in a boat without 
 his distinctive flag or pen 
 in an unofficial capacity. 
 
 flag or °pennan? nis distinctive flag or pennant flying, shall be considered as present 
 
 334. 
 
 Mark upon the The boat of a flag officer or commodore shall carry on each 
 offlc er ° or* com- bow, in gilt, the stars as arranged in his flag or pennant, and, on 
 modore. tile en( j of t ke flag and pennant staffs a gilt lance head. 
 
 335. 
 
 Marks npon The boats of other officers in command shall carry a gilt arrow 
 maiding "officer". on eacn D0W - If tne officer in command be of the grade of cap- 
 tain, a gilt ball shall be carried on the end of the boat pennant 
 and flag staffs; if a commander, a gilt star; if of lower rank, 
 flat truck. 
 
 336. 
 
 insignia of No personal flag or pennant of any officer of the Navy shall 
 haTSa^t'ed.^ 11911 be half-masted when displayed either from ships or boats, ex- 
 cept upon the decease of the officer. 
 
 337. 
 
 Distinctive (1) When the President of the United States, the Secretary of 
 matic function" tlle Nav - Y ' or the Assistant Secretary, is embarked in a ship's 
 aries. boat, his flag shall be displayed in the bow of the boat, except 
 
 when otherwise requested by him. 
 
 i 
 
115 
 
 (2) When a diplomatic official of the United States of and 
 above the rank of charge d'affaires pays an official visit afloat 
 in a boat of the Navy, the union jack of a suitable size shall be 
 carried on a staff in the bow. 
 
 (3) When the naval governor of Guam, Tutuila, or the Virgin 
 Islands of United States, is embarked in a boat, within the limits 
 of his Government, for the purpose of paying visits of ceremony 
 in his official capacity as governor, a union jack of suitable size 
 shall.be carried on a staff in the bow of the boat. 
 
 (4) When a consular representative of the United States pays 
 an official visit afloat in a boat of the Navy, the consular flag- 
 shall be displayed on a staff in the bow. 
 
 338. 
 
 (1) The following ceremonies shall be observed at " colors " na Jfonai rS cnsfen 
 on board ships in commission : The field music, guard of the day, at 8 a. m. 
 
 and the band, if there be one, shall be present. At morning 
 " colors " the band shall play the National Anthem, at the begin- 
 ning of which the ensign shall be started up and hoisted smartly 
 to the peak or truck. All officers and men shall face the ensign 
 and render the salute required by article 230 (2), and the guard 
 of the day and sentries under arms shall come to the position of 
 " present " while the National Anthem is being played. If there 
 be no band available, the field music shall sound the "colors," 
 call in place of the National Anthem, and the same salute shall 
 be rendered as when the National Anthem is played. Honors to 
 foreign ensigns shall be rendered in the same manner as the above, 
 substituting the appropriate national air. 
 
 (2) The same ceremonies shall be observed at sunset "colors," 
 the ensign being started from the peak or truck at the beginning 
 of the National Anthem. The ensign shall not be lowered 
 hurriedly. 
 
 (3) At naval stations the same ceremonies shall be observed At naval sta- 
 as closely as possible. 
 
 (4) The same honors shall be rendered at "colors" to foreign 
 ensigns, except that where such honors should be rendered simul- 
 taneously to our own and to foreign ensigns, the precedence shall 
 be given to our own. 
 
 339. 
 
 In half-masting the ensign it shall, if not previously hoisted, H mf -masting 
 
 the ensign 
 
 be first hoisted to the truck or peak with the usual ceremonies and 
 then lowered to half-mast. Before lowering from half-mast it 
 shall be first hoisted to the truck or peak and then lowered with 
 the usual ceremonies. 
 
116 
 
 340. 
 
 Motions of the Upon all occasions on board ship or at naval stations of hoist- 
 be" followed! in S> lowering, or half-masting the colors, or displaying the union 
 jack, the motions of the senior officer present in sight shall be 
 followed. 
 
 341. 
 
 Answering a When any vessel salutes a ship of the Navy by dipping her 
 dip * national ensign it shall be returned dip for dip. If before 8 a. m. 
 
 or after sunset the colors shall be hoisted, the dip returned, and, 
 after a suitable interval, the colors hauled down. 
 
 342. 
 
 Colors to be (1) A ship of the Navy entering port at night shall hoist her 
 
 10WI 
 
 light. 
 
 ay " ensign at daylight for a short period, to enable the authorities of 
 
 the port and ships of war present to determine her nationality. 
 It is customary for other ships of war to show their colors in 
 return. 
 Man-of-war (2) At night when approaching an anchorage where men-of-war 
 lg s * are likely to be found, all ships shall hoist at the peak two white 
 
 lights in a vertical line. When at anchor in port and sighting an 
 incoming vessel making this display of lights, United States ships 
 at anchor shall answer such signal by hoisting the same display. 
 
 343. 
 
 Ships with less On board a ship where, for want of masts, the distinctive mark 
 an ree mas s. of command can not be displayed as prescribed, it shall be hoisted 
 in the most conspicuous position possible. Under similar circum- 
 stances the position of a national ensign during a salute will be 
 modified as may be necessary, following the spirit of the rules 
 herein laid down, but its display must not be omitted. (Arts. 321 
 and 322.) 
 
 Section 10. — Visits of Ceeemony. 
 
 344. 
 
 Arrival of When the President of the United States, the Secretary of 
 tary of Navy, or the Navy, or the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, away from 
 Assistant Secre- tlie seat of government, arrives for a visit in the vicinity of a 
 naval station or of a port in which there is a naval vessel, the 
 senior officer present shall send an officer to ask officially for 
 instructions, and shall himself officially call, if the duration of 
 Buch visit permits. 
 
 
117 
 
 34i 
 
 The following rules, in which the maritime powers generally interchange of 
 have concurred, shall be observed by all officers of the Navy in 
 regard to the interchange of visits with officers of friendly foreign 
 ships of war in all ports. Their observance by foreign officers may 
 be expected : 
 
 (a) The senior officer in port, whatever may be his rank, shall. Boarding vis- 
 upon the arrival of a foreign ship of war, send an officer to such 
 ship to offer the customary courtesies. In case two or more ships 
 of the same nation arrive in company, then the visit shall be made 
 to the senior ship only. 
 
 (&) When such a visit is made to a ship of the Navy an officer ^friin^^Mt * 
 shall be sent to return it at once. 
 
 (c) Within twenty-four hours of arrival, the flag or other officer 0fflcial visits; 
 in chief command of the arriving ship or ships shall visit the same grade. 
 flag or other officer in chief command of the foreign ship or ships 
 
 present in port, if the latter be his equal or superior in grade. 
 Such a visit made to a ship of the Navy shall be returned within 
 twenty-four hours. 
 
 (d) In the case of officers of different grades the junior shall Officers of dlf- 
 pay the first visit, the same limits of time being observed as to the 
 
 visit and its return. 
 
 (e) All flag officers shall return visits of officers of the grade of Beturn visits of 
 
 tluii officers 
 captain and of those of superior grades. They shall send their 
 
 chief Of staff to return the calls of commanders or other junior 
 
 commanding officers. 
 
 (/") Captains and commanding officers of junior grades shall Beturn visits of 
 return all visits made to them by commanding officers, whatever cers!"""' 
 their grade. 
 
 (ff) In the case of two or more ships arriving in port or lying Visits of pop- 
 
 i_ j.-, . -. , mandiup officers 
 
 m port when another ship arrives, and after the interchange of other than the 
 visits between the senior officers shall have taken place, the cap- IJgJeiit * offlcers 
 tains or other officers in command of the several ships of war 
 arriving shall call upon the flag officer, the captains, and other 
 officers in command of the ships Of war in port, who will return 
 the visits with the exceptions mentioned in paragraph (c) above. 
 
 346. 
 
 Wardroom officers of a ship of the Navy arriving in port shall, visits of ward- 
 
 ' room officers, 
 after the interchange of the usual visits by their own and other 
 
 commanding officers, call upon commanding and wardroom officers 
 
 of other ships of war in port, when such visits, in the opinion 
 
 of their commanding officer, are usual or desirable, and will 
 
 probably be returned. The officers to make the visits shall be 
 
 designated by the commanding officer. 
 
 183841°— 20 9 
 
118 
 
 347. 
 
 Modifications The visits of ceremony prescribed in articles 345 and 346 are 
 visits." eS or those regularly tendered by officers of the principal maritime 
 nations. In view of the large number of such visits which must 
 sometimes be made under those rules, when a considerable number 
 of ships are assembled, the following modifications thereof will 
 be carried out : 
 
 (a) When two or more ships of the Navy arrive at a port where 
 there is a United States naval station, or where there is stationed 
 a force of marines who are not attached to a naval station, or 
 when two or more ships meet two or more other ships of the 
 United. States Navy, visits shall only be exchanged between the 
 senior officers present, ashore and afloat. 
 
 (&) In cases where foreign stations or ships are concerned, 
 the senior officer present shall make such arrangements with the 
 foreign officer or officers in command in regard to the exchange 
 of official visits by subordinates as circumstances, expediency, and. 
 international courtesy may require. 
 
 348. 
 
 ii Jv'ai stations visi ts of ceremony between officers of ships of the Navy and 
 
 and ships. those of foreign naval and military stations, and between officers 
 
 of naval stations and those of foreign ships of war, shall be 
 
 governed by the rules laid down in articles 345, 346. 347. so 
 
 far as officers of the United States Navy are concerned. 
 
 349. 
 
 oflkers 8 of tW the (1) yisits of ceremony in the United States Navy, weather 
 
 Navy- permitting, shall be exchanged by flag officers, by captains, and by 
 
 commanding officers afloat as soon as practicable after meeting or 
 upon arriving within communicating distance. In all cases the 
 junior shall make the first visit, and it shall be returned within 24 
 hours. Flag officers are not required to return the visits of officers 
 under their command, except in the case of visits of other flag- 
 officers. 
 
 maniiants! C ° m " < 2 ) Tlie sam e visits shall be exchanged by commanding officers 
 afloat and commandants of naval stations as soon as practicable 
 after the arrival of a ship at a navy yard or within convenient 
 boating distance therefrom. With foreign vessels arriving within 
 the limits of a naval station, visits shall be exchanged when 
 practicable, regardless of distance. 
 
 tosy iSitS ° f e ° Ur " ^ An officer J° inin §' a slli P or naval station shall, in addition 
 to reporting for duty, make a visit of courtesy to his commanding 
 officer or commandant within 4S hours after joining. 
 
119 
 
 (4) Where a Marine Corps force is stationed at a port and is 
 not a part of a navy yard or station, the same official calls shall 
 be exchanged between the commanding officer thereof and the 
 senior naval officer afloat as prescribed in paragraph (2) of this 
 article. 
 
 350. 
 
 Whenever a ship of the Navy arrives in waters adjacent to a Arrival of ships 
 naval station of the United States, the senior officer present shall {° comiuaSJt^. 
 immediately notify the commandant, by telegram or by radiogram, 
 of her arrival, and shall forward to him copies of the orders under 
 which the ship is acting, unless such orders are secret, in which 
 case the commandant shall be informed of the fact. As soon as 
 her probable date and hour of departure have been determined, 
 the senior officer present shall immediately notify the commandant 
 thereof. (Arts. 859, 2046.) 
 
 351. 
 
 Upon arrival in a foreign port where there are diplomatic or Visits between 
 consular officers of the United States the following rules in regard "n d "dipiomatio 
 to visits of ceremony shall be observed by officers of the Navy: * n(l consular ©f- 
 
 fleers. 
 
 (a) A flag officer or commodore shall pay the first visit to a A flag officer 
 
 diplomatic office* of or above the rank of charge d'affaires. He or commodore - 
 will receive the first visit from consular officers. 
 
 (b) A commanding officer shall pay the first visit to a diplo- A commanding 
 matic officer of or above the rank of charge d'affaires and to a ° mcer - 
 consul general. He will receive the first visit from other consular 
 
 officers. (245, par. 3.) 
 
 (c) Diplomatic and consular officers in charge of legations or Arrival in port 
 consulates shall be notified of the arrival of the ship in port. 
 
 (d) The senior officer present, when notified, shall, if necessary, Its Boats for VIS " 
 arrange to furnish a suitable boat to enable a diplomatic or con- 
 sular officer to pay official visits afloat. A commanding officer 
 
 shall, when notifying these officials of his arrival, offer them a 
 passage to the ship at such time as they may select. 
 
 352. 
 
 Flag and commanding officers of the Navy shall, in foreign Visits of cour- 
 . . .. ... .... ,. . j. tesy to foreign 
 
 ports, pay such visits to foreign, civil, military, diplomatic, con- officials. 
 
 sular, and other officials as custom and courtesy may demand. 
 
 353. 
 
 Flag officers and commodores may expect a return visit in Beturn visits. 
 /. ,, . ,. Return visits 
 
 person from foreign governors and other high civil, military, and of foreign offi- 
 
 dipiomatic officials. Other commanding officers may expect such cials " 
 
120 
 
 return visits to be made by an aid-de-camp or other suitable 
 officer designated for that ptlrpose. 
 
 354. 
 
 Visits of cere- In ports of the United States, whether within the continental 
 
 officers' ot' tW the Hmits, outlying territories, or in the insular possessions, visits of 
 
 Navy and of the ceremony between officers of the Navy and Army will be governed 
 
 by the rules laid down in articles 345, 346, 347 for such visits 
 
 between officers of the Navy and those of friendly foreign ships 
 
 of war. 
 
 355. 
 
 Between offi- The following rules shall be observed by officers of the Navy 
 
 pare (\f tllf* iVftW 
 
 and governors of in regard to interchange of visits with the governors of United 
 
 United states in- states insular possessions and outlying territories : 
 
 sular possessions, ° 
 
 etc. (a) When a naval vessel or group of vessels arrives at a port of 
 
 an island or group of islands or outlying possessions of the United 
 
 States where there is a governor general or governor, holding a 
 
 commission or appointment as such from the President of the 
 
 United States, the commander in chief or senior commanding 
 
 officer of such vessel or group of vessels shall, within 24 hours 
 
 of arrival, make the first visit upon such governor general or 
 
 governor. 
 
 (b) In case of the temporary absence of such governor general 
 or governor from his post the official duly acting in his stead shall 
 receive the same courtesies. 
 
 (c) Should such governor general or governor find that from 
 indisposition or pressure of important business he is unable to 
 make or return the prescribed visits in person, he will depute 
 his aid or some other official to do so. In like manner should a 
 naval commander in chief or senior commanding officer find that 
 from indisposition or pressing occupation he is unable to make 
 the prescribed visits, he will depute an officer of his staff to do 
 so. In each case the officer failing to make the prescribed visit 
 in person will report the circumstances and state the reasons 
 which led to the omission of the visit to the department under 
 which he is acting. 
 
 356. 
 
 Return visits. Official visits shall be retained within 24 hours when practicable. 
 
 357. 
 
 Boarding men ^) The guard ship of the senior division present shall send 
 oi vfar. 
 
 an officer to board incoming men-of-war, except flagships and ves- 
 sels attached to the fleet. Flagships shall be boarded by a lino 
 
121 
 
 officer on the staff of the commander in chief or the senior flag 
 officer present. 
 
 (2) The guard ship of the senior division present shall also Boarding mer- 
 send an officer or competent chief petty officer to board all mer- jSj esselsaml 
 chant vessels or yachts flying American colors found in or ar- 
 riving at foreign ports ; also all vessels which are probably carry- 
 ing mail for the fleet. If no flag officer be present, this boarding 
 
 visit shall be made by the guard ship of the day. 
 
 (3) The following summary of information in regard to mer- information to 
 chant ships or yachts shall be obtained by boarding officers, Joarding office« y 
 and boarding books must conform thereto : 
 
 (a) Name, nationality, and kind oi' vo>s<-d. 
 
 (b) Name of owner (if a yacht) and whether or not he is on 
 board, the name of the master, and the number of crew. 
 
 (c) Tonnage and cargo. 
 
 (d) Place from, time out, and kind of passage. 
 
 (e) Probable date of departure from port and port then bound 
 for. 
 
 (/") Any casualties, extraordinary events on the passage, gen- 
 eral route taken; ships. t'«»g, ice, etc., encountered. 
 
 ig) General remarks. 
 
 In case of a man-of-war substitute in U " Name and rank of 
 the commanding officer, and. if a flagship, of the flag officer," and 
 omit c. 
 
 In case of a merchant vessel, the fad of her carrying mail, 
 with the destination of such mail, shall be entered under "Gen- 
 eral remarks." 
 
 (4) The date and place at which the boarding visit was made 
 shall be noted in every case and the signature and rank of the 
 boarding officer appended. 
 
 (5) Immediately after boarding a vessel the boarding officer. Report of 
 
 boarding officer. 
 
 shall report on board the flagship of the commander in chief or 
 the ship of the senior officer present, and there enter in the board- 
 ing book a full record of the visit, and shall sign his name and 
 rank to the same. 
 
 SiXTTON 11. — Anniversaries, Soi.km m i ii.s. and Holidays. 
 358. 
 
 (1) On the 22d of February and 4th of July every ship of the Observance of 
 Navy in commission, not under way, shall full-dress ship at 8 a. m. versaries of the 
 and remain so dressed until sunset ; at noon saluting ships shall IJnlted states, 
 tire a national salute. At sea the same salute shall be fired with 
 the ensign at the peak. At naval stations the ensign shall 
 be displayed from 8 a. m. to sunset, and at noon a national salute 
 shall be fired. (Art. 322.) 
 
122 
 
 Weather unfa- (2) If, in the opinion of the seuior officer present, the weather 
 is so bad as to make " full-dressing " inadvisable, " dressing " 
 may be substituted, and, if necessary, these flags may be hauled 
 down after being hoisted. 
 
 Memorial Day. (3) Memorial Day, May 30, shall be observed by the suspen- 
 sion of all unnecessary work, drills, and exercises ; at noon a salute 
 of twenty-one minute guns shall be fired by all saluting vessels 
 in commission and naval stations, during which the ensign shall 
 be at half-mast. Detachments from vessels in United States ports 
 and naval stations shall, in the discretion of the senior officer 
 present, take part in memorial parades in the immediate vicinity, 
 if requested by competent authority, if it can be done without 
 land transportation or other expense to the Government. 
 
 Postponement (4) when the 22d of February. 30th of May, or 4th of July 
 oyer Sunday. 
 
 occurs on Sunday, all special ceremonies shall be postponed until 
 
 the following day. 
 
 359. 
 
 Notification of Upon the celebration of a national anniversary of the United 
 intended cele- ^ . . . _ , .,. ^.. 
 
 b r a t i o n to be States, or upon observing any national solemnity, in a foreign 
 
 authorities pres° P ort or in P resence °f a foreign ship or ships of war, due notice 
 
 eat* of the time and manner of conducting the celebration or solemnity 
 
 shall be given by the senior officer to the port authorities and to 
 
 the senior officer of the foreign ship or ships of each nationality 
 
 present. Should any foreign authorities or ships participate in 
 
 any such celebration or solemnity, by firing salutes or otherwise, 
 
 an officer shall be sent, upon its completion, to return thanks for 
 
 the courtesy. 
 
 360. 
 
 Participation Upon the occasion of the celebration of their national anniver- 
 by ships of the ^ 
 
 Navy in celebra- saries by the authorities of ships of war of a friendly foreign 
 
 national anntrfiv nation in foreign or domestic ports, ships of the Navy present 
 saries * shall, on official intimation being received by the senior officer, 
 
 " full-dress " or " dress " ship, with the foreign national ensign 
 at the main, and fire such salutes as are fired by the foreign au- 
 thorities or ships, not, however, to exceed twenty-one guns, unless 
 the senior officer present deems it necessary to fire a larger num- 
 ber in order to participate properly in the celebration or solem- 
 nity, to show proper courtesy to the nation complimented, or to 
 avoid giving offense. Under similar circumstances, ships of the 
 Navy shall participate in the observance of national solemnities 
 of foreign States. Upon all such occasions efforts shall be made 
 to accord, so far as possible, with the foreign authorities in the 
 time and manner of conducting the ceremonies. (Art. 322.) 
 
123 
 
 361. 
 
 (1) The 1st of January, the 22d of February, the 30th of May, National holi- 
 the 4th of July, the first Monday in September, the 25th of Decern- dajs * 
 ber, and such other days as may be designated by the President 
 
 (including- the day for National Thanksgiving) shall be regarded 
 as holidays on board ships of the Navy and at naval stations. Of 
 these, only the 22(1 of February and the 4th of July shall be ob- 
 served ceremoniously. 
 
 , (2) Whenever any of the above-designated dates falls on Sun- 
 day, the following Monday shall be observed as a holiday. 
 
 Section 12. — Funekal Oekemoxiks. 
 
 362. 
 
 (1) Upon the receipt of official intelligence of the death of the On the death 
 
 of the President. 
 President of the United States, the senior officer shall direct that 
 
 on the following day the ensign and union jack be displayed at 
 
 half-mast from sunrise to sunset, and guns fired every half hour 
 
 during this period, from all ships present. Similar orders shall 
 
 be given at naval stations. 
 
 (2) Upon the receipt of official intelligence of the death of the ou the death 
 
 Vice President of the United States, the Secretary or the Assistant MeS® thfs^re- 
 
 Secretary of the Navy, the senior officer shall direct that on theory or Assistant 
 
 Secretary of the 
 following day the ensign and union jack be displayed at half-mast Navy. 
 
 from 8 a. m. to sunset and minute guns fired at noon by all salut- 
 ing ships present, the number of guns to be the same as that con- 
 tained in the respective salutes to the above-named officials. Simi- 
 lar orders shall be given at all naval stations. 
 
 (3) A civil official who was entitled to a salute is entitled to Death of a 
 minute guns at his funeral. Whenever a naval station or a ship of c ? 
 
 the Navy joins in the funeral honors of a civil official of the Gov- 
 ernment, other than as prescribed in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, the 
 ensign and union jack shall be displayed at half-mast from 8 a. m. 
 to sunset, and minute guns, not exceeding in number his official 
 salute, shall be fired by the naval station and one of the saluting 
 ships present, when the funeral cortege moves, if at the port where 
 the funeral occurs ; otherwise at noon. 
 
 363. 
 
 On the death of an officer in the Navy the following ceremonies Death of naval 
 shall be observed: offlcer ' 
 
 (a) If the deceased was at the time of his death a flag officer A- fla ? officer, 
 in command afloat or on shore, his flag or broad pennant shall be 
 displayed at half-mast until sun-et of the day of the funeral or of 
 
124 
 
 the removal of the body ; the ensign and union jack of all ships 
 present and at naval stations in sight shall be displayed at half- 
 mast between 8 a. m. and sunset during the same period, unless at 
 sea. During the transfer of the body to the place of interment or, 
 if at sea, during the funeral, minute guns shall be fired, not exceed- 
 ing in number the salute. At sunset on the day of the funeral or 
 of the transfer of the body of the deceased from the flagship or 
 scene of command, his flag or broad pennant shall be rounded up 
 with the ensign and hauled down. Like ceremonies shall be car- 
 ried out in case the deceased be a general officer of the Marine 
 Corps, in command. 
 
 Commanding (&) jf the deceased was the commanding officer of a ship, his 
 officer of a ship. ' ■ s 
 
 pennant shall be displayed at half-mast until sunset of the day of 
 
 the funeral or removal of the body from' the ship ; the ensign and 
 union jack of all ships present and at naval stations in sight shall 
 be displayed at half-mast from the beginning of the funeral serv- 
 ice until sunset of that day, unless at sea. During the transfer of 
 the body to the place of interment or, if at sea, during the funeral, 
 minute guns shall be fired, not exceeding seven in number. At 
 sunset on the day of the funeral or transfer of the body from the 
 ship, the pennant shall be rounded up with the ensign and retained 
 at the masthead as the insignia of command of the deceased offi- 
 cer's successor. Like ceremonies shall be carried out in case the 
 deceased be an officer of the Marine Corps in command. 
 
 A commis- (c) If the deceased officer was a commissioned officer of the 
 
 sioned officer. ^ , 
 
 ]Navy or Marine Corps, other than those mentioned in para- 
 graphs a and & of this article, the ensign and union jack of all 
 ships present and at naval stations in sight shall be displayed at 
 half-mast during the funeral service and until the return of 
 the escort, or for an hour after the transfer of the body from the 
 ship should the escort have returned within such period. 
 A midshipman, (d) If the deceased was a midshipman, warrant officer, or 
 
 cierk^or mate*' mate, the ensign and union jack of all ships present and at 
 naval stations in sight shall be displayed at half-mast during the 
 funeral service and the transfer of the body from the ship and 
 for one hour afterwards. 
 
 364. 
 
 An enlisted On the death of any petty officer or person of inferior rating, the 
 ensign and union jack of all ships present and at naval stations 
 in sight shall be displayed at half-mast during the funeral service 
 and the transfer of the body to the shore. 
 
 36 
 
 o. 
 
 Minnte gnns On the occasion of the funeral of a flag officer or commodore 
 posts. y rmy near a garrisoned fort of the United States, the commanding 
 
125 
 
 officer thereof shall be duly notified of the time of the funeral, 
 and minute guns, not exceeding in number the officer's salute. 
 may be expected to be fired from the fort when the cortege moves 
 after landing. 
 
 366. 
 
 When at sea the ship shall always be hove to and the ensign 
 displayed at half-mast during any funeral service and while 
 committing the body to the deep. Any further display of the 
 ensign at half-mast while at sea shall be regulated according 
 to circumstances by the senior officer present. (Art. 908 (3).) 
 
 Burial at sea. 
 
 36 7. 
 
 (1) An escort under arms shall accompany the funeral cortege Volleys to be 
 of any officer or enlisted man to the place of interment, and after JjjJ by the cs " 
 the funeral service fire three volleys of musketry over the body. 
 
 in foreign ports, when permission can nor be obtained to land 
 an armed escort, the volleys should be fired over the body after 11 
 has been lowered into the boat alongside; at sea, alter committing 
 the body to the deep. 
 
 (2) When the funeral ceremonies of an officer or official take Funeral cs- 
 place at, or in the immediate vicinity of, a naval station, or in a corts * 
 
 port where a naval force is lying or where the remains are con- 
 veyed through such place en route to the place of burial, the 
 strength of the escort shall be as indicated below, so far as the 
 naval force available can furnish it. When the funeral cere- 
 monies occur in the city of Washington, or at any other place than 
 those herein provided for, the escort will be as ordered by the 
 Navy Department. 
 
 (a) Secretary of the Navy: Three battalions of Infantry of 
 four companies each and two battalions of Artillery of two bat- 
 teries each, each battery to consist of two platoons. 
 
 (&) Admiral: Three battalions of Infantry of four companies 
 each and one battalion of Artillery of two batteries, each battery 
 to consist of two platoons. 
 
 (c) Assistant Secretary of the Navy or Vice Admiral : Two 
 battalions of Infantry of four companies each and one battalion 
 of Artillery of two batteries, each battery to consist of two 
 platoons. 
 
 (d) Rear Admiral: Two battalions of Infantry of four com- 
 panies each and one battery of Artillery of two platoons. 
 
 (e) Commodore: Two battalions of Infantry of four companies 
 each and one platoon of Artillery. 
 
 (/) Captain: Eight companies of Infantry. 
 (g) Commander: Six companies of Infantry. 
 
126 
 
 (70 Lieutenant commander: Four companies of Infantry. 
 
 (/) Lieutenant: Two companies of Infantry. 
 
 (./) Lieutenant (junior grade), ensign, or chief warrant officer: 
 One company of Infantry. 
 
 ( k ) Midshipman, warrant officer, or mate : One section of In- 
 fantry. 
 
 (I) Chief petty officer: Sixteen men, commanded by a chief 
 petty officer. 
 
 (m) First, second, or third class petty officer: Twelve men, 
 commanded by a petty officer of the same class as the deceased. 
 
 (n) All other enlisted men: Eight men, commanded by a third- 
 class petty officer. 
 
 (o) A band shall, when available, form part of the funeral 
 cortege of the Secretary of the Navy, Assistant Secretary, and 
 commissioned officers, or on other occasions when deemed ap- 
 propriate by the senior officer present. 
 
 (3) The funeral escort for officers and men of the Marine Corps 
 shall be the same as given above for the corresponding rank. 
 
 (4) When there is not a sufficient force available to form the 
 funeral escort as designated in paragraph 2 of this article, such 
 escort shall be composed of as many men as practicable, up to 
 the limits indicated. 
 
 (5) There shall be six pallbearers, who shall be selected from 
 the same rank as the deceased if practicable. 
 
 (6) The funeral escort shall be commanded by an officer of the 
 same rank as the deceased if practicable: if no officer of that 
 grade be available, then an officer of the highest practicable rank 
 in a lower grade will be selected for this duty. 
 
 368. 
 
 Burial at Funeral honors shall not be paid between sunset and sunrise. 
 night. 
 
 When it is necessary to bury the dead at night, such funeral 
 
 services as are practicable shall take place. 
 
 369. 
 
 Funeral in a When a death occurs in a foreign port among the officers or 
 oreign po ^ w of & g ^ of ^ N avy the procedure given in article 908 (3) 
 
 shall be observed. Should burial be necessary the senior officer 
 shall arrange with the local authorities, through the consul, if 
 there be one, otherwise directly, for the interment of the body: 
 and shall also obtain permission for an armed escort to land. If 
 the deceased was a commissioned officer, notice shall be sent to the 
 senior foreign naval officials present and the proper local officials 
 of the time and place of the funeral. 
 
127 
 
 370. 
 
 The pallbearers shall march at the side of the hearse or pall, Pallbearers, 
 the junior to the left and leading, the next junior to the right 
 and leading, and so on. If a sufficient number of foreign officers 
 of suitable rank attend the funeral, they may be invited to serve 
 as additional pallbearers ; they will occupy the same relative posi- 
 tions, but outside of the first mentioned. Eight men shall be se- Body bearers, 
 lected to serve as body bearers, and shall march immediately 
 behind the body. 
 
 371. 
 
 If the deceased was a flag officer or captain of u sbip, his flag Flag or pen- 
 or pennant shall be draped in mourning and displayed at half- "cJUd? * *" 
 mast in the bow of the boat carrying the body. The flag or 
 pennant shall also be carried immediately in advance of the body 
 in the funeral cortege to the grave, but not on the return from 
 the grave. 
 
 372. 
 
 (1) A funeral procession of boats shall move from the ship to Funeral pro- 
 
 v ' * **• • " cession of boats. 
 
 the shore in the following order : 
 
 Band. 
 
 Escort. 
 
 Clergy. 
 
 Body and body bearers. 
 
 Pallbearers. 
 
 Mourners from ship of deceased in inverse order. 
 
 Mourners from other ships in inverse order, junior ships leading. 
 
 Mourners from foreign ships in inverse order, junior ships 
 leading. 
 
 (2) Boats may be formed in more than one column if necessary. 
 
 373. 
 
 A funeral procession on shore shall be formed as follows: Funeral pro- 
 
 „ , cession on shore. 
 
 Band. 
 
 Escort. 
 
 Clergy. 
 
 Body and pallbearers. 
 
 Body bearers. 
 
 Mourners in inverse order of rank : 
 
 (a) Enlisted men. 
 
 ( b ) Officers from ship of deceased. 
 
 (c) Other officers. 
 
 (d) Foreign officers. 
 Distinguished persons. 
 Delegations. 
 Societies. 
 
 Citizens. 
 
nerals. 
 
 cession 
 
 128 
 
 374. 
 
 iM.-uis of fu- officers and pallbearers shall wear the mourning badge on the 
 left arm and sword hilt. The escort only shall be under arms. 
 The ensigns of all boats shall be displayed in the same manner as 
 the ensigns of their respective ships. The distinctive mark of 
 command, except that of the deceased, shall not be displayed at 
 half-mast from ships or boats. Whatever the grade or rate, the 
 coffin shall be covered with the national flag, and in the case of 
 an officer the cap and the side arms of the deceased placed thereon. 
 The national colors carried by a funeral escort shall not be 
 draped except when ordered by the Navy Department for an occa- 
 sion of national mourning. 
 
 375. 
 
 ssion. ng0t Pr °" (!) On the march to the place of interment the procession 
 shall move in common time ; the music shall play a dirge ; the 
 ensign and the ship's battalion color, the latter draped in mourn- 
 ing, shall be carried in the center of the escort; and the drums 
 shall be draped in mourning and muffled. 
 
 (2) In returning from the place of interment the column shall 
 move in quick time, and the mourners march in order of rank. 
 When clear of the cemetery, the mourning and muffling shall be 
 removed from the battalion color and the drums and the music 
 shall play a march. 
 
 376. 
 
 officer ^hea not An officer w ^ese death occurs on shore shall receive the same 
 on sea duty. honors as if it had occurred while on duty at sea. 
 
 377. 
 
 uenera^offieer of t 1 ) 0n recei ™g official intelligence of the funeral of a general 
 the Army or Ma- officer of the Army or Marine Corps at a port where there is a 
 naval station or in which one or more ships of the Navy may be 
 present, the ensigns and union jacks shall be half-masted during 
 the funeral service and until the return of the escort ; and minute 
 guns, not exceeding in number the officer's salute, shall be fired 
 from the naval station and by one of the saluting ships when the 
 funeral cortege moves. 
 eys * (2) Volleys shall be fired for naval or military persons only. 
 
 378. 
 
 diplomatic or On the death in a foreign port of a diplomatic or consular 
 
 consular officer. fR cer f the United States, the senior naval officer present shall, 
 
 with the permission of the local authorities, land an arnied escort. 
 
 direct the attendance of officers and others, and make such other 
 
 funeral arrangements as seem proper and circumstances permit. 
 
129 
 
 379. 
 
 When the senior officer present receives official notice of the Funeral of 
 funeral of a foreign official, he shall detail such officers to attend foreiir " °«e*»i- 
 the funeral, direct such visits of condolence to be made, and make 
 such other dispositions as circumstances warrant or permit and 
 international courtesy demands. 
 
 Section 13. — Naval Reserve. 
 
 380. 
 
 When a vessel is commanded by an officer of the Naval Reserve vessels c o m- 
 Force, the usual honors and ceremonies shall be exchanged in the landed by Naral 
 
 Keserves. 
 
 same manner as if the vessel were commanded by an officer of 
 the regular Navy. 
 
CHAPTER 6. 
 
 THE NAVY DEPARTMENT. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 390-394. Organization. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 395. Quarterly reports of bureaus and offices. 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 396. Expenditure of appropriations. 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 397. Information furnished to persons outside the 
 
 department. 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 398-399. Duties conducted under the supervision of 
 
 the Assistant Secretary of the Navy; the solicitor. 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 400-404. The General Board. 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 405-420. The Board of Inspection and Survey. 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 421-424. The Communication Service. 
 Sec. 9.— Art. 425. Monthly Survey Office. 
 
 Section 1. — Organization. 
 
 390. 
 
 There shall be at the seat of government an executive depart- 
 ment, to be known as the Department of the Navy, and a Secre- Secretary of 
 tary of the Navy, who shall be the head thereof. (Sec. 415, R. S.) the NaT) ' 
 
 391. 
 
 (1) An Assistant Secretary of the Navy is authorized by law. 
 
 who shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Secre- Assistant Sec- 
 
 * ■■ • * j retary of the 
 
 tary of the Navy or required by law. (Acts of July 11, 1890, and Navy. 
 Mar. 3, 1891.) All orders issued by the Assistant Secretary in 
 conducting the duties assigned him shall be considered as emanat- 
 ing from the Secretary and shall have full force and effect as such. 
 
 (2) In case of the absence of the Secretary of the Navy his 
 duties shall be performed by rhe Assistant Secretary of the Navy. 
 (Sec. 177. R. S.) 
 
 392. 
 
 (1) There shall be a Chief of Naval Operations, who shall be an 
 officer on the active list of the Navy appointed by the President, ., Chi «f of NaTa] 
 
 J Operations. 
 
 by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, from among 
 the officers of the line of the Navy, not below the grade of cap- 
 tain, for a period of four years, who shall, under the direction of 
 the Secretary of the Navy, be charged with the operations of the 
 
 (131) 
 
Bureaus. 
 
 132 
 
 fleer, and with the preparation and readiness of plans for its use 
 in war. (Act Mar. 3, 1915.) 
 
 (2) Hereafter the Chief of Naval Operations, while so serving 
 as such Chief of Naval Operations, shall have the rank and title 
 of admiral, to take rank next after the Admiral of the Navy, and 
 shall, while so serving as Chief of Naval Operations, receive the 
 pay of $10,000 per annum and no allowances. All orders issued 
 by the Chief of Naval Operations in performing the duties as- 
 signed him shall be performed under the authority of the Secre- 
 tary of the Navy, and his orders shall be considered as emanat- 
 ing from the Secretary, and shall have full force and effect as 
 such. To assist the Chief of Naval Operations in performing the 
 duties of his office there shall be assigned for this exclusive duty 
 not less than 15 officers of and above the rank of lieutenant com- 
 mander of the Navy or major of the Marine Corps : Provided, 
 That if an officer of the grade of captain be appointed Chief of 
 Naval Operations he shall have the rank and title of admiral, as 
 above provided, while holding that position: Provided farther, 
 That should an officer, while serving as Chief of Naval Opera- 
 tions, be retired from active service he shall be retired with the 
 lineal rank and the retired pay to which he would be entitled 
 had he not been serving as Chief of Naval Operations. (Act Aug. 
 29, 1916.) 
 
 (3) During the temporary absence of the Secretary and the 
 Assistant Secretary of the Navy the Chief of Naval Operations 
 shall be next in succession to act as Secretary of the Navy. (Act 
 Mar. 3, 1915.) 
 
 (4) In the absence of the Secretary of the Navy, the Assistant 
 Secretary and the Chief of Naval Operations, the duties of the 
 Secretary of the Navy shall temporarily devolve upon the several 
 members of his Advisory Council in the order of seniority. 
 
 393. 
 
 (1) The business of the Department of the Navy shall be dis- 
 tributed in such manner as the Secretary of the Navy shall judge 
 to be expedient and proper among the following bureaus: 
 
 First, a Bureau of Yards and Docks. 
 
 Second, a Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 Third, a Bureau of Ordnance. 
 
 Fourth, a Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
 
 Fifth, a Bureau of Engineering. 
 
 Sixth, a Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 Seventh, a Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. (Sec. 419, R. S.) 
 
 c ustodyof (2) The several bureaus shall retain the charge and custody 
 
 records. of -the books of records and accounts pertaining to their respective 
 
 duties, and all of the duties of the bureaus shall be performed 
 
 under the authority of the Secretary of the Navy, and their orders 
 
133 
 
 shall be considered as emanating from him and shall have full 
 force and effect as such. (Sec. 420, R. S.) 
 
 (3) The Judge Advocate General of the Navy shall perform Judge Advocate 
 such duties as may lawfully be required. (Act June 8, 18S0.) 
 
 (4) The Solicitor shall perform such duties as may be assigned Solicitor, 
 by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (5) The General Board of the Navy shall, under the direction General Board. 
 of the Secretary of the Navy, perform such duties as are contained 
 
 in section 6 of this chapter and such other duties as may be pre- 
 scribed from time to time. 
 
 (6) No bureau or office under the jurisdiction of the Navy De- 
 partment shall issue any orders or directions except in connection 
 with duties specifically prescribed for it by law, regulation, or 
 general order, and in order to prevent duplication of work no 
 bureau or office shall create or maintain any office, section, or 
 division occupied on matters other than those for which specific 
 authorization to issue orders is granted such bureau or office. 
 
 (7) Chiefs of bureaus shall issue orders concerning the work Bureaus in 
 of their own bureaus, provided such work is not of a character general. 
 
 to alter the military characteristics of any ship. Any proposed 
 work the performance of which would alter the military char- 
 acteristics of any ship shall be referred to the Secretary of the 
 Navy for decision prior to authorization. 
 
 (.8) Each bureau shall determine upon and require for or have Duties of bu- 
 manufactured all material, apparatus, tools, stores, fuel, transpor- rean8# 
 tation, stationery, blank books, forms, and appliances of every 
 kind needed for its own use in carrying out its duties, as herein- 
 after defined. Each bureau shall be charged with the preserva- 
 tion of the public property, under its cognizance. 
 
 (9) Each bureau shall be charged with all that relates to ithe Equipment of 
 equipment of ships, according to its allowance list from time to 8 p8 ' 
 
 time in force. 
 
 (10) All work done by one bureau for another bureau, including Work done by 
 the construction, alteration, and repair of public works, shall be another™* 11 
 done by the former after approval by, and to the satisfaction of, 
 
 the latter ; and such work shall at all times be open to the inspec- 
 tion of the bureau for which it is done. 
 
 (11) Each bureau shall inspect all material for its use, except inspection of 
 at navy yards, where inspections shall be made as provided for in materIal * 
 article 1612. Controversial questions as to the acceptance of man- 
 ufactured or purchased articles shall be referred to the bureau 
 
 having cognizance. 
 
 (12) Each bureau shall estimate for and defray from its own Defraying 
 funds the cost necessary to carry out its duties as hereinafter 
 
 defined. 
 
 (13) Each bureau shall make nominations for assignment of 
 officers to duty under its cognizance. 
 
 183841°— 20 10 
 
134 
 
 Information (14) Every chief of bureau or head of an office shall furnish 
 for Chief of ^a- 
 val Operations, such information and data as may be called for by the Chief of 
 
 Naval Operations. 
 
 (15) (a). There shall be a mutual exchange of information be- 
 tween the Office of the Chief of Naval Operations and the various 
 technical bureaus regarding the policies of ship movements, ship 
 overhauls, the progress of work in the various technical bureaus, 
 and such other matters as require the cooperation of the respon- 
 sible bureaus with the Office of the Chief of Naval Operations. 
 Conference (ft) when a conference becomes necessary to facilitate the 
 
 with thief of 
 
 Nayai Opera- transaction of business affecting the interests of any bureau or 
 tlons * office, the chief of such bureau or head of such office, when noti- 
 
 fied by the Chief of Naval Operations, shall designate a repre- 
 sentative to attend such conference. 
 
 Work previ- (i6) in every case pertaining to the design, alteration, or 
 o u s 1 y disap- ^ 
 
 proved. repair of ships or equipage wherein any bureau recommends for 
 
 approval any departure from recognized standard practice, or 
 any action at variance with any former decision of the depart- 
 ment, such bureau shall invite the attention of the department to : 
 
 (a) The previous decisions or rulings of the department in 
 regard to the subject in question. 
 
 ( b ) The reasons for recommending any departure from existing 
 practice or any change in policy. 
 
 394. 
 
 Secretary's ad- (!) Tne Secretary's advisory council will be composed of the 
 visory council, following members : 
 
 The Assistant Secretary of the Navy. 
 The Chief of Naval Operations. 
 The Chief of the Bureau of Navigation. 
 The Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance. 
 The Chief of the Bureau of Engineering. 
 The Chief of the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
 The Chief of the Bureau of Yards and Docks. 
 The Chief of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 The Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 The Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 
 The Judge Advocate General of the Navy. 
 
 The Secretary's advisory council will meet every Thursday at 
 
 noon, in the Secretary's office, unless otherwise directed, and at 
 
 such other times as the Secretary may direct. 
 
 Correspondence (2) The general correspondence of the Department of the Navy 
 
 ment. bC depart " shall be under the immediate supervision of the Secretary of the 
 
 Navy. 
 
 Papers for (3) Papers intended for the signature of the Secretary of the 
 
 nature" 1 '' 8ig " Navy or of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy shall be presented 
 
135 
 
 to them through the Chief of Naval Operations or the chief of 
 bureau concerned. In the preparation of papers for the signature 
 of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, based on the written rec- 
 ommendations of chiefs of bureaus, the bureaus concerned shall 
 be called in conference if departure from their recommendation is 
 contemplated. 
 
 (4) Chiefs of bureau shall communicate directly with the Secre- 
 tary and Assistant Secretary at any time on business pertaining 
 to their bureaus. 
 
 Section 2. — Quarterly Repoets of Btjbeaus and Offices. 
 395. 
 
 (1) It is the duty of the Secretary of the Navy to make at _. Beport of con- 
 
 v ' J ditlon of bureau 
 
 the expiration of each quarter of the fiscal year a written report or office, 
 to the President as to the condition of the public business of the 
 Navy Department and whether any branch thereof is in arrears. 
 (See act of Mar. 15, 1898.) 
 
 (2) To enable the Secretary to carry out his duty as specified 
 in the preceding paragraph, a report shall be made by the head 
 of each of the bureaus and offices of the department at the close 
 of each quarter, showing the condition of work in each such 
 bureau or office, and whether any part thereof is in arrears. 
 
 Section 3. — Expenditure of Appropriations. 
 
 [The provisions of this section apply not only to the Navy Department, 
 but to all navy yards, naval stations, and elsewhere throughout the 
 naval service.] 
 
 396. 
 
 No executive department or other Government establishment Expenditure of 
 of the United States shall expend, in any one fiscal year, any appropriations, 
 sum in excess of appropriations made by Congress for that fiscal 
 year or involve the Government in any contract or other obliga- 
 tion for the future payment of money in excess of such appropria- 
 tions unless such contract or obligation is authorized by law. 
 Nor shall any department or any officer of the Government ac- 
 cept voluntary service for the Government or employ personal 
 service in excess of that authorized by law, except in case of sud- 
 den emergency involving the loss of human life or the destruction 
 of property. All appropriations made for contingent expenses 
 or other general purposes, except appropriations made in fulfill- 
 ment of contract obligations expressly authorized by law, or for 
 objects required or authorized by law without reference to the 
 amounts annually appropriated therefor, shall, on or before the 
 
 
 
136 
 
 beginning of each fiscal year, be so apportioned by monthly or 
 other allotments as to prevent expenditures in one portion of the 
 year which may necessitate deficiency or additional appropria- 
 tions to complete the service of the fiscal year for which said 
 appropriations are made; and all such apportionments shall be 
 adhered to and shall not be waived or modified, except upon the 
 happening of some extraordinary emergency or unusual circum- 
 stance which could not be anticipated at the time of making 
 such apportionment, but this provision shall not apply to the 
 contingent appropriations of the Senate or House of Represen- 
 tatives; and in case said apportionments are waived or modified 
 as herein provided, the same shall be waived or modified in writ- 
 ing by the head of such executive department or other Govern- 
 ment establishment having control of the expenditure, and the 
 reasons therefor shall be fully set forth in each particular case 
 and communicated to Congress in connection with estimates for 
 any additional appropriations required on account thereof. Any 
 person violating any provision of this section shall be summarily 
 removed from office and may also be punished by a fine of not less 
 than one hundred dollars or by imprisonment for not less than one 
 month. (Sec. 3679, R. S., as amended by the act of Feb. 27, 
 1906.) 
 
 Section 4. — Information Furnished to Persons Outside the 
 Department. 
 
 397. 
 
 Not to be fur- No information shall be furnished from the records of the 
 i!eys? etc! & ° r " Navy Department to attorneys or agents concerning the naval 
 service of officers or enlisted men of the Navy, until such attorneys 
 or agents shall file a power of attorney in the department, show- 
 ing that they have authority from the person whose record is 
 desired or his legal representatives, to request such information, 
 and shall also file a statement of the purpose for which such 
 information is desired. If such statement be deemed satisfac- 
 tory to the department, the information will be furnished, pro- 
 vided the attorney or agent submits to the department the same 
 proof of the identity of the person or persons he represents, as 
 is required when the application for such information is made 
 by the person or persons themselves. 
 
 Section 5. — Duties Conducted under the Supervision of the 
 Assistant Secretary of the Navy ; the Solicitor. 
 
 398. 
 
 Duties super- The final preparation of departmental estimates for submission 
 listant'lecrSary". to Congress shall be mnder the supervision of the Assistant Secre- 
 tary of the Navy. 
 
137 
 
 399. 
 
 (1) It shall be the duty of the Solicitor to examine and report Duties of the 
 upon questions of law, including the drafting and interpretation of ° c or * 
 statutes and matters submitted to the accounting officers not relat- 
 ing to the personnel; preparation of advertisements, proposals, 
 
 and contracts; insurance; patents; the sufficiency of official, con- 
 tract, and other bonds and guarantees; proceedings in the civil 
 courts by or against the Government or its officers in cases relat- 
 ing to material and not concerning the personnel as such ; claims 
 by or against the Government ; questions submitted to the Attor- 
 ney General, except such as are under the cognizance of the Judge 
 Advocate General ; bills and congressional resolutions and in- 
 quiries not relating to the personnel and not elsewhere assigned ; 
 and to conduct the correspondence respecting the foregoing duties. 
 
 (2) He shall be charged, under the special instructions of the 
 Secretary of the Navy, with the searching of titles, purchase, 
 sale, transfer, and other questions affecting lands and buildings 
 pertaining to the Navy, and with the care and preservation of all 
 muniments of title to land acquired for naval uses. 
 
 (3) He shall also render opinion upon any matter or question of 
 law when directed to do so by the Secretary or Assistant Sec- 
 retary. 
 
 Section 6. — The Genebal Boabd. 
 
 400. 
 
 (1) The General Board shall be composed of the Chief of Naval Composition. 
 Operations, the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, 
 
 the Director of Naval Intelligence, the president of the Naval War 
 College, and such additional officers as the Secretary of the Navy 
 may designate. 
 
 (2) An officer above the grade of lieutenant shall be detailed 
 as secretary to the general board. He shall record its proceed- 
 ings and have charge and custody of its files and correspondence. 
 
 401. 
 
 (1) The General Board shall be furnished for information with Duties, 
 the approved War Plans, including cooperation with the Army 
 
 and employment of all the elements of naval defense. 
 
 (2) It shall consider the number and types of ships proper to 
 constitute the fleet and shall advise the Secretary of the Navy 
 respecting the same, including such increase as may be requisite, 
 to be submitted annually to Congress. 
 
 (3) It shall consider and report upon such subjects as the 
 Secretary of the Navy may lay before it. 
 
 
 
 
 
138 
 
 402. 
 
 Military char- (i) When designs are to be prepared for a new ship, the Gen- 
 acteristics of nevf v ' , .. , - . . , ., ,, ^ , „ ,, _ 
 
 vessels. eral Board shall submit to the Secretary of the Navy a recom- 
 
 mendation as to the military characteristics to be embodied 
 therein. Such military characteristics shall include a general 
 statement as to type of ship, speed, radius of action, and armor 
 and armament, but shall not, except in special cases, be so re- 
 strictive as to prevent various arrangements being developed in 
 order to obtain the benefit arising from the consideration of 
 several possible solutions. These military characteristics shall 
 be prepared by the General Board sufficiently early to permit 
 the preliminary design referred to below to be prepared and 
 the approximate cost determined before the estimates for the 
 yearly building program are submitted. 
 
 Outline pre- (2) The Bureau of Construction and Repair will then be di- 
 
 liminary plans. 
 
 rected to prepare and submit outline preliminary plans, approxi- 
 mate data, or both, showing the ship in accordance with the above 
 recommendations as approved by the Secretary of the Navy. Such 
 plans, when approved by the Secretary, shall be the basis of actual 
 contract plans and specifications, subject to such modifications in 
 nonmilitary features as may appear desirable and practicable in 
 working out the details. 
 Duties of bu- (3) For the purpose of preparing the outline preliminary plans, 
 
 ration of plans?" the Bureau of Construction and Repair shall consult the other 
 bureaus of the Navy Department, which shall furnish to that bu- 
 reau, when requeued, preliminary plans and approximate data of 
 the features under their respective cognizance for incorporation 
 in the preliminary design, together with such comment and recom- 
 mendations with relation to the features under their cognizance 
 as may be deemed necessary from a consideration of technical de- 
 tails. Such comment or recommendations, if tending to modify 
 any of the features recommended by the General Board and ap- 
 proved by the Secretary of the Navy to such an extent as to affect 
 the principal dimensions, general arrangement, or probable cost of 
 the vessel, shall be forwarded, with appropriate comment by the 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair, to the Secretary of the Navy 
 for his action before the preliminary designs are submitted. 
 
 General Board (4) The outline preliminary plans when completed and the ap- 
 shall consider . 2 , ■" , ,. " „ , „ , 
 
 preliminary proximate data necessary for an understanding thereof shall be 
 
 plans * forwarded by the Bureau of Construction and Repair, together with 
 
 such comment and recommendations as may appear necessary, to 
 the Secretary of the Navy, who will refer the same to the General 
 Board for consideration and recommendation. 
 officers "ifh Gen- (5 ^ Tnere wil1 De ordered to be present to confer with the Gen- 
 eral Board. eral Board during such consideration, the Chief Constructor or his 
 designated assistant, and such other officers as may be designated, 
 
Preparation of 
 
 139 
 
 who are deemed specially qualified to consider the interdependence 
 of military and technical features in the type of vessel under con- 
 sideration, including officers who have obtained markedly success- 
 ful results in ordnance, engineering, or turret-gun work, or in 
 service with torpedo vessels. The department will, after consid- 
 eration of the recommendations of the General Board as thus pre- 
 pared, issue final instructions as to the features to be embodied; 
 and the duty of preparing the final plans shall then devolve upon 
 the bureaus, in accordance with their responsibilities as laid down 
 in these regulations. 
 
 403. 
 
 (1) During the preparation of the final designs of a new vessel 
 each bureau shall prepare a detailed statement of all objects under final designs, 
 
 v (Mtrlits etc 
 
 its cognizance which it is proposed to install during the construe- ' 
 
 tion and fitting out complete for sea of the vessel. A copy of such 
 statement shall be furnished to the Bureau of Construction and 
 Repair when requested by that bureau, together with such itemized 
 estimates of weights and positions of centers of gravity as may be 
 required by that bureau. This statement and estimates of weights 
 and positions of centers of gravity is to be furnished in sufficient 
 time before the final plans are submitted to the Secretary of the 
 Navy for approval to permit the Bureau of Construction and Re- 
 pair to prepare the plans without delay and to determine fully the 
 matters of displacement, trim, stability, and strength, 
 
 (2) Within three months after the commissioning of a new ves- 
 sel, a detailed statement, itemized as above, shall be furnished the 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair by each other bureau con- 
 cerned, in which the actual weights and revised estimates of the 
 positions of centers of gravity shall be given where necessary. 
 
 404. 
 
 All recommendations relating to changes in designs of ships Changes in de- 
 shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Navy via the Bureau of s gm ' 
 Construction and Repair. 
 
 Section 7. — The Board of Inspection and Survey. 
 
 405. 
 
 The Board of Inspection and Survey shall be composed as near C° m P° sition - 
 as may be of one flag officer, two captains (one being designated 
 for engineering duties), one naval constructor, and one commander 
 (designated as recorder), one commander or lieutenant com- 
 mander (for aviation duties), and of such other officers as may 
 be necessary to carry out the duties of the Board. 
 
 
140 
 
 406. 
 
 Vessels to be (i) The board, under specific orders in each case from the de- 
 inspected. 
 
 partment, shall be charged with the acceptance examinations and 
 
 trials of all naval vessels and aircraft and with the inspection of 
 all vessels newly commissioned. It shall inspect and examine all 
 naval vessels on their return from foreign stations and all vessels 
 in the United States as often as once in three years when 
 practicable. 
 
 When directed by the Secretary of the Navy the Board will con- 
 duct a military inspection of any of the vessels above referred to. 
 
 (2) Commanding officers of ships in commission, whether in 
 reserve or in ordinary, shall report to the Chief of Naval Opera- 
 tions without delay whenever the condition of their ships is such 
 as to require a material inspection in one or more departments. 
 Such reports shall be forwarded through the regular official chan- 
 nels and shall bear the recommendations of the senior officers con- 
 cerned. A flag officer in command afloat may originate a similar 
 recommendation for a vessel under his command, and a comman- 
 dant may do so for a vessel out of commission at the yard which 
 he commands. 
 
 (3) When it shall come to the knowledge of the chief of any 
 bureau, for matters under his cognizance, that the condition of 
 any ship is such that she requires extensive repairs or alterations 
 sufficiently important or expensive to justify such a course, he 
 shall report the fact to the Chief of Naval Operations with a rec- 
 ommendation that an inspection be held. 
 
 (4) When advisable the department will order an inspection. 
 
 (5) Prior to the undertaking of a general overhaul of a vessel, 
 and in sufficient time to enable the yard concerned to prepare nec- 
 essary plans, and assemble necessary material, the vessel will be 
 inspected at her home yard or at the yard where the overhaul is 
 to be undertaken, by the Board of Inspection and Survey, assisted 
 by representatives of the industrial department of the yard. 
 
 407. 
 
 Sub-board. When it is impracticable for the Board of Inspection and Survey 
 
 to conduct any trial, inspection, or examination, such trial, in- 
 spection, or examination shall be made by a sub-board, the per- 
 sonnel of which shall be nominated by the President of the Board 
 of Inspection and Survey. 
 
 408. 
 
 The president. The president, of the Board of Inspection and Survey. Navy 
 Department, shall be ex officio president of all trial and inspection 
 boards for vessels and aircraft of the Navy on the Pacific coast 
 
141 
 
 or elsewhere, whether for vessels under construction, for military 
 or other special inspection, or for the inspections called for by 
 article above. The senior officer of the board actually conducting 
 these trials or inspections shall sign as the senior member present, 
 unless such senior officer be the president of the Board of Inspec- 
 tion and Survey, Navy Department, in which case he shall sign 
 as such. 
 
 409. 
 
 The Board of Inspection and Survey shall determine the pro- 
 cedure necessary to carry out the provisions of the regulations 
 and contracts relating to trials and inspections under its cogni- 
 zance, and the board actually conducting the trial or inspection 
 shall conform to such procedure. 
 
 
 Procedure. 
 
 410. 
 
 The precept convening the board for the trial or inspection of Precept, 
 a vessel or aircraft, wherever the said trial or inspection may be 
 held, and the orders detailing the officers to duty on such boards 
 shall be forwarded through the president of the Board of Inspec- 
 tion and Survey, Navy Department, who shall prepare such de- 
 tailed instructions for the guidance of the board as may be neces- 
 sary in each particular case to insure that all trials and inspections 
 be conducted in a systematic and thorough manner. 
 
 411. 
 
 The various bureaus concerned in the construction of a vessel Duties of 
 or aircraft for the Navy shall, when the board is ordered to con- reaus * 
 duct the acceptance trials of such a vessel, furnish it with all 
 corrected plans and specifications necessary for its guidance in 
 carrying out these examinations and trials. In the case of a ves- 
 sel or aircraft other than one of those specified in the preceding 
 sentence the bureaus concerned shall, so far as practicable, fur- 
 nish the board with such information or assistance as may be 
 desired for its use when engaged in an inspection of such vessel. 
 
 
 412. 
 
 (1) In order to facilitate the preparation of estimates for re- 
 pairs and alterations recommended in a material inspection report, 
 the Board of Inspection and Survey shall be assisted by two repre- 
 sentatives, one from the hull division and the other from the 
 machinery division of the industrial department of the yard at 
 which the work will be performed if authorized. 
 
 (2) For the consideration of matters specially affecting a 
 bureau, the board may be assisted by special representatives of 
 
 Estimates, 
 
142 
 
 the bureau or bureaus concerned and such representatives shall 
 be nominated for this duty by the chief of bureau concerned to 
 the Bureau of Navigation via the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
 (3) The commander in chief of a fleet may designate such offi- 
 cers from the fleet as he deems desirable to assist the board. The 
 President of the Board of Inspection and Survey shall notify the 
 commander in chief of all inspections of vessels under his com- 
 mand in sufficient time to enable the latter to issue necessary 
 orders should he desire to appoint such assistants. 
 
 413. 
 
 Becommenda- The board shall, in its recommendations for disapproval, state 
 the name of the contractor 
 any unsatisfactory feature. 
 
 prova/ 01 dlsap " the name of the contractor or subcontractor who supplied or built 
 
 414. 
 
 Data forward- All documents or data of any kind whatsoever relating to a 
 ed to Board. vessel or aircraft to be inspected or tried which are forwarded 
 to inspection or trial boards for their consideration shall be for- 
 warded to the president of the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
 If practicable, these shall be forwarded at the same time as the 
 department's precept for the said trials and inspections, so that 
 they may be available in connection with the preparation of the 
 detailed instructions by the president of the board, and the 
 originals of all reports of such trials and inspections shall be 
 forwarded to the department through the president of the Board 
 of Inspection and Survey. 
 
 415. 
 
 Possible sale If tne question of the possible sale of a vessel arises, the action 
 of vessel. t o ^ e taken shall be as prescribed in article 1897. 
 
 416. 
 
 A vessel in full commission, in commission in reserve, or in 
 t ached service commission in ordinary, being inspected by the board shall be 
 SJected!* 61115 in " considered as being on detached duty until the inspection is 
 completed. 
 
 417. 
 
 Becommenda- (1) Tne Board of Inspection and Survey shall include in its re- 
 
 ns as to de-p or f. f trials and inspection (of vessels), whenever it may consider 
 
 advisable, recommendations relative to the design of vessels or 
 
 aircraft or to any parts of same, including details of design, con- 
 
143 
 
 struction, materials, locations, and methods of operation of the 
 various parts of the machinery and mechanical appliances. 
 
 (2) In case the board considers any of the above features to be 
 necessary or desirable in the case of the ship under consideration, 
 specific recommendation relating to the same shall be included 
 under the appropriate heading in the list of items in the report 
 on that ship. 
 
 (3) As far as practicable those features recommended by the 
 board for consideration in connection with other vessels, including 
 new designs and vessels under construction (including aircraft), 
 shall be grouped under separate paragraph or paragraphs and 
 carried on separate pages, with the caption " Design recommen- 
 dations." This is to insure that these design matters may not 
 be overlooked in the body of the report. 
 
 (4) In order that the board may have full knowledge of the 
 department's decisions in relation to design matters upon which 
 the board has made recommendation, the department will inform 
 the board of those design items which have been disapproved, or 
 which have been approved in a form other than that in which 
 recommended. As far as practicable the board will be informed 
 of the reasons for the department's decision on these items. 
 
 (5) Whenever it comes to the attention of the Board of Inspec- 
 tion and Survey that any detail, or integral piece of machinery or 
 arrangement or method of operation has Lad sufficient trial to 
 test its merits and in the opinion of the board has proved unsatis- 
 factory, the board shall definitely recommend that it be (Eliminated 
 in future construction, with its reasons therefor. If after such 
 recommendation of disapproval and after opportunity has been 
 had to effect correction, it becomes necessary again to recommend 
 disapproval of the same item in the same particulars, a special 
 report relative thereto shall be submitted to the department. 
 
 418. 
 
 (1) The board shall further include in its report a concise state- Special credit 
 ment of the condition and efficiency of the vessel, naming such or dlscredlt 
 officers to whom credit or discredit should attach for such condi- 
 tion and efficiency. 
 
 (2) Copies of these statements will be filed by the Bureau ot 
 Navigation with the official record of the officer concerned. One 
 copy will also be sent to the officer concerned for statement in 
 the premises. 
 
 419. 
 
 (1) In conducting preliminary and final acceptance trials of Preliminary 
 new vessels built under contract, or at a navy yard, the Board ance fi tr?al?. CCept " 
 of Inspection and Survey shall be governed by the contract for 
 
 
144 
 
 the construction of such vessel and her machinery. The object 
 of such trials is to determine the fulfillment of the contract, and 
 in the case of final acceptance trials, whether there shall have 
 appeared any weaknesses, defect, failure, breaking down, or 
 deterioration, other than that due to fair wear and tear, through 
 fault of the contractors, and which have not been corrected and 
 made good by them, for the purpose of furnishing accurate 
 information for use in determining the final settlement with the 
 contractors for the cost of the vessel. 
 
 (2) Preliminary and final acceptance trials of a vessel built 
 at a navy yard may, at the discretion of the Secretary of the 
 Navy, be combined in one trial. 
 
 (3) The board shall carefully observe the performance of the 
 vessel and the machinery, and upon the conclusion of the trials 
 make full and detailed report to the department, which shall 
 include its conclusions on the following points : 
 
 (a) Whether, upon such trials, any weakness or defect exists. 
 
 (&) Whether the machinery or any part or parts are found to 
 be defective in any respect; or whether there is any failure, 
 breaking down, or deterioration other than that due to fair wear 
 and tear, of any part or parts of the machinery, engines, boilers, 
 or appurtenances. 
 
 (c) All items of work required by the contract and specifica- 
 tions and duly authorized changes therein, that were unfinished 
 at the time of the preliminary acceptance trial, or subsequently 
 authorized, which are, in the opinion of the board, not yet satis- 
 factorily completed. 
 
 (d) What suggestions and recommendations are made con- 
 cerning any designs or design criticisms. 
 
 (4) As soon as practicable after the trials are completed a 
 careful and thorough examination shall be made of such parts of 
 the machinery as the board may designate which would show 
 injury, if any occurred, or defective conditions, if any are likely 
 to be present. In the case of a vessel in commission the condi- 
 tions ascertained shall be reported by the commanding officer 
 through the regular channels, in addition to the report made to 
 the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
 
 420. 
 
 Reports on con- (1) All reports of the Board of Inspection and Survey upon 
 tract trials. trials of naval vessels built under contract or at navy yards shall 
 contain work lists under the "Bureau of Construction and Re- 
 pair," " Bureau of Engineering," and " Bureau of Ordnance." 
 Under each bureau the lists shall be itemized under five heads, 
 viz: 
 
145 
 
 (1) List A, items of work recommended for which the 
 
 contractor is considered responsible. 
 
 (2) List B, items of work recommended for which the 
 
 contractor is not considered responsible. 
 
 (3) List C, alterations recommended, contractor not re- 
 
 sponsible. 
 
 (4) List D, alterations requested and not recommended. 
 
 (5) List E, items already authorized. 
 
 (2) The Board of Inspection and Survey shall prepare its re- 
 ports on sheets 8 by 10J inches in size and shall distribute 
 copies as follows : 
 
 Copies. 
 
 The Solicitor Original. 
 
 The Chief of Naval Operations 1 
 
 The Bureau of Construction and Repair (1 hlack carbon backed 
 
 for blue printing) 4 
 
 The Bureau of Engineering 2 
 
 Home navy yard of vessel 1 
 
 Commanding officer 1 
 
 The Bureau of Ordnance (of that portion which refers to ord- 
 nance matters) 1 
 
 The Bureau of Navigation (of that portion of the report which 
 
 refers to navigation) 1 
 
 (3) Immediately upon receipt of the above reports by the 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair, that bureau will forward one 
 copy each to the superintending constructor and the contractor, 
 and upon completion of the necessary blue-print copies will for- 
 ward one to the Bureau of Ordnance, one to the Inspector of 
 Ordnance, and two to the home yard where the vessel is delivered 
 for the use of the hull and machinery divisions, copies for the 
 inspector of machinery will be furnished by the Bureau of Engi- 
 neering. The copy furnished for the use of the Chief of Naval 
 Operations and one of the copies furnished the Bureau of Con- 
 struction and Repair shall be returned to the board's files. 
 
 (4) When the Board of Inspection and Survey makes the 
 inspections provided for by Article 406 its report shall be sub- 
 mitted in two separate parts. 
 
 (a) One, to be designated "Report of Material Inspection," sub ^ t ° e r ^ s ' h<m 
 shall indicate the material condition of the ship in all depart- 
 ments, and will contain, with comment and recommendation, 
 lists of all considered repairs and alterations, in order that such 
 reports may be a record of the condition of the vessel and a com- 
 prehensive guide for the purpose of preparing estimates. 
 
 ( & ) The other, to be designated " Report of Military Inspec- 
 tion," shall contain the report of all matters pertaining to disci- 
 pline and of all other matters other than repairs and alterations 
 recommended. The original of this part shall be forwarded by 
 the board to the Chief of Naval Operations. A copy shall be for- 
 
146 
 
 warded to the commanding officer of the ship in question through 
 the commander in chief, and a copy shall be filed with the records 
 of the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
 Repairs and (5) The Board of Inspection and Survey shall consider all 
 repairs, urgent and desirable; all alterations, whether primarily 
 considered or previously authorized but as yet unaccomplished 
 or uncompleted ; and all such items of work shall be grouped and 
 numbered in accordance with the recognized classification and 
 bureau cognizance. 
 
 (6) To insure the inclusion and consideration by the Board of 
 Inspection and Survey of the various items of repair and altera- 
 tion that may have arisen subsequent to the last general overhaul 
 of the vessel the following general procedure shall be observed : 
 
 Letter from ( a \ Th e commanding officer shall submit for the board's con- 
 commanding offi- 
 cer, sideration a written statement relative to such repairs and altera- 
 tions that he may consider necessary or desirable, together with 
 copies of all previous letters on similar subjects that have been 
 submitted and on which final action has not as yet been taken, and 
 shall furnish any information or assistance that may be needed 
 by the board to enable it to carry out the inspection. Alterations 
 that have been previously submitted to the department and dis- 
 approved shall not be included, unless a reconsideration of any 
 such item is desired, in which case a separate letter to the board 
 shall be written. This letter shall contain a list of the items 
 of alterations for which reconsideration is requested. The previous 
 history, so far as known, of each item shall be given, including the 
 dates and numbers of the correspondence in connection therewith 
 and the action of the bureau or department thereon. For each 
 item there shall be given the reasons which are believed to justify 
 reconsideration. 
 Weekly report ( & ) Commandants of the navy yards shall submit for the board's 
 consideration complete copies of the last weekly report of work 
 (Form N. S. O. 27) for the vessel under inspection, showing all 
 outstanding job orders; and the estimate of outstanding job 
 orders shall be included in the report of estimates to be submitted 
 by the yard. 
 
 (c) The board shall, in addition to its action on the yard re- 
 quests emanating from the commanding officer of the ship, recom- 
 mend such other repairs and alterations as may be deemed de- 
 sirable as a result of its own observations and of its opinion, 
 based on the reports from similar vessels. 
 Work lists. (7) All reports of the Board of Inspection and Survey upon 
 
 material inspections shall contain work lists under the " Bureau of 
 Construction and Repair," " Bureau of Engineering," and " Bureau 
 of Ordnance " and shall further contain subheadings " Urgent 
 Repairs," " Desirable Repairs," and "Alterations." Under each 
 
147 
 
 item " Alterations Recommended " work being done shall also be 
 included. 
 
 The Board of Inspection and Survey shall prepare its reports on 
 sheets 8 by 10$ inches and shall distribute copies as follows : 
 
 Copies. Preparation of 
 
 The Chief of Naval Operations Original reports. 
 
 The Bureau of Construction and Repair 1 
 
 The Bureau of Ordnance 1 
 
 The Bureau of Engineering 1 
 
 The home navy yard of vessels (or overhaul yard) (1 black carbon- 
 backed for blue printing) 3 
 
 Force commander 1 
 
 Commanding officer of vessel .! 1 
 
 The Bureau of Navigation (of that portion of the report which 
 
 refers to navigation) 1 
 
 Section 8. — Communication Service. 
 
 421. 
 
 The Naval Communication Service is the organization, under The Naval 
 
 ( o m m u meat ion 
 
 the Chief of Naval Operations, charged with the administration Service, 
 of the operation of all United States Naval Communication 
 systems. 
 
 422. 
 
 It has cognizance of naval communications carried on by means 
 of telegraph, telephone, cable, radiotelegraph and radiotelephone, 
 radio compass, visual and underwater signals and sound tele- 
 graphs, pigeons, couriers, and postal service. It also has cog- 
 nizance of the operation of such naval communication systems as 
 may be authorized by law to carry oh commercial business. 
 
 423. 
 
 (1) While the operation of the communication service is under 
 the direction of the Chief of Naval Operations, the Office of Naval 
 Communications shall distribute immediately for action to the 
 various responsible bureaus or offices of the department all com- 
 munications not relating to matters under the immediate jurisdic- 
 tion of the Office of Naval Operations, as set forth in Article 433. 
 
 (2) Detailed instructions relative to the organization, opera- 
 tion, and administration of the Naval Communication Service shall 
 be contained in the Communication Instructions, United States 
 Navy, which shall be issued under the same instructions which 
 govern Manuals. 
 
 
148 
 
 424. 
 
 (1) The duties of the Naval Communication Service shall in- 
 clude the operation of all telephone service provided for the Navy 
 Department and Naval Establishment, and the supervision of all 
 personnel handling such operation. It shall provide by lease or 
 contract, or by agreement in the case of another department of 
 the Government, such telephone plant or parts thereof as are not 
 to be owned and maintained by the Navy, together with the 
 service thereof. 
 
 (2) In case a telephone plant or any part thereof is to be 
 Navy owned and maintained, the public works office of the yard, 
 station, base, or district concerned shall have charge, under the 
 Bureau of Yards and Docks, of the construction and maintenance 
 of such telephone plant, or Navy part thereof, in the same manner 
 as other public works and utilities, subject in the case of divided 
 ownership to any contract provisions. 
 
 (3) Where not Navy owned and maintained, the telephone com- 
 pany or the Government department concerned is responsible to 
 the Communication Service for the construction and maintenance 
 of the plant in accordance with the terms of the lease, contract, 
 or agreement. 
 
 Section 9. — Monthly Survey Office. 
 
 425. 
 
 (1)A monthly survey of the activities of the Naval Establish- 
 ment (including the Marine Corps) will be prepared for the Sec- 
 retary of the Navy by the officer in charge of an office under the 
 Secretary, which will be known as " The Monthly Survey Office." 
 
 (2) All bureaus, offices, navy yards, naval stations (including 
 the Marine Corps ) , commanders in chief, and commanding officers 
 of vessels will comply with requests for information made by the 
 officer in charge of the Monthly Survey Office. 
 
CHAPTER 7. 
 
 OFFICE OF NAVAL OPERATIONS. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 433. The Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 Section 1. — The Chief of Naval Operations. 
 433. 
 
 (1) The Chief of Naval Operations shall, under the direction of Operations of 
 the Secretary of the Navy, be charged with the operations of the fleet - 
 fleet and with the preparation and readiness of plans for its use 
 in war. (Act Mar. 3, 1915.) 
 
 (2) This shall include the direction of the Naval War College, Direction of 
 the Office of Naval Intelligence, the Office of Gunnery Exercises actIrltleB * 
 and Engineering Performances, the operation of the Communica- 
 tion Service, the operations of the Aeronautic Service, of mines 
 and mining, of the naval districts, Naval Militia, and of the Coast 
 Guard when operating with the Navy ; the direction of all strategic 
 and tactical matters, organization, maneuvers, gunnery exercises, 
 drills and exercises, and of the training of the fleet for war ; and 
 the preparation and revision and enforcement of all drill books, 
 signal codes, and cipher codes. 
 
 (3) The Chief of Naval Operations shall be charged with the Na?y Begala- 
 preparation, revision, and record of Regulations for the Govern- tlon8 * 
 ment of the Navy and General Orders. 
 
 (4) He shall advise the Secretary concerning the movements Ship move- 
 and operations of vessels of the Navy and prepare all orders issued ments ' 
 by the Secretary in regard thereto, and shall keep the records of 
 service of all fleets, squadrons, and ships. 
 
 (5) He shall advise the Secretary in regard to the military Military fea- 
 features of all new ships and as to any proposed extensive altera- tures " 
 tions of a ship which will affect her military value; as to the 
 location, capacity, and protection of navy yards and naval sta- 
 tions, including all features which affect the military value of dry 
 docks, including their location ; also as to matters pertaining to fuel 
 
 183841°— 20 11 (149) 
 
150 
 
 reservations and depots, the location of radio stations, reserves 
 of ordnance and ammunition, fuel, stores, and other supplies of 
 whatsoever nature, with a view to meeting effectively the de- 
 mands of the fleet, and shall furnish the General Board full in- 
 formation with regard to their location and capacity. 
 Fereign rela- (6) He shall advise the Secretary of the Navy on all business 
 ll(,ns * of the department in regard to foreign relations, and all corre- 
 
 spondence in regard to these matters shall be presented for the 
 department's action through his office. 
 
 (7) In preparing and maintaining in readiness plans for the 
 use of the fleet in war, he shall freely consult with and have the 
 advice and assistance of the various bureaus, boards, and offices 
 of the department, including the Marine Corps headquarters, in 
 
 ^Vnr wis !i*! 
 
 matters coming under their cognizance. After the approval of any 
 given war plans by the Secretary it shall be the duty of the Chief 
 of Naval Operations to assign to the bureaus, boards, and offices 
 such parts thereof as may be needed for the intelligent carrying 
 out of their respective duties in regard to such plans. 
 
 (8) The Chief of Naval Operations shall from time to time wit- 
 ness the operations of the fleet as an observer. 
 
 (9) He shall have two principal senior assistants, officers not 
 below the grade of captain, one as assistant for operations and 
 the other as assistant for material. 
 
 (10) He shall ex officio be a member of the General Board. 
 
CHAPTER 8. 
 
 THE BUREAU OF NAVIGATION. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Bureau of Navigation. 
 443. 
 
 (1) The duties of the Bureau of Navigation shall comprise the £ 
 issue, record, aud enforcement of the orders of the Secretary to 
 
 the individual officers of the Navy and of the Naval Reserve * 
 
 Bureau of liari- 
 
 Force ; the training and education of line officers and of enlisted nation, 
 men (except of the Hospital Corps) at schools and stations and 
 in vessels maintained for that purpose ; the upkeep and operation 
 of the Naval Academy, of technical schools for line officers, as 
 provided in article 130 of the apprentice-seaman establishments, 
 of schools for the technical education of enlisted men, and of the 
 Naval Home at Philadelphia, Pa. ; the upkeep and the payment 
 of the operating expenses of the Naval War College; the enlist- 
 ment, assignment to duty, and discharge of all enlisted persons; 
 it shall have under its direction the organization and administra- 
 tion of the Naval Reserve Force, and shall provide for the mobiliza- 
 tion of all these reserves. 
 
 (2) It shall have under its direction all rendezvous and receiv- 
 ing ships, and shall provide transportation for all enlisted persons 
 under its cognizance. 
 
 (3) It shall establish the complements of all ships. 
 
 (4) It shall keep the records of service of all officers and men, 
 and shall prepare an annual Navy register for publication, em- 
 bodying therein data as to fleets, squadrons, and ships which shall 
 be furnished by the Chief of Naval Operations. To the end that 
 it may be able to carry out the provisions of this paragraph, all 
 communications to or from ships in commission relating to the 
 personnel of such ships shall be forwarded through this bureau, 
 whatever their origin. 
 
 (5) It shall be charged with all matters pertaining to applica- 
 tion for appointments and commissions in the Navy and with 
 the preparation of such appointments and commissions for 
 signature. 
 
 (151) 
 
152 
 
 (6) It shall be charged with the preparation, revision, and 
 enforcement of all regulations governing uniform, and with the 
 distribution of all orders and regulations of a general or circular 
 character. 
 
 (7) Questions of naval discipline, rewards, and punishments 
 shall be submitted by this bureau for the action of the Secretary 
 of the Navy. The records of all general courts-martial and courts 
 of inquiry involving the personnel of the Navy, shall, before final 
 action, be referred to this bureau for comment and recommenda- 
 tion as to disciplinary features. 
 
 (8) It shall receive and bring to the attention of the Secretary 
 of the Navy all applications from officers for duty or leave. 
 
 (9) It shall receive all reports of services performed by indi- 
 vidual officers or men. 
 
 (10) It shall be charged with the enforcement of regulations 
 and instructions regarding naval ceremonies and naval etiquette. 
 
 (11) It shall be charged with the upkeep and operations of the 
 Hydrographic Office, the Naval Observatory, Nautical Almanac, 
 and Compass Offices ; with all that relates to the supply of ships 
 with navigational outfits, including instruments, and with the 
 maintenance and repair of same; with the collection of foreign 
 surveys; and with the publication and supply of charts, sailing 
 directions, and nautical works, and the dissemination of nautical, 
 hydrographic, and meteorological information to the Navy and 
 mercantile marine. It shall also have charge of all ocean and 
 lake surveys and ships' and crews' libraries; it shall defray the 
 expenses of pilotage of all ships in commission. 
 
CHAPTER 9. 
 
 THE BUREAU OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 
 
 Sec. 1. Art. 457-458. Duties of the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
 gery. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 45 7. 
 
 (1) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery shall have charge of Me 5j^J J^ d s ® r ! 
 
 the upkeep and operation of all hospitals and of the force employed ger y. 
 there ; it shall advise with respect to all questions connected with 
 hygiene and sanitation affecting the service and, to this end, shall 
 have opportunity for necessary inspection ; it shall provide for 
 physical examinations ; it shall pass upon the competency, from a 
 professional standpoint, of all men in the Hospital Corps for en- 
 listment, enrollment, and promotion by means of examinations 
 conducted under its supervision or under forms prescribed by it ; 
 it shall recommend and have information as to the assignment and 
 duties of all enlisted men of the Hospital Corps; it shall recom- 
 mend to the Bureau of Navigation the complement of medical 
 officers, dental officers, nurses, and hospital corpsmen for hospitals 
 and hospital ships, and shall have power to appoint and remove all 
 nurses in the Nurse Corps, subject to the approval of the Secre- 
 tary of the Navy. 
 
 (2) Except as otherwise provided for, the duties of the Bureau 
 Df Medicine and Surgery shall include the upkeep and operation of 
 medical supply depots, medical laboratories, naval hospitals, dis- 
 pensaries, technical schools for the medical, dental, and hospital 
 corps ; and the administration of the Nurse Corps. 
 
 (3) It shall approve the design of hospital ships in so far as 
 relates to their efficiency for the care of the sick and wounded. 
 
 (4) It shall require for all supplies, medicines, and instruments 
 used in the medical department of the Navy. It shall have control 
 of the preparation, reception, storage, care, custody, transfer, and 
 issue of all supplies of every kind used in the medical department 
 for its own purposes. 
 
 (153) 
 
 
 
154 
 
 458. 
 
 Duty of Bu- (l) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery is charged with the 
 am" surgery* ™ duty of inspecting the sanitary condition of the Navy and making 
 recommendations in reference thereto; of advising with the de- 
 partment and other bureaus in reference to the sanitary features 
 of ships under construction and in commission, regarding berthing, 
 ventilation, location of quarters for the care and treatment of the 
 sick and injured ; of the provisions for the care of wounded in bat- 
 tle; and, in the case of shore stations, of advising in regard to 
 health conditions depending on location, the hygienic construction 
 and care of public buildings, especially of barracks and other hab- 
 itations, such as camps. It shall advise in regard to water sup- 
 plies used for drinking, cooking, and bathing purposes, and drain- 
 age and the disposal of wastes, so far as these affect the health of 
 the Navy. It shall provide for the care of the sick and wounded, 
 the physical examinatio of officers and enlisted men, with a view 
 to the selection or retention of those only whose physical condition 
 is such as to maintain or improve the military efficiency of the 
 service if admitted or retained therein, the management and con- 
 trol of naval hospitals, and of the internal organization and ad- 
 ministration of hospital ships, the instruction of the personnel of 
 the Hospital Corps and Nurse Corps, and the furnishing of all 
 medical and hospital supplies. It shall advise in matters pertain- 
 ing to clothing and food so far as these affect the health of the 
 Navy. It shall safeguard the personnel by the employment of the 
 best methods of hygiene and sanitation, both afloat and ashore, 
 with a view to maintaining the highest possible percentage of the 
 personnel ready for service at all times. It shall adopt for use all 
 such devices or procedures as may be developed in the sciences of 
 medicine and surgery which will in any way tend to an increase 
 in military efficiency. 
 
 (2) All technical schools which are, or may be, established tor 
 the education of medical and dental officers or members of tne 
 Hospital Corps and Nurse Corps shall be under the supervision 
 and control of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
CHAPTER 10. 
 
 THE JUDGE ADVOCATE GENERAL. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 469-470. Duties of the Judge Advocate General. 
 
 General duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Judge Advocate General. 
 
 469. 
 
 (1) The duties of the Judge Advocate General of the Navy 
 shall be to revise and report upon the legal features of and to 
 have recorded the proceedings of all courts-martial, courts of 
 inquiry, boards of investigation and inquest, and boards for the 
 examination of officers for retirement and promotion in the Naval 
 Service ; to prepare charges and specifications for courts-martial, 
 and the necessary orders convening courts-martial, in cases where 
 such courts are ordered by the Secretary of the Navy ; to prepare 
 courts-martial orders promulgating the final action of the review- 
 ing authority in general courts-martial cases, except those of 
 enlisted men convened by officers other than the Secretary of the 
 Navy ; to prepare the necessary orders convening courts of inquiry 
 and boards for the examinations of officers for promotion and 
 retirement, for the examination of all candidates for appointment 
 as officers in the Naval Service, other than midshipmen, and in 
 the Naval Reserve Force, where such courts and boards are 
 ordered by the Secretary of the Navy, and to conduct all official 
 correspondence relating to such courts and boards. 
 
 (2) It shall also be the duty of the Judge Advocate General to Records of 
 examine and report upon all questions relating to rank and serT ce ' pay ' 
 precedence, to promotions and retirements, and to the validity 
 
 of the proceedings in court-martial cases, all matters relating 
 to the supervision and control of naval prisons and prisoners, 
 including prisoners of war ; the removal of the mark of desertion ; 
 the correction of records of service and reporting thereupon in 
 
 (155) 
 
156 
 
 the Regular or Volunteer Navy ; certification of discharge in true 
 name ; pardons ; bills and resolutions introduced in Congress relat- 
 ing to the personnel and referred to the department for report, 
 and the drafting and interpretation of statutes relating to person- 
 nel; references to the Comptroller of the Treasury with regard 
 to pay and allowances of the personnel; questions involving 
 points of law concerning the personnel; proceedings in the civil 
 courts in all cases concerning the personnel as such; and to 
 conduct the correspondence respecting the foregoing duties, includ- 
 ing the preparation for submission to the Attorney General of all 
 questions relating to subjects coming under his own cognizance 
 which the Secretary of the Navy may direct to be so referred. 
 international (3) The study of international law is assigned to the Office of 
 the Judge Advocate General. He shall examine and report upon 
 questions of international law as may be required. 
 
 470. 
 
 Opinions and All requests for opinions or decisions to be rendered on any 
 
 decisions 
 
 subject by the Judge Advocate General of the Navy or by the 
 Solicitor for the Navy Department shall be formally submitted 
 in writing to the Secretary of the Navy for approval and refer- 
 ence to those offices. Only formal opinions or decisions in writing 
 shall be rendered thereon when such requests are referred. Such 
 opinions or decisions shall be the basis of official action by any 
 bureau or any office or officer of the Navy Department or Marine 
 Corps only after the approval of such opinion or decision by the 
 Secretary of the Navy. No oral or informal opinions shall be 
 rendered by the Office of the Judge Advocate General of the Navy 
 or the Solicitor of the Navy Department. 
 
CHAPTEE 11. 
 
 THE BUREAU OF YARDS AND DOCKS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 481. Duties of the Bureau of Yards and Docks. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 482-494. Public works and public utilities. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Bureau of Yards axd Docks. 
 481. 
 ( 1 ) The duties of the Bureau of Yards and Docks shall comprise Bureau o i 
 
 Yurds o.ii(l Docks 
 
 the design and construction of the public works and public utilities 
 of the Navy and their repair, upkeep, and operation, except as 
 otherwise prescribed in this chapter. 
 
 Section 2. — Public Works and Public Utilities. 
 
 482. 
 
 (1) The definitions given in this article shall govern in all regu- 
 lations, instructions, and manuals relative to all public works and 
 public utilities under the jurisdiction of the Navy Department. 
 
 (2) The term "public works" shall be construed to include the 
 following, and such similar works as the Secretary of the Navy 
 may designate, of whatever character and wherever located except 
 as indicated in the list, and except such as may be located on 
 board ship: 
 
 Aqueducts. 
 Breakwaters. 
 Bridges. 
 
 Buildings and permanent fixtures. 
 Canals. 
 Casemates. 
 Chimneys. 
 Cisterns. 
 Conductors 
 power, 
 
 for 
 
 heat, air, light, 
 water, and com- 
 municating systems. 
 Conduits for pipes and conductors. 
 Dams. 
 
 Dikes. 
 
 Ditching. 
 
 Dredging. 
 
 Docks. 
 
 Dry docks and machinery thereof. 
 
 Earthworks. 
 
 Fences. 
 
 Flagpoles. 
 
 Fueling plants. 
 
 Grading. 
 
 Harbor works. 
 
 Heating and ventilating plants. 
 
 Hospitals. 
 
 (157) 
 
 Definitions. 
 
 Public works. 
 
158 
 
 Pnolic utili- 
 ties. 
 
 Industrial offices. 
 
 Landings. 
 
 Lawns. 
 
 Magazines. 
 
 Paving. 
 
 Piers. 
 
 Tipe lines. 
 
 Pole lines. 
 
 Power plants and the machinery 
 
 thereof. 
 Quay walls. 
 Radio stations on shore, including 
 
 buildings and masts, but not 
 
 equipment or its installation. 
 Railways. 
 Railways, marine. 
 
 (3) The term "public utilities" shall be construed to include 
 the following, and such similar utilities as the Secretary of the 
 Navy may designate, of whatever character and wherever located, 
 except as indicated in the list, and except such as may be located 
 on board ship : 
 
 Recreation grounds. 
 
 Refrigerating plants. 
 
 Reservoirs. 
 
 Roads. 
 
 Sewers. 
 
 Shade trees. 
 
 Slips. 
 
 Slips, building. 
 
 Smokestacks. 
 
 Tanks, storage. 
 
 Target ranges on shore. 
 
 Walks. 
 
 Walls. 
 
 Waterworks, 
 
 Wharves. 
 
 Awnings. 
 
 Cranes, outside of shops. 
 
 Derricks, outside of shops. 
 
 Dredges. 
 
 Fire apparatus. 
 
 Fixed moorings. 
 
 Flags. 
 
 Landing floats. 
 
 Locomotives and 
 
 Mules, horses, and cattle. 
 
 Pile drivers. 
 
 Shears. 
 
 Steam shovels. 
 
 Telephone and telegraph lines. 
 
 Trucks. 
 
 Vehicles. 
 
 Wheels. 
 
 Repairs de 
 fitted. 
 
 rolling stock. 
 
 (4) In connection with public works and public utilities, " re- 
 pairs " shall be construed to include repairs of greater magnitude 
 than those denned under "upkeep" (see par. 5), also necessary 
 alterations in internal arrangements and fittings, but not such 
 material alterations in structural design as may properly be con- 
 sidered " new construction." " Repairs " shall not include any 
 work which is an indirect expense, under the Accounting Instruc- 
 tions, in the operation of the public work or utility. 
 Upkeep defined. (5) "Upkeep" shall be construed as meaning such care and 
 cleaning of public works and utilities, such incidental and minor 
 repairs thereto, and such minor alterations thereof as are charge- 
 able under the Accounting Instructions to the indirect expense 
 account. 
 
 Expenditures for " Upkeep," as contrasted with " Repairs," of 
 nonindustrial public works and utilities shall be limited in amount 
 and in the same manner as provided for in the Accounting Instruc- 
 tions for industrial public works and utilities. 
 
 These " minor repairs and alterations " shall not be construed to 
 include the cutting of any structural wall, beam, or support : the 
 
159 
 
 removal or closing of any staircase, elevator, tire door, or fire 
 partition ; or any changes in the architectural features or external 
 appearance of public works or utilities. 
 
 (6) The operation of any public work or utility shall be con- Operation de- 
 strued to include the supervision and management of the activi- 
 ties, whether industrial or military, carried on therein or there- 
 with when employed for the purpose for which constructed and 
 maintained. 
 
 (7) Any question in regard to the proper classification of any Q ue stions of 
 item or activity under the several definitions given in this article 
 
 shall be forwarded to the Chief of Naval Operations for reference 
 to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 483. 
 
 (1) Public works and public utilities under the jurisdiction of Classes of pub- 
 the Navy Department shall be considered as divided into two utilitiesf k * a " d 
 classes, namely, industrial and nonindustrial, as defined in this 
 
 article. 
 
 (2) Industrial public works and public utilities shall include all industrial 
 those wherein or wherewith industrial operations are carried on ues. * 
 
 and whose upkeep and operation are chargeable to the indirect 
 expense account in accordance with the Accounting Instructions. 
 
 (3) Nonindustrial public works and public utilities shall include Nonindustrial 
 all those wherein or wherewith industrial operations are not JJcs!" and l,tlh " 
 carried on, or whose upkeep and operation are not chargeable 
 
 to the indirect expense account in accordance with the Accounting 
 Instructions. 
 
 (4) Any question in regard to the proper classification of any Questions of 
 item under the two definitions given in this article shall be cass ca on * 
 referred to the Secretary of the Navy for decision. 
 
 484. 
 
 (1) The cognizance over the upkeep and operation of public Cognizance, 
 works and public utilities shall be as provided in this article. 
 
 (2) The upkeep and operation of industrial public works and Administration, 
 utilities shall be the duty of the commandant, the details being aNon^'of™ indus- 
 administered by the head of the yard department, or division trlal works - 
 concerned. The costs of upkeep and operation shall be allocated 
 
 in accordance with the Accounting Instructions. 
 
 (3) The upkeep and operation of nonindustrial public works and Administration, 
 public utilities shall be the duty of the commandant, subject to dust rial works, 
 any instructions he may receive in regard thereto from the bureau 
 
 or office charged with defraying the costs of keeping up and operat- 
 ing the same, the details being administered by the appropriate 
 officer under his command. The cost of upkeep and operation 
 shall, in each case, be defrayed by the bureau or office under which 
 the funds for this purpose are appropriated, estimates for such 
 
160 
 
 appropriations being submitted as the Secretary of the Navy 
 may direct. 
 
 (4) At naval ordnance establishments as designated in article 
 505, repairs to public works and utilities within the capacity of 
 the force employed, as well as their upkeep and operation, shall be 
 under the cognizance of the Bureau of Ordnance. 
 
 (5) At hospitals and medical supply depots, repairs to public 
 works and utilities within the capacity of the force employed, as 
 well as their upkeep and operation, shall be under the cognizance 
 of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 (6) At naval training stations, the Naval Observatory, the Naval 
 War College, and the Naval Academy repairs to public works 
 and utilities within the capacity of the force employed, as well as 
 their upkeep and operation, shall be under the cognizance of the 
 Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 (7) At marine barracks and marine posts repairs to public 
 works and utilities within the capacity of the force employed, as 
 well as their upkeep and operation, shall be under the cognizance 
 of the Marine Corps. 
 
 (8) At radio stations and the engineering experiment station 
 repairs to public works and utilities within the capacity of the 
 force employed, as well as their upkeep and operation, shall be 
 under the cognizance of the Bureau of Engineering. 
 
 Both industrial (9) When any public work or public utility is employed for both 
 
 trial purposes? " industrial and nonindustrial purposes the costs of upkeep and 
 
 operation shall be divided, and shall be charged as provided in 
 
 paragraphs 2 and 3 of this article; and such division shall be as 
 
 nearly as possible in the same proportion as the activities bear 
 
 to each other. 
 
 Power plants (10) Power plants and conductors for air, heat, light, power, 
 and conductors. : ,. . . 
 
 and steam, up to and including the permanent installation within 
 
 all buildings, shall be kept up and operated by the machinery 
 division. 
 
 The Bureau of Yards and Docks shall have such control over 
 the upkeep and operation of these plants as may be necessary to 
 enable it properly to safeguard expenditures under it and to insure 
 that such plants are at all times kept up and operated in an 
 efficient and economical manner, 
 coaling r and° fuel ^ 11 ^ The u P kee P and operation of coaling and fuel plants at a 
 plants. navy yard shall be in charge of the supply officer ; the upkeep and 
 
 operation of coaling and fuel plants not at a navy yard shall be 
 in charge of the officer in charge of the plant, or the custodian 
 thereof, if the plant has not been placed under the commandant 
 of a station ; otherwise of the commandant. 
 
 (12) The cost of upkeep and operation of all fueling plants, 
 whether at a navy yard or elsewhere, shall be charged against 
 
161 
 
 the proper appropriation under the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
 counts for the supply of fuel to the Navy. The upkeep and 
 operation of all fueling plants not at a navy yard shall be under 
 the cognizance of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (13) The operating features of all coaling and fuel plants shall 
 he designed by the Bureau of Yards and Docks in consultation 
 with the Bureau of Engineering and the Bureau of Supplies and 
 Accounts. 
 
 (14) The fuel stored in coaling and fuel plants shall be in Custody of fuel, 
 charge of the supply officer of the station within which they lie or 
 
 to which they are attached., In the case of such plants not within 
 or attached to a naval station the fuel shall be in charge of such 
 officer as may be designated. 
 
 (15) The upkeep and operation of all dry docks, building slips, Operation of 
 
 i j. ^ ^- xa. j- , ,, , dry docks, build- 
 
 and marine railways, including the machinery thereof, shall be in g slips and 
 under the hull division. marine »"w*- 
 
 The charges for upkeep and operation of these structures not 
 connected with any individual job shall be made against the 
 proper appropriations under the Bureau of Construction and Re- 
 pair. The cost of docking and undocking ships shall be charged 
 against the appropriate jobs, together with the incidental overhead 
 charges in connection with such jobs. 
 
 (16) In addition to the provisions of this article, floating dry Floating dry 
 docks shall be maintained and employed under the detailed in- 
 structions contained in article 1544. 
 
 (17) The upkeep and operation of cranes, except locomotive Operation of 
 cranes operating on yard railroad tracks; derricks; and shears, aul^snears" 10 S ' 
 outside of shops; and the machinery thereof, shall be under the 
 
 hull division. 
 
 (18) The upkeep and operation of all public works and public 
 utilities, except as otherwise provided in this article, shall be un- 
 der 1 the public works department. 
 
 485. 
 
 In general, and unless the Secretary of the Navy shall direct to Preparation of 
 the contrary in specific cases, all formal estimates for appropria- JjJJ™/ estl * 
 tions for public works and public utilities shall be prepared by the 
 Bureau of Yards and Docks and be submitted to the Assistant 
 Secretary of the Navy. When any other bureau or office desires 
 the construction of any public work or public utility it shall so re- 
 port to the Secretary of the Navy, who will, in his discretion, di- 
 rect the Bureau of Yards and Docks to prepare the necessary esti- 
 mates, in consultation with the chief of the bureau or office con- 
 cerned, and submit them to him for further action. 
 
162 
 
 486. 
 
 Design, con- xhe design and construction of all public works and public 
 repa"r C of° puMic utilities, and their repair, except as excluded in article 484, shall be 
 works, etc. the duty f t j ie Bureau of Yards and Docks. When such work is 
 
 to be done as a charge against any appropriation or fund under 
 the control of a bureau or office other than the Bureau of Yards 
 and Docks, it shall be done under the charge of the Bureau of 
 Yards and Docks, on a specific allotment from the proper appro- 
 priation or fund made by the bureau or office concerned and ap- 
 proved by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 487. 
 
 Right of ap- (i) Prior to the construction of any public work or public 
 
 prova o p ns. utility ^e general features affecting the activities performed 
 
 therein or therewith shall be submitted to the commandant of the 
 
 station concerned for recommendation unless otherwise directed by 
 
 the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (2) In the case of the construction of public works and public 
 utilities, which are to be used for activities under the cognizance 
 of a bureau or office other than the Bureau of Yards and Docks, 
 the general features affecting the activities performed therein or 
 therewith shall be submitted for approval to the bureau or office 
 having cognizance of the activities. 
 
 (3) In the case of disagreement between the offices and bureaus 
 concerned the matter shall be referred to the Secretary of the 
 Navy for decision. 
 
 488. 
 
 Unauthorized No buildings other than those authorized and for which appro- 
 val stations. Ba "priation has been made by Congress shall be erected upon public 
 lands at any naval station, nor shall a commandant grant per- 
 mission to any persons other than those duly and officially author- 
 ized to reside in, occupy, or use any building or portion thereof 
 upon such public lands. If for special reasons any exception 
 to this regulation is deemed desirable, the matter shall be referred 
 to the Secretary of the Navy for action, in his discretion. 
 
 489. 
 
 Foundations The foundations for machine tools shall be charged against 
 "the appropriations under which the tools themselves are pur- 
 chased, unless the Secretary of the Navy shall direct to the con- 
 trary in specific cases, except that when a new building is to be 
 erected or extensive alterations are to be made in any existing 
 building for which purposes specific appropriations are to be re- 
 

 163 
 
 quested, which construction or alteration involves the construction 
 or alteration of machine-tool foundations, the estimates for such 
 new work shall include the estimates for such foundations so far 
 as may be practicable. 
 
 490. 
 
 Papers relative to the general naval-station care and main- Correspond- 
 
 , once of comnian- 
 
 tenance shall be transmitted by commandants direct to the Bureau dant witbBureau 
 
 of Yards and Docks. &£■ r d s a n d 
 
 491. 
 
 The furniture for all public works shall be provided and re- Furniture, 
 paired by the Bureau of Yards and Docks, except where other- 
 wise provided by law. 
 
 492. 
 
 The Bureau of Yards and Docks shall provide watchmen la ^ a ^J™cieaS 
 and labor for cleaning naval stations, and for the protection of ing stations, etc. 
 public property therein, except that, at naval ordnance establish- 
 ments as designated in article 505 these duties shall be performed 
 by the Bureau of Ordance; at the Naval Academy, Naval War 
 College, Naval Observatory, and naval training stations, they shall 
 be performed by the Bureau of Navigation ; at the engineering 
 experiment station they shall be performed by the Bureau of 
 Engineering; at fuel plants not at a navy yard or naval station 
 by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts; at the experimental 
 model basin, navy yard, Washington, by the Bureau of Con- 
 struction and Repair; at naval hospitals and medical-supply 
 depots they shall be performed by the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery ; and at marine barracks they shall be performed by th;» 
 Marine Corps. 
 
 493. 
 
 The public works officer shall inspect annually all public works inspection by 
 
 ^ . . , . , public works of- 
 
 and public utilities as to their condition, especially in regard Acer, 
 to their structural stability and state of preservation as viewed 
 from an architectural and civil engineering standpoint, and shall 
 report the result of such inspection to the commandant in writing. 
 Successive inspections shall be made not more than 14 months 
 apart, and the public works officer shall be held responsible for 
 any deterioration which may exist in such public works or utilities 
 which he does not so report. 
 
164 
 
 494. 
 
 Current sp- (i) when the current appropriation act provides funds for 
 
 propnation act. ' ,, ., , . ,, . ,. , 
 
 any of the purposes mentioned in this section under other bureaus 
 or offices than those set forth herein, the provisions of such ap- 
 propriation act shall govern. 
 Future esti- (2) In every case in which the condition described in the pre- 
 ceding paragraph exists, however, future estimates shall be pre- 
 pared (in accordance with the legal forms and methods applying 
 to such cases) in such a manner that subsequent appropriation 
 acts, if accepted by Congress in the form in which submitted, will 
 enable the provisions of this section to be fully complied with. 
 
 mates. 
 
CHAPTER 12. 
 
 THE BUREAU OF ORDNANCE. 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 505. Duties of the Bureau of Ordnance. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Blkeau of Ordnance. 
 505. 
 
 (1) The Bureau of Ordnance shall have cognizance over the up- Bureau of Ord- 
 keep and operation of the following naval ordnance establishments na cognizance. 
 and of their repair except as excluded in article 484 : 
 
 (a) Naval gun factory. 
 
 (b) Naval ordnance plants. 
 
 (c) Naval torpedo stations. 
 
 (d) Naval proving grounds. 
 
 (e) Naval ammunition depots. 
 
 (f) Naval magazines on shore. 
 
 (g) Naval mine depots. 
 
 And of all that relates to the manufacture of offensive and de- 
 fensive arms and apparatus (including torpedoes and armor), all 
 ammunition, and war explosives. It shall require for or manu- 
 facture all machinery, apparatus, equipment, material, and sup- 
 plies required by or for use with the above. 
 
 (2) It shall determine the interior dimensions of revolving tur- 
 rets and their requirements as regards rotation. 
 
 (3) It shall, as the work proceeds, inspect the installation of 
 the permanent fixtures of the armament and its accessories on 
 board ship, and the methods of stowing, handling, and transport- 
 ing ammunition and torpedoes, all of which work shall be per- 
 formed to its satisfaction. It shall design and construct all tur- 
 ret ammunition hoists, determine the requirements of all am- 
 munition hoists, and the method of construction of armories and 
 ammunition rooms on shipboard, and, in conjunction with the 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair, determine upon their location 
 and that of ammunition hoists outside of turrets. It shall install 
 all parts of the armament and its accessories which are not perma- 
 nently attached to any portion of the structure of the hull, ex- 
 
 183841°— 20 12 (165) 
 
 
166 
 
 cepting turret guns, turret mounts, and ammunition hoists, and 
 such other mounts as require simultaneous structural work in con- 
 nection with installation or removal. It shall confer with the 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair respecting the arrangements 
 for centering the turrets and the character of the roller paths and 
 their supports. 
 
 (4) It shall have cognizance of all electrically operated am- 
 munition hoists, rammers, and gun-elevating gear which are in 
 turrets ; of electric training and elevating gear for gun mounts 
 not in turrets ; of electrically operated air compressors for charg- 
 ing torpedoes; and of all range finders and battle order and 
 range transmitters and indicators. 
 
CHAPTER 13. 
 
 THE BUREAU OF CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 519. Duties of the Bureau of Construction and Re- 
 pair. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Bubeatj of Construction and Repair. 
 
 519. 
 
 (1) The duties of the Bureau of Construction and Repair shall Bureau of Con- 
 comprise the responsibility for the structural strength an( i struction and Re- 
 stability of all ships built for the Navy; all that relates to de- 
 signing, building, fitting, and repairing the hulls of ships, turrets, 
 spars, capstans, windlasses, steering gear, and ventilating appa- 
 ratus; and, after consultation with the Bureau of Ordnance and 
 according to the requirements thereof as determined by that 
 bureau, the designing, construction, and installation of independ- 
 ent ammunition hoists, and the installation of the permanent fix- 
 tures of all other ammunition hoists and their appurtenances; 
 placing and securing armor after the material, quality, and dis- 
 tribution of thickness have been determined in accordance with 
 the provisions of articles 402 and 403; placing and securing 
 on board ship, to the satisfaction of the Bureau of Ordnance, the 
 permanent fixtures of the armament and its accessories as manu- 
 factured and supplied by that bureau ; installing the turret guns, 
 turret mounts, and ammunition hoists, and such other mounts as 
 require simultaneous structural work in connection with installa- 
 tion or removal ; care and preservation of ships not in commission. 
 The Bureau of Construction and Repair shall also, after confer- 
 ence with the Bureau of Ordnance, design the arrangments for 
 centering the turrets, the character of the roller paths and their 
 supports, and furnish that bureau every opportunity to inspect 
 the installation on board of all permanent fixtures of the arma- 
 ment and accessories supplied by said bureau. 
 
 (2) It shall have cognizance of all electric turret-turning ma- 
 chinery and of all electrically operated ammunition hoists (except 
 turret hoists), the same to conform to the requirements of the 
 
 (167) 
 
 
168 
 
 Bureau of Ordnance as to power, speed, and control. It shall also 
 have cognizance of stationary electrically operated fans or blowers 
 for hull ventilation, boat cranes, deck winches, capstans, steering 
 engines and telemotors therefor, hand pumps not in the engine or 
 firerooin, and electric launches and other boats supplied with 
 electric motive power ; it shall consult the Bureau of Engineering 
 in regard to and shall approve the plans for the installation of 
 all conduit and molding or other means for carrying electric wir- 
 ing; it shall supply and install, in consultation with the Bureau 
 of Engineering, all voice tubes and means of mechanical signal 
 communication. 
 
 (3) It shall have charge of the docking of ships, and of the 
 operating and cleaning of dry docks. 
 
 (4) It shall have charge of the manufacture of anchors and 
 cables, the supplying and fitting of rope, cordage, rigging, sails, 
 awnings, and other canvas, and flags and bunting, and the supply- 
 ing, installing, and repairing of galley ranges, steam cookers, and 
 other permanent galley fittings, such permanent fittings to be to 
 the satisfaction of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
CHAPTER 14. 
 
 THE BUREAU OF ENGINEERING. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 530. Duties of the Bureau of Engineering. 
 
 Section l. ; — Duties of the Bueeau of Engineering. 
 530. 
 
 (1) The duties of the Bureau of Engineering shall comprise all Bureau of Eh- 
 that relates to designing, building, fitting out, and repairing ma- g neer ng * 
 chinery used for the propulsion of naval ships ; the steam pumps, 
 
 steam heaters, distilling apparatus, refrigerating apparatus, all 
 steam connections of ships, and the steam machinery necessary 
 for actuating the apparatus by which turrets are turned. 
 
 (2) It shall inspect all fuel for the fleet. 
 
 (3) It shall have cognizance of the entire system of interior com- 
 munications. It is specifically charged with the design, supply, 
 installation, maintenance, and repair of all means of interior and 
 exterior electric signal communications (except range finders and 
 battle order and range transmitters and indicators), and of all 
 electrical appliances of whatsoever nature on board naval vessels, 
 except motors and their controlling apparatus used to operate the 
 machinery belonging to other bureaus. 
 
 (4) It shall supply and install all conduit and molding or other 
 means for carrying electric wiring, the plans for such installation 
 being made after consultation with the Bureau of Construction 
 and Repair, and being subject to the approval of that bureau. 
 
 (5) It shall have charge of the design, manufacture, installa- 
 tion, maintenance, repair, and operation of radio outfits on board 
 ship and on shore and of the upkeep and payment of expenses, 
 other than the pay of enlisted personnel, of operation of radio 
 stations on shore. 
 
 (6) It shall have supervision and control of the upkeep and 
 operation of the Engineering Experiment Station. 
 
 (169) 
 
CHAPTEE 15. 
 
 THE BUREAU OF SUPPLIES AND ACCOUNTS. 
 Sec. 1. Art. 541. Duties of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 Section 1. Duties of the Buueau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 541. 
 
 (1) The duties of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall 
 comprise all that relates to the purchase (including the prepara- 
 tion and distribution of schedules, proposals, contracts and bureau 
 orders and advertisements connected therewith and the Navy's 
 list of acceptable bidders), reception, storage, care, custody, trans- 
 fer, shipment, issue of and accounting for all supplies and property 
 of the Naval Establishment except medical supplies (but including 
 their purchase) and supplies for the Marine Corps. 
 
 (2) It shall have direction of the naval clothing factories and 
 their cost of operation. It shall have supervision over requisitions 
 and service covering provisions, clothing, and canteen stocks ; 
 allotments under Supplies and Accounts appropriations and the 
 accounting for allotments for ships under all appropriations; the 
 preparation and issuance of allowance lists for ships of Supplies 
 and Accounts material ; after recommendation of the bureau con- 
 cerned, the disposition of excess stocks accumulated at the various 
 yards and the upkeep of Naval Supply Account stock. It shall 
 recommend to the Bureau of Yards and Docks the interior ar- 
 rangements of storehouses ashore and to the Bureau of Construc- 
 tion and Repair the character of the permanent galley fittings 
 and interior storeroom arrangements afloat. 
 
 (3) It shall have direction of the sale of condemned, salvaged, 
 and scrap or other materials and the transfer thereof from point 
 to point. 
 
 (4) It shall procure all coal, fuel oil, and gasoline for Navy use, 
 including expenses of transportation, leased storage, and handling 
 the same and water for all purposes on board naval vessels and 
 the chartering of merchant vessels for transportation purposes. 
 It shall be charged with the procurement and loading of cargoes 
 
 (171) 
 
172 
 
 of supply ships, colliers, and tankers, and with the upkeep and 
 operation of fueling plants. 
 
 (5) The cost of supplies purchased by the Bureau of Supplies 
 and Accounts for other bureaus or branches of the Naval Estab- 
 lishment shall be defrayed out of the appropriations provided 
 therefor by law coining under the cognizance of those bureaus 
 or branches. 
 
 (6) It shall have charge of all that relates to the supply of 
 funds for disbursing officers and the payment for articles and 
 services for which contract and agreement have been made by 
 proper authority. 
 
 (7) It shall be responsible for the keeping of the property and 
 money accounts of the Naval Establishment, including accounts of 
 all manufacturing and operating expense at navy yards and sta- 
 tions; the direction of naval cost accounting and the audit of 
 property returns from ships and stations. 
 
 (8) It shall prepare the estimates for the appropriations for 
 freight, fuel, provisions, and clothing for the Navy, the main- 
 tenance of the supply, accounting, and disbursing departments at 
 navy yards and stations, and for the pay of all officers and enlisted 
 men of the Navy. 
 
CHAPTER 16. 
 
 Sec. 
 
 1. 
 
 Sec. 
 
 2. 
 
 Sec. 
 
 3.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 4.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 5/ 
 
 Sec. 
 
 6.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 7, 
 
 Sec. 
 
 8.- 
 
 Sec. 
 
 9, 
 
 THE MARINE CORPS. 
 
 -Art. 552-556. General instructions. 
 
 -Art. 557-567. The Major General Commandant of the Ma- 
 rine Corps. 
 
 -Art. 568-572. The staff of the Marine Corps. 
 
 -Art. 573-578. Marine brigades. 
 
 -Art. 579-582. Recruiting, discharges, transfers, and de- 
 sertions. 
 
 -Art. 583-593. Service at navy yards and naval stations. 
 
 -Art. 594-596. Marine Corps target practice. 
 
 -Art. 597-625. Service aboard ships of war. 
 
 -Art. 626-631. Service aboard naval vessels as separate or- 
 ganization. 
 
 Section 1. — General Instructions. 
 552. 
 
 (1) The President is authorized to prescribe such military Military rega- 
 regulations for the discipline of the Marine Corps as he may 
 
 deem expedient. ( Sec. 1620, R. S. ) 
 
 (2) The Marine Corps shall at all times be subject to the laws Subject toreg- 
 and regulations established for the government of the Navy, government of 
 except when detached for service with the Army by order of the toe Navy * 
 President; and when so detached they shall be subject to the 
 
 rules and articles of war prescribed for the government of the 
 Army. (Sec. 1621, R. S.) 
 
 (3) Marines may be detached for service on board the armed Service on 
 vessels of the United States, and the President may detach and S ei s . 
 appoint for service on said vessels such of the officers of said 
 
 corps as he may deem necessary. (Sec. 1616, R. S.) 
 
 (4) The President may substitute marines for landsmen in the P re fV* ent ma r 
 
 s u b s t ltute ma- 
 Navy as far as he may deem it for the good of the service. ( Sec. rines for lands- 
 
 1618, R. S.) men * 
 
 (5) The Marine Corps shall be liable to do duty in the forts Duty in forts, 
 and garrisons of the United States on the seacoast or any other 
 
 (173) 
 
174 
 
 duty on shore, as the President, at his discretion, may direct. 
 Marine officers (Sec. 1619, R. S.) 
 
 shall not com- (g) jf officer of the Marine Corps shall exercise command over 
 mand naval ves- 
 sels or naval sta- any navy yard or vessel of the United States. (Sec. 1617, R. S.) 
 Mons. -^ fg cer f ft ie Marine Corps shall exercise command over any 
 
 naval station of the United States. 
 Duty of Ma- (7) The following duties may be performed by the Marine 
 r ne orps. Corps, when so directed by the Secretary of the Navy : 
 
 (a) To furnish organizations for duty afloat on board armed 
 transports for service either with fleets, squadrons, or divisions, 
 or on detached service. 
 
 (b) To garrison the different navy yards and naval stations, 
 both within and beyond the continental limits of the United 
 States. 
 
 (c) To furnish the first line of the mobile defenses of naval 
 bases and naval stations beyond the continental limits of the 
 United States. 
 
 (d) To man such naval defenses and aid in manning, if neces- 
 sary, such other defenses as may be erected for the defense of 
 naval bases and naval stations beyond the continental limits of the 
 United States. 
 
 (e) To furnish such garrisons and expeditionary forces for 
 duties beyond the seas as may be necessary in time of peace 
 
 Marine officer (g) when an officer of the Marine Corps is in command of coin- 
 in command of 
 
 eomMned force, bined forces of the Army and Marine Corps, he shall submit re- 
 ports on the action and operations of the forces under his com- 
 mand, through military channels, to the Secretary of War, as well 
 as to his superior of his own branch of the service. 
 
 553. 
 
 nofSployetTas Under no circumstances shall any enlisted man be employed as 
 servants. a servant. 
 
 554. 
 
 w heV &hs en t *■ ^ ) The pay ancl allowances of any marine absent from his 
 withont leave, command without leave, or after his leave has expired, for one 
 connected period of twenty-four hours or more, shall be checked 
 against his account for the time he is so absent ; such absence be- 
 ing computed from the date (inclusive) that the unauthorized ab- 
 sence begins to the date (exclusive) of the man's return to mili- 
 tary control. Disconnected periods of unauthorized absence of less 
 than twenty-four hours will not be checked. 
 
 (2) The act of August 29, 1916, as amended by the act of July 
 1, 1918, contains the following provisions : 
 
 "Provided, That hereafter no officer or enlisted man in the Navy 
 or Marine Corps, in active service, who shall be absent from duty 
 
 
175 
 
 on account of injury, sickness or disease resulting from his own 
 intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, 
 shall receive pay for the period of such absence, the time so ab- 
 sent and the cause thereof to be ascertained under such procedure 
 and regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the 
 Navy : Provided, That an enlistment shall not be regarded as com- 
 plete until the enlisted man shall have made good any time in ex- 
 cess of one day lost on account of injury, sickness or disease re- 
 sulting from his own intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors, 
 or other misconduct." (39 Stat., 580.) 
 
 Absence from duty of any officer or enlisted man in the United 
 States Marine Corps in active service on account of injury, sick- 
 ness or disease resulting from his own intemperate use of drugs 
 or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, is within the purview of 
 the statute quoted above., 
 
 With reference to the provision contained in the act of July 1, 
 1918, relative to the forfeiture of pay by officers and enlisted men 
 of Navy and Marine Corps in active service while absent from 
 duty on account of injury resulting from their own intemperate 
 use of drugs or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, an officer or 
 enlisted man who, on or after July 1, 1918, has been absent or may 
 hereafter be absent from duty on account of such injury is not en- 
 titled to pay, as distinguished from allowances for the period of 
 such absence. But no deduction of pay will be made in the case 
 of an officer or enlisted man absent from duty on account of injury 
 coming within the purview of the above-mentioned statute, where 
 such injury was incurred prior to July 1, 1918. 
 
 Whenever an officer or enlisted man is absent from duty due 
 co causes within the purview of the statute quoted above, the 
 company or detachment commander will state in his daily "Morn- 
 ing report of marines " his opinion to that effect by noting under 
 " Remarks " opposite " Sick present " or " Sick in hospital " the 
 name of the officer or enlisted man concerned and whether or not 
 the case falls within paragraphs 2 and 3 of this regulation ; the 
 medical officer will in like manner record his opinion in his 
 " Morning report of sick." Notice that such an entry has been 
 made will at once be brought to the attention of the officer or 
 enlisted man concerned by the company or detachment commander. 
 When the company or detachment commander and the medical 
 officer are in accord, the finding, if approved by the commanding 
 officer, shall be final. Should the company or detachment com- 
 mander and the medical officer disagree, or should the command- 
 ing officer dissent, the latter will call a board of officers of not 
 less than two members, one of whom shall be a medical officer, 
 to report upon and make recommendations in the case. Approval 
 by the commanding officer of the findings of this board shall be 
 
176 
 
 final ; but, if the commanding officer disapprove the findings of 
 the board, the proceedings will be forwarded for the action of the 
 next higher authority. In the case of a company or detachment 
 commander or of an officer or enlisted man not carried upon the 
 rolls of a company, the duties hereinbefore required of the com- 
 pany or detachment commander will be performed by the next 
 superior officer under whose command or direction the officer or 
 enlisted man concerned may be serving. 
 
 No deduction of pay will be made in the case of any officer or 
 enlisted man absent from duty on account of disease which was 
 contracted prior to August 29, 1916, or on account of injury in- 
 curred prior to July 1, 1918, resulting from his own intemperate 
 use of drugs or alcoholic liquors or other misconduct. 
 
 555. 
 
 noncommissioned *• * ) Noncommissioned officers holding permanent warrants shall 
 officers. not be reduced in rank except in pursuance of the sentence of a 
 
 court-martial or by the order of the Major General Commandant. 
 (2) Noncommissioned officers holding temporary warrants shall 
 
 not be reduced in rank except in pursuance of the sentence of a 
 
 court-martial, by the order of the appointing authority, or by 
 
 the order of the Major General Commandant. 
 
 558. 
 
 r i n e d g erS s^TyTng (^ Tne provisions of this article will govern the method of 
 -with Army. communicating orders to marines detached for service with the 
 
 Army by order of the President under sections 1619 and 1621, 
 
 Revised Statutes. 
 
 (2) When marines are, by order of the President, detached for 
 service with the Army, the Major General Commandant of the 
 Marine Corps is, for the time that the marines are thus detached 
 and for the purpose of administering the affairs of such detach- 
 ments, an official of the War Department. He retains such control 
 and jurisdiction over said detached forces as shall enable him to 
 make the necessary transfers of officers and men from and to the 
 commands, and to exercise general supervision over all expendi- 
 tures and supplies needed for the maintenance of and connected 
 with the management of the marine forces so detached. He 
 shall be responsible to the Secretary of War for the general 
 efficiency and discipline of so much of the corps as is detached 
 for service with the Army. 
 
 (3) Communications which relate exclusively to the routine 
 business of the Marine Corps and do not involve questions of 
 administrative responsibility within the supervision of the com- 
 manding officer of the combined forces, and which do not relate 
 
177 
 
 to individual interests or status of a military nature requiring 
 the action of said commanding officer, shall be forwarded direct 
 between the headquarters of the Marine Corps and the senior 
 officer of the said corps serving with the detached forces. 
 
 (4) All communications regarding the personnel of the Marine 
 detachments on duty with the Army shall be addressed to the 
 proper representative of the Marine Corps and forwarded to The 
 Adjutant General of the Army, who will forward them, unless 
 the War Department directs their return to the Commandant of 
 the corps for modification. 
 
 Section 2. — The Major General Commandant of the Marine 
 
 Corps. 
 
 557. 
 
 (1) The Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps shall Where sta- 
 be stationed at the headquarters of the Marine Corps, Washington, Responsibility 
 D. C, and shall be responsible to the Secretary of the Navy for the Jfo J^pu^/of 
 general efficiency and discipline of the corps. corps. 
 
 (2) The records of all general courts-martial and courts of 
 inquiry involving the personnel of the Marine Corps shall, before 
 final action, be referred to the Major General Commandant for 
 comment as to disciplinary features. 
 
 558. 
 
 The Major General Commandant shall have immediate command 
 of the officers composing the staff of the corps, who shall perform 
 their duties under his direction. 
 
 559. 
 
 (1) The Major General Commandant shall, under the direction Issue of orders, 
 of the Secretary of the Navy, issue such orders for the movement 
 
 of officers and troops, and such orders and instructions for their 
 guidance, as may, from time to time, be necessary. 
 
 (2) When detachments or organizations are ordered to a navy 
 yard for transportation, unless otherwise directed, the officer in 
 command of the detachment or organization only shall report in 
 person to the commandant of the station or the commanding officer 
 of the vessel to which ordered. 
 
 560. 
 
 The Major General Commandant shall exercise general super- Recruiting 
 vision and control over the recruiting service of the corps, and 
 over the necessary expenses thereof, including the establishment 
 
178 
 
 of recruiting offices, and shall, from time to time, according to the 
 necessities of the service, detail officers and men therefor. 
 
 561. 
 
 Supervision of The Major General Commandant shall exercise a general super- 
 penditures. vision over all expenditures and supplies needed for the main- 
 
 tenance or connected with the management of the corps. It shall 
 be his duty to see that all estimates of appropriations, required 
 for the support and employment of the corps, are based upon 
 proper considerations and made for legal objects. 
 
 562. 
 
 Distribution of (l) The Major General Commandant shall make such distribu- 
 
 offi°ors a no mon 
 
 ' tion of officers and men, for duty at the several shore stations, as 
 shall appear to him to be most advantageous for the interests of 
 the service, and shall from time to time, when required by the 
 department, furnish detachments for vessels of the Navy, accord- 
 ing to the authorized scale of allowance. 
 
 (2) He shall establish and supervise the operation of such 
 schools as may be necessary for the instruction and training of 
 officers and enlisted men. 
 Band * (3) He shall station the Marine Band at headquarters, and it 
 
 shall be under his immediate control and direction. 
 
 563. 
 
 serters 1 ™ ° f de " Wnen practicable, the Major General Commandant shall order 
 deserters or stragglers apprehended or surrendering themselves 
 at stations within the limits of the United States, to be returned 
 to the vessels or stations to which they belong, and cause the 
 expenses attending their return to be charged against their ac- 
 counts. 
 
 564. 
 
 issne of orders In the absence of the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
 1" sence? aBdantS Corps the business of his office shall be conducted by such officer 
 of the Marine Corps as the Secretary of the Navy may designate, 
 who shall sign all official papers as " By order of the Major Gen- 
 eral Commandant." 
 
 565. 
 
 Inspections. Under orders from the Secretary of the Navy, the Major Gen- 
 eral Commandant of the corps shall make visits of inspection to 
 the various stations of the corps at such times as he may deem 
 proper in the interests of the service. 
 
179 
 
 566. 
 
 The Major General Commandant of the Corps shall report ^""iecretarv 
 annually to the Secretary of the Navy the condition and wants of of the Xarj. 
 the corps, together with the necessary estimates, in duplicate, of 
 appropriations required for its support. 
 
 567. 
 
 Administration of the Marine Corps Reserve. — (a) A Marine Beserr* 6 ° rPS 
 Corps Reserve shall be organized and administered by the Major 
 General Commandant, and the Marine Corps headquarters shall 
 hold the same relation to the Marine Corps Reserve as it does 
 to the personnel of the Marine Corps. 
 
 Section 3. — The Staff of the Marine Corps. 
 
 568. 
 
 (1) The officers of the staff departments of the Marine Corps Stations of offl- 
 shall be stationed at such places as may be designated by the Com- partments. 
 mandant of the corps. They shall have cognizance of such matters 
 
 and shall perform such duties as may be required by or in pur- 
 suance of law, or that may be assigned by the Major General Com- 
 mandant of the corps. 
 
 (2) An officer of the line detailed to fill a vacancy in the staff 
 departments, though eligible to command, according to his rank, 
 shall not assume command of troops unless put on duty under 
 orders which specially so direct. 
 
 (3) The heads of the staff departments shall report annually, 
 in writing, to the Major General Commandant, the condition and 
 requirements of their respective departments, together with such 
 recommendations as they may deem appropriate. 
 
 (4) In the absence of the head of any staff department the 
 senior assistant on duty in his office shall act as the head of such 
 department. 
 
 569. 
 
 It shall be the duty of the adjutant and inspector of the corps : inspector's *£ 
 
 (a) To keep the records of the officers and enlisted men of the partment. 
 Marine Corps and to make the necessary returns and furnish the 
 necessary information in connection therewith. 
 
 ( b ) To make inspections and investigations when so ordered. 
 
 (c) To perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the 
 Major General Commandant of the corps. 
 
180 
 
 570. 
 
 master's ^depart- ^ Tne Quartermaster of the corps shall be charged with the 
 ment. military and administrative details of that department. 
 
 Snppllcs and (2) The quartermaster's department shall provide all military 
 transportation. sup pii e s, including subsistence ashore, requisite for the use of the 
 corps, as well as material, labor, and services. It will purchase, 
 hire, operate, maintain, and repair such harness, wagons, carts, 
 drays, and other vehicles as are required for the transportation of 
 troops and supplies, and for official, military, and garrison pur- 
 poses. It shall furnish means of transportation which may be 
 needed in the movement of troops and material., It shall furnish 
 and have charge of all public animals and equipment for the same. 
 Payment of (3) The quartermaster's department shall pay, out of the proper 
 appropriations provided for the corps, all expenses thereof other 
 than those pertaining to the paymaster's department. These ex- 
 penses shall be paid by such officers of the quartermaster's depart- 
 ment as may be designated by the Major General Commandant of 
 the corps, or by such other officers as may be detailed by the 
 Major General Commandant of the corps as acting assistant quar- 
 termasters. To meet such expenses, the quartermaster of the 
 corps shall see that sufficient funds are kept in public deposi- 
 tories to the credit of himself or of the officers charged with 
 making payments. To procure such funds, requisitions shall be 
 submitted from time to time by the quartermaster of the corps, 
 and, through him, by officers detailed as disbursing officers, on the 
 Secretary of the Navy for deposit to their credits under " General 
 account of advances." 
 
 eontrac2 alS &nd ^ Xt sna11 be the duty of tne Quartermaster of the corps, and 
 that of officers of that department when authorized by him, to in- 
 vite proposals for supplies and services for the Marine Corps, and 
 to prepare and make contracts and agreements for the same in ac- 
 cordance with law, under the direction of the Secretary of the 
 Navy. 
 
 Buildings, etc. (5) The quarters, barracks, and other public buildings and 
 grounds provided for the use of officers and enlisted men of the 
 Marine Corps are under the direction of the quartermaster of the 
 corps. He shall, from time to time, make an inspection of such 
 buildings and all other public property, or cause such inspection 
 to be made, whenever ordered by the Major General Commandant 
 of the corps. 
 
 Public works. (6) The quartermaster of the corps shall suggest and recom- 
 mend to the Bureau of Yards and Docks plans for such public 
 works and other improvements as by these regulations that bureau 
 is required to perform. 
 
 Estimates. ( 7 ) The quartermaster of the corps shall prepare annually, and 
 
 at such other times as may be required, estimates of appropria- 
 
181 
 
 tions required by the Marine Corps under the quartermaster's 
 department, accompanying such estimates with necessary data 
 fully explaining the requirements. 
 
 (8) The quartermaster of the corps shall report annually, in Annual report. 
 writing, to the Major General Commandant of the corps, the con- 
 dition and requirements of such department, together with his 
 recommendations, giving estimates of cost when expense is in- 
 volved. 
 
 (9) All funds received from sales of public property and from Proceeds of 
 other sources pertaining to the quartermaster's department of the sa es * 
 Marine Corps shall be remitted without delay by the officer re- 
 ceiving the same to the most accessible disbursing officer of the 
 quartermaster's department. All funds so received by disbursing 
 
 officers shall immediately be taken up under " General account of 
 advances," stating source from which derived, and accounted for 
 in the same manner as other public moneys received by them. 
 
 (10) Disbursing officers shall transmit to the Auditor for the Account cur- 
 Navy Department, quarterly, an account current embracing all ren 
 receipts and expenditures of funds, accompanied by an abstract 
 
 and all vouchers necessary to substantiate the account. A copy 
 of the account current shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts. They shall also forward monthly to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts a statement of the amount of 
 money received and expended by them under each separate ap- 
 propriation. Cash received through collections and accounted for 
 on the monthly statement of receipts and expenditures to the Bu- 
 reau of Supplies and Accounts will be accompanied by a duplicate 
 of the abstract of collections. The original copy of the abstract 
 of collections shall be forwarded to the Quartermaster, Marine 
 Corps. 
 
 (11) Where disbursing officers of the Marine Corps make pay- Payments from 
 ments chargeable to appropriations of the Navy, they shall ac- Sons. appropr l 
 count for such payments on the monthly statement of receipts and 
 expenditures, and these payments shall be substantiated by memo- 
 randum copies of the voucher covering the expenditures. 
 
 (12) General depots established for the collections, manufac- Supply depots, 
 ture, and preservation of supplies are under the control of the 
 quartermaster of the corps, who shall from time to time issue such 
 instructions as may be necessary for the guidance of officers in 
 
 charge of such depots. 
 
 571. 
 
 (1) The paymaster of the corps shall have general super- Paymaster, 
 vision over all matters pertaining to the military and administra- 
 tive details of that department. 
 183841°— 20 13 
 
182 
 
 (2) He shall receive and expend the funds appropriated under 
 " Pay of the Marine Corps." 
 
 (3) He shall prepare annually, and at such other times as may 
 be required, estimates of appropriations required for " Pay of 
 the Marine Corps," together with all necessary explanatory data. 
 
 (4) He shall pay the officers and civil employees monthly, or, 
 if any so desire, semimonthly, or cause them to be so paid. 
 
 (5) Except as otherwise provided in orders or manual, he 
 shall pay the enlisted men monthly, or cause them to be so paid. 
 
 (6) He shall report annually, in writing, to the Major General 
 Commandant of the corps the condition and requirements of his 
 department, together with such recommendations as he may deem 
 appropriate. 
 
 (7) The paymaster and each assistant paymaster or special 
 disbursing agent serving under the paymaster's department, if 
 carrying a disbursing account, shall transmit monthly to the 
 Auditor for the Navy Department an account current, embracing 
 all transactions coming within the time covered by the account 
 except authorized payments for which credit has been or may 
 be deferred, accompanied with vouchers necessary to substantiate 
 the account. A copy of this account current, with details of 
 transfers of funds to other disbursing officers and of Treasury 
 deposits to the credit of the United States, shall be forwarded 
 
 ♦ to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (8) Enlisted men of the Marine Corps may deposit their 
 savings with the paymaster of the corps, or with any assistant 
 paymaster of the Marine Corps, or with the officer of the Supply 
 Corps of the Navy who carries their accounts, such deposits to 
 be in sums not less than $5 and for no fractional part of a dollar, 
 the same to remain so deposited until final payment on dis- 
 charge, but no man shall be permitted to start a deposit account 
 within six months of the expiration of his enlistment. 
 
 (9) He shall make, or cause to be made, an administrative 
 audit, or analysis of the accounts and returns of all disbursing 
 officers of his department, and, acting for the Bureau of Supplies 
 and Accounts, audit and prepare the administrative analysis of 
 all pay rolls of enlisted men of the Marine Corps carried by 
 supply officers of the Navy, ashore and afloat. 
 
 (10) He shall bring to the notice of the Major General Com- 
 mandant of the corps all matters relating to the accounts of his 
 department, that require or merit it, and shall immediately inform 
 the disbursing officer concerned of all errors or illegal disburse- 
 ments. 
 
 572. 
 
 AeoountaMlity. (l) Officers of the Paymaster's Department shall account for 
 funds to the Auditor for the Navy Department, and to the Bureau 
 
183 
 
 of Supplies and Accounts, through the paymaster of the corps, 
 to whom the account current, with all accompanying papers, 
 shall be sent for analysis under the several heads of appropria- 
 tions and for proper record in detail, prior to their transmittal 
 to the Treasury Department for audit. 
 
 (2) The paymaster of the corps shall transmit the accounts 
 to the proper accounting officer of the Treasury Department so 
 that they may be received by such officer within 20' days of their 
 actual receipt by the paymaster of the corps. 
 
 (3) The information as to the pay and allowances prescribed 
 by or in pursuance of law for officers and enlisted men of the 
 Navy and Marine Corps shall be embodied in the Manuals of the 
 Supply Corps, United States Navy, and the Paymaster's Depart- 
 ment, Marine Corps, respectively, and the service shall be gov- 
 erned accordingly. 
 
 Section 4. — Marine Brigades. 
 
 573. 
 
 Marine brigades are organized for service as units in naval 
 activities, and while they may be attached for quarters and train- 
 ing to navy yards or naval stations, it is necessary for their 
 efficiency that their administration, training, and discipline should 
 be continuous, and not subject to material change upon their 
 transfer to war conditions. To accomplish this end these matters 
 will be left in the hands of the brigade commander, subject to 
 modification by the commandant of the yard or station in those 
 cases where he deems the exercise of his authority necessary for 
 the best interests of the service. 
 
 Organization. 
 
 74. 
 
 (1) Brigade commanders, under the direction of the Major 
 General Commandant of the Marine Corps, shall have control of 
 and be responsible for the administration, training, discipline, and 
 efficiency of the brigades under their command. 
 
 (2) When stationed at a navy yard or naval station within the 
 continental limits of the United States, a marine brigade shall, 
 during its presence there, be under the command of the com- 
 mandant of the yard or station, who shall, except in matters per- 
 taining to navy-yard duties and the enforcement of the police 
 and fire regulations of the yard, be guided by the provisions of 
 article 573. 
 
 (3) When officers attached to a brigade at a navy yard or naval 
 station are required by the commandant of the yard or station 
 
 Command. 
 
184 
 
 for service on boards or courts, they will be detailed by the brigade 
 commander upon the order of the commandant. 
 
 575. 
 
 Service on when serving on shore in cooperation with vessels of the Navy, 
 
 shore with Navy. ' 
 
 brigade commanders or the officer commanding the detachment of 
 
 marines shall be subject to the orders of the commander in chief, 
 or, in his absence, to the orders of the senior officer in command of 
 vessels specially detailed by the commander in chief on such com- 
 bined operations so long as such senior officer is senior in rank to 
 the officer commanding the brigade or the detachment of marines. 
 When the brigade commander or the officer commanding the de- 
 tachment is senior to the senior officer in command of the vessels 
 specially detailed by the commander in chief on such combined 
 operations, or when, in the opinion of the commander in chief, it 
 is for any reason deemed inadvisable to intrust such combined 
 command to the senior officer afloat, the commander in chief will 
 constitute independent commands of the forces ashore and afloat, 
 which forces will cooperate under the general orders of the com- 
 mander in chief. 
 
 576. 
 
 Command of 
 separate marine 
 forces. 
 
 The brigade commander or other senior line officer of the Marine 
 Corps present shall command the whole force of marines in gen- 
 eral analogy to the duties prescribed in the Navy Regulations for 
 the senior naval officer present when two or more naval vessels are 
 serving in company, but the commander of each regiment, separate 
 battalion, or detachment shall exercise the functions of command 
 over his regiment, battalion, or detachment in like general analogy 
 to the duties of the commander of each naval vessel. 
 
 577. 
 
 Leave. 
 
 Surveys of ma' 
 terial. 
 
 (1) Brigade commanders are authorized to grant leave of ab- 
 sence and furloughs as follows : To officers attached to the brigade, 
 leave of absence not to exceed 10 days, exclusive of travel time ; to 
 enlisted men attached to the brigade, furloughs in accordance with 
 instructions that may be issued from time to time by the Major 
 General Commandant of the Marine Corps. When stationed at 
 navy yards or naval stations, brigade commanders will keep the 
 commandant informed as to leave granted officers. 
 
 (2) Boards of Survey on Marine Corps property for which an 
 officer attached to a brigade. is accountable will be ordered and 
 action taken thereon by the brigade commander. This also ap- 
 plies to Navy property in use by the Marine Corps and accounted 
 for on Marine Corps property account. Navy property in use by 
 
185 
 
 the Marine Corps is to be taken up and accounted for on Marine 
 Corps property accounts in the same manner as if it were Marine 
 Corps property. 
 
 578. 
 
 When ordered by the Major General Commandant of the Marine Inspections. 
 Corps, brigade commanders will inspect such parts of their 
 brigades as may be serving at other stations in the United States, 
 and shall at all times make such recommendations concerning the 
 organization and training of these units as they may deem advis- 
 able. 
 
 Section 5. — Recruiting, Discharges, Transfers, and Desertions. 
 
 579. 
 
 (1) The regulations for the recruiting service of the Army shall Recruiting 
 be applied to the recruiting service of the Marine Corps as far as serTice - 
 practicable. 
 
 (2) Every person before being enlisted or enrolled must pass 
 the physical examination; and no person shall be enlisted unless 
 pronounced fit by the commanding and medical officers, except by 
 special authorization, in each case, from the Major General Com- 
 mandant of the Marine Corps and Surgeon General of the Navy. 
 
 (3) Enlisted men of good character and faithful service who, 
 at the expiration of their terms, are undergoing treatment for in- 
 juries incurred or disease contracted in the line of duty may be 
 reenlisted if they so elect, and if the disability prove to be per- 
 manent, they will subsequently be discharged on certificates of dis- 
 ability. An enlisted man not under treatment, but who has con- 
 tracted in the line of duty infirmities that may raise a question 
 of physical eligibility to reenlistment, but not such as to prevent 
 his performing the duties of a marine, may be reenlisted by au- 
 thority of the Major General Commandant on application made 
 through the surgeon and proper official channels in time to re- 
 ceive a decision before the date of discharge. 
 
 (4) In the case of a person having physical disabilities, who has 
 been enlisted by authorization as above, the physical condition of 
 the enlisted man must be fully described in his enlistment paper, 
 in order that no improper claims for pension may be allowed. 
 
 580. 
 
 (1) Except as provided in the second paragraph of this article, Recruiting ©f- 
 the commanding officer of marines shall be the recruiting officer of cer * 
 his command, and his name shall appear as such on the enlist- 
 ment paper and in the service record book, which record shall be 
 
 
186 
 
 signed by him, and on the first page of which shall be entered the 
 date and place of enlistment of the recruit. 
 
 (2) At barracks designated as recruit depots, the Commandant 
 of the corps may designate the executive officer as recruiting offi- 
 cer, and when so designated such officer shall carry out the pro- 
 visions of the preceding paragraph. 
 
 581. 
 
 and ree^iTst- ^ No P erson sna11 De enlisted or reenlisted in the corps ex- 
 ments. cept as a private, drummer, trumpeter, or apprentice. 
 
 (2) On foreign stations marines may be reenlisted, but not re- 
 ceived for first enlistment. 
 
 582. 
 
 Discharges. (i) Marines serving within the United States shall be dis- 
 
 charged as follows: 
 
 Upon expiration of enlistment. 
 For undesirability, inaptitude, or unfitness. 
 For physical or mental disability (disability to be deter- 
 mined by a board of medical survey)., 
 In pursuance of the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 (2) The recommendation for discharge on account of undesira- 
 bility, inaptitude, or unfitness, must in every case be made by the 
 immediate commanding officer of the man concerned. 
 
 (3) In all cases where marines serving at shore stations are to 
 be discharged the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps 
 shall either issue and forward the necessary discharge certificates, 
 or, at his discretion, shall authorize the commanding officer of the 
 command in which the men are serving to issue appropriate dis- 
 charge certificates; except that marines serving in their first 
 enlistment may be discharged in accordance with the sentences of 
 courts-martial without the specific authority of the Major General 
 Commandant of the Marine Corps. 
 
 (4) When marines serving on board ships (except receiving 
 ships and except the cases covered by paragraph 6) are to be dis- 
 charged they shall, whenever practicable, be transferred, together 
 with their staff returns, upon orders from the Major General Com- 
 mandant of the Marine Corps, to the nearest marine barracks. 
 Where this procedure is not practicable they shall be similarly 
 transferred upon orders from the commanding officer of the ship 
 or from the senior officer present. Marines serving on board re- 
 ceiving ships shall be discharged on board unless transferred upon 
 orders from the Major General Commandant of the corps. 
 
 (5) When, in pursuance of a sentence of a court-martial, a ma- 
 rine, in his first enlistment, serving in the United States on board 
 
187 
 
 ship (including receiving ships) or at a shore station, is to be 
 discharged from the service, he shall be discharged by his com- 
 manding officer and his service record book then forwarded to the 
 Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 
 
 (6) When, in pursuance of a sentence of a summary court- 
 martial, a reenlisted marine serving in the United States on board 
 ship (including receiving ships), or at a, shore station, is to be 
 discharged from the service, his case, together with the recom- 
 mendation of his commanding officer, shall first be referred by 
 the Judge Advocate General to the Major General Commandant of 
 the Marine Corps, who shall either direct the discharge or author- 
 ize the placing of the man on probation. In the event of discharge 
 being directed, the man's service record book shall be forwarded 
 to the General Commandant of the Marine Corps after the dis- 
 charge has been effected. 
 
 (7) A marine may be discharged from a ship on a foreign sta- On foreign sta- 
 tion as follows : tion ' 
 
 In pursuance of the sentence of a general court-martial, in which 
 case a transcript of the sentence shall be forwarded to the 
 Major General Commandant of the Corps. 
 
 At the expiration of the man's term of enlistment, upon order 
 of the commanding officer of the ship. 
 
 In either of the two latter cases the discharge shall be made only 
 on the marine's written request, and upon his executing an agree- 
 ment in writing to waive all claims to consular aid and to trans- 
 portation to the United States. In all cases mentioned in this 
 paragraph the discharge shall be issued by the commanding officer 
 of the ship and the staff returns shall be forwarded to the Com- 
 mandant of the corps after discharge. 
 
 (S) In cases where the discharge is to be issued by an officer By other than 
 other than the marine's immediate commanding officer, such as Ending officer! 1 " 
 the Major General Commandant of the corps or the brigade com- 
 mander, the staff returns, with information as to the cause of dis- 
 charge, shall be forwarded to the commanding officer a sufficient 
 time in advance to enable him to have the accounts settled and 
 the discharge prepared and forwarded for delivery at the proper 
 time. Where the discharge is to be issued by the marine's imme- 
 diate commanding officer, such as the commanding officer of a post 
 or ship, such officer shall cause the officer or noncommissioned 
 officer having the clothing account to certify to the officer having 
 the pay account, on the form provided for that purpose, a state- 
 ment of the clothing account, in order that the latter officer may 
 make a full statement of the man's account. Every officer who 
 issues a discharge shall report to the Commandant of the corps the 
 cause, place, and date of discharge, and forward the staff returns 
 to him after discharge. 
 
188 
 
 (9) The issuing officer shall in every case indorse upon the 
 discharge certificate the character given upon discharge. 
 
 Section 6. — Service at Navy Yabds and Babkacks. 
 
 583. 
 
 A a t h ority of The marine detachment serving at a navy yard or naval station 
 stS? dant ° f shall be subject to the orders of the commandant thereof. No 
 part of the detachment shall be relieved or withdrawn without 
 an order of the Major General Commandant of the corps, except 
 that deficiencies in the complement of marines on board ships on 
 the eve of sailing may, by order of the commandant of a navy 
 yard or station, be supplied by the Commanding officer of marines, 
 who shall report the circumstances to the Major General Comman- 
 dant without delay. 
 
 584. 
 
 Authority of (1) The commanding officer of marines at a navy yard or 
 ficS" 1 ©" detach- barracks is clothed with the same authority for the purpose of 
 ment * enforcing discipline among the officers and men under his com- 
 
 mand as that which rests, for similar purposes, in the command- 
 ing officer of a vessel. 
 Responsibility. (2) He shall be responsible for the discipline and efficiency of 
 his command. 
 
 (3) Under no circumstances shall an offender be placed on 
 guard, or required to perform extra guard duty as punishment, 
 whether serving afloat or ashore. 
 
 585. 
 
 Transfer of of- (1) When an officer is ordered to relieve another in com- 
 mand of the marines within a navy yard or station, he shall 
 report in person, on his arrival, to the commandant of the station. 
 (2) Marine officers ordered to duty at a naval station shall 
 report first to the commandant of the station, and then to the 
 ■commanding officer of marines. 
 
 586. 
 
 Police and gov- The commanding officer of marines shall have under his direc- 
 
 ernment of ma- . ,, * ,. - ^ . . , 
 
 rines in barracks, tion the government and police of the marines when in barracks, 
 
 his regulations for which must conform to the general regulations 
 
 of the station. 
 
 587. 
 
 Posting senti- The commanding officer of marines shall cause such sentinels 
 lels * and patrols to be posted as may be directed by the commandant 
 
 of the station. 
 
189 
 
 588. 
 
 The commanding officer of marines shall, every morning, unless Countersign, 
 the commandant of the station reserves this duty to himself, 
 or directs that the use of the countersign be discontinued, issue 
 and transmit the countersign for the ensuing night, in writing 
 and under seal, to the commandant and to such other officers, and 
 such only, as the commandant may designate. 
 
 589 
 
 r of 
 struction of his command. 
 
 The commanding officer of marines is responsible for the in- .o^and ** " ° f 
 
 590. 
 
 At least once in each week the commanding officer of marines. w « ekl y sani- 
 tary inspection, 
 shall in person inspect the men's quarters, arms, and accouter- 
 
 ments, and the guardroom, cells, prison, and grounds. He shall 
 
 make a thorough examination and assure himself that all military, 
 
 police, and sanitary regulations in force are properly observed 
 
 and that all prisoners, including those in confinement under 
 
 sentence of court-martial, are properly cared for. 
 
 591. 
 
 (1) Officers and marines in garrison shall wear uniform. Uniform. 
 
 (2) The uniform of the day shall be designated by the com- 
 manding officer. 
 
 592. 
 
 Customary liberty to noncommissioned officers, musicians, and Granting lib- 
 privates shall be granted by the commanding officer of marines. erty * 
 
 593. 
 
 (1) At each station the commanding officer of marines shall de- Officer of the 
 tail daily a commissioned officer of the command for duty as offi- day * 
 
 cer of the day. 
 
 (2) The duties of the officer of the day shall be conducted in 
 accordance with instructions and regulations established for the 
 Army, and the special instructions and regulations prescribed by 
 the commanding officer of marines. 
 
 (3) In case of fire at the navy yard or station he shall inform 
 the commandant and his commanding officer and carry out the fire 
 regulations. 
 
 Section 7. — Marine Corps Target Practice. 
 
 594. 
 
 Marine Corps target practice shall be held as provided in this Conditions, 
 section and under the conditions laid down herein. 
 
19a 
 
 595. 
 
 Bales govern- 
 ing. 
 
 (1) When firing the Army courses for qualification, the firing 
 regulations for the United States Army, as adopted by the United 
 States Marine Corps, will govern the target practice of marines, 
 and in order to enable marines serving afloat to qualify under the 
 said regulations they will, whenever practicable, be given oppor- 
 tunity to fire under said regulations, and when held such practice 
 will be in addition to and separate and distinct from the practice 
 held under the provisions of the Firing Regulations for Small 
 Arms, United States Navy. 
 
 (2) Marines will also be governed by the Firing Regulations for 
 Small Arms, United States Navy, and such other regulations as 
 may apply to the subject in the Navy, and will in nowise be dif- 
 ferentiated in this respect from the naval personnel. 
 
 Pay: 
 prizes. 
 
 596. 
 
 ent of Prizes for excellency in gunnery exercise and target practice, 
 both afloat and ashore, shall be awarded and paid to enlisted men 
 of the Marine Corps, in like manner, in the same amounts, and un- 
 der the same conditions as to enlisted men of the Navy. 
 
 Section 8. — Service Afloat Aboaed Ships of War. 
 597. 
 
 Embarkation. If a marine detachment is specially assigned to duty on board 
 a cruising vessel the provisions of this section shall govern. 
 
 598. 
 
 Bations. (l) Wlien marines are received on board they shall be entered 
 
 separately on the books and shall be in all respects upon the same 
 footing as the enlisted men of the Navy with regard to rations. 
 Clothing. (2) They shall be furnished, by the supply officer, with clothing 
 
 and small stores when the commanding officer of marines shad 
 certify that they require them, under the same conditions as such 
 articles are furnished enlisted men of the Navy. 
 
 599. 
 
 Discipline. They shall be subject to the orders of their superiors in rank 
 
 in the same manner as the rest of the crew and shall be entitled 
 to the same privileges and be under the same discipline. 
 
 Drill and dis- 
 tribution for bat- 
 tle. 
 
 600. 
 
 The marine detachment when detailed for duty on board ship 
 is a distinct part of the complement of the ship and forms a divi- 
 sion in the detail of the whole force for battle. It shall be thor- 
 oughly drilled and instructed at such guns as may be assigned 
 
191 
 
 by the commanding officer and, when practicable, shall be stationed 
 as a division thereat, under its own officers, as the commanding 
 officer of the ship may direct. If impracticable to so assign the 
 marines as a division, they shall be detailed as gun's crews, the 
 marine officer or officers to command as many of such crews as 
 practicable, and after the assignments above outlined surplus men, 
 If any, shall be distributed as the commanding officer of the ship 
 deems most effective for battle. 
 
 601. 
 
 The marine officer of the ship has none of the independent Authority of 
 
 officers. 
 
 authority that is vested in the commanding officer of marines at 
 
 a shore station and can assign no punishment or restriction. 
 
 602. 
 
 (1) When more than one marine officer is attached to a ship, Presence of 
 one such officer shall at all times be present on board for duty offlccrs for dut y- 
 unless excused on particular occasions by the commanding officer 
 
 of the ship. 
 
 (2) In all cases a marine officer, when there is one attached to a 
 ship, shall be present to superintend the prescribed instructions 
 and exercises of the detachment, unless excused as above. 
 
 603. 
 
 When a ship is ready to receive her complement of marines, the Embarkation. 
 commandant of the station, having previously caused the com- 
 manding officer of the ship to bo informed, shall direct the com- 
 manding officer of marines to send the detaolnnont to the desig- 
 nated place of embarkation, accompanied by all its officers, unless 
 any are prevented by written order of the Secretary of the Navy 
 or by illness, the latter being certified to by a surgeon's certificate. 
 
 604. 
 
 The marine officer of a ship shall be attentive to the cleanliness, Health and 
 health, and comfort of his men and to their instruction, soldier- tachuient. ° <e " 
 like appearance, and efficiency. 
 
 605. 
 
 (1) The marine officer of the ship shall have charge of and be Charge of arms, 
 accountable for the arms, accouterments, and clothing belonging ' 
 
 to his detachment. He shall have these articles kept in good order 
 and shall report to the commanding officer any injury that may 
 
 
 
192 
 
 result from neglect or misconduct, in order that the responsibility 
 therefor may be fixed and damages be recovered. He shall in- 
 spect the clothing at least once in each month, and in case of any 
 loss or abuse he shall make report to the commanding officer. He 
 shall see that the arms, accouterments, and all Government prop- 
 erty, including any uniform clothing for which the marine officer 
 is responsible, that is in the possession of marines deceased or 
 absent without leave, and any other uniform clothing for which 
 the marine officer is responsible, are collected and preserved to 
 be disposed of as provided for by law and regulation. (Art. 
 122 (2).) 
 
 (2) When the arms and accouterments of the marine detach- 
 ment of a vessel are the property of the Bureau of Ordnance, 
 Navy Department, the marine officer of the ship shall exercise 
 over them only the same authority as is now exercised by the 
 officer of a gun division of a ship over his divisional battery 
 outfit. 
 
 606. 
 
 Repairs to If repairs to the arms or accouterments under his charge 
 become necessary, the marine officer shall apply to the executive 
 officer for such assistance as may be needed or shall request 
 authority to turn them in for repairs at the nearest depot of sup- 
 plies. 
 
 607. 
 
 tions. n> inspec " The marine officer of the ship shall examine daily, before quar- 
 ters, the living spaces occupied by the marines, their clothes lock- 
 ers, gun racks, and the marine storeroom, assuring himself that 
 they are ready for inspection. 
 
 608. 
 
 Where formed. At quarters the marines shall be formed at such place as shall 
 be designated by the commanding officer of the ship, under their 
 own officers, the senior of whom shall report the absentees. 
 
 609. 
 
 Times of drills. The marines shall be instructed and exercised at prescribed 
 drills, including pulling in boats, at such times and places as the 
 commanding officer of the ship may appoint. 
 
 610. 
 
 Guard mount- (i) When ordered by the commanding officer of the ship, regular 
 details shall be made for guard each day, and the ceremony of 
 
193 
 
 guard mounting shall be carried out as nearly as possible as at 
 barracks on shore. 
 
 (2) On board ships having more than 20 privates the guard of 
 the day shall consist of 1 noncommissioned officer and 10 privates ; 
 and on board those having less than 20 privates it shall consist 
 of 1 noncommissioned officer and 8 privates. 
 
 611 
 
 (1) All permanent or standing orders for sentinels shall be 
 approved by the commanding officer of the ship and shall pass 
 through the marine officer of the ship. When necessary, the 
 officer of the deck shall give special orders for sentinels, and when 
 such orders are of an important character he shall inform the 
 executive officer and marine officer of the ship. In all cases the 
 orders shall be communicated to the sentinels by the sergeant or 
 corporal of the guard. 
 
 (2) The marine officer shall visit sentinels frequently and shall 
 satisfy himself that they understand their orders and duties. 
 
 Sentinels. 
 
 612. 
 
 Marines may be detailed for duty as orderlies for flag officers, 
 chiefs of staff, and commanding officers of ships. 
 
 Orderly duty. 
 
 618. 
 
 (1) Noncommissioned officers shall not be detailed as messmen. Assignment of 
 
 (2) Marines shall not be assigned to duty as master at arms, j" 011 to othcr du " 
 yeoman, or chief pharmacist's mate, except in case of emergency, 
 
 which shall be determined by the commanding officer of the ship. 
 When necessary to make such assignment, it shall continue only 
 until a suitable person can be selected for the required duty. 
 
 (3) They shall not be assigned to duty as messengers for the 
 officer of the deck. 
 
 (4) In detailing marines for any work or labor not included in 
 their usual guard, post, and deck duties, regard. shall be had to 
 the amount of guard and post duty being required of them. 
 
 614. 
 
 (1) When a vacancy in the complement of noncommissioned Vacancies of 
 officers occurs on board a cruising ship, the marine officer of the oXersTibro^d!* 
 ship shall recommend and the commanding officer of the ship shall 
 designate some one of the detachment for promotion to fill the 
 vacancy, when practicable. The commanding officer of the ship 
 shall appoint a board, consisting of the marine officer of the ship 
 and of two line officers of the Navy or Marine Corps, to examine 
 
194 
 
 the person so designated as to his qualifications for promotion. If 
 reported qualified, and the report be approved by the commanding 
 officer of the ship, he shall make the appointment to continue in 
 force until the termination of the cruise, unless sooner vacated 
 by order of the appointing authority. If, at any time, the com- 
 manding officer of the ship desires that an appointment issued by 
 himself be made permanent, he may make recommendation to the 
 commandant of the corps, who may issue a permanent warrant. 
 In the United (2) When such a vacancy occurs within the waters of the 
 states * United States and the commanding officer of the ship does not 
 
 deem it advisable to promote a member of the detachment, he 
 shall report the facts to the Major General Commandant of the 
 corps, who shall fill the vacancy by transfer. 
 
 615. 
 
 Offenses. Reports against marines shall be entered in the daily report 
 
 book. Any misbehavior of the marines on guard or on duty as 
 sentinels shall be reported to the executive officer through the 
 officer of the deck and to the marine officer of the ship. The ma- 
 rine officer of the ship, when on board, shall be present at the mast 
 when offenses committed by marines are to be investigated. 
 
 616. 
 
 Conduct and The marine officer of the ship shall keep the executive officer 
 liberty lists. informed of the proficiency in rating, sobriety, and obedience of 
 the marines, and shall make recommendations to him regarding 
 their liberty. 
 
 617, 
 
 Muster rolls U) The marine officer of the ship shall keep a muster roll, and 
 "onnt«.° tlimg a °" cl °thing and other accounts, and shall forward them, as well as 
 other required returns, through the proper channels. 
 
 (2) He shall prepare and submit, in the same manner, and on 
 the same form as is provided for the payment of marines at shore 
 stations, monthly pay rolls, in duplicate, to the supply officer of 
 the ship, retaining a third copy, such rolls to show in the column 
 of " Remarks " all necessary data to support any extra credits ap- 
 pearing thereon ; the original, when approved by the commanding 
 officer of the ship, will constitute the supply officer's authority tor 
 the payment of the roll. After payment has been accomplished 
 he shall make such corrections in the retained roll as are neces- 
 sary to make it agree with the original as audited and settled by 
 the supply officer, make the necessary entries in the " Service 
 Record Book." obtain the certificate of the supply officer, in the 
 space provided, to the effect that said roll is a copy of the roll 
 upon which payment was made, after which he shall transmit the 
 
195 
 
 same to the paymaster of the corps, United States Marine Corps, 
 through the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (3) The jurisdiction and handling of accounts of the Marine 
 Corps by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts consists solely in 
 keeping the record of all expenditures that are chargeable to Ma- 
 rine Corps appropriations. 
 
 618. 
 
 A marine officer may be detailed by the commanding officer Superintendent 
 of the ship as superintendent of small-arm target practice. practice.* 1 _arm 
 
 619. 
 
 Marine officers may be required to make intelligence reports intelligence 
 upon such subjects as the commanding officer of the ship may rep ° 
 direct. 
 
 620. 
 
 The officers and men of the Marine Corps serving in a fleet Drill on shore. 
 shall be properly organized and shall be landed at such times and 
 places as the commander in chief may direct for exercise in pre- 
 scribed drills and duties, under the command of the fleet marine 
 officer. 
 
 621. 
 
 When serving on shore with a mixed detachment, composed of Service with a 
 seamen and marines, the marines shall always be placed on the Jfe^.* etac 
 right in battalion or other infantry formation, and the senior 
 officer of the line of the Navy, or of the Marine Corps, according 
 to rank, shall command the detachment. 
 
 622. 
 
 Marine officers below the grade of major may be assigned to Watch and 
 duty as officers of the deck in port. Those marine officers on ec ° cers " 
 the junior watch list may stand junior officer watch at sea. 
 
 623. 
 
 The marines of receiving ships and of vessels which are tern- , Drill with ma- 
 , ,, , „ rines of fcar- 
 
 porarily at a navy yard shall, under the direction of the com- racks. 
 
 mandant of the station, be landed for the purpose of drill and 
 
 exercise in the school of the battalion, in conjunction with the 
 
 marines of the station, under the command of the senior marine 
 
 officer present. 
 
196 
 
 624. 
 
 Official corre- 
 spondence. 
 
 All official correspondence between officers and enlisted, men 
 and the Major General Commandant or staff of the corps, relating 
 to the detail, efficiency, or requirements of the command shall be 
 addressed to the commanding officer of the ship. Communica- 
 tions from enlisted men shall be forwarded through the marine 
 officer of the ship and executive officer to the commanding officer 
 of the ship. 
 
 625. 
 
 Allowances. The allowance of arms, accourterments, tentage, and equipage 
 
 for marine detachments of ships shall be in accordance with the 
 current allowance lists therefor approved by the Secretary of the 
 
 Navy. 
 
 Section 9.- 
 
 -Seevice Aboard Naval Vessels as a Separate 
 Organization. 
 
 626. 
 
 Marine trans- Special armed transports, each carrying a permanently or- 
 P° rts « ganized force of marines, may be ordered to duty with fleets, 
 
 squadrons, or divisions, or on special service. 
 
 627. 
 
 Organizations, When a force of marines is embarked on a naval vessel or ves- 
 etc - sels as a separate organization not a part of the authorized com- 
 
 plement thereof, the authority and powers of the officers of such 
 separate organization of marines shall be the same as though 
 such organization were serving at a navy yard on shore, but noth- 
 ing herein shall be construed as impairing the paramount au- 
 thority of the commanding officer of any naval vessel over the 
 vessel under his command and all persons embarked thereon. (Act 
 Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 628. 
 
 Orders to ma- All orders to the marine organization when embarked shall, so 
 rmes, discipline, far ag may be pract icable, be given through its own officers and 
 noncommissioned officers, and the commanding officer of the ship 
 shall bear in mind that, although the discipline of all on board is 
 under his control, he is nevertheless to leave the organization to 
 the management of its own officers, so far as may be consistent 
 with the order and discipline of the ship. 
 
197 
 
 629. 
 
 When embarked on board a naval vessel or vessels in accord- care of parts 
 ance with the provisions of this section, the marines shall take of sbip * 
 care of all parts of the ship that are devoted to their use. 
 
 630. 
 
 When a vacancy occurs in the complement of noncommissioned Filling vacan- 
 officers on board an armed transport, the marine officer command- 
 ing the organization shall convene a board to conduct the ex- 
 amination, and if the candidate be reported as qualified, the 
 marine officer may issue the necessary warrant, the appointment 
 to continue in force until the termination of the cruise. If the 
 marine officer desires that such appointment be made permanent, 
 he shall make recommendation to that effect to the Major General 
 Commandant of the corps, who may issue a permanent warrant. 
 
 631. 
 
 (1) The Department of the Pacific, United States Marine Corps, the D pacifi?. eIlt ° f 
 will include such posts, detachments, offices, and other organiza- 
 tions as may be directed by the Major General Commandant. 
 
 (2) The departmental commander shall be under the direct 
 command of, shall perform his duties under the immediate direc- 
 tion of, and shall be responsible for the general efficiency and 
 discipline of the troops under his department to the Major Gen- 
 eral Commandant. 
 
 (3) The departmental commander shall, when ordered by com- 
 petent authority, make visits of inspection to the various stations 
 of the department. 
 
 (4) Under the direction of the Major General Commandant, 
 the departmental commander shall issue orders for the movement 
 of officers and troops in the department. 
 
 (5) Under the same direction, the departmental commander 
 shall distribute the officers and men for duty at the several sta- 
 tions and with the various organizations in accordance with the 
 necessities of the service; and shall, when duly ordered, furnish 
 detachments for vessels of the Navy, according to their authorized 
 complements. When duly ordered, he shall also cause vacancies 
 in such detachments to be filled and shall direct the necessary 
 transfer of officers and men for that purpose. 
 
 (6) The departmental commander shall exercise a general super- 
 vision over all expenditures and supplies needed for the mainte- 
 nance or connected with the management of the department. It 
 shall be his duty to see that all estimates of funds required for 
 the support and employment of the department are based on proper 
 considerations and are made for legal objects. 
 
 183841°— 20 14 
 
CHAPTER 17. 
 
 ORGANIZATION OF THE NAVAL FORCES. 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 641-649. General organization of the naval forces. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 650-652. Status of ships. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 653-664. Organization of the fleets. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 665-669. Hospital ships. 
 
 Section 1. — General Organization of the Naval Forces. 
 641. 
 
 (1) The organization of the naval forces for war will be stated tlo ^ ar or s auiza - 
 in the Mobilization Plans in the War Portfolio. 
 
 (2) During peace the principal naval forces shall be divided u** ce or s» nI - 
 into three fleets, as follows : 
 
 (a) United States Atlantic Fleet. 
 (&) United States Pacific Fleet, 
 (c) United States Asiatic Fleet. 
 
 (3) The monthly Navy Directory will include the home-yard 
 assignment of United States naval vessels, and no change in this 
 assignment of home yards will be made without the authority of 
 the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 642. 
 
 Each fleet shall be commanded by a commander in chief. A f ^JJJ manders 
 commander in chief may be ordered to command a special service 
 squadron or other force at the discretion of the department. 
 
 643. 
 
 The geographical limits of command of the commanders in 
 chief of the three fleets of the peace organization shall be as 
 follows : 
 
 (a) Atlantic Fleet. — This shall include the Atlantic Ocean and Atlantic Fleet. 
 Mediterranean Sea and their tributary waters. The eastern limits 
 shall be the western coasts of Europe and Africa ; in the Mediter- 
 
 (199) 
 
200 
 
 Pacific Fleet. 
 
 Asiatic Fleet. 
 
 ranean Sea, at Suez; north of Asia, the eightieth meridian east 
 of Greenwich ; and south of Africa, the twentieth meridian east 
 of Greenwich. The western limits shall be the eastern coasts of 
 North, Central, and South America ; north of North America, the 
 one hundredth meridian west of Greenwich ; south of South Amer- 
 ica, the seventy-first meridian west of Greenwich ; and^ in the 
 Straits of Magellan, Punta Arenas, Chile. 
 
 (&) Pacific Fleet. — This shall include the eastern part of the 
 Pacific Ocean and tributary waters. The eastern limits shall be 
 the west coasts of North, Central, and South America; north of 
 North America, the one hundredth meridian west of Greenwich; 
 south of South America, the seventy-first meridian west of Green- 
 wich ; and in the Straits of Magellan, Punta Arenas, Chile. The 
 western limits shall be the one hundred and eightieth meridian 
 as far north as the fiftieth parallel of north latitude, and above 
 that the one hundred and sixtieth meridian east of Greenwich 
 and the east coasts of Asia; and north of Asia, the eightieth 
 meridian east of Greenwich. 
 
 (c) Asiatic Fleet. — This shall include the Pacific and Indian 
 Oceans and tributary waters between the eastern limits of the 
 Atlantic command and the western limits of the Pacific command. 
 
 644. 
 
 Forces in each These commands shall be composed as the department may 
 from time to time direct, and shall be under the commander in 
 chief of the fleet. Nothing in these regulations, however, shall 
 be construed as authorizing any commander in chief to attach to 
 his command any vessel not specifically so ordered by the depart- 
 ment, except so far as may be justified by the regulations relat- 
 ing to the rights and duties of a senior officer present. 
 
 645. 
 
 Vessels on spe- 
 cial service. 
 
 Vessels on special service and vessels making passage within 
 the limits of a command may operate within the limits of any 
 one of the three commands at the department's discretion, with- 
 out being placed under the immediate command of the commander 
 in chief. 
 
 646. 
 
 squSo'ni 86 ™ 166 Special service squadrons or detachments may be organized at 
 any time at the discretion of the department ; for the performance 
 of any duty which may be required of them, and the officer in com- 
 mand of such a squadron or detachment may be designated as 
 either a commander in chief or a commander of a squadron or de- 
 tachment, as circumstances may render advisable. Such squad- 
 
201 
 
 rons or detachments may operate within the limits of command of 
 the commander in chief of one of the principal fleets without 
 being placed under the direct command of such commander in 
 chief, but when so acting shall be subject to the provisions of the 
 following article. 
 
 647. 
 
 When one or more ships arrive within the limits of command Separate forces 
 
 meeting. 
 of the commander in chief of the Asiatic Fleet, or in waters 
 
 contiguous to those in which a flag officer is serving in command 
 
 afloat, the senior officer present, if junior to the commander in 
 
 chief, or to such other flag officer, shall report to him either by 
 
 telegraph or mail, as may be deemed expedient. In so doing he 
 
 shall report the tenor of his orders, if not secret, and if secret, he 
 
 shall report the fact. He shall also report how communications 
 
 may reach him. These reports shall continue from time to time, 
 
 as necessary, or as required by circumstances, until such detached 
 
 force has left the limits of command or the proximity of the flag 
 
 officer to whom they are made. If the officer in command of the 
 
 detached force is a flag officer senior in rank to the commander 
 
 in chief of the fleet concerned, the latter shall make to the 
 
 former the reports required by the provisions of this article. 
 
 It shall be the duty of the senior in every case to keep the 
 
 junior informed as to how to address and forward such reports. 
 
 648. 
 
 In addition to the three fleets mentioned in the above para- other forces. 
 graphs the vessels of the Navy in commission will constitute (a) 
 Naval District Forces, and (&) the Naval Transportation Service. 
 
 649. 
 
 (a) Assignment of transports, cargo, and fuel vessels to the Transportation 
 Naval Transportation Service will be made by the Chief of Naval ser?Ice# 
 Operations. The Port Director Naval Transportation Service will, 
 under the direction of the district commandant, coordinate the 
 various activities of these vessels in regard to : Operation, includ- 
 ing port movements, berthing, loading, discharging, and bunker- 
 ing; personnel, including inspections, changes, and passengers; 
 material, including repairs by ship's force, navy yard, or private 
 firms under the cognizance of the various bureaus of the Navy De- 
 partment; supply, including ship's stores, material supplies, and 
 cargo. 
 
 (ft) Reports and recommendations should be forwarded to the 
 Chief of Naval Operations. Transportation of passengers shall be 
 governed by the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 
202 
 
 Section 2. — Status of Ships. 
 650. 
 
 (1) The status of each vessel of the Navy will be definitely or- 
 dered, either as in commission or out of commission. Vessels in 
 commission may be in any one of four conditions, as follows : 
 Ships iu full (a) In full commission. — Vessels in this condition are fully offi- 
 cered and manned, and ready in all respects for service, and un- 
 der orders or liable to orders for service without previous notice. 
 They may be temporarily disabled for repairs by order of the de- 
 partment, however, without changing their status. Such vessels 
 will ordinarily be attached to fleets, special service squadrons, de- 
 tachments, or naval districts.. 
 duced P§ commJs- (o) In reduced commission. — Vessels in reduced commission are 
 sion. officered and manned with less than 80 per cent of their full com- 
 
 plement, but with sufficient complement to maintain the vessel in 
 material readiness for service and to perform such operations as 
 may be necessary to insure efficient performance of the material 
 and to train the personnel. Such vessels will ordinarily be at- 
 tached to fleets, or naval districts. 
 
 Ships in com- ( c ) x n commission in reserve. — Vessels in this condition shall be 
 mission in re- 
 serve, maintained at some designated navy yard or other suitable place, 
 
 and shall be kept ready for sea on short notice. They shall have 
 reduced complements of officers and men on board including, if 
 practicable, an engineer officer and such engineer and artificer per- 
 sonnel as may be required to maintain the material in condition 
 for operation. The provision that they shall be ready for sea on 
 short notice shall not be construed to prevent the carrying on of 
 such repairs as may be necessary to keep them ready for sea, or as 
 may be authorized by the department, but no work shall be under- 
 taken on any of them that will render them unable to move upon 
 the expiration of four working days after the receipt of orders, 
 without first obtaining permission from the department. Such 
 vessels will ordinarily be attached to fleets or naval districts. 
 
 Ships in com- /$) j n commission in ordinary. — Vessels in this condition shall 
 mission in ordi- 
 nary, be maintained at some designated navy yard under the com- 
 mandant in such manner as will best tend to keep them in condi- 
 tion for service if needed, under detailed instructions from the 
 department. They shall have complements of officers and men on 
 board only large enough to enable them to be properly cared for 
 in the condition in which ordered to be maintained; fheir com- 
 plements shall include, if practicable, an engineer officer and such 
 artificer personnel as may be required. Necessary repairs shall 
 be conducted on them, but no work shall be undertaken on any of 
 them without special permission from the department which would 
 
203 
 
 delay them longer than would be necessary to change them from 
 the condition in ordinary to that of readiness for sea service were 
 no repairs in progress. Such vessels ordinarily will not be at- 
 tached to fleets but will be maintained in ordinary independently. 
 (2) Ships out of commission. — Ships in this condition shall have 
 no personnel on board, and shall be under the full control of the 
 commandant of the navy yard at which they lie. Repairs and 
 alterations shall be carried on on board them as may be authorized 
 by the department, or they may be held out of commission and not 
 under repair awaiting the department's instructions to commission 
 or otherwise dispose of them. 
 
 651. 
 
 Vessels maintained in commission in any of the four conditions Flag and pen- 
 specified above shall fly the flag and commission pennant. Ves- nan ' 
 sels out of commission shall not fly the flag or commission pennant. 
 
 652. 
 
 The relations between the commanding officers of ships in re- c o mmandanis 
 duced commission, in commission in reserve, and in commission J^ers™? vessels 
 in ordinary, and the commandants of the yards at which they lie in commission in 
 shall be the same as those which exist between the commanding 01 
 officers of vessels in full commission at navy yards and the com- 
 mandants of such yards. If organized in forces, flotillas, squad- 
 rons, or divisions, the relations between the commanders thereof 
 and the commandants shall be the same as though the vessels were 
 in full commission. 
 
 Section 3. — Oeganization of the Fleets. 
 
 653. 
 
 The fleets of the United States shall be organized in accordance Definitions, 
 with the following definitions and plan : 
 
 A fleet is an organized body of ships under the command of 
 a commander in chief. 
 
 A force is a major subdivision of a fleet. It is usually com- 
 posed of all vessels of that fleet that are of the same type 
 or class or that are assigned to the same duty. 
 
 A flotilla is a major subdivision of a force of destroyers or 
 submarines. 
 
 A squadron is a major subdivision of a force of vessels 
 other than destroyers or submarines in which classes of 
 vessels it is a major subdivision of a flotilla. 
 
 A division is a major subdivision of a squadron. 
 
204 
 
 A section is one-half of a division. 
 
 A detachment is a subdivision of a fleet temporarily operat- 
 ing independently under orders from the department or 
 semi-independently at some distance from the commander 
 in chief. 
 submarine? 011 ° f Tnere sna11 De normally two ships in each section of battle- 
 ships, battle cruisers, and armored cruisers. 
 
 There shall be normally three ships in each section of all ships 
 other than battleships, battle cruisers, and armored cruisers. 
 
 There shall be normally two sections in each division, except 
 that in the case of submarines all boats based on one tender shall 
 normally constitute one division. 
 
 There shall be normally two divisions in each squadron of 
 battleships, battle cruisers, and armored cruisers. 
 
 There shall be normally three divisions in each squadron of 
 vessels other than battleships, battle cruisers, and armored 
 .cruisers. If practicable a suitable flagship and a tender shall 
 be assigned to each destroyer squadron. 
 
 There shall be normally three squadrons of destroyers or sub- 
 marines in each flotilla. A flagship shall, if practicable, be as- 
 signed to each flotilla of destroyers or submarines. 
 
 The number of squadrons or flotillas in a force is not limited. 
 Suitable flagships shall be assigned for each destroyer force and 
 for each submarine force if composed of more than one flotilla. 
 
 654. 
 
 diSns of The Forces shall be named as follows : 
 fleet « Battleship force. 
 
 Cruiser force. 
 Destroyer force. 
 Submarine force. 
 Air force. 
 Mine force. 
 Train. 
 Forces which are rendered advisable by future developments 
 may be organized under appropriate names. 
 
 Squadrons and flotillas shall be named by serial numbers, be- 
 ginning with 1 in each type of vessel. 
 
 Divisions shall be named by serial numbers, beginning with 1 
 in each type of vessel. 
 
 Sections are not permanently named. 
 
 When necessary for clearness, the name of the fleet shall follow 
 the name of the subdivision of the fleet. 
 Examples: 
 
 Battleship Division One. 
 
 Cruiser Division Six, United States Atlantic Fleet. 
 
205 
 
 Destroyer Flotilla One. 
 Submarine Division Five. 
 Mine Division Two. 
 In numbering flotillas, squadrons, and divisions, the newest 
 ships shall have the largest numbers. 
 
 655. 
 
 The titles of any subdivision of the fleet shall be formed by Ti j les of f com - 
 
 ** manders of sub- 
 
 prefixing the title " Commander " to the name of the subdivision divisions. 
 
 he commands. 
 
 Examples: 
 
 Commander Battleship Division One. 
 
 Commander Cruiser Division Two. 
 
 Commander Train. 
 
 Commander Mine Squadron Two. 
 
 656. 
 
 Administrative command shall be exercised by the commander Administrative 
 in chief through the force commanders ; by the force commanders comma11 • 
 through the division commanders of the battleship force and 
 scout force; and through the flotilla commanders, squadron com- 
 manders, and division commanders of all other forces. 
 
 657. 
 
 Tactical command shall be exercised by the commander in chief Tactical com- 
 through the force commanders ; by the force commanders through 
 the squadron commanders or through the flotilla commanders ; by 
 the flotilla commanders through squadron commanders ; by the 
 squadron commanders through division commanders; but any 
 flag officer may communicate directly, for tactical purposes, with 
 any vessel or any subdivision of his command. 
 
 658. 
 
 Officers ordered to command forces may be assigned additional Orders to offl- 
 
 ,,.. ,. ,„ ,.,,„ . ,., cers in command 
 
 duty in immediate command of subdivisions of the force, in which of subdivisions, 
 case they shall be ordered as the commander of the force with 
 additional duty in command of such subdivisions of the force. 
 Commanders of divisions, except in the case of destroyers, shall 
 not, except temporarily or in an emergency, be ordered to addi- 
 tional duty in command of a ship of the division. The com- 
 manders of a destroyer division may be ordered to command a 
 vessel of the division. 
 
 659. 
 
 The department will assign vessels to fleets, forces, flotillas, ^Assignment of 
 squadrons, and divisions, but such assignments shall not be 
 
206 
 
 interpreted to limit the discretion of the commander in chief in 
 making at any time a strategic and tactical distribution of his 
 command. Fleets or forces made up of vessels not suitable for 
 tactical grouping will be organized so as best to meet their 
 special situation. 
 
 660. 
 
 Home yards. Each division of vessels shall be assigned to some particular 
 navy yard for routine repairs and overhaul, which yard shall be 
 known as the " home yard " of that division. In the case of de- 
 stroyers, all divisions of any one squadron shall, if practicable, 
 have the same " home yard." Other vessels, such as vessels of 
 the train, shall be assigned to home yards as may be deemed 
 expedient. 
 
 661. 
 
 Vessels ia re- Vessels in reduced commission, or in commission in reserve, 
 d u c e d commis- 
 sion or in com- shall be assigned to fleets and forces, and constitute a part of 
 
 serre? 11 1B re " tne command of the commander in chief of the fleet and of the 
 
 commander of the force to which assigned. 
 
 662. 
 
 of vesseis"?n re" Such vessels shall be organized so far as practicable into sub- 
 
 d»ced commis- divisions in all respects analogous to the subdivisions constituted 
 
 sion and in com- ^ ° 
 
 mission in re- of similar active units, and shall be administered by subdivision 
 
 commanders under the supervision of the commander of that 
 
 force of the fleet to which they are assigned. Such subdivisions 
 
 will be named by the numbers they would have should they join 
 
 the active fleet. 
 
 663. 
 
 Basing and Vessels in reduced commission, or in commission in reserve, 
 
 command. shall be based together in the largest practicable subdivisions, at 
 
 suitable bases where secure mooring or berthing spaces can be 
 
 provided, and an officer of suitable rank and experience shall be 
 
 ordered to command each subdivision. 
 
 664. 
 
 Manenvers and Vessels in reduced commission or in commission in reserve 
 operations. shall be considered available for limited operations and shall 
 
 be ordered to sea from time to time as circumstances permit, 
 for exercise cruises, gunnery exercises, maneuvers, and such 
 other purposes as the force commander, commander in chief of 
 the fleet, or department may direct. 
 
207 
 
 Section 4. — Hospital Ships. 
 665. 
 
 The Navy Department shall designate such vessels as it may Designation, 
 deem necessary to be called and employed as " hospital ships." nLance. 8 " C ° S 
 When in service, such ships shall be considered as floating hos- 
 pitals, for the purpose of caring for, treating, and transporting 
 the sick and wounded of the Navy, Marine Corps, and Army, 
 as well as shipwrecked and other persons requiring medical 
 service, and as such shall be under the general direction of the 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, so far as all matters pertaining 
 to the distinctly hospital features of the ship are concerned. 
 Action in regard to such matters pertaining to the distinctly 
 hospital features of the ship, and in regard to the detail of 
 medical officers, dental officers, and nurses and members of the 
 Hospital Corps thereto, shall be upon the recommendation of the 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Action in regard to matters not 
 pertaining to the distinctly hospital features of the ship shall be 
 taken by the appropriate bureaus or offices of the department in 
 the same manner as is done for any other ship of the naval 
 service. 
 
 666. 
 
 No persons other than those enumerated in the preceding Transportation, 
 article shall be transported aboard hospital ships. 
 
 667. 
 
 Hospital ships shall be governed by the provisions of the Navy 
 Regulations, so far as they apply, of the laws of the United 
 States, and of The Hague Convention of October 18, 1907, making 
 applicable to such ships the principles of the Geneva Convention 
 of July 29, 1899. 
 
 668. 
 
 How governed. 
 
 A hospital ship, being assimilated to a naval hospital on shore, Assimilated to 
 shall be commanded by a naval medical officer not below the grade shore a^p 1 * 41 - 
 of lieutenant commander, such commanding officer being detailed 
 by the Navy Department. 
 
 669. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer of a hospital ship shall be gov- Commanding 
 erned by the Navy Regulations in all respects so far as they may offlcer * 
 be applicable to him as the officer in command of a naval hospital 
 ship. 
 
CHAPTEE 18. 
 
 A COMMANDER IN CHIEF. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 679-702. General duties. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 703-716. Duties in time of war. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 717-728. Intercourse with foreigners. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 729-730. On assuming command. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 731-739. Supplies and repairs 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 740-746. Personnel. 
 
 When articles or paragraphs contained in this chapter have the Note ' 
 marks *, t, t, or ft placed against their numbers, it shall be under- 
 stood that these marks mean as follows: 
 
 * That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
 to be carried out by commanding officers, so far as they may be 
 applicable to such officers and to existing conditions. 
 
 t That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
 to be carried out by senior officers present, so far as they may be 
 applicable to such officers and to existing conditions. 
 
 t That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
 to be carried out by division commanders, or, in the case of vessels 
 other than battleships and battle cruisers and scouts, by squadron 
 or flotilla commanders, so far as they may be applicable to such 
 officers and to existing conditions. 
 
 ft That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
 to be carried out by force commanders so far as they may be ap- 
 plicable to such officers and to existing conditions. 
 
 Section 1. — General Duties. 
 
 679. 
 
 (1) The title "commander in chief," when occurring in naval Title, 
 laws, regulations, and other documents, shall be held to refer to 
 the officer designated as such in his orders from the Navy Depart- 
 ment, or to the officer who succeeds him as provided for in article 
 682. 
 
 (209) 
 
210 
 
 Period of (2) The duties, prerogatives, and honors of a commander in 
 chief commence on the date of hoisting his flag and continue until 
 it is finally hauled down. 
 
 680. 
 
 ... To x „ aiin0,ince A commander in chief shall, upon the date of assuming com- 
 tais staff. 
 
 mand, announce the fact in a general order to the fleet, setting 
 
 forth the authority for his assumption of command. At the same 
 time, or as soon thereafter as may be practicable, he shall an- 
 nounce the officers who are to serve upon his staff. 
 
 681. 
 
 Beiinquishing a commander in chief shall not relinquish his command without 
 the consent of the Secretary of the Navy, unless condemned by 
 medical survey. (Art. 172.) 
 
 682. 
 
 incapacitated. T n case f the death, incapacity, or permanent absence without 
 relief of the commander in chief, the provisions of article 172 (1) 
 (2) shall govern. The temporary successor shall sign as com- 
 mander in chief. 
 
 683. 
 
 d'fin 1 ^ offleer " t 1 ) Tne term "flag officer," as used in these regulations, shall 
 be construed to include all officers of the line of the Navy above 
 the rank of captain. 
 
 (2) The President may select any officer not below the grade of 
 commander on the active list of the Navy, and assign him to the 
 command of a squadron, with the rank and title of " flag officer " ; 
 and any officer so assigned shall have the same authority and re- 
 ceive the same obedience from the commanders of ships in his 
 squadron, holding commissions of an older date than his, that he 
 would be entitled to receive if his commission were the oldest. 
 (Sec. 1434, R. S.) 
 
 684. 
 
 Course to be The commander in chief shall direct the course to be steered 
 
 steered. 
 
 by the fleet when at sea, and is responsible for its safe conduct. 
 
 685. 
 
 Medical aid to The commander in chief may require the medical officers of his 
 persons not in ,„.,., 
 
 the Navy. command to render professional aid to persons not in the naval 
 
 service, when such aid is necessary and demanded by the laws of 
 
 humanity or the principles of international courtesy. 
 
211 
 
 686. 
 
 m , , . n ~. , When to exer- 
 
 The commander m chief, when senior officer present, has cise the power of 
 
 when in a foreign port where there is no United States consul, or a consul - 
 
 upon the high seas, the authority of law to exercise the powers of 
 
 a consul in regard to mariners of the United States. (See sec. 
 
 1433, R. S.) 
 
 687. 
 
 (1) The commander in chief shall take all practicable steps to bat ? 1 e" dInes8 for 
 keep the ships of his command ready for battle. 
 
 (2) Whenever opportunity presents itself for overhauling the Machinery of 
 machinery, vessels shall be informed of that fact. Nothing short 
 
 of the definite probability of a sudden call for service shall be 
 permitted to prevent the disabling of the motive and other machin- 
 ery for overhauling and repair. 
 
 (3) In order to promote battle efficiency, gunnery and engineer- engineering com- 
 ing competitions have been established. petitions. 
 
 (a) The rules and instructions governing the competitions will 
 be issued by the department from time to time, and are con- 
 fidential. 
 
 ( l) ) The commander in chief shall make an unusually poor per- 
 formance at target practice or in any part of the steaming com- 
 petition the subject of investigation. 
 
 688. 
 
 (1) A commander in chief is charged with the maintenance of C-in-c may or- 
 discipline in the fleet and is empowered to order general courts 
 
 martial and courts of inquiry. Responsible for 
 
 (2) He is responsible for the indoctrination, drill, training, and ^"on and 1 op- 
 efficient administration and operation of the fleet and the eoordina- eration of fleet, 
 tion of its various units in strategic and tactical employment. 
 
 (3) He shall make recommendations to the Navy Department . Recommcnda- 
 as to the composition and organization of the fleet and as to all partment re fleet. 
 matters pertaining to its military efficiency and control. He shall 
 
 submit schedules of employment and cruising itineraries to the 
 department in accordance with its instructions. 
 
 (4) He shall keep the department advised as to condition and mc ^ t ee J dv d s ^ ar *g 
 
 deficiencies of the fleet and its requirements of supplies, material, to condition of 
 , , fleet and its re- 
 
 and personnel. quiremcnts. 
 
 689. 
 
 % Tt (1) The commander in chief shall cause every vessel of his Inspection. 
 command to be inspected as follows : 
 
 (a) As soon as practicable after assuming command, or after a 
 ship has joined his command. 
 
212 
 
 (&) Annually from the date of the first inspection. 
 
 (c) Immediately before the departure of a ship from his com- 
 mand, if not inspected within the previous six months. 
 
 (d) At such other times as he may deem necessary. 
 
 (2) The inspections prescribed in this article, except the last, 
 shall be conducted in a careful and deliberate manner, and full 
 reports, according to prescribed forms, with such additional infor- 
 mation as may be important, shall be made to the Chief of Naval 
 Operations. The additional inspections provided for under (d) 
 may be more or less complete, and may be reported or not, at his 
 discretion. 
 
 (3) The inspections of vessels belonging to the battleship or 
 the scout forces required by this article shall be made by the com- 
 manders of divisions, but of all other vessels by the squadron or 
 flotilla commander depending upon the force to which the vessel 
 belongs. The reports of such inspections shall be forwarded to 
 the force commander, who in turn will forward them to the 
 commander in chief for his information and action with such 
 comments upon them as are deemed advisable before transmitting 
 them to the department. Any vessel under the command of a 
 commander in chief or of a force commander shall be liable to 
 inspection by those officers at any time. 
 
 690. 
 
 INSPECTIONS OF NAVAL VESSELS. 
 
 Condition and (l) When an inspection of a naval vessel in commission is 
 mand n on *inspec- made by a commander in chief, division commander, flotilla com- 
 tion# mander, or other officer that may be delegated for such inspec- 
 
 tion, the report of the inspection shall contain at the end of the 
 *' General remarks " a concise statement of the condition and 
 efficiency of the ship and whether special credit or discredit should 
 attach to the commanding officer in connection with her condition 
 and efficiency, and shall name such other officers as have, in the 
 opinion of the inspecting officer or board, derived from their 
 observation of matters under direct charge of such officer, mani- 
 festly and notably contributed by their attention to duty, ability, 
 energy, and zeal toward the excellent condition and high efficiency 
 of the vessel, or whose failure in any of the above respects has 
 contributed toward unsatisfactory conditions or low efficiency, 
 stating the duty performed by each of the officers so named. 
 
 (2) Copies of these statements will be taken by the Bureau of 
 Navigation from the reports of inspection and filed with the official 
 records of the officers concerned. Copies will also be sent to the 
 officers concerned, and any statement in reference thereto which 
 an officer may make through official channels shall also be filed 
 with his record. 
 
213 
 
 691 
 
 The commander in chief shall make careful and frequent inspec- inspection of 
 tions of the naval hospitals and other places provided for the 
 sick within the limits of his command, when outside the conti- 
 nental limits of the United States, and report their condition to 
 the Secretary of the Navy. If unable to perform this duty himself, 
 he shall direct that it be performed by some line officer under his 
 command, such officer being senior in rank to the medical officer 
 in command of such hospital. If practicable, he shall require 
 reports from the officer in command of the hospital as often as 
 may be necessary in order to keep himself fully informed of the 
 condition of the sick. 
 
 692. 
 
 The commander in chief shall carry out all drills and erc ^JJJ ls and ex * 
 exercises in accordance with the customs of the service, the in- 
 structions of the department, and the drill books and other pub- 
 lications of a similar nature. This shall be done in such manner 
 as will most conduce to maintaining the fleet in constant readiness 
 for war in all its phases. 
 
 693. 
 
 The commander in chief shall require the ships under his Ships to visit 
 , * . . ..MX* , .^. *, ,. ,1 * ^. within the limits 
 
 command to visit the several ports within the limits of his com- f command. 
 
 mand as may be necessary or advantageous for the interests of the 
 
 United States. He shall not send a ship beyond such limits except 
 
 upon some urgent duty, which shall be reported at once. 
 
 694. 
 
 When his flagship is not designated bv the department, the com- a Selection o f 
 
 flagship. 
 
 mander in chief shall select one of the heaviest and most powerful 
 vessels of his command as his permanent flagship; and he may, at 
 his discretion, shift his flag temporarily to any other ship under 
 his command, reporting to the Secretary of the Navy his reasons 
 for so doing. 
 
 695. 
 
 (1) In the waters of the United States, the commander in *■*"■»«*. 
 chief shall permit passengers on board of the ships of his com- 
 mand only upon written permission from the Secretary of the 
 
 Navy. 
 
 (2) When in foreign waters, passengers shall not be embarked 
 on board ships of his command without his express authority or 
 that of the senior officer present. (Art. 116.) 
 
 183841°— 20 15 
 
214 
 
 Stowaways. (3) Stowaways found on board ships returning to a United 
 
 States port shall be delivered into the custody of the immigration 
 officials at the port of entry. If there are no immigration officials 
 at the first port entered, instructions from the department shall 
 be requested. 
 
 696. 
 
 Official eaiis. The commander in chief shall give due regard to the 
 provisions of article 770, and in case of bad weather, rough 
 sea, or other circumstances which justify it, shall, upon anchor- 
 ing, make signal excusing force commanders from reporting on 
 board the flagship as required by these articles. This shall be 
 done when circumstances render such calls unnecessary and 
 when, at the same time, the enforcement of the provisions of 
 those articles would result in needless exposure or discomfort 
 to the officers concerned. 
 
 697. 
 
 To regulate When vessels of the fleet are with the flag, the commander 
 fleet! W 6n m in cnief » subject to the provisions of the Navy Regulations, chap- 
 ter 46, shall issue orders regulating the extent of the permission 
 which may be granted to officers and men to visit the shore, and 
 the character and extent of leave of absence which may be 
 granted. 
 
 698. 
 
 Liberty patrol. (1) when i iber ty i s granted to any considerable number 
 of men, in any except a city large enough to properly care for 
 them without danger of disturbance or disorder, the commander 
 in chief shall cause to be landed with the liberty party a sufficient 
 patrol of petty officers of the Navy or noncommissioned officers 
 of the Marine Corps, in charge of an officer, to maintain order 
 and suppress any unseemly conduct on the part of any member 
 of the liberty party. A sufficient number of officers shall be de- 
 tailed to act as assistants to the senior patrol officer. The senior 
 patrol officer shall communicate with the chief of police or other 
 local officials and make such arrangements with him to aid the 
 patrol in properly carrying out its duties as may be practicable. 
 
 in foreign (2) This patrol shall not be landed in any foreign port without 
 first obtaining the consent of the proper local officials. Tact 
 must be used in requesting this permission, and unless it is 
 willingly and cordially given the patrol shall not be landed. If 
 such consent be not obtained, the size of the liberty party shall 
 be kept down to such limits as may be necessary to render dis- 
 turbances unlikely. 
 
 Patrol equip- (3) Officers and men on patrol duty shall wear leggings. When 
 in a foreign port both officers and men shall be unarmed ; when 
 in a United States port they shall wear side arms and the men 
 shall carry policeman's clubs. 
 
215 
 
 (4) No officer or man who is on patrol duty with liberty parties 
 ashore shall at any time while on such duty, under any circum- 
 stances whatever, partake of or indulge in any form of intoxicat- 
 ing liquor or other form of intoxicant or narcotic (except tobacco, 
 under proper circumstances) whatever while on such duty. The 
 senior patrol officer shall see that the provisions of this para- 
 graph are strictly observed and shall promptly report to the com- 
 mander in chief, in writing, all violations of it that may come 
 to his notice. All officers and men of the patrol shall report to 
 the senior patrol officer all violations of the provisions of this 
 paragraph on the part of those under them. 
 
 (5) In cases where it is not practicable to either relieve the men 
 of the patrol for meals or to send proper meals to them, the 
 commanding officers of the ships to which such men are attached 
 are authorized to direct their supply officers to advance to the 
 senior patrol officer sufficient sums of money to cover the cost of 
 such meals obtained ashore; the person receiving this money to 
 furnish to each such supply officer a statement of the number of 
 meals furnished and the amount paid for each man, with a cer- 
 tificate that such disbursements were necessary and wore actually 
 made. When men of the patrol are absent from their ships for 
 the entire day, their rations will be stopped on board ship and 
 actual subsistence paid on public bill under appropriation " Pro- 
 visions, Navy." When they are furnished with only one or two 
 meals ashore during their absence from the ship for the frac- 
 tional part of a day, their rations will not be stopped on board 
 ship and actual subsistence paid on public bill under appropria- 
 tion " Pay, Miscellaneous." The cost of a single meal shall not 
 exceed seventy-five cents a man in any case without special 
 authority from the commander in chief or senior officer present. 
 
 Intoxicants. 
 
 Meals. 
 
 699. 
 
 (1) The commander in chief shall notify the commanding Mail, 
 officers of vessels concerned when, for any reason, he gives direc- 
 tions as to the forwarding of mail. (Art. 2064.) 
 
 (2)$ He shall be careful to observe, and to require others of his C orr espona- 
 command to observe, the regulations in regard to correspondence. 
 
 (3) He shall also be governed by the following rules: 
 
 (a) He has the sole right to correspond directly with the Navy with Navy De- 
 Department concerning any official matter connected with the fleet. i ,artment - 
 
 (Art. 1502.) 
 
 General re- 
 
 (&) He shall keep the Secretary of the Navy fully informed ports, 
 of the movements of the fleet. These general reports shall not be 
 considered as taking the place of separate letters on separate 
 subjects. 
 
216 
 
 Condition and ( c ) He shall frequently state the condition and probable re- 
 sh?ps. remen S ° quirements of the ships of his command. 
 
 Supplies. W He sna11 make any suggestions that he may deem impor- 
 
 tant in relation to furnishing the ships with supplies and keeping 
 them in an efficient condition. 
 
 Reports infec- (e) + He shall at once report any contagious or infectious dis- 
 tious diseases. eage of a grave character that may break out in any of the ships 
 of his command. 
 Probable move- (f)$ He shall, so far as is practicable, report the probable move- 
 ments of snips. men ts of ships, giving such information as may be necessary to 
 enable the department to maintain communication with them. 
 
 Yearly report. (4) He shall each year transmit to the Secretary of the Navy as 
 soon as practicable after the first of July (or immediately after 
 being relieved, for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year) a report, 
 in duplicate, for publication, covering all subjects necessary for a 
 complete military review of his command and its operations during 
 the preceding fiscal year, and especially the following : 
 
 Ship more- (a) The movements of all ships, and character of work per- 
 ments * formed ; the amount of coal consumed, and the cost thereof. 
 
 Courts-martial. (&) a summary of general courts-martial, summary courts- 
 martial, and deck courts. 
 
 Discipline. (c) The discipline of the command with a summary of enlist- 
 
 ments, discharges, desertions, and petty punishments. 
 
 Sanitary con- (d) The sanitary condition of the command, with the percent- 
 age of sick, number of deaths, and number sent to hospitals and 
 invalided home. 
 
 Report when (5) when a commander in chief is relieved from command 
 during the fiscal year, he shall, upon detachment, submit a similar 
 report to that provided for in paragraph (4) for the portion of 
 such year which has elapsed prior to such detachment ; but such 
 report shall, in this case, include only a general review of the 
 operations and condition of the ships of the fleet, the statistical 
 data called for in the annual report being submitted for the entire 
 fiscal year by the officer in command at the end of such year. 
 
 Ship at a navy (6) When a vessel of his command is at a navy yard for any 
 yar * purpose, she will be under the command of the commandant from 
 
 arrival to departure, subject to the limitations of article 1502. 
 
 The commander in chief shall release such a vessel from the 
 observance of any fleet regulations that may interfere with the 
 purpose for which she is at the yard. 
 
 700. 
 
 Reports of im- While in waters adjacent to a navy yard or naval station, 
 renctr to C coi£ tne commandant of such yard or station shall be promptly in- 
 mandants. formed by dispatch of all serious accidents or other important oc- 
 
 currences in connection with the ships of the fleet or other such 
 command. 
 
217 
 
 701. 
 
 The commander in chief shall forward to the Secretary of ^^^vSto * 
 the Navy any suggestions for the improvement of navy yards or 
 ships, or upon any other subject connected with the Navy that he 
 may deem important. Such suggestions shall be accompanied by 
 plans and estimates when practicable. 
 
 When relieved 
 command. 
 
 702. 
 
 When relieved of command, a commander in chief shall turn 
 over to his successor all original records of his official correspond- 
 ence, original letters, documents, or papers, concerning the ships 
 or ships' companies of his command, or authenticated copies of 
 the same; the original or authenticated copies of all unexecuted 
 orders; all general regulations and orders he may have issued 
 from time to time ; all documents received for his guidance ; and 
 such other official correspondence and information concerning his 
 command and station as may be of service to his successor. He 
 shall forward to the Secretary of the Navy copies of all important 
 unexecuted orders. If he returns to the United States in a ship 
 of the Navy before being relieved, or is detached without a relief, 
 the above correspondence and papers shall be disposed of as may 
 be directed by the Navy Department. 
 
 Section 2. — Duties in Time of War. 
 
 703. 
 
 The articles of this section will not be construed as an enu- General duties, 
 meration of all of the duties of a commander in chief in time 
 of war, which must, for the most part, depend upon circumstances 
 and instructions. 
 
 704. 
 
 The commander in chief, when preparing his fleet for sea in To furnish his 
 time of war, shall furnish to the commanders of forces, squad- cers^with* °in- 
 rons, flotillas, and divisions and to commanding officers of single s tractions ' 
 ships copies of all orders, instructions, private signals, and such 
 other information as will enable each, so far as possible, to under- 
 stand fully his duty when in action and at all other times. 
 
 705. 
 
 If the Secretary of the Navv does not reserve the privilege of To designate 
 
 division c o m- 
 designation, the commander in chief shall select the ships in which manders and 
 
 the officers commanding divisions shall hoist their flags or pen- tneir ships ' 
 
 nants, form the fleet into squadrons and divisions, and assign the 
 
 officers to command them according to rank. 
 
218 
 
 706. 
 
 cat*° pianr U1 to The commander in chief shall, if possible, before going into 
 those who may action, communicate to his chief of staff, his commanders of 
 command! 11111 in forces, squadrons, flotillas, and divisions, and to the command- 
 ing officers of ships, his secret orders, private signals, and other 
 information that will materially assist them if called upon to 
 assume chief command. 
 
 707. 
 
 tion° n with °mni- If in tlie near vicinit y of a DOd y of United States troops or 
 tary forces. allies of the United States, the commander in chief shall main- 
 tain, as far as possible, a complete concert of action with its com- 
 mander, and in case of an engagement shall assist in every way. 
 
 708. 
 
 nianding 1 officer Bef ore going into action the commander in chief shall, if 
 to haye° plan of possible, supply every commanding officer with a plan of battle 
 and assign thereon the position each shall occupy. Division com- 
 manders shall not change these dispositions unless it should be- 
 come necessary at a time when signals or ships are obscured. 
 
 709. 
 
 Prepared for When in presence of an enemy or when there is any probability 
 
 battle in pres- f an engagement, the commander in chief shall keep his command 
 ence of enemy. 
 
 prepared for action and take every precaution against surprise. 
 
 710. 
 
 Display of the Under no circumstances shall an action be commenced or battle 
 flag in battle, fought without the display of the national ensign. 
 
 711. 
 
 To prevent the Tne commander in chief shall attend personally to the destruc- 
 
 captnre of im- tion of his orders, instructions, or other papers that may be of use 
 portant papers. . , , ,. ,, , , , , 
 
 to an enemy if he believes they are about to be captured. 
 
 712. 
 
 Eeports after (*) After a battle or action of any kind, the commander 
 a battle. m chief shall require from commanders of divisions and from 
 
 commanding officers of ships a report of all the particulars thereof 
 coming to their notice, including a statement of the conduct of 
 their subordinates, with a particular mention of individual in- 
 stances deserving praise or censure. He shall require command- 
 ing officers to transmit with their reports those of their respective 
 executive officers. He shall thereupon make a similar report to the 
 Secretary of the Navy, although a report of a preliminary char- 
 acter may have been made previously. 
 Reports of any (2) He shall also require from commanders of divisions and 
 !™ P or doty. Se "" from commanding officers of ships, reports of any important 
 
 
219 
 
 service or duty they have performed at any time under his com- 
 mand, and he shall transmit these reports, with an endorsement 
 of his opinion thereon, to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (3) All important reports shall be accompanied by diagrams, Reports to be 
 sketches or other illustrations when necessary or desirable in mustratfons. J 
 order to afford a clear comprehension of the circumstances. 
 
 713. 
 
 When troops are embarked on board any of the ships of his T k r ? ops h em i 
 command the commander in chief shall take all necessary precau- ships of his com- 
 tions to preserve their health and maintain discipline. mand. 
 
 714. 
 
 The commander in chief shall afford protection and convoy, so To protect and 
 
 convoy merchant 
 
 far as it is within his power, to merchant vessels of the United vessel's. 
 States and to those of allies. 
 
 715. 
 
 During a war between civilized nations with which the Duties during 
 United States is at peace, the commander in chief and all under civilized nations 
 his command shall observe the laws of neutrality and respect a { n jtcd sJates.* 11 * 
 lawful blockade, but at the same time make every possible effort 
 that is consistent with the rules of international law to preserve 
 and protect the lives and property of citizens of the United Stales 
 wherever situated. 
 
 716. 
 
 When the United States is at war, the commander in chief To observe the 
 
 shall require all under his command to observe the rules of f/rnatVonai lair 
 
 humane warfare and the principles of international law. When a,,a . troat y oul1 - 
 
 ^ 1 gations. 
 
 dealing with neutrals he shall cause all under his command to 
 
 observe the rules of international law and the stipulation of 
 
 treaties, and expect and exact a like observance from others. 
 
 Section 3. — Intercoukse with Foreigners. 
 
 717. 
 
 When at a port and not informed as to the officials pres- :_• To ascertain 
 
 • '• . the custom as to 
 
 ent whom it is usual to visit, or as to the interchange of other the interchange 
 courtesies, the commander in chief shall send an officer of his of courtcsles - 
 staff to the senior representative of the United States at the port, 
 or in the absence of any such representative, to the highest local 
 official in order to inform himself. 
 
 718. 
 
 (1) The commander in chief shall preserve, so far as possible, ft, 1 * 018 ^ " 8 "l*," 
 the most cordial relations with the diplomatic and consular repre- and consular 
 sentatives of the United States in foreign countries and extend to J f e P th e e SC "united 
 them the honors, salutes, and other official courtesies to which States, 
 they are entitled by these regulations. 
 
220 
 
 To consider (2) He shall carefully and duly consider any request for 
 reques . geryice or otner communication from any such representative. 
 
 Responsibility. (3) Although due weight should be given to the opinions and 
 advice of such representatives, a commanding officer is solely and 
 entirely responsible to his own immediate superior for all official 
 acts in the administration of his command. 
 
 719. 
 
 Communica- The commander in chief shall, as a general rule, when 
 eigia 8 officials. ° r " in foreign ports, communicate with local civil officials and foreign 
 -diplomatic and consular authorities through the diplomatic or 
 consular representative of the United States on the spot. 
 
 720. 
 
 Absence of In the absence of a diplomatic or consular officer of the 
 
 consuiar tlC officer. r United States at a foreign port the commander in chief, as senior 
 
 officer present, has authority — 
 
 To exercise ( a ) To exercise the powers of a consul in relation to mariners 
 powers of a con- v ' * 
 
 sni. of the United States (Sec. 1433, R. S.) ; 
 
 (&) To communicate or remonstrate with foreign civil authori- 
 ties as may be necessary ; 
 
 (c) To urge upon citizens of the United States the necessity 
 of abstaining from participation in political controversies or viola- 
 tions of the laws of neutrality. 
 
 721. 
 
 th T ru" t<)rial an " ^ Tlxe commander in chief shall exercise great care that all 
 under his command scrupulously respect the territorial authority 
 of foreign civilized nations in amity with the United States. 
 
 (2) No armed force for exercise, target practice, funeral 
 No armed force escort, or other purposes shall be landed without permission from 
 
 to be landed. ^ local an thorities ; nor shall large bodies of men be granted 
 leave to visit the shore without a similar permission; nor shall 
 men be landed to capture deserters. 
 
 (3) Target practice with guns or torpedoes shall not take place 
 No target prac- without permission from the Government of the country concerned 
 
 mission. ° U Per " within foreign territorial waters or at any point from which shots 
 may fall or torpedoes enter therein. 
 
 722. 
 
 Violation of On occasions where injury to the United States or to citi- 
 an^tre^ty a obliI zens tnereof is committed or threatened, in violation of the 
 gations. principles of international law or treaty rights, the commander 
 
 in chief shall consult with the diplomatic representative or consul 
 of the United States, and take such steps as the gravity of the 
 case demands, reporting immediately to the Secretary of the Navy 
 all the facts. The responsibility for any action taken by a naval 
 force, however, rests wholly upon the commanding officer thereof. 
 
221 
 
 723. 
 
 The use of force against a foreign and friendly state, or against Use of force « 
 anyone within the territories thereof, is illegal. 
 
 The right of self-preservation, however, is a right which belongs .. Self-preserva- 
 to States as well as to individuals, and in the case of States it in- 
 cludes the protection of the State, its honor, and its possessions, 
 and the lives and property of its citizens against arbitrary vio- 
 lence, actual or impending, whereby the State or its citizens may 
 suffer irreparable injury. The conditions calling for the applica- 
 tion of tbe right of self-preservation can not be denned beforehand, 
 but must be left to the sound judgment of responsible officers, who 
 are to perform their duties in this respect with all possible care and 
 forbearance. In no case shall force be exercised in time of peace 
 otherwise than as an application of the right of self-preservation 
 as above defined. It must be used only as a last resort, and then 
 only to the extent which is absolutely necessary to accomplish the 
 end required. It can never be exercised, with a view to inflicting 
 punishment for acts already committed. 
 
 724. 
 
 (1) Whenever, in the application of the above-mentioned landing an 
 principles, it shall become necessary to land an armed force in foreign terri- 
 foreign territory on occasions of political disturbance where the ory * 
 
 local authorities are unable to give adequate protection to life and 
 property, the assent of such authorities, or of some one of them, 
 shall first be obtained, if it can be done without prejudice to the 
 interests involved. 
 
 (2) Due to the ease with which the Navy Department can be 
 communicated with from all parts of the world, no commander 
 in chief, flag officer, or commanding officer shall issue an ulti- 
 matum to the representative of any foreign Government, or de- 
 mand the performance of any service from any such representa- 
 tive that must be executed, within a limited time, without first 
 communicating with the Navy Deparment, except in extreme cases 
 where such action is necessary to save life. 
 
 725. 
 
 The right of asylum for political or other refugees has no Granting of 
 foundation in international law. In countries, however, where asy um * 
 frequent insurrections occur, and constant instability of govern- 
 ment exists, usage sanctions the granting of asylum ; but even in 
 the waters of such countries, officers should refuse all applications 
 for asylum except when required by the interests of humanity 
 in extreme or exceptional cases, such as the pursuit of a refugee 
 by a mob. Officers must not directly nor indirectly invite refugees 
 to accept asylum. 
 
222 
 
 726. 
 
 To protect th» So far as lies within their power, commanders in chief, 
 
 commerce of the division commanders, and commanding officers of ships shall pro- 
 United States. „ 
 
 tect all merchant vessels of the United States in lawful occupa- 
 tions, and advance the commercial interests of this country, always 
 acting in accordance with international law and treaty obliga- 
 tions. 
 
 727. 
 
 Dealings with rpj ie commander in chief shall impress upon officers and 
 
 foreigners. 
 
 men that when in foreign ports it is their duty to avoid all possible 
 
 causes of offense to the authorities or inhabitants; that due def- 
 erence must be shown by them to the local laws, customs, cere- 
 monies, and regulations ; that in all dealings with foreigners 
 moderation and courtesy should be displayed, and that a feeling 
 of good will and mutual respect should be cultivated. 
 
 728. 
 
 (1) (a) Damage to a vessel by collision, grounding, or other 
 casualty which will require repairs, and other important infor- 
 mation which should be known without delay, shall be promptly 
 transmitted to the Chief of Naval Operations or the bureau or 
 office concerned by dispatch. 
 
 Casualty and (/>) The arrival at or departure from a port or anchorage of 
 movement re- , _. .•• ,-' ; j/ . ± -, . 
 
 ports. every naval vessel is required to be reported in a movement 
 
 report." This information is required by the Chief of Naval 
 Operations, the commandant of the naval district, and, in the 
 case of a vessel attached to a fleet, by the commander in chief, 
 force commander, flotilla commander, squadron or division com- 
 mander, and task-group commander. 
 BesponsiMlity. (2) The senior officer present afloat, except at a navy yard, is 
 in all cases responsible that the next reporting senior is furnished 
 with the necessary information. 
 
 Base move- (3) when the fleet is operating from a base, all reports of move- 
 ment report. * & > r 
 
 ments of vessels attached to the fleet shall be made through the 
 
 fleet flagship, whether in or out. Force commanders shall report 
 to the fleet flagship by bridge or radio the arrivals and depar- 
 tures, giving port from or to, of vessels of their forces operating 
 from the base. The fleet flagship will at 10 p. m. (75th meredian 
 time) each day, or as soon thereafter as practicable, make a 
 combined base movement report to the Chief of Naval Operations 
 and the district commandant. Each senior officer present afloat 
 operating from a secondary base shall make a similar report to 
 reach the fleet flagship one hour before the time set for the base 
 movement report. 
 
223 
 
 (4) (a) At a navy yard all movement reports are made by the 
 commandant, who shall be requested by the ship concerned to 
 make movement reports to the fleet commanders desired. 
 
 (&) Commandants of navy yards shall make reports of ships' m * t a r r e d ™ 0Te * 
 movements as they occur, except that the report to the Chief of 
 Naval Operations shall be made by all commandants other than 
 those of yards in the first to eighth naval districts, inclusive, in 
 the form of a combined yard movement report, sent at 10 p. m. 
 (75th meredian time), combining all movement reports for the 
 past 24 hours. 
 
 (5) The following table indicates the channel of movement 
 reports : 
 
 
 Makes movement report to— 
 
 Reporting 
 officer. 
 
 At fleet 
 
 At fleet 
 
 secondary 
 
 base. 
 
 At a naval 
 station other 
 
 At navy 
 
 At other port 
 
 
 main base. 
 
 than navy 
 yard. 
 
 yard. 
 
 or anchorage. 
 
 Ship not at- 
 
 Fleet flag- 
 
 S. O. P. A.. 
 
 Commanding 
 
 Commandant 
 
 S. 0. P. A. 
 
 tached to 
 
 ship. 
 
 
 oflicer of 
 
 
 
 fleet (or 
 on cle- 
 
 
 
 station. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tai le d 
 
 service). 
 Ship at- 
 tached to 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Unit com- 
 
 Unit com- 
 
 Unit com- 
 
 do 
 
 S. O. P. A. 
 
 mander. 
 
 mander. 
 
 mander. 
 
 
 
 fleet (not 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 on d e- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tailcd 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 service). 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Unit com- 
 
 Force com- 
 
 S. 0. P. A. 
 
 S. 0. P. A. 
 
 do 
 
 S. 0. P. A. 
 
 mander. 1 
 
 mander. 
 
 (force com- 
 
 (force com- 
 
 
 (force com- 
 
 
 
 mander if 
 
 mander if 
 
 
 mander if 
 
 
 
 present). 
 
 present). 
 
 
 present). 
 
 Force com- 
 
 Commander 
 
 S. 0. P. A.. 
 
 S. 0. P. A.. 
 
 do 
 
 S. 0. P. A. 
 
 mander. 
 
 in chief. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Senior offi- 
 
 
 Commander 
 in chief. 
 
 Commander 
 in chief, 
 
 
 Operations 
 commander 
 
 cer pres- 
 
 
 
 ent, afloat. 
 
 
 
 command- 
 ing officer 
 of station , 
 other ad- 
 dresses as 
 required. 
 
 
 in chief, force 
 commander, 
 unit com- 
 mander, dis- 
 trict com- 
 mand ant, 
 other ad- 
 dresses as 
 required. 
 Ope rations, 
 district com- 
 
 Commander 
 
 Operations, 
 d i strict 
 
 
 Operations, 
 command- 
 
 Commandant 
 
 in chief. 
 
 
 
 
 comma n - 
 
 
 ing officer 
 
 
 mandant , 
 
 
 dant. 
 
 
 of station, 
 district 
 comman- 
 dant. 
 
 
 other ad- 
 dresses as 
 required. 
 
 Comman- 
 
 
 
 p e r ations 
 (for ships 
 
 Operations, 
 a istrict 
 
 
 dant. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 not at- 
 
 comman- 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 attachedto 
 
 dant , other 
 
 
 
 
 
 fleet), dis- 
 
 addresses as 
 
 
 
 
 
 trict com- 
 
 required. 
 
 
 
 
 
 mandant. 
 
 
 
 * In any force, reports to intermediate superiors in the force will be made as may 
 be directed by the force commander. • 
 
224 
 
 Forms. (6) (a) The following forms shall be followed in making 
 
 movement reports by dispatch, except as provided for in article 8 : 
 
 1. 1022 Wyoming arrived navy yard New York 1015, meaning 
 Wyoming arrived at the navy yard, New York, 10.15 a. m. on 
 the 22d. 
 
 2. 1023 Wyoming left navy yard New York for Newport R. I. 
 1030. 
 
 3. 1024 Pennsylvania left Hampton Roads for Newport, R. I. 
 arrive 1000 26th, 1430, meaning the Pennsylvania sailed from 
 Hampton Roads 2.30 p., m. of the 24th for Newport R. I., and is 
 expected to arrive at Newport 10 a. m., the 26th. 
 
 (6) The reference number at the end of the text should ordi- 
 narily give the time of movement as the report is made imme- 
 diately. In cases of combined reports the individual times may 
 be expressed by a time reference number in the text. 
 
 (7) Reports of sailing for a period of over 48 hours will also 
 give the estimated time of arrival at destination based on dis- 
 tance and intended speed. This estimate is for the information 
 of superiors and is in no way binding upon the commanding 
 officer. 
 
 Coding. (8) (a) During mobilization of naval communications these 
 
 reports shall always be coded and transmitted in naval form 
 (Communication Instructions, United States Navy). During peace 
 times these reports shall not be coded except when such informa- 
 tion is of such nature that it should be regarded as confidential 
 or secret, and shall be transmitted in the form prescribed by the 
 Communication Instructions, United States Navy. 
 
 (&) In order not to compromise the codes an exact compliance 
 with the above forms is not necessary nor desirable, but location 
 and destination must always be shown in the text of the dispatch. 
 The wording of dispatches should be varied in accordance with 
 the instructions for the use of naval codes. However, the mini- 
 mum number of words shall be used consistent with a clear 
 understanding. 
 
 Section 4. — On Assuming Command. 
 
 729. 
 
 To become fa- (l) As soon as possible after assuming command the com- 
 eommand. 1 * mander in chief shall make himself familiar with the conditions 
 and capabilities of the ships of his command, and thoroughly 
 inform himself as to the qualities of their officers and crews, 
 armament, speed under different circumstances, economy of serv- 
 ice, and capacity for warlike stores ; as to the skill, capacity, 
 judgment, and aptitude of their several commanding officers, and 
 as to such other matters as may be necessary in order to enable 
 
225 
 
 him to make the best selections of officers, men, or instruments for 
 the performance of any important public duty., 
 
 (2) He shall make himself familiar with the facilities for To become fa- 
 making repairs and obtaining supplies at the various ports within ™ a tion. W 
 
 the limits of his station, and with the climatic and sanitary con- 
 dition of the latter, in order that the service of ships may be 
 directed as far as possible with a view to their economic adminis- 
 tration and efficient condition. 
 
 (3) He shall use every exertion to equip the ships of his com- Equipment and 
 mand expeditiously and keep them- ready for service. If he dis- g h ° lp n s# d ! tion of 
 covers any defects in the ships, their armament, or equipment 
 
 whereby they are rendered unfit for their destined service, he 
 shall report the details of such defects to the Secretary of the 
 Navy. 
 
 730. 
 
 (1) The commander in chief shall regulate exercises and sani- To regulate ex- 
 
 i . . ■, . , . , . ™, . erclses and sani- 
 
 tary duties in general instructions to his command. These in-tary duties. 
 
 structions must be in accordance with the laws and regulations 
 
 governing the Navy, the orders emanating from the Secretary of 
 
 the Navy, and the usages of the naval service. 
 
 (2) Copies of all standing orders, instructions, and routine 
 issued to a fleet shall be forwarded to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 Section 3. — Supplies and Repairs. 
 
 731. 
 
 (1) The commander in chief shall be responsible for the th E ° e ° e nom y of 
 economical administration of his command. 
 
 (2) He shall exact economy in the consumption of fuel for all f ue i. c ° n ° m y ° 
 purposes, but he shall not refuse to permit expenditures of coal 
 
 for gunnery exercises, speed trials, steaming trials, and other 
 necessary exercises, unless for other reasons than economy. 
 
 (3) He shall require commanders of divisions and commanding Reports of 
 
 stores required 
 
 officers of ships not attached to divisions to keep him fully in- and on hand. 
 formed as to the stores and supplies needed by the ships under 
 their command, and as to the general condition of those on hand. 
 
 732. 
 
 When on a foreign station the commander in chief shall ,., s,,p ,^ : 'LL n . s 
 ° snips with provi- 
 
 cause separate requisitions for each ship to be made on the sions and stores. 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts once in six months, or oftener 
 if necessary, for stores pertaining to that bureau. He shall 
 at the same time state to what point such supplies should 
 
226 
 
 be shipped in each case. He shall cause requisitions for sup- 
 plies under cognizance of other bureaus to be made to fill antici- 
 pated wants when he deems it for the best interests of his com- 
 mand to do so, but such requisitions must conform in all respects 
 to the requirements of article 1395, and when the supplies are not 
 to be purchased on the station, the requisitions shall be forwarded 
 to the bureau concerned, from whence they shall be transmitted 
 to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for fulfillment. 
 
 733. 
 
 Requisitions (1) When in command of a foreign station the commander in 
 pSrs SU and ie iabor" cnief shall carefully scrutinize all requisitions, take into con- 
 sideration the necessity for obtaining whatever is required and 
 the expenditure involved, and only approve them when he considers 
 it for the best interests of the Government to do so. Requisitions 
 shall not be approved for articles in excess of allowance either in 
 kind or quantity except in cases of emergency or necessity. 
 Cost of sup- (2) In addition to the methods provided by these regulations 
 and labor. ' for ascertaining, when in a foreign port, the cost of all supplies, 
 repairs, and labor, he is authorized to ascertain the cost by such 
 other means as he may deem suitable and proper. 
 
 734. 
 
 Repairs in In a foreign port, or in a home port where there is no navy 
 reign por s. y ar( j ? w hen any ship under his command requires slight repairs 
 which can not be made by the mechanics of the Navy present 
 without too much delay, the commander in chief shall direct that 
 the repairs be made in the manner most advantageous to the 
 Government. In acting under this article, the provisions of article 
 1991 shall be strictly observed. 
 
 736. 
 
 Disposition of The commander in chief shall not permit any stores, supplies, 
 or° munition? 168 ' or munitions to be disposed of otherwise than as provided by law 
 and by the Navy Regulations. 
 
 737. 
 
 Accountable The commander in chief will be held accountable for every dis- 
 
 of'pliouYmoney bursement of public money or disposal of public stores made in 
 
 or i ( L i8i l 08al of pursuance of his order. His signature to an order, requisition, or 
 public stores. . ,. „ ' . 
 
 other authority to disburse money or dispose of stores, and his 
 
 approval of the same, will be considered as evidence of his com- 
 plete knowledge of and accountability for the transaction. 
 
227 
 
 738. 
 
 When in command of a foreign station the commander in chief Sending home 
 shall, when conditions warrant, transfer to the ships about to sail cies by ships re- 
 for the United States all condemned supplies and stores which united States.' ° 
 have been recommended to be turned into store. (Art. 744 (4).) 
 
 739. 
 
 If it is necessary to charter a vessel for any purpose, the com- When vessels 
 i-. ^ , ,i , t- , , . „ L , are chartered, 
 
 mander in chief shall have a charter party containing all the 
 
 agreements of the contracting parties drawn in quadruplicate, 
 retaining one copy, giving one to the master of the chartered ves- 
 sel, forwarding the third to the Secretary of the Navy, and giving 
 the fourth to the officer of the Supply Corps concerned to be for- 
 warded with the bill to the Auditor for the Navy Department. 
 
 Section G. — Personnel. 
 
 740. 
 
 The commander in chief may, when the public good impera- e4 i °tJ ce u n**t '"d" 
 tively demands it, send an officer to the United States who has states for mis- 
 been guilty of acts not susceptible of trial by a court-martial. A 
 full report of the circumstances shall be made to the Chief of the 
 Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 741. 
 
 (1) The commander in chief shall take every reasonable pre- Precautions on 
 
 ... ., - ..fc - „ . . . unhealthful sta- 
 
 caution to preserve the health of crews of ships serving in ma- tions. 
 
 larial and unhealthful regions. When in unhealthful localities, 
 
 and where necessary, native boatmen may be employed to attend 
 
 the ship, in order to preserve the health of the crew. 
 
 (2) Upon arrival in port he shall at once obtain information Information 
 
 i otT'irili hit lio'ilth 
 
 regarding the health of the neighborhood, and in case of the of ports visited, 
 prevalence of infectious disease the commander in chief shall 
 consult with the fleet surgeon and adopt such of the following 
 precautionary measures as are consistent with the necessities of 
 the ship and the exigencies of the service : 
 
 (a) Restriction of liberty on shore either to certain hours or Precautionary 
 
 measures. 
 
 to the transaction of important business; when necessary, total 
 deprivation of liberty. 
 
 (b) Restriction of communication with the shore or other ships, 
 either to market boat, mail boat, or chartered boat; when neces- 
 sary, complete nonintercourse. 
 
 (c) Restriction of supplies (food, water, coal, and other stores) 
 from shore. 
 
228 
 
 (d) Modification of standing orders or routine regarding drill, 
 dress, diet, etc., for the crew, and the ventilation and purification 
 of the ship or any of its parts. 
 
 (e) Control of any other conditions likely to affect the general 
 health of the ship. 
 
 In Tropics. (3) In tropical climates, and especially in unhealthful ports, 
 
 ships shall be kept as cool and dry as possible. Awnings shall 
 be kept either spread or housed. 
 
 Anchorage in (4) infected ports shall be avoided if possible. When practi- 
 
 uuhe a lth 1 u 1 
 
 ports. cable, an anchorage in malarial and infected ports shall be selected 
 
 to windward and at a distance of at least one mile from probable 
 sources of infection. 
 
 (5) The sanitary instructions issued by the department shall 
 be strictly observed. 
 
 742. 
 
 Precautions when sick and disabled officers and men are about to be sent 
 sick home. home in a supply or chartered ship, the commander in chief 
 
 shall order a board of officers, one of whom shall be an experi- 
 enced medical officer, to examine the ship and report to him 
 in writing if she is suitable for the purpose, and if everything 
 necessary has been provided for health and comfort, and, if not, 
 what deficiencies exist. He shall not permit such a ship to de- 
 part until every possible provision necessary for the sick has 
 been made. He shall detail from his command any extra medi- 
 cal officers that may be necessary to accompany such ships. 
 
 743. 
 
 hot? the sick (i) The commander in chief shall endeavor to send home all 
 are to he sent 
 home. sick and disabled officers and men by public ships, and shall only 
 
 charter vessels for the purpose on occasions of urgent necessity. 
 
 (2) He may, at his discretion, send home by other conveyance 
 
 patients condemned by medical survey whose physical condition 
 
 renders it necessary to avoid the climatic influences, delay, or 
 
 other conditions affecting health to which they would be subjected 
 
 in a public ship. Under these circumstances officers are entitled 
 
 to a first-class passage, and others as their physical condition may 
 
 require, but not above second class. 
 
 744. 
 
 Ships on for- (i) when in command of a foreign station, in the absence of 
 
 about to^ail for instructions on the subject, the commander in chief shall transfer 
 
 home * to ships about to sail for home all men whose terms of enlistment 
 
 are about to expire, unless for some urgent reason connected with 
 
 the public service it should be necessary to retain them. Men in 
 
229 
 
 such ships who have a long time to serve may be transferred to 
 ships remaining on the station, to fill their complements ; but this 
 shall be done only when urgently necessary. 
 
 (2) He shall endeavor to arrange the detail of officers for ships 
 about to sail for home so that those who shall have been on con- 
 tinuous sea service for three years may reach the United States 
 at the expiration of that time. (Art. 2040 (2).) 
 
 (3) He shall take advantage of every public conveyance to 
 send home all prisoners and such other persons as may be neces- 
 sary. 
 
 (4) By direction of the Secretary of War, men and supplies by^Sj^trlns" 
 pertaining to the Navy Department will, upon the request of the ports. 
 
 senior naval officer present, be transported on the Army trans- 
 port ships having accommodations not required for uses of the 
 Army. When the vessel upon which such transportation is de- 
 sired is about to sail from one of the ports of a military depart- 
 ment, application therefor should be made to the military com- 
 mander of the department, and when it is impracticable to reach 
 such commander, then to the military commander of the port 
 of departure. When such transportation is desired upon a vessel 
 about to sail from any port not within a military department the 
 transport quartermaster may grant the same. 
 
 745. 
 
 _ Offle-ers trans- 
 
 The commander in chief shall report by dispatch to the Bureau f erred to or from 
 of Navigation when officers are transferred to hospitals for h08 P itals * 
 treatment and when they return for duty. 
 
 746. 
 
 The commander in chief shall hold the same relation to 
 flagship in regard to its internal administration and discipline fl ags hip! ° " ° 
 as to any other ship of his command. His importance is lessened 
 by engaging in the details of duty of this particular ship, and the 
 respect which ought to attach to her commanding officer is weak- 
 ened by any interference with him in the proper exercise of his 
 authority. 
 
 183841°— 20 16 
 
CHAPTER 19. 
 
 FLAG OFFICER NOT IN CHIEF COMMAND. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 756-770. General duties. 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 771. Duties of force commander. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 772-773. Duties of squadron commander. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 774-775. Duties of division commander. 
 
 Section 1. — General Duties. 
 756. 
 
 Flag officers and others, not in chief command, shall obey with- To obey the 
 out delay or modification ail orders of the commander in chief. ^ 1 ™ f> mander in 
 Unless otherwise ordered, signals made by the commander in chief 
 shall be answered by the officers commanding squadrons and divi- 
 sions ; these officers shall repeat the signals to the ships of their 
 commands. 
 
 757. 
 
 ( 1 ) In a fleet regularly organized in divisions of ships the Duties of com- 
 commanders of divisions shall, within the limits of their respective Sous!* ° f *"" 
 commands, and under the general supervision and direction of the 
 commander in chief, perform the duties prescribed by the following 
 
 articles of these regulations : 682, 685, 703, 704, 706 to 716, inclu- 
 sive, and 717 to 727, inclusive. 
 
 (2) All reports and papers called for by the above enumerated 
 articles shall be addressed to the commander in chief, except such 
 as he may designate to be forwarded to the department direct in 
 order to facilitate the conduct of public business. 
 
 (3) They shall regulate exercises and sanitary duties within the 
 limits of their command in accordance with the laws and regula- 
 tions governing the Navy, the orders emanating from the Secre- 
 tary of the Navy, the instructions of the commander in chief, and 
 the usages of the naval service. 
 
 (4) Commanders of divisions shall be held responsible by the 
 commander in chief for the efficiency of their respective com- 
 mands in tactical exercises, target practice, engineering, ship and 
 boat drills, and all other particulars affecting the general efficiency 
 of the fleet. 
 
 (5) They shall also perform such other duties as may be re- 
 quired by the commander in chief. 
 
 (231) 
 
 I 
 
232 
 
 (6) When on detached service the commander of a division is 
 responsible for the safe conduct of his division and shall direct 
 the course to be steered. 
 
 758. 
 
 When on de- When an officer not in chief command is separated from his 
 a e ser>ice. senior? an( j is in command of a squadron or division of ships on 
 detached service, he shall, under the commander in chief and sub- 
 ject to his orders, routine, and instructions, be governed by the 
 articles of chapter 18 of these regulations. Such officer shall 
 assume the title of "commander of detached squadron (or divi- 
 sion)" and. if not a flag officer, shall be governed by articles 327 
 and 331 in regard to the display of the insignia of seniority. 
 
 759. 
 
 in case of sep- I f from any cause the commander of a squadron or division 
 aration, to as- becomes separated from the commander in chief, he shall assume 
 
 sume command. * ' 
 
 command of all vessels within signal, distance, not in sight of the 
 
 commander in chief, and then proceed to join the latter with the 
 
 utmost dispatch. (Arts. 150- (4) and 798.) 
 
 760. 
 
 May shift his A commander of a squadron or division may shift his flag or 
 flag or pennant. p erman t £ another ship should his own become disabled during 
 an action ; under no other circumstances, however, shall he do 
 so without the authority of the commander in chief. 
 
 761. 
 
 To aid the During an action commanders of squadrons and divisions shall 
 chi™. mander in d0 their utmost to aid the commander in chief. 
 
 762. 
 
 Reports of an Commanders of divisions shall, after an action or any important 
 JortMit* seSSic™" service, forward to the commander in chief their reports ; also 
 those of the commanding officers under their command, prepared 
 as laid down in article 712. 
 
 763. 
 
 Orders and Commanders of divisions shall require that orders and regula- 
 oteerved°. nS * tions issued by the Navy Department or by the commander in 
 chief are observed by all under their commands and that their 
 ships are maintained efficiently. They shall conduct their work 
 so as not to delay the transaction of business between individual 
 ships and the commander in chief. 
 
 
' 233 
 
 764. 
 
 (1) The commanders of forces, of divisions of the battleship 
 and scout forces, and of squadrons and flotillas' of other forces 
 shall, within the limits of their respective commands, and under 
 the general supervision of the commander in chief, perform the 
 duties prescribed by the following articles : 729, 689, 692, 695, 696, 
 698, 699 (1), (2), (3-d), (3-e), (3-f), (6), 700, 701, 731 to 739, 
 inclusive, and 741 to 746, inclusive. 
 
 (2) All reports and papers called for by the above-enumerated 
 articles shall be addressed to the commander in chief, except such 
 as he may designate to be forwarded direct to the department in 
 order to facilitate public business. 
 
 (3) The intent of this article is to give to the commanders of 
 divisions of the battleship and scout forces and to the squadron 
 or flotilla commanders of all other forces the details of adminis- 
 tration of their respective commands, but nothing contained herein 
 shall be construed to diminish the authority of the commander in 
 chief over his whole command nor to relieve him of responsi- 
 bility for its general efficiency. (Art. 655.) 
 
 765. 
 
 (1) In carrying out the provisions of article 689 with regard Inspections, 
 to vessels under his command^ an inspecting officer shall carefully 
 
 choose the time for the inspections required by paragraphs (a), 
 (c), and (d) of that article and shall regulate those to be made 
 semiannually so that preparation therefor shall not interfere with 
 training for gunnery exercises. Before inspecting a ship he shall 
 report to his senior officer in order that the members of the fleet 
 staff may be detailed to assist, if practicable. 
 
 (2) He shall frequently visit the vessels of his command in- Inspections 
 
 . without previous 
 
 formally and without previous notice for purposes of partial notice. 
 
 inspection in order that he may be fully informed as to their 
 
 condition. If, on these occasions, anything particularly worthy of 
 
 praise or censure is discovered, it shall be reported to his senior 
 
 officer. When making these inspections special attention shall 
 
 be paid to the condition of the crew's messes and to the state of 
 
 discipline on board. 
 
 (3) Commanders of divisions of the battleship and scout forces Reports to 
 and of squadrons or flotillas of all other forces shall make to their e JJf° comman " 
 force commander such other suggestions and reports concerning 
 
 the efficiency, discipline, and conditions of the ships under their 
 commands as they may deem important, and the force commander 
 shall forward them when necessary to the commander in chief 
 with such comments as he may deem advisable. 
 
234 
 
 766. 
 
 Drills ashore The commander of a division of the battleship force or of the 
 and afloat. _ 
 
 scout force, or the commander of a squadron or of a flotilla of any 
 
 other force, shall not hesitate to request permission to conduct 
 
 any individual or collective drills which in his opinion may be 
 
 necessary to increase the efficiency of his command. 
 
 767. 
 
 Surreys, (i) The commander of a division of the battleship force or 
 
 boards, and sum- ^ 
 
 mary courts-mar- of the scout force, or the commander of a squadron or of a 
 
 flotilla of any other force shall order and act upon all medical 
 
 and other surveys within the limits of his command, but reports 
 
 of boards of medical survey shall be forwarded for the action 
 
 of the commander in chief when present. 
 
 (2) He shall order all boards for the examination of petty 
 
 officers for promotion required by regulations or by departmental 
 
 order. 
 
 768. 
 
 signai™? UVerS and (1) When the fleet is under wa y the commander of a force, 
 squadron, flotilla, or division shall take such steps as may be 
 necessary to see that his ships maintain their positions and obey 
 promptly all orders issued by signal or otherwise. He shall, in 
 fleet maneuvers, make signals to his force, squadron, flotilla, or 
 division as required by the Battle Signal Book. 
 
 (2) He shall give special attention to the efficiency in signaling 
 of the vessels under his command. 
 
 769. 
 
 If separated from the commander in chief by any unexpected 
 occurrence, the commander of a division of the battleship force 
 or of the scout force or the commander of a squadron or of a 
 flotilla of any other force shall upon rejoining the flag submit 
 a report of the cause of such separation and direct similar re- 
 ports to be made by the commanding officers of the ships under 
 him and forward them with his own. (Art. 839 (1).) 
 
 770. 
 
 board flJeVflag™ W Wnen tne fleet or an y P ar * thereof enters port the force 
 snip. commanders shall, unless excused therefrom by signal, repair on 
 
 board the flagship of the commander in chief or of the senior 
 officer present and shall report to him the condition of the vessels 
 under their command and the necessity for work thereon during 
 the stay in port. 
 
235 
 
 (2) Division commanders of the battleship or scout forces 
 and squadron or flotilla commanders of other forces shall, as 
 promptly as possible upon anchoring and unless excused there- 
 from by signal, repair on board the flagship of their force com- 
 mander or of the senior officer present and shall report to him 
 the condition of the vessels under their command and of the 
 necessity for work thereon during the stay in that port. 
 
 (3) Each commanding officer of a vessel of the battleship and 
 scout forces shall, as soon as possible upon anchoring and unless 
 excused therefrom by signal, repair on board the flagship of 
 his division commander and report to him the condition of the 
 vessel under his command and the necessity for work thereon 
 during the stay in that port. The commanding officers of all 
 other vessels shall make similar visits and reports to their 
 squadron or to their flotilla commanders. 
 
 Section 2. — Duties of Force Commander. 
 
 771. 
 
 (1) A force commander is charged, under the commander in Force com- 
 chief, with the maintenance of discipline in the force. Uith d m funl* 
 
 (2) He is responsible, under the direction of the commander in nance of disci- 
 
 . . pllne, drills, and 
 
 chief, for the drill, training, and efficient administration and opera- administration. 
 
 tion of the force under his command. 
 
 (3) It is his duty to keep himself informed of the material con- Maintain force 
 dition of the vessels under his command and to maintain them in dition. C *" e0n " 
 an efficient condition. 
 
 (4) Correspondence affecting the military efficiency of any correspond- 
 vessel, extensive alterations or repairs, her readiness for service, ence ' 
 
 her movements, or withdrawal from the fleet, shall be forwarded 
 through the commander in chief; other correspondence relative 
 to routine repairs, upkeep, and maintenance, minor alterations and 
 overhaul, and everything necessary to maintain vessels in efficient 
 condition, shall be conducted directly with the department and 
 bureaus concerned, except when otherwise provided for in the 
 Navy Regulations. 
 
 (5) The force commander shall keep the commander in chief Keep com- 
 ,. „ , , . . „,.<. r. . . mander In chief 
 
 advised of the conditions of his force and of its operations. informed of con- 
 
 dition of force. 
 
 Section 3. — Duties of Squadron Commander. 
 
 squadrons of battleship and scout forces. 
 
 772. 
 
 A squadron commander of the battleship force or of the scout 
 force is not an administrative officer except when senior officer 
 
236 
 
 present. Under the direction of his force commander he is respon- 
 sible for the tactical control of his squadron as a part of the force 
 to which it belongs. 
 
 SQUADRONS OB FLOTILLAS OF FORCES OTHER THAN BATTLESHIPS AND 
 
 SCOUTS. 
 
 773. 
 
 Responsible (1) Under the force commander the commander of one of these 
 
 iscip ne. S q Ua fl rons or flotillas is charged with the maintenance of discipline 
 
 in his squadron or flotilla. 
 
 R e s p o n sible (2) He is responsible, under the direction of the force com- 
 
 minitraSon! and man ^ er » for tne drill, training, and efficient administration and 
 
 operation. operation of the squadron or flotilla under his command. 
 
 Maintain divi- (3) It is his duty to keep himself informed of the material con- 
 condit 1 ion? fflaent dition of tne vessels under his command and to maintain them in 
 an efficient condition. 
 Correspond- (4) All correspondence with higher authority in relation to the 
 squadron or flotilla shall be forwarded through the force com- 
 mander, except when otherwise provided for in the Navy Regula- 
 tions. 
 Keep force (5) The squadron or flotilla commander shall keep the force 
 
 commander ad- ^ 
 
 vised of condi- commander advised of the condition of his squadron or flotilla and 
 tionof command. Qf .^ operations> 
 
 Section 4. — Duties of Division Commander. 
 
 divisions of battleship and scout forces. 
 
 774. 
 
 Responsible (1) Under the force commander the commander of a division 
 for discipline. q£ the battleship force or of the scout force ig d^ged with the 
 
 maintenance of discipline in his division. 
 
 Responsible (2) He is responsible under the direction of the force com- 
 
 minutrationj and mander for the drill, training, and efficient administration and 
 
 operation. operation of the division under his command. 
 
 Maintain force (3) It is his duty to keep himself informed of the material 
 
 dition. Cien C ° n " condition of the vessels under his command and to maintain them 
 
 in an efficient condition. 
 
 inspect ves- (4) He shall in person inspect the vessels of his command, 
 sels. 
 Correspond- (5) All correspondence with higher authority in relation to the 
 
 CBCe * division shall be forwarded through the force commander, except 
 
 when otherwise provided for in the Navy Regulations. 
 
237 
 
 DIVISION OF FORCES OTHER THAN BATTLESHIPS AND SCOUTS. 
 
 775. 
 
 A commander of a division of other forces has in general no No administra- 
 
 administrative duties except when senior officer present. If com- e l ™ t ^heifsenior 
 
 manding a division of combatant ships he is responsible for the ^ 1 " p* 686 "*® 1 " 
 
 z •when ordered by 
 
 tactical control of his division as a part of the squadron or flotilla c o m m ander in 
 
 to which it belongs. In the case of the cruiser or the mine force [£ cn (. to assume 
 
 or of the train, if circumstances demand, a division commander 
 
 may have such administrative duties as the commander in chief 
 
 shall judge necessary. 
 
CHAPTER 20. 
 
 STAFF OF A FLAG OFFICER AFLOAT. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 785. Chief of staff to a commander in chief. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 786. Staff of a commander in chief. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 787. Enlisted men in the immediate service of a 
 
 commander in chief. 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 788. Staff of a flag officer afloat not in chief command. 
 
 Section I. — Chief of Staff to a Commander in Chief. 
 785. 
 
 (1) A chief of staff will be detailed to the staff of a commander Detail and 
 in chief and may be detailed to the staff of a force or squadron 
 commander. 
 
 (2) The chief of staff to an admtral or vice admiral shall be a 
 rear admiral or captain ; the chief of staff to a rear admiral 
 shall be a captain or commander. 
 
 (3) The chief of staff shall be subject to the orders of the com- 
 mander in chief and to him only ; the authority of the chief of 
 staff is authority delegated by the commander in chief. 
 
 (4) The chief of staff will supervise and be responsible for the 
 work of the various divisions of the staff. All officers of the staff 
 are subject to the orders of the chief of staff in all matters per- 
 taining to staff duty. 
 
 (5) The chief of staff may succeed the commander in chief under 
 whom he is serving in the manner prescribed in article 1604. 
 
 (6) An assistant chief of staff shall be detailed to the staff of 
 a commander in chief. He will assist the chief of staff in super- 
 vising the work of the staff. 
 
 Section II. — Staff of a Commander in Chief. 
 
 786. 
 
 (1) The staff of a commander in chief will be organized into an Organization 
 ,. ,. . . , , ,, ,. . . . and duties, 
 
 operations division and such other divisions as may be pre- 
 scribed by the department or found necessary by the commander 
 
 (230) 
 
240 
 
 in chief for the proper administration and operation of the fleet 
 during peace and war. 
 
 (2) The assistant chief of staff will be the chief of the operations 
 division. The commander in chief will appoint the chiefs of the 
 other divisions from among the officers ordered to duty on his 
 staff. 
 
 (3) The chief of each division will supervise and be responsible 
 for the work of his division. 
 
 (4) The divisions of the staff will be organized by the commander 
 in chief and the officers assigned to duty on the staff will be dis- 
 tributed among them so as to administer and operate the fleet to 
 best advantage. 
 
 (5) Members of the staff of a commander in chief shall be borne 
 upon the books of the flagship and assigned to quarters as fol- 
 lows : (a) The chief of staff to cabin accommodations after the 
 commanding officer of the flagship ; ( & ) other officers when of or 
 above the grade of commander to cabin quarters, if practicable; 
 (c) when below the grade of commander to the wardroom. All 
 awards of wardroom accommodations to members of the staff 
 will be in accordance with rank after the executive officer, the 
 heads of departments, and the commanding officer of the marine 
 detachment of the flagship. 
 
 (6) In all matters of general discipline the members of the staff 
 shall be subject to the internal regulations and the routine of the 
 flagship, as though they were a part of her complement. 
 
 (7) The communication force of a flagship shall be under the 
 sole direction of the staff while employed on communication duty. 
 
 (8) When the chief of staff is not in command of the flagship he 
 shall mess with the commander in chief; other members of the 
 staff may do so at the discretion of the commander in chief. 
 
 (9) In addition to the officers assigned to duty in the various 
 divisions of the staff personal aids will be assigned to duty on 
 the staff as necessary. 
 
 (10) A commander in chief ordered to command of a fleet will 
 recommend to the department the composition of his proposed 
 staff. 
 
 Section III. — Enlisted Men in the Immediate Service of a 
 Commander in Chief. 
 
 787. 
 
 Status of en- (l) All enlisted men assigned to special duty in the immediate 
 service of a flag officer afloat, including bandmen and boats' crews. 
 shall be considered as a part of the crew of the ship, but shall 
 not be assigned to any ship duties except by prior consent of the 
 flag officer. So far as their duties for the flag officer are con- 
 cerned, they shall be under the supervision of the staff. 
 
241 
 
 (2) The yeoman, printers, and servants assigned to duty in the 
 special service of a flag officer afloat shall, subject to the approval 
 of such flag officer, be assigned stations at all general drills and 
 exercises and at quarters, but such men shall not be called upon 
 to attend such drills and exercises or muster without the prior 
 consent of such flag officer. Other enlisted men assigned to special 
 duty in the immediate service of such flag officer, including boats' 
 crews and bandsmen, shall be assigned regular stations at quar- 
 ters, drills, and exercises, and shall attend musters, drills, and 
 exercises when such attendance does not interfere with the 
 performance of their special duties under the flag officer ; when 
 they are to be excused from such ship's duties, the staff shall so 
 inform the commanding officer of the ship in advance. 
 
 Section IV. — Staff of a Flag Officer Afloat Not in Chief 
 
 Command. 
 
 788. 
 
 The staff of a flag officer not in chief command will consist of Composition, 
 a flag lieutenant and a fla;; secretary, to be nominated by the 
 flag officer on whose vessel they are to serve, and of such aids 
 and additional officers as the Navy Department may detail. The 
 organization and duties of the staff of a flag officer not in chief 
 command will correspond as far as practicable to the organization 
 herein described for a commander in chief. 
 
 
CHAPTER 21. 
 
 SENIOR OFFICER PRESENT. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 798-809. General duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Geneeal Duties. 
 798. 
 
 When two or more ships meet in port or at sea, the chief. Command when 
 
 * ^ two or more ships 
 
 command during the time the ships are within signal distance meet. 
 
 Command when 
 ti 
 
 incen 
 of each other shall be exercised as laid down in article 150. 
 
 799. 
 
 When ships meet in port, the junior commanding officer of one Junior to show 
 or more ships shall, if circumstances permit, call upon the senior 
 commanding officer of one or more ships, show all the orders not 
 secret under which he is acting, and inform him of the condition 
 of his command. For the time being he shall consider himself 
 subject to the authority of such senior. 
 
 800. 
 
 A junior in command must, when meeting a senior, either at To obtain per- 
 sea or in port, obtain permission by signal or otherwise to con- "'nforto perform 
 tinue on his course, to anchor or get under way. to communicate evolutions, etc. 
 with the shore, or to perform any evolution or act of importance 
 which would require the permission of his commander in chief, if 
 the latter were present. 
 
 801. 
 
 (1) The senior officer present shall not, in the absence of special . When the sen- 
 instructions, take advantage of his superior rank to detain or divert o? detain 
 divert from their destination the whole or any part of any forces n °[^ 8 fiSmediate 
 which he may fall in with. His authority to do so, however, command, 
 must be recognized without question and should the public in- 
 terests imperatively demand it, he may employ temporarily the 
 
 (243) 
 
244 
 
 ships which he meets. If the commanding officers of these ships 
 have special instructions which forbid their being diverted from 
 their course, they must inform the senior officer present, in order 
 that he may give such instructions due consideration. 
 
 (2) As soon as the cooperation of these ships ceases to be im- 
 perative, he shall order them to continue the service on which 
 they were engaged when he met them, unless circumstances in the 
 meantime render this inexpedient. 
 
 (3) He shall limit the exercise of command over training ships 
 and other special service ships to such general matters of naval 
 routine, discipline, and official intercourse as shall not interfere 
 with the special service upon wmich they are employed. 
 
 802. 
 
 The senior officer present shall discharge the duties of a com- 
 mander in chief, as laid down in these regulations, in articles 
 683, 685, 686, 687, 703 to 716, inclusive, and 717 to 727, inclusive, 
 and authority for that purpose is hereby conferred upon him. 
 
 803. 
 
 identification (i) When two or more ships meet thev shall hoist their en- 
 
 of snips meeting. r 
 
 signs and the signals establishing their identities (ships attached 
 
 to the same fleet shall use their distinguishing pennants in identi- 
 fying themselves to one another), except that, if two or more of 
 them are in company under the permanent or temporary com- 
 mand of a flag officer or senior officer present, only the flagship 
 of such flag officer or the ship of such senior officer present shall 
 hoist her identification signal. 
 
 (2) When two or more ships meet and there is doubt as to 
 what commanding officer is the senior officer present the fact shall 
 be ascertained by signal. 
 
 804. 
 
 Collision. In t ^ e even t f a collision he shall proceed as provided in Naval 
 
 Courts and Boards. 
 
 805. 
 
 on5e? ?n * ch^f Tne senior officer present shall make to the officer in chief 
 command. command a detailed report of any important circumstances in 
 
 connection with, or duty performed by, the forces under him, re- 
 quiring from his subordinates such reports as may be necessary. 
 
 806. 
 
 To require ex- When two or more ships are together the senior officer present 
 ercise in commit- , ■ , „ . . , . , 
 
 nications. shall have frequent exercises in day and night communications. 
 
245 
 
 807. 
 
 The senior officer present shall discharge the duties of a com- ffl Dut *j. s J f J a ? 
 mander in chief as laid down' in articles 684, 695, 697, 699 ( 1 ), by senior officer. 
 703, 706 to 711, 714 to 716, 717 to 727, 731(2), 733, 734, 737, 739, 
 743, 745, and authority for that purpose is hereby conferred upon 
 him. 
 
 808. 
 
 The senior officer present shall, as far as practicable, conduct Business, how 
 business coming under his jurisdiction through the duly author- 
 ized force or other subordinate commanders or senior force officers 
 present of the fleet or other command to which ships present may 
 belong. 
 
 809. 
 
 There shall be maintained at each navy yard and naval station Portfolio of 
 
 senior officer 
 
 a " Portfolio of senior officer present afloat," in which shall be present afloat, 
 contained the originals or certified copies of all orders or in- 
 structions received or issued by the senior officer present afloat. 
 This portfolio shall be transferred to and kept in the custody of 
 the senior officer present afloat or, if there be no such officer, 
 in the custody of the commandant. 
 183841°— 20 17 
 
 
CHAPTER 22. 
 
 COMMANDING OFFICER OF A SHIP. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 819. Commanding officer of a ship and the succession 
 
 to command. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 820-828. Assuming command and fitting out. 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 829-834. Organization. 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 835-868. General duties. 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 869-875. Duties in time of war. 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 876-879. Intercourse with foreigners. 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 880-889. Navigation. 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 890-899. Supplies and repairs. 
 Sec. 9. — Art. 900-921. Personnel. 
 
 Section 1. — Commanding Officer of a Ship and the 
 Succession to Command. 
 
 819. 
 
 (1) Should the officer regularly ordered to command a ship ^ cc „5 8ion *° 
 be absent, disabled, relieved from duty, or detached without relief 
 
 the command shall devolve upon the line officer next in rank regu- 
 larly attached to and on board the ship, until relieved by com- 
 petent authority or the regular commanding officer returns. 
 
 (2) An officer succeeding temporarily to command has the same 
 authority and responsibility as the regular commanding officer, 
 but he shall make no change in the existing general orders, or- 
 ganization, or other permanent dispositions, and shall endeavor to 
 have the routine and other affairs of the ship carried on the same 
 as usual. See also article 25. 
 
 Section 2. — Assuming Command and Fitting Out. 
 
 820. 
 
 (1) An officer who has been ordered to the command of a when ordered 
 ship not yet in commission shall at once make a thorough personal commission" 01 '" 
 examination of her and inform himself as to her condition and 
 state of preparation for service; if she be at a navy yard, shall 
 
 (247) 
 
248 
 
 apply to the commandant for detailed plans of the ship and for 
 such other information as can be given him concerning her condi- 
 tion and the repairs and changes made in her hull, machinery, 
 and equipment. If she be elsewhere than at a navy yard, he 
 shall obtain this information in such manner as may be practi- 
 cable. 
 
 (2) He shall make requisition for such articles as are required 
 
 to render her efficient. 
 
 Beportsofcon- (3) If at a navy yard, he shall make frequent verbal reports 
 
 dition of ship. of the con( iition of the ship to the commandant, and on the last 
 
 day of each week he shall make a written report, in which he 
 
 shall state all of her deficiencies of materiel and personnel. 
 
 (4) He shall, if the ship be at a navy yard, exercise no au- 
 thority or control over her preparation before she is transferred 
 to his command, but shall keep himself constantly informed of 
 the progress made and offer to the commandant such suggestions 
 concerning the preparation as he considers essential or important 
 to her efficiency. 
 
 (5) If, when the commandant signifies his intention of trans- 
 ferring the ship to the command of the officer ordered to receive 
 her, that officer considers her in an unfit condition to be commis- 
 sioned, he shall represent the fact to the commandant in writing, 
 stating the reasons. 
 
 821. 
 
 Going into When the ship is to be placed in commission, she shall be for- 
 commission. mally transferred by the commandant, or by an officer representing 
 him, who shall not be inferior in grade to the officer ordered to 
 command, as follows: As many of the officers and crew of the 
 ship as circumstances permit, including a guard and music, shall 
 be assembled and properly distributed on the quarter-deck. When 
 ready the commandant or his representative shall cause the 
 national ensign and the proper insignia of command to be hoisted 
 in accordance with articles 321 and 338 and turn the ship over 
 to the officer ordered to command ; the latter shall then read his 
 orders to command, assume charge of the ship, and cause a watch 
 to be set. 
 
 822. 
 Responsible (1) The commanding officer, upon assuming command of a ship 
 for discipline. w b en g^g i s commissioned, becomes responsible for the discipline 
 on board. 
 
 (2) He shall at once make himself familiar with the details of 
 the material and personnel of his command, in order that he may 
 make proper representations if any portion of either is unfit for 
 the service to which the ship is destined. 
 
 (3) He shall use every exertion to complete the equipment of 
 the ship and fit her for sea. 
 
249 
 
 823. 
 
 Assuming com- 
 
 (1) If, when an officer ordered to command joins the ship to mand of a ship 
 
 which he has been ordered, and she is without a permanent com- in C0mmissl0n - 
 
 manding officer, all hands shall be called to muster and the officer 
 
 ordered to command shall read his orders and assume command. 
 
 The temporary commanding officer shall transfer to him every 
 
 article in his keeping that pertains to the commanding officer, and 
 
 afford all the information possible that will be of service in the 
 
 administration and command of the ship. 
 
 (2) After taking command, if the ship is newly commissioned 
 and, during her existing commission, has not been under the com- 
 mand of a permanent commanding officer, he shall proceed as 
 though the ship had just been commissioned .as laid down in 
 article 822 ; otherwise he shall hold the inspection provided for in 
 article 824 and report as therein directed. 
 
 824. 
 
 (1) In the case of a ship already in commission, with a com- An officer re- 
 manding officer regularly attached thereto, the commanding officer iY Vommaud?* 110 * 
 about to be relieved, shall, before the transfer is effected, make 
 
 a thorough inspection of the ship in company with his successor, 
 and cause the crew to be exercised in his presence at battle sta- 
 tions, fire quarters, collision quarters, and mustered at stations 
 for abandon ship, unless the weather or other conditions render 
 it impracticable or inadvisable. He shall point out any defects 
 and account for them, and explain fully any peculiarities of con- 
 struction or arrangement of the ship. A statement, in quad- 
 ruplicate, of the inspection is to be drawn up and, if satisfactory, 
 signed by the officer succeeding him. If not satisfactory he shall 
 state in what particular it is not so, and the officer relieved shall 
 make such explanations as he may deem necessary, each over his 
 own signature. One copy of this statement is to be forwarded to 
 the Chief of Naval Operations, one to the commander in chief 
 of the station, and one shall be retained by each of the officers 
 between whom the transfer of command takes place. 
 
 (2) The officer about to be relieved shall deliver to his sue- Correspond- 
 
 ence, keys, signal 
 cessor the originals or authenticated copies of all unexecuted books, etc. 
 
 orders, and take duplicate receipts for the same, forwarding one 
 copy to the superior from whom the order was received. He shall 
 also deliver to him copies of all general regulations and orders 
 that are in force on board, all documents received for his guid- 
 ance in command, and such other official correspondence and in- 
 formation concerning the ship and her qualities, the officers 
 and crew, as may be of service to his successor. He shall de- 
 liver the signal books, intelligence outfit, and the keys to all 
 
250 
 
 confidential signals and other publications; also all other books, 
 rolls, and documents required by these regulations to be either 
 kept or supervised by himself. Under no circumstances shall he 
 carry away the original records of his official correspondence, orig- 
 inal letters, documents, or papers concerning the ship or her of- 
 ficers and crew, but he may take authenticated copies of the same. 
 He shall sign the log books, communication records, ensigns' jour- 
 nals, expenditure books, reports of fitness of officers, and all 
 other papers requiring his approval, up to the date of his relief. 
 Turning over (3) After the formalities enumerated in paragraphs 1 and 2 
 
 command. 
 
 of this article have been completed, all hands shall be called to 
 muster and the officer about to be relieved shall read his orders of 
 detachment and turn over the command to his successor, who shall 
 read his orders of command and assume charge. 
 Status of cap- (4) The officer relieved, though without authority after turning- 
 over the command, is, until he finally leaves the ship, entitled to 
 all the ceremonies and distinctions accorded him while in com- 
 mand. 
 
 825. 
 
 When supplied If, when the crew is received on board after a ship has been 
 crew. a ™ m eri ° r commissioned, the commanding officer believes that any members 
 thereof are physically incompetent to perform properly the duties 
 of their ratings, or are otherwise undesirable, he shall so report in 
 writing to the commandant of the naval district and request a 
 survey or other appropriate action upon them. (Art. 1142.) 
 
 826. 
 
 To verify de- After going into commission, and as soon as practicable after 
 scrp ons. ^ receipt of the crew on board, the commanding officer shall 
 
 take the necessary steps to verify the service records and descrip- 
 tive lists of the crew. The executive officer, with the medical and 
 supply officers, shall constitute a board for that purpose ; the board 
 shall correct all errors found in the description of the men, also 
 errors in dates and spelling, and shall note those who appear 
 physically defective; a list of these corrections shall be submitted 
 to the commanding officer for his approval. Copies of the correc- 
 tions made shall be transmitted by the commanding officer to the 
 Bureau of Navigation. The same precautions shall be observed 
 whenever men are received on board. 
 
 827. 
 
 Defects in (l) The commanding officer of a ship newly placed in commis- 
 sion, both before and after commissioning, shall pay particular 
 attention to the equipment of the ship and endeavor to discover 
 
251 
 
 if there are any defects in her outfit and stores, including ma- 
 chinery, boilers, pumps, water-tight doors, valves and cocks, 
 access to bottoms and bilges, ventilation, fire-extinguishing and 
 distilling apparatus, spars, sails, rigging, guns and implements, 
 ammunition and ordnance stores, navigation supplies and instru- 
 ments, clothing, provisions, and medical outfits. 
 
 (2) He shall satisfy himself that the battery can be manipulated 
 effectively. 
 
 (3) He shall cause to be examined all spare parts of machinery Machinery, 
 and other spare articles, and ascertain if they are suitable for 
 
 the purpose intended. He shall satisfy himself that the boats are 
 tight, and that their outfits, including boat guns and their fittings 
 and hoisting apparatus, are efficient ; 
 
 (4) Should any defect be discovered in connection with the f ec ? s e . port of de " 
 items mentioned in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article, or in any 
 
 other particular, he shall make a written report thereof to the 
 commandant, and if not remedied in a reasonable time, to the Chief 
 of Naval Operations. 
 
 (5) Before leaving the navy yard the commanding officer shall 
 require the supply officer of the ship to report to him in writing 
 if all the stores as laid down in the allowance books have been 
 received, and what defects or deficiencies, if any, exist in the 
 materiel or personnel under his immediate supervision. He shall 
 then report to the Chief of Naval Operations the condition of 
 the ship, her outfit, and equipment. 
 
 828. 
 
 When the command of a ship in commission and acting singly Data for an- 
 is changed, the officer relieved shall make a report to the Secre- nua repo * 
 tary of the Navy on the date of his detachment in accordance with 
 so much of article 699 (4) as may be applicable to his late com- 
 mand; if in command of a vessel attached to a fleet, he shall 
 furnish the commander in chief with the data necessary for him 
 to make the required report complete as far as the vessel is con- 
 cerned. 
 
 Section 3. — Organization. 
 
 829. 
 
 The organization of ships of the Navy shall be governed by Police and 
 naval laws, regulations, and orders from superior authority ; all tionsf * reS ™ a " 
 rules and routine orders of the commanding officer shall be in 
 accordance with the same. 
 
 830. 
 
 The Articles for the Government of the Navy shall be read General orders 
 
 ^ j. ^ m j j.. ,., . aBd Articles for 
 
 aloud to the officers and crew, at quarters if practicable, once in Government o f 
 every month and a copy of them shall be kept posted at all times NaTy * 
 
 
252 
 
 in a conspicuous place accessible to the crew. All general orders 
 issued by the Secretary of the Navy or the commander in chief 
 which may in any degree affect the crew shall be read to the 
 officers and crew by an officer, under the direction of the com- 
 manding officer, at the first quarters after their receipt and the 
 fact entered in the log book. Court-martial orders and other 
 official matter of like tenor shall be read in the same manner or 
 placed on bulletin boards or other conspicuous places where they 
 can be read by officers and crew. Copies of all orders concern- 
 ing the daily routine and police regulations and of routine orders 
 concerning the ship's company shall be kept posted in a con- 
 spicuous position accessible to the crew. 
 
 831. 
 
 The orders to The commanding officer shall issue all general orders relative 
 
 the^executiyel 15 to the duties of the ship through the executive officer and shall 
 
 keep him informed of his own methods of performing duty in 
 
 other respects, in order that in his absence this officer may exercise 
 
 command intelligently and in accordance with his wishes. 
 
 832. 
 
 Crew stationed (i) The ship shall not sail from a port in the United States 
 fore sailing. until the crew has been watched, quartered, and stationed, and 
 also exercised at all important stations. 
 
 (2) If the vessel be newly commissioned the commanding officer 
 shall take the first opportunity after leaving the navy yard to 
 determine her tactical qualities and periods of rolling and pitching. 
 
 833. 
 
 Determination Newly commissioned ships shall conduct trials during: their 
 of tactical quali- . " . '■, ^, 
 
 ties. shaking-down cruise in accordance with the department s current 
 
 instructions for turning trials and obtaining tactical, maneuver- 
 ing, and periods of rolling and pitching. 
 
 834. 
 
 To superintend -ji^ commano ling officer shall superintend all important evolu- 
 exercises. tions, exercises, and inspections. 
 
 Section 4. — General Duties. 
 835. 
 
 A commanding A commanding officer who departs from his orders or instruc- 
 offleer always re- 
 
 sponsible for his tions under any circumstances, or takes official action at the 
 acts. 
 
253 
 
 request of any person, must do so upon his own responsibility and 
 immediately report the circumstances to the officer from whom 
 he received his orders and instructions. 
 
 836. 
 
 The commanding officer shall keep a night order book in which Night order 
 shall be entered the course and any necessary special precautions ook * 
 concerning the speed and navigation of the ship and all orders 
 given to the officer of the deck for the night. This book shall be 
 preserved as a part of the official records of the ship and turned 
 in at the end of the cruise. 
 
 837. 
 
 The commanding officer shall not, when in a fleet or squadron, No indepcnd- 
 perform any independent evolution without orders from the com- en m0Temen s - 
 mander in chief, division commander, or other officer in direct 
 authority over him, except to avoid a collision or danger. 
 
 838. 
 
 If, when in a fleet, squadron, or division, the commanding officer Notice of dan- 
 finds that the course directed is leading the ship under his com- geT ' 
 mand or any other, into danger, he shall promptly give notice 
 to the commander in chief, division commander, or other officer 
 in direct authority over him, and to the ship endangered. 
 
 839. 
 
 (1) If a ship is separated from the command to which she if separated, 
 belongs, her commanding officer must explain the cause of such 
 separation to his immediate superior, and also to the commander 
 
 in chief. (Art. 769.) 
 
 (2) If a ship enters a port not designated nor permitted by Entering port 
 the instructions, her commanding officer shall report to his imme- n0 es sna e 
 diate superior the cause for so doing and the delay necessary. 
 
 840. 
 
 The commanding officer shall report to the commander in chief, Reports in case 
 immediately after its occurrence, every instance when the ship "hip. amaffe 
 under his command touches the ground, has a collision, a fire on 
 board, any serious accident to hull, spars, machinery, or boilers, 
 or other important events of like nature; he shall forward with 
 the report a statement of all the circumstances attending the 
 accident. 
 
 
254 
 
 841. 
 
 Loss of the (l) in case of the loss of the ship, her commanding officer shall 
 remain by her with officers and crew as long as necessary and 
 save as much Government property as possible. Every reasonable 
 effort shall be made to save the log book, muster roll, accounts of 
 officers and crew, and other valuable papers. 
 
 The captain (2) if it becomes necessary to abandon the ship, he should be 
 
 last to leave. n 
 
 the last person to leave her. 
 
 (3) He shall make a report of the circumstances to the Secre- 
 tary of the Navy as soon as possible, and if wrecked within the 
 United States shall repair to the nearest naval station with the 
 crew of the ship. 
 
 Crew and prop- (4) He shall, if in a foreign country, lose no time, after making 
 erty saved, how 7 f .^ -, J 
 
 disposed of. all efforts to save property, in returning with the officers and crew 
 
 to the fleet or squadron to which they belong or, if acting singly, 
 
 to the United States. He shall take steps for the preservation of 
 
 the Government property saved, until it shall be disposed of in 
 
 such manner as the department may direct. 
 
 842. 
 
 Expeditions On occasions of sending a boat or other expedition away from 
 rom asp. ^^ ^.p oq i m p 0r ^ an ^ cLuty, when it is to proceed beyond signal 
 distance, the commanding officer of the ship shall give written 
 orders to the officer in command of the boat or expedition. 
 
 843. 
 
 Care of crew. The commanding officer of a ship shall use all proper means to 
 preserve the health of the crew, and shall from time to time 
 consult with the medical officer of the ship in regard to sanitary 
 measures to be adopted for that end. (Art. 741.) 
 
 844. 
 
 Customs exam- (i) The commanding officer of a ship shall facilitate any ex- 
 
 inations. "* 
 
 amination which it may be the duty of a customs officer of the 
 United States to make on board of the ship under his command. 
 (2) He shall not permit a foreign customs officer to make any 
 examination whatsoever on board of the ship or boats under his 
 command. 
 
 845. 
 
 to S fee r permftted r Ttie command ing officer shall not permit any ship of the Navy 
 under his command to be searched by any person representing a 
 foreign state, nor any of the officers or crew to be taken out of 
 her, so long as he has the power to resist. If force is used it 
 must be repelled. 
 
255 
 
 846. 
 
 (1) In ports where war or insurrection exists or threatens, the Man-of-war 
 
 boats, 
 commanding officer of a ship shall always require the boats away 
 
 from the ship to have some competent person in charge, and shall 
 see that the proper steps are taken to make their national char- 
 acter evident at all times. 
 
 (2) The boats of a ship of war will be regarded, in all matters 
 concerning the rights, privileges, and comity of nations, as parts 
 of the ship herself. 
 
 847. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer of a ship shall not perform a mar- Marriages on 
 riage ceremony on board ; nor shall he permit one to be performed 
 
 when the ship is outside of the territory of the United States, 
 except in accordance with the local laws and laws of the State, 
 Territory, or district in which the parties are domiciled, and 
 in presence of a diplomatic or consular official of the United States, 
 who has consented to issue the certificates and make the returns 
 required by the consular regulations. 
 
 (2) He shall report to the Secretary of the Navy all marriages 
 occurring on board. 
 
 848. 
 
 The commanding officer of a ship is not required to perform Not required to 
 the duties of a supply officer. ( Sec. 1432, R. S. ) Jer. 88 8UPPly 0<B " 
 
 849. 
 
 Whenever an officer in charge of a department is ordered de- Officer detach- 
 ed during cruise, 
 tached from a ship during a cruise, the commanding officer shall 
 
 require the officer so ordered to make a thorough inspection of 
 the material of the department in company with his relief, and, 
 upon the completion thereof, to submit jointly with his relief a 
 report on the condition of the parts of the ship, machinery, and 
 equipment of the department, with particular reference to any 
 defects or deficiencies discovered. In the event of any disagree- 
 ment between the officers as to the conditions discovered, the com- 
 manding officer shall take appropriate steps to ascertain the 
 actual conditions, and, if necessary, the responsibility therefor. 
 He shall forward the report to the Secretary of the Navy. Should 
 lack of time or other circumstances prevent the two officers mak- 
 ing the inspection in company, the incoming head of department 
 shall be required to make the inspection and report as soon as 
 possible after taking charge. 
 
 850. 
 
 The commanding officer shall see that the officers and crew are Safety orders. 
 instructed in the safety orders and all requirements regarding 
 the care, stowage, handling, and examination of explosives, in- 
 
256 
 
 flammables, and fuels as laid down in the Navy Regulations and 
 the bureau manuals. He shall be responsible that all the proper, 
 necessary, and prescribed precautions are taken relative to the 
 care, stowage, handling, and inspection of explosives, inflam- 
 mables, and fuels on board ship. 
 
 851. 
 
 issuance of ad- (l) Conditions not covered by safety instructions included in 
 orders! y the Navy Regulations or in the Bureau of Ordnance Manual may 
 
 arise which, in the opinion of the commanding officer, may render 
 firing unsafe. Nothing in these safety instructions shall be con- 
 strued as authorizing firing under such conditions or as prevent- 
 ing the commanding officer from issuing such additional safety 
 orders as he may deem necessary. 
 
 (2) Before the firing of any gun, other than for saluting, the 
 Recoil cylinders shall be inspected and filled in the presence of 
 the gunnery and division officers, and a report thereof made to 
 the commanding officer. 
 
 853. 
 
 Keys to com- (i) a commanding officer about to be relieved shall deliver to 
 
 partments con-. ,„ , „ , ,, ,„^, 
 
 taining explo- his successor the keys for all spaces and receptacles used for the 
 custody" 3 their storage of projectiles and explosives, also the keys to the entire 
 flooding system used in connection with ordnance. 
 
 (2) The commanding officer shall be the custodian of the keys 
 to all spaces and receptacles containing projectiles and explosives. 
 
 (3) He shall be the custodian of the keys to all flood cocks, and 
 shall take the necessary steps to insure that the flooding and 
 sprinkling testing caps and plugs are kept locked except when 
 actually in use for testing, and that they are never left attached 
 to the flooding or sprinkling systems at the conclusion of the 
 tests. 
 
 (4) Spaces containing explosives will not be opened without 
 the knowledge and consent of the commanding officer. 
 
 (5) When practicable an officer should obtain the keys for 
 spaces containing explosives, and for flooding and sprinkling sys- 
 tems, from the commanding officer, and be present when such 
 spaces are open, explosives being handled, or flooding systems 
 tested. Keys should be returned to the commanding officer, when 
 exercises or inspections are completed, by the officer who obtained 
 them. 
 
 854. 
 
 Ordnance ma- (i) T^g commanding officer of a vessel ordered out of commis- 
 terial, snip going . 
 
 out of commis- sion at a navy yard shall not deliver the orders of detachment to 
 
 officers assigned to duty in connection with any part of the 
 
 ordnance equipage or supplies until the vessel's battery, torpedo 
 
257 
 
 installation, fire-control installation, mine equipment, and all other 
 ordnance equipment and office records have been inspected by a 
 special board, composed of a representative of the commandant 
 of the navy yard, the gunnery officer of the vessel, and, when 
 the Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance considers it necessary, an 
 additional officer from the Bureau of Ordnance. 
 
 (2) The report of this board shall be in quadruplicate and with- 
 out estimates. The original shall be sent to the Bureau of Ord- 
 nance for file ; one copy shall be for the files of the commandant, 
 and one copy for the files of each of the divisions of the manu- 
 facturing department, for the information of the boards of survey 
 and estimate in matters under the cognizance of the Bureau of 
 Ordnance. 
 
 855. 
 
 The commanding officer shall designate the number of rockets, Ready signal 
 
 -,,,.,. ,. r. , ammunition. 
 
 and amount of powder to be kept in readiness for signal purposes ; 
 also the number of rounds of ammunition to be kept ready for 
 possible contact with an enemy, and for saluting purposes. 
 
 856. 
 
 (1) When at sea no gun or air ports shall be opened without °pen ports at 
 the knowledge and consent of the commanding officer, and they' 
 
 shall always be opened and closed by men specially appointed 
 for that duty. Those on the lower decks shall be closed at sunset 
 unless special authority is granted to keep them open after that 
 time; and a report shall invariably be made to the officer of 
 the deck when a port is opened or closed at sea. 
 
 (2) Neither gun nor air ports shall be opened when there is 
 any probability that water will enter to a dangerous extent. 
 
 857. 
 
 (1) Commanding officers shall see that the utmost secrecy is to F ** e k e° t nt ™ ! . 
 observed in connection with all fire-control material in so far as tret, 
 persons not connected with the Naval Service are concerned. To 
 this end it is directed that — 
 
 (a) Blue prints, textbooks, or descriptive matter relating to 
 fire control be not shown, loaned, or quoted to persons 
 not connected with the United States Naval Service. 
 ( & ) Systems used for training the personnel in fire control 
 and spotting or the system used during the practice 
 or in battle be not explained to persons not connected 
 with the United States Naval Service. 
 (c) Instruments used in connection with fire control be not 
 explained, loaned, demonstrated, or stripped for copy- 
 ing for the benefit of any person not connected with 
 the United States Naval Service. 
 
258 
 
 (2) These restrictions also apply to representatives of com- 
 panies having contracts for fire-control material. Authority will 
 be granted by the Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance to waive the 
 restrictions in individual cases when it is considered desirable or 
 necessary to do so. 
 
 858. 
 Materiel readi- (i) The commanding officer of each ship in commission shall 
 
 ness. 
 
 use every effort to keep the materiel of the ship in readiness for 
 
 war service at all times. He shall on the first day of each quarter 
 report in writing to the Chief of Naval Operations the state of 
 materiel readiness of the ship for active war service. Should 
 the state of readiness change during the quarter it will at once 
 be made the subject of a special report to the Chief of Naval 
 Operations, and if the changes in the state of readiness require 
 . repairs or alterations, he will submit a request for such repairs 
 and alterations in the manner prescribed in article 1969 (2). 
 
 (2) A ship leaving a navy yard after an overhaul should be in 
 such materiel condition that there will be no doubt of her ability to 
 maintain her position in the fleet under war conditions. Com- 
 manding officers, cooperating with the yard authorities as provided 
 for in article 1536, will use every effort to have the ship in such 
 condition when leaving a yard, and upon leaving will report to the 
 Chief of Naval Operations that the ship is in all respects ready 
 for war service, or if not ready, will report the defects and the 
 reasons for their not having been remedied. 
 
 859. 
 
 Telegraph When a ship is acting singly her commanding officer shall, by 
 move men s o ^ irect telegraph, keep the department advised of her movements. 
 (Arts. 350, 2028, 2046.) 
 
 860. 
 
 Bill of health. Before proceeding to sea the commanding officer shall require 
 the medical officer to procure a bill of health in all cases in which 
 it may be necessary or advisable. 
 
 861. 
 
 Passengers. (!) He sna11 Permit passengers on board only under the follow- 
 
 ing conditions: 
 
 (a) When in the waters of the United States, upon the permis- 
 sion of the Secretary of the Navy or upon the order of a superior 
 officer. 
 
 ( b ) When in foreign waters, upon the written permission of the 
 commander in chief or of the senior officer present ; or, if alone, in 
 accordance with article 695. 
 
259 
 
 (2) He shall not permit a passenger to interfere in the manage- 
 ment of the ship in any way, except as provided in article 174. 
 
 (3) The names of all passengers and the dates of arrival on 
 board and departure shall be entered in the log book and reported 
 to the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 (4) Before proceeding to sea he shall satisfy himself that there 
 are no unauthorized persons on board. 
 
 
 8G2. 
 
 Report defects. 
 
 Lost torpedo. 
 
 (1) Commanding officers of vessels of the battleship and scout rt S outl 
 forces shall forward directly to the commander of the division to 
 which their vessel is assigned and commanding officers of all other 
 vessels to the commander of the squadron or flotilla, unless other- 
 wise directed by him, all routine reports concerning the organiza- 
 tion, administration, duties, and discipline of the ship in accord- 
 ance with the administrative flow of command as stated in 655. 
 
 (Art. 2042.) 
 
 (2) He shall report in detail, as soon as discovered, any defect 
 in the ship, its armament, or equipment, which lessens its effi- 
 ciency. 
 
 (3) Every effort shall be made to guard against the loss of tor- 
 pedoes, and an ample number of boats shall be in attendance 
 when engaged in torpedo practice. When a torpedo sinks, the 
 spot shall be buoyed at once, and, if the depth of water and other 
 circumstances permit, a diver shall be sent down as promptly as 
 possible. Whenever a vessel fails to recover a torpedo, the com- 
 manding officer of such vessel shall report fully to the com- 
 mander in chief or force commander (through the division com- 
 mander) the methods and periods of search. In the case of a 
 lost torpedo, a board of survey shall be convened which shall 
 determine the cause and responsibility for the loss. The report 
 of the board of survey shall be forwarded to the commander in 
 chief, or force commander, by the officer ordering such survey, who 
 shall indicate thereon his action. 
 
 863. 
 
 (1) Commanding officers are authorized to offer and pay a Reward, lost 
 sum not exceeding $20 for the recovery of a lost torpedo or para- paravanes. * n d 
 vane or when a torpedo or paravane has not been recovered within 
 
 a reasonable period and its recovery appears doubtful. On ap- 
 proval of the senior officer present the amount may be increased 
 to $50 if attendant circumstances justify the payment of this 
 amount. 
 
 (2) Rewards will be paid on requisitions for services and 
 chargeable to the current appropriation " Ordnance and ordnance 
 stores," or " Construction and repair," as the case maj 7 be. 
 
260 
 
 (3) In special cases where the commanding officer or senior 
 officer present may consider an amount in excess of $50 to be 
 just and reasonable for exceptional service in the recovery of a 
 torpedo or paravane, he may recommend payment of a sum in 
 excess of the above specified amount, which recommendation in 
 the case of torpedoes should be referred for approval to the 
 Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance, or in the case of paravanes to 
 the Chief of the Bureau of Construction and Repair before pay- 
 ment is made. 
 
 (4) In all cases of payment of above rewards, a report of 
 the attending circumstances will be forwarded to the Bureau of 
 Ordnance or the Bureau of Construction and Repair as the case 
 may be. 
 
 864. 
 
 Reports to the When acting singly the commanding officer shall report as 
 e^mancK eMef required by articles 712, 805, 874 (3), 874 (8). 
 
 865. 
 
 Loss of service The commanding officer shall cause each officer of division to 
 
 records* 
 
 report to him the loss of clothing and bedding sustained by the 
 crew on occasion of the loss or capture of the ship. These reports, 
 carefully drawn up in a uniform manner and duly signed by 
 each officer of division and by himself, shall be forwarded to the 
 Chief of the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 866. 
 
 inspection act- When not attached to a fleet or squadron, the commanding 
 officer of a ship shall inspect the ship under his command in 
 accordance with articles 689 and 690. 
 
 867. 
 
 Customs inspec- (1) When any ship under the control of the Navy Department 
 ships' S and Army arrives within the territory of the United States, after having 
 transports. visited a foreign port or ports, the commanding officer thereof or, 
 
 in the case of a number of ships in company, the senior officer 
 present, shall inform the collector of such United States port of 
 the arrival of said ship or ships, and shall hold such ship or 
 ships subject to such custom inspection as the collector of the 
 port shall be directed to make by the Treasury Department. Com- 
 manding officers shall see that no dutiable articles are landed 
 until after such action has been taken by the collector of the 
 port. If the first port visited be not a port of entry, the provi- 
 sions of this order shall be complied with at the first port of 
 entry visited thereafter. 
 
261 
 
 (2) The commanding officer of each such ship shall cause each ._ Lis * <>* dutia ' 
 v ' e , , We articles. 
 
 person on board who has purchased or otherwise acquired articles 
 
 abroad which he intends to land from the ship to furnish a list 
 of such articles and the prices paid therefor, separately stating 
 articles of wearing apparel and similar personal effects intended 
 for their personal use and articles intended for others. All such 
 articles shall be conveniently packed, ready for examination by 
 the customs officials upon arrival. 
 
 (3) The Secretary of the Treasury has instructed the customs inspection, 
 officers to examine and appraise such articles and to collect the 
 
 duties accruing thereon, after allowing the one hundred dollars 
 exemption upon wearing apparel and similar personal effects in- 
 tended for personal use. No customs examination of baggage 
 other than that so listed and presented for examination will be 
 made. 
 
 (4) The provisions of this article shall not be construed to Not to eifect 
 delay the movements of any naval vessel engaged in the per- snip m0Tem e n *s. 
 formance of her duty. 
 
 (5) By agreement with the Treasury Department this procedure To whom ap- 
 has been extended to officers and enlisted men returning upon p 
 
 Army transports but excluding Red Cross, Young Men's Chris- 
 tian Association, and other workers who may travel on Army 
 transports. Commanding officers should take every measure to 
 see that the provisions of this article are strictly complied with, 
 since failure to do so involves the good faith of this department 
 in abiding by its agreement with the Treasury Department on this 
 subject. Strict compliance with the provisions of this article 
 will greatly facilitate the examination of baggage of returning 
 officers and men. 
 
 868. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer shall see that, pursuant to changes Detailing ora- 
 in the detail of officers, there is always an officer in charge of departments. 
 every department by detailing one, and that the regulations for 
 
 turning over property when officers are transferred are strictly 
 complied with. If in command of a ship in reserve, he shall 
 exercise particular care to prevent the deterioration of her equip- 
 ment in any manner. (Arts. 1228 and 1392.) 
 
 (2) Dealers, agents of dealers, and tradesmen generally will 
 not be permitted on board of vessels of the Navy, except as here- 
 inafter specified. 
 
 (3) Dealers and agents of dealers may be permitted on board 
 naval vessels when wanted for the purpose of expediting public 
 business. Others having specific business may be permitted on 
 board at the discretion of the commanding officer. 
 
 183841°— 20 18 
 
262 
 
 (4) Buniboating will not be allowed on board or alongside of 
 naval vessels; and, with the exception of daily newspapers, all 
 sales made on vessels of the Navy must be made through the 
 ship's store, except that the crews of vessels which do not carry 
 pay officers may purchase fresh fruit and vegetables (and these 
 articles only) from boats. 
 
 (5) When vessels of the Navy intend to enter or leave the 
 waters of a naval district, the senior naval officer shall inform 
 the naval district commandant by dispatch of the probable time 
 of the arrival or departure of the vessels or vessel, giving the 
 names or organization. 
 
 (6) The naval district commandant shall transmit this infor- 
 mation promptly to the commander of any coast defenses of that 
 district within range of which the vessels will pass. 
 
 Section 5. — Duties in Time of Wae. 
 
 869. 
 
 In time of The commanding officer of a ship shall consider the provisions 
 of article 704 as applicable to himself in reference to this section. 
 
 870. 
 
 Station in bat- The station of the commanding officer of a ship in battle shall 
 tie. 
 
 be such as will enable him to fight the ship to the best advantage. 
 
 871. 
 
 When pacific If the commanding officer of a ship entertain any doubts in 
 doubtful?" 8 are regard to the pacific relations of the United States with any for- 
 eign State, he shall be vigilant in watching the movements and 
 acts of possible enemies, in order to prevent being surprised or 
 taken at a disadvantage. 
 - 
 
 872. 
 
 When an en- (1) The commanding officer of a ship shall, when in presence of 
 sibie? 1611 1S P ° S " an enemy, or upon approaching a strange ship or on being ap- 
 proached by one, have the crew at quarters and the ship ready 
 for battle. 
 
 (2) When in company with an enemy for a considerable length 
 of time, as when both are at anchor in a neutral port, the officers 
 and crew shall be kept on board and the ship and personnel at all 
 times, day and night, in readiness for action at a moment's notice. 
 
 873. 
 
 Communicating The commanding officer of a ship shall, if possible, before going 
 mation? 11 * ° r " into action, communicate to his officers his plans for battle and 
 
263 
 
 such other information as will be of service to them should they 
 succeed to the command of the ship. 
 
 874. 
 
 (1) Immediately after a battle he shall repair damages as far. To prepare for 
 
 _ further service 
 
 as possible, and use every effort to prepare the ship for further immediately af- 
 
 service in action. He shall transmit to his superior in command er att e * 
 
 a list of killed and wounded, and of ammunition, personnel, or 
 
 material necessary for immediate service. 
 
 (2) He shall not, without permission, retire from battle to tlr J Yrom^attle" 
 assist a disabled ship, or to take possession of a captured one. 
 
 (3) When an enemy's ship strikes her flag in battle he shall TJ^^JJJJ 
 continue the action with other ships of the enemy, but shall take her flag, 
 possession of the surrendered ship as soon as practicable. 
 
 (4) On taking possession of a prize, he shall adopt such meas- g^*"? 8 a°eapl 
 ures* as may be necessary to prevent her from being recaptured, tared vessel. 
 He shall remove such of the officers and crew as may be necessary, 
 
 and take great care to preserve the log, all journals, signal books 
 and signals, orders, instructions, letters, ship's papers, and any 
 other documents of importance or bearing upon the validity of 
 the capture. 
 
 (5) He shall take care that all prisoners of war are treated Prisoners of 
 with humanity ; that their personal property is preserved and 
 protected; that they are allowed the use of such of their effects 
 
 as may be necessary for their health ; and that they are supplied 
 with rations properly cooked. He shall, however, have them prop- 
 erly guarded and deprived of all means of escape or revolt. 
 
 (6) After a battle he shall make full report thereof as pre- Beports after 
 v ' a battle. 
 
 scribed in article 712. These reports must be accurate and ex- 
 plicit and contain all important details; the movements of ships 
 should be illustrated; the force and direction of the wind and the 
 state of the sea given; the hearing, distance, and outlines of the 
 land, if any is in sight, stated ; and the efficiency of the ship and 
 all munitions of war carefully noted. 
 
 875. 
 
 When acting singly, the commanding officer of a ship shall carry General duties, 
 out the instructions prescribed in section 2, chapter 18, of these 
 regulations for a commander in chief, as far as they may be 
 applicable. 
 
 Section 6. — Intercourse with Foreigners. 
 876. 
 
 The commanding officer of a ship shall carefully note and con- General duties 
 , „ n , In relation to 
 
 form to the instructions laid down in section 3, chapter 18, of these foreigners. 
 
 regulations. 
 
264 
 
 877. 
 
 Assistance to The commanding officer of a ship shall afford all assistance in 
 his power to vessels of a foreign state at peace with the United 
 States and to vessels of the United States. 
 
 878. 
 
 If refused as- If refused assistance by any foreign official, the commanding 
 sistance. officer of a ship shall report the circumstances to the officer in 
 
 chief command and to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 879. 
 
 Intelligence The commanding officer shall require the officers of his command 
 repor s. tQ C00 p era £ e w ^j 1 hi m i n acquiring information for intelligence 
 
 reports. 
 
 Section 7. — Navigation. 
 
 880. 
 
 Draft of ship. (i) The commanding officer of a ship shall, immediately before 
 leaving and as soon as practicable after entering port, require 
 the navigating officer to ascertain the draft of the ship, forward 
 and aft, and enter it in the log book. 
 
 Lookouts. (2) He shall always, when under way, and if necessary, when at 
 
 anchor, have a lookout stationed aloft during the day. At night 
 he shall have as many lookouts stationed as are necessary. He 
 shall take steps to insure that lookouts are proficient in their 
 duties. 
 
 Running and (3) He shall take special care that the lights required by law, 
 anc or lg s. ^ o p revent collisions at sea and in port, are kept in order and 
 burning during the night, unless it be necessary to extinguish them 
 for war purposes or while exercising as though engaged in war. 
 He shall require that there be kept at hand, convenient for use, 
 means for relighting or replacing any such light as may be ex- 
 tinguished. 
 
 Precautions to (4) He shall observe every precaution required by law to pre- 
 prevent colli- 
 sions. vent collisions and other accidents on the high seas and inland 
 
 waters. 
 
 Course steered. (5) Unless in company with a senior, he is responsible for the 
 
 course steered, and he is always responsible for the safe conduct 
 
 of the ship. 
 
 881. 
 
 Piloting. The commanding officer shall pilot the ship under his command 
 
 under all ordinary circumstances, but may, in accordance with the 
 provisions of article 1454, employ a pilot when necessary. 
 
265 
 
 882. 
 
 When in the vicinity of the land, or upon approaching an anchor- p r e p arations 
 age of any kind, the commanding officer shall have the cables bent for ancnorin s« 
 and the anchors ready for letting go. 
 
 883. 
 
 (1) When under way on soundings the commanding officer shall When sound- 
 have casts of the lead taken frequently, if necessary, to verify the taken, 
 position. 
 
 (2) When going into or out of a port or approaching an an- 
 chorage, shoal, or rock, with or without a pilot on board, he shall 
 keep the hand leads going and, if necessary in order to obtain 
 correct soundings, reduce the speed. 
 
 884. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer shall select a safe place to anchor. 
 After anchoring he shall have such bearings and angles taken and 
 entered in the log book as will enable the exact position of the 
 ship to be located on the chart. 
 
 (2) He shall, if the ship is anchored at a place not surveyed, 
 and if practicable, have the depth of water and character of the 
 bottom examined for at least three cables' length around the ship. 
 The result shall be entered in the log book. 
 
 Anchoring. 
 
 885. 
 
 The commanding officer shall keep himself informed of the error Compasses. 
 of the standard and steering compass and of the gyroscopic and 
 radio compasses. 
 
 886. 
 
 The commanding officer shall report to the Navy Department Hydrographic 
 all important hydrographic or other information he may acquire information. 
 concerning the navigation of ships. In case of temporary deficien- Sailing dlrec- 
 cies in aids to navigation he shall forward a copy of his report tIons * 
 directly to the nearest Lighthouse Inspector concerned. The ad- 
 dresses of Lighthouse Inspectors are in the Introduction to Light 
 Lists. 
 
 887. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer shall carefully preserve all informa- Navigation in- 
 tion that he may receive or be able to procure concerning the safe iJ'Jtton, 11 ' p™ 8 " 
 
 navigation of the ship. 
 
 (2) He shall require the sailing directions, light and beacon 
 lists, and notices to mariners of the ship to be compared with 
 
 curement, and 
 correction. 
 
266 
 
 those of other ships of the Navy which he may meet, having later 
 information on these subjects than his own, and any differences 
 shall be noted. 
 
 (3) He shall, when there is any doubt about the safe naviga- 
 tion of routes he proposes to take, or ports he intends to visit, 
 make every effort to obtain from any reliable source, foreign or 
 otherwise, all possible information that will aid him. 
 
 888. 
 
 Surveys. The commanding officer shall, when his duties and other circum- 
 
 stances permit, make a careful survey and construct a chart of 
 any shoals, harbors, or dangers to navigation that he may discover 
 or find to be inaccurately located. He shall forward them through 
 the usual official channels, with all the original data and compu- 
 tations used in their construction, to the Hydrographic Office. 
 
 889. 
 
 Suspected dan- when passing in the vicinity of suspected dangers or where 
 gers. 
 
 there are indications of shoal water or danger not on the 
 
 chart, the commanding officer shall, unless there are good reasons 
 to the contrary, make such search as the weather and other cir- 
 cumstances permit, forwarding to the Hydrographic Office the re- 
 sults, with a track chart showing the traverses made and sound- 
 ings taken. In the event of no search being made, he shall report 
 to the Hydrographic Office the result of his observations and his 
 reasons for the omission. 
 
 Section 8. — Supplies and Repaibs. 
 
 890. 
 
 Economy in The commanding officer shall regard himself as responsible 
 for the economical maintenance of his ship, and shall require from 
 all under his command a rigid compliance with the regulations in 
 relation to the receipt and expenditure of public money or stores. 
 
 891. 
 
 Not to inter- The commanding officer shall exercise no control over the 
 fere with duty of _, ... . , ,. , . 
 
 commandant. officers or mechanics of a navy yard or station where the ship un- 
 der his command may be moored, unless by the permission or di- 
 rection of the commandant, except in matters coming under the 
 police regulations of the ship. (Arts. 1502 and 2042.) 
 
 892. 
 
 Repairs by (l) The commanding officer shall, as far as possible and when 
 ' in accordance with the interests of the Government, cause all 
 
267 
 
 repairs to the hull, machinery, spars, boats, and to all articles of 
 equipment and outfit to be made by the ship's mechanics. This 
 regulation is subject to the following provision of the act of 
 August 22, 1912 : " No enlisted men or seamen, not including com- 
 missioned and warrant officers, on battleships of the Navy, when 
 such battleships are docked or laid up at any navy yard for 
 repairs, shall be ordered or required to perform any duties except 
 such as are or may be performed by the crew while at sea or 
 in a foreign port. (Art. 1596.) 
 
 (2) He shall regard as urgent all repairs necessary to insure 
 efficiency, or to preserve the health of the personnel. He may 
 request assistance from the senior officer present in making such 
 repairs, both in labor and material, but the ship's own force must 
 be utilized to the utmost. 
 
 893. 
 
 The commanding officer shall be governed by the provisions Disposing of 
 of article 736. Should he learn of inaccuracies in the property supplle8, 
 accounts of any officer of the ship charged with the care and cus- 
 tody of the properly, he shall arrange the adjustment by survey 
 or other method prescribed by these regulations. 
 
 894. 
 
 (1) Before arriving in port the commanding officer shall cause Requisitions 
 the supply officer of the ship to submit to him requisitions for all an {j JJJJJ ?*'£" 
 supplies, prepared in accordance with articles 1395 to 1397, in- ior officer, 
 elusive, and immediately upon arrival, shall take the necessary 
 
 steps to procure needed supplies. He shall also submit to the com- 
 mandant of the station or senior officer present reports of all 
 repairs needed, requests for surveys, and all other papers requir- 
 ing action. He shall call special attention to any article he may 
 require that is in excess of allowance either in kind or quantity. 
 
 (2) Upon arrival in port he shall immediately prepare his ship 
 for sea, unless otherwise ordered. 
 
 895. 
 
 When it becomes necessary to approve requisitions for sup- Requisitions ap- 
 plies, repairs, or labor for the ship under his command, the com- JS5T°* by hlm " 
 manding officer shall be governed by articles 733 and 737. 
 
 896. 
 
 Except in emergency, the nature of which shall be reported, Nottoiand 
 the commanding officer shall not land any spare spars, stores, or 8pare articles - 
 other articles belonging to the ship, at any port, without the 
 written permission of the bureau concerned. 
 
268 
 
 897. 
 
 Allowance (1) The commanding officer shall, after actual trial, report 
 1,sts * any deficiencies or excesses that may come to his notice, in the kind 
 
 or quantity of articles in the allowance lists. He shall require 
 from any of the officers of his command who find these books de- 
 fective, specific written statements giving the particulars wherein 
 they are so, and shall embody this information in his report. (Art. 
 15«5 (13).) 
 Materials for (2) He shall require that there be kept on hand, in accordance 
 ship!*™ ° n ° witn the allowances of such materials prescribed by the allowance 
 lists of the various bureaus, a sufficient quantity of cement, com- 
 position, and paint to prevent corrosion or other deterioration. 
 Except as provided in article 1380, he shall require that the 
 quantities issued to each department be used for the protection 
 and preservation from corrosion of such parts of the ship, its 
 machinery, and fittings as are under the cognizance of that de- 
 partment. Materals of this character supplied for the protection 
 of machinery and fittings under the cognizance of bureaus other 
 than the Bureau of Construction and Repair shall not be used 
 for protection of bulkheads, bunkers, bilges, double bottoms, or 
 other hull members or fittings wherever located. 
 
 898. 
 
 When any work done upon the ship under his command at a 
 navy yard is deemed by him to be unsatisfactory in any particu- 
 lar, the commanding officer shall make a special, detailed, writ- 
 ten report of the same to the Chief of Naval Operations, forward- 
 ing the original of such report through the commandant of the 
 navy yard concerned, who shall cause to be indorsed thereon state- 
 ments from the heads of divisions concerned, together with his 
 own recommendation, and forward the same to the bureau or 
 office concerned. 
 
 899. 
 
 He shall cause to be inspected all deliveries of provisions and 
 ship's store stock made by contractors as required by article 
 1214 (1). 
 
 Section 9. — Personnel. 
 900. 
 
 Persons who (1) The commanding officer of a ship is authorized, when act- 
 the* UnitedStltes . in S Singly, to send to the United States the following : 
 
 (a) Persons whose term of service has expired or is about to 
 expire. 
 
269 
 
 (&) Persons who have been condemned by medical survey. 
 
 (c) Persons charged with a crime or offense for which they can 
 not be tried on the spot by a court competent to adjudge a suffi- 
 cient punishment, in which case necessary witnesses shall also be 
 sent. 
 
 (2) He shall follow the instructions laid down in articles 742 
 and 743, when applicable to himself. 
 
 901. 
 
 The commanding officer shall carefully observe the instructions Service on un- 
 ■■ M ~ healthy stations. 
 
 given m article 741. 
 
 902. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer of a ship shall, if possible, investi- investigation 
 gate in person all offenses. The investigation shall not be dele- 
 gated to any other officer, unless in case of illness or absence from 
 
 the ship. (Art. 213.) 
 
 (2) He shall have a record of punishments kept according to , h Beeo f nl of p,,n " 
 prescribed forms, including all minor punishments such as extra 
 
 duty and deprivation of leave as well as confinement. 
 
 903. 
 
 The commanding officer of a ship shall not, while on a foreign Merchant sea- 
 
 ,..,,. _ , men not to b? 
 
 station, receive on board as prisoners seamen from merchant vs- received on board 
 sels, unless the witnesses necessary to substantiate the charges ttS P rlsoners - 
 against them are also received, or adequate means adopted to 
 insure the presence cf such witnesses on the arrival of the pris- 
 oners at the place where they are to be handed over to the civil 
 authorities. 
 
 904. 
 
 The commanding officer of a ship shall, when on a foreign sta- Complaints of 
 tion, if three or more of the crew of a merchant vessel of the 2JJJ h " l,t sea " 
 United States complain to him of the quality or quantity of the 
 provisions or water served out to them, proceed in accordance 
 with the Revised Statutes, section 4565. 
 
 905. 
 
 The commanding officer of a ship may, when on a foreign sta- Distressed sea- 
 tion, receive on board distressed seamen of the United States 
 without reference to the established complement of the ship. 
 They shall be entered as supernumeraries for rations and passage 
 to the United States, provided they bind themselves to be amenable 
 in all respects to the laws and regulations for the government of 
 the Navy. Such persons, however, shall not be received or en- 
 
 
270 
 
 tered upon the books of the ship without the authority of the 
 senior officer present, and commanding officers shall keep the 
 commander in chief fully informed of all transactions in regard 
 to them. 
 
 906. 
 
 complemeiuf Tlle c° mmandin g officer of a ship shall not exceed the number 
 
 the ship. of men allowed by the complement of the ship in any rating, 
 
 except to make up a deficiency in some superior rating, or by 
 
 express authority of the. Chief of the Bureau of Navigation or. 
 
 wh,en on a foreign station, by authority of the commander in chief. 
 
 907. 
 
 cruits inspect re " The commanding officer shall cause all recruits to be inspected 
 and examined in accordance with the requirements of the enlist- 
 ment forms previous to their enlistment. 
 
 908. 
 
 enSred h fn \og. be (*) Tne commanding officer shall cause to be entered in the log 
 
 book the name and rank or rating of any person who may die on 
 
 board, with a statement as to the exact time and cause of death. 
 
 Report of (2) When death occurs while the ship is at a port within the 
 deaths. 
 
 continental United States, he shall report the same to the Chief 
 
 of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Commandant 
 of the Marine Corps, by despatch, giving the full name, rank or 
 rating, and service number, date, and cause of death, stating 
 whether or not the next of kind has been notified and what dispo- 
 sition has been made of the body. In such cases he shall also 
 inform (by despatch) the nearest relative or legal representative 
 of the deceased (unless living outside of continental United States) 
 and request him to communicate by telegram with the Bureau of 
 Medicine and Surgery, Navy Department, Washington, D. C, re- 
 garding disposition of the remains. If practicable, the body shall 
 be transferred immediately to the nearest naval nospital or to the 
 medical department of the nearest navy yard or station for em- 
 balming, preparation, and retention for such further disposition as 
 may be directed by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Other- 
 wise the body shall be embalmed and retained on board until 
 directions for disposition are received. 
 
 (3) When death occurs at sea or in a port outside the continen- 
 tal United States, he shall not notify the next of kin by despatch, 
 but shall make report by despatch to the Chief of the Bureau of 
 Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
 Corps, giving the full name, rank or rating, and service number, 
 date and cause of death, name and address of the next of kin. and 
 
271 
 
 request instructions for disposing of the body. Whenever prac- 
 ticable, the remains shall be embalmed and retained on board 
 awaiting instructions from the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, 
 and burial shall not be made in a foreign port or at sea, in advance 
 of receipt of such instructions, except when preservation or reten- 
 tion of the body is impossible. 
 
 (4) He shall, upon the death of any person on board the ship Effects of de- 
 under his command, cause all of the effects of the deceased to be cease persons ' 
 collected and inventoried. If the deceased was an officer, this 
 
 shall be done by two officers of the ship ; if a member of the crew 
 or other person, by the officer of his division or one detailed, for 
 the purpose. The inventories shall be made out in duplicate, duly 
 attested and signed by the officers making them. Upon the com- 
 pletion of the inventory the effects, if not of a perishable nature, 
 shall be put up in packages of a convenient size and sealed with 
 the seal of the ship. The commanding officer shall retain one copy 
 of the inventory himself, and shall deliver the other to the supply 
 officer, who shall also take charge of the effects for safe-keeping. 
 
 (5) If any of the effects of a deceased person are perishable 
 and deteriorating they shall be immediately sold at auction, the 
 proceeds of which shall be disposed of in the same manner as 
 other money found in his effects. 
 
 (6) All moneys, articles of value, papers, keepsakes, and other Disposition of 
 similar effects shall be forwarded to the legal representative or, in ceased persons.*" 
 default of such, the heirs at law of the deceased. Should it be im- 
 possible to ascertain the existence of the legal representative or of 
 
 heirs at law, the moneys and articles mentioned and other similar 
 effects shall be sent to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation or 
 to the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, as the 
 case may be, for safe-keeping. Should the above-described prop- 
 erty be unclaimed for a period of two years after the death of the 
 owner thereof, all articles and effects so deposited shall be sold 
 at auction to the highest bidder, and the proceeds of such sale, 
 together with the moneys above mentioned, shall be deposited in 
 the Treasury to the credit of the Navy pension fund. 
 
 (7) If at any time during the two years such above-described 
 property is in the custody of naval authorities the executor or 
 legal representative of the deceased person shall apply for his 
 effects, all shall be delivered to him. 
 
 (8) The commanding officer shall exercise his discretion in 
 causing the effects of deceased enlisted men to be sold at auction 
 at the mast, or retaining them for transmission to the heirs, rela- 
 tives, or friends. In exercising this discretion he shall be gov- 
 erned by the wishes of the heirs, relatives, or friends, if possible 
 to learn them before closing the accounts of the deceased. 
 
272 
 
 (9) He shall cause the accounts of all deceased persons to be 
 closed as soon as possible and forwarded to the Auditor for the 
 Navy Department, together with the will, if any can be found. 
 These accounts must be examined and approved by the command- 
 ing officer. 
 
 909. 
 
 Certificates of The commanding officer shall sign the descriptive lists on all 
 2nd* pensfon. mty ' certificates of death, certificates of ordinary disability, and cer- 
 tificates of pensions. 
 
 910. 
 
 Effects of The commanding officer, when it is discovered that any person 
 is a straggler, shall cause his effects to be collected and inven- 
 toried and placed in safe-keeping. These effects shall be sold at 
 public auction when the man is declared a deserter, except that 
 in the cases of men whose records are closed out by desertion due 
 to absence from his ship when it is about to sail, effects shall not 
 be sold until a reasonable time after the ship's arrival at the next 
 port. The proceeds of the sale shall be credited on the deserter's 
 account, either on board or, in the excepted case, at the deserters' 
 roll. 
 
 911. 
 
 Effects of per- The effects of persons captured shall be collected, inventoried, 
 
 sons captured by 
 
 an enemy. and placed in the custody of the supply officer of the ship, sub- 
 
 ject to the orders of the owner or his representative ; but the 
 same discretion may be exercised by the commanding officer in 
 reference to sale of the effects of captured enlisted men as in 
 the case of enlisted men deceased. 
 
 912. 
 
 The instmc- (1) The commanding officer of a ship shall require all officers 
 cers. of ki S command to embrace every opportunity to improve them- 
 selves in their profession and increase their knowledge. 
 
 (2) He shall give line officers, especially the senior ones, oppor- 
 tunity to gain experience in maneuvering the ship at sea. 
 
 (3) He may, when at sea, require any of the watch officers to 
 determine and report to him the ship's position and the compass 
 error. 
 
 (4) He shall require the line officers junior to watch officers 
 to acquire a thorough knowledge of the machinery of the ship 
 and to become proficient in the management, care, and preserva- 
 tion of its various parts. 
 
 (5) He shall require all line officers junior to watch officers 
 to become skilled in navigation. Those doing line duty shall 
 obtain and submit daily, at sea, the noon position by observation 
 
273 
 
 and by dead reckoning, and the compass error on one heading, 
 when practicable. They shall also take twilight observations 
 when the weather is favorable. 
 
 (6) He shall require ensigns, not regular watch and division Ensigns. 
 officers, to keep a journal containing observations of a professional 
 nature and essays on professional subjects or decriptions of nauti- 
 cal and professional material which they may desire or may be 
 directed to prepare. He shall examine these journals on the last 
 
 day of every month and upon the day of relinquishing command 
 and make such indorsement thereon as he may deem proper. He 
 shall also require them to keep a navigation notebook, including 
 a track chart of the cruise and daily positions of the ship. 
 
 (7) All junior line officers on board ships fitted with radio 
 apparatus will be required and given every opportunity to become 
 proficient in its use. 
 
 (8) On board battleships and armored cruisers in full commis- 
 sion and other vessels where there are more than four ensigns in 
 the junior officers' mess, he shall appoint the navigator, the gun- 
 nery officer, or one of the senior watch officers to have general 
 supervision of the junior officers, to act as their adviser and assist 
 them to a proper understanding and performance of their duties. 
 The officer so detailed must inform himself of the individual 
 peculiarities, character, and disposition of the junior officers and 
 of their special inclinations and capabilities for the different 
 branches of their profession. He must endeavor to cultivate in 
 them a seamanlike and military spirit, a proper sense of duty and 
 honor, and careful observance of professional etiquette, so as to 
 develop in them the well-rounded character of a naval officer. 
 He shall not supervise other officers in the instruction of their 
 juniors, but he will endeavor to have instruction so equalized us 
 to make the practical training of each junior line officer well bal- 
 anced and thorough. He will supervise the administration of the 
 junior officers' mess and be a permanent member of the board for 
 auditing its accounts. 
 
 913. 
 
 The commanding officer shall carry out the instructions in Reports on the 
 regard to the reports on the fitness of officers, as laid down in 
 articles 137 and 138. These reports shall be forwarded directly 
 to the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps unless 
 the approval or comment of a higher authority be required. 
 
 914. 
 
 The commanding officer shall make a special report to the Chief Special report* 
 of the Bureau of Navigation of any petty officer who may show 
 
274 
 
 marked ability for the position of chief petty officer, or for a rating 
 higher than that in which serving; also of men and apprentice 
 seamen specially qualified for instruction as seamen gunners, 
 petty officers, electricians, yeomen, or for ratings in the engineer's 
 force. 
 
 915. 
 
 To deliver or- The commanding officer shall not withhold any orders or other 
 mnnkation. " communications received from a senior for any person under his 
 command, except for good and sufficient reasons, which he shall 
 at once report to said senior. 
 
 916. 
 
 Effects de- If it becomes necessary to destroy clothing or other personal 
 T«£t ye spread Pr 5 effects of officers or crew to prevent the spread of disease, the corn- 
 disease, manding officer shall order a survey as provided in article 1925. 
 
 917. 
 
 Books, rec- (1) The commanding officer shall carefully examine the books, 
 turns 8 'concerning records, and returns pertaining to the crew, and shall have them 
 the crew. ker>t and made in strict accordance with the regulations and with 
 
 such instructions as may be issued by the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 (2) He shall require the division and other officers to report in 
 writing such information as may be necessary to enter in these 
 books, records, and returns. 
 
 918. 
 
 Officers absent if any officers are absent when the ship is about to sail from a 
 about to* sail? " home port, the commanding officer shall report their names to the 
 Chief of the Bureau of Navigation, with such particulars con- 
 cerning their absence as he may be able to furnish. 
 
 919. 
 
 Executive offl- The commanding officer shall give to the executive officer fre- 
 
 cer to have op- .' , ... ,, J. , ., " . 
 
 portunities for quent opportunities for handling the ship while getting underway 
 
 handhng ship. an ^ com i ng f- anchor, while going alongside of or leaving docks, 
 and while maneuvering in company with other ships and else- 
 where. 
 
 920. 
 
 Discharge or Commanding officers of vessels shall notifv the Commissioner 
 desertion of , T • . . . 
 
 aliens. of Immigration or inspector in charge of the nearest port of entrv 
 
275 
 
 in sufficient time prior to the discharge within the United States 
 of every enlisted man who is not a citizen of the United States to 
 permit the commissioner or inspector to take such steps as they 
 may deem appropriate ; and shall also at once notify the commis- 
 sioner or inspector whenever a man who is not a citizen of the 
 United States deserts within the United States and furnish him 
 a description of such deserter. Except with respect to Chinese, 
 natives of Porto Rico, the Philippines, and Guam, this does not 
 apply to enlisted men of the Navy who are natives of our insular 
 possessions. 
 
 921. 
 
 (1) To permit the issue of certain items of toilet supplies, such issue of toilet 
 
 Slll)I)li?S etc to 
 
 as toothbrushes, tooth powder, toilet soap, etc., to men in debt to men in debt." 
 the Government by reason of sentences of courts-martial, com- 
 manding officers are authorized to direct, in writing, the trans- 
 fer from the ship's store stock to the clothing and small stores 
 stock for issue as contemplated by article 1108, paragraph 2, of 
 such articles as may be considered necessary for the health and 
 comfort of the men requiring such issue. 
 
 (2) These transfers from the ship's store account to the clothing 
 and small stores account shall be covered by the usual transfer 
 invoices prepared monthly and approved by the commanding 
 officer. 
 
 (3) In instances where there is no ship's store, purchase of the 
 necessary items may be made on approved open-purchase requisi- 
 tions under the " Clothing and small stores fund " in the usual 
 manner and without the necessity for prior reference to the depart- 
 ment for approval. 
 
 (4) Articles so transferred or purchased shall be issued and 
 charged to the account of the man concerned in the same manner 
 as other items of clothing and small stores usually carried in stock. 
 
 (5) The provisions of the foregoing paragraphs of this article 
 apply with equal force to enlisted men of the Navy or Marine 
 Corps held for trial who may not be in a pay status by reason of 
 indebtedness to the Government or for other cause. 
 
CHAPTER 23. 
 
 EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF A SHIP. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 931-951. Duties of the executive officer. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Executive Officer. 
 931. 
 
 (1) The executive shall be detailed as such by the Secretary Personality, 
 of the Navy from officers of the line exclusive of those restricted 
 
 by law to the performance of engineering duties. He shall be 
 the line officer next in rank to the commanding officer. 
 
 (2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, sus- Succession to 
 pended from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing ° mce * 
 
 the duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line 
 officer next in rank below him attached to and on board of the 
 ship (exclusive of such as may be restricted to the performance 
 of engineering duty only). 
 
 (3) It is the intent of these regulations to constitute the execu- Representative 
 tive officer the direct representative of the commanding officer in offlcen"" 11 * 11411115 
 maintaining the military and general efficiency of the ship, and 
 
 to this end it is provided that he shall be the line officer next 
 in rank to the commanding officer. As such representative, and 
 in order that he may properly perform the duties imposed upon 
 him, all heads of departments and other officers and all enlisted 
 men on board ship shall consider themselves as under his orders, 
 as the aid or executive to the commanding officer, in all that 
 pertains to the operation and maintenance of the ship and to the 
 preservation of order and discipline on board ; and all communi- 
 cations in regard to ship duty intended for or issued by the com- 
 manding officer shall be transmitted through the executive officer, - 
 except where the contrary is specifically laid down in these regu- 
 lations. While the course of procedure laid down in this para- 
 graph is necessary in order that the executive officer may prop- 
 erly carry out his duties, it is not intended that this regulation 
 shall be so construed as to prevent any head of department 
 from having free access to the commanding officer in regard to 
 matters connected with the duties of his department. 
 183841°— 20 19 (277) 
 
278 
 
 (4) Aboard ships to which no first lieutenant is attached the 
 executive officer shall perform the duties of first lieutenant in 
 addition to his regular duties. 
 
 (5) Aboard ships to which no regular gunnery officer is at- 
 tached, the executive officer shall, in addition to his regular 
 duties, perform also those of the gunnery officer. 
 
 (6) Aboard smaller ships the executive officer may also be or- 
 dered to perform the duties of navigating officer. In such cases all 
 the duties of the gunnery officer shall be performed by the senior 
 watch officer, in addition to his regular duties. 
 
 932. 
 
 Authority. (i) The executive officer has no authority independent of the 
 
 commanding officer, from whom his orders shall be considered 
 as emanating, and the details of duty hereinafter laid down shall 
 be regarded as in execution of the orders of the commanding 
 officer. (Art. 182.) 
 
 (2) While executing the orders of the commanding officer he 
 takes precedence over all other officers. 
 
 933. 
 
 General duty. (1) When on board ship he shall regard himself as always on 
 duty. 
 
 (2) He shall receive all orders relating to the general duties of 
 the ship directly from the commanding officer and shall transmit 
 them to other officers as may be necessary. He is responsible 
 for their execution. (Art. 831.) 
 
 (3) He shall have general charge of the details of duty in con- 
 nection with the maintenance and operation of the ship in all 
 departments, and shall especially carry out all details of duty 
 in connection with the organization, police, inspection, discipline, 
 exercise, and efficient condition of the crew, and may, as the 
 representative of the commanding officer, direct all officers at- 
 tached to the ship as to the cleanliness, good order, efficiency, and 
 neat and trim appearance of ship and crew. 
 
 (4) He shall arrange and coordinate the ship's work, drills, 
 and exercises of the crew as a whole. He shall make up and 
 publish the daily routine. He shall plan and publish the 
 schedule of exercises as far in advance as possible to the 
 end that those concerned may be warned in sufficient time 
 to plan their work and make suitable preparation. He shall be 
 responsible that all training is carried out in a uniform manner 
 throughout the ship, in strict accordance with the instructions 
 and regulations issued by the Navy Department from time to 
 time, and that all prescribed or necessary safety precautions are 
 
279 
 
 strictly observed at all times. To this end he shall direct the 
 other officers of the ship, but nothing in these regulations shall 
 be construed as relieving such other officers from any part of 
 their responsibility for the efficiency of the men and material 
 committed to their charge. 
 
 (5) He shall keep himself constantly informed of the policy of 
 the commanding officer in regard to the official administration of 
 all matters of duty, in order that he may carry out the wishes of 
 the commanding officer. (Art. 831.) 
 
 (6) So far as his power extends, he shall correct all abuses, 
 prevent infractions of discipline, and suppress disorder. He shall 
 report to the commanding officer anyone who may disobey or 
 disregard any law, naval regulation, or order. 
 
 934. 
 
 The executive officer shall aid the commanding officer in every 
 way possible in performing the duties assigned him. 
 
 935. 
 
 The executive officer shall see that the officers of the ship are to supervise 
 vigilant in the performance of their duties; that they perforin ^®f JUhJf«i ut of 
 them in a uniform manner ; and that they conform strictly to all 
 orders. 
 
 936. 
 
 The executive officer shall direct the officer of the deck in all To direct the 
 matters concerning the general duties of the ship. When theSS*" ° f th * 
 commanding officer is not on deck he may direct the officer of 
 the deck how to proceed in time of danger or during an emergency, 
 or he may assume charge of the deck himself, and shall do so 
 should it in his judgment be necessary, but he shall at once 
 report to the commanding officer the fact and his reasons for so 
 doing. 
 
 937. 
 
 The executive officer shall see that officers commanding divisions S u p e r ? I sion 
 perform their duties carefully, thoroughly, uniformly, and in ac- °™J di*tiio« of - 
 cordance with these regulations; that they thoroughly inspect 
 and keep in order the materiel under their charge; that they 
 comply strictly with the uniform regulations; and that they are 
 present and personally instruct the junior officers and men at all 
 exercises. He shall endeavor to inculcate a spirit of emulation 
 among the officers in respect to the efficiency, drill, bearing, and 
 behavior of the men under their command. 
 
 cers. 
 
280 
 
 938. 
 
 Supervision of Under the commanding officer, the executive officer shall exer- 
 jnnior officers of ..... 
 
 the line. cise particular supervision over the instruction of junior officers 
 
 of the line. 
 
 939. 
 
 inspection of All parts of the ship shall be open to the inspection of the 
 executive officer, and he shall make such inspections as the com- 
 manding officer may direct. 
 
 940. 
 
 Care of powder ( l ) The executive officer shall take stringent precautions to 
 an expiobnes. guar( j a g a i ns t accidents whenever the magazines or shell rooms 
 are opened. (Art. 853.) 
 
 (2) He shall cause to be posted such sentries as may be neces- 
 sary to guard against the danger of igniting any explosive or 
 dangerous compound. 
 
 (3) He shall be vigilant in the care of guncotton, fulminate 
 fuses, and other compounds of like nature. (Art. 853.) 
 
 941. 
 
 Munitions of The executive officer shall at all times keep himself informed 
 war on oar . ^ ^ e condition and quantity of munitions of war on board and 
 the readiness of the ship for war. He shall familiarize himself 
 with the personnel, and with the material and structure of the 
 ship to the end that he may instantly render to the captain the 
 maximum assistance in action in carrying out whatever orders he 
 may receive. 
 
 942. 
 
 Familiarity (i) The executive officer shall be constant in his attendance on 
 with ship, etc. 
 
 board both before and after commissioning, and shall make him- 
 self familiar with every part of the ship and with all her appur- 
 tenances. 
 
 (2) He shall report to the commanding officer any defects, or 
 other matters of importance connected with the ship, that he may 
 discover. 
 
 (3) He shall report upon the efficiency of officers as prescribed 
 in Article 137. 
 
 943. 
 
 Capacity of the The executive officer shall be the personnel officer of the ship. 
 He shall inform himself, as far as possible, of the physical capa- 
 
281 
 
 city, service record, and experience of each man detailed for the 
 crew, in order that he may station him to the best advantage. 
 Should he have any doubt of a man's physical ability to perform 
 the duty required of him, he shall report the fact to the command- 
 ing officer. 
 
 944. 
 
 (1) The executive officer shall take the deck whenever all hands a To , tak * the 
 
 ' deck at all 
 
 are called for any particular duty, exercise, or evolution, except bauds. 
 
 at quarters and during action ; and unless otherwise directed by 
 
 the commanding officer, shall see that every officer of the ship fit 
 
 for duty is at his station. (Art. 1024.) 
 
 (2) He shall not be required to keep a watch, but he may relieve Keeping watch. 
 the officer of the deck for short periods as a matter of accommo- 
 dation. 
 
 945. 
 
 In his administration of the police of the ship he shall give Ship's police, 
 such orders as may be necessary. He shall satisfy himself that 
 the sentries are properly placed, and that they are attentive to 
 their duties. He shall endeavor to cultivate among the sentries a 
 feeling of pride in the strict performance of all their duties. 
 
 946. 
 
 When the ship is cleared for action, the executive officer shall Clearing ship 
 
 .l . , . . for action. 
 
 report to the captain when all proper and necessary dispositions 
 for battle have been reported ready ; and if circumstances permit, 
 he shall make an inspection personally to assure that all is in 
 readiness as required. 
 
 947. 
 
 The executive officer shall be ready at all times to assume com- Station in bat- 
 niand in case the captain is disabled. To this end his habitual 
 station in action shall be in the secondary ship-control station, in 
 close proximity to means of ship control other than those in the 
 conning tower, and where he can maintain efficient communication 
 with the captain. So far as practicable this station shall be lo- 
 cated where it would probably not be involved in any disaster to 
 the captain. 
 
 948. 
 
 After battle the executive officer shall submit to the command- After battle. 
 big officer a detailed report comprising all noteworthy incidents 
 that have come to his notice, including a statement of the conduct 
 
282 
 
 of his subordinates, with particular mention of individual in- 
 stances deserving praise or censure. 
 
 949. 
 
 in time of In case of fire or of any occurrence that may place the ship 
 in danger, the executive officer shall exert himself to maintain 
 order, and should it become necessary to abandon the ship, he 
 shall, under the direction of the commanding officer, see that 
 the sick and wounded are first cared for. 
 
 950. 
 
 Liberty lists. The executive officer shall be charged with the preparation of 
 the lists of men to be granted liberty, and shall be especially 
 careful that the men are treated with the utmost fairness in 
 this respect. 
 
 951. 
 
 Absenting him- The executive officer shall not absent himself from the ship 
 shi" fr ° m the except as provided in article 1729. 
 
 I 
 
CHAPTER 24. 
 
 GUNNERY OFFICER OF A SHIP. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 961-671. Duties of the gunnery officer. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 972. Safety precautions. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Gunnery Officer. 
 961. 
 
 (1) The gunnery officer of a ship is the officer detailed by the Personality. 
 Chief of the Bureau of Navigation to have supervision over and be 
 responsible for the entire ordnance equipment, and is the head of 
 
 the gunnery department of the ship. The gunnery officer shall, 
 if practicable, be the line officer next in rank to the executive. 
 
 (2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, sus- if detached, 
 pended from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing 
 
 the duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line 
 officer next below him in rank attached to and on board of the 
 ship (exclusive of such as may be restricted to the performance 
 of engineering duty only) ; except that, when such absence or 
 disability is temporary and of short duration only, the command- 
 ing officer may, at his discretion, authorize his duties to be car- 
 ried on in his absence from duty by the officers, warrant officers, 
 and other subordinates directly under him in the performance 
 of his regular duties, without diverting the line officer next in 
 rank from his regular duties in order to assume those of gunnery 
 officer. 
 
 (3) When no regular gunnery officer has been designated, the 
 commanding officer shall designate an officer of his command to 
 act as gunnery officer. 
 
 (4) An officer junior to him shall be detailed as his assistant 
 in fire-control duties, with a view to becoming his relief if occa- 
 sion arises. 
 
 962. 
 
 (1) The gunnery officer shall assist the executive officer in General duties, 
 carrying out the provisions of article 933 (4), especially in con- 
 nection with fire control and the drill, exercise, and efficiency 
 
 (283) 
 
284 
 
 of the armament as a whole ; and to this end he shall have, subject 
 to the executive officer, the necessary authority over all officers 
 connected with the armament. He shall make such inspections 
 and perform such duties at drills and exercises as the commanding 
 officer may direct. 
 
 (2) He shall have charge of all material and articles of outfit 
 pertaining to the Bureau of Ordnance, that have been issued for 
 use by the supply officer of the ship, except as provided for in 
 article 1104 (3). 
 D d U,ty i™ ii e " ^ Ttie gunnery officer shall see that all equipage and supplies 
 stores. in his charge are properly cared for, and take such measures as 
 
 may be necessary for their preservation and economical use. 
 
 (4) He shall at least once a year take an inventory of the 
 equipage for which he has signed custody receipts. He shall take 
 this inventory as nearly as practicable coincidentally with the 
 inventory taken by the supply officer in accordance with the pro- 
 visions of article 1222 and shall transmit it, through the command- 
 ing officer, to the ship's supply officer. In forwarding the inven- 
 tory he shall certify to its correctness and make the statement 
 that the necessary memorandum requests for survey have been 
 submitted to the commanding officer to cover all deficiencies. 
 
 963. 
 
 Armament. (l) The gunnery officer shall be held responsible for the effi- 
 
 ciency of the armament and of all appurtenances connected there- 
 with ; and for the cleanliness and good condition of all ammuni- 
 tion stowage spaces and ordnance workshops, and of all ordnance 
 storerooms not turned over to the supply officer of the ship. 
 
 Explosives. (2) He shall supervise and be responsible for the proper 
 
 stowage and care of all explosives on board ship, and shall make 
 or cause to be made such inspections, examinations, and tests 
 thereof as may be prescribed. 
 
 964. 
 
 When ship is (l) When the ship is placed out of commission the gunnery 
 commission. officer, ordnance gunner, chief gunner's mate, and yeoman shall 
 
 not be detached or transferred until the battery and entire ord- 
 nance equipment of the vessel have been inspected by a special 
 board, nor until the ordnance supplies in charge of the gunnery 
 officer have been satisfactorily accounted for and surveys cover- 
 ing shortages have been held and approved. (Art. 854.) 
 
 (2) When a gunnery officer is relieved his orders of detachment 
 shall not be delivered until he has made a detailed inspection of 
 the armament for which he is responsible in company with his 
 successor, and has turned over to such successor all orders and 
 instructions relating thereto. 
 
285 
 
 965. 
 
 When acting as executive officer during a temporary absence Acting as ex- 
 or disability of the latter, the gunnery officer shall endeavor to ecn lve ° cer * 
 have the work of the ship carried on in all respects as it would 
 be if the executive officer were on duty. 
 
 966. 
 
 (1) When fitting out, the gunnery officer shall make a careful When fitting 
 inspection of the battery and its appurtenances, and all of the 
 
 arms, equipments, and other material belonging to the Ordnance 
 equipment; of the ammunition stowage spaces and passages, 
 flood cocks, sprinkling systems, outlet and overflow pipes, hose, 
 hoisting and transporting gear, and all other appurtenances con- 
 nected with the stowage, care, preservation, and service of the 
 ammunition of the ship. 
 
 (2) He shall during his inspection ascertain whether the am- 
 munition stowage spaces are dry and their linings tight, the 
 means for flooding, sprinkling, and draining efficient and in order; 
 the arrangement for ammunition stowage complete and ample ; the 
 main and auxiliary lighting apparatus for annminition stowage 
 spaces in order and of ample power; and the means for supplying 
 ammunition to the battery safe, efficient, and ample. 
 
 (3) When the ammunition stowage spaces are ready for the 
 ammunition, and he is familiar with all their appurtenancvs. lie 
 shall report the fact to the executive officer. 
 
 (4) Should he discover any defects or deficiencies he shall im- 
 mediately make a detailed written report of the facts to the com- 
 manding officer. 
 
 967. 
 
 The gunnery officer shall be responsible for the instruction of Safety orders, 
 the officers and crew in the safetv orders, and all regulations re- D , " ty ) n re " 
 
 ' gard to ordnance 
 
 garding the care, stowage, handling and examination of explo- stores, 
 sives as laid down in the Navy Regulations and in the Ordnance 
 Manual. 
 
 968. 
 
 Upon the detachment of officers the gunnery officer shall re- Officers' p i s - 
 quire the return to him of pistols and other ordnance stores which ° s * 
 have been loaned to them for their personal use. 
 
 970. 
 
 When the officer of the deck is required to take part in drills May relieve 
 and exercises the gunnery officer may be designated by the com- ec * 
 
286 
 
 manding officer to take the deck. He may relieve the officer of 
 the deck at any time as a matter of accommodation. 
 
 971. 
 
 The gunnery officer shall not absent himself from the ship 
 except as provided for in article 1729. 
 
 Section 2. — Safety Precautions. 
 
 972. 
 
 Material (1) (a) Material changes or modifications in the batteries of 
 
 changes. ships or any of their attachments, or in the torpedo equipment, 
 
 shall not be made without explicit authority from the Bureau of 
 
 Ordnance. 
 
 Compressed-air (&) Any cutting of torpedo air flasks, accumulators, piping, com- 
 
 machinery. pressors, or other receptacles for compressed air used in connection 
 
 with the torpedo plants is prohibited. 
 
 (2) (a) All persons in the naval service whose duty it may be 
 to supervise or perform work in connection with the inspection, 
 Care in nan- care, preparation or handling of explosives, shall exercise the ut- 
 dling explosives. most care that all regulations and instructions are rigidly ob- 
 served. No relaxation of vigilance with respect to these shall ever 
 be permitted. 
 
 ( & ) Persons engaged in the handling, preparation, or transporta- 
 tion of ammunition must be carefully supervised by those in 
 authority over them and frequently warned of the necessity of 
 using the utmost caution in the performance of their work. It 
 is only by such means that accidents can be prevented, as fa- 
 miliarity with work, no matter how dangerous, is apt to lead to 
 carelessness. 
 
 (c) Handling of ammunition shall be reduced to the minimum 
 in order to prevent the occurrence of leaky containers, damaged 
 tanks and cartridge cases, loosened projectiles, torn cartridge bags, 
 etc. Powder stored for a considerable period in a leaky container 
 is likely to deteriorate rapidly with the attendant danger of 
 spontaneous combustion. Shore stations and ships receiving am- 
 munition showing signs of rough treatment shall at once fully 
 investigate the circumstances and submit a complete report to the 
 Bureau of Ordnance. 
 
 (d) Where safety devices are provided for any form of am- 
 munition, they shall always be used in order to preclude any 
 possibility of accidental discharge. 
 
 Service am- (3) (a) Service ammunition is supplied to ships for use in 
 battle only. It is not to be used for drill at the guns, for instruc- 
 tion of the personnel that requires opening of charges or pro- 
 
287 
 
 5ectiles, for testing hoists or conveyors, or for other similar pur- 
 poses except upon the express authority of the Navy Department. 
 It shall be regarded as part of a vessel's outfit, shall be kept dis- 
 tinct from the ammunition issued for gunnery exercises, and shall 
 never be expended in gunnery exercises without the authorization 
 of the Orders for Gunnery Exercises or special instructions from 
 the Bureau of Ordnance. 
 
 (&) Special ammunition is put up and issued for gunnery Special ammu- 
 exercises, or else certain of the ship's allowance of service am- nlilon ' 
 munition, particularly designated, is set aside for that purpose. 
 Such ammunition, provided it is not live ammunition, may, where 
 in the discretion of the commanding officer it becomes necessary, 
 be used for instructional purposes, for testing hoists and con- 
 veyors, but not for drill at guns. 
 
 (c) The unexpended portion of such ammunition as may have 
 been issued for a specific gunnery exercise or experimental firing 
 shall be turned in as soon as practicable after such firing to an 
 ammunition depot, preferably the one where it was prepared, 
 unless additional firings are immediately authorized by the com- 
 mander in chief or director of gunnery exercises. 
 
 (d) Since the correctness of reports and records depends upon 
 it, care must be taken not to obliterate the identification marks 
 on ammunition or to interchange it in incorrectly marked con- 
 tainers. 
 
 (4) When smokeless powder is removed from magazines at powder out- 
 naval ammunition depots or on board ship for transportation, gun- J 1 ^ of ma & a " 
 nery exercises, or other purposes, it shall not be exposed to the 
 
 direct rays of the sun or subjected to other abnormal conditions of 
 temperature. This prohibition applies equally to powder in bulk, 
 in tanks, cartridge cases, ammunition boxes, or other containers. 
 Whenever it may be necessary to transport smokeless powder 
 ammunition in boats, or to take it on shore, as for boat-gun or 
 field-gun target practice, it must be effectively shaded from the 
 rays of the sun. 
 
 (5) (a) Whenever, in particular cases, the terms of paragraph Exposed and 
 
 3 have not been complied with, any ammunition which may have" nfit ammuni- 
 tion, 
 been exposed shall be segregated, and shall, for purposes of tests, 
 
 inspections, and reports, be regarded as a separate index; and if 
 on board ship it shall be landed at a naval ammunition depot at 
 the first opportunity, should there be reason to believe it has 
 deteriorated. 
 
 ( b ) If at any time smokeless powder be exposed to a tempera- 
 ture higher than 100° F., a special report shall be made to the 
 Bureau of Ordinance immediately, explaining the circumstances 
 in detail and stating the temperature and the length of time the 
 powder was so exposed. 
 
288 
 
 (c) Smokeless powder that has been wet from any cause what- 
 ever must be regarded as dangerous for storage on board ship. 
 Such powder must be completely immersed in distilled water (in 
 which condition it is entirely safe), and must be turned in to a 
 naval ammunition depot without delay, where, upon receipt, it 
 must be scrapped for shipment to Indianhead for reworking. 
 Each container of immersed powder must be clearly marked to 
 indicate its gross weight and the condition of such powder. 
 
 (d) Smokeless powder in leaky containers shall be landed at 
 the earliest practicable moment after discovery, for replacement, 
 unless a surveillance test shows it to be in normal condition, and 
 the container is properly repaired. 
 
 (6) Projectiles comprising the service outfit of ammunition 
 
 shall not be altered or disassembled on board ship, in any of 
 
 their parts, without explicit instructions from the department. 
 
 They shall be kept free from rust, and the paint or lacquer shall 
 
 be renewed when necessary. The old paint shall be removed 
 
 before painting in order that the dimensions may not be increased 
 
 thereby, and care shall be exercised that no paint is placed on 
 
 the bourrelet. Projectiles for separately loaded 5 and 6 inch guns 
 
 are issued with their rotating bands protected by grommets or 
 
 rope slings. The slings and grommets shall be removed only 
 
 when preparing for firing, except in those cases where storage 
 
 space necessitates their removal before storing in the shell rooms. 
 
 Since the slings are likely to jamb the hoists, they should be 
 
 removed before sending up the projectiles. When removed, slings 
 
 and grommets shall be returned to a naval ammunition depot. 
 
 Evidences of (7) ( a ) Powder shall not be destroyed unless it shows unmis- 
 deeomposition of v ' v ' a 
 
 {loader. takable sig?is of advanced decomposition. In the event of such 
 
 deterioration every charge of the index on board shall be exam- 
 ined, and only such charges will be destroyed as contain the 
 decomposing powder. Decomposition in the sense here used is 
 evidenced by — 
 
 (1) The grains being friable and easily crumbled. 
 
 (2) Unmistakable odor of nitrous fumes. 
 
 (3) Very low violet paper test and surveillance test. 
 The conditions in (1) and (2) must be confirmed by (3). 
 
 ( b ) Powder found in a soft or mushy condition shall be thrown 
 overboard immediately. 
 
 (c) Whenever any powder is landed or destroyed because of its 
 unstable or decomposed condition, samples of each index shall 
 always be preserved and forwarded to the Naval Proving Ground. 
 Indianhead, Md., for examination, and the Bureau of Ordnance 
 notified at once of the shipment and the reason therefor. 
 
289 
 
 Safety Orders. 
 
 (8) Copies of all safety orders shall be kept posted in conspic- 
 uous places easy of access to members of the crew, and all mem- 
 bers of the crew concerned shall be frequently and thoroughly 
 instructed in them. 
 
 (9) The attention of all officers is invited to the necessity for 
 the continuous exercise of the utmost care and prudence in the 
 handling of all kinds of ammunition and explosives. 
 
 (10) Conditions not covered by these safety orders may arise 
 which, in the opinion of the commanding officer, may render firing 
 unsafe. Nothing in these safety orders shall be construed as 
 authorizing firing under such conditions, or as preventing the 
 commanding officer from issuing such additional safety orders as 
 he may deem necessary. 
 
 (11) When in doubt as to the exact meaning of any safety 
 order, an interpretation should be requested of the Bureau of 
 Ordnance. 
 
 MAGAZINES. 
 
 (12) (a) No naked lights, matches, or other flame-producing 
 apparatus shall ever be taken into a magazine or other compart- 
 ment containing explosives of any kind. 
 
 (b) All explosives shall be removed from a compartment in or 
 adjacent to one in which it is intended to use an oxy-acetylene cut- 
 ting or welding torch or any similar appliance. 
 
 (c) Magazines shall be kept scrupulously clean at all times. 
 Particular attention shall be paid that no oiiy rags, waste, or any 
 other materials susceptible to spontaneous combustion are stored 
 in magazines or other compartments containing explosives of any 
 kind. 
 
 (d) Drill Charges for bag guns soon become covered with oil 
 and grease, and it is strictly forbidden to store such charges in 
 magazines or other compartments containing explosives. 
 
 (e) Nothing shall be stored in magazines except explosives, 
 authorized containers, and gear which is actually used to assist 
 in handling ammunition. 
 
 (13) (a) Case ammunition, loaded and fused projectiles, or Case ammuni- 
 smokeless powder charges, will never be used for drill. This does purposes? r * 
 not prohibit the fitting of case ammunition in a. gun previous to 
 
 firing, provided the firing pin has been removed and the electric 
 tiring circuit has been completely disconnected. 
 
 (b) No ammunition, or other explosive, shall be used in any 
 gun, or appliance, other than the gun or appliance for which it is 
 supplied. 
 
 (14) (a) During firing no ammunition other than that imme- 
 diately required shall be permitted to remain outside of the maga- 
 
 No red lights. 
 
 Welding. 
 
 Cleanliness. 
 
 Drill charges. 
 
 Forbidden 
 ticles. 
 
290 
 
 Ammunition (ft) j n s hips fitted with magazine flap doors, only such maga- 
 zin*. zine flap doors as are being used to supply charges shall be open, 
 
 the flaps, in all cases, being down except during the time of actual 
 passage of the sections of the charge through the door. 
 
 (c) Where powder is sent up to the guns from the magazines in 
 bags and not in metal containers there shall not be removed from 
 its tank, nor shall the top of the tank be left so loosened as to 
 expose the charge to flame, at any time for the guns or guns 
 being supplied, more than one charge each in every one of the 
 stages of the ammunition train. This does not apply where con- 
 tinuous chain hoists are used, as in this case the hoist may be 
 kept filled. 
 
 (15) (a) At gunnery exercises there may be assembled on deck 
 no more than the necessary allowance of ammunition for the inter- 
 mediate or secondary battery guns that are to fire on the next 
 run ; but no charge for a bag gun shall be removed from its tank, 
 nor shall the top of the tank be left so loosened as to expose the 
 charge to flame until immediately before the charge is required for 
 loading. For case guns, the allowance required for the gun or 
 guns that are to fire on the next run may be removed from the 
 boxes. 
 
 (&) When an ammunition supply test is made, the ammunition 
 used therefor will be that authorized for gunnery exercises unless 
 the order for the test authorizes the use of service ammunition. 
 
 (c) In loading projectiles fitted with tracer fuses, care shall be 
 taken not to strike the tracer mouth cup of the fuse, as such a 
 blow involves danger of igniting the tracer and thereby an ex- 
 posed powder charge in the vicinity . 
 
 (d) Under no circumstances shall the material of powder bags 
 be added to without authority. Should it be necessary to stiffen 
 the charges additional cloth or tape shall not be used, but the 
 lacing shall be tightened. If the powder bag be badly injured, it 
 should be replaced by a new one from the spares on hand. 
 
 Blind shell. (16) Only blind shell shall be used for subcaliber practice. 
 
 Fitting of pri- (17) Service primers should not be previously loaded in the 
 lock except as may be necessary to test the fit of the primer. 
 
 Fnses - (18) (a) Fuses shall not be removed from loaded shell except at 
 
 naval ammunition depots until explicit instructions are received 
 from the Bureau of Ordnance, 
 fn.ed C ro*ecttle° ^ Any loaded an<i ^^^ projectile which may be accidentally 
 " dropped in service from a height exceeding 5 feet should be set 
 aside and turned in to a naval ammunition depot at the first 
 opportunity. Such a projectile should be clearly marked to 
 indicate its condition and should be handled with the greatest 
 care. Upon receipt at the naval ammunition depot it shall be 
 unfused and the fuse scrapped. 
 
291 
 
 (c) With one or two exceptions minor caliber fuses are armed Arming of 
 by setback instead of centrifugal action. Care must be used to 
 avoid tapping or otherwise striking projectiles fused with minor 
 caliber fuses. This is particularly applicable to attempts to 
 loosen projectiles in the cartridge case by repeated light blows 
 of a hammer or mallet. 
 
 (19) Gunnery and division officers shall see that the special Safety devices, 
 fittings and devices installed for purposes of safety are in good 
 
 condition and operative at all times. 
 
 (20) It is unsafe to fire guns that have a constriction of the „ Bore constric- 
 
 tion. 
 
 bore due to steel. Such a constriction may be caused by gun 
 liners overriding the retaining shoulders. It usually appears in 
 the form of a ring in the immediate vicinity of the liner shoulders 
 near the muzzle, and can usually be seen immediately after clean- 
 ing the guns by looking through the bore toward a strong light, 
 the observer moving his point of vision around the end of the 
 bore. The constriction will appear as a ring of light and shadow, 
 and if such is found will be immediately reported to the Bureau 
 of Ordnance. A study of the general arrangement drawings will 
 show the position where such constrictions are most likely to 
 occur. 
 
 (21) (a) A circle shall be painted on the deck to indicate the Recoil posi- 
 limiting position of the breech of the gun on recoil, and the gun 
 
 crew shall be instructed how to keep clear. 
 
 ( & ) Marks or indicators shall be provided to indicate if the Return to bat- 
 gun returns to battery, and a member of the gun crew shall be er> * 
 detailed to observe these marks or indicators after each shot. 
 The service of the gun shall be stopped should the gun fail to 
 return to battery. 
 
 (22) In preparing a battery for firing, the division officer shall Tompion re- 
 assure himself that the tompion is removed from each gun, that mo?e * 
 
 the bore is clear, and that the gas-ejecting system is working 
 satisfactorily. 
 
 (23) (a) Before the firing of any gun, other than for saluting, Recoil cyiin- 
 the commanding officer shall require a report that the recoil cyl- 
 inders have been inspected and filled in the presence of the gun- 
 nery officer. 
 
 (&) After filling recoil cylinders not fitted with expansion tanks, 
 the amount of liquid necessary to allow for the expansion of the 
 liquid due to heat shall be withdrawn. 
 
 (24) The salvo latch shall be removed from or made tempo- SalY0 ^tc"- 
 rarily inoperative on any gun used for drill, and shall be replaced 
 
 or made operative before such gun is fired. Where no salvo latch 
 is installed, effective measures shall be taken during firing to 
 guard against opening the breech of a loaded gun. 
 
 (25) Whenever the guns of a vessel are being fired, the fire Fire n °se« 
 hose shall be led out as at fire quarters and pressure shall be 
 
292 
 
 maintained on the fire main. This does not require water to be 
 running through the hose. 
 
 Dangerous sec- (26) When engaged in gunnery exercises with director fire, an 
 
 tor ' observer shall be stationed at one of the sight telescopes of each 
 
 broadside gun or turret and shall cause the firing circuit to be 
 
 broken in case the gun or turret is trained dangerously near any 
 
 object other than the designated target. 
 
 Entering of (27) Especial care shall be exercised to see that all sections of 
 powder charges are entered in the chamber with the ignition ends 
 toward the breech, and that the rear section is touching the face 
 of the breech plug when closed. The other sections shall be 
 placed as far forward as possible. 
 
 Broken pow- (28) If a powder bag is broken while loading to the extent of 
 allowing powder grains to fall out, the command " silence " shall 
 be given and the loose grains shall be gathered up. If it is 
 impracticable to place the charge in the gun. it shall be sent out 
 of the turret and be completely immersed in water. 
 
 Mushroom. (29) The mushroom of every bag gun shall be wiped after each 
 
 shot with a sponge or cloth dampened with fresh water. 
 
 Empty car- (o<)) The sponging of case guns is not necessary, but before 
 tridge cases. * ° 
 
 storing empty cartridge cases below they shall be freed from 
 
 inflammable gases. 
 
 Priming. (o-j^ ^ -j.| le p r i m i n g f a ftag g^ ^hile the breech plug is 
 
 open is forbidden, and the breech plug shall be closed and locked 
 before the primer is inserted in the firing lock, except in a gun in 
 which the wedge block containing the firing pin is arranged to 
 operate automatically by the functioning of the breech mechanism, 
 in such a manner that the firing pin can not be brought opposite 
 the primer until the breech plug is closed and locked. 
 
 (&) When priming locks of the sliding wedge type, special care 
 should be taken to insure the primer being pushed in beyond the 
 primer retaining catch to prevent the primer coming out or being 
 sheared off by the operation of the wedge in closing. 
 
 Unlocking of (32) (a) The breech plug of a gun shall never be unlocked or 
 Sr"mer7 ith Mve opened while there is a live primer in the lock. 
 
 (b) If a firing ianyard is used, it shall never be hooked to the 
 trigger of the lock until after the breech plug has been closed and 
 locked and the gun primed. The lanyard shall be hooked just 
 before cocking the lock. 
 
 (c) The breech plug of a gun shall never be unlocked or opened 
 while the lock is cocked or while the lanyard is hooked to the 
 trigger. 
 
 (d) When the order "Cease firing" is given, loaded guns must 
 be put in such condition as to render accidental discharge im- 
 possible. This necessitates for bag guns the removal of the primer 
 and for case guns the removal of the case. If a crew leave a gun 
 at any time, the gun shall be left in the condition of cease firing. 
 
293 
 
 (33) Every possible precaution shall be taken to prevent a gun^ ciden * s fr ?™ 
 from being fired when the breech plug is swung home but not nism. 
 
 fully rotated and locked. Accidents from this cause are likely to 
 happen with screw breech mechanisms fitted for percussion firing. 
 Where the lock is operated automatically, the automatic function- 
 ing of the lock shall not be interfered with in any way. If a gun 
 be fitted for electric firing with the contacts so arranged that the 
 plug must be fully rotated before the firing circuit can be closed, 
 it is not possible for an accident of this kind to happen by electric 
 firing, but it is still possible by percussion firing. 
 
 (34) (a) As soon as a gun is loaded, the breech shall be closed Closing of 
 without delay. breecb ' 
 
 (&) When a gun which has been fired is still warm when re- Powder 1h 
 loaded and it later becomes necessary to remove the charge, the warm snn ' 
 gun need not be fired, but should be unloaded, provided no attempt 
 has been made to fire the gun. If such attempt has been made, 
 proceed as for hangfire. When it is apparent that the service of 
 the gun will not be resumed within a reasonable time, the smoke- 
 less powder involved will be completely immersed in distilled 
 water and kept in that condition until turned in to a naval am- 
 munition depot at the first opportunity. 
 
 (c) When it becomes necessary to unload a gun which has not Vnloading. 
 been warm at any time while loaded, the following will he ob- 
 served: If a case gun, the cartridge will be carefully examined, 
 and if found in good condition, it may he returned again to the 
 magazine; if not in good condition, it should be broken down and 
 the powder treated as Stated in paragraph (2). If a bag gun, 
 the charge should be most carefully examined. If found dry, free 
 from grease, and in good condition, it may be sent back to the 
 magazine; if slightly greasy, the charge should be rebagged on 
 board ship, if spare bags are available; if such bags are not avail- 
 able, or if grease or moisture has in any way gotten into the 
 powder, the charge should be completely immersed in distilled 
 water and treated as directed in paragraph (2). 
 
 (35) (a) There is a possibility of firing primers prematurely by Prematura fir- 
 the force exerted by the firing pin on the primer plunger due to lns of P rlmcrs - 
 successive closings of the Mark XIII mod. 1 firing lock on the 
 
 same primer. Each slight pressure of the firing-pin contact point 
 tends to move the primer plunger forward, and firing by percus- 
 sion may result from the progressive movement. 
 
 (&) This is most likely to occur when repriming the gun with- 
 out opening the breech plug, as the firing lock works much quicker 
 and more violently by hand than is possible when working in con- 
 junction with the operation of closing the plug. 
 
 The design permits the closing of the lock without subjecting 
 any member of the crew to danger from recoil of the gun. If the 
 183S41 — 20 20 
 
294 
 
 lock-operating handle can not be safely reached by hand a suit- 
 able tool should be employed to close the lock. 
 
 Excessive force (36) No force greater than that which can be applied by the 
 hibited. " g Pr °" hand alone shall be used in loading a cartridge case into a gun. 
 Any cartridge case that does not freely and fully enter the cham- 
 ber of the gun under the influence of the force of the hand 
 alone shall be carefully extracted and put aside. It shall be 
 properly marked to indicate its condition and shall be turned in to 
 a naval ammunition depot at the first opportunity. 
 
 Condition of (37) ( a ) In every case gun, except those of the sliding wedge 
 type, the breech plug shall not be closed until the gun captain is 
 assured by actually feeling that the front face of the plug is in 
 normal condition and that the firing pin does not project beyond 
 the face of the plug. 
 
 (&) The danger of a broken firing pin point or of the fusing of 
 metal on the face of the breech plug, due to a primer blowback, 
 shall be constantly borne in mind. 
 
 (c) As the firing pin of every concentric screw breech mechan- 
 ism is directly in rear of the primer when the plug is closed but 
 not rotated, the utmost care shall be taken to insure that the 
 firing pin and all parts are in good condition, as the failure of 
 a part of the mechanism might permit the firing of the gun before 
 the plug is rotated. 
 
 (d) In a case breech mechanism having the firing pin held in 
 position by a cotter pin, similar to the 5-inch Mark V mechanism, 
 the cotter pin shall be in place at all times, in order to prevent 
 the firing pin from losing its housing. If the firing pin be not 
 housed, a premature explosion is apt to occur. 
 
 (e) In all case guns, when live ammunition is being tested, the 
 firing pin shall be taken out. 
 
 (f) No case gun shall be fired with a breech mechanism in 
 which the firing pin is not completely housed. 
 
 Inflammable (38) (a) As there is an inflammable gas present in the cham- 
 ber of a gun after firing which, under certain conditions, may 
 constitute a danger by igniting the powder charge which is to be 
 used for the next round, the following precautions shall be 
 observed : 
 
 (1) Bag guns fitted with approved type of gas ejector which 
 is in good condition shall not be reloaded until a member of the 
 crew, whose duty is to look through the bore, has assured himself 
 that the bore is clear and has announced " Bore clear " either 
 by voice or by approved signal, such as a whistle, gong, or horn. 
 
 (2) Until the "Bore clear" signal above described is given 
 powder shall not be exposed closer than 4 feet from a gun not 
 mounted in a turret.. In turrets fitted with ammunition cars 
 the car shall not be brought above a horizontal plane 6 feet 
 below the axis of the trunnions until the " Bore clear " signal is 
 
295 
 
 given. In turrets fitted for hand passing powder the powder 
 shall not be exposed in the turret chamber nor shall the flame 
 seal, shutter, or flap between the turret chamber and the next 
 stage in the powder passing train be opened or unlocked until 
 the " Bore clear " signal is given. 
 
 (3) In turrets not fitted with bulkheads between the guns the 
 " Bore clear " signal to the turret crew shall not be given until 
 the guns which have been fired and whose breech plugs have been 
 opened are reported clear, when one signal to the entire turret 
 crew shall be given. 
 
 (4) Bag guns not fitted with approved type of gas ejector and 
 which permit using the combined sponge and rammer shall have 
 the shell rammed home with the combined sponge and rammer 
 dampened with water, and until this has been done the same 
 restrictions on exposure of powder as above laid down before the 
 " Bore clear " signal shall be enforced. 
 
 (5) Bag guns not fitted with an approved type of gas ejector 
 or those with gas ejectors out of order and which do not permit 
 using the combined sponge and rammer shall not be loaded until 
 sufficient time has elapsed for the gases in the bore to dissipate 
 and the " Bore clear " signal must be given. The same restric- 
 tions on exposure of powder as given above shall be enforced. 
 
 (6) The above precautions do not apply to case guns. 
 
 (39) (a) The possible danger of a serious accident due to open- Precautions 
 ing the breech plug of a gun too soon after a failure to fire de- Jun^fire™ ° f 
 mands the constant exercise of the utmost prudence and caution 
 whenever such a failure occurs. 
 
 (&) Whenever an attempt has been made to fire and a gun 
 fails to fire a hangfire shall be regarded as probable. No dis- 
 tinction shall be made between a misfire due to the failure of a 
 primer to ignite and a misfire due to a failure of a charge to 
 ignite after the primer fired until it fe known if the primer failed 
 to fire : 
 
 (1) In pointer fire extract the primer and examine to see if 
 it exploded. 
 
 (2) In director fire determine if firing circuit was fully closed. 
 If found fully closed, remove and examine primer to see if it 
 exploded. 
 
 (c) Except in action, whenever a misfire occurs in a gun an 
 interval of at least 30 minutes shall be allowed to elapse after 
 the last effort to fire the gun before the breech plug is opened, 
 except when in the case of a gun using a lock primer an examina- 
 tion of the extracted primer shows it did not fire. In such a case 
 there is no danger of a hangfire and the foregoing rule need not 
 apply. In case of misfire in field and landing guns on shore an 
 interval of 10 minutes shall be allowed to elapse after the last 
 effort to fire the gun before the breech plug is opened. 
 
296 
 
 (d) Nothing in this article shall be construed as discouraging 
 possible efforts to fire the gun which do not involve opening the 
 breech plug. In bag guns, the primer shall be removed (using an 
 appropriate tool in order to avoid danger of being struck by the 
 recoil or of injury from a blowback), and a new one inserted and 
 fired, using either electric or percussion mechanism, as seems most 
 desirable, and these efforts shall be continued as long as there is a 
 reasonable chance of firing the gun. In case guns, efforts to fire 
 shall be continued as long as there is a reasonable chance of firing, 
 either by electricity or percussion, or by both, when such efforts- 
 do not require the breech plug to be unlocked or opened. 
 
 (e) When possible chance of serious danger due to a misfire 
 may be overbalanced by the more important considerations of 
 battle, the battery or turret officer may, at his discretion, open the 
 breech plug without waiting as required in paragraph (3). 
 
 (/) If, after removal from the gun, an inspection of the car- 
 tridge case shows that the primer has been struck by the firing 
 pin, or in case the misfire occurred in a bag gun, the charge will 
 be treated as prescribed in article 2868 (2). 
 
 (g) In any case, the gun while loaded must be kept pointed so 
 that its accidental discharge will do no damage. 
 
 (h) When a gun is being unloaded after a misfire, in accord- 
 ance with these safety orders, all unnecessary members of the gun 
 crew shall be dismissed from the vicinity of the gun and the 
 unloading shall be personally supervised by the division officer. 
 Anti-aircraft (40) Unless otherwise specifically authorized, anti-aircraft guns 
 on board ship shall not be fired during gunnery exercises or test 
 firings at elevations greater than 80°, on account of the erratic 
 character of trajectories at high angles of elevation. 
 Morris -tube (41) No Morris-tube practice shall be held without an efficient 
 prac ice. bullet catcher securely attached to the muzzle of the gun or other- 
 
 wise suitably secured in the line of fire of the small rifle. 
 
 TURRET GUNS. 
 
 Tests of mech- (42) (a) Every turret and every gun shall be moved through 
 the extreme arcs of train and elevation, and all motors and 
 mechanisms in connection with the guns and ammunition hoists 
 shall be operated daily, except on Sundays and holidays, and ex- 
 cept when coaling ship, heavy weather, or repairs render it im- 
 practicable. The men regularly stationed to point and train guns 
 and to operate the hoists and mechanisms shall be required to do 
 so at this time. All parts shall be lubricated at this time as may 
 be necessary. 
 
 Precautions in (&) When a turret is trained, except at general quarters, the 
 training. turret officer or the turret captain shall place members of crew — 
 
 (1) On deck outside turret, 
 
 (2) In turret chamber, 
 
 (3) In handling room, 
 
297 
 
 whose duty it shall be to see that all persons are clear of the 
 turret and that all gear and fittings, such as stanchions, hatches, 
 etc., are clear for training. 
 
 (c) The warning bell under the overhang of turret operated Warning bell, 
 from push button at trainer's station shall be rung before training 
 
 and at intervals during training. 
 
 (d) Frequent examination (particularly before and after target .Holding down 
 practice) shall be made of all turret holding down clips, their 
 connections, turret training gear, deck lugs, and roller paths. 
 
 Special report shall be made by the commanding officer whenever 
 repairs to these fittings or replacements are found necessary. 
 
 (c) It is most important that the adjustment of turret guns on Knifc edges, 
 their knife edges be frequently checked to insure that these guns 
 are not operated while on their trunnion seats. To tins end, the 
 trunnion clearances will be measured with feelers at least once a 
 month, and adjusted to the dimensions given on the drawings. 
 Extreme care will be exercised to see that trunnions are kept 
 well lubricated at all times. 
 
 (43) All tanks for turret and handling room sprinkling system Sprinkling 
 shall be filled before firing and the whole system tested. All * 
 emergency immersion tanks shall be filled to proper level before 
 
 firing. 
 
 (44) (a) In no case shall shutters separating a gun compart- Shutters. 
 ment or turret chamber from the next stage in the powder train or 
 
 from the handling room be secured in the open position during 
 drills or exercises or while the guns are firing. 
 
 (b) If the shutters be damaged during firing, except in action, 
 so that they can not fulfill their purpose, the gun or guns con- 
 cerned shall cease firing, and firing shall not be resumed until 
 the shutters insure a separation of the gun compartment or tur- 
 ret chamber from the next stage in the powder train or from the 
 handling room. 
 
 (c) It shall be the duty of one man of each gun crew of a tur- 
 ret to insure that the loading or spanning tr;iy is properly seated 
 before a shell is rammed. 
 
 (45) The ramming of shells in turret guns by interposing one Ramming of 
 or more sections of a powder charge, which contains an ignition 
 
 charge, between the head of the rammer and the base of the shell 
 is prohibited. 
 
 (46) Except in action, whenever a circuit breaker becomes so Circuit break- 
 sensitive as to function due to the shock of firing, rather than to ers * 
 
 an electrical overload, the circuit breaker shall be either over- 
 hauled or replaced and shall not be tied or fixed in position. 
 
 (47) A trunked-in ammunition car with automatic shutters shall Ammunition 
 be made inoperative by opening its switch or locking its control 
 
 lever in " off " position before any member of the personnel shall 
 lean into the car to adjust or remove powder bags. 
 
298 
 
 TOEPEDOES. 
 
 Charging tor- (48) (a) Torpedo air flasks shall never be charged with air to 
 exceed the designated working pressure stamped on the flask. 
 Overcharging with warm air which is allowed to cool to the 
 designated pressure is prohibited. When the safe working pres- 
 sure is reduced on old or pitted flasks the new pressure will be 
 stamped on the flask near the charging valve. This pressure must 
 never be exceeded except at a properly equipped testing station. 
 
 (fr) The artificial cooling of torpedo air flasks after charging 
 by spraying with water or by flooding the torpedoes in the tubes 
 is prohibited. 
 
 Hoisting in (49) Torpedo air flasks shall not be hoisted from submerged 
 charged condi- * "^ ' . 
 
 tion. torpedo rooms nor struck below in a charged condition. 
 
 Eecoveringtor- (50) in recovering a torpedo in the water, the propeller lock 
 pedoes. 
 
 shall be put on at the earliest possible moment and kept on until 
 
 the torpedo is safely landed. 
 
 (51) (a) Leaky or punctured torpedo torch pots may supply 
 the flame to ignite combustible gases. Torch pots of any sort will 
 not be stowed below decks. 
 
 (&) Torch pots on vessels with submerged tubes will only be 
 taken below just prior to firing. 
 
 (c) Torch pots will only be taken on board submarines when it 
 is contemplated to fire torpedoes. They will be habitually stowed 
 on the tender or at the base. 
 
 (d) Torch pots will not be stowed or permitted within 20 feet 
 of a gasoline container. 
 
 MINES, DEPTH CHARGES, AND AERO BOMBS. 
 
 Always to be (52) Current instructions prescribe effective measures to pre- 
 
 armed. vent the accidental arming or launching of mines, depth charges, 
 
 and aero bombs in storage or in handling. Mines, depth charges, 
 
 and aero bombs shall at all times be handled and treated as if 
 
 fully armed. 
 
 Firing mecha- (53) The firing and priming mechanisms of mines, depth charges, 
 and aero bombs shall never be removed, repaired, disassembled, or 
 altered in any manner not covered by current instructions, except 
 under explicit instructions from the Bureau of Ordnance. Defec- 
 tive mines, depth charges, and aero bombs shall be turned into a 
 naval ammunition depot or naval mine depot at the first oppor- 
 tunity. Such a mine, depth charge, or aero bomb should be clearly 
 marked to indicate the nature of the defect, and should be handled 
 with the greatest care. 
 
 Detonators. (54) Detonators will never be inserted in aero bombs except 
 
 immediately previous to the actual flight of the aircraft and when 
 it is the intention to release the bombs. In case any bomb has not 
 
299 
 
 been dropped, its detonator will be removed immediately after the 
 aircraft has returned. The Mark VI bomb fuse, however, has a 
 self-contained detonator held in a safety chamber. This detonator 
 will not be removed, being kept in place at all times. 
 
 (55) Such safety devices as are provided in the design of an Safety devices, 
 aero bomb fuse should always be set at the safe and unarmed 
 position at all times except during actual flight preparatory to 
 dropping a bomb. Where a safety pin or other device must be 
 removed previous to an actual installation on an aircraft, this will 
 be done immediately previous to such installation, and the device 
 will at once be replaced upon the removal of the bomb after the 
 return of the aircraft to its station. 
 
CHAPTER 25. 
 
 ENGINEER OFFICER OF THE SHIP. 
 
 Sec 1. — Art. 981-982. Personality. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 984-989. Responsibility. 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 991-997. General duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Personality. 
 
 981. 
 
 The engineer officer of the ship shall be detailed as such by the Detail to duty. 
 Chief of the Bureau of Navigation, and he is the head of the engi- 
 neer department of the ship. On board ships where the engineer 
 officer has not been so detailed, an officer of appropriate rank and 
 experience shall be designated by the commanding officer as the 
 engineer officer. 
 
 982. 
 
 If the engineer officer of the ship be detached, absent, placed, if detached, 
 
 disabled, etc. 
 under arrest, suspended from duty, or otherwise rendered in- 
 capable of performing the duties of his office, his duties shall 
 devolve upon the line officer attached to and on board designated 
 by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 2. — Responsibility. 
 
 984. 
 
 The engineer officer of the ship shall be responsible for the Machinery and 
 preservation and efficient working of all machinery under cogni- 
 zance of the Bureau of Engineering; the motive engines and 
 their dependencies, both of the ship and of her boats ; the steam 
 machinery necessary in actuating the apparatus by which turrets 
 are turned ; the steam and hydraulic turret-turning engines ; the 
 steam pumps, steam heaters, steam connections and pipes, dis- 
 tilling apparatus, refrigerating engines, forced-draft blowers, 
 steam fire pumps; and all electrical appliances installed in the 
 ship, including gyro compass, radio, and fire-control appliances 
 
 (301) 
 
302 
 
 and other electrical and sound apparatus. He shall also be 
 charged with the maintenance and care of all steering engines, 
 capstan engines, winches, and other power-driven auxiliaries, 
 under the cognizance of the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
 He shall be responsible for the efficiency and good condition of all 
 valves, cocks, and pipes within the engineer compartments con- 
 nected with hand pumps, and he shall see that the suction and 
 bilge wells are kept free from ashes, dirt, and grease. 
 
 985. 
 
 General ma- He shall have charge of the general machine shop of the ship, 
 of all work done therein, and of all mechanics concerned in such 
 work. When repair work is required for any other department 
 of the ship than the engineer department for which the employ- 
 ment of the personnel or facilities of the general machine shop 
 or of the engineer department is necessary, it shall be done either 
 in the shop and under the direct supervision of the engineer 
 officer of the ship or outside under the supervision of the other 
 officer concerned, as the commanding officer, acting through the 
 executive officer, may direct. All such work shall be done on 
 a memorandum request, which shall state whether the work is 
 to be done under the supervision of the engineer officer of the 
 ship or by mechanics from the engineer department under the 
 supervision of the other officer concerned, which memorandum 
 request shall be approved by the executive officer. The executive 
 officer shall decide upon the precedence to be given different items 
 of work, subject to the approval of the commanding officer. 
 
 986. 
 
 Compartments. He shall be responsible for the cleanliness and good condition 
 of all bulkheads, doors, valves, pipes, and machinery within the 
 engine rooms; of the boiler rooms, shaft alleys, coal bunkers, 
 firemen's wash rooms, engineer and electrical storerooms and 
 workshops; of all dynamo rooms, distribution rooms, interior-com- 
 munication rooms, and storage-battery charging stations; and of 
 all compartments and double bottoms within the line of such bulk- 
 heads, together with those compartments and double bottoms 
 accessible only through the engineer compartments. 
 
 987. 
 
 stores, etc. He shall have charge of all material stores, supplies, and 
 articles of outfit pertaining to the machinery of which he has 
 cognizance, including the entire electrical outfit of the ship, that 
 have been issued for use by the supply officer of the ship. 
 
503 
 
 988. 
 
 He shall be responsible for the proper use of stowage, and 
 accounting for the various fuels used on board ship. 
 
 Fuel. 
 
 989. 
 
 He shall have charge of the preparation and care of the engine- 
 room log, electric log, and other prescribed records and reports 
 pertaining to the material under his cognizance. 
 
 Records. 
 
 Section 3. — General Duties. 
 
 991. 
 
 (1) He shall be responsible at all times, whether under way or 
 at anchor, for the good order and cleanliness of the engineer de- 
 partment, and shall see that it is at no time left without a suffi- 
 cient watch properly supervised. 
 
 (2) He shall personally supervise the operation of the ma- 
 chinery in battle, in getting under way or coming to anchor, and 
 also, as far as practicable, at all times when unusual care is re- 
 quired to be given to the working of the engines. When in the 
 engine rooms he shall be responsible for all duty performed there. 
 
 (3) He shall not absent himself from the ship except as pro- 
 vided for in article 1729. 
 
 (4) He shall frequently visit the engine rooms during the day, 
 and at any time during the day or night when his presence or 
 services there may be necessary. He shall also every evening 
 carefully inspect his department and see that everything is in 
 a satisfactory condition for the night ; that there is no probability 
 of accident from fire, from the introduction of sea water, or 
 from other causes, and that all of the rules and routine orders 
 of the ship relating to his department are being obeyed. At 8 
 p. m. he shall report the result of this inspection to the execu- 
 tive officer, unless called elsewhere by urgent duty, in which case 
 he shall cause the report to be made by the senior one of his 
 assistants available. 
 
 (5) He shall not be required to attend a formal assembly of 
 other than heads of departments, for the purpose of making this 
 report. 
 
 992. 
 
 Station. 
 
 Inspections. 
 
 (1) (a) Subject to the approval of the executive and command- x Duty relative 
 
 v ' v ' J ^^ to personnel. 
 
 ing officers, the engineer officer of the ship shall assign to the 
 engineer watch and division officers, ensigns of the line doing 
 engineering duty, chief gunners and gunners for electrical duty, 
 chief machinists, and machinists, their routine duties in connec- 
 
304 
 
 tion with the care, preservation, and repair of machinery and 
 the electric plant, apportioning among them the entire machinery 
 and the electric plant, of the vessel for which he is responsible, 
 so that each officer shall have direct charge of some particular 
 part of the machinery or the electric plant. Such division of 
 the duties shall not, however, relieve the officer actually on duty 
 or watch in the engineer department of his responsibility for the 
 proper performance of the detailed work of the day. 
 
 (&) He shall cause the officers commanding the engineer divi- 
 sions to comply with the requirements of chapters 29 and 30 
 (engineer watch and division officers) and such parts of chapter 
 28 (deck watch) as apply to all personnel divisions of the ship. 
 
 (c) He shall cause the officers of the engineer department to 
 instruct the petty officers and men in their duties. 
 
 (2) When ensigns of the line are assigned to duty in the 
 engineer department he shall see that they acquire a practical 
 knowledge of engineering duty. 
 
 (3) (a) He shall make out watch, quarter, station, fire, and 
 cleaning bills. After approval by the executive and commanding 
 officers, these shall be hung in a conspicuous place conveniently 
 accessible to all members of the engineer force. These bills shall 
 clearly show the duty and station of every officer and man of his 
 force under all conditions of service. 
 
 (&) If the type of ship and the number of men available per- 
 mit, he shall organize the engineer department in three or four 
 steaming sections or watches. 
 
 (4) The engineer divisions shall be mustered at quarters at 
 such place or places as may be designated by the captain. At 
 quarters the engineer officer of the ship shall command the engi- 
 neer divisions. He shall make the usual report in regard to 
 absentees. 
 
 (5) He shall report to the commanding officer on the efficiency 
 of officers performing engineering duty as prescribed in article 
 137. He shall keep the executive officer informed of the sobriety 
 and obedience of the enlisted men of the engineer force and of 
 their proficiency in their respective ratings. 
 
 993. 
 
 Duties relative (i) ( a .) The engineer officer of the ship shall keep the corn- 
 to machinery. * ^ 
 
 manding officer informed at all times as to the condition of the 
 
 machinery and electric plant and of all repairs that may be 
 
 needed. He shall have entered in the steam log or electric log. 
 
 as may be pertinent, a copy of every written report that he may 
 
 make to the commanding officer on this subject. He shall, through 
 
 the proper channels, make recommendations to the Secretary of 
 
305 
 
 the Navy concerning any alterations in methods or in apparatus, 
 or installation of new devices which will contribute to increased 
 efficiency or economy of the machinery under his cognizance. 
 
 (&) He shall report to the commanding officer whenever a 
 boiler is injured ; also any accident or derangement to the motive 
 engines or their dependencies, or to any of the machinery under 
 his charge. 
 
 (c) Whenever he deems it necessary he shall make written 
 suggestions or reports to the commanding officer concerning the 
 motive machinery and its dependencies, or other fittings of the 
 ship for which he is responsible. 
 
 (d) Should he receive an order the execution of which would, 
 in his opinion, injure the machinery or boilers, or tend to ex- 
 travagance in the consumption of fuel he shall report his opinion 
 to the commanding officer and suggest a remedy. 
 
 (2) (a) The engineer officer of the ship shall not at any time, 
 for any purpose, disable the machinery, even temporarily, except 
 by permission of the commanding officer. 
 
 (&) He shall not permit fires to be lighted or hauled, except in 
 cases of emergency, without orders from the commanding officer. 
 
 (c) He shall not permit the main engines to be turned except 
 in obedience to a signal from, or by permission of, the officer of 
 the deck. 
 
 (3) The engineer officer of the ship shall make, or canse to bo 
 made, frequent inspections of all machinery for the maintenance 
 and care of which he is responsible and shall report to the com- 
 manding officer any repairs or adjustments which, in his judgment, 
 are necessary to keep them in an efficient and good working condi- 
 tion. He shall have immediate charge of all such repairs, but 
 shall not for such purpose, disable the machinery, even temporarily, 
 except by order of the commanding officer. He shall submit such 
 reports of the condition of said machinery as may be required by 
 the Bureau concerned. 
 
 994. 
 
 (1) (a) Upon joining a ship fitting out the officer ordered to When fitting 
 duty as engineer officer thereof shall make a careful examination ut of commit 
 of all parts of the machinery used for motive power of the ship s,on a shlp - 
 and her boats; and of the following machinery: Steering, hy- 
 draulic, accumulator, and turret-turning engines; ash, anchor, 
 and other hoisting engines ; dynamo engines, pumps, fan blowers, 
 and ventilating engines; steam heaters, evaporators, and distilling 
 apparatus; refrigerating machinery and all other machinery of 
 whatever description wherever found in the ship ; of all dynamo 
 rooms and the entire electric plant of the ship, including electric 
 fire-control instruments and radio apparatus ; of all steam connec- 
 tions of the boilers and coal bunkers; of all tanks, cisterns, and 
 
306 
 
 storerooms for engineer's and electrical supplies, except for those 
 not issued for use and under the charge of the supply officer of 
 the ship. 
 
 ( b) He shall satisfy himself that the spare gear belonging to his 
 department is on board, tried in place where necessary, stowed in 
 convenient location, and that every precaution is taken to preserve 
 it in good condition. 
 
 (c) Should he discover any defects or deficiencies, he shall 
 immediately make a detailed written report of the facts to the 
 commanding officer. 
 
 (d) For the purposes of inspection, and as directed by the 
 commanding officer, he shall have access to such engineering 
 equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies, and to similar articles 
 pertaining to the electrical outfit as have not yet been issued for 
 use by the supply officer of the ship. 
 
 (2) (a) When the ship is placed out of commission, the engi- 
 neer officer shall insure that the material under his cognizance is 
 prepared for laying up in the approved manner and to the satis- 
 faction of the commandant. 
 
 ( & ) When the ship is placed out of commission, the engineer 
 officer of the ship, and such other members of the engineer's force 
 as the engineer officer may designate, shall not be detached or 
 transferred until the equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies is- 
 sued to the engineer officer for use have been satisfactorily ac- 
 counted for and surveys covering shortages have been held and 
 approved. 
 
 995. 
 
 Duties reiatiTe (1) The engineer officer shall perform similar duties in connec- 
 
 to stores 
 
 tion with equipage and supplies under his charge as are prescribed 
 for the gunnery officer in article 962 (3, 4). He shall, in the dis- 
 position and stowage of these stores, and in the use of lights, take 
 every possible precaution against fire. He shall see that the ap- 
 paratus in his charge for extinguishing fire is always kept ready 
 for use. 
 
 (3) He shall enter in the engine-room log the dates of com- 
 mencement and completion of each inventory and shall furnish 
 this data to the navigator for entry in the ship's log. 
 
 996. 
 
 Duties relative (a) The engineer officer of the ship shall keep an account of 
 the expenditures of fuel for various purposes and shall record 
 it in the engine-room log. The report shall be submitted quar- 
 terly and on going out of commission to the Bureau of Supplies 
 and Accounts. He shall also prepare the reports on fuel, oil, 
 
307 
 
 and water as required by the Rules for Engineering Performances. 
 (&) The engineer officer shall frequently examine the bunkers 
 in person, with the view of ascertaining the quantity of fuel ^ 
 actually on hand, as compared with the amount called for by the 
 fuel account. Should he discover any material excess or de- 
 ficiency, he shall report it at once to the commanding officer. 
 
 (c) The engineer officer shall report to the commanding officer 
 at noon each day the amount of fuel consumed for the preceding 
 24 hours, and the amount remaining on hand, and when under 
 way, he shall cause a report to be made to the officer of the deck 
 hourly of the average number of revolutions per minute of the 
 propellers, and at the end of the watch the average steam and 
 revolutions for the watch. 
 
 (d) Before fueling he shall ascertain the condition of the 
 bunkers and of all water-tight openings, and shall satisfy himself 
 that no unauthorized materials are stowed in the bunkers. After 
 fueling he shall report to the commanding officer what bunkers 
 are filled and whether the coaling ports, scuttles, and other fuel- 
 ing connections have been so closed as to be water-tight. 
 
 997. 
 
 (1) (a) The engineer officer shall have charge of the prepara- Duties reiati?e 
 tion and care of the engine-room log and electric log, which shall ° recor s ' 
 be begun upon the day the ship is placed in commission. 
 
 (&) He shall keep the engine-room log and electric log in ac- 
 cordance with the instructions and directions as printed therein. 
 
 (c) He shall cause to be entered in the engine-room log a 
 record of all injuries to any of the engineer force, including elec- 
 tricians, while within the engineer department. 
 
 (d) He shall, as soon after noon each day as practicable, 
 present the engine-room log, complete to date, to the commanding 
 officer for his inspection. 
 
 (e) He shall furnish to the navigating officer daily the data 
 concerning the engineer department required by the ship's log 
 book. 
 
 (f) Entries in the engine-room log pertaining to matters and 
 events outside of the engine and fire rooms, such as wind, weather, 
 speed, state of the sea, the course steered, draft of water, etc., 
 shall be copied from the ship's log book, when recorded there. 
 
 (g) At the end of each quarter he shall submit the engine-room 
 log to the commanding officer for transmission to the Bureau of 
 Engineering. A copy of the engine-room log, which shall be signed 
 and approved in the same manner as the original, shall be re- 
 tained on board. 
 
 (h) The rough sheets of the engine-room and electric logs 
 shall be retained on the ship as a record. 
 
308 
 
 (i) The engineer officer shall cause the engine-room log to be 
 corrected as may be pointed out by the commanding officer, unless 
 ■ he believes the proposed entries to be incorrect ; in which event he 
 shall, if required, explain in writing to the commanding officer 
 the reasons for this opinion. The commanding officer may then 
 enter upon the engine-room log, over his own signature, any re- 
 marks concerning the particular inaccuracy or omission under 
 consideration that he may deem proper. 
 
 (2) The engineer officer shall have recorded in a book kept for 
 the purpose, the location of all spare parts of machinery and a 
 complete statement of everything that transpires in his department 
 which may be of use to his successor in familiarizing himself with 
 the machinery of the vessel and its history. 
 Acting execu- When acting as executive officer during the temporary absence 
 
 tivc officer 
 
 or disability of the latter, he shall endeavor to have the work of 
 the ship carried on in all respects as it would be if the executive 
 officer were on duty. 
 
CHAPTER 26. 
 
 NAVIGATING OFFICER OF A SHIP. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1007-1031. Duties of the navigating officer. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the Navigating Offices. 
 
 1007. 
 
 The navigating officer is the officer detailed by the Chief of Personality, 
 the Bureau of Navigation to perform the navigation duties and 
 is the head of the navigation department of the ship. The navi- 
 gating officer shall be senior to all watch and division officers. 
 
 (2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, suspended 
 from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing the 
 duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line officer 
 next below him in rank attached to and on board of the ship (ex- 
 clusive of such as may be restricted to the performance of engi- 
 neering duty only) ; except that, when such absence or disability 
 is temporary and of short duration only, the commanding officer 
 may, at his discretion, authorize his duties to be carried on in his 
 absence from duty by the officers, warrant officers, and other 
 subordinates directly under him in the performance of his regu- 
 lar duties, without diverting the line officer next in rank from his 
 regular duties in order to assume those of navigator. 
 
 (3) Aboard smaller ships the executive officer may also be or- 
 dered to perform the duties of navigating officer. 
 
 1008. 
 
 The navigating officer shall be responsible for the care and good General duties, 
 order of the steering gear in general, except the steering en- 
 gine or steering motors, and of all the compartments occupied by 
 the steering machinery, the interior of the conning tower and chart 
 house, navigator's office and storerooms, and all instruments, aids, 
 or apparatus, except electrical, directly or indirectly connected 
 with the navigation of the ship. 
 
 183841°— 20 21 (309) 
 
310 
 
 1009. 
 
 The navigating officer shall receive all orders relating to his 
 navigating duties directly from the commanding officer, and shall 
 make all reports in connection therewith directly to the command- 
 ing officer. 
 
 1010. 
 
 Duties when (i) Previous to entering pilot waters, the navigating officer 
 
 approaching ^ ° 
 
 shoals or in pilot shall study the charts, sailing directions, and other sources of 
 
 waters. information concerning the navigation of the ship therein, so that 
 
 he may be prepared to give to the commanding officer any infor- 
 mation or assistance required concerning this duty. 
 
 (2) When the ship is approaching land or shoals, or entering 
 port, he shall give his careful attention to the course of the ship 
 and the depth of water. 
 
 (3) If he thinks the ship is running into danger, he shall at 
 once notify the officer of the deck and advise him as to a safe 
 course to be steered, and shall promptly report to the command- 
 ing officer. If the commanding officer is conning and the naviga- 
 tor thinks the ship is running into danger, he shall so inform the 
 commanding officer and advise him as to a safe course to be 
 steered. 
 
 (4) The duties mentioned herein shall be performed whether 
 there be a pilot on board or not. 
 
 (5) In thick weather or when in doubt as to position, the navi- 
 gator will make use of the available radio compass shore stations 
 for assisting in the determination of the ship's position. 
 
 1011. 
 
 Corrections to The navigating officer shall keep all sailing directions, light and 
 bemadeln 
 charts, etc. beacon lists of the ship, corrected to date in accordance with 
 
 personal observations and such other reliable information as he 
 may from time to time be supplied with, or be able to obtain ; 
 he shall see that the sources of this information are charged 
 against the charts in the proper blank spaces in the chart cata- 
 logue; he shall see that all charts are corrected to date before 
 being used. Copies of all information obtained by him affecting 
 navigation shall be forwarded by the commanding officer to the 
 Hydrographic Office. 
 
 1012. 
 
 Hydrographic When hydrographic survevs are made, the navigating officer 
 snrveys. 
 
 shall construct on a large scale the charts of the ground surveyed, 
 
 to be forwarded to the Hydrographic Office. 
 
311 
 
 1013. 
 
 When determining the position of places whose latitude or Latitude and 
 longitude, as laid down on charts or recorded in tables, is believed p {a£ef * not Veil 
 to be in error, the navigating officer shall carefully note the surveyed, 
 particular spot at which the observations were taken, describing 
 it in such a manner that it may be plotted on a chart, and shall 
 state the number and nature of the observations and the manner 
 in which they were taken. If he obtains the longitude by means 
 of chronometers and meridian distances, he shall state the number 
 of chronometers employed, their general character, the age of their 
 rates, and the longitude he assumed as that of the place measured 
 from. A copy of all data, as well as of the computations made, 
 shall be forwarded by the commanding officer to the Hydro- 
 graphic Office. 
 
 1014. 
 
 So far as practicable with the means and appliances at his „ Tidal obserra- 
 
 tions. 
 command, the navigating officer shall make tidal and current 
 
 observations at all places visited where careful observations of 
 
 this kind have not been recorded, and endeavor to ascertain the 
 
 set and strength of the tides, the limits of their rise and fall, and 
 
 the time of high water immediately following the periods of a new 
 
 or full moon 
 
 1015. 
 
 The navigating officer shall keep a book in which shall appear Book for com- 
 
 putations. 
 
 all original observations and computations, made for the purpose 
 of navigating the ship, or copy thereof, with results and dates. 
 This book shall be regarded as an official record of his performance 
 of his duties in the navigation of the ship, and shall be subject to 
 examination by superior authority. At the end of the cruise it 
 shall be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 1016. 
 
 When acting as executive officer during a temporary absence or When acting 
 disability of the latter, the navigating officer shall endeavor to a * r executiTe offl - 
 have the work of the ship carried on in all respects as it would 
 be if the executive officer were on duty. 
 
 1017. 
 
 When fitting out, the navigating officer of a ship shall make Duties when 
 a careful inspection of all parts of the ship confided to his care ; ns ou 8 p * 
 of the steering apparatus in general, except the steering engine 
 or steering motors ; and of everything connected with the naviga- 
 tion outfit of the ship. Should he discover any defects or de- 
 
312 
 
 ficiencies he shall immediately make a detailed written report 
 thereof to the commanding officer. 
 
 1018. 
 
 Position of the (*) Wnen under way, the navigating officer shall report in 
 ship. writing to the commanding officer the position of the ship at 8 
 
 a. m., at 12 m., and at 8 p. in., and at such other times as the com- 
 manding officer may require. 
 
 (2) He shall take such observations or make such calculations 
 concerning the position of the ship as the commanding officer may 
 at any time require. 
 
 1019. 
 
 Compasses. (1) Tne navigating officer shall prepare the compass reports, 
 
 except gyro compass reports, in accordance with the instructions 
 as laid down in the prescribed forms or issued from time to time. 
 He shall keep the compass record, which shall be a complete 
 history of the compasses while on board ship, and shall contain 
 copies of all compass reports. The compass record shall be 
 signed by him on the last day of every quarter and shall be sub- 
 mitted to the commanding officer for his approval. 
 
 (2) When the ship is under way and the weather permits, he 
 shall each day ascertain by observation the error of the standard 
 compass and of the gyro compass and report the result to the 
 commanding officer in writing. He shall also make frequent com- 
 parisons of the standard and gyro compasses. He shall, when- 
 ever practicable, obtain the errors of the radio compass and sound 
 apparatus. 
 
 (3) He shall prepare and keep corrected tables of deviations of 
 the standard, battle, maneuvering, and auxiliary battle compasses, 
 copies of which shall be kept posted near those compasses in such 
 positions as to be accessible to the officer of the deck and other 
 officers concerned in the navigation of the ship. He shall also pre- 
 pare, and keep corrected, tables of errors of the radio compass and 
 sound apparatus, copies of which shall be kept posted near those 
 compasses and receivers. 
 
 (4) All courses and bearings that are entered in the log book, 
 as well as bearings for computation, shall be marked to show 
 whether they are true, magnetic, or by the standard compass, and 
 in the last case the ship's head " per standard compass " must be 
 stated, and the deviation on that heading given. 
 
 (5) He shall not move the standard compass, or any of its 
 attachments or compensating magnets or appurtenances, from the 
 position in which they were placed and secured when the ship 
 was commissioned unless authorized by the commanding officer. 
 
313 
 
 (6) He shall frequently examine all the compasses of the ship 
 and see they are in good order and ready for use, and that the 
 spare compasses are properly stored. 
 
 1020. 
 
 (1) The navigating officer shall wind the chronometers daily, and^ESs!" 6 *'" 
 and carry out such instructions as may be given from time to 
 
 time concerning their care, comparison, and rating. The chro- 
 nometer comparison book shall be forwarded at the end of the 
 cruise to the United States Naval Observatory. 
 
 (2) He shall have the care of the deck clock and regulate the 
 ship's time. 
 
 Deck clock. 
 
 1021. 
 
 The navigating officer shall frequentlv examine the lead lines *>ad lines and 
 
 , -j. -,. n ,, j _c , *. . . speed -measuring 
 
 and other sounding gear, and all apparatus used for determining apparatus. 
 the speed of the ship, and see that they are in order and correctly 
 and properly marked. 
 
 1022. 
 
 (1) The navigating officer shall have charge of the prep; i ration Preparation of 
 
 log. 
 and care of the ship's log and, except on board of a flagship, of 
 
 the communication record. It shall be his duty, subject to orders 
 
 from the commanding officer, to see that the watch officers 
 
 receive instructions relative to the correct manner of keeping 
 
 the log as may be necessary to insure the proper preparation 
 
 of same. 
 
 (2) When the ship is commissioned he shall begin the log book Out of eom- 
 
 mission, 
 by entering and signing tho remarks describing that part of the 
 
 ceremony which takes place previous to the setting of the watch. 
 
 (3) He shall carefully examine the deck log book, see that it 
 
 is prepared In accordance with the Navy Regulations and the Examination of 
 instructions issued from time to time, and call attention of the 
 watch officers to any inaccuracies or omissions in their entries. 
 He shall then have it accurately copied in the smooth form and 
 placed before the watch officers daily for signature. 
 
 (4) He shall enter each day in the log the course and distance dat > a avlgational 
 made good, the ship's position, the magnetic variation, the devia- 
 tion of the compass, the amounts of coal and water expended, the 
 
 quantity of each remaining on hand at noon, and such other data 
 
 as may be required. 
 
 . (5) He shall immediately before leaving and as soon as possible Draft of ship. 
 
 after entering port, cause the draft of the ship, forward and aft, 
 
 to be carefully taken and entered in the log. 
 
314 
 
 recJS? uniCati0 " (6) Exce P t on board a flagship, he shall have the rough com- 
 munication records accurately and neatly copied on smooth com- 
 munication record forms and placed before the watch officers 
 daily for signature. 
 
 (7) The smooth log and smooth communication record shall be 
 regarded as the ship's official log and communication record, 
 respectively. They are to be correct, certified copies of the deck 
 log book and the rough communication records ; they shall be type- 
 written when practicable, and shall be prepared in duplicate. 
 The original of the smooth log and the smooth communication 
 record shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Navigation at the end 
 of each calendar month by registered mail. The carbon copies 
 shall be retained on board and shall be turned into the com- 
 mandant of the navy yard when the vessel is placed out of com- 
 mission. The foregoing sentences of this paragraph refer par- 
 ticularly to cases where the loose-leaf type of log is used. In 
 special cases where a vessel has been authorized by the Chief of 
 the Bureau of Navigation to use some other type of log the fore- 
 going principles shall govern only as far as is applicable to the 
 particular type of log used. 
 
 (8) He shall be allowed a yeoman for his clerical work. 
 Operation of (9) Except on board a flagship, or in cases where a radio 
 
 officer has been designated, he shall supervise the operation and 
 personnel of the ship's radio. 
 
 (10) A signal and its meaning shall never be entered together 
 in the ship's log or other record. 
 
 (11) When a ship is docked on a foreign station or elsewhere 
 than at a United States navy yard, a copy of the hull board's re- 
 port shall be entered in the log. 
 
 (12) The results of periodical examination of steering gear and 
 a brief statement of steps taken to remedy defects shall be entered 
 in the log. 
 
 (12) The result of periodical examination of steering gear and 
 of historical interest. 
 
 (14) The meeting and adjourning or recessing of courts-martial 
 sitting on board vessels of the Navy shall be entered in the ship's 
 log. The name and rank of the president or senior member shall 
 be entered. 
 
 (15) The name of any person whose signature appears in the 
 log shall likewise be typewritten or stamped. 
 
 (16) If the orders referred to above are confidential in their 
 nature, the abstract of their contents shall be omitted from the 
 log, the entry then consisting simply of a note of the office of 
 origin, number, and date thereof, by which it will be possible to 
 find the original orders in the files of the issuing office. 
 
 radio. 
 
315 
 
 1023. 
 
 (1) The navigating officer shall carefully prepare all hydro- Meteorological 
 graphic reports and meteorological returns required in accordance 
 
 with instructions and forms from time to time and submit them to 
 the commanding officer for transmission. 
 
 (2) The navigating officer shall prepare for signature by the B ?P ^f I? 
 commanding officer and transmission by radio to " Govt. Observer, and North Pa- 
 Washington, D. C," when in North Atlantic waters, and to " Govt. c c * 
 Observer, San Francisco, Calif.," when in North Pacific waters, 
 meteorological reports as set forth below, such reports to be in the 
 
 " Radiotelegraphic Code for the Use of Observers at Sea," issued 
 by the Weather Bureau. When two or more vessels are in com- 
 pany, the navigator of the senior vessel shall be responsible for 
 submitting the reports required ; the remaining vessels in the 
 group need not submit such reports. 
 
 (3) Vessels cruising in the waters of the Gulf of Mexico and Ca- Caribbean X Sea', 
 ribbean Sea and off the Atlantic coast (United States), west of the J n * st Atlantic 
 sixtieth meridian, will render specific reports by radio twice a 
 
 day, at 7 a. m. and 7 p. m., seventy-fifth meridian time, during 
 the period from June 1 to November 30, inclusive. Similarly, 
 vessels cruising in North Pacific waters, when within communicat- 
 ing distance, will render special weather reports by radio at 7 
 a. m. and 7 p. m., seventy-fifth meridian time, throughout the year. 
 
 (4) Meteorological reports are further to be forwarded at any , Storm warn- 
 
 ings. 
 hour when storm or threatening weather conditions, especially those 
 
 characteristic of hurricanes, are observed. Special reports about 
 
 noontime will be furnished when they may be specifically called 
 
 for by the Weather Bureau. Vessels in United States ports, or 
 
 when less than 75 miles distant therefrom, are not required to 
 
 make meteorological reports by radio, except when unusual and 
 
 dangerous weather conditions are encountered. 
 
 (5) In addition to the reports by radio provided for in the forego- s P eclal cases - 
 ing instructions, vessels will, when 75 or more miles from a United 
 
 States port, and at times and under conditions when radio reports 
 are not required, take and record observations at 7 a. m., seventy- 
 fifth meridian time, and report the same by mail to the Weather 
 Bureau. The provisions as to vessels acting singly or in com- 
 pany will apply also in the rendering of these reports. 
 
 (6) It is essential that the instrumental error of all barometers Instrumental 
 
 errors. 
 used in the taking of observations shall be known by the Weather 
 
 Bureau. To this end comparative readings should be made at 
 
 frequent intervals, as circumstances permit. 
 
 (7) Forms, code books, and all necessary instructions for use in Forms. 
 connection with the sending of reports will be issued by the 
 Weather Bureau. Supplies may be renewed at any office of the 
 bureau located in a coast city, or by application to the central 
 
 office at Washington, D. C. 
 
316 
 
 1024. 
 
 tie. 
 
 station in bat- (1) In battle the navigating officer shall be the ship-control 
 officer, and shall be stationed in the conning tower or elsewhere, 
 as may be necessary, to enable him to assist the commanding 
 officer in handling the ship. At such times he shall relieve the 
 officer of the deck and shall himself act in that capacity. He shall 
 relieve the deck during quarters. 
 
 (2) When the officer of the deck is required to take part in 
 drills and exercises the navigating officer may be designated by 
 the commanding officer to take the deck. He may relieve the deck 
 at any time as a matter of accommodation. 
 
 1025. 
 
 Duties reatire The navigating officer shall perform similar duties in connection 
 with equipage and supplies under his charge as are prescribed 
 for the gunnery officer in article 962 (3-4). 
 
 1026. 
 
 When ship is When the ship is placed out of commission the navigating officer, 
 commission. ° chief quartermaster, and navigating officer's yeoman shall not 
 be detached or transferred until the equipage, equipment, stores, 
 and supplies issued for use to the navigating officer have been 
 satisfactorily accounted for and surveys covering shortages have 
 been held and approved. 
 
 1027. 
 
 When the exigencies of the service do not render it inadvis- 
 able, the navigating officer shall perform the duties of senior 
 member of summary courts-martial, deck court officer, senior mem- 
 ber of the hull board, ship survey officer, and such other miscel- 
 laneous duties of this nature as may be appropriately assigned 
 to him by the commanding officer. 
 
 1028. 
 
 Additional Except on ships to which chaplains are assigned, the navigating 
 
 duties 
 
 officer shall be responsible for the library books issued by the sup- 
 ply officer of the ship for use, and if any which are not on board 
 are needed he shall recommend that requisition be made for them. 
 
 1029. 
 
 Ship's library. The navigating officer shall not absent himself from the ship 
 except as provided for in article 1729. 
 
 1030. 
 
 Sound appara- Once a month the navigating officer shall test the submarine 
 signal-receiving apparatus and shall enter the results of the test 
 in the ship's log. Any defect found shall be remedied. This 
 
317 
 
 apparatus may be very simply tested by having one person in the 
 compartment where the microphone tanks are located speak to 
 another person listening at the receiver. If the apparatus is in 
 good order the sound of the voice should be transmitted without 
 difficulty. 
 
 1031. 
 
 (1) The system of standard time zones long established on land zon ? 8 an a * a ' < J a t . ime 
 has been extended over the oceans and throughout the circuit of 
 
 the globe. The surface of the globe is conceived to be divided 
 into 24 staves or zones, each bounded by meridians 15° of arc or 
 one hour of time apart in longitude. The initial zone is the one 
 which has the meridian of Greenwich running through the middle 
 of it, and the meridians 7£° east of Greenwich and 7£° west of 
 Greenwich, marking its eastern and western limits. It is called 
 the "zero zone " because the difference between the standard time 
 of this zone and Greenwich mean time is zero. And each of the 
 zones in turn is designated by a number representing the number 
 of hours by which the standard time of the zone differs from 
 Greenwich mean time. 
 
 (2) The zones lying in east longitude from the zero zone are 
 numbered in sequence from 1 to 12, and are called minus zones, 
 because, in each of them, the zone number must bfe subtracted 
 from the standard time in order to obtain the Greenwich mean 
 time. The zones lying in west longitude from the zero zone are 
 numbered in sequence from 1 to 12, and are called plus zones, 
 because, in each of these zones, the zone number must be added 
 to the standard time in order to obtain the Greenwich mean time. 
 
 (3) The twelfth zone is divided medially by the one hundred 
 and eightieth meridian (the line separating the meridians of east 
 longitude from the meridians of west longitude), and the terms 
 minus and plus are used in the halves of the zones which lie in 
 the east longitude and west longitude, respectively. 
 
 (4) The number of a zone prefixed by the word "plus " or the plus 
 sign, thus +, or by the word "minus" or the minus sign, thus — , 
 constitutes the " zone description " of the time of that zone. 
 
 (5) In the vicinity of the land, the boundaries between zones are 
 modified so as to be in accord with the boundaries of the countries 
 or regions using corresponding times, as shown in the Hydrographic 
 Office Chart of the Time Zones of the World. (H. O. No. 5192.) 
 
 (6) The ship's time of vessels of the Navy shall be kept by 
 observing the following rules : 
 
 (a) The clock shall customarily be adjusted to standard time 
 of the successive zones as they are entered, although the instant 
 at which the alteration is made need not necessarily be that at 
 which the vessel passes from one zone to another ; the change of 
 
318 
 
 time to be invariably one hour, the minutes and seconds remain- 
 ing unaffected, with the exception of the cases covered by rule (e). 
 
 (b) The " zone description " of the time that is being kept shall 
 be marked in a conspicuous manner on such of the ship's clocks 
 as may be designated by the commanding officer. 
 
 ( c ) Ship's log books and records in which times are given must in- 
 clude a statement of the " zone description " of the time being kept. 
 
 (d) In all official correspondence in which time is referred to, 
 the " zone description " of the time being kept must be stated in 
 the correspondence. 
 
 (e) When a vessel is in a harbor of a country where the legal 
 time differs from the standard time zone system, the exact amount 
 in hours, minutes, and seconds which must be applied to the local 
 time to obtain the corresponding Greenwich mean time with the 
 appropriate sign of plus or minus shall be used as the " zone de- 
 scription." 
 
 7. In observing the foregoing rules regarding recording of 
 " zone description " it should be borne in mind that the " zone 
 description " is the correction which must be applied to ship's 
 time to obtain the corresponding Greenwich mean time. 
 
 8. Nothing in the foregoing paragraph of this article shall be 
 construed as interfering with the privilege of the Commander-in- 
 Chief, or senior officer present, to direct what time shall be kept 
 by the units of his command under circumstances, such as the 
 conducting of strategic maneuvers which may render desirable a 
 departure from the regular method. 
 
 (1) Instead of adjusting the ship's time to apparent time at noon 
 each day, the clock is to be adjusted to the standard time of the 
 successive zones as they are entered, although the instant at which 
 the alteration is made need not necessarily be that at which the ves- 
 sel passes from one zone to another ; the change of time will invari- 
 ably be one hour, the minutes and seconds remaining unaffected. 
 
 (2) The "zone description" of the time that is being kept is 
 to be marked in a conspicuous manner on such of the ship's clocks 
 as may be designated by the commanding officer. 
 
 (3) All entries of time in the ship's log books and records are to 
 be accompanied by the "zone description" of the time being kept. 
 
 (4) In all official correspondence, when the time is referred to, 
 the " zone description " is to be added. 
 
 (5) When a vessel is in a harbor or within the territorial 
 limits of a country where the legal time differs from the standard 
 time zone system, the exact amount in hours, minutes, and sec- 
 onds which it differs from Greenwich mean time is to be given 
 with its appropriate sign of plus ( + ) or minus ( — ). 
 
 The established instructions for expressing time in messages re- 
 main unaffected. 
 
CHAPTEE 27. 
 
 FIRST LIEUTENANT OF A SHIP. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1040-1051. Duties of the first lieutenant. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties of the First Lieutenant. 
 1040. 
 
 (1) On board battleships and armored cruisers an officer of the Personality, 
 rank of lieutenant commander or lieutenant shall be assigned to 
 
 duty as first lieutenant. The iirst lieutenant, if practicable, shall 
 be junior to the gunnery officer, engineer officer, and navigating 
 officer, but he shall be senior to all the watch and division officers. 
 Commanding officers of battleships and armored cruisers shall de- 
 tail an officer to act as first lieutenant when no regular first lieu- 
 tenant has been ordered to the ship. 
 
 (2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, sus- if detached, 
 pended from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing di s al)1 « d ' etc » 
 the duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line officer 
 
 next below him in rank attached to and on board of the ship (ex- 
 clusive of such as may be restricted to the performance of engi- 
 neering duty only) ; except that, when such absence or disability is 
 temporary and of short duration only, the commanding officer may, 
 at his discretion, authorize his duties to be carried on in his ab- 
 sence from duty by the officers, warrant officers, and other sub- 
 ordinates directly under him in the performance of his regular 
 duties, without diverting the line officer next in rank from his reg- 
 ular duties in order to assume those of first lieutenant. 
 
 1041. 
 
 (1) The first lieutenant shall be responsible for the cleanliness, General dm- 
 good order, efficiency, and neat and trim appearance of the ship tles * 
 as a whole, and of all parts thereof ; and he shall have the neces- 
 sary authority, as the representative of the commanding officer, 
 to enable him to carry out his duties in this respect. 
 
 (319) 
 
320 
 
 (2) He shall be responsible for the cleanliness and good condi- 
 tion of all compartments and double bottoms, and of all the bulk- 
 heads, doors, valves, and pipes within them, except those specified 
 as coming under the supervision of the engineer officer. He shall 
 be responsible for the cleanliness of the casings, and of the bulk- 
 heads around all machinery, outside of the engineer compartments, 
 and all pipes ( including the smoke pipes ) , hatches, ventilators, and 
 bulkheads on the berth deck and upper decks, with such excep- 
 tions as may be directed by the commanding officer. 
 
 (3) All parts of the ship for whose care and cleanliness he is 
 responsible shall be open to his inspection, and he shall make such 
 inspection as the commanding officer may direct. 
 
 (4) He shall make frequent inspections of all mess gear and 
 stores of the crew, and of all mess tables, cooking utensils, gal- 
 leys, chests, and lockers. 
 
 1042. 
 
 Construction The first lieutenant is the construction officer of the ship and is 
 officer. the ]iea(i of tlie cons truction department of the ship. He shall 
 
 have charge of all equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies under 
 the cognizance of the Bureau of Construction and Repair, except 
 those pertaining to electrical machinery, that are issued for use 
 by the supply officer of the ship. 
 
 1043. 
 
 When ship is When the ship is placed out of commission the first lieutenant, 
 commission. 11 ° chief boatswain or boatswain, chief carpenter or carpenter, chief 
 boatswain's mate, and chief carpenter's mate shall not be detached 
 or transferred until the equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies 
 issued for use to the first lieutenant have been satisfactorily ac- 
 counted for and surveys covering shortages have been held and 
 approved. 
 
 1044. 
 
 When acting When acting as executive officer during a temporary absence 
 
 cx^cutiv e officer 
 
 'or disability of the latter, the first lieutenant shall endeavor to 
 have the work of the ship carried on in all respects as it would 
 be if the executive officer were on duty. 
 
 1045. 
 
 station in bat- In battle the regular station of the first lieutenant shall be 
 in the central station, in general charge of the organization not 
 connected with the armament or with the engineer department. In 
 case of serious fire or other casualty he shall proceed to the spot, 
 assume charge, and take such action as may be necessary. 
 
 tie. 
 
321 
 
 1046. 
 
 (1) When fitting out, the first lieutenant shall make a careful Fitting oat. 
 inspection of all parts of the ship for which he is specially re- 
 sponsible. Should he discover any defects or deficiencies, he shall 
 immediately make a detailed written report thereof to the com- 
 manding officer. 
 
 (2) He shall also carefully examine all equipage, equipment, 
 stores, and supplies under his charge, and shall report to the 
 commanding officer any defects or deficiencies that he may dis- 
 cover. For purposes of inspection, and as directed by the com- 
 manding officer, he shall at all times have access to such equip- 
 ment, stores, and supplies as have not yet been issued for use by 
 the supply officer of the ship. 
 
 1047. 
 
 Before entering port the first lieutenant shall see that the ship 
 presents a neat appearance in all respects. 
 
 Appearance of 
 
 1048. 
 
 (1) The first lieutenant shall be the custodian of all the keys , Custodian of 
 
 ' * keys, 
 
 of the ship except those that are kept by the commanding officer. 
 
 those of the storerooms belonging to other departments than his 
 own, and those of receptacles for personal effects. He shall have 
 charge of all duplicate keys and spare keys furnished to the ship, 
 the custody of which is not confided to other officers by regula- 
 tions, and shall hold them for issue when needed. 
 
 (2) Heads of departments shall have charge of all keys of their 
 respective storerooms, including duplicate and spare keys to the 
 same. 
 
 (3) None of the ship's keys shall be taken out of the ship. 
 
 1049. 
 
 The first lieutenant shall perform similar duties in connection 
 with equipage and supplies under his charge as are prescribed for 
 the gunnery officer in article 962 (3-4). 
 
 Duties relative 
 to stores. 
 
 1050. 
 
 When the officer of the deck is required to take part in drills 
 and exercises the first lieutenant may be designated by the com- 
 manding officer to take the deck. He may relieve the deck at any 
 time as a matter of accommodation. 
 
 Hay 
 
 deck. 
 
 relieve 
 
 1051. 
 
 The first lieutenant shall not absent himself from the ship 
 except as provided for in article 1729. 
 
CHAPTER 28. 
 
 OFFICERS OF THE DECK. 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1061-1080. Duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties. 
 1061. 
 
 (1) The officer of the deck is the officer on watch in charge of Officers of the 
 the ship. deck - 
 
 (2) The officer of the deck shall be responsible for the safety 
 of the ship, subject, however, to any orders he may receive from 
 the commanding officer. 
 
 (3) Every officer or other person on board the ship, whatever 
 his rank, who is subject to the orders of the commanding officer, 
 except the executive officer, shall be subordinate to the officer of 
 the deck. 
 
 1062. 
 
 (1) Before taking charge, an officer about to relieve the deck General duties 
 shall make himself thoroughly acquainted with the position of charged * "^ 
 the ship with reference to vessels in sight, and to any land, shoals, 
 
 or rocks which may be near ; with the general condition of the 
 weather, the course, speed, main engines and boilers in use, con- 
 dition and amount of sail set, all unexecuted orders, and the 
 orders of the commanding officer for the night ; with the condition 
 of the running lights and any other appliances required by law 
 to be in operation or at hand in order to prevent collisions; 
 and with the condition of the force on deck available for duty 
 and the general condition of the ship. 
 
 (2) Before taking charge, when the ship is in squadron, he If out of gta . 
 shall see that she is in her station ; if out of her station he may tlon. 
 decline to take charge until he has reported the fact to the com- 
 manding officer and received his orders. 
 
 (3) When at sea he may decline to relieve the deck until there When he may 
 is a watch up ready for duty. If the ship be in a perilous posi- Recline to relieve 
 tion he may also decline to relieve the deck until he has reported 
 
 the fact to the commanding officer and received his orders. 
 
 (323) 
 
324 
 
 1063. 
 
 Keeping the (i) When at sea, and especially when approaching land or in 
 ger. pilot waters, the officer of the deck shall keep himself informed 
 
 of the position of the ship ; whether land or lights are in sight, or 
 whether either are likely to be seen, and of all other particulars 
 which may be of use to him in keeping the ship out of dangqp. 
 If approaching land or shoals he shall keep leadsmen in the 
 chains and have the anchors and chains clear and ready for use. 
 To re "»ain on (2) He shall remain in charge until regularly relieved, and 
 tentiye. shall not engage in any occupation which may distract his atten- 
 
 tion from duty. 
 
 Care of the (3) He shall see that the junior officers and the watch are at 
 ship when under 
 way. all times alert, at their stations, attentive, and ready for duty ; 
 
 that every necessary precaution is taken to prevent accidents; 
 that a boat is always ready for lowering and the life buoys ready 
 for letting go ; that the lookouts are in place and vigilant and 
 that they understand their duties. He shall exercise great care 
 that the ship is skillfully steered and kept on her course, and 
 shall keep a correct account of the courses, the speed, and leeway 
 made. He shall see that the running lights are kept bright from 
 sunset to sunrise and their condition reported every half hour; 
 that during a fog, when approaching vessels, and at all other 
 times the precautions required by law to prevent collisions are 
 fully complied with ; that when in pilot waters the leads are kept 
 going or that other means to ascertain the soundings are at hand 
 and are frequently used ; and that nothing is placed near the com- 
 passes that will change their errors., (Art. 1338.) 
 To keep in sta- (4) When in company with other ships be shall be very care- 
 ful to keep in station ; if unable to do so he shall report at once 
 to the commanding officer. 
 To consult the (5) When the commanding officer is on the navigating bridge, 
 
 deck. the officer of the deck shall not change the course, alter the speed, 
 
 nor perform important evolution without consulting him. 
 Reports to he (6) He shall promptly report to the commanding officer all land, 
 
 tain. shoals, rocks, lighthouses, beacons, buoys, discolored water, ves- 
 
 sels, or wrecks discovered; all changes in the weather or shifts 
 of wind; ail signals made; all changes of sail, speed, formation, 
 or course by the senior officer present, or the ships in company ; 
 any change in course or speed made by himself; any marked 
 change in the barometer, force of the wind, state of the sea, or 
 marked indications of bad weather ; the display of storm signals 
 on shore ; all serious accidents ; the winding of the chronometers ; 
 the hours of 8 a. m., meridian, and 8 p. m. ; when at sea, the lati- 
 tude at meridian, if obtained ; the movements of men-of-war, mail 
 steamers, and other large vessels ; and, in general, all occurrences 
 worthy of notice. 
 
325 
 
 (7) He shall not, unless to avoid immediate danger, change Changing the 
 
 ' course, 
 
 the course without directions from the commanding officer, and 
 
 then he shall report the change to hinr as soon as possible. When 
 on soundings he shall regard advice from the navigator as suffi- 
 cient authority to change the course, but he shall at once report 
 the change to the commanding officer. 
 
 (8) In time of war, or when hostilities may be expected, he A . Precautions in 
 
 time of war. 
 shall not make any dispositions that will interfere with the imme- 
 diate use of the armament. If at any time he sights a suspicious 
 ship or other object that may, by any possibility, have a hostile 
 purpose, he shall instantly make preparations for battle, and in- 
 form the commanding officer. 
 
 (9) He shall not make any official signal, either by clay or by Signals, 
 night, without authority from the commanding officer, except to 
 
 warn ships of immediate danger. He shall see that a good look- 
 out is kept for signals ; that none is answered until understood ; 
 and that the authorized appliances for making signals of all kinds 
 are at hand and ready for use, night and day. He shall see that 
 all signals and official messages, including those transmitted orally, 
 sent or received, are immediately entered in the communication 
 record, noting the time and the vessel or vessels or station to or 
 from which the signal was made. Upon being relieved he shall 
 sign communication record for the time covered by his watch. 
 On board a flagship the duty of keeping the communication record 
 shall be performed by the personal staff of the flag officer. 
 
 (10) When there is danger of a collision he shall at once sound c A os d ,ngr water " 
 the signals for closing the water-tight doors. 
 
 (11) At sea he shall always cause the watch to be mustered at Mustering the 
 8 p. m., and as frequently thereafter during the night as may be 
 necessary in order to keep all present alert and ready for duty. 
 
 (12) He shall require the coxswains of both lifeboats to report Lifeboats, 
 to him daily at sunset the condition of the boats in respect to 
 readiness for service ; and at sea he shall require the coxswain of 
 
 the lifeboat's crew of the watch to make the same report at the 
 beginning of each watch. 
 
 (13) He shall see that the petty officer, or corporal, of the inspections 
 guard, or other person detailed for the purpose, makes the rounds unng the nIght ' 
 of the ship, visiting all accessible parts below the main deck every 
 
 half hour after 10 p. m., and until all hands or the idlers are 
 called in the morning. During these rounds the petty officer, or 
 corporal, is to inspect the lights and the prisoners, and see if 
 irregularities of any kind are taking place, reporting the result to 
 the officer of the deck. The latter shall also require a junior officer 
 of the watch, if there be one, to make these rounds every two 
 hours, or oftener, if necessary, when his services on deck can be 
 spared. 
 
 183841°— 20 22 
 
326 
 
 1064. 
 
 The routine. (i) The officer of the deck shall carry out the instructions laid 
 down in the routine book, the weather and other circumstances 
 permitting, modifying them as may be necessary to comply with 
 the orders of the commanding and executive officers. 
 
 (2) When the bell or bugle of the flag or senior ship can be 
 heard, ships shall follow her in striking the bell and in sounding 
 routine calls. 
 
 1065. 
 
 Salutes, h<m- So far as his authority extends, the officer of the deck shall 
 tions. see that the regulations concerning salutes, honors, and distinc- 
 
 tions are carefully observed. 
 
 1066. 
 
 Etiquette of (l) The officer of the deck shall see that all officials who come 
 
 ili£ side 
 
 on board or leave the ship receive the side honors to which they 
 are entitled. 
 
 (2) He shall see that all persons coming alongside or visiting 
 the ship are courteously treated. 
 
 (3) Unless prevented by urgent duty, he shall be at the gang- 
 way to receive, and shall accompany to the side, all commissioned 
 officers or distinguished visitors. When so prevented, he shall 
 send a junior officer of the watch to represent him. 
 
 1067. 
 
 Leaving and (1) The officer of the deck shall require all persons over whom 
 8hlpf Ili,lg *° * 6 ne has authority to report to him or his representative upon leav- 
 ing the ship, stating that they have permission to do so, and also 
 to report their return on board. • 
 
 (2) The absence from the gangway of an officer of the watch, at 
 the time of the departure or return of any officer, is not to be con- 
 strued by the latter as a sufficient reason for omitting this report. 
 
 (3) The officer of the deck shall report to the executive officer 
 the departure and return of all officers senior to that officer. 
 
 1068. 
 
 Turning o v e r Whenever it may be necessary to turn over the engines by power 
 
 not e under S yfay! n when the ship is not under way, the officer of the deck shall first 
 
 obtain permission to do so from the commanding officer, and shall 
 
 station a competent person at the engine-room bell to give the 
 
 necessary signals, taking every precaution against accident. 
 
327 
 
 1069. 
 
 When at anchor in a strong tideway, or with a strong wind Wn - ei * in «J an " 
 
 ger of dragging. 
 
 blowing, the officer of the deck shall keep a drift lead over the 
 side and, if possible, observe a range on shore, and take all other 
 precautions necessary to ascertain at once if the ship drags. 
 
 1070. 
 
 The officer of the deck shall carefully and patiently instruct the To instruct 
 junior officers and crew in their respective duties, pointing out any aircrew. offlcers 
 mistakes made and how they may be avoided. 
 
 1071. 
 
 (1) The officer of the deck shall bear in mind that his manner Manner of per- 
 of performing duty has a great influence upon the discipline f f ormillg duty * 
 the crew and the efficiency of the ship ; that he should be dignified, 
 
 discreet, zealous, energetic, and subordinate, displaying a feeling 
 of deference to superiors and a spirit of kindness to inferiors. 
 He shall himself scrupulously obey all orders and regulations, 
 and require the same of his subordinates. He shall avoid the use 
 of harsh language, and, while never permitting any duty to be 
 performed in a careless, indifferent, or dilatory manner, he shall 
 protect the crew from all unnecessary annoyances. 
 
 (2) He shall, when giving orders, use only the phraseology 
 customary in the service, without any unnecessary repetition. He 
 shall use a decided and authoritative tone, sufficiently loud only 
 for the occasion. He shall, when giving orders that are to be 
 repeated or passed, use the exact words proper to pass them, and 
 not permit any changes or additions by his subordinates. 
 
 1072. 
 
 In port the officer of the deck shall wear gloves and carry a insignia of 
 spyglass or binocular. 
 
 1073. 
 
 (1) When stores or supplies for the ship come alongside, the stores and sup- 
 officer of the deck shall report the fact to the executive officer p 
 
 and notify the officer in whose charge they belong. He shall notify 
 the medical officer of the ship when fresh provisions for the gen- 
 eral mess come alongside. (Art. 1400.) 
 
 (2) When boats, tenders, or lighters come alongside with stores, 
 he shall have them cleared, and at the same time exercise due 
 diligence to prevent the introduction of prohibited articles. 
 
328 
 
 (3) He shall see that all articles to be sent away from the ship 
 are carefully stowed in the boats or vessels receiving them so as 
 to prevent injury. 
 
 1074. 
 
 Boats. (1) The officer of the deck shall inform himself of all boats 
 
 that come alongside or leave the ship. 
 
 (2) He shall report to the executive officer any contemplated 
 movements of the ship's boats of which the latter is presumably 
 not cognizant. 
 
 (3) When the boats of the ship are manned, he shall inspect 
 them and see that they are in good order, that they have their reg- 
 ular crews, and that the latter are suitably clothed in the uniform 
 of the day. 
 
 (4) He shall see that the keepers of the boats riding at the 
 booms and astern unship the ensigns, except on prescribed occa- 
 sions, that they lay in the oars, are generally attentive, do not 
 lounge about or leave their boats, and give the proper salutes as 
 laid down in the Regulations. 
 
 (5) He shali take care that boats alongside do not lie at the 
 gangway while waiting, but off the boom or quarter out of the way 
 of approaching boats, unless permission is given to haul out to 
 the boom. 
 
 1075. 
 
 Boarding book. (1) When a boat is sent to board the ship of the senior officer 
 present, the officer of the deck shall see that a notebook is carried, 
 in which verbal orders received shall be immediately entered. 
 
 (2) The information derived from merchant vessels boarded 
 shall be recorded permanently in a book kept for the purpose. 
 (Art. 357.) 
 
 1076. 
 
 Ship's boats The officer of the deck shall see that a lookout is kept on the 
 under sai . ship's boats that are in sight and under sail, that aid may be 
 
 promptly sent in case of accident. 
 
 1077. 
 
 Hatch tarpau- The officer of the deck shall not, without permission from 
 llBS# superior authority, permit the hatch tarpaulins to be used for any 
 
 purpose except covering the hatches. 
 
 1078. 
 
 Logbook. (i) j n addition to the entries in the log required by Navy 
 
 Regulations, the established forms, and by special instructions 
 the officer of the deck shall see that every circumstance of im- 
 
329 
 
 portance or interest occurring during his watch is noted in the 
 deck log book. (See art. 1022). Upon being relieved he shall 
 sign his name at the conclusion of his remarks. 
 
 (2) He shall exercise particular care that the meteorological 
 observations are carefully taken and entered in the deck log, in 
 accordance with instructions, and that the signs of approaching 
 bad weather are noted and recorded. 
 
 (3) He shall enter the following particulars in the deck log: 
 
 (a) The name and rank, or rating, and service number, of all 
 persons who may join or be detached from the ship; all enlist- 
 ments, transfers, discharges, deaths, and desertions ; the names of 
 all persons made prisoners by an enemy, and of all absent without 
 leave; the names of all passengers, with times of coming aboard 
 and leaving ; courses steered and distances sailed ; the time when 
 any particular evolution, exercise, or any other service was per- 
 formed ; the nature and extent of all punishments inflicted, with 
 the name of the offender and his offense ; when at sea, the sighting 
 of land, lighthouses, lightships, and of all dangers to navigation. 
 
 (b) Any accident to the ship, including all cases of grounding, 
 and the loss or injury of boats, spars, sails, rigging, and stores, 
 with all the attendant circumstances and the extent of the injury. 
 
 (c) Full particulars of any and every injury, accident, or casu- 
 alty, however slight, among the officers, crew, or passengers on 
 board. 
 
 (d) All alterations made in the daily allowance of provisions 
 or fresh water per man with the authority and reasons therefor. 
 
 (e) A mention of the employment of any hired vessel, with a 
 statement of her tonnage, the name of her master or owner, the 
 number of her crew, for what purpose she is employed, and the 
 authority therefor. 
 
 (f) Every occasion upon which fires in the furnaces are lighted, 
 hauled, or allowed to die out, with the hour of each change. If 
 the engines are in operation, the average revolutions per minute 
 and the average pressure of steam for the watch. 
 
 (g) The reading of all draft marks before leaving and after 
 entering a port. The draft shall also be entered before and after 
 fueling, and if fuel is taken from a collier, the corresponding 
 drafts of the fuel ship. 
 
 (h) The dates of commencement and completion of each in- 
 ventory of equipage and supplies taken under the requirements of 
 articles 1222 and 1393 (13). 
 
 (i) Daily report by ordnance gunner of temperature of maga- 
 zines. Weekly report of tests of flooding systems and inspection 
 of ammunition spaces. (Art. 1333.) 
 
 (j) The state of the weather and the sea will be entered in the 
 columns of the log, but will not be duplicated in the watch of- 
 ficer's remarks unless circumstances render it necessary to a 
 
 Meteorological 
 observations. 
 
 In general. 
 
 Accident. 
 
 Casualty. 
 
 Provisions. 
 Hired vessel. 
 
 Boilers and en- 
 gines. 
 
 Ship's draft. 
 
 Inventories. 
 
330 
 
 proper interpretation of the columns. Watch officers will care- 
 fully supervise the entries in the columns, for which they are re- 
 sponsible. 
 
 Punishments. (k) Whenever any punishment is inflicted, the name, rank, or 
 rating of the offender, the date and nature of the offense, and 
 the kind and degree of punishment. The date of every arrest, 
 confinement, and restoration to duty shall also be entered in the 
 log. 
 
 Shell rooms. (I) Weekly examination of shell rooms containing loaded shell, 
 test of flood cocks, with appropriate remarks as to conditions. 
 
 Position after ( m ) Bearings and angles taken after anchoring. 
 an p^ovMons ^ Whenever provisions are delivered on board by a contractor, 
 
 the exact quantity of each article delivered, the contractor's name, 
 and the name of the officer making the inspection. 
 
 Prisoners. ( ) All cases of confinement and release of prisoners. 
 
 Collision drill. (p) Time taken to hold collision drill. 
 
 Orders, when (q) Summary of orders upon getting under way and duty per- 
 way! nS u B d e r formed, when directed by commanding officer. 
 
 Reserve feed (r) Amount of water carried in double bottoms not specially 
 water. fitted for carrying reserve feed water. 
 
 (s) Result of soundings taken in accordance with article 883. 
 
 Provisions. (t) Whenever provisions are delivered on board by a contractor 
 
 an entry shall be made in the ship's log showing the contractor's 
 name, the exact quantity of each article delivered, and the name 
 of the officer making the inspection prescribed by article 1214. 
 
 1079. 
 
 Punishments to Entries in the log regarding punishments shall include the 
 be entered in log . °. , ' _ *" 
 
 book. name, rank, or rating and service number of the offender, the 
 
 date and nature of the offense, and the kind and degree of punish- 
 ment. The date of every suspension, arrest, confinement, and 
 restoration to duty shall also be entered upon the log book. 
 
 1080. 
 
 Examinations when at sea the officer of the deck shall require — 
 and reports. ^ 
 
 (a) The chief boatswain or boatswain, during the morning 
 
 watch, to examine the condition of the chains, boats, boat booms, 
 
 and rigging and report the result. 
 
 (&) The chief carpenter or carpenter, or one of his mates, to 
 sound the well in each compartment and examine all ports that 
 should be closed, reporting the result at least twice during each 
 watch. When water ballast is admitted, the chief carpenter or 
 carpenter shall himself examine the state of the water and report 
 at 8 a. m. and 8 p. m. 
 
 (c) The chief gunner or gunner, or one of his mates, to ex- 
 amine the guns and see that they are properly secured, reporting 
 the result at least twice during each watch. 
 
CHAPTEE 29. 
 
 OFFICERS OF THE ENGINE-ROOM WATCH. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1090-1093. Duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties. 
 1090. 
 
 (1) The officer in charge of the engine-room watch shall be x Dntieg reiati?e 
 
 , , to an engine- 
 
 responsible for running or attending the engines and other ma- room watch. 
 
 chinery, the boilers and their appurtenances, and all other work 
 being done in the department, and all engineering work done by 
 the engineer's force. He shall be vigilant throughout his watch, 
 and shall remain at his station and be in readiness to respond 
 promptly to any call. Except when called elsewhere in the depart- 
 ment by matters of extreme urgency, he shall be in the designated 
 section for control of the main engines at all times when it may 
 be necessary to work the engines in answer to signals. 
 
 (2) He shall carefully and patiently instruct the watch in 
 their respective duties, pointing out any mistakes made and how 
 they may be avoided. 
 
 (3) He shall bear in mind that his manner of performing duty 
 has a great influence upon the discipline of the watch and the 
 efficiency of the department ; that he should be dignified, discreet, 
 zealous, energetic, and subordinate, displaying a feeling of defer- 
 ence to superiors and a spirit of kindness to inferiors. He shall 
 himself scrupulously obey all orders and regulations, and require 
 the same of his subordinates. He shall avoid the use of harsh 
 language, and, while never permitting any duty to be performed 
 in a careless, indifferent, or dilatory manner, he shall protect the 
 watch from all unnecessary annoyances. 
 
 (4) He shall, when giving orders, use only the phraseology 
 customary in the service, without any unnecessary repetition. He 
 shall use a decided and authoritative tone. He shall, when giving 
 orders that are to be repeated or passed, use the exact words 
 proper to pass them, and not permit any changes or additions by 
 his subordinates. 
 
 (331) 
 
332 
 
 1091. 
 
 Duties. (1) The watch officer about to take charge of the watch shall 
 
 not relieve his predecessor until he has satisfied himself that the 
 condition of the machinery is as turned over to him, and he shall 
 require the officers and petty officers on watch to report to him 
 the condition of the men and parts of the department under their 
 control. 
 
 (2) He shall use every effort to maintain the motive machinery 
 and its dependencies in an efficient condition, and to prevent any 
 accident or injury to the same. 
 
 (3) He shall cause to be executed promptly any order received 
 from proper authority, whether by signal or otherwise. 
 
 (4) He shall report at once to the officer of the deck any pres- 
 ent or probable derangement of the machinery which may affect 
 the maneuvering powers of the ship. He shall not permit the 
 speed of the engines to be altered without orders from the deck, 
 except through necessity. 
 
 (5) He shall notify the engineer officer of the ship as soon as 
 he discovers anything wrong with the machinery or boilers. 
 
 (6) He shall cause to be faithfully executed and observed all 
 instructions and directions received from the engineer officer con- 
 cerning the use, care, and preservation of the motive machinery, 
 and other professional duties with which the engineer officer is 
 charged by the Navy Regulations and Manual of Engineering In- 
 structions. 
 
 (7) He shall preserve order among his subordinates in the en- 
 gine and fire rooms, and shall place upon the report book the name 
 of any man who is guilty of any infraction of discipline. 
 
 (8) He shall keep the log and make such entries as are required 
 by the instructions contained therein. 
 
 (9) He shall, so far as is in his power, prevent any waste of 
 coal, oil, or other stores. 
 
 (10) He shall not absent himself from the place or his duties 
 unless regularly relieved. 
 
 ( ( 1 ) Reports to the officer of the deck and to the engineer officer 
 shall, when possible, be made through voice tubes or by telephone. 
 When this can not be done, the reports shall be carried by some 
 intelligent subordinate; in the case of important reports, both 
 means shall be employed. 
 
 1092. 
 
 Responsibility While the officer of the watch or of the day's dutv is given gen- 
 of division offi- ... „ . . ,. . , . *■ 
 
 cers. eral supervision over all work m the engineer department, the 
 
 general work of maintenance and repair shall be carried on under 
 
 the direct supervision of the division officers. 
 
333 
 
 1093. 
 
 (1) The officer having the day's duty shall be responsible for Duties relative 
 all work being done in the department, all engineering work being to " day ' 8 dut *" 
 done by any of his force, and he shall be diligent in attendance 
 
 and supervision. 
 
 (2) All orders regarding the management of the machinery or 
 the men belonging to the engineer force shall be given through the 
 engineer officer on duty, except in an emergency., 
 
 (3) He shall see that the morning orders are properly executed. 
 He shall inspect the department between 7 and 8 o'clock p m., and 
 satisfy himself that all cocks and valves are closed or otherwise 
 as ordered; that all unnecessary lights are out; that all water- 
 tight doors and hatches that do not interfere with the work going 
 on are properly closed ; and that all precautions have been taken 
 to guard against fire, leakage, or other accident ; and he shall re- 
 port to the engineer officer before 8 p. m. the condition of the 
 department. 
 
 (4) He shall carry out such duties of the officer in charge of 
 the engine-room watch as are applicable for the existing condi- 
 tions in the engineer department. 
 
CHAPTER 30. 
 
 DIVISION OFFICERS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1103. Definition. 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1104r-1108. Duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Definition. 
 1103. 
 
 (1) A division officer, within the meaning of these regulations, 
 is one regularly assigned to command a division. 
 
 (2) A watch officer is one regularly assigned to duty in charge 
 of a watch either on deck or in the engine room. 
 
 Section 2. — Duties. 
 
 1104. 
 
 (1) Officers shall be assigned by the commanding officer to Assignment to 
 divisions in such manner as, in his judgment, will most conduce to dI?18lons - 
 
 the efficiency of the ship as a whole. (Art. 1287.) 
 
 (2) Division officers shall punctually and zealously execute all General re- 
 methods prescribed by, and orders received from, the commanding qu remen 8 ° * 
 officer, executive officer, their respective head of department, and 
 
 other superiors set over them ; see that their subordinates on 
 board perform with diligence the duties assigned to. them ; be 
 attentive to the conduct of the ship's company ; check all profane, 
 abusive, obscene, and improper language ; suppress any unseemly 
 noise, confusion, or disturbance ; and report to the executive officer 
 those who are guilty of any infraction of the laws, regulations, 
 or orders by which they are governed. 
 
 (3) They shall be responsible for the care, preservation, and 
 manipulation of the part of the ship assigned to their division 
 and of all material, stores, supplies, and articles of outfit issued 
 to their divisions; and shall report immediately to the head of 
 the department concerned, any repairs or extra cleaning which 
 
 (335) 
 
336 
 
 may be necessary. They shall furnish the officer of the deck with 
 a memorandum of any articles lost or injured while under their 
 charge. 
 
 1105. 
 
 To keep fully Division officers shall keep themselves fully informed of all 
 
 c n er r ning C °thc r eg' l ilations, instructions, and technical details concerning the 
 
 ship's appurte- care , preservation, and manipulation of the ships' appurtenances, 
 
 and the training of enlisted men. They shall scrupulously observe 
 
 every prescribed and necessary precaution for safety. 
 
 1106. 
 
 (1) Division officers shall keep a- book containing a correct copy 
 of the watch, quarter, station, fire, collision, abandon ship, boat, 
 and other bills of all internal orders, of the routine book, and 
 of other written instructions concerning the duties of the ship. 
 
 (2) They shall personally instruct their divisions at all pre- 
 scribed drills. The junior officers and the petty officers assigned 
 to divisions shall be afforded every opportunity to become profi- 
 cient in exercising and handling men. (Art. 1287.) 
 
 (3) They shall encourage and endeavor to assist those who are 
 desirous of improving themselves in knowledge or of advancing 
 in rating. 
 
 (4) They shall, so far as is applicable to themselves, observe 
 the requirements of chapter 36. 
 
 (5) They shall endeavor to bring the division under their com- 
 mand to the highest possible state of fighting efficiency. 
 
 General duties. (6) They shall, during exercise, follow the directions laid 
 down in the official instructions and take the necessary precau- 
 tions to prevent accidents. 
 
 (7) They shall make themselves thoroughly conversant with the 
 fire bill and carefully carry out its requirements. 
 
 1107. 
 
 To take their Division officers shall at once repair to their stations when- 
 hands? 8 ** * ever tne cal1 for a11 ha nds is sounded, unless otherwise directed. 
 
 1108. 
 
 Requisitions by (1) The division officers shall, whenever necessary, have pre- 
 
 cers. p are( j and signed memorandum requisitions for clothing and small 
 
 stores or other articles required by the men. They shall not 
 
 permit requisitions to be submitted for any man more frequently 
 
 than necessary with the exercise of reasonable foresight. 
 
 (2) No issue of clothing or small stores shall be made to any 
 person in debt to the Government or against whom a checkage is 
 
337 
 
 pending which may put him in debt, except on written authority 
 of the commanding officer and a statement upon the requisition 
 that the issue is necessary for the health and comfort of the 
 person requiring it. (Art. 921.) 
 
 (3) Division officers shall require each man to whom an issue To witness is- 
 of clothing or small stores is made to present the articles drawn, \™ and^slores^" 
 together with his copy of the receipt given by him (Art. — ), 
 
 to his division officer or to some person in that division designated 
 by such officer to check off. 
 
 (4) Division officers shall, in addition to carrying out the inspection of 
 instructions already laid down for inspection, take special care c ° ins ' 
 
 that all outer and underclothing, overcoats, caps, hats, and bed- 
 ding of the men are, in respect to quality, pattern, and color, in 
 accordance with the prescribed uniform. 
 
 (5) They shall see that all materials drawn are used for the 
 purpose required; that all clothing is neatly made, marked, and 
 kept in order, and that none of it is sold ; that the men are neat 
 in person and clothing, and provided with such articles of clothing 
 and small stores as are required by the Uniform Regulations ; 
 and that underclothing is worn at all times unless dispensed with 
 by order of the commanding officer. All work done by ship's 
 tailor shall be submitted to the division officer concerned for in- 
 spection and approved before it is accepted or any payment made 
 therefor. (Art. 122.) 
 
CHAPTER 31, 
 
 JUNIOR OFFICERS OF THE LINE. 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1118-1122. Duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties. 
 1118. 
 
 (1) Junior officers of the line are those below the rank of lieu- Definition, 
 tenant, junior grade, not assigned permanently to duty as watch 
 
 and division officers. 
 
 (2) They will not be ordered to other than sea duty until they sea service re- 
 have served at least five years as commissioned officers, except < i uIred - 
 
 for special training or instruction. 
 
 1119. 
 
 (1) They shall perform such duty as may be assigned them. Duty. 
 
 (2) An ensign shall not be assigned to duty on the staff of a 
 flag officer or as aid to a commanding officer. 
 
 1120. 
 
 Should an ensign be assigned permanently to duty as a watch Watch duty, 
 and division officer he shall mess in the wardroom and be assigned 
 quarters as a wardroom officer. 
 
 1121. 
 
 They shall keep a journal and navigation notebook. Note books. 
 
 1122. 
 
 (1) In order to broaden their experience they shall be detailed Duty to be 
 
 vftricd 
 
 successively to as many departments as practicable. 
 
 (2) Ensigns of the line shall be assigned to a nine months' , Ensigns of the 
 . ,, t, . _. . _ . , . . line assigned to 
 
 tour in the Engineer Department for instruction in engineering. Engineer duty. 
 
 (3) The commanding officer shall make entry in the fitness Entry in the 
 report of ensigns whether or not they are qualified to take charge en°ign. reP ° rtS ° f 
 of an engine-room watch under way. 
 
 (339) 
 

CHAPTER 32. 
 
 THE MEDICAL OFFICER. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1132-1177. Duties aboard ship. 
 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1178-1183. Dental officer. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1184-1203. Shore stations and general duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties Aboard Ship. 
 1 132. 
 
 The medical officer of a ship is the head of the medical depart- Duties. 
 ment of the ship. He shall have charge of all material and stores 
 aboard under the cognizance of the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery. He shall be in direct charge of the treatment and care 
 of the sick and wounded, and shall advise the commanding officer 
 in regard to matters affecting the physical fitness of the personnel. 
 
 1133. 
 
 The medical officer shall report to the commanding officer im- Contagious or 
 mediately upon becoming aware of danger from any contagious cases. 10 " 8 S " 
 or infectious disease, or of its appearance amongst the personnel. 
 Subject to the direction of the commanding officer, he shall use 
 every means in his power to prevent the introduction of such a 
 disease or, if existing on board, to prevent it from spreading. 
 
 1134. 
 
 The medical officer shall keep himself informed of the sanitary Health of the 
 condition of the port in which the ship is lying, and immediately por ' 
 report to the commanding officer any facts that may influence the 
 health of the personnel of the ship. (Art. 741.) 
 
 1135. 
 
 Whenever the medical officer deems it necessary, it shall be his Suggestions, 
 duty to make written suggestions or reports to the commanding 
 officer concerning the sanitary condition of the personnel, the pre- 
 vention or checking of disease, and the care and comfort of the 
 sick and wounded. 
 
 183S41 °— 20 23 ( 341 ) 
 
342 
 
 1136. 
 
 Precautions. (i) The medical officer shall carefully observe the general ap- 
 pearance of the personnel, and should he suspect the presence of 
 disease in any person, he shall report the fact to the commanding 
 officer with appropriate recommendations. 
 
 Malingering. (2) Whenever he discovers that any person has willfully pro- 
 duced, concealed, aggravated, or feigned any disease or injury, 
 he shall report the fact to the commanding officer, and enter it 
 upon the report book. 
 
 Concealed dis- (3) Whenever, in his opinion, any members of the crew have 
 concealed diseases he shall, with the approval of the commanding 
 officer, examine them and place any that seem to require it under 
 appropriate treatment ; such examinations shall also be made when 
 directed by the commanding officer. This duty may be delegated 
 to junior medical officers only. 
 
 1137. 
 
 Relief of the The medical officer shall at all times have in readiness every- 
 struction in first thing necessary for the relief of the wounded, and, at frequent 
 aid * intervals, with the approval of the commanding officer, shall pro- 
 
 vide for the instruction of the ambulance party in first aid to the 
 wounded. 
 
 1138. 
 
 r e p r t s of As soon as possible after a battle the medical officer shall make 
 
 killed find 
 
 wounded. out careful duplicate reports of the killed and wounded, sending 
 
 one copy to the commanding officer, and the other through him to 
 the commander in chief. 
 
 1139. 
 
 Unofficial cer- The medical officer shall not give an unofficial certificate of ill 
 tificates. health or of inability to perform any duty. 
 
 1140. 
 
 Food for the The medical officer shall have the food for the sick frequently 
 sick> inspected by a medical officer, and shall report if it is Lot pre- 
 
 pared properly or in accordance with his directions. 
 
 1141. 
 
 Medieal sur- Whenever in his opinion any person on board becomes unfit for 
 vey ' further duty on account of ill health or injury, he shall report the 
 
 fact to the commanding officer and, if necessary, recommend a 
 medical surveyor transfer to a hospital. 
 
343 
 
 1142. 
 
 (1) A patient, while being transferred to a hospital, shall, in Transfers, 
 serious cases, be accompanied by a medical officer, if practicable. 
 
 (2) A patient, when transferred from the care of a medical offi- 
 cer of the Navy to that of any other person, shall be accompanied 
 by a hospital ticket and by his health record. 
 
 (3) Every man about to be transferred from one ship or sta- Examination 
 ... * , „ , , . , ., . „ . . before transfer. 
 
 tion to another shall be subjected to a careful physical examina- 
 tion conducted by the medical officer, who shall make the requisite 
 entries on the man's health record. Except in an emergency, no 
 man who is known to have been exposed to any infectious or con- 
 tagious disease, or who is found to be suffering from such disease 
 or from active venereal infection, which may be a menace to 
 others, shall be recommended for transfer except for treatment in 
 hospital or for passage thereto. When an emergency requires the 
 transfer of men with these diseases, a full report shall be for- 
 warded through official channels to the medical officer of the ship 
 or station to which transfer is made. If any cases of these diseases 
 are found and retained, they shall be promptly admitted for treat- 
 ment and a report of the facts made to the commanding officer. 
 
 1143. 
 
 (1) When a patient is transferred to any other than a United Patients in 
 States naval hospital, the date of the transfer shall be noted in his "united 1 States 
 health record, and the case continued therein until the patient re- naTal hospital, 
 turns to duty or until the ship leaves port, if the patient be left 
 
 behind. 
 
 (2) On the departure of the ship, if in a foreign port, the 
 medical officer shall forward, through the commanding officer, to 
 the consul the health records of the cases of all patients referred 
 to in paragraph 1 of this article, who are left behind. The record 
 in each instance shall state that it is to accompany the patient, if 
 sent to the United States, or to be forwarded to the commanding 
 officer of the next ship arriving in the port. 
 
 (3) Upon the arrival of a ship in a foreign port, her medical 
 officer shall take charge of all cases referred to in paragraph 2, 
 and continue their health records. When practicable, such medi- 
 cal officer shall frequently visit these patients, in order to continue 
 a correct health record in each case. He shall interest himself 
 in their welfare, report their progress to the commanding officer, 
 and suggest any measures that he may consider necessary for their 
 benefit. 
 
 (4) The hospital expenses of such patients shall be paid from 
 the proper appropriation under the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery. 
 
344 
 
 (5) When such patients are transferred or received, a report 
 of the fact shall be made to the fleet surgeon and, if in a port of 
 the United States, to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 1144. 
 
 Certificates of (1) The medical officer shall prepare duplicate certificates of 
 
 death. 
 
 death and forward them through the commanding officer to the 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery and shall furnish a copy to the 
 commander in chief. 
 
 (2) The statement as to origin of disease or disability causing 
 death shall always be noted therein, with reasons for the opinion 
 expressed as to whether or not it was incurred in line of duty. 
 
 1145. 
 
 Medical store- The medical officer shall see that only medical stores and sup- 
 plies, and spirits and wines that are the property of the Gov- 
 ernment, are kept in the medical storeroom. He shall retain the 
 key himself and never permit it to pass into the custody of an 
 enlisted man without permission of the commanding officer. The 
 storeroom shall not be open, except in the presence of an officer 
 unless in an emergency. 
 
 1146. 
 
 Custody o f The medical officer shall not permit any spirits, wines, or malt 
 
 and 'malt liq- li( l uors ' tne P r °P er ty of the Government and under his charge, to 
 
 spirits, wines, 
 and malt liq- 
 uors, be placed in the possession of any enlisted or appointed man, 
 
 except in small quantities for immediate consumption by patients. 
 
 1147. 
 
 Reports of epi- (1) Upon the arrival of a ship in a foreign port, the medical 
 giousf disease"* 8 " officer shall obtain, as far as practicable, the sanitary data pre- 
 scribed in the Manual for Medical Officers and shall forward the 
 same without delay to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 (2) During the prevalence of epidemic or contagious diseases, 
 especially in ports of the Gulf of Mexico, the West Indies, and 
 South America, he shall include in such report all reliable infor- 
 mation relating thereto that he may be able to procure. 
 
 1148. 
 
 Duty in con- The medical officer of the ship shall indorse upon the record 
 
 Nummary courts^ of every summary court-martial, the sentence of which involves 
 
 martial. confinement for a period exceeding 10 days, on diminished rations. 
 
 or on bread and water, his opinion as to whether the infliction of 
 
 such sentence would produce serious injury to the health of the 
 
345 
 
 person sentenced, in form as follows : " From an examination of 
 
 , and of the place where he is to be confined, I am of the 
 
 opinion that the execution of the foregoing sentence will (not) 
 produce serious injury to his health." 
 
 1149. 
 
 In the absence, or during the disability, of the medical officer ^j!J e,Ice or dis * 
 of the ship the medical officer next in rank on board shall perform a : 
 his duties. 
 
 1150. 
 
 When fitting out, and as soon as possible after reporting for When fitting 
 duty, the medical officer of the ship shall examine the sick bay, 
 dispensary, medical storeroom, and other accommodations for the 
 sick and wounded. Should he discover any defects or deficiencies 
 therein he shall make a detailed written report of the facts to 
 the commanding officer. 
 
 1151. 
 
 As soon as practicable, after going into commission, the medical To examine the 
 officer shall examine the crew in order to verify the descriptive 
 lists and health records, and to ascertain if all the members are 
 physically qualified to perform the duties which will probably be 
 required of them. If any are found disqualified, he shall, with the 
 approval of the commanding officer, request that a survey be 
 held upon them. (Art. 826.) 
 
 1152. 
 
 (1) During the examination required in article 1151 the medical Vaccination, 
 officer shall make a list of all who seem to require vaccination, 
 
 which shall be performed as soon as the duties of the ship permit, 
 and repeated in case of failure until there is a reasonable assur- 
 ance that the person is protected. The time to vaccinate, and the 
 number to be vaccinated at any one time, shall be decided by the 
 commanding officer upon recommendation of the medical officer. 
 All members of the crew received on board from time to time 
 during the cruise, who are not known to be protected, shall be 
 vaccinated as speedily as possible. 
 
 (2) All persons in the naval service shall be vaccinated with 
 smallpox vaccine and given typhoid prophylaxis in accordance 
 with instructions contained in the Manual for the Medical De- 
 partment. 
 
 1153. 
 
 The medical officer shall report to the commanding officer daily Dally report of 
 by 10 a. m., in writing, the names and condition of the sick. 
 
346 
 
 1154. 
 
 Binnacle list. The medical officer shall prepare a binnacle list containing 
 the names of those he recommends to be excused from daty, either 
 wholly or in part, and submit it to the commanding officer daily 
 before 9.30 a. m. Necessary additions and changes during the 
 clay shall be made in the manner provided in article 1322 (1). 
 
 1155. 
 
 instruction in At general quarters and at special exercises, with the approval 
 Suets °and t0 first" of tne commanding officer, the medical officer shall distribute a 
 aid dressings, sufficient number of first-aid appliances for all requirements and 
 frequently advise divisional officers as to the use of these appli- 
 ances, as provided for in article 1346. 
 
 1156. 
 
 To inspect the The medical officer shall, when required, inspect the provisions 
 the"rew! ° r of the crew, and report any that are unsound or likely to cause 
 illness. (Art. 1320(5).) 
 
 1157. 
 
 Preparation of The medical officer shall report to the commanding officer any 
 want of care or cleanliness or any neglect in the preparation of 
 food for the crew, which may be injurious to health. 
 
 1158. 
 
 Testing water. Before Cooking or drinking water from shore is taken on board, 
 the medical officer shall investigate its source and make as com- 
 plete an examination of it as possible with the means at hand, 
 and report at once if any doubt exists as to its purity. All such 
 examinations shall be recorded in the journal. (Art. 1320(5).) 
 
 1159. 
 
 Fresh provi- (i) The medical officer shall inspect as to their quality all 
 fresh provisions delivered to the ship. This duty may be dele- 
 gated to a junior medical officer. 
 
 Examine con- (2) He shall examine the contents of boats attending the ship 
 
 hoatl ° f bnm " witn articles of food or drink for sale, and report if the articles 
 
 are, in his opinion, suitable to be consumed as food or drink. A 
 
 junior medical officer may perform this duty. (Art. 1320(2).) 
 
 1160. 
 
 To inspect cells The medical officer shall make inspections of the cells and other 
 and prisoners. plaCeg of confinement, as well as of the prisoners, and report the 
 result to the commanding officer. (Art. 216.) 
 
347 
 
 1161. 
 
 The medical officer shall accompany the first lieutenant on his inspection of 
 weekly inspection of living spaces, holds, and storerooms. (Art. ° s ' 
 1360(2).) 
 
 1162. 
 
 The medical officer of a ship returning to the United States .Patients re- 
 
 , ,, , n . ,, . ceived for pas- 
 
 shall, when patients are received for transportation, continue their sage to United 
 
 health records as readmissions, and account for them as the sick statcs ' 
 
 of the ship. 
 
 1163. 
 
 (1) The medicai officer shall keep a health record of all officers Health record, 
 and enlisted men, which shall be subject at any time to the in- 
 spection of the commanding officer and of the fleet surgeon. (Arts. 
 
 137(5) and 1179.) 
 
 (2) Upon the completion of a health record, he shall forward 
 it to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, through the command- 
 ing officer. 
 
 1164. 
 
 (1) When a ship is commissioned the medical officer thereof Inyoices and 
 shall be furnished with triplicate invoices of all articles in her cai^stoiJs m a nd 
 medical outfit duly signed by the medical officer in command of supplies. 
 
 the naval medical supply depot. 
 
 (2) He shall take charge of all such articles when delivered 
 and invoiced to him, and shall receipt for them if they correspond 
 in character and amount with the invoices. These invoices and 
 receipts must be approved by the commanding officer, after which 
 the medical officer Of the ship shall retain the third, forwarding 
 the first to the medical officer in command of the naval medical 
 supply depot, and the second to the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery. 
 
 (3) Medical stores transferred from the naval medical supply 
 depot to a ship, after the invoices of her regular outfit have been 
 signed and disposed of, shall be invoiced and receipted for in like 
 manner. 
 
 . (4) When medical stores are transferred from a storeship, 
 storehouse, or depot to a ship, the invoices and receipts must be 
 made in triplicate, approved by the senior officer present, and 
 disposed of in the same manner as though at a navy yard. 
 
 (5) When medical stores are transferred from one ship in com- 
 mission to another, the invoices and receipts shall be made in 
 duplicate and approved by the senior officer present. The officer 
 transferring and the officer receiving the stores shall each sign 
 both copies, the latter retaining the original and the former the 
 duplicate. 
 
348 
 
 (6) If the medical officer finds any discrepancy, error, or omis- 
 sion in the invoices of stores, lie shall report it to the command- 
 ing officer, who shall have the invoices corrected before they are 
 receipted. 
 
 (7) All invoices of medical stores shall be kept on file for future 
 reference, and when the ship goes out of commission shall be 
 transferred to the medical officer of the navy yard with the 
 medical outfit and its inventory. (Art. 1172.) 
 
 1165. 
 
 Ships on de- When serving in a ship not attached to a fleet, and without 
 ac e service. t]tie United States, the medical officer shall make requisition for 
 necessary medical supplies, from time to time, on the supply offi- 
 cer of the ship, as favorable opportunity for their purchase offers. 
 
 1166. 
 
 Medical stores (1) The allowances in the supply table are intended as the 
 and supplies. basis of supplies for a ship when fitting out for a cruise. Needful 
 additions may subsequently be made from time to time by requisi- 
 tions, but it is not necessary or expected that these additions shall 
 bring the amount of supplies on hand fully up to that given in the 
 supply table. 
 Not to he pur- (2) Timely requisitions for stores and supplies must be made to 
 chased. cover ordinary expenditures, but they shall not be filled by pur- 
 
 chase if it can be avoided. (Art. 1399.) 
 Stores from (3) When any of the stores and supplies on board in charge of 
 ments/ depart " other officers are necessary for the sick, they may be obtained 
 upon requisition duly approved by the commanding officer. A re- 
 ceipt for them shall be given. (Art. 1395.) 
 
 1167. 
 
 Laundry and Laundry work, extra provisions, and groceries for the sick shall 
 extra provisions. be Q^tainecl by open purchase on duly approved requisitions. 
 
 1168. 
 
 Surgical in- Surgical instruments and appliances shall not be replaced unless 
 
 struments. 
 
 condemned by a board of survey ; and all that are condemned shall 
 be turned in at a navy yard or to a supply depot. 
 
 1169. 
 
 Loss of medi- In the event of discovering any loss or destruction of medical 
 stores, surgical instruments, or furniture, the medical officer shall 
 report the fact immediately to the commanding officer, and re- 
 quest a survey thereon. 
 
349 
 
 1170. 
 
 (1) When the ship goes out of commission the medical officer Medical outfit 
 
 when going out 
 
 shall be guided by instructions contained in the Manual for the of commission. 
 Medical Department. 
 
 1171. 
 
 (1) When stores and supplies are transferred from the charge Transfer of 
 of one medical officer to another, triplicate receipts must be 
 
 passed. 
 
 (2) Whenever a medical officer is relieved from duty, he shall 
 transfer to his successor all public property in his charge. 
 
 (3) When a hospital corpsman has been placed in charge of 
 property of the Medical Department, on his relief from duty he 
 shall transfer to his successor all public property in his charge. 
 
 1172. 
 
 (1) In all cases, unless otherwise directed, the medical officer Bil1 of health. 
 shall procure a bill of health before leaving port. 
 
 (2) Upon arrival of the ship in port he shall be prepared to 
 receive the health officer and exhibit to him the bill of health; 
 also to answer any questions that may be asked concerning the 
 sanitary condition of the ship. 
 
 1173. 
 
 On the 1st of January of each year the medical officer shall Sanitary re- 
 submit to the Chief of the Bureau <>f Medicine and Surgery, 1>0r " 
 through official channels, a sanitary report, as prescribed in the 
 Manual for the Medical Department. While embracing matters of 
 general sanitary and professional interest, this report shall give 
 special attention to information and recommendations tending 
 to promote military efficiency through the maintenance of physical 
 fitness in the personnel. 
 
 1174. 
 
 In battle it shall be the first duty of the medical officer to give Duty i„ battle, 
 such attention to the wounded as will permit those who are able 
 to return promptly to their stations at the guns or elsewhere, and 
 to render such aid along humanitarian lines as conditions will 
 permit. 
 
 1175. 
 
 (1) The medical officer shall be stationed in the sick bay at 
 quarters. 
 
 (2) He shall take charge of the surgeon's division and of the station and 
 men on the sick list, require their presence at the sick bay if able daty at « ttarters - 
 to come, and report absentees. 
 
 (3) He shall comply with the requirements of chapter 30. visionf e0nS dl " 
 
350 
 
 1176. 
 
 (1) The surgeon's division shall consist of all medical and 
 dental officers of the ship, the pharmacist, all enlisted men of the 
 Hospital Corps, and such attendants as may be detailed by the 
 commanding officer for exclusive duty with the Medical De- 
 partment. 
 
 (2) For the issue of money, small stores, and clothing, the en- 
 listed men of this division shall be under the medical officer in 
 the same manner as the men of the gun division are under the 
 gun-division officers. 
 
 1177. 
 
 A report of The medical officer shall cause to be entered upon the report 
 
 1)FC*1 clips of (lis* 
 
 cipiine to be book the names of any subordinates of the surgeon's division, or 
 made# of the sick or their attendants, who may be guilty of any breaches 
 
 of discipline. 
 
 Section 2. — Dental Officers. 
 1178. 
 Duties of den- Dental officers shall be assigned to the medical department of 
 
 tal officers 
 
 the ship or station to which they may be attached, under the gen- 
 eral supervision of the medical officer. They shall not be called 
 upon to assume any of the professional duties or responsibilities of 
 medical officers. The professional services of dental officers shall 
 be available only for officers and men on the active list of the 
 Navy and Marine Corps, and such services are restricted to those 
 measures which will most effectively and economically preserve 
 the teeth of the personnel and insure physical fitness. 
 
 1179. 
 
 Attention to They shall be unremitting in attention to members of the naval 
 
 P&ticnts* 
 
 personnel who may be patients under their care, and shall exact 
 from those under their direction a rigid performance of their 
 duties. 
 
 1180. 
 
 medical offlcerof They sha11 keep the medical offi cer fully informed aS to the con- 
 patients' condi- dition of all patients, and promptly notify him of any case which 
 may require medical attention. 
 
 1181. 
 
 Record of They shall keep a record of patients treated and all dental work 
 
 patients. 
 
 performed and submit the same to the medical officer for incorpo- 
 ration in the prescribed medical reports and returns. 
 
351 
 
 1182. 
 
 Dental officers will receipt for all dental property under their ert Dental prop " 
 charge and will be accountable for its care and preservation. They 
 shall not be released from responsibility for the value of any dental 
 instruments or furniture unless the expenditure shall have been 
 authorized by the bureau or a board of survey. 
 
 1183. 
 
 In making requisitions and returns of dental property, dental Bequisitions. 
 officers will follow the instructions and regulations governing 
 medical officers under similar circumstances. 
 
 Section 3. — Shore Stations and General Duties. 
 
 1184. 
 
 The medical officer of a shore station, under the direction of Duty of medi- 
 the commandant, shall supervise the hygiene of the station and shore stations, 
 recommend such measures as he may deem necessary to prevent 
 or diminish disease. He shall likewise examine monthly and 
 note in the journal the sanitary conditions of all public buildings, 
 the drainage, the sewerage, the amount and quality of the water 
 supply, the clothing and habits of the men, the character and cook- 
 ing of food, and report in writing the conditions to the com- 
 mandant, together with such recommendations as he may deem 
 proper. The commandant shall indorse his views and action 
 thereon and, if he deem the action recommended by the medical 
 officer undesirable, shall state fully his objections thereto. He 
 shall then return the report, with his indorsements, to the medical 
 officer, who shall immediately enter the indorsements of the com- 
 mandant in the journal and forward the report, through official 
 channels, to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, 
 with such further report, if any, as he may deem necessary or 
 advisable in the premises. A special sanitary report shall be 
 made at any time when an emergency arises, and at once be for- 
 warded, through official channels, to the Chief of the Bureau of 
 Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 1185. 
 
 (1) Medical officers on duty at navy yards and naval stations General duties, 
 will, in addition to their official duties, be required to attend the 
 families of officers and enlisted men, including those on the retired 
 list, residing in the yard or station, or within 1 mile of the naval 
 dispensary, except as noted in paragraph 4. 
 
352 
 
 (2) Medical officers on detached duty, such as recruiting, may 
 be designated by the department to attend officers and enlisted 
 men and their families residing within 2 miles of their office. 
 
 (3) Except in cases of emergency, the medical attendance con- 
 templated in paragraphs (1) and (2) will be available only during 
 the regular working hours of the yard, station, or office, and pro- 
 vided it may be accorded without interference with the medical 
 officer's other duties. 
 
 Officers' fami- (4) Medical attendance will be accorded the families of officers 
 lies in Wash- 
 ington. on duty in Washington, D. C, not otherwise provided for, and 
 
 retired officers and their families, who reside within 2 miles of 
 
 the Navy Department. 
 
 (5) The family of an officer or enlisted man shall include only 
 those relatives who are dependent upon him for support, and not 
 persons employed by him. 
 
 (6) Officers and enlisted men will exact of their families con- 
 sideration in their relations with medical officers, requiring those 
 who are physically able to visit the dispensary, if there is one on 
 the station. 
 
 Medical stores. (7) The expenditure of such medical stores as may be deemed 
 necessary by the Surgeon General in carrying out the provisions 
 of this article is authorized. 
 
 (8) Officers and enlisted men on duty at navy yards, naval 
 stations, and elsewhere shall immediately inform the medical 
 officer of the existence of suspected cases of contagious or com- 
 municable diseases in their quarters, in order that the medical 
 officer may investigate, report to the commandant, and take the 
 steps necessary to safeguard the health of the command. 
 injured em- (9) When wounds or injuries are received by mechanics or 
 p oyees. laborers while at work in the yard, the medical officer shall supply 
 
 whatever may be necessary in rendering professional assistance. 
 Such cases, if serious, shall be recorded and indexed in a book 
 provided for that purpose, and if the injuries were received in the 
 line of duty the case shall be reported to the commandant. 
 
 1187. 
 
 Persons sent to (1) Officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, 
 hSpita?s! n " aVal wnen on duty at a place where there is no naval hospital, may 
 be sent to other hospitals, upon the order of the commander in 
 chief, or the senior officer present, and the expenses of such per- 
 sons shall be paid from the naval hospital fund; and no other 
 charge shall be made against their accounts than such as are 
 made for persons under treatment at naval hospitals. 
 
353 
 
 1188. 
 
 Whenever any officer, seaman, or marine entitled to a pension Pensions of 
 is admitted to a naval hospital, his pension, while he remains JitS 118 n ° s " 
 there, shall be deducted from his accounts and paid to the Sec- 
 retary of the Navy for the benefit of the fund from which such 
 hospital is maintained. 
 
 1189. 
 
 (1) Expenses incuired by an officer of the Navy for medicines Expenses in- 
 and medical attendance shall not be allowed unless they were ci"^™, etc? me 
 incurred when he was on duty, and the medicines could not have 
 
 been obtained from naval supplies, or the attendance of a naval 
 medical officer could not have been had. ( Sec. 1586, R. S. ) 
 
 (2) Officers of the Navy or Marine Corps on duty where the 
 services of a naval medical officer are not available shall, as a 
 basis of claim for expenses, report any sickness or injury, as soon 
 as they are able, to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery. 
 
 (3) All claims for expenses incurred for medicines and medical 
 attendance shall be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Medi- 
 cine and Surgery for examination and approval. After approval 
 such claims shall be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts for payment by such officer as he may desig- 
 nate. Claims shall be accompanied by receipted bills and all other 
 papers pertaining thereto. 
 
 (4) Where the services of a naval medical officer are obtainable, Treatment by 
 officers in a duty status may have, under the control of the medical 
 
 officer in charge, when the latter is not in his own opinion suffi- 
 ciently skilled to properly treat the affection, the benefit of con- 
 sultation with and treatment by a specialist ; but such consulta- 
 tion and treatment must be by prior authority of the Chief of the 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, and under the direction and con- 
 trol of the medical establishment of the department, as the law 
 does not permit the allowance of expense of consultation with or 
 treatment by a specialist when it is incurred upon the mere 
 volition of the officer concerned. Ordinarily it is assumed that 
 such consultation with a specialist is for the purpose of confirm- 
 ing the diagnosis and outlining the treatment, the medical officer 
 in charge of the case being regarded as professionally capable of 
 carrying out further treatment. 
 
 (5) Expenses for medicines and medical attendance shall not be Expenses l n 
 
 ,. , -. r. i, , „, . n case of enlisted 
 
 allowed in the case of enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps man. 
 
 where naval medical supplies are available and where the services 
 
 of a naval medical officer can be had ; nor shall they be allowed 
 
 unless the sickness or injury has been promptly reported to the 
 
 Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery by the officer in com- 
 
354 
 
 mand ; or if on detached duty, as at radio stations, subreeruiting 
 
 stations, with Naval Militia, etc., by the enlisted man himself as 
 
 soon as able. 
 
 Where there is (g) when officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine 
 no Government 
 hospital. Corps, on detached duty, require immediate hospital treatment 
 
 where a naval hospital or a hospital of the United States Public 
 Health Service is not available, and when transportation to one 
 or the other is not practicable, they will be admitted to a civil 
 hospital, and prompt information of the fact, together with a full 
 statement as to the nature of the disabiltiy, shall be communicated 
 to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery through 
 official channels — either by the officer in command or, if on de- 
 tached duty as set forth in paragraph 5 of this article, by the 
 patient himself as soon as able. 
 
 (7) (a) Dental treatment is regarded as included in the term 
 "medical attendance." (Comptroller's Decision, Dec. 20, 1919.) 
 
 (&) Necessary and reasonable claims for expenses for dental 
 service will be considered in the same manner as claims for other 
 medical expenses, and only when such expenses were incurred in 
 an emergency when in a duty status where the services of a naval 
 dental officer could not have been had and when a naval medical 
 officer, if available, has been consulted in advance. 
 
 (c) Prosthetic dental treatment at the expense of the Govern- 
 ment will be allowed only when authorized in advance by the 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 1190. 
 
 Officers ad- (i) When an officer is admitted to a naval hospital he is en- 
 mitted to hospi- 
 tais. titled to remain under treatment and to have all the advantages 
 
 of such hospital until cured. In the case of chronic disorders, 
 
 which after a sufficient period shall appear to the medical officer 
 
 in command of the hospital to be not susceptible of cure, that 
 
 officer shall make a report to the commandant of the station and 
 
 request a medical survey thereon. If a survey recommends a 
 
 continuation of treatment, the officer surveyed may remain until 
 
 a subsequent survey shall recommend a discharge. 
 
 (2) When a medical survey, duly approved, shall recommend 
 an officer's discharge from hospital, it shall be at the option of 
 such officer, if disabled or decrepit, to be transferred to the Naval 
 Home. 
 
 (3) A copy of all the papers in such cases shall be forwarded 
 by the commandant to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 1191. 
 
 Sick and dis- Sick, wounded, or disabled officers are entitled to the benefits 
 titled tfmedicai of naval medical and surgical attendance, either within or with- 
 attendance. ut a naval hospital, so long as they remain sick, wounded, or 
 
355 
 
 disabled. The fact that an officer has been recently treated within 
 a naval hospital shall not prevent his readmission to the same or 
 to any other hospital. 
 
 1192. 
 
 Convalescent patients may be detailed for light service, but _ Convalescents 
 
 To Ik* uiscbflr&r^d 
 
 shall not be retained in the hospital for that purpose after they when fit for 
 are fit for duty. * uty * 
 
 1193. 
 
 No patient in hospital shall te entitled to any service except Attendants, 
 that of the regular hospital attendants; nor shall anyone, except 
 medical officers on duty, patients, and employees of the hospital 
 be subsisted or lodged without permission of the Chief of the Bu- 
 reau of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 1194. 
 
 The medical officer in command of each hospital, and the medi- , Accountability 
 
 for property ex- 
 cal officer of each station and ship shall be held responsible and pended. 
 
 accountable for all public property under his control belonging to 
 
 the medical department of the Navy. 
 
 1195. 
 
 A health record shall be issued for each person in the naval Health record, 
 service, which shall accompany him in all transfers, as pre- 
 scribed in the Manual for the Medical Department. The health 
 record shall be kept in the custody of the medical officer of the 
 ship or station. 
 
 1196. 
 
 (1) Medical officers making entries in the health record or on "Not in line 
 reports of death or reports of medical survey of officers or enlisted of duty " entrles - 
 men of the Navy or Marine Corps for disease or injury, shall state 
 specifically whether such disease or injury was received in the line 
 
 of duty or not in the line of duty, and when not in the line of duty, 
 whether the disease or injury is the result of his own intemperate 
 use of drugs or alcoholic liquors or other misconduct. 
 
 (2) When the medical officer having the custody of the health Entries con- 
 record of an officer or enlisted man of the Navy or Marine Corps pc'lt? use C ™f 
 enters on such record that any disability for which such officer or n ™£ 8 uquors*. 100 " 
 enlisted man is admitted to the sick list was not received in line 
 
 of duty, or was the result of his own intemperate use of drugs or 
 alcoholic liquors or other misconduct, it shall be the duty of such 
 medical officer to inform the patient when such an adverse entry is 
 made, provided the condition of the patient does not make such 
 action inadvisable. He shall inform the commanding officer at the 
 same time, and the procedure then shall be as prescribed in para- 
 graph 4. 
 
356 
 
 individual to (3) It shall likewise be the duty of the senior member of any 
 adverse report, board, which makes a similar adverse record relative to the origin 
 of any disease or injury, to inform the individual concerned of such 
 record. In the case of a board of medical survey the statement in 
 rebuttal should not be incorporated in the body of the survey but 
 forwarded as a separate paper. 
 Right of indi- (4) it shall then be the right of such individual to request the 
 commanding officer to have entered on the health record bearing 
 such an adverse entry, such evidence in rebuttal as he may desire 
 to present. A copy of such entry and evidence shall then be for- 
 warded to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for 
 filing. 
 Dependant on (5) j n the event of the condition of the individual being such 
 dividual. as to render it impracticable or inadvisable to inform him of such 
 
 adverse entry, this fact shall be noted on his health record, and 
 he shall be so informed so soon as circumstances permit, and such 
 action be noted on the record when taken. 
 no^ ri a Sill rove d d eatl1 ^ In tlie event of tne death of a person in the naval service 
 in which the commanding officer does not approve of the assigned 
 origin of the fatal illness or injury as given in the official report 
 of death, it shall be his duty to indorse thereon his opinion and the 
 reasons therefor, the report being then forwarded to the Chief of 
 the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for file. 
 
 Absence from (7) j n the case of an officer or enlisted man of the Navy or Ma- 
 duty due to own _, . ^. -^^.^ -, *. ,,.., 
 misconduct. rine Corps in active service absent from duty on account of sick- 
 ness, injury, or disease resulting from his own imtemperate use of 
 drugs or alcoholic liquor or other misconduct, when the command- 
 ing officer and medical officer are in accord the entry shall be final. 
 Should the commanding officer and medical officer disagree, the 
 former will call a board of officers of not less than two members, 
 one of whom shall be a medical officer, to report upon and make 
 recommendations in the case. The approval by the commanding 
 officer of the findings of this board shall be final ; but if the com- 
 manding officer disapproves the finding of the board the proceed- 
 ings will be forwarded for the action of the next higher authority. 
 A copy of the final decision in the case will be entered in the health 
 record. 
 Misconduct re- (8) Whenever an officer or enlisted man of the Navy or Marine 
 port * Corps in active service is absent from duty on account of sickness 
 injury or disease resulting from his own intemperate use of drugs 
 or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, the medical officer having 
 cognizance of the case shall prepare and forward to the command- 
 ing officer an admission " Misconduct Report " and upon the indi- 
 vidual being discharged to duty a discharge " Misconduct Report." 
 In the case of officers these reports shall be forwarded in dupli- 
 cate, one for the commanding officer, the other via the commanding 
 officer to the officer carrying the officer's accounts. In the case of 
 
357 
 
 enlisted men the reports shall be made in triplicate when neces- 
 sary and forwarded through the commanding officer, one each for 
 the commanding officer and the officer carrying the man's ac- 
 counts, and the third for the officer having custody of the man's 
 enlistment record. (Art. 554.) 
 
 1197. 
 
 A survey may be ordered by the commander in chief of a fleet, Order for sur- 
 the commandant of a station, the senior officer present, or by a 7 ' 
 division commander in a fleet, upon any officer or other person 
 under his command, on the request of the senior medical officer 
 of the ship or station where the person is serving. 
 
 1198. 
 
 (1) A board of medical survey shall consist, when practicable, , Boards of med- 
 
 ical surrey, 
 of three medical officers. 
 
 (2) If it be inconvenient to detail three officers, two will suffice. 
 In extreme cases, or on board a ship on detached service, the sur- 
 vey may be held by the medical officer <>f the ship. 
 
 1199. 
 
 Reports of medical survey shall be made upon the prescribed ve * ed,cml sur " 
 form and shall conform to the instructions as given in the manual 
 for the Medical Department. 
 
 1200. 
 
 No person other than the medical officer shall be permitted to Entries only 
 conduct any part of a physical examination or to sign an original cers!"* 
 entry or any medical record of enlistment. Every such examina- 
 tion shall be completed according to the. official forms. 
 
 1201. 
 
 (1) The examination having been concluded and the candidate Records. 
 found qualified for the service, the medical examiner shall enter 
 his descriptive list upon the blank service record furnished by the 
 Chief of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Com- 
 mandant of the Marine Corps and, having signed it, shall trans- 
 mit the record to the commanding officer. He shall also make the 
 necessary entries upon the blank health records furnished by the 
 Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, retaining such 
 records until the recruits are transferred, when they shall be duly 
 forwarded, as provided in the manual for medical officers. 
 183841°— 20 24 
 
Transfer. 
 
 "Waivers. 
 
 358 
 
 (2) Upon the transfer at any time of an enlisted person, the 
 medical officers shall make the necessary entries upon the service 
 and health records. 
 
 1202. 
 
 (1) In cases where physical disqualifications are waived by the 
 Navy Department, the medical examiners shall fully describe the 
 same on all records of enlistment. 
 
 1203. 
 
 sick e t™ hospital! ^ ^ iek P ersons mav De sent to a hospital at any time upon 
 the recommendation of the medical officer of the ship or of a board 
 of medical survey, approved by the commanding officer. (Art. 
 1142.) 
 Tuberculosis (2) All cases of tuberculosis occurring on board seagoing ships 
 which are recommended for transfer to the naval hospital at Las 
 Animas, Colo., must be sent first to the nearest naval hospital for 
 further disposition as directed by the Navy Department. 
 
 Accounts of (3) when any petty officer or enlisted person is sent from a 
 men sent to hos- * 
 
 pitai. ship or station to a United States naval hospital at home or abroad 
 
 for duty or for treatment, his accounts and other papers shall be 
 sent direct to that hospital. The medical officer in command of 
 the hospital shall forward the pay accounts to the supply officer 
 of the nearest receiving or station ship, and such supply officer 
 shall comply with the orders of the medical officer in command of 
 the hospital in such matters pertaining to changes of rating, pay, 
 etc., as is done in similar cases for commanding officers of vessels 
 whose accounts the supply officer has in charge. 
 
 (4) When such transfer is made to a hospital not a naval hos- 
 pital, his accounts and other papers shall be retained on board, 
 and such transfer shall not be considered as creating a vacancy 
 until the ship to which he has been attached sails from the vicinity 
 of the hospital. When a man is thus left, he shall be furnished 
 with his accounts and a copy of his service record, and the orig- 
 inal of his service record shall be sent to the Bureau of Navi- 
 gation. 
 Orders upon (5) if a man be in a hospital not a naval hospital when his 
 recoTery vf^ e^n ^.^ , g ^^ tQ ^pa^ an( j there is no prospect of the immediate 
 hospital. arrival of another United States vessel in the port, he shall be 
 
 ordered upon his recovery to report, preferably by telegraph, to 
 the Bureau of Navigation for instructions. He shall be given 
 sufficient money from the amount due him to defray his necessary 
 expenses, and he shall be instructed to keep a written account 
 thereof upon which to base a claim for reimbursement. He shall 
 request the surgeon in charge to furnish him with a certificate of 
 the dates of admission to and discharge from the hospital. 
 
 (6) When he has not sufficient money due him, the United 
 States consul, if there be one, and, if none, then the surgeon in 
 
359 
 
 charge of the hospital, shall be requested to take charge of him, 
 and upon his recovery to ask instruction, preferably by telegraph, 
 of the Bureau of Navigation, Navy Department, as to what dis- 
 position shall be made of him, in which case the Bureau of Navi- 
 gation Will provide the necessary funds. 
 
 (7) Enlisted men held for treatment at a hospital after expira- no f a j* al whlle ln 
 tion of enlistment are held for the convenience of the Govern- 
 ment, and entitled to pay and allowances until date of actual dis- 
 charge from the service. 
 
 (8) Persons transferred to the naval hospital at Philadelphia if sent to 
 shall be directed to report to the governor of the Naval Home. Philadelphia.' * ' 
 
CHAPTER 33. 
 
 OFFICERS OF THE SUPPLY CORPS AFLOAT. 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1208-1234. Duties. 
 
 Section 1. — Duties. 
 1208. 
 
 (1) Before entering upon the duties of his office, every officer Bond*. 
 of the Supply Corps shall give bond for the faithful performance 
 thereof, with sufficient surety, to be approved by the Secretary 
 
 of the Navy, and under such regulations or instructions as may 
 fee issued from time to time by proper authority. 
 
 (2) He shall give a new bond, with sufficient surety, every four n«tt bond. 
 years, or whenever required to do so by the Secretary of the 
 
 Navy ; and all such bonds shall be examined every two years for 
 the purpose of ascertaining the sufficiency of the surety thereon. 
 (Sec. 1384, R. S.) 
 
 1209. 
 
 The supply officer of the ship shall be the senior officer of the The supply offl- 
 Supply Corps attached thereto, except as provided elsewhere in 
 these regulations ; and he shall be the head of the supply depart- 
 ment of the ship and the supply division. (Arts. 1228 and 1229.) 
 
 1210. 
 
 The supply officer of a ship shall have charge of the accounts Duties of sup- 
 of the personnel, of the purchasing of stores and material for Parsing)?' 8 " 
 the ship, and of the disbursement of funds in connection with the 
 general operation of the ship. 
 
 1211. 
 
 The supply officer shall also have charge of the accounts and ^"H 08 of 8np " 
 the custody of all supplies and equipage not issued for use, except 
 coal, ammunition, Marine Corps, and medical stores. 
 
 (361) 
 
362 
 
 1212. 
 
 Inventory 
 mess outfits. 
 
 o f The supply officer of the ship shall make a careful inspection 
 and inventory of officers' mess outfits at the end of each quarter, 
 and when the ship is put out of commission ; he shall furnish the 
 different messes with itemized statements of the losses in their 
 outfits and of the amounts due the Government from the officers' 
 messes, and shall collect such amounts and take them up on nis 
 official cashbook. 
 
 1213. 
 
 Duties. (1) The supply officer of a ship shall have charge of the 
 
 general mess and of the commissary steward, cooks, bakers, and 
 men detailed for duty in the ship's galley and supply department. 
 He shall be responsible for all mess gear issued to the crew, and 
 for the cleanliness and good condition of the galley, bakery, issuing 
 room, and other places where the men of his division work. 
 
 (2) No person employed in the service of the general mess shall 
 be paid ration money or any extra compensation by the supply 
 officer or his assistants, or by subscription from the crew. Indi- 
 vidual contributions to the mess are prohibited. 
 
 1214. 
 
 Inspection 
 provisions. 
 
 (1) Commanding officers are particularly and especially enjoined 
 to require that all provisions delivered on board by a contractor be 
 inspected upon delivery by a commissioned officer (that is to say, 
 the officer of the deck or by his relief or the junior officer of the 
 watch — preferably the former), who shall personally, and without 
 delegating this duty to any other, ascertain the exact quantity of 
 each article received and certify the fact over his official signa- 
 ture, and at once deliver said record to the supply officer who shall 
 himself (or have the pay clerk) check the same with the retained 
 copy of the order and file them together for subsequent comparison 
 with dealer's bills. 
 
 (2) Whenever provisions are delivered on board by a contractor, 
 an entry shall be made in the ship's log showing the contractor's 
 name, the exact quantity of each article delivered, and the name 
 of the officer making the inspection prescribed in the preceding 
 paragraph. 
 
 1215. 
 
 Duties of com- 
 missary steward. 
 
 (1) The commissary steward shall not have custody of or 
 control over the record of provisions received, nor shall he pre- 
 pare public bills or quarterly provision returns: his duties being 
 confined solely to the galley, bakery, and such storerooms as 
 he has charge of and the work directly connected therewith — 
 including the preparation of bills of fare, together with a state- 
 
363 
 
 ment giving the estimated quantity of each article needed in the 
 preparation thereof, for submission to the supply officer. He shall 
 make each morning a written report to the supply officer of all 
 provisions issued the day before, and shall keep an accurate 
 account of everything committed to his care. 
 
 (2) Nothing contained in the foregoing relative to inspection of 
 provisions shall in any way relieve the supply officer or his sub- 
 ordinates of their responsibility in the premises. 
 
 1216. 
 
 The supply officer shall have charge of the ship's store, when Ship's store, 
 one has been established, and of the yeomen and jacks-of-the-dust 
 assigned to duty in connection therewith. 
 
 1217. 
 
 (1) The supply division shall consist of all officers of the Sup- The supply di- 
 ply Corps attached to the ship, the chief pay clerks, pay clerks, vlslon - 
 
 and acting pay clerks, yeomen and jacks-of-the-dust, the com- 
 missary steward, cooks, bakers, storemen, and such other persons 
 as may be assigned to it by the commanding officer, 
 
 (2) It shall muster at quarters at a place designated by the 
 commanding officer. 
 
 (3) The senior officer of the Suppl.x Corps shall take charge 
 of the division and make the usual report in regard to absentees. 
 He shall comply with the requirements of chapter 30. 
 
 (4) In battle, the members of the division shall be stationed by 
 the commanding officer where they will be of the greatest service. 
 
 (5) For the issue of money, small stores, and clothing, the 
 enlisted men of this division shall be under the supply officer in 
 the same manner as the men of the gun divisions are under the 
 gun division officers. 
 
 1218. 
 
 (1) The officers of the Supply Corps shall take charge of the r00 c ,^ e an d f g {*J*J" 
 office, store, and other rooms under their charge, which are kept 
 
 locked, keeping the keys in their custody. They shall see that 
 store and other rooms under their charge are clean, dry, well 
 ventilated, and in good order, and that they are prepared for in- 
 spection at the same time as the other parts of the ship. 
 
 (2) They shall see that no private articles are stowed in these 
 rooms, and that they are not used as sleeping apartments with- 
 out the knowledge and authority of the commanding officer. 
 
 (3) They shall see that stores in their charge are properly 
 cared for, as provided by the Navy regulations. 
 
364 
 
 Loss of or (4) In the event of discovering deterioration, loss, or destruc- 
 dainage to public , . „ _, ._ ._. ,, . ,. . 4l . 
 
 property. tion of any of the public property in their charge, they shall im- 
 
 mediately report the fact to their commanding officer. 
 
 1219. 
 
 Ship going li 
 commission. 
 
 Upon joining a ship fitting out, the supply officer shall carefully 
 examine the supply office, storerooms, and other spaces allotted 
 for the stowage of provisions and supplies in his charge, and 
 shall report in writing to the commanding officer their capacity 
 and any defects or deficiencies in their arrangement. 
 
 1220. 
 
 Evening 
 spection. 
 
 in- The supply officer of the ship shall, every evening, carefully 
 inspect his department and see that everything is in a satisfactory 
 condition for the night ; that there is no probability of accident 
 from fire, from the introduction of sea water, or from other 
 causes; and that all of the rules and routine orders of the ship 
 relating to his department are being obeyed. At 8 p. m. he shall 
 report the result of this inspection to the executive officer. In 
 case of the absence of the supply officer he shall cause this in- 
 spection and report to be made by the senior one of his assistants 
 available. He shall not be required to attend a formal assembly 
 of other than heads of departments, for the purpose of making 
 this report. 
 
 1221. 
 
 Suggestions. The officers of the Supply Corps shall, when necessary, make 
 written suggestions or reports to the commanding officer concern- 
 ing supplies and stores for the ship. 
 
 1222. 
 
 Annual inven- 
 tory. 
 
 (1) The supply officer of the ship shall take a yearly inventory 
 of equipage and supplies in his custody, reporting their condition 
 to the commanding officer and correcting the accounts in ac- 
 cordance with the quantities found to be on hand. The supply 
 officer shall also correct his accounts by survey for " Equipage in 
 use " to agree with the . certified inventory taken by the re- 
 spective heads of departments [art. 1393 (13)]. 
 
 (2) The supply officer shall notify the heads of departments 
 in advance of the date upon which he will begin his inventory, and 
 such inventory shall be completed within one month and under- 
 taken at such time as to insure its completion before the end of 
 the third quarter of the fiscal year. A report shall be made to the 
 commanding officer in writing in each instance, stating that the 
 
365 
 
 inventory has been completed and that the necessary requests for 
 surveys have been submitted to enable the books to be corrected, 
 with the statement that the surveys submitted cover all deficiencies 
 and excesses. 
 
 (3) The dates of commencement and of completion of each in- 
 ventory shall be entered in the ship's log. 
 
 (4) The supply officer will prepare all requests for surveys 
 on equipage in use on a memorandum request of the head of 
 department concerned. 
 
 (5) On each quarterly balance sheet submitted, the date of the 
 last inventory will be noted. 
 
 1223. 
 
 The supply officer of the ship shall be informed by the head s ^"J plIe j e a f r ° t * 
 of each of the ship's departments, in writing, whenever it isments. 
 anticipated by such head of department that the requirements for 
 any item of stores or supplies will exceed the quantity indicated 
 by the allowance list for the period concerned. Should differ- 
 ences of opinion arise between any head of department and the 
 supply officer of the ship as to the quantities to be carried, the 
 commanding officer shall decide the question. 
 
 1224. 
 
 An officer of the Supply Corps ou disbursing duty ashore or Funds ad- 
 afloat may turn over to the chief pay clerk, pay clerk, or acting clerk. ° Pa> 
 pay clerk serving with him, for disbursement as his deputy, 
 such sums of money as may be necessary to meet current daily 
 expenditures. The money so turned over will be covered by a 
 receipt which will be kept in the officer's personal custody ; and 
 the balance in the possession of the clerk will be verified by the 
 officer weekly. 
 
 1225. 
 
 Under the direction of the commanding officer the supply officer Duties in for- 
 shall, on arrival in a port where supplies are to be purchased or e gn por 8 * 
 bills of exchange negotiated, obtain, by personal inquiry on shore, 
 full and complete information as to the current rate of exchange, 
 the quality and price of naval supplies, the names of persons and 
 firms regularly dealing therein, and the commercial standing of 
 such dealers. He shall also visit and obtain from the resident 
 consul or commercial or consular agent of the United States, if 
 there be one, the above-required information. These require- 
 ments will be modified accordingly when the above-mentioned 
 duties are performed by the fleet paymaster or division supply 
 officer. 
 
366 
 
 1226, 
 
 Transmitting (1) officers of the Supply Corps shall forward, through the 
 
 official papers. ' ^ * ° 
 
 commanding officer, all reports and communications, except corre- 
 spondence with the Treasury Department and accounts and re- 
 turns. (Art. 1884.) 
 
 (2) Applications to the Comptroller of the Treasury, under the 
 act approved July 31, 1894, for his decision upon any question 
 involving a prospective payment, shall be forwarded through the 
 usual official channels to the Navy Department for transmission of 
 that officer. 
 
 1227. 
 
 Signatures on ]s T o yeoman shall sign an official paper for any officer of the 
 official papers. • , _. 
 
 Supply Corps. 
 
 1228. 
 
 ..■ 
 
 Death or inca- (1) In case of the death, unauthorized absence, mental or 
 pi^officer afloat." physical incapacity as determined by competent medical authority, 
 of any officer of the Supply Corps on duty, or if necessary to relieve 
 him from duty for any other cause, the commanding officer of the 
 ship or station shall immediately take possession of the safe and 
 of the keys of the storerooms of such officer, and report all the 
 facts in the case to the senior officer present. The latter shall, 
 without delay, direct a board of officers to take an inventory of 
 the papers, money, and stores then on hand; and shall appoint a 
 suitable person to take charge of the same, and to perform the 
 duties of such officer of the Supply Corps until otherwise directed 
 by competent authority. (Art. 209.) 
 
 (2) The senior officer present shall also appoint another suit- 
 able person to complete the vouchers, transfer the accounts, close 
 up the books, and to have the custody of the same and of all 
 papers necessary to the complete settlement of the account of 
 such officer of the Supply Corps, and to be responsible for their 
 proper transmission to the department. 
 
 (3) Both the above-named appointees shall be present when 
 the above inventories are taken, and shall be furnished with copies 
 thereof; which copies, duly certified, shall be considered satis- 
 factory vouchers for the money and stores thus ascertained to 
 be on hand. 
 
 (4) If an officer of the Supply Corps unable to settle his ac- 
 counts shall, while of sound mind, have nominated in writing the 
 person to be selected to have custody of the books, vouchers, and 
 other papers, and to complete accounts as above mentioned, the 
 senior officer present shall, unless manifestly contrary to the 
 public interest, conform to such nomination, and shall inform the 
 department without delay of his entire action in the matter ; but 
 nothing in this paragraph shall apply to a supply officer relieved 
 from duty for misconduct. 
 
367 
 
 1229. 
 
 When the office of supply officer becomes vacant, by death or Acting supply 
 otherwise, in ships at sea, or on foreign stations, the senior officer ° cers * 
 present may make an acting appointment of any fit person, who 
 shall perform the duties thereof until another supply officer shall 
 report for duty. (Sec. 1381, R. S., and Art. 1788.) 
 
 1230. 
 
 ( 1 ) In case of fire or shipwreck, it shall be the special duty of in case of fire 
 
 or shiu^vrocR 
 
 every officer of the Supply Corps to secure and preserve the ac- 
 counts of officers and men, the public money, and such other public 
 papers and property, in the order of their value, as circumstances 
 permit. 
 
 (2) In every case of the loss or capture of a vessel belonging to 
 the Navy of the United States, the proper accounting officers of the 
 Treasury, under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy, are 
 authorized, in the settlement of the accounts of the supply officer 
 of such vessel, to credit him with such portion of the amount of 
 the provisions, clothing, small stores, and money with which he 
 stands charged on the books of the Auditor of the Navy Depart- 
 ment as they shall be satisfied was inevitably lost by such capture 
 or loss of a public vessel ; and such supply officer shall be fully 
 exonerated by such credit from all liability on account of the pro- 
 visions, clothing, small stores, and money so proved to have been 
 captured or lost. (Sec. 284, R. S.) 
 
 1231. 
 
 The accounting officers of the Treasury shall relieve any dis- Relief from 
 <** o «. x, ,_ , ■ , * 1L .,.x losses ordeficlen- 
 
 bursing officer of the Navy charged with responsibility on account C les. 
 
 of loss or deficiency while in the line of his duty, of Government 
 funds, vouchers, records, or papers, in his charge, where such loss 
 or deficiency occurred without fault or negligence on the part of 
 said officer, provided that the Secretary of the Navy shall have de- 
 termined that the officer was in the line of his duty, and the loss 
 or deficiency occurred without fault or negligence on his part. 
 The determination by the Secretary of the Navy of the aforesaid 
 questions shall be conclusive upon the accounting officers of the 
 Treasury. (Act of July 11, 1919.) 
 
 1232. 
 
 When the ship is placed out of commission the supply officer, Ship placed 
 
 ,, . , ,. . . out of commis- 
 
 the pay clerks, and the senior yeoman serving under them in each sion. 
 branch shall not be detacned or transferred until the equipage, 
 
368 
 
 equipment, stores, and supplies in their charge have been satis- 
 factorily accounted for and surveys covering shortages have been 
 held and approved. 
 
 1233. 
 
 Ship without On board every vessel to which no officer of the Supply Corps 
 stores. y ° Cer ' is attached such regulations as relate to the obtaining and caring 
 for and to accounting for articles of equipage and supplies as apply 
 to the handling of such articles aboard vessels not having the gen- 
 eral supply system in operation shall be observed by the heads of 
 the several ship's departments. 
 
 1234. 
 
 Ship without If there be no officer of the Supply Corps attached to the ship, 
 mess? ly ° fficer; the commanding officer shall detail an officer to administer the 
 general mess. 
 
CHAPTEE 34. 
 
 OTHER COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF THE NAVY, COMMIS- 
 SIONED WARRANT OFFICERS, AND WARRANT OFFICERS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1244. Duties of fleet chaplain. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1245. Duties of chaplain. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1246. Professors of mathematics. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1247-1251. Naval constructors. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1252-1253. Civil Engineers. 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1254. Definitions of warant officer titles. 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1255. Chief boatswain and boatswain. 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1256. Chief gunner and gunner. 
 
 Sec. 9. — Art. 1257. Chief gunner (0) and gunner (0). 
 
 Sec. 10. — Art. 1258. Chief gunner (E) and gunner (E). 
 
 Sec. 11. — Art. 1259. Chief gunner (R) and gunner (R). 
 
 Sec. 12. — Art. 1260. Chief machinist and machinist. 
 
 Sec. 13. — Art. 1261. Chief carpenter and carpenter. 
 
 Sec. 14. — Art. 1262. Chief sailmaker and sailmaker. 
 
 Sec. 15. — Art. 1263. Chief pharmacist and pharmacist. 
 
 Sec. 16. — Art. 1264. Chief pay clerk and pay clerk. 
 
 Section; 1. — Putiks ok Fi.kf.t Chaplains. 
 1244. 
 
 The duties of the fleet chaplain shall be as follows: 
 (a) To inspect the work of the chaplain* at frequent intervals. Duties. 
 (&) To advise, counsel, and offer suggestions to the chaplains of 
 the fleet concerning their work. 
 
 (c) To arrange for services on board ships that do not carry 
 chaplains. Also for interchange of chaplains of the different 
 faiths so as to provide services for all. 
 
 (d) To call frequent meetings of chaplains of the fleet for con- 
 ference, discussion, and adjustment of the matters pertaining to 
 their work. 
 
 (e) At the end of each quarter he shall make a written report 
 to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation concerning the chaplains 
 and their work. 
 
 (369) 
 
370 
 
 Section 2. — Duties of Chaplains. 
 1245. 
 
 The chaplain shall — 
 I)l,ties - (1) Perform divine service aboard his own ship when pre- 
 
 scribed by the commanding officer. 
 
 (2) Perform divine service aboard other ships and at shore 
 stations and naval hospitals when directed by the senior officer 
 present. 
 
 (3) Facilitate performance of divine service by clergymen of 
 churches other than his own as directed by his commanding officer. 
 
 (4) Form voluntary classes for religious instruction as directed 
 by commanding officer. 
 
 (5) Supervise instruction of those deficient in elementary sub- 
 jects, reporting quarterly in writing to his commanding officer on 
 the character, hours, and progress of instruction given each indi- 
 vidual so instructed. 
 
 (6) Visit the sick daily or oftener unless their condition renders 
 these visits inadvisable. 
 
 (7) At quarters, report to his battle station as directed by 
 commanding officer, who shall assign the chaplain a station 
 whereat he may attend the wounded. 
 
 (8) At daily quarters, report his presence aboard to the execu- 
 tive officer. 
 
 (9) As required by section 1398 R. S., report annually to the 
 Secretary of the Navy (via official channels) all official services 
 performed by him. 
 
 (10) As provided by section 1397 R. S.. conduct public worship 
 according to the manner and forms of his own church. 
 
 (11) Before the ship reaches port, he shall ascertain the names 
 of the men on board whose families reside in the immediate 
 neighborhood of said port, and, after conference with the men. 
 if they so desire, he shall pay an official call on their homes, 
 with the object of establishing a feeling of good will between the 
 ship and the home. 
 
 (12) He shall report to the commanding officer the names of the 
 families visited. 
 
 Section 3. — Professors of Mathematics. 
 
 1246. 
 
 Duties. Professors of mathematics may be assigned to duty at the Naval 
 
 Observatory, in charge of the Nautical Almanac, at the Naval 
 Academy and elsewhere, as the Secretary of the Navy may direct. 
 
371 
 
 Section 4. — Naval Constructors. 
 
 124 
 
 Naval constructors and assistant naval constructors shall per- 
 form such duties on shore as may be assigned them by the de- 
 partment or by other competent authority. 
 
 Duties. 
 
 1248. 
 
 Naval constructors and assistant naval constructors shall, when 
 practicable be detailed for service afloat in such fleets or on such 
 repair ships as the department may designate 
 
 Service afloat. 
 
 1249. 
 
 When serving afloat as fleet naval constructor or division naval 
 constructor, they shall perform such staff duties as may be as- 
 signed them by the flag officer on wh they are serving. 
 
 1250. 
 
 When detailed for sea service, other than with the fleet or 
 division staff, they shall be attache! to such vessels of the fleet 
 as may be designated by tin 1 commander in chief, and shall per- 
 form such duties as may be assigned by the commander in chief 
 or by the commanding officer of (lie ship to which attached. They 
 may be ordered to serve on board the several vessels of the fleet 
 in turn. 
 
 1251. 
 
 Assignments. 
 
 (1) Upon joining a ship a naval constructor or assistant naval Duties on 
 constructor shall immediately make himself familiar with the g S IP * 
 plans, construction, means of interior communication, water-tight 
 
 doors, ventilating apparatus, disposition of Weights, coal bunkers. 
 storerooms, quarters for oiiicers and men, and all hull and other 
 fittings, pertaining to the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
 As opportunity offers, he shall carefully observe and note, under 
 all conditions of service, the stability, rolling, pitching, turning 
 power, speed, and all other qualities of the vessel affected by the 
 design ; also the methods of stowing and purchasing anchors and 
 boats, of stowing and handling coal, the condition and working 
 of the steering gear, windlasses, and other fittings. 
 
 (2) He shall make quarterly reports of his observations to the Quarterly re- 
 commanding officer of the ship, who shall forward the same to the port " 
 department, through the commander in chief, with such remarks 
 
 as may be deemed necessary. 
 
372 
 
 (3) He shall, when practicable, under the direction of the com- 
 manding officer, supervise all repairs and other work under the 
 cognizance of the Bureau of Construction and Repair, which may- 
 be done upon the ship by a private or foreign dockyard or estab- 
 lishment ; shall keep the commanding officer informed of the 
 progress of such work, and upon its completion shall make to him 
 a detailed written report of the same. Under the commander in 
 chief or senior officer present, he shall perform the same duties 
 for all vessels of the fleet under repair by outside resources. 
 Report on for- (4) He shall examine all foreign ships and naval establish- 
 eign ships. ments he may be permitted to visit, and shall make detailed re- 
 ports thereon to the Office of Naval Intelligence of all matters 
 that may be of interest in his particular branch. 
 
 Section 5. — Civil Engineers. 
 1252. 
 
 A member of the Corps of Civil Engineers of the Navy having 
 not less than seven years active service shall be assigned to duty 
 as Chief of the Bureau of Yards and Docks. (Act of June 29, 
 1906.) 
 
 1253. 
 
 Duties. Officers of the Corps of Civil Engineers may be assigned to duty 
 
 as heads of the public works departments of navy yards, and else- 
 where, as the Secretary of the Navy may direct. 
 
 Section 6. — Warrant Officer Titles. 
 1254. 
 
 (1) Chief boatswains, chief gunners, chief machinists, chief 
 carpenters, chief pay clerks, chief sailmakers, and chief pharma- 
 cists are commissioned warrant officers. 
 
 (2) Boatswains, gunners, machinists, carpenters, pay clerks, 
 sailmakers, and pharmacists are warrant officers. 
 
 Section 7. — Chief Boatswains and Boatswains. 
 
 1255. 
 
 Duties. (i) Chief boatswains and boatswains are assistants to the 
 
 first lieutenant and, as such, shall perform duties as assigned 
 by him. 
 
 (2) The chief boatswain or boatswain shall — 
 (a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
 exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition 
 
373 
 
 and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficien- 
 cies to the first lieutenant direct. 
 
 (&) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
 the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 
 
 (c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters 
 as may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 8. — Chief Gttnnebs and Gunnebs. 
 
 1256. 
 
 Chief gunners and gunners are divided into three classes: 
 Chief gunners (O) and gunners (O) — Ordnance. 
 Chief gunners (E) and gunners (E) — Electrical. 
 Chief gunners (R) and gunners (R) — Radio. 
 
 When so designated in orders from the Chief of the Bureau of 
 Navigation they shall perform duties as listed below. 
 
 Classification. 
 
 Section 9. — Chief Gunners (O) and Gunnebs (O). 
 1257. 
 
 (1) Chief gunners (O), and gunners (O), are assistants to the DutIes - 
 gunnery officer, and, as such, shall perform such duties as may 
 
 be assigned to them. 
 
 (2) The chief gunner (O), or gunner (O), shall — 
 
 (a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
 exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition 
 and economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
 to the gunnery officer direct. For purposes of inspection, and as 
 directed by the commanding officer, they shall have access to such 
 ordnance equipment and stores as are not yet issued for use by 
 the supply officer of the ship. 
 
 (&) Comply with the ordnance instructions as to the care, 
 preservation, and use of ordnance material ; reporting to the gun- 
 nery officer any repairs to the armament or other work in his 
 department as he shall deem necessary. 
 
 (c) When at sea, attend to the security of the battery, maga- 
 zines, and torpedo equipment, and endeavor at all times to pre- 
 vent injury to any part thereof. 
 
 ((?) Be responsible for the efficient condition of the life buoys, 
 frequently testing them to insure their good condition, and keep 
 them ready for use at all times. 
 
 (e) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
 the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 
 
 (f) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 183841°— 20 25 
 
374 
 
 Section 10. — Chief Gunners (E) and Gunners (E). 
 1258. 
 
 (1) Chief gunners (E), and gunners (E), are assistants to the 
 engineer officer. 
 Duties. (2) (a) They shall be assigned to an engineer division and shall 
 
 perform such additional duties and stand such watch as may be 
 prescribed by the head of the department with the approval of 
 the commanding officer. 
 
 (&) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 11. — Chief Gunnees (R) and Gunnees (R). 
 
 1259. 
 
 (1) Chief gunners (R), and gunners (R), are assistants to the 
 engineer officer. 
 Duties. (2) (a) They shall be assigned to an engineer division and shall 
 
 perform such additional duties and stand such watch as pre- 
 scribed by the head of the department with the approval of the 
 commanding officer. 
 
 (&) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 12. — Chief Machinists and Machinists. 
 
 1260. 
 
 (1) Chief machinists and machinists are assistants to the engi- 
 neer officer. 
 
 Duties. (2) (a) They shall be assigned to an engineer division and 
 
 shall perform such additional duties and stand such watch as may 
 be prescribed by the head of the department with the approval 
 of the commanding officer. 
 
 (&) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 13. — Chief Carpenters and Carpenters. 
 
 1261. 
 
 Duties. (1) Chief carpenters and carpenters are assistants to the first 
 
 lieutenant and, as such, shall perform duties as assigned by him. 
 
 (2) The chief carpenter or carpenter shall — 
 
 (a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
 exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition 
 and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
 to the first lieutenant direct. 
 
375 
 
 (6) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
 the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 
 
 (c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 14. — Chief Sailmakers and Sailmakers. 
 
 1262. 
 
 (1) Chief sailmakers and sailmakers are assistants to the first Duties. 
 lieutenant and, as such, shall perform duties as asigned by him. 
 
 (2) The chief sailmaker or sailmaker shall — 
 
 (a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
 exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition, 
 and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
 to the first lieutenant direct. 
 
 (0) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
 the checking and testing of all equipment in his department 
 
 (c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 15. — Chief Pharmacists and Pharmacists. 
 1263. 
 
 (1) Chief pharmacists and pharmacists are assistants to the Duties. 
 senior medical officer and, as such, shall perforin duties as as- 
 signed by him. 
 
 (2) The Chief pharmacist or pharmacist shall — 
 
 (a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
 exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition, 
 and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
 to the senior medical officer direct. 
 
 (b) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
 the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 
 
 (c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
 Section 16. — Chief Pay Clerks and Pay Clerks. 
 1264. 
 
 (1) Chief pay clerks and pay clerks are assistants to the senior 
 officer, Supply Corps, with whom they are serving and, as such, 
 shall perform duties as assigned by him. 
 
 (2) The chief pay clerk or pay clerk shall — 
 
 (a) Be accountable for all equipment, stores, funds, and records 
 in his charge, exercising personal and careful supervision over 
 
 Duties. 
 
376 
 
 their condition, and the economical and properly authorized ex- 
 penditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies to the senior officer, 
 Supply Corps, with whom he is serving. 
 
 (&) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
 the checking and testing of all equipment, stores, funds, and 
 records in his department. 
 
 (c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
 may be assigned by the commanding officer. 
 
CHAPTER 35. 
 
 PETTY OFFICERS AND CREW. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1275-1276. Petty officers and crew. 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 1277. Masters-at-arms. 
 
 Section 1. — Petty Officers and Crew. 
 1275. 
 
 (1) Petty officers shall show in themselves a good example of Petty officers - 
 subordination, courage, zeal, sobriety, neatness, and attention to 
 
 duty. 
 
 (2) They shall aid to the utmost of their ability in maintaining 
 good order, discipline, and all that concerns the efficiency of the 
 command. 
 
 (3) For the preservation of good order petty officers are always 
 on duty and are vested with the necessary authority to report and 
 arrest oifenders. This authority attaches to them while ashore 
 on liberty. 
 
 (4) When an enlisted man is appointed petty officer, the com- 
 manding officer shall bring to his attention the provisions of this 
 article. 
 
 1276. 
 
 (1) All enlisted men acting as custodian of stores shall exercise s t rcs. todIan ° f 
 vigilance and care over the stores to which they have access. 
 
 (2) They shall keep such accounts of public stores as may be 
 prescribed from time to time. 
 
 (3) They shall see that the regulations concerning lights in the 
 storerooms to which they have access are strictly observed, and 
 that every precaution is taken to prevent fire or other accident. 
 
 Section 2. — Masters-at-Arms. 
 
 1277. 
 
 (1) A leading petty officer shall be detailed to act as the Master-at-arms, 
 master-at-arms. 
 
 (377) 
 
378 
 
 (2) The master-at-arms is the custodian of ail prisoners, and 
 of the brig, reporting for orders and instructions directly to the 
 executive officer. 
 
 (3) The master-at-arms shall not suffer prisoners to escape, nor 
 dismiss them without orders from proper authority. 
 
 (4) In case of serious fire, or of any sudden danger whereby 
 the safety of the ship is imperiled, and when time will not permit 
 a reference to superior authority, he shall release all prisoners 
 at once, reporting the fact immediately to the officer of the deck. 
 
 (5) He shall be watchful over the prisoners and visit them at 
 least once every four hours during the day, and oftener if neces- 
 sary, to ascertain their condition and needs. While he must sup- 
 press disorder among the prisoners and report all delinquents, he 
 shall be reasonable and not unduly severe in his demands. 
 
 (6) The master-at-arms shall keep a record of punishments in- 
 volving confinement, and shall report to the officer of the deck, for 
 entry in the log book, all cases of confinement and release of 
 prisoners. 
 
 (7) At general muster he shall answer for the members of the 
 crew who are in confinement. 
 
CHAPTER 36. 
 
 SHIP ORGANIZATION AND ROUTINE. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Arts. 1287-1295. Ship organization. 
 Sec. 2. — Arts. 1296-1349. Ship routine. 
 
 Section 1. — Ship Organization. 
 1287. 
 
 (1) The complement of the ship in officers and men is com- Organization, 
 posed of such numbers, ranks, and ratings of officers and men as 
 
 are necessary to fight the ship most efficiently ; or, in special cases 
 and in certain types of ships, to perform such other necessary 
 duties as contribute most to the efficient performance of the ship's 
 functions in time of war. 
 
 (2) The complement of a ship building shall be determined by Complements 
 the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation from an analysis of the re- new 8 ps * 
 quirements of the particular ship. This complement is subject to 
 
 revision by the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation upon recom- 
 mendation of the commanding officer at such time as the advisa- 
 bility of making changes to contribute to the efficiency of the ship 
 becomes evident. To this end the commanding officer of a ship 
 about to go into commission or newly commissioned shall carefully 
 analyze the complement in organizing the ship. 
 
 (3) When the exigencies of service make it impossible on ac- Complements 
 count of general shortage of personnel to assign to a ship her reducc ^« 
 
 full complement of officers and men, the Chief of the Bureau of 
 Navigation shall determine upon and assign an allowance of per- 
 sonnel in accordance with existing circumstances. 
 
 (4) The crew of each ship shall be organized and assigned to Battle bill, 
 battle stations by means of the battle bill, with the preparation of 
 
 which the executive officer is charged under the direction of the 
 captain. All of the officers and men shall be assigned to battle 
 stations in accordance with their individual qualifications, and no 
 changes in the stationing of officers and men shall thereafter be 
 made without giving this end in view due consideration. The 
 
 (379) 
 
380 
 
 battle bill shall show the duties to be performed in action and the 
 succession to command for each battle station. The battle bill 
 shall be so prepared as to provide, when operating with an allow- 
 ance of men less than full complement, for immediate expansion 
 by adding to crews by filling up the least important stations with 
 unskilled personnel, when such may be supplied, to bring the 
 complement to full strength. 
 
 Divisions. (5) The complement of the ship shall be further organized into 
 
 ■divisions and crews. The assignment to divisions shall be based 
 primarily upon crews assigned to battle stations. All line officers 
 shall be assigned to command, in so far as is possible, the divisions 
 composed of the crews which they command in action ; and petty 
 officers to the command of the crews which they command in 
 action. 
 
 Chain of com- (6) In the ship's organization the chain of command shall be 
 utilized to the maximum by using the division and the crew as 
 units in all ship's activities. 
 
 Subdivision. (7) The ship itself and the entire crew thereof shall be subdi- 
 
 vided and placed under the immediate command of appropriate 
 officers and petty and noncommissioned officers, officers for battle, 
 for emergency, and for routine activities. 
 
 Training. (8) In all matters pertaining to the training of the personnel 
 
 and the preparation of material for battle or other activity, and 
 quarters for muster, each division officer, petty officer, or crew 
 leader shall be responsible for that part of the ship's personnel 
 and material which he commands in action, in so far as this may 
 be practicable. 
 
 Absence of offl- (9) In the absence of officers, the petty and noncommissioned 
 officers, shall be responsible at all times for the preservation of 
 order, the maintenance of discipline, and the compliance with 
 orders, regulations instructions, and the customs of the service in 
 the part of the ship to which assigned. 
 
 Watches and (10) Divisions and crews shall be organized into watches and 
 sections for duty, watch keeping, and liberty, so that battle 
 watches may be kept in all battle stations in accordance with 
 the standard of readiness for action prescribed by the commander 
 in chief to meet the necessities of the occasion. 
 
 Departments. (11) For administrative purposes the complement of the ship 
 shall be further organized into six departments, viz: 
 (a) Gunnery department. 
 (&) Navigation department, 
 (c) Engineer department. 
 '(d) Construction department, 
 (e) Medical department. 
 (/) Supply department. 
 
 These departments shall be in charge of the gunnery officer, the 
 navigator, the engineer officer, the first lieutenant, the medical 
 
 cers 
 
381 
 
 officer, and the supply officer, respectively. In small ships one 
 officer may have charge of several departments in accordance with 
 these regulations. The work of the ship, however, shall be carried 
 on, in so far as is possible, through the division officers and petty 
 officers, who shall be responsible to the captain for the execution 
 of such instructions as they may receive. 
 
 (12) The engineer department, consisting of the engineer divi- The engineer 
 sions, shall comprise all engineer watch and division officers, 
 
 ensigns of the line performing engineering duty, all chief gunners 
 and gunners for electrical duty, chief machinists and machinists, 
 and of all enlisted men of the engineer force, including electricians 
 and the engineer's yeomen. Firemen, third class, and electricians 
 may be assigned stations outside of the engineer department in the 
 battle organization. 
 
 (13) Based on the battle bill, the executive officer shall prepare Watch, quarter 
 watch and station bills, bills for berthing, messing, cleaning, fire, dm 
 collision, abandon ship, coaling, boat, fire and rescue, and landing 
 
 force, assigning general duties to the several divisions, and, upon 
 receiving the approval of the captain, shall have these bills framed 
 and hung in some conspicuous place. The division officers shall 
 thereupon prepare complete and detailed station bills for the crews 
 and members of their divisions for performing all details of ship's 
 duty, and shall submit these for approval to the executive officer. 
 These shall be kept complete, corrected and posted for the in- 
 formation and guidance of all hands. In small ships the entire 
 bill may be prepared by the executive officer. 
 
 (14) The executive officer shall see that each officer on coming Assignment or 
 aboard is assigned a specific station for each operation of the ° cers " 
 ship's functions, and that each enlisted man is immediately as- 
 signed to a division. 
 
 (15) The division officers shall see that each man, upon assign- Assignment ot 
 rnent to his division, is furnished with a station billet giving his meu * 
 assignment in number, rating, division, watch, and his station in 
 
 each operation of the ship's functions. 
 
 (16) In so far as the construction of the ship permits, the com- Living and bat- 
 
 tle stations, 
 piemen t of the ship shall be assigned to the performance of routine 
 
 duties, and to living and berthing space in the vicinity of their 
 
 several battle stations. 
 
 (17) The responsibility for the execution of all instructiops in Executive re- 
 regard to organization of the ship rests, under the authority of ecution? e f ° r e * 
 the captain, on the executive officer. 
 
 (18) Petty officers shall be selected, rated, and stationed so as 
 to use fully their experience and abilities in command of men, 
 rather than their individual manual dexterity. 
 
 (19) The personal command of any officer at the battery shall Battery of one 
 include, as far as practicable, only one class of guns. An officer class of suns * 
 
382 
 
 shall not be displaced in his command simply because of difference 
 of rank. 
 Keep bills cor- (20) All officers shall be required to keep copies of the battle 
 rectcd to date. bill prescribed in paragraph (4) above, corrected to date; and 
 in like manner copies of such parts of the other station bills as 
 are necessary for the performance of their duties. 
 When part of (21) The organization shall be so arranged that when any con- 
 crew is absent. s i(j era ble part of the complement is away from the ship for any 
 service the force remaining on board shall be sufficient to effi- 
 ciently care for the safety and handling of the ship under way. 
 
 Absence of (22) The organization shall be so arranged that when any con- 
 part of crew. 
 
 siderable part of the complement is away from the ship for any 
 
 service the force remaining on board shall be sufficient to effi- 
 ciently care for the safety and handling of the ship under way 
 and be efficiently organized for this purpose. In organizing the 
 service of the battery on board battleships and armored cruisers 
 it shall be assumed that the marine detachment is the only part 
 of the ship's force that is likely to be withdrawn from the ship 
 for other than temporary duties in time of war, and the station 
 bills shall be arranged accordingly for efficiently manning their 
 stations for battle in the case of their absence. The provisions of 
 this paragraph shall not be construed as restricting the organiza- 
 tion of full battalions of infantry and artillery on board such ships 
 for drills or other purposes in time of peace. 
 Disposition all (23) On going out of commission the battle bill and station bills 
 foil out* o" com* of the shi P sha11 be forwarded to the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 mission. 
 
 1288. 
 
 Boats — care (1) Each boat shall be assigned to a line officer who shall be 
 of * responsible for general condition, armament, equipment, and out- 
 
 fit, and for the proper instruction of its crew and their duties, and 
 who shall as a rule command it when on special duty. 
 
 Provisions in (2) A moderate supply of provisions and water shall be kept 
 in all boats at sea. If a boat is sent away from the ship at 
 sea she shall be provided with such articles as the special occasion 
 or duty demands. 
 
 Lifeboats. (3) When at sea the boats best adapted as lifeboats, one on 
 
 each side, shall be always ready for lowering. In these boats 
 shall be life preservers and such other standard equipment as is 
 required for such boats. The detaching apparatus shall be kept 
 in order and ready for use, the steering oar shipped, and such 
 other dispositions made as will render these boats most effective 
 and safe in a seaway and as lifeboats. In port one or both 
 lifeboats shall be kept ready for immediate use from sunset 
 until 8 a. m. Boat sails shall always be kept in condition for use. 
 When it is necessary to unbend and stow them below for preser- 
 
 boats. 
 
383 
 
 vation, they and theft gear shall be kept properly marked so 
 that they may be obtained without delay. 
 
 (4) Flagships will be allowed 6 signalmen, first class; 6 signal- 
 men, second class; and 4 signalmen, third class. 
 
 (5) Vessels of the first rate will be allowed 4 signalmen, first 
 class; 4 signalmen, second class; and 4 signalmen, third class. 
 
 (6) Vessels of the second rate will be allowed 4 signalmen, first 
 class ; 2 signalmen, second class ; and 2 signalmen, third class. 
 
 (7) Vessels of the third rate will be allowed 3 signalmen, first 
 class ; 1 signalman, second class ; and 2 signalmen, third class. 
 
 1289. 
 
 (1) A separate mess shall be formed for chief petty officers, to 
 which one cook shall be allowed. Messmen shall be allowed on 
 the basis of the number in the mess, one for each 15 men or frac- 
 tion thereof. 
 
 (2) The other petty officers and enlisted men and marines shall 
 be arranged in one general mess, divided into submesses of 20, as 
 nearly as may be, to each of which shall be assigned one messman. 
 Petty officers shall mess with their own divisions. 
 
 (3) Messmen shall be detailed from the lower ratings. In no 
 case shall a petty officer be detailed as messman. The executive 
 officer shall have general charge of messing arrangements and 
 shall be responsible for the detailed organization and discipline 
 of the messmen and for the proper service of food. 
 
 (4) The executive officer shall prepare the daily and monthly 
 ration records for the information of the supply officer as a basis 
 for the issue of rations ; and shall be responsible for their correct- 
 ness. 
 
 1290. 
 
 The articles for the Government of the Navv, sea and port Useful lnforma- 
 , ,,,,,.„ ., tion to be posted, 
 
 routine, report record, schedule for drills and exercises, daily con- 
 duct reports, all police regulations, safety precautions, department, 
 fleet, and ship routine orders; and general court-martial orders, 
 which concern the ships company, shall be kept posted. Informa- 
 tion concerning the movements of ship, the mails, the addresses 
 of letters, the boat schedule, quarterly recommendations, restric- 
 tion lists, results of competitive drills, results of competitive 
 sports, and other information of like nature and interesting to the 
 crew and profitable for them to know shall also be posted. 
 
 1291. 
 
 C. P. O. mess. 
 
 Crew's mess. 
 
 Messmen. 
 
 Ration records. 
 
 Copies of all safety orders shall be kept posted in conspicuous 
 places, easy of access to members of the crew, and all members of 
 the crew concerned shall be frequently and thoroughly instructed 
 in them. 
 
 Safety orders. 
 
384 
 
 1292. 
 
 Records con- (]\ rphe execu ti V e officer shall, under the supervision of the 
 • ermiiff the _ 
 
 crew. commanding officer, have charge of the preparation and keeping 
 
 of all books, records, and returns required by the Chief of the 
 
 Bureau of Navigation concerning the crew. 
 
 (2) In connection with this duty he shall require from heads 
 
 of departments and division officers such assistance as may be 
 
 necessary. 
 
 Report book. (3) He shall keep a report book showing proper columns ac- 
 cording to the information required ; this book shall be so placed 
 that officers desiring to make reports against any member of the 
 crew may have access to it and enter the report therein. 
 
 Reports. (4) Reports requiring immediate attention shall be made to the 
 
 officer of the deck, who shall at once refer them to the executive 
 officer. 
 
 1293. 
 
 C. 0. to regn- (1) The commanding officer, subject to the provisions of the 
 
 wateh°s f tandi e B?!' Nav y Regulations, shall regulate the manner in which officers 
 
 shall stand watch on deck and in the engine room, both at sea 
 
 and in port, and the manner of standing day's duty in port, 
 
 when authorized. 
 
 (2) Officers shall not interchange duties without the com- 
 manding officer's permission. 
 
 1294. 
 
 Deck duty (1) Deck duty shall be performed as prescribed in this article. 
 (2) On board every ship to which there are attached five or 
 W th k . more line officers of the ranks of lieutenant, lieutenant (junior 
 ins. grade), and ensign, below the heads of departments and eligible 
 
 for watch duty (see par. 7), and in addition to such as may be 
 detailed for engineering duty, such officers shall stand a strict 
 and regular watch as officer of the deck, both at sea and in port, 
 except as provided in the following paragraph. 
 Day's duty. (3) On board a ship of the class described in the preceding 
 
 paragraph, the commanding officer may, in port, at his discretion, 
 permit such officers to stand day's duty, with junior officers stand- 
 ing a strict and regular deck watch under them. 
 
 (4) On board ships other than those described in paragraph 
 (2) of this article the commanding officer may, at his discretion, 
 permit the officers detailed for deck duty to stand day's duty 
 in port. 
 Manner of (5) When standing day's duty, the watch officer having the 
 <futy. lnS days day's duty shall always be ready to appear the moment he is 
 summoned or notified that his presence is required, and he shall 
 receive all reports direct, no matter where he may be. He shall 
 
385 
 
 habitually be on deck and attentive to duty from " all hands " in 
 the morning watch until after " taps," except during meals. 
 When a junior officer is on watch as officer of the deck under 
 the officer having the day's duty, the latter can exercise his 
 authority only through the officer of the deck, whom he is 
 authorized to relieve at any time. 
 
 (6) Should the number of commissioned line officers junior to Number of 
 
 witch officers B"C* 
 
 the heads of departments, exclusive of any detailed for engi- d ue ed. 
 neering and commissioned warrant officers, be insufficient to main- 
 tain a deck watch in four on board a capital ship, or a deck watch 
 in three at sea or two on board other vessels, the first lieutenant, 
 navigator, and gunnery officer — one or more of them, taken in 
 inverse order of seniority — may be assigned to additional duties 
 as a deck watch officer temporarily. 
 
 (7) Junior line officers shall stand watch as junior officers of junior officers, 
 the watch both at sea and in port, whenever their number allows 
 
 this to be done without manifest hardship. They may be given 
 charge of a deck watch as soon as the commanding officer is satis- 
 fied of their qualification for it. 
 
 1205. 
 
 (1) (a) The engineer duties of a ship shall be performed by Engineer dn- 
 officers of the line below the grade of commander, chief machinists, 
 machinists, chief gunners electrical, gunners electrical, and en- 
 listed personnel of engineer ratings including electricians. 
 
 (b) Commanding officers of vessels shall inform the Bureau of To inform de- 
 
 partment. 
 Navigation of the dates of detail and relief of all officers per* 
 
 forming engineer duty on board ship. 
 
 (2) (a) Assignment to duty as engineer watch or division ?™ gi , n ®. e J r 
 
 J watch and diri- 
 
 officer shall be made by the commanding officer, and shall be for sion officers, 
 a period of one year, at the end of which an officer shall be re- 
 lieved and assigned to other duty, unless a longer term is 
 authorized by the department. 
 
 ( & ) The designation " engineer watch and division officers " Designation. 
 includes all commissioned officers assigned to the engineer de- 
 partment on board ship, exclusive of the engineer Qfficer, assistant 
 engineer officer, ensigns of the line under instruction, chief 
 machinists, and chief gunners electrical. 
 
 (c) On board capital ships in active commission the command- { „ u e ™j Cr ^ a tch 
 ing officer shall detail at least four engineer watch and division officers, 
 officers and others in addition when practicable. 
 
 {d) On board other vessels in active commission when the num- 
 ber of commissioned line officers available for deck watch duty 
 exceeds four, one or .more shall be detailed to engineer duties, 
 according to the number available. 
 
386 
 
 When the num- ( e ) Ensigns of the line performing engineer duties may be as- 
 officers is re- signed to duty as engineer watch and division officers, when the 
 duced - commanding officer considers them qualified for it, even before 
 
 the expiration of the nine months' instruction period. 
 
 Warrant offl- (3) ( a ) When the number of commissioned officers regularly 
 assigned to engine-room watch is reduced below four, chief 
 machinists and machinists shall be assigned to duty as engine- 
 room watch officers until the total number of such officers avail- 
 able for duty is brought up to four. 
 
 Petty officers. (&) When the number of officers available for engine-room 
 watch is reduced below three, qualified petty officers may be as- 
 signed to duty as engine room watch officers in sufficient number 
 to bring the watches to a watch in three. 
 
 Watch stand- (4) Engineer- watch officers shall stand a strict and regular 
 inc. 
 
 watch at sea, and in port a strict and regular watch or day's 
 
 duty, at the discretion of the commanding officer. 
 
 Assistant en- (5) ( a ) Qn ships for which an assistant engineer is allowed, he 
 ffineer officer. 
 
 shall be detailed as such by the Chief of the Bureau of Naviga- 
 tion, and he is to perform such duties as the engineer officer of 
 the ship, under the commanding officer, may prescribe. He shall 
 have no regular duties outside the engineer department. 
 
 Succession to (&) If the assistant engineer officer of the ship be detached, ab- 
 sent, placed under arrest, suspended from duty, or otherwise ren- 
 dered incapable of performing the duties of his office, his duties 
 shall devolve upon the line officer attached to and on board the 
 ship, designated by the commanding officer. 
 
 Responsibility (c) When the engineer officer is not in the engine room, the 
 assistant engineer may direct the officer in charge of the engine- 
 room watch how to proceed in time of danger or during an emer- 
 gency ; or he may assume charge of the watch himself, and shall 
 at once report to the engineer officer the fact and his reasons for 
 so doing. 
 
 Electrical offi- (6) The officer in command of the electrical division shall be 
 cer * known as the electrical officer. 
 
 Permission to (7) Engineer-watch officers, junior officers, chief gunners elec- 
 leave the ship. ., , „ ,,.,,, ,.„ -, . . > 
 
 trical, and gunners for electrical duty, chief machinists and ma- 
 chinists shall, Jbefore applying for leave to be absent from the 
 ship, obtain the engineer officer's permission. Should the engineer 
 officer refuse such permission, he shall report his reasons to the 
 commanding officer. 
 
 Section 2. — Ship Routine. 
 
 1296. 
 
 Routine. The routine carried out on board ships of the Navy shall con- 
 
 form to these regulations. 
 
387 
 
 1297. 
 
 (1) The executive officer, under the direction of the captain, Sea and port 
 shall prepare the sea and port routine, the boat schedules, and routine - 
 
 the officer' of the deck's order book. 
 
 (2) He shall be responsible under the captain for planning and dri ^ ls x e ^ n j s e in ^ 
 promulgating the schedule of exercises, drills, and instruction for struction. 
 
 the personnel of the ship to cover all phases of battle, emergency, 
 and other activities aboard ship. Such plans shall be made and 
 published as far in advance as possible to the end that officers 
 and petty officers may make the maximum preparation. When 
 circumstances permit, such plans should cover the period of the 
 entire week, 
 
 1298. 
 
 (1) Quarters for inspection shall be held daily, under ordinary Quarters for 
 circumstances, at 9.30 a. m. or earlier. inspection. 
 
 (2) EVery man attached to the ship shall be assigned to a 
 division. 
 
 (3) The officers of a ship not assigned to a division shall report 
 their presence at quarters in person. 
 
 (4) Saturday afternoon shall, in general, be regarded on board Saturday half- 
 ^. ........ holiday. 
 
 ship as a half holiday. 
 
 (5) Sunday shall be observed on board all ships and at naval The obscrv- 
 stations in an orderly manner. All labor shall be reduced to the 
 requirements of necessary duty, and the duty required of officers 
 
 and men on that day shall be reduced to a minimum consistent 
 with the requirements of the service. The religious tendencies of 
 officers and men shall be recognized and encouraged. 
 
 (6) The commanding officer's inspection of ship and crew shall 
 not be held on Sunday. The inspection of the ship shall be held 
 on such other day of the week as may be most expedient and the 
 inspection of the crew on Saturday before noon, if circumstances 
 permit ; if not, as soon after the dinner hour as practicable. 
 
 (7) At quarters the executive officer shall transmit as a whole Station and 
 to the commanding officer the reports from officers in charge of t?ve S officer 6 ™! 
 divisions of the presence or absence of their men. quarters. 
 
 (8) There shall be available, for the guidance of the officer of Routine book, 
 the deck, a routine book, which shall contain the daily routine at 
 
 sea and in port and such orders and instructions as may be neces- 
 sary concerning the manner of performing the duties of the ship 
 over which he has supervision. This book shall be kept in a place 
 where it is accessible to all. 
 
 (9) The executive officer shall keep a morning order book, in Morning order 
 which he shall enter the instructions for the officer of the deck book * 
 during the morning watch. 
 
388 
 
 1299. 
 
 To prevent un- All officers of the ship shall exact a silent performance of duty, 
 necessary noise. ftn( j ^ unnecessary noise, confusion, and singing out shall be 
 avoided. 
 
 1300. 
 
 instruction of (1) Special instruction and exercise shall be given to all men 
 crew « w ho evince marked inclination or aptitude for any particular 
 
 branch of their profession. Every incentive shall be given to de- 
 velop and maintain the professional qualifications of such men, 
 and opportunities shall be afforded them for improvement in that 
 
 Instruction of branch for which they are best fitted. All men of the seamen 
 men * branch, and particularly the seamen, second class, shall be in- 
 
 structed in steering, boxing the compass, heaving the lead, knot- 
 ting and splicing, the use of the palm and needle, sailing and pull- 
 ing in boats, exercise aloft, nomenclature of parts of the ship, com- 
 mon navigation and weather instruments, and generally in all the 
 duties of seamen. If there be any who can not read and write, 
 facilities for learning shall be given them, and they shall be en- 
 couraged in so doing. 
 
 Petty officers (2) The commanding officer shall give to petty officers and war- 
 ceri warraBt offi " rant officers who seek to qualify themselves for warrant and 
 commissioned rank such opportunities and facilities for study as 
 may be practicable, provided their records warrant it ; and when 
 practicable he shall designate officers to assist them in their 
 preparation. 
 
 Petty officers. (3) Petty officers shall be encouraged to become expert instruc- 
 tors of enlisted men and to acquire the requisite confidence and 
 ability to assume responsibility and exercise authority in the in- 
 struction, drilling, and control of enlisted men under their charge 
 afloat and ashore. Systematic instruction shall be given them by 
 officers in each branch of their duties to qualify them as instruc- 
 tors and drill masters. When they attain proficiency they shall be 
 utilized, under the supervision of their divisional officers to drill 
 and instruct squads of men placed under them. 
 
 steersmen. (4) All seamen and men holding higher ratings in the seaman 
 
 branch shall be required to become expert seamen, second class; 
 also should be able to steer before being advanced in rating. 
 Every opportunity shall be taken to accomplish these ends. 
 
 instruction at (5) After men have become thoroughly proficient in the duties 
 
 battle stations, of their regular stations for action they shall be instructed in the 
 
 duties of some other battle stations, so that in times of emergency 
 
 they may serve at stations other than their own, or perform other 
 
 useful duty. 
 
 instruction in (6) All members of the crew, whatever their rating, shall be 
 Stoats. aTmS and taught the use of small arms of all kinds and shall be exercised in 
 boats. 
 
389 
 
 1301. 
 
 Unless urgent duties prevent, or the weather renders it impos- General quar- 
 sible, there shall be an exercise at general quarters held at least 
 once a week, and each division shall be drilled at least once a day, 
 except on Saturday and Sunday, until the crew is proficient. In 
 bad weather oral instruction under cover shall be substituted for 
 open-air drills. When in port where there are United States 
 marine barracks the marines, if there be a detachment on board, 
 shall be landed and drilled in company with those at the barracks 
 at least once a week, when practicable. 
 
 1302. 
 
 General drills shall usually be held during forenoon periods ; General drills. 
 individual drills and instruction and ship's work, in afternoon 
 periods. 
 
 1303. 
 
 The executive officer shall see that officers and men of all battle drnis. eS ° nCe ** 
 stations are present at their stations at exercise, unless unavoid- 
 ably absent, so that the efficiency of the crews may not be im- 
 paired by exercising shorthanded or with inexpert substitutes. 
 
 1304. 
 
 Exercises at collision drill and at closing water-tight doors Exercise at 
 and hatches shall be held without warning at other than routine 
 times, and the officers and crew shall be required to observe the 
 signal with the utmost dispatch, and the commanding officer shall 
 determine by careful inspection that all water-tight doors and 
 hatches have been properly closed and secured, and that the 
 regular collision mat is ready to be put into place, gear rove and 
 mat stretched. There shall be entered on the log book the time 
 required fully to perform the foregoing requirements. Where 
 doors are not closed properly or gaskets are found in bad con- 
 dition, special reports from those responsible shall be required. 
 
 1305. 
 
 (1) The signal to indicate that water-tight doors, valves, and Signals for 
 traps are to be closed shall be one blast of the siren much pro- tight doors!* W 
 longed, together with all general alarm signals provided. The 
 prolonged blast on the siren shall never be used except in case 
 of imminent collision, grounding, or other accident requiring it, 
 or for exercise, and when so used for exercise, everything shall be 
 done as for actual accident. Means of escape for men in remote 
 183841°— 20 26 
 
390 
 
 compartments must be provided and those stationed to close doors 
 must be required to make search for £nd give warning to men in 
 distant compartments. 
 
 (2) The signal to open water-tight doors after an emergency or 
 exercise shall be three short blasts on the siren. The three short 
 blasts shall mean always and invariably " open water-tight doors 
 and hatches," except that they may be used for the purpose of 
 testing the siren. 
 
 (3) The siren shall never be used for any purpose other than 
 as indicated above. 
 
 Doors closed (4) During an action, or when at sea, in fog, or at night, and 
 ,au ion. at ot i ier times when sudden collisions may occur, as many of the 
 water-tight doors, hatches, and valves as practicable shall be 
 closed, taking into consideration the necessities of the occasion and 
 the requirements of the officers and crew. 
 eio?in* a do 1 ors f i > n ^ Men slia11 be detailed wno shall, upon the alarm of fire or 
 case of fire. when the signal is given, proceed with all possible speed to close 
 the air ducts and water-tight doors, which will isolate the fire 
 and not interfere with the water supply, and then report them 
 closed to the officer of their division. The branch pipes from the 
 air conduits to the magazines and shell rooms shall be kept dis- 
 connected, except when the latter are in use. There shall be a 
 sufficient number of men so detailed as to provide for all possible 
 absentees from sickness or other cause. 
 
 1306. 
 
 Fire stations. The crew ^hall be drilled at their fire stations at least once a 
 week, the alarm being frequently sounded at night. 
 
 1307. 
 
 Commissary Commissary stewards, cooks, and bakers shall be excused from 
 stewards, cooks, , , , ' . „ 
 
 and Tbakers. all except general drills and exercises. Excepting in case of actual 
 
 emergency, when food is being prepared for use a sufficient num- 
 ber of cooks and bakers shall be left in charge, corresponding to 
 the ship's condition of readiness for action. 
 
 1308. 
 
 Reveille and i n port reveille shall be sounded when all hands are called in 
 tattoo. * 
 
 the morning, and tattoo at 9 p. m. 
 
 1309. 
 
 Fires for cook- (i) All fires used for cooking shall be extinguished at tattoo, 
 Ing. 
 
 unless specially authorized by the commanding officer to be con- 
 tinued longer for some specific purpose. When the weather is very 
 
391 
 
 warm they shall be extinguished as early as practicable, if by so 
 doing the comfort of the crew is increased. 
 
 (2) All lights, except those in the cabins, offices, officers' quar- Lights extin- 
 ters, and those designated as standing lights, shall be extinguished too! e & tat ' 
 at tattoo. 
 
 (3) The lights on the lower decks shall be reduced in number Lights extin- 
 before tattoo, unless required for the comfort of the crew. Allflttoo? before 
 lights in the holds, storerooms, and orlops, and all open lights in 
 
 the ship, except those in officers' quarters, must be extinguished 
 before 7.30 p. m., or at the time of the evening inspection by the 
 executive officer. 
 
 (4) There shall be at all times during the night a sufficient num- m Standing 
 ber of standing lights throughout the open parts of the ship to en- Ig s ' 
 
 able the officers and crew to turn out, repair to the upper decks, 
 or to attend to any duty arising from a sudden emergency. 
 
 (5) The lights in officers' quarters, except those in the cabins Lights in offl- 
 
 ccrs' tiU'Ttors 
 
 and such as may be designated as standing lights, shall be ex- 
 tinguished at 10 p. m., unless the time is extended. 
 
 (G) Special lights for officers' use in their rooms after hours Extension of 
 may be permitted by the commanding officer, provided that they lights * 
 do not prevent those who may desire rest from sleeping. 
 
 (7) The commanding officer shall require quiet to be preserved Quiet to he 
 in officers' quarters after 10 o'clock, unless the time is extended Crs?^ after 
 as provided in paragraph 5 of this article. 
 
 (8) During rainy or cloudy weather and at other times, if neces- Sufficient light, 
 sary, when the duties of the ship will permit, sufficient artificial 
 
 light shall be supplied between decks for the crew to read, write, 
 or engage in recreation. 
 
 (9) Ships with single electric lighting plants shall always have Single electric 
 on hand in the dynamo room and at other places throughout the S lns p ants " 
 ship, ready for use, lamps or lanterns that will give sufficient light 
 
 for emergencies. 
 
 (10) Uncovered lights shall never be left unattended in any Uncovered 
 part of the ship, and covered lights shall always be so secured as llghts - 
 
 to prevent breaking or capsizing. Uncovered lights shall never be 
 used in holds, storerooms, orlops, lockers, bilges, or other places 
 below the berth deck, except to test the air. 
 
 (11) Such lights and fires as the commanding officer may deem Lights and 
 
 dangerous shall be extinguished when the magazines are opened, f l?P wll?n h , an * 
 , , ,,. . , , . , ' dllng powder 
 
 or when handling or passing powder, explosives, or other dangerous and explosives. 
 
 combustibles. 
 
 (12) In time of war, or when necessary to conceal a shin from , L| s h ts in time 
 
 of war. 
 
 an enemy, only such lights shall be used as are deemed advisable 
 by the senior officer present. 
 
 (13) Once a month all oil lamps used for replacing the electric Oil lamps test- 
 lights in case of an accident, shall be lighted and kept burning cd monthly - 
 for a sufficient length of time to insure their being ready for use. 
 
392 
 
 (14) Care shall be exercised that all lights used by navy yard 
 and other shore mechanics are extinguished when work ceases 
 for the day. 
 Matches. (15) None other than safety matches shall be permitted on 
 
 board, and the commanding officer shall prescribe the necessary 
 precautions to be observed in their use. They shall not be used 
 in storerooms, holds, or orlops, and care shall be taken that per- 
 sons about to enter the magazines and shell rooms have no 
 matches about them. 
 
 To see that ( 16 ) At g 9 and 10 p m tlle master-at-arms shall make 
 lights and fires ' ' 
 
 are extinguished, the rounds to see that the fires and lights are extinguished as pre- 
 scribed, reporting the result of his inspection to the officer of the 
 deck. 
 
 1310. 
 
 Use of ship's (1) When in port, and when sanitary conditions, exercises, and 
 duties of the ship permit, regular trips of the ship's boats shall 
 be made at such hours as the commanding officer may think 
 proper. In order that officers and men may conveniently return 
 on board for their meals, and at night, and in order to encourage 
 them to do so, trips should be appropriately and liberally sched- 
 uled, relief boat crews being detailed as necessary. The senior 
 officer present may order such schedule of omnibus boats as may 
 be appropriate. 
 
 (2) Whenever officers attend entertainments, or like affairs, in 
 their official capacity, adequate and convenient transportation 
 shall be provided for them, going and returning. 
 
 (3) The use of boats during meal hours and at night shall be 
 restricted to a reasonable extent consistent with the necessities 
 of the occasion. 
 
 (4) When a ship is supplied with but one power boat it shall 
 be used for the general service of the ship. 
 
 Bescuing per- (5) Efficient means shall be constantly kept in readiness for 
 sons oyer oar . regcuin g an y 0ne w h m ay fall overboard. 
 
 1311. 
 
 Personal re- (l) On board a flagship the following reports shall be made 
 ports to com- _ _, 
 
 mander in chief, to the flag officer : 
 
 (a) When in port, the movements of all ships of war, mail 
 steamers, and vessels that may be in danger from any cause. 
 
 (&) When at sea, the discovery of land, lighthouses, lightships, 
 strange sails, and all dangers, real or supposed ; also the position 
 of the ship at 8 a. m., 12 m., and 8 p. m. 
 
 (2) A ship at sea in company with a flagship shall make by 
 signal the same reports to the commander in chief or commander 
 of the force to which attached as though she were the flagship, 
 except the 8 o'clock positions. 
 
393 
 
 1312. 
 
 In mauers affecting the external appearance of the ship, the Motions of flag- 
 motions of the flagship or of the ship of the senior officer present 
 shall be followed. 
 
 1313. 
 
 When in a fleet or squadron, no ship shall make an official . ^°* to make 
 signal to any other than the flagship of her immediate superior, 
 except when necessary to repeat one made by the latter or to 
 report a danger, or as provided in article 1311 (2) ; nor shall a 
 signal of recognition be made to a strange ship without per- 
 mission. 
 
 1314. 
 
 When two or more ships of the Navy meet, their signal books olf jJ] al s S or 5jj! 
 and general orders shall be compared, and such other steps shall tion. 
 be taken as may be necessary to obtain the latest information that 
 may affect such ships. 
 
 1315. 
 
 In ships other than flagships the commanding officer shall Signal anitac- 
 require all signals and official messages, by whatever means re- 
 ceived, to be immediately recorded, and that a smooth copy of this 
 record be made in the communication record. These records shall 
 be verified and authenticated daily by the signature of the signal 
 officer and radio officer, respectively, and shall be submitted to the 
 commanding officer for daily examination and monthly approval. 
 No alteration of these records shall be permitted, and they shall 
 be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation monthly. 
 The commanding officer shall prevent any entry or tiling of a 
 signal number of code message with its translation. 
 
 1316. 
 
 The commanding officer shall designate the number of rockets Rockets and 
 and the amount of powder to be kept in readiness for signal HaT purposes/ ^ 
 purposes. 
 
 1317. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer shall examine the deck log, com- Tne lo s Com- 
 munication record (except aboard flagships), and engine room log j unaal. eleCtriCal 
 daily, the electric log and all expenditure books as occasion may Expenditure 
 require, and shall approve them on the last day of every month, books - 
 when they are filled out, and upon the day of relinquishing com- 
 mand. He shall have corrected any inaccuracies or omissions he 
 may observe. After they have been examined by the commanding 
 
394 
 
 officer no change or addition shall be made without his permission 
 or direction. 
 
 Sailing orders (2) Upon getting underway, the commanding officer shall cause 
 to be entered in the log a brief summary of the orders under 
 which the ship moves, quoting the authority for the orders, and, if 
 written, the number and date thereof; or, if not acting under 
 specific orders, a statement of the reasons for the move. In gen- 
 eral, the ship's log should show the character of the duty on 
 which the ship is engaged and the reasons for her movements, in 
 order that it may be of historical value in future years. The com- 
 manding officer should, therefore, cause to be entered in the log, 
 from time to time, such brief statements of duty performed and 
 of the conditions surrounding it as may be practicable and advis- 
 able. If the orders referred to above are confidential in their 
 nature, the abstract of their contents shall be omitted from the 
 log, the entry then consisting simply of a note of the office of 
 origin, number, and date thereof, by which it will be possible to 
 find the original orders in the files of the issuing office. 
 
 Changes in (3) Any change or addition to the deck log must be made by 
 ship's log. the officer in w h ose wa tch the event under consideration occurred. 
 
 An officer of the watch shall not decline to make a change in or 
 an addition to his log, when his attention is called to an inaccu- 
 racy or omission by the commanding officer or navigating officer, 
 unless he believes the proposed change or addition to be incorrect ; 
 in which event he shall, if required, explain in writing to the 
 commanding officer his reasons for this opinion. The commanding 
 officer may then make any remarks concerning this particular 
 inaccuracy or omission that he may deem proper, entering them 
 at the bottom of the page over his own signature. 
 
 The engine (4) The engineer officer of the ship shall cause the engine room 
 room log. j g £ Q k e corrected as may De pointed out by the commanding offi- 
 
 cer, unless he believes the proposed entries to be incorrect ; in 
 which event he shall, if required, explain in writing to the com- 
 manding officer the reasons for this opinion. The commanding 
 officer may then enter upon the engine room log, over his own sig- 
 nature, any remarks concerning the particular inaccuracy or 
 omission under consideration that he may deem proper. 
 
 Draft of the (5) Th^ carpenter shall take the draft of the ship when enter- 
 ing and just before leaving port, and report it to the navigating 
 officer, and to the officer of the deck for entry in the log. 
 
 1318. 
 
 Precautions to (1) Except in emergencies, coal shall not be taken on board in 
 fire tS ftom a8 spoI- a condition that might render it dangerous. The bunkers con- 
 taneous comhns- taining such coal shall be carefully watched. 
 gas*. 11 a (2) Coal bags that have been used shall be examined periodi- 
 
 Coal hags. cfiliy, as fine coal dust remaining in them may produce sponta- 
 
395 
 
 neous combustion. They shall not be stowed below until they 
 are dry. While in use, suitable details shall be made to repair 
 bags that may become torn, and means shall be provided for re- 
 turning bags from ship to collier, so that they will not be lost 
 overboard. 
 
 (3) The utmost endeavor to bring the vessel to the highest fu f 1 fn? cicncy in 
 proficiency in fueling ship shall be made. 
 
 1319. 
 
 (1) So far as possible the ship shall be kept thoroughly clean Cleanliness. 
 throughout, dry, at a comfortable temperature, well supplied with 
 
 light, and properly ventilated ; blowers shall generally be kept 
 running at full speed when hammocks are down. The men shall 
 be required to wash daily ; when possible, supplies of fresh water 
 shall be allowed for that purpose and for washing clothes. Bar- 
 rels or buckets of dirty water must not be stowed away or per- 
 mitted to stand about the decks. Bath and wash rooms shall be 
 supplied with hot and cold water and kept open during the even- 
 ing. Every effort shall be made to encourage cleanly personal 
 habits. The hair and beard shall be kept short. At morning 
 inspection division officers shall carefully observe whether these 
 rules have been followed, and, should it be necessary, any man 
 may be punished for their infraction. 
 
 (2) The commanding officer shall see that the crew is not ex- Precautions as 
 posed to the sun or to night dews when such exposure is injurious c ° ew# ca of 
 and can be prevented. Men who get wet shall be permitted to 
 
 change their clothing as soon as possible. In ports where there 
 is an infectious disease, or where contagious diseases are notori- 
 ously prevalent, the commanding officer should consult with the 
 medical officer regarding measures advisable to preserve the health 
 of the crew. If necessary, liberty and leave should be restricted 
 or suspended. Men suffering from communicable disease shall not 
 be granted liberty except upon recommendation of the medical 
 officer. 
 
 (3) Clothing shall be inspected once a month, and oftener if clothing, 
 necessary, in order to ascertain that it is clean, properly marked, 
 
 and of uniform pattern, that previous issues are duly accounted 
 for, and to take note of any deficiencies ; and the necessary steps 
 shall be taken to see that every man is provided with a proper 
 amount of stowage space for his clothing. In granting clothing 
 requisitions due regard shall be paid to the necessities of the 
 individuals of the crew and the state of their accounts, keeping 
 them, if possible, out of debt. Nothing but the regulation uni- 
 form shall be worn ; and in arranging the dress for the day com- 
 manding officers and senior officers present shall prescribe such 
 as is adapted to the climate, with prompt changes to meet varying 
 
396 
 
 Bedding. 
 
 Allowance 
 water. 
 
 Dress board 
 
 conditions of weather, so as not injuriously to affect the health. 
 Clothing wet hy perspiration must be dried and, if possible, 
 washed before being stowed away. At morning inspection, from 
 which no one shall be excused unless necessary, a careful ex- 
 amination shall be made to see that the clothing is clean, neat, 
 and in accordance with the order for the day. Every reasonable 
 opportunity and facility shall be given to the crew to make, mend, 
 mark, and wash their clothing. 
 
 (4) Bedding shall be aired once a week, each piece being sepa- 
 rately shaken out and hung up, arranged along the ridge ropes 
 and rails without intervals. All bedding shall be of the uniform 
 pattern and color ; each man shall have two mattress covers and 
 change them frequently ; when hammock mattresses become lumpy 
 or need cleaning, they shall be returned to the vessel's home yard, 
 being replaced from the spare mattresses carried on board ; 
 blankets shall be washed as often as necessary, special facilities, 
 if possible, being given to firemen, mechanics, and others whose 
 bedding requires frequent inspections and much care. 
 of (5) Unless absolutely necessary, the daily allowance of fresh 
 water shall not be limited to less than one gallon per man for all 
 purposes. When practicable, fresh water shall be issued for wash- 
 ing the soiled clothes of the crew. 
 
 (6) A dress board, on which will be indicated the uniform of the 
 crew, shall be kept posted in a conspicuous position. 
 
 1320. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer shall appoint a board, consisting of. 
 the executive officer and two other officers, to audit monthly the 
 accounts of the officers' and chief petty officers' messes, which 
 board, shall report to him anything unsatisfactory in their condi- 
 tion. 
 inspections and (2) A medical official shall inspect, as to quality, all fresh food 
 nse of fresh food, purchased f 0r the general mess, and frequently inspect the fruit 
 and other articles of food and drink offered for sale alongside. In 
 localities where night soil is commonly used for fertilizing pur- 
 poses none of the vegetables ordinarily eaten uncooked shall be 
 permitted on board ; and in infected ports no fresh milk, bottled 
 waters, or fruits shall be allowed. 
 Serving ont of (3) When possible a junior officer and one or more petty officers 
 shall be present when meals are served out at the galley ; they 
 shall report if there is any cause for complaint as to the quantity 
 and quality of the food. 
 
 Honrs for (4) The commanding officer shall establish hours for messins:, 
 messing. 
 
 having a due regard for the duties of the ship and the health of 
 
 the crew. The crew shall not be disturbed during meal hours 
 
 when it can be avoided. The practice of conducting visitors 
 
 rations 
 
 I 
 
397 
 
 through the messing spaces' of the men during meal hours should 
 be discouraged. Meals shall not be served to men going on watch 
 before the regular meal hours; such men shall get ther meals at 
 the regular time and shall relieve one-half hour after meals are 
 served. 
 
 (5) The commanding officer shall see that all cooking and mess Food and wa- 
 utensils are kept clean ; that the food is wholesome and well 
 
 cooked. Only pure water, distilled when practicable, shall be 
 allowed for drinking or culinary purposes, and no water shall be 
 issued for drinking until it has been examined and approved by the 
 medical officer. 
 
 (6) The executive officer shall notify the supply officer of any Changes in sub- 
 changes in the number of men in the various submesses, in order 
 
 that the food may be properly apportioned at the galley. 
 
 (7) The executive officer shall notify the supply officer daily Extra Issnes for 
 of the number of men in the engineer and dynamo force detailed 
 for night steaming watches, so that extra issues of provisions may 
 be made to them. 
 
 1321. 
 
 night watches. 
 
 The commanding officer shall cause liberty lists to be prepared 
 ! y ihe executive officer, which he shall carefully inspect before 
 approval. He shall exercise great care that no injustice is done 
 in the distribution <>f privileges in this respect. (Art. 1731.) 
 
 Liberty lists. 
 
 1322. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer shall examine and approve daily 
 the binnacle or other list of officers and crew recommended to be 
 excused from duty, and after it has been approved no names 
 shall be added without his permission. 
 
 (2) He shall inspect the health records and journal of the 
 medical department whenever he considers it necessary. 
 
 Binnacle list. 
 
 The 
 records. 
 
 medical 
 
 1323. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer shall encourage the men to engage 
 in athletics, fencing, boxing, boating, and other similar sports 
 and exercises. Gymnastic outfits will be furnished by the depart- 
 ment to vessels requesting them. When the weather and other 
 circumstances permit, he shall establish in the routine of exercises 
 and drills a regular period for swimming, such exercise to include 
 every enlisted person on board, except those excused by the 
 surgeon. 
 
 (2) During boat races the use of whistles or siren shall not be 
 permitted as an encouragement to the contestants ; the whistle of 
 the referee's launch may, however, be used to indicate which boat 
 is leading. 
 
 Athletic exer- 
 
 Swimming. 
 
398 
 
 Bomboats and (3) The executive officer shall regulate the bumboats and all 
 traffic alongside or on board, and be watchful that no unauthor- 
 ized articles for the crew, unwholesome fruit or food, or improper 
 articles are introduced on board. (Art. 1320 (2).) 
 
 Ship's l>ariber, (4) He shall, with the approval of the commanding officer, 
 
 maker'. a " S ° e " regulate the prices that the barber, tailor, and shoemaker, and 
 
 other men performing services for the crew, shall be permitted to 
 
 charge, bearing in mind that the charges should be moderate, as 
 
 the men are already paid for their services. 
 
 1324. 
 
 Harbor water, in ports where cholera, typhoid, dysentery, or other water- 
 borne diseases are prevailing, either sporadically or epidemically, 
 the use of harbor water shall not be permitted on board either 
 upon or below the upper deck ; also, in ports where the water is 
 contaminated by sewage, animal matter, or refuse, its use shall 
 only be permitted after consultation with the medical officer of 
 the ship. 
 
 1325. 
 
 Ail doors, The commanding officer shall assure himself that the duty of 
 
 be worked once examining and working, once a week, all cocks, valves, slides, 
 
 doors, outlets, and hatches in connection with the ventilating 
 
 apparatus, pumps, and water-tight compartments is faithfully 
 
 performed. 
 
 1326. 
 
 To receiye an& (i) The commanding officer shall prescribe the means, with 
 consider requests ° * 
 
 of the crew. reasonable restrictions as to time and place, by which the members 
 
 of the crew may make any request, report, or statement to him, 
 which he shall receive and consider. Frivolous, vexatious, or 
 intentionally false reports or statements shall be considered mis- 
 demeanors. 
 
 (2) Men of lower ratings shall be encouraged to consult their 
 petty officers and division officers in regard to their requests, 
 reports, and statements, but such procedure should not operate 
 as a restriction. 
 
 1327. 
 
 Smoking.- (1) The commanding officer shall designate the parts of the 
 
 ship where smoking is allowed for officers and crew, and if pos- 
 sible provide places where all may be comfortable. 
 
 Officers. (2) Smoking below the main deck shall be allowed only in the 
 
 cabins and officers' messes between the hours of S a. m. and 10 
 p. m., and in such other inclosures and at such times as the com- 
 manding officer may specifically designate. On special occasions 
 the commanding officer may extend the hours for smoking in the 
 officers' messes. 
 
 i 
 
399 
 
 1328. 
 
 (1) The crew shall be permitted to smoke from "all hands" Crew. 
 to " turn to," during meal hours, and from the time the ham- 
 mocks are down until tattoo. The crew may also be permitted 
 
 to smoke at other times, such as during holidays, on Saturday and 
 Sunday afternoons, during coaling ship and cleaning up after- 
 wards, and for a limited period during night watches ; but these 
 are privileges which may be withheld and should be if they lead 
 to soiling the ship or other abuses. 
 
 (2) Smoking during divine service is forbidden. 
 
 (3) Smoking in the ship's boats, not on detached service, is Ship's boats. 
 forbidden. 
 
 (4) After the hammocks are down, the crew shall smoke only 
 on the upper decks. 
 
 (5) The master-at-arms shall have charge of the smoking Smoking lamp. 
 lamp and see that it is kept lighted during smoking hours only. 
 
 He shall take care that there is no smoking in unauthorized places 
 and that the galley fires and other lights are not used by smokers. 
 
 1329. 
 
 (1) The chief boatswain or boatswain, chief gunner or gunner, Reports from 
 
 warrant officers. 
 
 chief carpenter or carpenter, and chief sailmaker or sailmaker, 
 or, in their absence, their mates, shall report to the executive 
 officer twice daily, at 8 a. m. and 8 p. m., the condition of the ship 
 and her appurtenances, so far as their respective departments are 
 concerned. 
 
 (2) The executive officer shall report to the commanding officer To renort con- 
 
 & dltion of ship, 
 
 the condition of the ship at 8 p. m. 
 
 (.°>) At 9 a. m. daily the master-at-arms shall submit through Report or pris- 
 the executive officer a report of all persons confined, with a state- oncc *' 
 ment of their offenses, the manner and date of confinement, and 
 the authority by which the confinement was ordered. 
 
 (4) The master-at-arms shall examine the holds and store- inspections, 
 rooms to see if they have been closed at the appointed hour, the 
 lights extinguished, and the keys turned in. and report the result 
 to the executive officer when the latter makes his evening rounds. 
 
 1330. 
 
 (1) The boatswain of the ship shall frequently examine the Special duties. 
 spars and rigging. Should he discover any signs of weakness or 
 
 any defects, he shall report the same to the first lieutenant and, if 
 requiring immediate attention, to the officer of the deck. 
 
 (2) When at sea, in ships where it would be appropriate, he Bijjgijiirand 
 
 , „ , „, . , . movable articles. 
 
 shall go aloft every morning and examine the rigging on each 
 
400 
 
 mast, reporting the result to the officer of the deck, and shall pay 
 particular attention to the securing of the anchors, boats, and 
 other movable articles. 
 Ground tackle. (3) He shall satisfy himself that the ground tackle is always 
 ready for use and in good condition. When at anchor he shall see 
 that nothing interferes with a readiness to veer, slip, or bring 
 to the chain or to let go the spare anchors. 
 
 1331. 
 
 HaTTsers and (l) AH hawsers and towiines shall be pointed, and all other 
 pieces of gear, including awning stops, shall be hitched. 
 
 stowage of (2) When stowing the hold and storerooms under his charge 
 he shall take care that such articles as may be needed in an 
 emergency are kept accessible. 
 
 1332. 
 
 Life lmoys. The life buoys shall be in order and constantly in readiness ; 
 
 they shall be frequently tested by dropping, with a line attached 
 for recovery; and when at sea or in a strong tideway an efficient 
 person shall be stationed by them. 
 
 1333. 
 
 Daily inspec- (i) The gunner assigned to ordnance duty shall inspect the 
 tion of maga- . 
 
 zines. magazines daily, and the fact that such inspection was niacin 
 
 shall be noted in the ship's log. This inspection shall be made 
 
 personally by the gunner (if there be one on board) unless he is 
 
 incapacitated for duty. 
 
 (2) The temperature and hygroscopic condition of the magazines 
 shall be constantly watched. Maximum and minimum ther- 
 mometers shall be placed, one in the hottest and one in the 
 coolest part of each magazine. The temperature shall be taken 
 daily and the fact noted in the ship's log book, using the term 
 *' normal " for normal conditions and entering the maximum 
 temperature found in any magazine and the minimum temperature 
 found. When abnormal conditions are found, the actual tempera- 
 tures will be recorded and the Bureau of Ordnance informed by 
 letter of the circumstances. 
 
 (3) The condition of the magazines, as to cleanliness, ventila- 
 tion, temperature, and the general condition of their contents, shall 
 be carefully watched at all times by the ordnance gunner, who 
 shall immediately report any unusual or wrong condition to the 
 gunnery and executive officers. 
 
 Weekly tests (4) The ordnance gunner shall inspect the ammunition stowage 
 otc. fl0 ° d fOCKS ' spaces and test all of the flood cocks once a week, reporting the 
 
401 
 
 result to the executive and gunnery officers and furnishing to the 
 officer of the deck a memorandum report of such test for entry in 
 the ship's log. 
 
 1334. 
 
 (1) The carpenter shall assist the first lieutenant in the inspec- Assistance to 
 tion and care of all compartments, water-tight doors, double hot- Jieutenaut? first 
 toms, and mechanical devices for the management and safety of 
 
 the vessel, outside the engineering department. 
 
 (2) He shall, in ships where it would be appropriate, when at Examination 
 sea examine the spars during every morning watch and report of SDars ' 
 their condition to the officer of the deck. 
 
 (3) He shall frequently examine the lightning conductors and da J J t i f r h g tuing con " 
 see that they are kept in good condition. 
 
 (4) He shall keep in place and ready for use at all times the Battening down 
 apparatus used for battening down hatches. 
 
 1335. 
 
 A suitable anchor watch shall be detailed by the executive offi- Anchor watch, 
 cer, in accordance with instructions from the commanding officer. 
 
 1336. 
 
 (1) The executive officer shall be responsible for the condition Ground tackle, 
 of the anchors, chains, and moorings. He shall inspect and over- 
 haul the chain cables whenever necessary, and see that they are 
 
 properly marked and in good order., Once each month both bower 
 chains, if they have been used, shall be ranged on deck to the 
 60-fathom shackle, and each link closely examined for defects. 
 
 (2) When moored he shall keep himself informed of the condi- Hawse. 
 tion of the hawse and, with the sanction of the commanding offi- 
 cer, shall have it cleared when necessary. 
 
 (3) In getting under way, at least two competent petty officers Examination of 
 
 chain. 
 
 shall be detailed whose sole duty shall be to examine critically 
 each link of chain as it comes in for any sign of cracks in the 
 welds. 
 
 (4) Before entering port, the executive officer shall see that all Dispositions 
 
 for anchoring, 
 dispositions for anchoring are made, and that all the ground tackle 
 
 is ready for use. 
 
 (5) If a cable has been slipped or parted, every possible means Cahle slipped 
 shall be employed to recover both the anchor and that part of the or parted * 
 cable which is lost. 
 
 (6) Whenever an anchor is lost or an accident experienced with Be port lost 
 
 anchor, 
 a chain cable, a special report shall be made to the Bureau of 
 
 Construction and Repair, containing all possible information sur- 
 rounding the circumstances of the loss or accident, together with a 
 
402 
 
 statement as to whether the requirements as to care, preservation, 
 and inspection of anchors and chain cables have been carried out. 
 In this report the shot numbers of the chain and the type and 
 serial number of the anchor shall be stated. The shot numbers 
 will be found on the end links of each shot. In the case of a 
 broken link or shackle, if recovered, it should be boxed and for- 
 warded to the Boston Navy Yard for examination. A copy of the 
 report mentioned above should also, in all cases, be sent to the 
 Boston yard. 
 
 .Replacement in ca se replacement of an anchor, or all or part of a chain cable 
 of anchor or , . 
 
 cable. is required, a request by letter should be forwarded to the Bureau 
 
 of Construction and Repair, via the commandant of the vessel's 
 
 home yard, or by dispatch direct to the bureau if the matter is 
 
 urgent. 
 
 Annual exanii- (7) On all vessels the commanding officer will have made at 
 nation of chain. ° 
 
 least once a year a careful examination of the bower and sheet 
 
 chains throughout their entire length. They will be ranged on 
 deck by shots, cleaned, scaled, and inspected for defects, shackle 
 and forelock pins refitted and greased or white leaded, and identi- 
 fication marks restored if necessary. The chain will then be care- 
 fully painted. As the shots nearest the lockers are the least used, 
 one of them, or two in the case of battleships and cruisers, pro- 
 viding the shots are in good condition, should be shifted at these 
 times to a position inboard of the 40-fathom shot, in order to dis- 
 tribute the wear more uniformly along the entire length of the 
 chain. If serious defects are discovered, they should be brought 
 to the attention of the Bureau of Construction and Repair, and if 
 it is not practicable to make immediate replacement, the defective 
 shots should be shifted to the bitter end of cable. A note of this 
 examination should be entered on the next following quarterly re- 
 port. 
 First lienten- (8) The executive officer shall have the assistance of the first 
 ant to assist. lieutenant in the performance of these duties. 
 
 1337. 
 
 Disposal of (1) Wood, barrels, packing boxes, or unpierced metal cans 
 refuse. shall not be thrown overboard, either in port, or at sea. 
 
 (2) In confined ports, where garbage would constitute a menace 
 to the health or a nuisance to people in the vicinity, it shall not 
 be thrown overboard, but shall be burned on board ship or other- 
 wise disposed of in some suitable manner. 
 
 1338. 
 
 Air and gun (i) When at sea no ports shall be opened without the knowl- 
 edge and consent of the commanding officer ; and they shall always 
 
 
403 
 
 be opened and closed by men specially appointed for that duty. 
 Those on the lower decks shall be closed at sunset unless special 
 authority is granted to keep them open ; and a report shall in- 
 variably be made to the officer of the deck when a port is opened 
 or closed. 
 
 ( 2 ) Neither gun nor air ports shall be opened when there is any 
 probability that water will enter to a dangerous extent 
 
 1339. 
 
 (1) The sailmaker's mate shall frequently examine the sail Special duties, 
 rooms to see if the sails, awnings, etc., are dry, free from vermin, 
 
 and properly tallied. 
 
 (2) He shall allow no painted or oiled canvas or other material . Painted and 
 that may produce spontaneous combustion to be stored in the sail 
 
 room. 
 
 1340. 
 
 When a ship arrives at a navy yard for docking or for ordinary High expio- 
 repairs, explosives need not be removed unless work is to be done Jjjj^jjf* to be 
 in the immediate vicinity of the explosives. 
 
 1341. 
 
 (1) All spare articles, stores, cables, hawsers, and sails shall Examination 
 be examined each quarter, and oftener if necessary, in order to sl)are articles, 
 prevent deterioration and insure their efficient condition. 
 
 (2) At this quarterly examination particular attention shall be 
 paid to the chain cables; they must be scaled and cleaned of rust 
 and other foreign matter ; the shackles, shackle bolts, forelock 
 pins, and swivels will be carefully examined and put in order; 
 and such parts as require it will be coated with blacking, tallow, 
 or white lead. 
 
 1342. 
 
 (1) The master-at-arms shall take charge of the effects of all Effects of the 
 
 , , , , ^ o., t , , t ^ .., absent and dead. 
 
 absent and deceased members of the crew and hold them until 
 disposed of by order of superior authority. 
 
 (2) He shall take charge of the bag and hammock of anyone 
 who is absent without leave, reporting his action to the executive 
 officer. 
 
 (3) He shall take charge of the effects of liberty men when so 
 directed. 
 
 (4) He shall be present at the sale of the effects of deserters 
 and deceased persons. 
 
 1343. 
 
 When a magazine is about to be opened all unauthorized lights When maga- 
 zines opened, 
 and fires near the entrance must be extinguished. 
 
 Chain cables. 
 
404 
 
 1344, 
 
 Clearing lower When an order is given to clear the lower decks the chief master- 
 at-arms shall see that it is obeyed at once, and that no unauthor- 
 ized persons remain below. 
 
 1345. 
 
 Evening in- The master-at-arms shall see that all dispositions ordered 
 for safety at night, including the securing of storerooms, holds, 
 orlops, water-tight doors, etc... that are closed for the night, are 
 completed by 7.30 p. m., or before. 
 
 1346. V 
 
 First-aid in- (i) i n order that all men in the naval service inav be properly 
 struction by di- 
 vision officers, drilled in first aid, instruction therein shall be given by divisional 
 
 officers to the men under their immediate command. 
 
 (2) The period of such instruction shall be of 10 minutes' dura- 
 tion twice each week, when practicable, to follow or form part of 
 the exercises of a regular drill period, and shall be limited to the 
 following subjects: 
 
 (a) Control of hemorrhage; (&) application of occlusive dress- 
 ings; (c) resuscitation of the apparently drowned. 
 
 (3) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery will issue detailed in- 
 formation covering the above points. The necessary dummy dress- 
 ings shall be supplied by the medical department of the ship or 
 station. Divisional officers shall be instructed by the medical 
 officers of their respective commands in the details of first-aid 
 drills as may be necessary. 
 
 1347. 
 
 on, tallow, (i) oil, tallow, and cotton waste shall be stowed in metallic 
 and waste. v ' ' 
 
 tanks, which shall be kept as far from the boilers as possible. 
 
 Waste and other similar materials saturated with oil or grease 
 
 shall be destroyed immediately after use. 
 Oiled or paint- (2) Oiled or painted canvas, and other oiled or painted fabrics, 
 
 shall not be stowed below, and when not in daily use shall be 
 
 frequently examined. Caution shall be used when lights are 
 
 taken into the paint room, 
 inflammable (3) rpj ie commanding officer shall not permit any private prop- 
 explosives anderty in the nature of inflammable liquid or oil, explosives, or 
 
 otliPT* d 3. nacrous 
 
 stores. ° other dangerous stores liable to spontaneous combustion, to be 
 
 placed on board. Private ammunition shall be stowed in the places 
 
 provided for ship's ammunition of a similar character. 
 
 Where stowed. (4) No inflammable liquid or explosive oil shall be allowed on 
 
 board for ship's use, except such as is permitted by the allowance 
 
405 
 
 books. Spirits of turpentine, alcohol, and all varnishes and liquid 
 driers shall be kept in 5-gallon shipping cans, securely stowed in 
 chests on upper deck, except where large quantities of alcohol 
 are required to be carried, in which case it may be stowed in 
 50-gallon drums, or, where permanent installations are made for 
 torpedo uses, a tank of 100 gallons capacity may be permitted; 
 and none of these liquids shall be taken below except in small 
 quantities for immediate use. Asphaltum varnish, boot topping, 
 and all other compounds of turpentine, naphtha, benzol, or similar 
 materials shall be included in this category. These compounds 
 give off gases which when inhaled produce unconsciousness and 
 asphyxiation or poisoning; the formation of poisonous gases by 
 the interaction of varnishes, etc., salt water, and air are not 
 necessary to produce these results, it being only necessary to have 
 open or leaking cans of varnish, etc., and a high temperature to 
 have present all the elements necessary for causing insensibility. 
 Certain brands of metal polish may generate explosive or asphyxi- 
 ating gases, and such brands shall therefore not be stowed below. 
 
 (5) The commanding officer shall require the medical officer of ^f^^ 1 ^"e 1 * 16 
 the ship to give his personal attention to the safety of all in- 
 flammable medical stores. Acids shall not be kept near com- 
 bustible materials and, when in bottles, shall be placed in lead- 
 lined boxes. 
 
 (6) Precautions shall be taken to guard against fire in the Boilers and en- 
 vicinity of the boilers and engines when steam is up, and for at s nes * 
 
 least twelve hours after fires are hauled. 
 
 (7) All ventilators and air ducts shall be periodically examined Ventilation and 
 and cleaned out, in order to prevent the accumulation of rubbish 
 
 and lint that might assist to spread a fire. 
 
 (8) The commanding officer shall take such other proper pre- precaution in 
 cautions as may occur to him to guard against fire, and keep all s cner al« 
 fire-extinguishing apparatus in order and ready for use. When 
 
 in dry dock, and the fire pumps are useless, extra and stringent 
 precautions shall be taken. 
 
 1349. 
 
 A red flag shall be hoisted at the fore whenever powder or Powder flag, 
 other explosives are to be embarked or disembarked. A red 
 flag shall be hoisted in the bow of all boats, lighters, and other 
 craft transporting explosives. 
 183841°— 20 27 
 
CHAPTER 37. 
 
 CARE AND PRESERVATION OF HULLS OF SHIPS AND ME- 
 CHANICAL CONTRIVANCES PERTAINING THERETO. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 135&-1368. General instructions. 
 
 Section 1. — General Instructions. 
 1359. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer of every ship in commission shall Hull board. 
 appoint a hull board consisting of three officers, one of whom shall 
 
 be an officer of the engineer department of the ship, for the pur- 
 pose of examining and reporting upon her condition, especially as 
 regards deterioration of the inner bottom, and vertical bulkheads 
 of boiler compartments, corrosion at the water line, and of the 
 underwater exterior of the ship, including valves, propellers, rud- 
 der, and all other fittings each time they are accessible. The board 
 shall also examine and report upon all parts of the top sides, inner 
 hull, and double bottoms, at some time during the quarter; the 
 interval between two successive inspections to be not more than 
 four months. The board shall also report upon the efficiency of all 
 power and hand pumps within the ship, requiring them to be 
 tested, both for draining the bilges and for fire purposes. Report 
 shall also be made upon the efficiency of all Construction and 
 Repair auxiliaries. 
 
 (2) The officers composing this board shall be assisted by such 
 other persons as may be necessary for the efficient performance 
 of their duties. The reports of the board shall be forwarded 
 to the Bureau of Construction and Repair, within 10 days of the 
 end of the quarter covered, on form N. C. R. 1, and in accordance 
 with the detailed instructions contained thereon, special care 
 being taken to see that all blank spaces for entries are properly 
 filled in. 
 
 (3) The commanding officer shall cause a hull book to be kept, 
 in which shall be entered, by the officers making them, reports, 
 duly signed, required by this article, and such other detailed 
 records as may be directed by the Bureau of Construction and 
 Repair in connection with instructions relative to hull books. 
 
 (407) 
 
408 
 
 (4) The quarterly hull inspections shall be made by hull boards 
 as follows: 
 Vessels in com- ( a ^ Yessels on Navy Register in commission. — The commanding 
 officer shall appoint a hull board consisting of three officers, one 
 of whom shall be an engineer officer of the vessel. 
 
 commission. ( o ) Vessels on Navy Register, out of commission. — The com- 
 
 mandant charged with their custody shall appoint a board of three 
 officers, at least one of whom shall be a construction officer. 
 District craft. ^ y esse j s no f on ^avy Register but listed as district craft. — 
 The commandant of the district to which the craft are assigned 
 shall appoint one or more boards to report on all craft in the 
 district, each board consisting of at least two officers, one of whom 
 shall be a construction officer. 
 
 to^5tes. 10aiied W Vessels of the Navy loaned to States for use as nautical 
 school ships or for other purposes. — The commandant of the dis- 
 trict in which the vessels are located, shall appoint a board of 
 three officers, one of whom shall be a construction officer. 
 
 1360. 
 
 inspection of (1) The first lieutenant, navigating officer, and engineer officer 
 c^ompar men , gliall eac j 1 i nS p ec t weekly all compartments, except double-bottom 
 compartments, and all water-tight doors and mechanical devices 
 for the management and safety of the vessel for which each is 
 specially responsible; and shall make to the commanding officer 
 after each inspection separate written reports on the condition of 
 the parts of the ship and of the mechanical devices thus inspected. 
 Unless special inspections thereof are necessary at more frequent 
 intervals, on account of unusual conditions, each of the above offi- 
 cers shall inspect once a quarter the double-bottom compartments 
 for which he is responsible, and shall report the results of such 
 inspections to the commanding officer in writing. Special care 
 shall be observed in the inspection and preservation of the inner 
 bottoms under the boiler compartments and the vertical bulkheads 
 bounding them. 
 
 (2) The medical officer of the ship shall accompany the first 
 lieutenant on the weekly inspection of living spaces, holds, and 
 storerooms, and after each such inspection shall make to the com- 
 manding officer a written report of the sanitary condition of the 
 vessel. 
 for C fuei a o tnleiltS ^ Tne insi(ie of compartments or tanks used for carrying fuel 
 oil shall be inspected every twelve months, the plating or bulk- 
 heads separating fuel-oil compartments from others shall be care- 
 fully examined for leaks during the quarterly inspection and each 
 time that oil is taken on board. 
 Coal bankers. (4) The interior surfaces of coal bunkers, being subject to ex- 
 cessive abrasion, are liable to rapid corrosion and as far as prae- 
 
409 
 
 ticable, they shall be cleaned without chipping or scraping at least 
 once every three months ; and in case the interval between two 
 examinations of any compartment amounts to six months, a special 
 report shall be submitted to the commander in chief, stating the 
 circumstances that have caused the delay in inspection and clean- 
 ing., If recoating be found necessary, such portions as require it 
 shall be touched up when the metal is dry and in proper condition 
 to receive the coating, with red lead, asphaltum, bituminous, or 
 other approved compositions, as the case may be, to conform to 
 the material previously used in coating such compartments. The 
 coal-bunker spaces as a whole shall not be entirely coated unless 
 such coating is found to be absolutely necessary. 
 
 1361. 
 
 (1) The ship, if in commission for sea service, shall be docked, Docking, fre- 
 cleaned, and if not sheathed, painted at least once in twelve 
 
 months. If convenient opportunity offers, the vessel may be 
 docked at intervals of about six months, but under no circum- 
 stances shall more than a year elapse without docking, except 
 by authority of the Secretary of the Navy. The bottoms of ships 
 shall not be cleaned by divers except in cases of urgent military 
 necessity, when great care shall be exercised to remove as little 
 as possible of the coating of paint. Whenever the ship is docked, 
 the engineer officer of the ship shall examine all outboard valves 
 (including the mufflers of submarines) in any way connected with 
 the engineer department, also the propellers and shaft tubes, and 
 the result shall be entered in the engineering and ship's logs. 
 The first lieutenant shall examine all other outboard valves, and 
 also the rudder and other underwater fittings, and enter their 
 condition in the ship's log. 
 
 (2) When a vessel is docked, the bottom shall be thoroughly Cleaning and 
 cleaned and all blistered paint scraped, but no paint of any kind pa n ng ' 
 which adheres firmly and affords protection is to be removed, 
 
 unless specific instructions have been received from the Bureau 
 of Construction and Repair to that effect. Under exceptional 
 circumstances only, to be specifically stated, shall red lead or a 
 mixture of red lead and white zinc be used, and in such cases the 
 bottom shall be carefully prepared and ample time allowed for 
 the paint to dry thoroughly. 
 
 (3) Hogging lines or chains for use with collision mats, or for Hogging lines, 
 other purposes, shall not be continuously kept under the ship's 
 
 bottom. 
 
 1362. 
 
 (1) When a ship is docked on a foreign station or elsewhere Docking 
 
 abroad; examl- 
 
 than at a United States navy yard, the permanent board provided nation and re- 
 for in article 1359 shall examine the ship's bottom and report port * 
 
410 
 
 upon its condition and upon the paint used. A copy of the report 
 shall be entered in the ship's log and the original forwarded to 
 the Bureau of Construction and Repair. The report shall con- 
 tain the following data : 
 
 (a) Date of docking and date of undocking. 
 
 ( & ) Condition of the ship as to fouling and kind of fouling : 
 
 1. At or near the water line. 
 
 2. At turn of bilge. 
 
 3. Near keel. 
 
 4 At the entrance and run. 
 
 (c) Describe carefully the condition of the paint, noting de- 
 terioration of any of the paints applied, body of paint remaining, 
 and whether this be anticorrosive, antifouling, or protective paint 
 only. Note carefully the effect of the fouling upon the paints 
 used, and where different kinds of fouling exist compare the 
 effect of the different ones upon the paint. 
 
 (d) Corrosion or pitting of bottom. Describe its character in 
 detail, stating definitely the amount of surface affected and where 
 it occurs. 
 
 (e) Number of coats and kinds of paint applied, stating 
 definitely the brand of paint and all distinguishing marks to 
 make absolute identification possible. If the brand of paint differs 
 from that applied at the previous docking, a definite statement 
 to this effect should be made, giving the name of the brand of 
 paint previously applied. 
 
 (/) The atmospheric conditions at time of painting. 
 
 iff) Work, if any, other than cleaning and painting, carried out 
 on the underwater exterior, and any changes made in propellers, 
 shafting, etc. 
 
 (2) Whenever a naval vessel is docked at a navy yard the com- 
 mandant shall submit to the Bureau of Construction and Repair 
 a report on Form N. C. R. 155. This report shall also contain a 
 statement as to what work, if any, other than cleaning and paint- 
 ing, was carried out on the underwater exterior of the vessel, and 
 any changes that may have been made in propellers, shafting, etc. 
 
 1363. 
 
 General direc- ( l ) When any places showing corrosion of a serious nature are 
 cautions. 11 e discovered they shall be carefully scaled, dried, and again coated 
 with anticorrosive material at the first possible opportunity. 
 
 Recurrence of (2) The frequent recurrence of corrosion in any particular com- 
 partment should be followed by special investigation, to determine 
 the cause and the best remedy possible. Unusual cases of this 
 nature shall be made the subject of a special report to the 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair, giving a detailed statement 
 of the extent and character of corrosion, of the remedies applied, 
 and, as far as discovered, the cause or causes. 
 
411 
 
 (3) An iron or steel unsheathed ship or other craft shall never Mooring. 
 be attached to the moorings or chains used for a sheathed ship or 
 
 other craft and the sheathed ship or other craft shall never be 
 moored closer than two hundred and fifty feet to an iron or steel 
 one. This shall not prevent the placing alongside of an iron or 
 steel unsheathed ship of sheathed floating cranes, coal lighters, 
 ammunition lighters, or other yard craft, for the service of the 
 vessel; but such craft shall not be retained alongside the vessel 
 for a longer time than is necessary for the service required. 
 Similar precautions shall be observed wherever any craft or other 
 structure may be in danger of corrosion from electrolytic action 
 due to the proximity of any other craft or structure. 
 
 (4) Care shall be observed that no loose articles of copper or Befuse. 
 bronze, filings of the same, or rust scale, are allowed to remain in 
 immediate contact with iron or steel, and that the lead pipes, 
 strainers, and other parts in the bilges are kept in good condition. 
 
 (5) Bronze propellers shall be frequently cleaned of all marine Propellers, 
 growth. Zinc protectors must be placed near them. 
 
 (6) An electric portable shall be used for examining the condi- 
 tion of double bottoms, the interiors of boilers, and other dark 
 places. 
 
 (7) When about to examine, clean, or paint double bottoms or Precautionary 
 boilers, the following precautionary measures shall be adopted : SJe'Yottonw and 
 They shall be opened and well ventilated, a connection being made boilers. 
 
 to a fan system if possible. This done, the purity of the air shall 
 be tested before entering by burning a candle on the bottom at 
 least five minutes. Working parties inside shall always maintain 
 communication with some one outside ; they shall also have with 
 them a lighted candle, and shall withdraw should it begin to burn 
 dimly. 
 
 (8) In view of the extreme thinness of bulkhead, shell, and 
 other plating on torpedo boats and destroyers, and as these vessels 
 are built of galvanized material which is damaged by use of scal- 
 ing hammers, old paint and rust on structural work or fittings 
 of such vessels shall be removed by means of scrapers and wire 
 brushes, and scaling hammers shall be used only where actual 
 scale exists that can not be otherwise removed. Special care Is 
 to be used to distinguish between old paint and rust scale. 
 
 1364. 
 
 (1) Under ordinary conditions all compartments of the double i_, ^? t * r ln don " 
 
 ble bottoms, 
 bottom, except those specially fitted for carrying reserve feed 
 
 water, shall be kept dry ; they may, however, be utilized for carry- 
 ing fresh water for steaming purposes whenever, in the opinion 
 of the commanding officer, it may be necessary, and the amount 
 of water so carried shall be entered in the ship's log, and before 
 
412 
 
 sailing a special report of same shall be made to the Bureau of 
 Construction and Repair. 
 
 (2) When salt water is admitted to the double bottoms of a ship 
 in commission, either purposely or accidentally, the commanding 
 officer shall report the fact and the accompanying circumstances 
 to the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
 
 1365. 
 
 Ejecting sys- (1) All parts of the gas ejecting system, including pipes, fittings, 
 and relay tanks that are subject to pressure, shall be tested to a 
 pressure of 200 pounds by the ship's force during each overhaul 
 period, and the result thereof shall be included in the current 
 quarterly hull report. 
 
 (2) The water ejecting system, when fitted, shall be thoroughly 
 tested by the ship's force during each overhaul period by sub- 
 jecting each compartment to which this system is connected to a 
 test that will simulate, as nearly as possible, conditions that would 
 ordinarily be met with in service. The method of operation, manip- 
 ulation of valves, etc., is given in the booklet of general informa- 
 tion and should be followed in connection with the above test. 
 Great care must be exercised that bulkheads, decks, and other 
 portions of the structure are not subjected to pressures in excess 
 of those for which they are designed. The results of this test, 
 especially as regards the efficiency of the watertightness of the 
 compartments affected, shall be included in the current quarterly 
 hull report. 
 
 1366. 
 
 Mast and rig- The hull board shall also report upon the condition of masts 
 and rigging. Special attention should be given in the inspection 
 of cage-masts to see that the elements have not become weakened 
 by corrosion and that the drain holes in wake of plug connections 
 have not been stopped up by dirt or paint. 
 
 1367. 
 
 instructions (1) The following instructions relative to the inspection and 
 higgear! steer " care of steering gear shall be followed : 
 Transmission (2) The transmission ropes or wheel ropes, as the case may be, 
 shall be withdrawn and carefully examined at least once every six 
 months. If they are found to be in good condition, they shall be 
 well covered with Albany grease and graphite and replaced. If 
 any evidence of stranding of the rope is found, the part so affected 
 shall be repaired or a new rope rove. When new ropes are rove, 
 care should be exercised that the stretch is taken up by the auto- 
 matic tightener on vessels on which such tighteners are fitted, 
 
413 
 
 otherwise there is danger of the rope leaving the drums or sheaves. 
 At the same time a careful examination shall be made of all keys 
 in the transmission shafting, to see that they are not loose and 
 that they are properly seated. 
 
 (3) The valve in the engine room in the exhaust pipe leading 
 from the steering engine shall be locked wide open when the steer- 
 ing engine is being used. The steam valves on the pipes leading 
 to the steering engine shall also be kept wide open at the same 
 time. 
 
 (4) The greatest care shall be taken that all bearings in the 
 transmission gear are kept in good condition and well lubricated. 
 Bearings that are difficult of access or those located in hot 
 places shall be given special attention. As the entire weight of 
 the ordinary type of warship rudder is carried on a floating ring 
 on the top face of the rudder support, the oiling arrangements 
 of the ring shall be examined frequently and supplied with the 
 proper lubrication. 
 
 (5) Spaces in the vicinity of the bevel gears shall not be used as 
 storage places for clothing or other articles which may accidentally 
 get into the transmission gears and jam them. 
 
 (6) On vessels fitted with the Williamson steering engine, care 
 shall be taken in shifting the gear from steam to hand that the 
 locking pin of the main clutch is properly housed in the hole 
 provided for the purpose and not improperly housed between the 
 clutches. 
 
 (7) Care shall be taken that the floating ring in the steering 
 stand or the roller bearing fitted for carrying the weight of the 
 vertical shaft is kept in adjustment so that the weight will not be 
 taken on the lower bearings, which are not designed for that 
 purpose. 
 
 (8) The plugs in the encasing pipe of the transmission rope 
 shall be frequently removed and the pipe filled with graphite and 
 Albany grease. 
 
 (9) Emery, emery cloth, or any other gritty substance shall not 
 be used for cleaning purposes on the bright work of the steering 
 engine or its gear. 
 
 (TO) When ships in commission are not underway and the 
 steering gear is not in use, the steering engine shall be turned 
 over at least twice a week for the preservation of pistons, valve 
 stems, and other working parts. 
 
 (11) The result of the periodical examination of the steering 
 gear and a brief statement of the steps taken to remedy any 
 defects that may be found therein shall be entered in the ship's log. 
 
 Valves. 
 
 Bearings. 
 
 Bevel gears. 
 
 'Williamson en- 
 gine. 
 
 Floating ring. 
 
 Encasing pipe 
 plugs. 
 
 Use of emery 
 prohibited. 
 
 Tests. 
 
 Entry in log. 
 
 1368. 
 
 (1) The various classes of ships and the parts thereof shall be 
 painted in accordance with the " General Instructions for Paint- 
 
 Painting ship. 
 
414 
 
 ing and Cementing Vessels of the U. S. Navy," as issued by the Bu- 
 reau of Construction and Repair. A copy of these instructions, 
 corrected to date, shall be supplied to each ship on going into com- 
 mission by the commandant, and commanding officers shall request 
 the Bureau of Construction and Repair to supply additional copies 
 when needed. 
 
 Gaskets ana (2) The rubber gaskets of water-tight doors, manholes, hatches, 
 fittings. air p 0r ts, etc., shall not be painted, greased, nor oiled; louvres, 
 
 gauze air screens, screw threads, moving parts of auxiliary ma- 
 chinery, and zinc protectors on the bottom shall not be painted. 
 
 Whitewash. (3) Whitewash and shellac shall never be applied to any iron 
 
 or steel parts of the ship. 
 
CHAPTER 38. 
 
 STORES AFLOAT. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1378-1394. Custody, care, and expenditure. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1395-1401. Requisitions, purchases, and public bills 
 
 for ships. 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1402-1404. Ships' stores. 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1405-1406. Clothing and small stores. 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 1407-1416. Rations. 
 
 Section 1. — Custody, Case, and Expenditure. 
 1378. 
 
 The delivery of supplies to a ship in commission shall not be .."JfJ 6 . 11 res P° n - 
 deemed complete until they have been actually placed on board, plies received i>e- 
 or in her boats or other conveyance at the wharf, and receipts gins * 
 have been obtained. 
 
 1379. 
 
 The cargo of storeship or supply ship shall be kept sepa- Cargo of a 
 rate from supplies withdrawn therefrom for use of the ship. storeship. 
 
 1380. 
 
 (1) On board ship all supplies except provisions, clothing, Supplies to be 
 small stores, and ship's stores shall be for general use and, with *™eral C use? f ° T 
 the approval of the commanding officer, may be transferred from 
 
 one department to another. 
 
 (2) Supplies in store shall be in the custody of the supply Custody of 
 officer of the ship, or, on board ships where the general supply supp ies * 
 system is not in force, of the respective heads of the departments 
 
 to whom invoiced. 
 
 (3) Where a bureau considers it necessary to prescribe a 
 minimum limit of stores to be carried for use under its cog- 
 nizance, such limit will be fixed by the bureau concerned, and 
 the stock must be restored to this limit at the earliest opportunity. 
 
 (415) 
 
416 
 
 1381. 
 
 Supplies to !>e (i) All invoices of supplies shall be checked off, when tne 
 
 rW'ckod oil do* 
 
 livery. articles are delivered to a ship by the representative of the 
 
 bureau concerned, or by a subordinate under his direction, but a 
 representative of the ship's supply officer shall also be present 
 and jointly verify the stores, and this representative alone shall 
 have authority to sign the memorandum invoice or receipt cover- 
 ing them. Such stores shall not be placed in storerooms or used 
 until the above directions have been carried out. 
 Care in pack- (2) Heads of ships' departments shall exercise care in regard 
 to the condition of articles turned into store, in packing such 
 articles, especially those that are breakable, and no article that 
 is unserviceable shall be so turned in without being first covered 
 by proper survey. When fragile articles, such as thermometers, 
 stop watches, or others supplied in special boxes, are received 
 the boxes shall, if possible, be saved and used in turning in 
 similar articles in future ; a tag shall be attached to such articles 
 showing date and number of survey. 
 
 1382. 
 
 Provisions may (1) The provisions of a ship directed to be fitted for sea may 
 reporting o^snp- be put on Doar( i an( ^ stowed before the supply officer reports, if 
 ply officer. it be deemed necessary by the commandant to expedite her sailing. 
 
 In such cases an officer shall be ordered by the commandant to 
 take an exact account of the provisions put on board, to the 
 quantity of which he shall certify in triplicate, one copy for the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, one for the supply officer of 
 the yard, and one for the supply officer of the ship. 
 Provisional (2) Upon being furnished with this certificate, if it agrees with 
 receipt. ^ i nvo i Ces furnished by the supply officer of the yard, the 
 
 supply officer of the ship shall receipt for the quantities therein 
 specified, with the understanding that on the first convenient 
 opportunity he may, if he desires it, have a survey to ascertain 
 the quantities remaining on board at the time of the survey, but 
 this survey shall be held, if practicable, within three months from 
 the date of such receipt. 
 Deficiencies. (3) if upon such survey and upon an examination of the re- 
 
 ceipts and expenditures any deficiencies appear, the supply officer 
 will be permitted to expend such deficiencies from his returns, 
 using the approved survey as his authority for such action. 
 
 1383. 
 
 Delivery on Clothing and small stores shall not be put on board before the 
 a°Bd d «2nIffiSS supply officer reports for duty. 
 
417 
 
 1384. 
 
 Officers shall at all times attend to the care and preservation 
 of all Government property in their charge, and upon proper 
 representation from them the commanding officer shall afford them 
 such assistance as may be necessary to protect and preserve such 
 property from deterioration and waste so far as may be within 
 his power.. 
 
 1385. 
 
 No article of public supplies is ever to be appropriated to the Supplies not 
 private use of any person not in distress without the consent of a ted e to aP pr7 P ate 
 the Secretary of the Navy or the order of the senior officer present, JJJ { * distress*"* 
 who shall give the Secretary of the Navy information of every 
 case that may occur, together with the attending circumstances, 
 and he shall be careful to take the best security for indemnity to 
 the Government. 
 
 1386. 
 
 (1) No article for which an officer is responsible shall be sent ^o articles to 
 out of a ship except on the written order of the commanding Jj iD 8cnt out of 
 officer. No article shall be turned in at a navy yard from a ship jj article to 
 in commission without the authorization of the bureau concerned. be tu ' n 'J in at 
 
 iki\ } jiird. 
 
 excepting when authorized under approval of survey reports under 
 the provisions of articles 1906 and 1909. 
 
 1387. 
 
 On board vessels not operating under the general supply system ships not un- 
 (arts. 1393 and 1394) stores shall be accounted for as provided in *£ 8npply sys " 
 article 1866. 
 
 1388. 
 
 The transfer from one ship to another of articles of supplies Transfer of 
 
 which are not in excess of her allowance or of articles of her artlcles of e( J' jI * 
 
 page. 
 
 equipage shall be authorized only by the senior officer present 
 when absolutely necessary, and no such transfer shall be made 
 of articles not in all respects fit, unless they have been passed 
 upon by a board of survey, a copy of whose report shall be sent 
 with the invoice to the ship receiving the articles. 
 
 1389. 
 
 In case of loss or such damage as to unfit supplies for issue, snppiies and 
 or articles of equipage for further use, the officer in whose charge damaged. l08t ° F 
 they are shall request a survey, for the purpose of establishing 
 and reporting the facts. If lost, the articles shall be expended 
 
418 
 
 from the books, but the accountability of the officer responsible 
 for the loss shall not thereby be diminished, and the board of 
 survey shall ascertain and report thereon. But if they are so 
 damaged as to be unfit for further Government use in their 
 original capacity, and are to be turned into store, they shall re- 
 main on the books until they can be turned in, when they shall 
 be invoiced at their appraised value to a supply officer on shore. 
 
 1390. 
 
 Besponsibiiity The heads of departments of a ship shall be held responsible 
 supplies are de- for supplies turned in during transit to the places designated 
 livered. for fl^,. reception. The supply officer shall not be deemed to 
 
 have received them until their actual delivery in such places. 
 
 1391. 
 
 Condition of Every article transferred from a ship shall be cleaned and 
 articles trains* 
 ferred. placed in good condition so far as is within the capacity of the 
 
 ship's force before being transferred. The heads of the ship's 
 departments shall be held to a strict accountability for the con- 
 dition in which stores under their charge are transferred or turned 
 into store. 
 
 1392. 
 
 Detach ment ^ an °ffi cer having charge of supplies or equipage should be de- 
 during cruise, tached from a ship during a cruise, an inventory shall be taken, 
 and he shall make a complete transfer to his successor, if the 
 time shall permit, in order to relieve himself from responsibility. 
 If this complete transfer is not made, he shall, before his de- 
 parture from the ship, so report to the commanding officer. (Art. 
 868.) 
 
 1393. 
 
 General sup- (1) On board vessels carrying an officer of the Supply Corps, 
 ply system. other than vessels permanently assigned as receiving ships, a 
 general supply system shall be operated, whereby the supply of- 
 ficer shall requisition, issue, and account for all equipage and con- 
 sumable supplies, except medical stores, Marine Corps stores and 
 ammunition, ammunition containers, and ammunition details. 
 Quarterly (2) Instead of allowance of supplies by items, quarterly money 
 me°nts! y allot " allotments will be prescribed for ships coming within the pro- 
 visions of this article, against which the supply officer of the 
 ship shall charge the value of all supplies as drawn. A 
 statement of these money allotments for the several ships will be 
 published from time to time in Xavy Department General Orders. 
 Any article carried in stock on board, which may be legally 
 charged to the appropriation concerned, may be drawn and charged 
 
419 
 
 to this money allotment, provided that articles that are not shown 
 on the allowance book of any bureau shall not be carried in 
 stock. 
 
 (3) These allotments are exclusive of expenditures for fuel, 
 water, and lubricating oil, which may be used as required, and 
 also of ammunition, battery, and torpedo supplies, and explosives, 
 which are covered by standard allowance. 
 
 (4) Ships which are not in full commission or in reserve for 
 the full period of allowance shall be entitled to a pro rata only of 
 the above allotment corresponding to the time in commission or 
 in reserve. 
 
 (5) Department allotments are not cumulative, and an un- Allotments not 
 drawn balance remaining in one allowance period shall not be 
 
 added to the allotment for the succeeding quarter. 
 
 (6) Issues of supplies shall be made by the ship's supply officer stub reqoisi- 
 to the several ship's departments on stub requisitions prepared tlons * 
 
 by the heads of departments concerned. Those stub requisitions 
 shall show the name of the ship, date, department requiring the 
 supplies, appropriation chargeable, and the quantity and descrip- 
 tion of the articles needed. Responsible persons shall be designated 
 in each department to draw and receipt for stores. The stubs, 
 when priced, shall be retained by the heads of departments re- 
 ceiving the stores, to be used by them in comparing the totals 
 shown on the transfer statement submitted quarterly by the 
 ship's supply officer for receipt. Receipted stub requisitions shall 
 be numbered serially as received and shall be retained by the 
 ship's supply officer when completed, to be forwarded to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, if required. The use of the 
 stub requisition form referred to in this paragraph shall be con- 
 fined to the purposes described, and all requisitions for articles 
 in excess (i. e., not appearing on the allowance book of any de- 
 partment on board) shall be submitted to the bureau concerned 
 for approval on the regular ship's requisition forms (S. and A. 
 Forms Nos. 44 and 44a), in accordance with Articles 1607 and 
 1395, except in emergencies. 
 
 (7) Commanding officers may, if it be deemed advisable, per- Memoranda re- 
 mit ships' supply officers to issue stores on memoranda receipt ce p ps " 
 slips bearing the signature of the person authorized to draw 
 
 stores. On board ships where this practice is allowed these re- 
 ceipt slips shall be assembled and summarized weekly on regular 
 priced invoices in duplicate and the formal receipt of the head of 
 department concerned taken. 
 
 (8) The supply officer of the ship shall keep the accounts of Accounts ofal- 
 allotments in values only, charging the allotment of each de- 
 partment with the value of supplies as they are drawn by it 
 
 for use. 
 
420 
 
 Supplies in ex- (9) Whenever supplies drawn for use in a ship's department 
 are found to be in excess of needs, they shall be returned to 
 the ship's supply officer on a returned-material stub, to be credited 
 to the proper allotment and appropriation. 
 
 Quarterly in- (10) At the expiration of each quarter a priced returned ma- 
 on C hand. SUPP 1CS terial stub marked "Memorandum" shall be negotiated by each 
 head of department concerned, enumerating by items and classes 
 the supplies remaining on hand in his department which have been 
 charged to the Title C allotment. This stub shall operate to 
 reduce the issues for the quarter concerned and its value shall 
 be included in the class balances in store as of the last day of the 
 quarter, though not to be taken up by items on the stock ledger. 
 A corresponding issue and charge shall simultaneously be made as 
 of the succeeding quarter. This transaction will be on paper only 
 and no supplies actually returned to store as provided in article 
 1393 ( 9 ) will be listed on the memorandum stub. 
 
 lotmeit* 86 ° f al " (11 ^ Wnen tne limit of the allotment to any department has 
 been reached, the commanding officer may apply to the bureau 
 concerned for a special increase to cover needs for the remainder 
 of the quarter. No vessel shall be permitted to exceed her quarterly 
 money allotment under any circumstances while communication 
 with the bureaus concerned is possible. In making request for an 
 additional allotment, the vessel will either furnish a list of the 
 articles desired or give sufficient reason for making such request. 
 Equipage, (12) On ships operating under the general supply system, equi- 
 
 Titie B. page, Title B, in use, shall be directly under the supervision and 
 
 care of the various heads of ships' departments. In each ship's 
 department there shall be established and maintained by the head 
 of the department a complete custody record of the equipage, 
 Title B, in use in that department, agreeing with the articles on 
 charge as shown by the books of the ship's supply officer. 
 Inventories of (13) Inventories of equipage in use shall be taken at least once 
 
 egu page. ^ year, by the respective heads of departments who have signed 
 
 custody receipts for such equipage. These inventories shall be 
 taken as nearly as practicable coincidently with the inventory 
 taken by the ship's supply officer in accordance with the provi- 
 sions of article 1222, and shall be transmitted, through the com- 
 manding officer, to the ship's supply officer. The ship's supply 
 officer shall notify the heads of departments in advance of the 
 date upon which he will begin his inventory. In forwarding 
 inventories, heads of departments shall certify as to their cor- 
 rectness and make the statement that the necessary memorandum 
 requests for survey will be submitted to the commanding officer to 
 cover all deficiencies. The dates of commencement and completion 
 of each inventory shall be entered in the ship's log. 
 Custody re- (14) Whenever articles, Title B equipage, are issued for use 
 
 articles S Title °B! eitner u P° n recei Pt on board or from storerooms to a department, 
 
421 
 
 the head of such department shall sign custody receipts for such 
 articles. Officers relieving other officers as heads of departments, 
 shall check up the equipage in use in their departments with the 
 custody record (1393-12) maintained by his predecessor and 
 furnish new custody receipts within one month to the supply 
 officer. 
 
 1394. 
 
 (1) A general supply system similar to that prescribed in General s u.p- 
 article 1393 for vessels carrying officers of the Supply Corps shall torpedo vessels, 
 be operated, as prescribed in this article, for torpedo craft and 
 
 other small vessels. 
 
 (2) In place of an allowance of supplies by items, quarterly Quarterly 
 money allotments will be prescribed for torpedo craft and other ™ e ° n J s ® y a ot " 
 small vessels, against which the supply officer of the tender or 
 stationary base shall charge the value of all supplies as drawn. A 
 statement of these money allotments for the several vessels of the 
 
 Navy will be published from time to time in Navy Department 
 General Orders. 
 
 (3) A six months' supply of such stores, based upon the Quantity of 
 quantities stated in the type allowance lists, shall be considered by^ender.™" * 
 an approximately correct quantity to be carried by the tender or 
 
 at the stationary base. 
 
 (4) (a) Requisitions for supplies not appearing on allowance Requisitions 
 
 „ , , , „ . , . for articles not 
 
 books of any department on board are in excess, shall be so desig- on allowance 
 nated and must bear an explanation as to the necessity for sub- books * 
 mitting them. 
 
 (&) The approval of an in-excess requisition does not increase In-excess requi- 
 the allotment. Supplies procured on such authority shall on issue s 
 be charged to the regular allotment unless a request for an in- 
 crease in allotment, as provided in paragraph 11, has been sub- 
 mitted and approved. 
 
 (c) When the issue of supplies carried on the allowance books Oyerexpendi- 
 would involve an overexpenditure of the allotment, they shall not 
 be covered by in-excess requisition, the use of which is restricted 
 to articles not carried on the allowance lists, but by request for 
 increased allotment, as prescribed in paragraph 11. 
 
 {d) The vessels shall carry only sufficient stores for their im- Quantity of 
 mediate needs, the number of days being determined by the 
 flotilla commander, fifteen days being considered sufficient for 
 ordinary duty. 
 
 (e) If toward the close of a quarter, when only a small balance Stores for 
 under the current quarterly allotment may be available, a vessel ©"quarter. 
 is required to proceed on an extended trip and will be away from 
 tender, yard, or other source of supply, necessary stores may be 
 taken on board. In this event, the current quarter will be charged 
 with the full amount available, and the succeeding quarter obli- 
 183841°— 20 28 
 
422 
 
 gated for the value of the additional stores received. Special ref- 
 erence to cases of this character will be made on reports of ex- 
 penditures of the vessel for the quarters concerned, showing the 
 amount of the allotment for the succeeding quarter to be obli- 
 gated. The reports will indicate the necessity for such action. 
 Supplies in ex- (5) Supplies in excess of those called for by the allowance 
 
 coss wl^crf 0MI*" 
 
 ried. books of the flotilla may be carried on board the tender or at the 
 
 base, at the discretion of the flotilla commander. 
 Supplies for (6) When at the base or in the presence of the tender supplies 
 how°draTvn. ' for torpedo vessels shall be drawn from such base or tender only, 
 unless when at a navy yard in the presence of the tender the 
 flotilla commander considers it advisable to allow supplies to be 
 procured from the supply officer of the yard. In such cases, and 
 in emergencies when the boat is absent from the tender or base, 
 supplies may be drawn from a yard or vessel on requisitions ap- 
 proved by the senior officer present, the necessity for such requisi- 
 tions being explained thereon and the tender or base to which the 
 supplies are to be invoiced being indicated. 
 Supplies for (7) Equipage and supplies are intended for the use of the tor- 
 all epar men s. ^ e ^ Q vesse i 5 as required, and not for any one department on board. 
 Equipage in (8) Equipage on board torpedo craft shall be requisitioned by, 
 h°ovv e requ1si- mvoice <3- to, and accounted for by heads of departments under 
 tioned. Title B, a separate balance sheet being rendered for each of the 
 
 five departments. Equipage on board submarines shall be requisi- 
 tioned by, invoiced to, and accounted for by the supply officer of 
 the tender or base in the same manner prescribed for ships operat- 
 ing directly under the general supply system (arts. 1393 (12), (13), 
 2j dnailce eqai " and (14), 1867). Ordnance equipage for general issue to a torpedo 
 
 page. 
 
 or submarine flotilla shall be requisitioned by and invoiced to the 
 supply officer of the tender under Appropriation Purchases Ac- 
 count, Title , and upon issue shall be invoiced to Title B. 
 Inyentory. ( a ) Commanding officers of torpedo craft and submarines shall 
 
 require heads of departments to take an annual inventory of 
 equipage in their respective departments in the same manner as 
 provided in article 1222 for supply officers of ships., Where the 
 inventory and last balance sheet fail to agree, the discrepancies 
 shall be accounted for by survey. All balance sheets rendered will 
 show date of last annual inventory. 
 
 Section 2. — Requisitions, Purchases, and Public Bills fob 
 
 Ships. 
 
 1395. * 
 
 Requisitions (l) Requisitions for equipage, supplies, or services other than 
 In general from 
 ships. those pertaining to the Medical Department and to the Marine 
 
 Corps to be furnished a ship shall be prepared by the supply 
 
423 
 
 officer of the ship on the request, if necessary, of the heads of de- 
 partments requiring the supplies or services, with original and 
 one copy in cases where the requisition is not forwarded for 
 bureau approval, and with original and three copies in all other 
 cases, 
 
 The object for which the materials or services are required shall 
 be stated, and, if the authority for the submission of the requisi- 
 tion is a bureau letter or indorsement, the date and number of the 
 letter shall also be stated. 
 
 (a) Requisitions for supplies not in excess of allowance shall be Requisitions 
 7 *. j. \ • i, • -4.. ., „ „ „ for supplies not 
 
 made but twice a year, each requisition to cover the full allow- in excess of ai- 
 
 ance of supplies for the succeeding half fiscal year. All items 1(wance * 
 or parts of items not needed shall be omitted and, in the event of 
 their being required at a subsequent date, they may be covered 
 by a " not-in-excess " requisition. No requisition shall be made to 
 cover the allowances for more than one of these periods. 
 
 ( b ) Ships, when newly commissioned toward the end of a „ e *J\ y c commis- 
 half-yearly period, shall be entitled to the full six months' allow- sioned ship. 
 ance, unless the bureaus concerned prescribe that only a per- 
 centage thereof be allowed. Requisitions for coal, oil, waste, 
 
 water, and other articles shown to be allowed as required are 
 exempt from the foregoing limitations. 
 
 (c) Articles remaining on hand at the end of an allowance required 11 for. e 
 period shall be applied to the amounts allowed for the succeeding 
 
 period. Requisitions for such articles not in excess of allowance 
 shall include only the difference between the quantity shown to be 
 on hand and the quantity allowed in each case. 
 
 (2) Articles not in excess of allowance and articles in excess no t "in* excess 8 ™ 
 of allowance shall not be placed on the same requisition. separate requisi- 
 
 (3) Requisitions for articles not in excess of allowance shall 
 embrace only articles shown on the allowance list, in quantity 
 and kind as allowed. 
 
 (4) Requisitions for articles in excess of allowance shall em- tio ^ g ha { ^"Hn 
 brace all articles not on the allowance list or not allowed in the excess. 
 
 kind or quantity desired. All requisitions from receiving ships 
 and from ships having no allowance lists shall be treated as for 
 articles in excess of allowance. All other requisitions, except for 
 supplies required by the supply officer of a ship under " Title X," 
 or articles of equipage to replace those condemned by an approved 
 survey, of such articles as are shown on the allowance list shall 
 be considered as in excess. 
 
 1396. 
 
 (1) All requisitions for supplies or services for a ship at a po s r " J'Vhere 
 port where there is no navy yard shall be treated as prescribed there is no navy 
 
 • «.■ 4.-1 y ard * 
 
 in this article. 
 
424 
 
 (2) When time will permit, and under all ordinary circum- 
 stances when in the United States, and on foreign stations when 
 the procurement from home of the articles needed will be ad- 
 vantageous to the Government, requisitions shall be forwarded 
 (original and three copies) to the bureau concerned, for action 
 by it and by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (3) When time will not permit, or on foreign stations where 
 direct purchase will be to the advantage of the Government, or 
 in the case of needed services of little importance as to cost, the 
 senior officer present may direct procurement by the fleet, squad- 
 ron, or division supply officer, or by the supply officer of the ship 
 concerned. 
 
 1397. 
 
 Economy (l) in the procurement and expenditure of stores all officers 
 strictly enjoined. 
 
 shall be strictly governed by the established allowances, and exer- 
 cise such economy as to make them last for the full time specified, 
 and longer if practicable. Only in case of absolute necessity or 
 accident will a departure from the allowances be tolerated, and 
 requisitions for articles needed to meet such necessities must be 
 made out as in excess, bearing certificates stating plainly the facts 
 which are deemed sufficient to warrant approval of the requisi- 
 tions. 
 
 Equipage. (2) Articles of equipage and unusual articles of supplies for 
 
 which requisition in excess has once been made and been disap- 
 proved by the bureau concerned shall not be required for again 
 within six months unless the bureau concerned so authorizes 
 within six months, and then a reference shoud be made on the 
 new requisition to the fact that a previous requisition for the 
 same articles has been disapproved. 
 
 1398. 
 
 Duties of com- (1) Excepting when purchase is to be made by the fleet, squad- 
 in^ p*p S r o y fng ron > or division supply officer under the direction of the flag officer, 
 requisitions. commanding officers have supervisory power over the purchase of 
 supplies, and in approving requisitions shall be guided by the 
 actual needs of their commands, taking into consideration the 
 nature of the service in which they are engaged, the probability 
 of being able to obtain the supplies from other ships, and the pos- 
 sibility of obtaining them from the United States without too 
 great a delay. 
 
 (2) No purchase is in any case to be made by other than a 
 supply officer, and no article shall be purchased unless the neces- 
 sity for the same is first properly established. All purchases shall 
 be made after competition. 
 
425 
 
 (3) Officers in charge of departments shall keep themselves 
 informed of the needs of their respective departments, and shall 
 meet such needs by timely requisitions in accordance with article 
 1395. 
 
 1399. 
 
 Medical supplies, surgical instruments, and "instruments of Instruments 
 precision " shall be selected by officers representing the depart- plies to be se- 
 
 looted 
 
 ments requiring them. 
 
 1400. 
 
 (1) Articles purchased shall be delivered subject to inspection inspection of 
 and approval as to quantity and quality by the head of department ties? aSC 
 requiring them ; in the case of fresh provisions or stock for the 
 
 ship's store, the officer of the deck or his relief or the junior 
 officer of the watch (preferably the former) shall inspect as to 
 quantity, and a medical officer as to quality. (Arts, 1159, 1320, 
 and 1613.) 
 
 (2) All inspections of supplies shall be made by the officers of 
 the ship to which they are delivered. 
 
 (3) Should the decision of an inspecting officer be questioned, 
 the commanding officer shall order a board of at least three com- 
 petent officers to inspect the supplies. The report of this board, if 
 unanimous, shall determine the acceptance or rejection of the sup- 
 plies ; if not, the final decision shall rest with the commanding 
 officer. 
 
 (4) Each delivery of stores shall be accompanied by a list of 
 the articles. 
 
 1401. 
 
 In order to prevent the transportation by Government vessels . Shipment o f 
 A stores, 
 
 of articles intended for other than Government use, it is directed 
 
 that no commanding officer of any vessel accept for shipment any 
 
 freight which is not covered by bill of lading issued by the officer 
 
 authorized to make shipment. 
 
 Section 3. — Ships' Stores. 
 
 1402. 
 
 In accordance with the provisions of the act approved May 12, Authorization. 
 1908, commanding officers of all naval vessels having a supply 
 officer regularly attached are authorized to maintain ships' stores, 
 if they deem it advisable, and for this purpose are authorized to 
 approve the purchase, under the appropriation " Provisions, Navy," 
 of such articles as may be considered necessary or desirable, sub- 
 ject to the limitations contained in this section. 
 
426 
 
 1403. 
 
 Character. Tne following items and no others may be purchased for the 
 
 ship's store under the provisions of the preceding article : 
 
 Belts, money. 
 Books, educational. 
 Buckets, galvanized. 
 Brushes, nail. 
 Brushes, shaving. 
 Brushes, tooth. 
 Cakes. 
 
 Cap ribbons, colored. 
 Cards, playing. 
 Catsup, tomato. 
 
 Chains (monel metal, for identifica- 
 tion tags). 
 Chowchow. 
 Cigarette papers. 
 Cigarettes. 
 Cigars. 
 
 Cleaning paste and powder. 
 Cold cream. 
 Confections. 
 Crackers. 
 Dentifrices. 
 Ear protectors. 
 Fruit, fresh. 
 
 Fruit, tinned, individual size. 
 Games, checkers and dominos only. 
 Gloves, canvas. 
 
 Gloves, white, cotton and lisle. 
 Glue, mucilage, or paste. 
 Goggles. 
 
 Grape juice, small size. 
 Handkerchiefs, bandana. 
 Horn bits and mounts. 
 Hose supporters. 
 Ice cream. 
 Ink. 
 
 Jams and jellies, individual size. 
 Key rings and chains. 
 
 Laces, shoe. 
 
 Matches, safety. 
 
 Meats, tinned, individual size. 
 
 Mess gear (transfer from N. S. A.), 
 
 Milk, evaporated, individual size. 
 
 Milk, fresh. 
 
 Mirrors. 
 
 Mustard, prepared. 
 
 Oil, lubricating and cleaning. 
 
 Padlocks. 
 
 Pastry. 
 
 Pencils. 
 
 Penholders. 
 
 Pens. 
 
 Pickles, individual size. 
 
 Pipes and cleaners. 
 
 Polish, shoe, black, tan, and white. 
 
 Pork and beans, individual size. 
 
 Post cards. 
 
 Powder, toilet. 
 
 Preserves, individual size. 
 
 Purses, leg. 
 
 Razors. 
 
 Razor blades. 
 
 Razor strops. 
 
 Sardines. 
 
 Shaving cream, powder, and soap. 
 
 Soap. 
 
 Soap boxes. 
 
 Sponges, rubber. 
 
 Stationery. 
 
 Sweat cloths. 
 
 Tobacco. 
 
 Tomatoes, tinned, individual size. 
 
 Vaseline. 
 
 Witch-hazel. 
 
 1404, 
 
 Profits. (1) An act of Congress, approved June 24, 1910, reads in part 
 
 as follows : 
 
 "Provided, That hereafter a profit not to exceed 15 per centum 
 may be charged on sales from ships' stores, such profit to be ex- 
 pended in the discretion of the Secretary of the Navy, under such 
 regulations as he may prescribe, for the amusement, comfort, and 
 contentment of the enlisted force, and to be accounted for to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department." 
 
 (2) Subject to the provisions of the above act. commanding 
 officers of ships in which ships' stores are maintained are au- 
 
427 
 
 thorized to approve the purchase of such articles or the procure- 
 ment of such services as may be considered necessary or desirable 
 for the amusement, comfort, and contentment of the enlisted force 
 under their respective commands. All profits, less the value of 
 loss by survey or from other causes may be expended for the pur- 
 pose indicated in this paragraph. • 
 
 Section 4. — Clothing and Small Stokes. 
 
 1405. 
 
 Clothing and small stores shall be issued every week day issues of cMh^ 
 (except for five days prior to the issue of monthly money), at stores, how made, 
 such hour as may be directed in writing by the commanding officer. 
 Sales of clothing and small stores for cash will not be made except 
 in commissary stores ashore or by special authority of the Bureau 
 of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 1406. 
 
 (1) For issues of clothing and small stores to supernumeraries issues to super- 
 entitled to pay, invoices of the articles shall be sent to the officer m,meraries - 
 having the accounts, together with the original receipts of the 
 
 men and requisitions for all issues covered thereby. An officer 
 shall witness these issues to supernumeraries and sign the receipt 
 as such. 
 
 (2) Any officer of the Supply Corps may, when necessary, issue To torpedo 
 clothing and small stores to the crews of torpedo craft or other cra " 
 vessels having no supply officer on board, and such issues shall 
 
 be treated as prescribed in paragraph 1 of this article when the 
 officer making the issue is not the one having the accounts of such 
 men. 
 
 Section 5. — Rations. 
 
 1407. 
 
 If any of the crew object to the quality of the provisions issued Provision* al- 
 
 «.'■«: i a* ' -4. : ii *. t* • le & ed t0 be unflt 
 
 to them, the supply officer shall at once request a survey. If, in f 0r issue. 
 
 the judgment of the surveying officer, the provisions are of proper 
 
 quality, they shall be issued, notwithstanding objections, unless 
 
 the commanding officer shall direct otherwise. If, however, the 
 
 provisions are not approved, others of a better quality shall, if on 
 
 board, be at once issued in their stead. 
 
 1408. 
 
 Such provisions as in the opinion of the supply officer can issues to offl- 
 be spared from the supply on board, without unduly reducing the cers ' messes - 
 
428 
 
 quantities for regular issue, may, with the approval of the com- 
 manding officer, be sold to officers' ;md other messes at their 
 average cost price, to be delivered only at the regular times and 
 places of issue; but no person or mess shall be permitted to pur- 
 chase a full allowance of any article while the crew is on short 
 allowance thereof. 
 
 1409. 
 
 The ration de- The ration is not a part of the pay, but is a limited allowance 
 by the Government, under certain conditions defined by law. Com- 
 mutation of rations by the enlisted men is not a right, but an 
 allowance granted only by executive authority. 
 
 1410. 
 
 Commutation (1) Rations stopped for enlisted men of the Navy and Marine 
 ing actual time Corps shall be commuted for the actual period of time during 
 not diawn. which they are not drawn. 
 
 (2) The number of rations to be commuted for chief petty 
 officers' mess and for men of the messman branch is left to the 
 discretion of the commanding officer ; but no enlisted man shall 
 be allowed to commute his ration and subsist himself without 
 special authority from the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 (3) Provisions issued to messes composed of men whose rations 
 are commuted shall in all cases be treated as provisions sold to 
 messes for cash. 
 
 1411. 
 
 Subsistence of (i) The subsistence of the crew of a vessel not carrying a sup- 
 crews oi vessels 
 
 not carrying ply officer shall be in direct charge of the commanding officer, who 
 supp y o cers. s j iall p r0 cure the necessary provisions from supply officers ashore 
 and afloat, from dealers having monthly and quarterly contracts 
 or by purchase in the open market, but by the latter method only 
 when necessary provisions are not procurable from the other 
 sources mentioned. Only articles authorized by the Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts will be purchased under contract or in the 
 open market. Commanding officers shall keep a record of all pro- 
 visions received and expended and, at the end of each month and 
 when relieved, shall render a ration record to the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts on the prescribed form in accordance with the 
 instructions thereon. 
 
 (2) Expenditures of provisions for the crews of such vessels 
 shall be regarded as overissues within the meaning of the ration 
 law, and the total value thereof shall not exceed an amount found 
 by multiplying the total number of rations of men actually sub- 
 sisted during the period of such expenditures by the authorized 
 ration allowance. 
 
429 
 
 (3) The value of any unused allowance may be carried forward 
 as additional allowance during the succeeding monoh or months 
 of the same quarter, but no unused allowance or savings will be 
 carried forward from one quarter to another, any unused allow- 
 ance existing at the end of a quarter reverting to the Government. 
 
 (4) Commanding officers will be held personally accountable for 
 any issues in excess of the allowance and whenever in any quarter 
 the prescribed allowance has been exceeded commanding officers 
 will make a special report to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts 
 giving in detail the reasons for the overexpenditure. 
 
 (5) Provisions procured from dealers shall be paid for on public 
 bill by the supply officer receiving the dealers' bills from com- 
 manding officers. A copy of each such public bill will be for- 
 warded immediately to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 These copies of public bills will show the place and date of the 
 receipt of the articles, which information is obtained from the 
 commanding officer's certificate on the dealer's bills. 
 
 1412. 
 
 Honorably discharged men electing homes on board receiving ho ]J e e s n n le b c ( f in ? 
 ships are entitled to one ration per day for a period of four months receiving ships. 
 from the date of discharge. This ration can not be commuted. 
 
 1413. 
 
 The supply officer shall be promptly notified when men are sent Rations of ai>- 
 to a hospital for treatment, or when absent from their ship or sta- J t oJp e j e 8 to be 
 tion with or without leave. In all cases the issue of rations or 
 commutation therefor shall cease during such absence. 
 
 1414. 
 
 Merchant vessels in distress or needing supplies may be fur- Supplies fur- 
 nished with such as can be spared, but receipts in triplicate shall ™ h 8 a h n e t (1 ves^eisTin 
 be taken, the original of which shall be retained by the officer from distress, 
 whose department the stores have been furnished, and the dupli- 
 cate and triplicate forwarded by different conveyances to the Bu- 
 reau of Supplies and Accounts. Cash payments may be received, 
 if practicable, and accounted for by the supply officer ; if otherwise, 
 a bill of exchange shall be obtained, to be drawn by the master on 
 the owners, payable to the order of the Secretary of the Navy, and 
 its first and second forwarded by different conveyances ; the ad- 
 dress of the owner shall be stated, and the value of the supplies 
 calculated at the average price. In the case of clothing and small 
 stores the prices establishc 1 by general order shall be charged. In 
 cases of extreme distress gratuitous assistance may be furnished. 
 
430 
 
 1415. 
 
 Destitute Destitute American seamen received on board are supermi- 
 men. meraries not entitled to pay and rations. Issues made to them 
 
 shall be upon the written order of the commanding officer, which, 
 with the invoices of articles issued, shall be sent to the Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts, and separate entries made on the quarterly 
 provision return for the adjustment of appropriations. The name 
 of the vessel to which the men belong, and, if taken on board at 
 the request of a United States consul, the name and station of the 
 latter, shall be stated in the order and in the invoice. 
 
 1416. 
 
 .| ll PP] ie | fu . r - Such stores as can be spared may, when requested, be issued 
 
 nished to foreign 
 
 ships of war. upon the written order of the commanding officer to a foreign ship 
 
 of war; receipts in triplicate from the commander thereof being- 
 taken and forwarded as directed in article 1414. 
 
CHAPTER 39. 
 
 QUARTERS AND MESSES OF OFFICERS ON BOARD SHIP. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1426-1434. Officers' quarters. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1435-1441. Officers' messes. 
 
 Section 1. — Officers' Quarters. 
 1426. 
 
 (1) When no flag officer is embarked in a ship having two cabins Quarters of 
 
 comi 
 cer. 
 
 the commanding officer of the ship may occupy either cabin 
 
 1427. 
 
 (1) A chief of staff other than the commanding officer of a flag- Quarters of 
 ship shall be provided for in the quarters of the flag officer. 
 
 (2) The commanding officer of the ship shall not be required to Flagship with 
 share his accommodations with a chief of staff. If there is but 8 ng e ca 
 
 one cabin available for the flag officer, the commanding officer of 
 the ship, and the chief of staff, they shall occupy it jointly, and 
 the choice of accommodation shall be in the order named. 
 
 1428. 
 
 All commissioned officers not in command, above the rank of Wardroom of- 
 ensign, shall be wardroom officers. Ensigns assigned to duty as 
 watch and division officers, either on deck or in the engineer 
 department, shall also be wardroom officers. 
 
 1429. 
 
 (1) When the wardroom staterooms are arranged symmetri- staterooms for 
 cally on both sides of the ship, the forward room on the starboard ^rs. m 
 
 side shall be occupied by the executive officer and the next three 
 rooms by the gunnery officer, navigating officer, and first lieuten- 
 ant, in the order named. All other rooms on the starboard side 
 shall be occupied by line officers not detailed for engineering 
 duties, in the order of rank. 
 
 (431) 
 
432 
 
 (2) On the port side the forward room shall be occupied by the 
 engineer officer of the ship, the second by the supply officer of the 
 ship, the third by the medical officer of the ship, the fourth by the 
 marine officer of the ship (if there be one), the fifth by the chap- 
 lain (if there be one), and the others by the remaining staff offi- 
 cers, marine officers, and line officers detailed for engineering 
 duties, entitled to quarters in the wardroom, in the order of their 
 rank. 
 
 (3) Spare rooms shall be assigned by the commanding officer, 
 and in making such assignments he shall give preference to officers 
 who keep a watch, either on deck or in the engineer department. 
 
 (4) In ships having staterooms arranged otherwise than as 
 above mentioned, a plan of assignment of quarters will be supplied 
 from the department before the ship is commissioned. 
 
 (5) When not actually needed for a chief of staff, the quarters 
 for such officer, when not within the cabin limits, may be occupied 
 by the executive officer. 
 
 1430. 
 
 Staff may be A flag officer may assign quarters in his own cabin to any mem- 
 accommodated in ber Qf hig gtaff? and whne g0 accoirim odated he shall mess with the 
 
 flag officer and have no title to quarters elsewhere. 
 
 1431. 
 
 Junior officers. Ensigns not watch and division officers, second lieutenants in the 
 Marine Corps not in command of detachments, and officers of the 
 Supply Corps having the rank of ensign and not regularly assigned 
 to duty as supply officer of the ship are junior officers and shall 
 occupy the junior officers' quarters. 
 
 1432. 
 
 Other officers. Each commissioned warrant officer and warrant officer shall 
 have a room forward of the junior officers' quarters if there be 
 sufficient space, or elsewhere as may be provided in the design of 
 the ship. If necessary, two of them shall occupy one room jointly. 
 The rooms shall be occupied as designated by the department. 
 
 1433. 
 
 Passengers. No officer embarked as a passenger shall be entitled to a state- 
 
 room to the exclusion of an officer belonging to the complement of 
 the ship. 
 
 1434. 
 
 Storerooms not No storeroom or office shall be used for a sleeping apartment ex- 
 other purposes .* ce I )t Dy authority of the department, nor shall any such room be 
 
 i 
 
433 
 
 used for any other purpose than the public service for which it is 
 allotted, unless in cases of emergency, in which case the emer- 
 gency and consequent changes shall be immediately reported to the 
 department. 
 
 Section 2. — Officers' Messes. 
 1435. 
 
 (1) Officers shall mess in the apartments assigned therefor, ex- Messing of of- 
 cept as hereinafter provided. Separate messes shall not be formed 
 
 in the same apartment, nor shall meals be taken in rooms or 
 other places than at the regular mess table, except in case of sick- 
 ness. 
 
 (2) The commanding officer and other officers attached to a re- Becelvlngship. 
 ceiving ship shall live and mess on board unless specially exempted 
 
 by the Secretary of the Navy- 
 
 1436. 
 
 Cabin officers in ships with two cabins may form one mess if Cabln messes, 
 they desire. A flag officer may have any of his staff in his mess. 
 
 1437. 
 
 Officers embarked as passengers shall mess in the apartment to Officers as pas- 
 
 sengers. 
 which they would belong if attached to the ship. 
 
 1438. 
 
 (1) In all officers' messes the senior line officer present in line„ Senior line of- 
 v * fleer to preside. 
 
 of succession to the command shall preside and have the power to 
 
 preserve order. (Art. 81.) 
 
 (2) When no line officer in succession to the command is pres- 
 ent, the senior officer present, whether of the staff or of the Ma- 
 rine Corps, shall preside. 
 
 (3) The officers of the mess shall be assigned permanent seats 
 at the mess tables alternately, in the order of rank, to the right 
 and left of the presiding officer, except that the seat opposite that 
 of the presiding officer shall be occupied by the mess treasurer. 
 
 1439. 
 
 (1) Each officers' mess shall elect a mess treasurer, who shall Mess treasurer, 
 have charge of all matters relating to the service and expenditure 
 of the mess. All officers of a mess are eligible to election as mess 
 treasurer, and if elected shall so serve; but no officer shall be re 
 quired to serve more than two months consecutively. 
 
434 
 
 Mess tr.-as- (2) The nress treasurer shall keep an account of all receipts and 
 
 urcr's accounts. „ 
 
 expenditures, from which an abstract of the financial condition 
 
 of the mess may at any time be ascertained. At the close of each 
 month he shall render to the mess a statement of the accounts of 
 the mess, showing in detail all sums owed to or by the mess and 
 the names of the persons by or to whom owed, his receipts and ex- 
 penditures, and contracts entered into for future delivery of sup- 
 plies. The books of the mess shall be produced whenever called 
 for by the commanding or executive officer. 
 
 (3) He shall incur no indebtedness which can not be discharged 
 by the funds appropriated for the mess, and he shall see that all 
 bills are paid before leaving port. If, however, from the unex- 
 pected sailing of the ship, or from circumstances beyond his con- 
 trol, he is forced to leave any bills unpaid, he shall report the num- 
 ber and amount to the commanding officer, who will take all meas- 
 ures to have them paid as soon as possible. 
 
 (4) He shall detail mess attendants for duty within the mess, 
 subject in permanent details to confirmation by the executive 
 officer. 
 
 Auditing mess (5) The mess treasurer's accounts shall be audited monthly by a 
 
 *icconiits 
 
 board composed of three officers designated by the commanding 
 officer. The auditing board shall, after examining the accounts 
 and satisfying itself as to their condition, certify them by signa- 
 ture with such comment as may be desirable and then submit 
 them to the commanding officer by the tenth of the monrh. If the 
 condition of the mess, as shown by the mess treasurer's accounts 
 or the report of the board, be unsatisfactory in any respect, the 
 commanding officer shall take appropriate action or, if necessary, 
 report the matter to higher authority. The board appointed to 
 audit the accounts of the last month of any quarter shall take 
 an inventory of the stock of the mess and include a statement 
 thereof in its report to the commanding officer. 
 Before pro- (6) When a vessel is in a United States port and preparing to 
 cee mg on cruise. p rocee( j on a cru i se the commanding officer may sanction supplies 
 for officers' messes being received on board, at the risk of the 
 dealers, to be paid for as consumed in not less than quarterly 
 installments; provided the dealer shall agree thereto in writing. 
 A statement of all agreements so made and the payments thereon 
 shall be included in the mess treasurer's accounts each month until 
 the obligation is fully discharged. 
 
 (7) Neither the steward nor any other person shall, without 
 written authority from the mess treasurer, be permitted to incur 
 indebtedness on shore in the name of the mess. 
 
 1440. 
 
 Mess bills. (1) Every officer attached to a seagoing ship shall pay monthly, 
 
 in advance, the full amount of the mess bill to the mess treasurer ; 
 
435 
 
 and no officer shall be excused from such payment except as pro- 
 vided in the succeeding paragraphs of this article. 
 
 (2) An officer ordered on detached duty or sent to a hospital 
 shall be entitled to a rebate of the full amount of his mess bill 
 for the period of his absence. An officer ordered temporarily to 
 duty away from the ship to which he is attached, so that he does 
 not avail himself of the privileges of the mess during such 
 absence, is " ordered on detached duty " within the meaning of 
 this paragraph, even though such duty should be "in addition to 
 his present duty." 
 
 (3) An officer granted leave of absence for more than ten days, 
 including travel time, shall be entitled to a rebate of one-half 
 the amount of his mess bill for the period of his actual absence; 
 but no such rebate shall be allowed for a period of actual absence 
 of ten days or less. 
 
 1441. 
 
 Officers' messes shall be held to a strict accountability for the 
 mess outfits of china, glass, plated tableware, towels, and linen. 
 The wardroom, junior, and warrant officers' messes may decline 
 the whole or any part of such outfits. 
 
 Mess outfits. 
 
CHAPTER 40. 
 
 QUARANTINE, PILOTAGE, CONVOY, TRANSPORTATION ABOARD 
 GOVERNMENT VESSELS, AND THE AMERICAN NATIONAL 
 RED CROSS. 
 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1451-1453. Quarantine. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1454. Pilotage. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1455-1457. Transportation aboard Government vessels. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1458-1460. Transportation services. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1461-1467. Convoy of Army transports. 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1470. The American National Red Cross. 
 
 Section 1. — Quarantine. 
 1451. 
 
 (1) Commanding officers of ships shall, on entering a port,. Regulations to 
 
 . , . , be complied with. 
 
 foreign or domestic, comply strictly with all its quarantine regu- Facilities fur 
 lations. &•>«» »*""• 
 
 (2) They shall, whether liable to quarantine or not, afford 
 every facility to visiting health officers, and give all the informa- 
 tion the latter may require. 
 
 (3) Should doubt exist as to the regulations of the port, no t Y [ ho » doub< 
 
 exists as to quar- 
 
 communication shall be held with the shore, with boats, or with ant ine reguia- 
 other ships, until a sufficient time has elapsed to allow of the visit tlons * 
 
 of the health officer. 
 
 1452. 
 
 (1) Should a naval vessel arrive in port with a quarantinable . , Dut i y of , c , ap " 
 
 x ■ tain when Infec- 
 
 disease on board, or should such disease break out while lying in tious disease ex- 
 ists 
 
 port, the fact shall be at once reported to the commander in chief 
 or senior officer present. The commanding officer shall hoist the 
 quarantine flag and prevent all communication likely to spread 
 the disease elsewhere until pratique is received. 
 
 (2) In order to check the spread of such disease on board ship, 
 he shall arrange with the authorities of the port for the care and 
 treatment of patients on shore or on board a hulk. 
 
 (3) If at sea in company with other ships and a quarantinable 
 disease exists or appears on board, he shall keep the quarantine 
 
 183841°— 20 29 (437) 
 
438 
 
 flag flying as long as the disease lasts and shall do all in his 
 power to prevent dissemination. 
 
 1453. 
 
 Caution in re- (1) In boarding arriving vessels, care shall be taken not to vio- 
 vesseis. late the rules of the port, and in case they are subject to quaran- 
 
 tine, the boarding officer shall, if possible, obtain the information 
 required without going alongside. 
 B°* rdin ? Tes - (2) Vessels at sea coming from a suspected port not having a 
 clean bill of health, or otherwise liable to quarantine, shall not be 
 boarded unless it be absolutely necessary, and the fact of such 
 communication, when it occurs, shall be reported on arrival in port 
 to the health officer. 
 No conceal- (3) n concealment shall be made of any circumstances that 
 
 ment of facts. . 
 
 may subject a ship of the Navy to quarantine. 
 Section 2. — Pilotage. 
 1454. 
 Employment (i) Commanding officers of ships may employ pilots whenever 
 
 of pilots. 
 
 in their judgment such employment is necessary. (Art. R. 881.) 
 
 (2) When pilots are employed they shall not be called on board 
 until the ship is ready to proceed to sea ; nor, when coming from 
 sea, shall they be kept on board after the ship bas reached her 
 destination, 
 to^enfpioyeo? (%) Preference shall be given to licensed pilots and they shall 
 not be paid more than local rates. 
 Coast pilots. (4) c oas t pilots shall not be employed except by special au- 
 thority from the Bureau of Navigation, and when employed shall 
 not be paid local pilotage. 
 Pilot does not (5) A pilot is considered merely as an adviser to the command- 
 ficer? e f r om r<> in g officer, and his presence on board a naval vessel shall not re- 
 sponsibility, lieve the commanding officer, or any of his subordinates, from 
 full responsibility for the proper performance of the duties with 
 which they, or any of them, may be charged concerning the naviga- 
 tion and handling of the ship. 
 
 Section 3. — Transportation Aboard Government Vessels. 
 
 1455. 
 
 (1) General officers of the Army, when ordered to take pas- 
 sage, without troops, in a ship of the Navy, shall be accommo- 
 dated in the quarters of the flag officer, if one be embarked in 
 the same ship ; otherwise, general officers and all field officers by 
 
 , 
 
439 
 
 commission when taking passage without troops and when of, 
 or above, the rank of the commanding officer, shall be accommo- 
 dated with the commanding officer. Other commissioned officers 
 of the Army shall be accommodated with the wardroom or junior 
 officers, according to rank. This quartering shall not interfere 
 with the sleeping apartments of the officers of the ship. 
 
 (2) When officers of the Army are embarked with troops in a 
 ship commanded and officered by officers of the Navy, the latter 
 shall occupy the apartments allotted to them, and separate ac- 
 commodations shall be provided for the use of the officers of the 
 Army and those under their command. The officers of the Army 
 shall mess together, and not with the officers of the Navy, unless 
 otherwise agreed upon with the sanction of the commanding 
 officer of the ship and commanding officer of the troops. 
 
 (3) Officers and enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps em- 
 barked on board United States Army transports will at all times 
 wear uniforms. The uniform to be worn will be prescribed by the 
 senior naval line officer or marine line officer embarked, as the 
 case may be, and will, as far as practicable, correspond to the 
 uniform prescribed by the commanding officer of troops for the 
 troops embarked. 
 
 1456. 
 
 (1) The commanding officer of a ship of the Navy shall have 
 full power, on his own authority, to order an offender, whether 
 officer or soldier, to be placed in either naval or military custody 
 as he shall consider most desirable; but in all cases where 
 an offender is to be disembarked for trial by military authority, 
 he shall be placed in military custody on board the ship. 
 
 (2) Enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, while being 
 transported on an Army transport, shall be subject to and obey 
 the United States Army Transport Service Regulations, and shall 
 be liable to their proportionate share of police and guard duty 
 whenever the commanding officer of troops on board the transport 
 shall deem it advisable to divide those duties between the enlisted 
 men of the Army and those of the Navy or Marine Corps on 
 board. Enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps may also be 
 called upon, but only when, in the judgment of said commanding 
 officer, there is an emergency, to perform such duty as their 
 special knowledge and skill may enable them to perform. 
 
 (3) Enlisted men of the Army, while being transported on a 
 naval vessel, shall be subject to and obey the regulations of the 
 ship, and shall be liable to their proportionate share of police and 
 guard duty whenever the commanding officer of the ship shall 
 deem it advisable to divide those duties between the enlisted men 
 
440 
 
 of the Navy and those of the Army on board. Enlisted men of the 
 Army may also be called upon, but only when, in the judgment of 
 said commanding officer, there is an emergency, to perform such 
 duties as their special knowledge and skill may enable them to 
 perform. 
 
 (4) All orders to enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps 
 on board an Army transport, or to enlisted men of the Army on 
 board a naval vessel, shall, as far as practicable, be given through 
 their respective officers, noncommissioned, or petty officers. 
 
 1457. 
 
 (1) The senior medical officer of the military forces upon em- 
 barkation and debarkation shall submit to the commanding and 
 senior medical officer of the ship a statement to the effect that the 
 command is clean, harbors no communicable diseases, and all 
 individuals have been vaccinated against smallpox and typhoid 
 fever. He will provide against the embarkation of infected per- 
 sons and property. 
 
 (2) The ship's sick bay shall be under the control of the senior 
 medical officer attached to the ship who is responsible for the 
 care and use of the hospital equipment and property and for the 
 care and treatment of the sick and injured of the crew, casual 
 passengers, and for Army sick transferred to the sick bay for 
 treatment. The senior medical officer of the ship will hold sick 
 call for troops if Army medical officers do not accompany the 
 contingent. Sick call for the troops will be held by Army medical 
 officers when attached thereto. Patients requiring rest in bed or 
 hospital treatment will be transferred to the ship's sick bay and 
 to the care of the senior medical officer of the ship. When neces- 
 sary Army medical department personnel may be required by 
 the commanding officers of the ship to aid the senior medical 
 officer of the ship to care for the sick. 
 
 (3) When directed by the commanding officer the senior medical 
 officer attached to the ship shall make such sanitary inspections 
 of the ship and personnel as may be considered necessary and 
 shall take appropriate action to prevent the spread of communi- 
 cable disease. 
 
 Section 4. — Transportation Services. 
 
 1458. 
 
 (1) All matters relating to the commandeering, chartering, 
 taking over, fitting out, manning, equipping, loading (except as 
 provided for in article 1461 (6)), sailing, routing, movements, 
 and maintenance of ships of all kinds for the Transportation 
 
441 
 
 Services of the United States Navy, including transports or other 
 vessels operating under the authority of the Navy Department, 
 shall be controlled by the Navy, including engaging of officers and 
 crew, the providing of rules for their government, their interior 
 discipline and administration, and the prescribing of regulations 
 for the security and defense of the vessel and the safety of all 
 persons on board, both at sea and in port, regardless of the 
 character of the personnel or character or ownership of the 
 animals, equipment, or supplies to be transported, except as 
 specifically provided elsewhere in these regulations. 
 
 (2) Vessels of the Transportation Services of the United States 
 Navy are those included in the fleet train, in Fleet Transporta- 
 tion Service, and the Naval Transportation Service. During peace 
 a fleet train comprises all store, repair and hospital ships, all 
 transports and other similar vessels operating under a com- 
 mander in chief. During war, vessels of these types operating 
 under the commander in chief will form the fleet train and the 
 Fleet Transportation Service; the fleet train comprising those 
 vessels operating within the advanced area, and the Fleet Trans- 
 portation Service those vessels operating within the fleet trans- 
 portation area. The Naval Transportation Service comprises all 
 store, fuel, and hospital ships, all transports and similar vessels 
 operating under the Director of Naval Transportation Service; 
 and the operations of this service in a theater of war shall be 
 limited to the naval transportation zone. 
 
 (3) Vessels of the Transportation Services will be governed by 
 the laws of the United States, United States Navy Regulations 
 and by special instructions issued by the Navy Department, or the 
 commander in chief under authority of the Navy Department. 
 All matters coming under the cognizance of* the various bureaus 
 and offices shall be referred 1<> the bureaus or offices concerned 
 for action. 
 
 1459. 
 
 (1) When officers of the Army, detachments of troops with 
 equipment and stores, or Army animals, equipment and stores, 
 are embarked in a naval vessel for transportation, the officers and 
 troops shall be quartered and property s owed as directed by the 
 commanding officer of such naval vessel, after consultation with 
 the Army officer commanding the troops, or the quartermaster in 
 charge of the property, as the case may be. 
 
 (2) Similarly, when officers of the Navy and Marine Corps, or 
 enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps, or Naval and Marine 
 Corps property are embarked in Army transports for transporta- 
 tion, the officers and enlisted men shall be quartered, and the 
 property stowed as directed by the properly constituted Army 
 officer on board, after consultation with the naval officer or 
 
442 
 
 marine officer commanding the detachment or in charge of said 
 property. 
 
 (3) Officers of the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps who embark 
 for passage in vessels operated by the Army, or by the Navy, 
 shall be quartered and messed in accordance with their seniority 
 in rank, but they shall not displace the officers regularly attached 
 to the vessel as part of the complement. Similarly, enlisted men 
 shall be messed and quartered in accordance with their ratings 
 or ranks in so far as their assignment in units makes this pro- 
 cedure suitable. 
 
 1460. 
 
 ( 1 ) When troops of the Army are to be accommodated on board 
 of naval transports, a joint inspection shall be held, prior to the 
 first voyage of the transport designated to embark the troops, 
 by the commanding officer of the ship or his representative, and 
 the commanding general at the port of embarkation or his duly 
 constituted representative. This inspection is to acquaint the 
 Army authorities with the nature of the provisions which have 
 been made to accommodate troops and to insure that these accom- 
 modations are sufficient and suitable under the circumstances for 
 the troops which it is proposed to embark. 
 
 (2) After the above preliminary inspection, no further formal 
 inspection by the Army authorities in port is considered necessary 
 or desirable. 
 
 (3) The commanding officer of a naval transport carrying Army 
 troops shall, during the voyage, request the commanding officer of 
 troops to inspect the accommodations and arrangements which 
 have been provided for his troops, and shall request the com- 
 manding officer of troops prior to disembarkation at the end of 
 the voyage, to submit suggestions as to alterations and deficiencies 
 which he may consider necessary or desirable. 
 
 Section 5 — Convoys of Army Transports. 
 1461. 
 
 (1) Whenever it becomes necessary to fit out and assemble con- 
 voys of Army transports for oversea transportation, the Navy 
 Department may designate an officer of commensurate rank, and 
 so inform the War Department, to have general supervision and 
 direction of the inspection, preparation for service, and operation 
 of such transports in the particulars enumerated in these regula- 
 tions for a naval convoy commander. 
 
 (2) When an oversea expedition including Army transports, 
 forming a naval convoy, has been decided upon, the Navy Depart- 
 ment shall appoint an officer of suitable rank as convoy com- 
 mander and shall supply the War Department with full partial- 
 
443 
 
 lars as to painting, installing additional lookout stations, changes 
 in rig or in equipment required to insure the safety of such vessel 
 and the lives of the persons on board; the armament and fire- 
 control system to be installed; and the commissioned naval per- 
 sonnel and the number and ratings of the enlisted personnel to 
 be embarked as gun's crews, bridge force, and communication 
 force, in order that suitable accommodations may be provided for 
 them. 
 
 (3) The naval convoy commander shall be furnished full in- 
 formation concerning the strength of the expedition and its pro- 
 posed objectives. The Army authorities shall afford him ade- 
 quate facilities for inspecting the transports as they assemble 
 for the purpose of ascertaining whether they are properly armed 
 and equipped for safety and defense ; supplied with the necessary 
 communication systems for handling naval guns and for receiving 
 reports from properly placed and equipped lookout stations; 
 fitted with ground tackle, boats, life rafts, life preservers, lines, 
 and all equipment necessary for the proper management and con- 
 trol of the convoy while in transit, or while disembarking men, 
 animals, and equipment, under the conditions which will probably 
 be met ; and whether the accommodations provided for the naval 
 personnel are suitable. The naval convoy commander shall call 
 the attention of the Army commander to defects or deficiencies 
 with respect to such matters, and the Army commander shall use 
 every effort to remedy such defects or deficiencies in accordance 
 with the judgment of the naval convoy commander. The naval 
 convoy commander shall render all possible assistance with the 
 resources at his disposal. In the event that it is found impracti- 
 cable to remedy the defects or supply the deficiencies which, in 
 the opinion of the naval convoy commander, if allowed to con- 
 tinue, will threaten the safety of the convoy or jeopardize the 
 safety of the expedition, the matter shall be reported immediately 
 to their respective departments by the Army commander and 
 naval convoy commander. 
 
 (4) The Navy shall install in each designated transport a 
 suitable battery and an elficient fire control and lookout system, 
 and provide glasses for lookouts and full bridge equipment for 
 making signals by day and night. 
 
 (5) All matters relating to the purchase, charter, fitting out, 
 equipping, and maintenance of Army transports, or other vessels 
 operating as transports under the control of the War Department, 
 engaging their officers and crews and providing rules for their 
 government, their interior discipline and administration, shall be 
 controlled by the Army, except that all regulations concerning the 
 security and defenses of the vessel and the safety of all persons 
 on board, both at sea and in port, shall be prescribed by the 
 Navy. 
 
M4 
 
 (6) All matters relating to the loading of vessels employed as 
 transports for the transportation of Army personnel, animals, or 
 stores, whether such vessels are operated by the War or Navy 
 Department, shall be under the charge of the Army. The quota 
 of troops or cargo to be assigned to each vessel within the limits 
 of her capacity, and the order in which the cargo shall be stowed 
 shall be decided upon by the Army, after consultation with the 
 convoy commander or his representative in order that the stability 
 of the ship shall not be endangered in loading. Ammunition for 
 ships' batteries shall be loaded by the Navy after consultation 
 with the proper Army authority. 
 
 1462. 
 
 (1) An officer, if practicable, not below the rank of lieutenant 
 commander in the Navy, and two other experienced officers, to- 
 gether with a suitable number of quartermasters, signal men, 
 extra lookouts, radio operators, and a full gun's crew for each 
 gun, shall be detailed to each designated Army transport by the 
 Navy Department. 
 
 (2) Quarters for the naval officer representing the naval con- 
 voy commander and his assistants, assigned to an Army trans- 
 port for duty, shall be provided with a view to the duties they 
 are to perform in the control of the ship and her defense. The 
 quarters for the senior naval officer shall be in close proximity 
 to the navigating bridge, and shall be assigned irrespective of 
 rank. The quarters for the naval officers detailed as assistants 
 to the senior naval officer shall be in close proximity to their 
 battery stations, and shall be assigned irrespective of rank. 
 
 (3) The commanding officer of troops, the quartermaster, the 
 quartermaster's agent on board, or the master of the vessel, as 
 the case may be, shall make the necessary assignments of quar- 
 ters and storage spaces for the use of the Daval guard, their 
 clothing, and the equipment and stores for operating the battery. 
 Similarly, the naval contingent of enlisted men whose duties are 
 on the bridge, in the radio room, or at the battery, shall be 
 quartered with a view to the duties they are to perform in the 
 navigation and defense of the ship. 
 
 146;?. 
 
 (1) The Army commander shall be embarked in the flagship of 
 the naval convoy commander if practicable. If not practicable, 
 the transport of the Army commander shall be placed in formation 
 near the flagship ; and in this case the senior naval officer assigned 
 to transports should be embarked with the Army commander, and 
 an Army officer to represent the Army commander should be em- 
 barked in the flagship of the naval convoy commander. 
 
 i 
 
445 
 
 1464. 
 
 (1) When the destination and approximate data of sailing, as 
 decided upon by the War and Navy Departments, have been com- 
 municated to the naval convoy commander by the Navy Depart- 
 ment, the naval convoy commander shall issue the order as to 
 the destination and the time of sailing, after the Army com- 
 mander has stated to him that he is ready to sail. The orders of 
 the convoy commander shall be immediately communicated to the 
 Army commander. Should circumstances arise after sailing which 
 render change in plan or destination necessary or desirable for 
 the saftey of the expedition, at sea and in disembarking, which 
 change it is not practicable to refer to high authority, the naval 
 convoy commander shall, after consulting with the Army com- 
 mander, decide as to such change. 
 
 (2) In making np a convoy, with Army transports or groups of 
 Army transports fitting out in different ports, the senior naval 
 officer present at any port ordered to duty with a transport of the 
 convoy, shall, under the direction of the naval convoy commander 
 or his representative, have the duties and responsibilities in fitting 
 out prescribed for the naval convoy commander in article 1461. 
 
 (3) As soon as an Army transport is loaded and ready to pro- 
 ceed under naval convoy the competent Army authority shall so 
 notify the senior naval officer present on duty with the convoy. 
 After this notification has been communicated to the senior naval 
 officer on board a transport, his authority over her movements and 
 his responsibility for her safety and defense shall begin when 
 she leaves the dock or completes her loading in the stream. 
 
 (4) In accordance with the instructions of the naval convoy 
 commander, in making up a convoy or part of a convoy in any 
 port, the senior naval officer present on duty with the convoy shall 
 prescribe anchorages in the harbor and the time and order of 
 getting under way, arrange for necessary pilotage out of harbor 
 and through mine fields and obstructions, determine the order 
 of the formation of ships in following mine sweepers, and. con- 
 duct the transports to the rendezvous decided upon by the naval 
 convoy commander. 
 
 140 5. 
 
 (1) The naval convoy commander shall have control of all 
 movements of the convoy and shall prescribe all orders of sailing 
 and formation. He shall make provision for emergencies, such 
 as an attack by an enemy or a dispersion of the convoy due to 
 weather or other circumstances. 
 
 (2) The naval convoy commander shall assure himself that his 
 subordinates placed on the transports are familiar with his dis- 
 positions and plans. 
 
446 
 
 (3) Should the transports become separated the senior naval 
 officer present and on duty shall take charge of the convoy and 
 control its movements in accordance with the plans of the convoy 
 commander. 
 
 1466. 
 
 (1) The senior naval officer attached to a transport shall, under 
 the authority of the convoy commander, at all times, both at sea 
 and in port, after the competent Army authority has reported the 
 transport loaded and ready to proceed, have complete command 
 of the transport in all matters relating to speed, course, maneuver- 
 ing, anchorage, and the defense of the vessel, and complete control 
 over all signaling and radio. He shall act in accordance with the 
 instructions issued to him by the convoy commander. He may 
 call upon the commanding officer of troops for officers and men for 
 any duty connected with the security and defense of the vessel 
 or her personnel. The commander of troops shall detail officers 
 and men in the numbers requested, and the officers and men so 
 detailed shall perform the duties for which their services are 
 requested under the direction of the senior naval officer on hoard. 
 
 (2) In case no troops are embarked in a transport under convoy 
 the senior naval officer on board may call upon the Army quarter- 
 master or the master of the vessel for the detail of men as addi- 
 tional lookouts, to assist in the supply of ammunition to the 
 battery, or for any other duty connected with the safety of the 
 vessel or her personnel ; and the men shall be detailed in the 
 numbers required and shall perform the duties for which their 
 services are requested under the direction of the senior naval 
 officer on board. 
 
 (3) The senior naval officer on board shall be responsible for 
 the sufficiency and the character of the exercises of the passengers 
 and crew of the transport at fire quarters, abandon ship, general 
 quarters, and darken ship. He shall direct such changes from 
 the established procedure on board in these evolutions as are 
 necessary to meet war conditions, such as fire in action and aban- 
 doning ship as the result of injuries received in action. 
 
 (4) The senior naval officer, should it become necessary to 
 abandon ship, shall direct the movements of the boats, and, after 
 consultation with the officer cammanding troops and the master 
 of the transport, shall take such further measures as may be 
 necessary to insure their safety. 
 
 (5) The master and officers of the vessels shall perform their 
 navigation and watch duties affecting her speed and movements 
 under the direction of the senior naval officer on board, and 
 should there be any opposition to or interference with his au- 
 thority in any way, the senior naval officer may call upon the 
 commanding officer of troops who shall then take such steps with 
 
447 
 
 the force under his command as may be necessary to enforce the 
 authority of the senior naval officer. 
 
 (6) The senior naval officer on board shall censor the entries 
 in the log, ship's papers, reports, and other documents wherein 
 might be mentioned routes, positions, and rendezvous. 
 
 (7) The authority of the senior naval officer on board shall 
 be limited to those matters above enumerated. 
 
 1467. 
 
 (1) Dispositions for landing. — The time and place of landing 
 shall be determined by the naval convoy commander, after con- 
 sultation with the Army commander. The order of landing shall 
 be determined by the Army commander after consultation with the 
 naval convoy commander. After the order of landing has been made 
 known to him the naval convoy commander shall control the 
 placing of transports for disembarking troops and material, the 
 loading and unloading of boats, and the beach or landing places 
 used for disembarkation. The naval convoy commander shall 
 take the necessary precautions with the means at his disposal to 
 insure the safety of transports, troops, and material in unloading ; 
 and he shall control the withdrawal of transports when discharged ; 
 and take whatever measures may be further required for their 
 safety. 
 
 (2) If the landing is opposed, the naval convoy commander 
 shall cooperate fully with the Army commander to insure the 
 safety of the disembarkation ; and he shall further render the 
 greatest assistance practicable with the sole object of insuring 
 to the utmost the plan of campaign of the Army commander. 
 
 Section 0. — The American National Red Cross. 
 1470. 
 
 (1) The American National Red Cross having been authorized Authorized bj 
 
 Con (Tress 
 
 by an act of Congress (approved Apr. 24, 1912) to render aid 
 to the land and naval forces in time of actual or threatened war, 
 the following regulations governing the status, organization, and 
 operations of the Red Cross when employed with the naval forces, 
 having received the approval of the President of the United States, 
 are issued for the information and guidance of all concerned. 
 
 (2) Organized Red Cross units, if accepted for service with the Enrollment, 
 naval forces, will be enrolled as members of the Naval Reserve 
 
 Force and will constitute a part of the medical department of the 
 Navy. 
 
 (3) When the Navy Department desires the use of the services Procedure to 
 of the Red Cross in time of war or when war Is imminent, the J^y,"**- wIth 
 Secretary of the Navy will communicate with the chairman of the 
 
448 
 
 Red Cross, specifying the character of the services required and 
 designating the place or places where the personnel and materiel 
 may be assembled. 
 
 Qualification. (4.) -$ individuals of the American Red Cross will be enrolled 
 in the medical department of the Naval Reserve Force, until found 
 physically and professionally qualified, by a board of medical 
 officers, for the performance of the service expected of them. 
 
 Responsibility (5) Separate establishments, maintained by the American Red 
 offieeVs! me ca Cross, receiving naval patients shall have detailed thereto a naval 
 medical officer, who will keep the health records of the naval 
 patients and see that these patients are returned to naval jurisdic- 
 tion when convalescent or fit for duty. This officer will not be 
 responsible in any way for the administration of the institution. 
 
 Personnel. (g) r^jjg j^ e( j Cross may be called upon in time of war, or when 
 
 war is impending, for the following classes of personnel : 
 
 (1) Physicians, surgeons, and dental surgeons. 
 
 (2) Pharmacists. 
 
 (3) Hospital Corps men. 
 
 (4) Nurses. 
 
 (5) Clerks. 
 
 (6) Cooks and other hospital personnel. 
 
 (7) Laborers. 
 
 Organization. (7) American Red Cross personnel available for service with 
 the Navy will be organized and equipped as may be prescribed 
 by the headquarters of the American Red Cross as approved by 
 the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Units organized and 
 equipped in this manner will then be listed for service, after 
 enrollment in the Naval Reserve Force, in connection with any 
 of the activities of the medical department of the Navy. 
 
 Training. (8) The training of American Red Cross personnel prior to 
 
 enrollment in the Naval Reserve Force shall conform, in the case 
 of individuals or units designated to perform the duties of hos- 
 pital corps men, to the naval instruction for this type of person- 
 nel, and shall include instruction in first aid, elementary hygiene, 
 hospital corps drill, and the methods of transporting sick and 
 wounded ashore and aboard ship. 
 
 (9) American Red Cross personnel corresponding to naval hos- 
 pital personnel shall be trained in hospital routine, their training 
 conforming to that of the personnel of a naval hospital or hospital 
 ship. 
 
 Information (10) Information Bureau American Red Cross personnel, for 
 bureau. service at Navy base hospitals may be accepted for service as 
 
 civilians when accredited by officials of the American Red Cross. 
 The duty of this type of personnel will be to aid the commanding 
 officer of the naval hospital in furnishing information to relatives 
 and friends concerning the sick and wounded in the hospital and 
 when authorized by the commanding officer to furnish to the indi- 
 
449 
 
 vidua 1 patient personal comforts, fruit, flowers, entertainment, 
 etc., when the same can not be obtained through the regular 
 governmental channels. Members of the Information Bureau 
 Service will conform to such regulations as may be instituted by 
 the commanding officer of the hospital and if a Navy chaplain is 
 attached to the hospital they will cooperate with him in every way. 
 
 (11) Medical and surgical supplies and equipment may be ac- Acceptance of 
 
 supplies a in J 
 
 cepted from American Red Cross representatives when author- equipment, 
 ized by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery or in advance of 
 authority when an emergency exists. As a rule no supplies will 
 be accepted from the American Red Cross which can be obtained 
 in the usual way by making requisition for the same. Ambu- 
 lance service may be accepted when occasion arises. 
 
 (12) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery will arrange with 
 American Red Cross headquarters for the organization, equip- 
 ment, and subsequent enrollment in the Naval Reserve Force of 
 such units for service in the medical department of the Navy as 
 may be desired. 
 
 (13) One or more officers of the Medical Corps of the United detail of narai 
 
 medical officer 
 
 States Navy will be detailed for duty with the Military Relief with relief dhi- 
 
 Division or Department of the American National Red Cross, the s,on " 
 senior one of whom shall act as liaison officer between the Ameri- 
 can National Red Cross and the Navy Department 
 
CHAPTEE 41. 
 
 SHORE ESTABLISHMENTS. 
 PART I.— NAVAL DISTRICTS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1480. Establishment and limits. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1481-1484. General administration. 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1485. Organization. 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1486. Coast defense. 
 
 PART II.— NAVAL BASES. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1487. General administration. 
 
 PART III.— NAVY YARDS AND NAVAL STATIONS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1488-1502. General administration. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1503-1508. Ships at a yard or station. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1509. Commissioning and delivery of ships. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1510. Ships going out of commission and ships out 
 
 of commission. 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1511-1515. Personnel, civil and naval. 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1516. General organization. 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1517. Captain of the yard. 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1518-1531. Officers in charge of departments and 
 
 divisions. 
 Sec. 9. — Art. 1532. Engineer officer. 
 Sec. 10. — Art. 1533. Construction officer. 
 Sec. 11. — Art. 1534. Public works officer. • 
 
 Sec. 12. — Art. 1535-1536. Inspection officer and assistant inspec- 
 tors. 
 Sec. 13. — Art. 1537. Supply officer. 
 Sec. 14. — Art. 1538. Disbursing officer. 
 Sec. 15. — Art. 1539. Accounting officer. 
 Sec. 16. — Art. 1540. Medical officer. 
 Sec. 17. — Art. 1542. Work done by one department or division for 
 
 another. 
 Sec. 18. — Art. 1543. Employment of labor at navy yards. 
 Sec. 19. — Art. 1544. Floating dry docks. 
 Sec. 20. — Art. 1545. Visits to vessels building. 
 
 Sec. 21. — Art. 1546-1548. Relations of the commander in chief, At- 
 lantic Fleet, with the naval station, Guantanamo Bay. 
 (451) 
 
452 
 
 Sec. 22. — Art. 1549. Relations of the commander in chief, Asiatic 
 Fleet, with the naval stations, Cavite and Olongapo, 
 and other shore activities within the limits of the 
 Asiatic Station. 
 
 Sec. 23. — Art. 1550. The navy yard, Washington, D. C. 
 
 Sec. 24. — Art. 1551. The navy yards under industrial management. 
 
 Sec. 25. — Art. 1552-1553. Regulations for the control, defense, and 
 protection of Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, and defense of the 
 Panama Canal. 
 
 PART I.— NAVAL DISTRICTS. 
 
 Section 1. — Establishment and Limits. 
 
 Limits. 
 
 Exceptions. 
 
 1480. 
 
 (1) The United States and island possessions are divided into 
 naval districts with limits and headquarters as indicated in the 
 subjoined table: 
 
 12 
 
 Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island 
 (including Block Island and Nantucket Light Vessel). 
 
 Vermont, Connecticut, New York, northern part of New 
 Jersey, including counties of Mercer, Monmouth, and all 
 counties north thereof. 
 
 Pennsylvania, southern part of New Jersey, including 
 counties of Burlington, Ocean, and all counties south 
 thereof; Delaware, including Winter Quarter Shoal 
 Light Vessel. 
 
 Maryland, West Virginia, North Carolina, Virginia 
 
 South Carolina, including Frying Pan Shoals Light Vessel, 
 G eorgia. 
 
 Florida, except counties west of Analachicola River 
 
 Florida, counties west of Analachicoia River, Alabama, 
 Tennessee, Louisiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, Oklahoma, 
 Texas. 
 
 Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, 
 Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, North Dakota, South 
 Oakota, Nebraska, Kansas. 
 
 New Mexico, Arizona, southern part of California, in- 
 cluding counties of Santa Barbara, Ventura, Los An- 
 geles, and San Bernardino and all counties south 
 thereof. 
 
 Colorado, Utah, Nevada, northern part of California, 
 including counties of San Luis Obispo, Kern, Inyo, 
 and all counties north thereof. 
 
 Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Alaska. 
 
 Hawaiian Islands, and islands to westward, including 
 Midway. 
 
 Panama Canal Zone 
 
 Philippine Islands 
 
 Headquarters. 
 
 Boston. 
 New York. 
 
 Philadelphia. 
 
 Naval operating 
 base, Hampton 
 Roads. 
 
 Charleston. 
 
 Key West. 
 New Orleans. 
 
 Great Lakes, 111. 
 San Diego. 
 
 San Francisco. 
 
 Bremerton. 
 Pearl Harbor. 
 
 Canal Zone. 
 
 Cavite. 
 
 (2) The United States islands under Naval Governors — Virgin 
 Islands, Guam, and Samoa — also Porto Rico and the naval station 
 at Guantanamo, shall not be included in naval districts. All 
 naval activities in the Porto Rico-Virgin Islands area are under 
 the commandant of the naval station, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands 
 of the United States, for all purposes of administration. 
 
Commandant. 
 
 453 
 
 (3) Within each naval district Marine Corps activities not 
 attached to a naval unit which is nnder the command of a naval 
 officer will be excluded from the jurisdiction of the commandant 
 of the district, excepting their coordination with the general plan 
 of the military defense of the district. 
 
 (4) Within the fifth naval district the activities located on the 
 Severn and Potomac Rivers and at South Charleston, W. Va., will 
 be excluded from the jurisdiction of the commandant of the fifth 
 naval district, excepting their coordination with the general plan 
 of military defense of the district. 
 
 (5) All matters pertaining to the military operations in naval 
 districts shall be under the Office of Naval Operations. 
 
 (6) District commandant shall be kept informed of duties and 
 domicile of officers within their district. 
 
 Section 2. — General Administration. 
 1481. 
 
 Each naval district shall be commanded by a designated com- 
 mandant, who is the direct representative of the Navy Depart- 
 ment, including its bureaus and offices, in all matters affecting 
 district activity. 
 
 1482. 
 
 (1) In the administration of affairs in the district the com- vl J d e taiis. UPer " 
 mandant shall not personally supervise the details of work or 
 administration of the several groups or units, but will transact 
 necessary business with the officer commanding the group or unit. 
 
 These groups or units will be coordinate, and every effort will be 
 made to develop complete intercommunication and cooperation 
 between the several groups and units in regard to all matters 
 requiring joint action. 
 
 (2) The commandant of a district has, in the general transac- 
 tions of the service, authority and control over all naval establish- 
 ments ashore within the limits of his command, but is not to 
 interfere with the management of those establishments where 
 there are commanding officers, unless a particular and sufficient 
 cause should in his opinion render it necessary, in which case 
 he is to report to the department the nature of the order given 
 and his reasons for giving it. 
 
 (3) If, however, the commanding officer of the establishment 
 considers that any public inconvenience is likely to arise from 
 compliance with the order of the district commandant, he is to 
 represent it promptly to him, stating the objections, after which, 
 if the. order is adhered to. it is to be obeyed without further de- 
 lay or discussion, the district commandant becoming wholly re- 
 
 183841°— 20 30 
 
454 
 
 sponsible to the department for the measure. The commanding 
 officer concerned may, if he thinks prober, send to the department 
 any observation which he may be desirous to submit for considera- 
 tion. 
 
 (4) (a) The responsibility for the organization and efficient 
 operation of all administrative units within districts, such as navy 
 yards, torpedo stations, training stations, recruiting stations, sub- 
 marine bases, schools, etc., rests with the officer in direct command 
 of such units. 
 
 ( & ) In the administration of affairs within his district the com- 
 mandant shall not direct nor shall he be responsible for the tech- 
 nical work being carried on by any of the various organizations, 
 but the head of each administrative unit will keep him informed 
 regarding the general nature and scope of the work carried on, 
 and supply him with all information that will be of value in for- 
 mulating plans (1) for the coordination of all naval activities 
 within the district and (2) for the operation and defense of the 
 district in the event of war. 
 
 (c) In the execution of these regulations it is assumed that an 
 " administrative unit " consists of all activities which are so 
 grouped in one place as to come logically under the immediate 
 military control of one head. As, for an example, where a receiv- 
 ing ship, marine barracks, or hospital is located within the natural 
 limits of a navy yard, it will be under the immediate military con- 
 trol of the commandant of that yard. 
 
 (d) Communications relating entirely to the technical work of 
 any of the establishments referred to in paragraph (4) (a) shall 
 be carried on direct with the bureau or station concerned. 
 
 (e) Communications from any administrative unit which in- 
 volves a question of military policy, or which affects the operations 
 of any other unit, shall be forwarded through the commandant of 
 the naval district for recommendation. 
 
 1483. 
 
 *° In the temporary absence of the commandant from the limits 
 of his command or in the event of his disability, the command shall 
 devolve upon the assistant commandant, or in his absence uDon the 
 senior line officer on duty within the district. 
 
 1484. 
 
 General duties. (1) The commandant of a naval district shall be guided by the 
 Regulations for Naval Districts and by such other orders and in- 
 structions as may be issued to him by the Navy Department. 
 
 Defenses. (2) He shall supervise and be responsible for all matters affect- 
 
 ing the dispositions and operations of the district naval coast de- 
 fense forces, or other forces under his command, having for their 
 
 command. 
 
455 
 
 object the repulse of hostile attacks upon any part of the naval 
 district, or upon naval vessels or merchant shipping in or off the 
 harbors or in the coastwise sea lanes of the district. 
 
 (3) He shall cooperate with the Army commanders and com- 
 manders of the fleet forces within the district, in the preparation 
 of defense plans in time of peace, as well as in their execution in. 
 time of war. 
 
 (4) He shall, under the direction of the Bureau of Navigation, 
 be charged with the command and administration of the Naval Re- 
 serve Force within the district.. 
 
 (5) He shall be charged with the maintenance of an efficient 
 information and communication service within the district in ac- 
 cordance with instructions issued by the Office of Naval Intelli- 
 gence and the Office of Naval Communications. 
 
 (6) He shall, by inspection of the various units of the district 
 and by conference with the commanding officers, keep himself 
 closely in touch with all the activities of the district and with 
 their efficiency. He shall coordinate their work and make such 
 recommendations to the department concerning the district as will 
 promote the interests of the Navy within the district and further 
 the accomplishment of its mission. He shall keep himself informed 
 of the various commercial and industrial activities in the district 
 which might be of use to the Navy in time of war. 
 
 (7) In intercourse with Government, State, and foreign officials 
 or with local authorities in matters of business or ceremony of in- 
 terest to the Navy, he shall himself, or through his subordinates, 
 represent the Navy Department. 
 
 (8) Commandants of naval districts are authorized to admin- 
 ister oaths for the purposes of the administration of naval justice 
 and for other purposes of naval administration. 
 
 Preparation of 
 defense plans. 
 
 Naval Reserve 
 Force. 
 
 Communication 
 service. 
 
 To keep In 
 touch with dis- 
 trict activities. 
 
 Be presents 
 Navy Depart- 
 ment. 
 
 Section 3. — Organization. 
 
 1485, 
 
 (1) The district shall be organized into units or groups accord- 
 ing to the character of their activities and situation, each group or 
 unit under the command of an officer responsible for all activities 
 within the group or unit. The district commandant shall not per- 
 sonally supervise the details of work or administration of these 
 separate groups or commands but will transact necessary business 
 with the officer commanding. 
 
 (2) These groups or commands will be coordinate and every 
 effort will be made to develop complete cooperation and inter- 
 communication between them in matters requiring joint action. 
 Correspondence between groups shall not be routed through the 
 
 Organization. 
 
 Coordination. 
 
456 
 
 commandant, who shall be kept informed by the commanding 
 
 officers only as to matters of administration and general interest, 
 
 and the commandng officers are responsible that matters of interest 
 
 to the commandant are brought within his knowledge. 
 
 Status similar (3) ^he organization should establish between the commandant 
 to that of com- x ' ° 
 
 mandcr in chief, of the district and the commanding officers of the various 
 
 groups included in his command relations similar to those which 
 exist between a commander in chief afloat and the various units 
 of his command. 
 District craft. (4) District craft include all floating craft, other than those 
 on the Navy Register, assigned for use in naval districts. Vessels 
 on the Navy Register and small boats may be assigned to duty 
 in naval districts and while so assigned shall be considered dis- 
 trict craft, although not so specifically denned. Derricks, cranes, 
 dredges, pile drivers, and similar floating appliances, built for use 
 in specific localities, shall be under the jurisdiction of the com- 
 mandants or commanding officers of the specific yards or stations 
 concerned. 
 
 (5) All correspondence relative to changes in the assignment 
 of district craft from one district to another is to be addressed 
 to the Chief of Naval Operations through the bureaus or offices 
 concerned. 
 
 Section 4. — Coast Defense. 
 
 I486 
 
 Mission of (l) The mission of the commandant of a naval district in Coast 
 commandant. ^ 
 
 Defense is to control the sea communications within the district. 
 
 repulsing hostile attacks on the, seacoast, or upon naval vessels or 
 
 merchant shipping in or off harbors or in the coastwise sea lanes. 
 
 The limits of the naval districts extend to seaward so far as to 
 
 include the coastwise sea lanes. 
 
 Strategical di- (2) When an enemy attack is made, the senior naval officer 
 
 rectum of forces. 
 
 within the limits of the naval district or districts in which the 
 attack is being made, whether commanding a district or a de- 
 tachment of the fleet, will assume the strategical direction of all 
 naval forces within the district or districts. 
 
 (3) The senior naval officer afloat in the area in which the 
 attack is being made, whether attached to the fleet or a district, 
 will assume the tactical direction of all naval forces in contact 
 with the enemy. 
 
 (4) Cooperation between Army and naval officers directing op- 
 erations against enemy attacks will be governed by the following 
 principles : 
 
 (a) When an enemy force of a strength greatly superior to 
 that of the naval force available for use against it approaches the 
 coast, the naval officer will inform the Army officer of the situa- 
 
 Tactical direc- 
 tion of forces. 
 
 Army and 
 N a ? y coopera- 
 tion. 
 
457 
 
 tion and shall assume that the Army has a paramount interest 
 in the operation and shall coordinate the operations of the naval 
 forces with those of the military forces. 
 
 (6) If, however, the conditions are such that the enemy is, 
 or can be, engaged by a naval force approximating in strength 
 that of the enemy, the Army officer shall be so informed and shall 
 assume that the Navy has a paramount interest in the operation 
 and shall coordinate the operations of the military forces with 
 those of the naval forces. 
 
 (5) The commandants of naval districts will cooperate with the 
 Army officers commanding corps areas in the preparation of plans 
 in time of peace, determining the more probable situations likely 
 to arise and entering into advance agreements upon plans of joint 
 action for each such situation. 
 
 PART II.— NAVAL BASES. 
 
 Section 1. — General Administration. 
 
 1487. 
 
 (1) The commandant of a naval base shall be an officer de- 
 tailed to this duty by the department, and in his absence from 
 1 lie limits of his command the senior naval line officer in com- 
 mand of one of the activities within the limits of the base shall 
 act as commandant. 
 
 (2) The commandant of a naval base shall exercise full military 
 authority over the various administrative establishments within 
 his command, but he shall not direct or be responsible for the 
 administration of the technical work of these establishments, 
 lie shall, however, be kept informed 6f the work in progress at 
 these establishments and shall make such inspections from time 
 to time as may be necessary to keep him acquainted with the 
 condition of all parts of his command. 
 
 (3) The commandant shall have control, through the public 
 work's officer, of all new construction and of all repairs beyond 
 the capacity of the force employed by the establishments for which 
 such repairs are to be made, but in connection with all work of 
 this character which relate exclusively to one of the establish- 
 ments the commanding officer of the establishment concerned shall 
 act as the direct representative of the commandant. For technical 
 maintenance and supervision, radio stations within the limits of 
 a naval base will be under the district radio materiel officer. 
 
 (4) (a) Correspondence shall be routed through the command- 
 ing officer of the establishment concerned, i h) Correspondence 
 relating entirely to the internal technical work of one of the 
 stations, except such as relates to movements of vessels or of 
 
458 
 
 officers, shall be routed direct to the station (or bureau) having 
 cognizance, unless it deals with large questions of administration 
 or with matters of general interest concerning which the com- 
 mandant should be informed. 
 
 (5) It is purposed to establish, as far as they are applicable, 
 the same general relations between the commandant of a naval 
 base and the various organizations included in his command that 
 exist between a division commander afloat and the vessels of his 
 division, except that the independence of the individual organiza- 
 tions in the technical work for which they exist is to be fully 
 conserved. 
 
 PART III.— NAVY YARDS AND NAVAL STATIONS 
 
 Section 1. — General Administration. 
 
 1488. 
 
 of G cwnmandants ^ ^ e commandant of a navv var d or other shore station 
 
 of navy yards, shall, under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy, exercise 
 
 entire control over every department in the yard, and shall be 
 
 held responsible for the preservation of all buildings and stores 
 
 contained therein, of all vessels out of commission, and for the 
 
 judicious application of all labor. (Art. 89 (1).) He shall be 
 
 the general manager of the industrial department. 
 
 To require du- (2) He shall see that all officers and others under his command; 
 
 erly performed!*" and all employees perform their duty faithfully and efficiently, and 
 
 that all returns and reports are made in the time and manner 
 
 prescribed. 
 
 Not to allow (3) He shall see that no materials of any kind are diverted 
 improper use of „ , , . . , , , . '• , ., , 
 
 labor or mate- from their intended use, except for proper purposes, and that no 
 
 ria1, mechanic or other employee does any work during working hours. 
 
 except for public purposes ; and that the machinery plant or other 
 
 Government appliances and the labor necessary for the operation 
 
 thereof shall not be used in doing work for private parties, except 
 
 in cases of emergency or when authorized by the Secretary of the 
 
 Navy. 
 
 Not to make (4) He shall not make any alterations in the prescribed assign- 
 alterations in ■■■•.: ••/ „ , . • . . . , , .'• ., , . . 
 yard, or sell or ment of buildings of the yard, nor permit the purchase of stores 
 
 thority thOUt *"" or tne sale of any ar ticles, scraps, or chips, condemned or other- 
 wise, unless authorized by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 To sign pay (5) He shall sign all pay rolls of civilian employees except 
 those under the cognizance of the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
 gery, which, however, he shall approve. 
 
 (6) Officers of lower rank may be attached to the yard as 
 subordinate aids to the commandant, to perform such duties as 
 may be assigned by him, and for general experience and observa- 
 tion in the duties of their profession. 
 
459 
 
 (7) Warrant officers and mates attached to the yard shall per- 
 form such duty as may be assigned them by the commandant. 
 
 1489. 
 
 (1) No new work shall be undertaken at a navy yard or station Authority for 
 except on Secretary of the Navy's or bureau authorization ad- 
 dressed to the commandant, or by the commandant himself in 
 
 virtue of article 1975 (5). (Art. 393 (6).) 
 
 (2) When work is authorized, the commandant shall issue neces- 
 sary orders regarding its execution. 
 
 1490. 
 
 It shall be the duty of every commandant to recommend to the D H ty .°f e<,m " 
 
 manumit to ree- 
 
 Secretary of the Navy all additions and alterations in the station ommend impror <>- 
 under his command which he may deem necessary for the proper men 8 ' c * 
 development or improvement of the station, with a view to meeting 
 all probable demands of the fleet upon it, and all repairs to public 
 works or public utilities which he deems necessary for their proper 
 preservation and the cost of which is in excess of the regular 
 allotment of funds made him for this purpose. Such recommenda- 
 tions will be forwarded by the Secretary of the Navy to the 
 bureaus concerned for recommendation and statement of funds 
 available, and final action thereon shall be by the Secretary of the 
 Navy. 
 
 1491. 
 
 All communications from naval stations relative to alterations, Communiea- 
 improvements, and the purchase and installation of machinery and alterations, im" 
 machine tools, including requisitions for machine tools, shall be pro?ements ' etc ' 
 addressed to the Secretary of the Navy. All requests for such 
 work or material shall bear estimates of time and cost to per- 
 form or secure the same and shall show the yard department 
 or division under which they are needed. Upon receipt by the 
 department such papers will be referred to the bureau or bu- 
 reaus concerned for recommendation and for statements as to the 
 state of the appropriations concerned and the availability of 
 funds for the specified purposes, after which they shall be returned 
 to the department, where final action will be taken and the neces- 
 sary instructions issued. 
 
 1492. 
 
 At stations which are not under a commandant the duties of Stations not 
 
 under a comma n- 
 commandant as laid down in this section shall be performed by the dant. 
 
 commanding officer or the officer in charge of such station. 
 
460 
 
 1493. 
 
 steps to se- Whenever any officer charged with the details of administration, 
 upkeep, and operation of any public work or public utility finds 
 that there is need for repairs which he is not authorized to under- 
 take himself as a part of the upkeep thereof, he shall so report to 
 the commandant, who shall take the necessary steps to secure the 
 performance of such repairs. 
 
 1494. 
 
 Annual re- Commandants of shore stations shall submit annually to the 
 port8 ' Secretary of the Navy a report on the activities and suggested 
 
 improvements of the stations under their command. 
 
 1495. 
 
 Relations be- It is the intent of these regulations to create and maintain at 
 ti^ns'and depart eacn naval station relations between the commandant and the 
 ment « department and bureaus similar as nearly as practicable to those 
 
 existing between the commanding officer of a ship in commission 
 and the department and bureaus. The bureaus have no direct 
 cognizance over the administration of a naval station, their func- 
 tion being to state what work shall be performed thereat, to issue 
 general instructions as to the plans on which work is to be done, 
 and to allot funds for the performance of work coming under their 
 cognizance and for the upkeep and operation of nonindustrial 
 public works and utilities under their cognizance. 
 
 1496. 
 
 Succession to (1) In the absence of the commandant the line officer next in 
 rank, not restricted by law to the performance of engineering 
 duties, shall become the acting commandant and shall exercise, 
 for the time being, the authority of the commandant, both ashore 
 and in respect to ships in commission at the yard, as prescribed 
 in article 1502. 
 
 (2) The commanding and other officers of a receiving or station 
 ship at a navy yard or station shall not be considered as on duty 
 in the yard or station so far as succession to temporary command 
 is concerned ; nor shall they exercise authority therein, but shall 
 be subject in all respects to the orders of the commandant or act- 
 ing commandant of the yard. 
 
 1497. 
 
 Fire reguia- (l) The commandant shall establish regulations to suard 
 tions. 
 
 against accidents from fire in the ships and buildings within the 
 
 yard. 
 
461 
 
 (2) He shall cause the fire department to be organized for day F j re depart- 
 
 inent. 
 
 and night work, and exercised at least once every m jnth, both by 
 day and night. Where the organization is not deemed sufficient 
 to control a fire in the yard, either by day or by night, he shall 
 make such arrangements with the local municipal authorities as 
 will insure a prompt response to any call for aid. 
 
 (3) The alarm of fire shall be given by ringing the yard and Fire alarm. 
 ships' bells, blowing yard whistles, or sounding an automatic 
 
 alarm. Stations will be indicated in accordance with an alarm 
 signal system aproved by the commandant. 
 
 (4) He may direct the fire alarm to be sounded for a fire in the Fires outside 
 immediate vicinity of the yard, and the engines and other ap- ° yar ' 
 paratus may be sent to such fires, but they shall be kept under 
 
 command of their own officers. 
 
 14 98. 
 
 (1) The gates of the vard shall be closed at sunset, and no Precautions to 
 
 be takeu at night. 
 
 strangers shall be admitted after that time, unless they come 
 to visit officers in the yard or on board ships lying thereat. 
 
 (2) The watchword for the night and the countersign shall be , The counter- 
 
 ' sign and watch- 
 
 issued only to such persons as the commandant may direct. word. 
 
 1499. 
 
 When a ship is ordered to be fitted out at a navy yard, the 8hl p2 al t P o Ue b e fi 
 fitting out shall be under the direction of the commandant, in charge of com- 
 conformity with general regulations and established allowances. man 
 
 1500. 
 
 When the commandant is directed to build, fit out, or repair Accounts to he 
 any ship, or to construct any building, or to make any improve- opene 
 ment at a yard, or when he authorizes work, he shall cause an 
 account to be opened against *uch ship, building, or improvement, 
 debiting it with the cost of the labor, indirect expense, and of the 
 different materials used, detailed reports of which shall be for- 
 warded to the proper bureau when the objects are completed. 
 
 1501. 
 
 No alterations shall be made in the hull, boilers, machinery, Alterations, 
 or the dimensions or arrangements of masts, boats, or other 
 equipments of any ship which may be ordered for repairs or fitting 
 out, without the previous sanction of the bureau concerned ; but 
 if, in the commandant's opinion, any change can be made to 
 improve the qualities of a ship, or increase the accommodations 
 
462 
 
 of her crew, he shall report the same to the bureau concerned, 
 giving his reasons for recommending alterations and the estimated 
 time required, and cost of same. 
 
 1502. 
 
 Receiving Receiving ships attached to a navy yard or station shall be 
 subject to the control of the commandant in all matters per- 
 taining to the receiving ship business. 
 
 Section 2. — Ships at a Yard ok Station. 
 1503. 
 
 Authority over. (1) All vessels at a navy yard or naval station, for any purpose, 
 shall be under the command of the commandant, who shall limit 
 the exercise of such command to matters pertaining to the service 
 for which the ship or ships are at the yard, and to the enforce- 
 
 Officers as ment of the police and fire regulations of the yard. When offi- 
 eourS or boards. cers attached to cruising ships in commission at a navy yard are 
 required by the commandant for service on courts or boards at 
 the yard or on board of other ships, they shall be detailed by 
 the senior officer or officers present in command of such ships, 
 upon the request of the commandant. (Art. R 603.) The crews 
 of battleships that are docked or laid up for repairs shall not be 
 required to perform any duties except such as are or may be per- 
 formed by the crew while at sea or in a foreign port. Otherwise, 
 in making repairs to, or during other work on, ships in commission, 
 the services of the crews shall be utilized as far as practicable. 
 
 Use of ma- (2) No material of any kind, not even scrap, is to be used by 
 terial. 
 
 ships' mechanics without the permission of the head of division 
 
 or department, or authorized assistant of the division or depart- 
 ment in which the work is to be done. 
 
 1504. 
 
 Arrival and (1) The commandant shall report to the Chief of Naval Opera- 
 departure. tiong the arr i va i an( j departure of all ships, except district craft. 
 On arrival, and before the departure, of any vessel the command- 
 ing officer shall report to the commandant. The commandant, or 
 officer designated by him, shall furnish tugs and other assistance 
 as may be needed in handling the ship, and shall be responsible 
 for the moving and berthing of all vessels at the yard, except 
 naval vessels in commission. 
 Responsibility (2) The commandant shall be responsible for the safety of all 
 for damage. vessels and floating equipment while at a navy yard or station and 
 for all damage that may be done by any of them while there, ex- 
 
463 
 
 cept for ships or other craft under a commanding officer or mas- 
 ter, who shall be responsible. 
 
 (3) After arrival at the navy yard or station, no vessel shall be a^Yriaif. and 
 moved or undergo dock trials except by direction or approval of 
 
 the commandant. 
 
 (4) Commanding officers of ships moving under their own at in| S u^de/own 
 power, with or without the assistance of tugs, or undergoing dock power, 
 trials, shall be responsible for the handling of the vessel, and any 
 
 damage that may be done in consequence thereof. 
 
 (5) When any vessel or other craft at a navy yard or station, deJown^ow'er 11 " 
 not under her own power, is being moved by direction of the com- 
 mandant, or when any vessel not in commission is undergoing a 
 
 dock trial, the person designated by the commandant to be in 
 charge of the work shall be responsible for any damage that may 
 result therefrom, and all other persons on board shall cooperate 
 with him in the execution of his orders. 
 
 (6) When a ship at a navy yard is moved for repairs or other 
 purposes, the expense involved by reason of the employment of 
 hired labor or tugs for such purpose shall be paid by the bureau 
 whose work requires the ship to be moved. 
 
 1505. 
 
 (1) When docking a ship in commission, the commanding officer J°?f, l,,p and 
 shall have immediate charge until the bow of the ship reaches the 
 
 dock sill and the vessel is pointed fair for going into the dock. 
 The construction officer, or his assistant, shall then take charge 
 and complete the docking, being assisted as far as possible by those 
 on board, and shall remain in charge until the ship has been 
 properly landed and bilge blocks hauled. In undocking, the con- 
 struction officer, or his assistant, shall have charge until the bow 
 of the ship clears the dock sill, when he shall turn the ship over 
 to the commanding officer. 
 
 (2) In docking or undocking ships not in commission or other 
 vessels not of the Navy, the same rules shall be observed, except 
 that the commandant or officer designated by him shall have im- 
 mediate charge of the vessel to be docked. 
 
 (3) While in dock, the commanding officer of the ship, if she ^hSfshfp'Tii 
 be in commission, shall be responsible for the proper closing over- dock. 
 
 night of all openings in the ship's bottom upon which no work is 
 being done. The construction officer and engineer officer of the 
 yard shall be responsible for the closing, before the end of work- 
 ing hours, of all valves and openings upon which work is being 
 done in their respective divisions, when such closing is practicable. 
 In the case of ships in dock not in commission, the construction 
 officer and engineer officer of the yard shall be responsible for the 
 
464 
 
 proper closing of all openings in the bottom of the ship within 
 their respective departments. In all cases where practicable, such 
 openings shall be closed before the workmen leave the yard for the 
 night. 
 Before flood- (4) In all cases, the construction officer shall notify the com- 
 ing dock. manding officer before letting in water preparatory to undocking 
 the ship, and before having the dock valves opened must receive 
 a report from the commanding officer that all sea valves or other 
 openings in the bottom of the ship are properly closed. 
 Precautions in (5) For ships not in commission the same precautions shall be 
 fn^comnifssion" observed, except that the engineer officer of the yard shall be noti- 
 fied when a ship is to he undocked and shall report to the con- 
 struction officer when all valves or other bottom openings in his 
 department of the ship have been closed, and shall have men sta- 
 tioned at such valves while the ship is going out of dock. The 
 construction officer shall cause all other sea valves or openings to 
 be carefully closed and men stationed at them until the ship has 
 been floated out of dock. 
 Refuse. (6) While in dry dock, the commanding officer of the ship shall 
 see that no refuse or garbage from the ship is placed in the dock. 
 
 1506. 
 
 Waters adja- Ships in waters adjacent to a navy yard, although within signal 
 
 yard. ° * nay) distance, are not under the command of the commandant of the 
 
 yard, unless so placed by a special order of the Navy Department. 
 
 1507. 
 
 Ships in com- (1) No ship in commission shall be repaired at a navy yard 
 mission under re- except ag provided in art i c les 1968, 1969, and 1973. 
 
 Crew moved to (2) When a ship in commission is about to receive extensive 
 other Quarters. . „, 
 
 repairs, her officers and crew may be moved temporarily during 
 
 such repairs, if the commandant deems it necessary, to some other 
 
 ship or quarters, which shall be kept in good order in all respects 
 
 by the persons using them. 
 
 1508. 
 
 Commanding (1) Whenever a ship is placed in his charge for overhaul or 
 
 out C deficiencies 1 * fittin £ 0llt ' * ne commandant shall require her commanding officer 
 
 Crew assist i'n to point out any defects or deficiencies he may discover, and with 
 
 equipping. ^ force under his command to perform such duty in connection 
 
 with the overhaul and fitting out as the commandant may direct. 
 
 Conditions not (2) If in the course of work on any vessel conditions are dis- 
 
 known. l ° u s * y covered that were not previously known which will be likely to 
 
 increase the expense or delay the work, the head of division under 
 
 whose cognizance the work comes shall immediately report the 
 
465 
 
 same to the commandant for further instructions, suggesting such 
 
 modifications as may diminish the expense or increase the utility 
 
 of the work. 
 
 (3) When a ship leaves a navy yard after an overhaul she par tment upon 
 
 should be in such material condition that there will be no doubt leaving yard af- 
 
 . . ter overhaul, 
 
 of her ability to maintain her position in the fleet under war 
 
 conditions. The commandant, cooperating with the commanding 
 
 officer, will use every effort to have all authorized and necessary 
 
 work completed during an overhaul, and when a ship leaves the 
 
 yard he will report to the Chief of Naval Operations that all 
 
 authorized work has been completed, or, if such work has not 
 
 been completed, will report what jobs are uncompleted, and the 
 
 reasons therefor. 
 
 Section 3. — Commissioning and Delivery of Ships, 
 1509. 
 
 (1) When vessels are being built or refitted lor service, or are Commissioning 
 to be delivered at a navy yard, or being prepared for commission, ships and^board 
 the commandant shall appoint a board consisting of officers repre- of lns P cctlon - 
 senting the various departments of the yard, who shall, when the 
 
 vessel arrives at the yard, or before a vessel is turned over to her 
 commanding officer, make a careful personal examination and 
 inspection of every part of her interior, machinery, and equipment. 
 The board shall note particularly the condition of her double bot- 
 toms, compartments, spaces below the firerooms, magazines, chain 
 lockers, holds and tanks, and shaft alleys and see that such spaces 
 are free from all foreign matter and are properly protected with 
 cement or paint ; and shall report in detail the result of their 
 inspection and whether or not the ship is ready to receive her 
 outfit and stores. 
 
 (2) When the ship is ready for her officers and crew, and before Report of in- 
 
 sp£ci'ion» 
 shi 1 is commissioned, the commandant shall furnish the officer 
 
 ordered to command with a copy of the above report of inspection, 
 
 and with all the plans necessary to a complete understanding of 
 
 all parts of the ship and her more important fittings. 
 
 (3) When a vessel is ready to be placed in commission and Turning over 
 
 to officer ordered 
 after the officer ordered to command her has received a copy of to command. 
 
 the report above mentioned and has been afforded an opportunity 
 to verify its contents and to make such other inspections of the 
 ship as he may desire in company with the captain of the yard, 
 the latter shall, at the time set, place the ship in commission and 
 turn her over to her commanding officer, taking his receipt there- 
 for, which receipt shall state whether or not her condition is sat- 
 isfactory to the officer assuming command. 
 
466 
 
 Section 4. — Ships Going Out of Commission and Ships Out of 
 Commission. 
 
 1510. 
 
 Ships going (1) When a ship is transferred to the commandant of a yard 
 ston. ° C ° m S "at the expiration of a cruise, or to be placed out of commission, 
 he shall have all the supplies and outfit in the several departments 
 delivered into the charge of the proper officers and duly surveyed ; 
 and he shall require the officers in charge of the supplies to super- 
 intend their removal. The equipage and supplies shall be in- 
 voiced to the supply officer of the yard and all copies of allowance 
 lists forwarded to him. 
 
 Laying np of (2) The machinery of the vessel to be placed out of commis- 
 
 uiaehinery. 
 
 sion shall be laid up in accordance with the instructions for 
 laying up machinery, 
 to appoint board. (3) The commandant shall appoint a board, to consist of the 
 captain of the yard and one or more officers from the machinery 
 and hull divisions of the industrial department and from the 
 inspection and medical department, respectively, which shall, be- 
 fore the ship is turned over by the commanding officer, in company 
 with that officer and the heads of the ship's departments, make a 
 careful personal examination and inspection of every part of her 
 interior, and especially of the double bottom, and of every com- 
 partment, the spaces below the firerooms, magazines, chain lockers, 
 holds, water tanks, and shaft alleys, and shall see that such 
 spaces are free from all foreign matter and are properly protected 
 with cement or paint; and the board shall report in detail the 
 result of its inspection and that the ship is ready in all respects 
 to be placed out of commission. 
 
 (4) When the ship is ready to go out of commission, and after 
 the commandant has acted on the report above referred to, her 
 commanding officer shall, at the time set, place her out of com- 
 mission and turn her over to the commandant, or authorized 
 representative, taking his receipt therefor, which receipt shall 
 state whether or not her condition is satisfactory to the officer 
 receiving her. 
 Orders detach- (5) When a ship is to be placed out of commission, the orders 
 
 ills' officers 
 
 detaching officers shall not be delivered until the vessel's supplies 
 and equipment have all been landed or receipted for, the crew 
 transferred or paid off, the ship ready to be turned over to the 
 yard, and all regulations fully complied with. (Arts. 964, 1049, 
 and 1392.) 
 
 (6) Should a vessel be placed out of commission before the 
 orders of detachment of one or more of her officers have been 
 delivered, in pursuance of the preceding paragraph, such officers 
 shall immediately report to the commandant for temporary duty 
 
467 
 
 at the navy yard or station in connection with the vessel to which 
 they were recently attached, and the department shall be imme- 
 diately informed. 
 
 (7) Orders for placing vessels in and out of commission will be 
 issued by the Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 (8) When vessels are out of commission at a naval station, the Commandant 
 commandant shall cause necessary precautions to be taken to cautions/ 6 Pre " 
 guard them against deterioration in every department. 
 
 (9) The captain of the yard shall have immediate supervision Captain of 
 
 vara to nave 
 
 over such ships and shall frequently inspect them or cause them supervision, 
 to be inspected by one of his assistants, being particularly careful 
 to see that they are properly protected from the weather and that 
 their general condition as regards cleanliness and security from 
 fire is satisfactory. 
 
 (10) Heads of divisions of the industrial department shall be. Responsibility 
 
 for care and 
 charged with the care and preservation of the vessel and of all preservation of 
 
 property remaining on board under the cognizance of the several P r °P ert >' etc * 
 bureaus ; and their respective responsibilities, where not otherwise 
 prescribed, shall be denned by the commandant. They may, on 
 the written approval of the commandant, have removed and stored 
 on shore, ready for prompt return to the ship, such articles, in 
 whole or in part, as in their judgment will there be best safe- 
 guarded against loss or damage. They shall take the necessary 
 steps to protect the property for which they are responsible from 
 deterioration or injury. 
 
 (11) As far as practicable, the requirements for the care and 
 preservation of ships in commission, chapter 25 of these instruc- 
 tions, shall be complied with in the case of vessels out of com- 
 mission at navy yards. Machinery shall be cared for as laid down 
 in Bureau Manuals. 
 
 Section 5. — Personnel, Civil and Naval. 
 
 1511. 
 
 The commandant shall report all accidents and injuries to 
 civilian employees that occur at the yard or station and observe 
 the provisions of act of May 30, 1908. 
 
 1512. 
 
 The appointments, promotions and removal of civil employees, 
 and other matters of administration affecting them shall be in 
 accordance with chapter 42 of these regulations 
 
468 
 
 1513. 
 
 Report of The commandant shall report to the bureau of Navigation or 
 Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps the death of 
 any officer or enlisted person that may occur at the station under 
 his command, and shall require from the proper medical officer 
 reports of every case of death or disability occurring to persons 
 in the naval service under their command in accordance with the 
 current edition of Manual of Medical Department, United States 
 Navy, which reports shall be sent to the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery as evidence of claims for pensions. (See Arts. 1842-1845.) 
 
 1514. 
 
 Status of en- (^) ^11 enlisted men of the Navy assigned to duty in the navy 
 listed personnel. , „ , , „, 
 
 yard shall be under the command of the officer designated by the 
 
 commandant. All matters of administration relating to enlisted 
 personnel shall be transacted through him, but the heads of the 
 various units of the organization of the yard to which the men 
 may be assigned shall be responsible for the muster and discipline 
 of the men within their limits. 
 Custody of rec- (2) Service records, pay accounts, and health records shall be 
 lodged as directed by the commandant, and when men are trans- 
 ferred a complete set of transfer papers, records, and accounts 
 shall accompany them. 
 
 1515. 
 
 Observance of (i) The commandant or commanding officer of any naval sta- 
 Territorial, and' tion or other naval reservation situated within the limits of any 
 District larfs. statGj Territory, or district, which has been acquired by the 
 United States through purchase or otherwise for naval purposes, 
 and over which the United States has exclusive jurisdiction, shall 
 require all persons on or within the limits of such station or reser- 
 vation strictly to observe all existing Federal laws, and all laws 
 of the State, Territory, or district wherein such place is located 
 which were in force on March 4, 1909. ( Sees. 272 and 289, Crim. 
 Code of U. S.) 
 
 Offenses by per- (2) Offenses committed by persons in the naval service within 
 sons m naval ,, ,. ., , im . , , 
 
 service. the limits of such station or reservation shall be punished as 
 
 authorized by the Articles for the Government of the Navy, the 
 
 Navy Regulations, and the customs of the services. 
 
 Offenses by (3) Persons not in the naval service who commit offenses on 
 persons not in 
 naval service. or within the limits of such station or reservation, which offenses 
 
 are not made penal under the laws of the United States, but 
 which, if committed within the jurisdiction of the State, Terri- 
 tory, or district in which such station or reservation is situated, 
 would be subject to punishment in accordance with the laws 
 
469 
 
 of the State, Territory, or district concerned, existing on March 
 4, 1909, shall be deemed guilty of a like offense and subject to 
 like punishment. Such persons are subject, for such offenses, 
 to trial by the United States district court for the district in 
 which the naval station is situated. 
 
 (4) Care shall be taken by commandants and commanding 
 officers to see that any reservations contained in the instrument 
 conveying title to the United States or the act of legislature ceding 
 jurisdiction to the United States are observed. 
 
 Rese rvatious 
 in titles to land. 
 
 Section 6. — General Organization. 
 
 151(> 
 
 (1) At navy yards there shall be the following departments: 
 Industrial department, public-works department, inspection de- 
 partment, supply department, disbursing department, accounting 
 department, and medical department. 
 
 (2) The industrial department shall comprise two divisions, the 
 machinery division and the hull division. 
 
 (3) The commandant shall be the general manager of the indus- 
 trial department. 
 
 (4) The shops and manufacturing and repairing facilities a1 a 
 navy yard, except those for the preparation or manufacture of 
 provisions or clothing, shall be assigned t<> the machinery and 
 hull divisions, as follows : 
 
 Organization. 
 
 Machinery division : 
 
 
 Ilull division — Continued. 
 
 
 Boiler plants and stibstatio 
 
 
 Dry docks and tin 
 
 machin- 
 
 Boiler shop. 
 
 
 cry thereof ; oper 
 
 itlon and 
 
 Coppersmiths' shop. 
 
 
 upkeep of. 
 
 
 Electrical shop. 
 
 
 Flag shop. 
 
 
 Foundry. 
 
 
 Galvanizing and e 
 
 ectroplat- 
 
 Instrument makers' shop. 
 
 
 trig shop. 
 
 
 Machine shop. 
 
 
 Mold loft. 
 
 
 Pattern shop. 
 
 
 Paint shop. 
 
 
 Pipe shop. 
 
 
 Plumbery' shop. 
 
 
 Power plants ami machinery 
 
 Railways, marine 
 
 and the 
 
 thereof; operation and 
 
 up- 
 
 machinery thereof; opera- 
 
 keep of. 
 
 
 tion and upkeep of. 
 
 Toolmakers' shop. 
 
 
 Rigging loft. 
 
 
 Hull division : 
 
 
 Ropewalk. 
 
 
 Anchor shop. 
 
 
 Sail loft. 
 
 
 Blacksmiths' shop. 
 
 
 Sawmill. 
 
 
 Block shop. 
 
 
 Sheet-metal shop. 
 
 
 Boat shop. 
 
 
 Ship fitters' shop. 
 
 
 Carpenters' and joiners' shop. 
 
 Shipwrights' shop. 
 
 
 Chain shop. 
 
 
 Slips, building and 
 
 the ma- 
 
 Derricks, shears, and cranes, 
 
 chinery thereof ; 
 
 operation 
 
 except locomotive cranes 
 
 op- 
 
 and upkeep of. 
 
 
 erating on yard railroad 
 
 Spar shop. 
 
 
 tracks, outside of shops ; 
 
 op- 
 
 Upholstering and 
 
 leather- 
 
 eration and upkeep of. 
 
 
 working shop. 
 
 
 183841°— 20 31 
 
 
 
 
ment. 
 
 470 
 
 Sni i ion 7. — Oaptaih or the Yari>. 
 1517. 
 
 Captain of the (1) There shall be detailed at each navy yard or station, as 
 y* rii - aid or executive to the commandant, a line officer not restricted 
 
 Duties of. to the performance of engineering duties, which officer shall, when 
 not impracticable, be next in rank to the commandant; and he 
 shall be captain of the yard. Such aid or executive shall, while 
 executing the orders of the commandant, take precedence over 
 all officers attached to ihe yard or station. All orders of such 
 aid or executive shall be regarded as proceeding from the com- 
 mandant, and the aid or executive shall have no independent 
 authority in consequence of such detail. (See sec. 1469, R. S.) 
 
 Police. (2) He shall have charge of the police of the yard and of the 
 
 enforcement of police regulations ; also of watchmen, except those 
 under the supply officer. 
 
 Fire depart- (3) He shall have charge of the fire department and of the 
 use and care of all fire engines and other apparatus for subduing 
 fires, and of all officers, enlisted men of the Nayy and Marine 
 Corps, and employees when performing duties in connection there- 
 with. He shall cause a daily inspection to be made of all fire 
 apparatus, under rules approved by the commandant, informing 
 the latter at once of any deficiencies ; and shall, at least once a 
 month, report in writing their actual condition. He shall have 
 control of all fires and lights, and shall satisfy himself after work- 
 ing hours that there is no danger from fires during the night. 
 
 Yard craft. (4) He shall have charge of yard tugs and of their crews. 
 
 While the operation and upkeep of derricks, shears, and cranes 
 other than locomotive cranes rests with the hull division of the 
 industrial department, when there is any conflict of opinion as to 
 the work to be done, or the time of performing the same, the de- 
 cision as to which division or to what work such apparatus shall 
 be assigned at any particular time is hereby vested in the com- 
 mandant, acting through the captain of the yard, as aid or execu- 
 tive. 
 
 Vessels out of (5) He shall have charge of and be responsible for the moving, 
 commission. mooring, and security of all vessels out of commission. 
 
 lard journal. (6) A regular journal shall be kept under his direction, which 
 he shall sign and submit monthly to the commandant for his ap- 
 proval. In it shall be entered the reporting for duty or detach- 
 ment of officers, the arrival, departure, commissioning, or placing 
 out of commission of ships of the Navy, the arrival and departure 
 of vessels with stores of any kind for the yard, the nour of docking 
 or undocking.any vessel, and the other principal transactions of 
 the yard, together with the daily meteorological record. 
 
471 
 
 Section 8. — Officers in Charge of Departments and Divisions. 
 
 1518. 
 
 (1) The officers in charge of the divisions of the industrial de- u 0ffi , c * rs *" 
 
 ' . B charge of depart - 
 
 partment and of the other departments shall have the following ments. 
 titles : 
 
 (a) Industrial department, machinery division. — The engineer 
 officer; he shall be the line officer detailed for this rluty. v 
 
 (b) Industrial department, hull division. — The construction 
 officer ; he shall be the officer of the Construction Corps detailed 
 for this duty. 
 
 (c) Public-works department. — The public- works officer; hu 
 shall be the officer of the Corps of Civil Engineers detailed for this 
 duty. 
 
 (d) Inspection department. — The inspection officer; he shall be 
 the officer detailed for this duty. 
 
 (e) Supply department. — The supply officer; he shall be the offi- 
 cer of the Supply Corps detailed for this duty. 
 
 (/) Disbursing department. — The disbursing officer; he shall be 
 the officer of the Supply Corps detailed for this duty. 
 
 (g) Accounting department, — The accounting officer; he shall 
 be the officer of the Supply Corps detailed for this duty. 
 
 (h) Medical department. — The medical officer 1 ; be shall be the 
 officer of the Medical Corps detailed for this duty. 
 
 (2) The officer in charge of each of these departments and 
 divisions shall be directly under the commandant, and shall be 
 responsible to him alone. (Art. ini7. ) 
 
 (3) In the absence of the officer in charge of any division or de- 
 partment, the duties thereof shall be performed by the senior as- 
 sistant on duty therein, or should there be no assistant, by such 
 officer as may be detailed by the commandant. 
 
 (4) Officers detailed as assistants in the several departments 
 and divisions shall perform such duties therein as the officer in 
 charge thereof may direct, and such additional duties as the com- 
 mandant may assign. 
 
 1519. 
 
 The officers in charge of the several departments and divisions Performance 
 are the agents of the commandant in carrying out the work of the 
 several bureaus, but no one of them shall in any sense be consid- 
 ered as the representative of any particular bureau. Whenever 
 any work is to be performed at a navy yard, the commandant shall 
 direct its performance by either the machinery or the hull division 
 or by the public-works department, according to the nature of the 
 shops and resources which may be required therefor, and it shall 
 
472 
 
 be done under the supervision and control of the head of the di- 
 vision or department to which it is thus assigned, who shall be 
 responsible for the manner and cost of its performance. The 
 direct cost of and the indirect charges incident to such work shall 
 be charged against the appropriations of the bureau concerned. 
 
 1520. 
 
 inspections by The inspection of all ordinary articles under the cognizance of 
 (.epar men s. any t | e p artmeilt or division shall be made by the officer in charge 
 thereof, or one of his assistants, but any special article or appli- 
 ance may be inspected by such officer as the commandant may 
 designate, and inspection calls shall be forwarded by the supply 
 officer accordingly. 
 
 1521. 
 
 Weekly reports The engineer officer and the construction officer shall each sub- 
 & T or 8 riMWn«" mit weeklv to the commandant a report of vessels building or 
 repairing on which work under his cognizance has been done, 
 giving the condition of the work to date. 
 
 1522. 
 
 incidental When as incidental to work being done in one of the divisions 
 work. 
 
 of the industrial department, work is required which must be per- 
 formed in the shops or with the resources of the other division, 
 such work may be requested and performed as required by 
 articles 1520, 1542. 
 
 1523. 
 
 Eeports and The heads of departments and divisions shall prepare and sign 
 Whom signed. * all reports and accounts relating thereto that are required to be 
 made by the commandant to the Navy Department or any of its 
 bureaus. 
 
 1524. 
 
 Requests for The heads of departments and divisions shall make request upon 
 material. tll e Slip piy officer for supplies and material as required and shall 
 
 keep him advised in advance as to the probable needs of their 
 several departments and divisions. An officer making a requisi- 
 tion shall be responsible for the necessity for the article for the 
 purpose stated; the necessity for the delivery within the time 
 specified ; the estimate of cost ; the statement as to the appropria- 
 tion against which the charges are to be made; and the specifica- 
 tions describing the different items. 
 
1525. 
 
 All requisitions on the supply officer for materials or articles Forms for 
 for use in any department or division shall be made in the form rcqu 
 prescribed by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 1526. 
 
 (1) In connection with stub requisitions, invoices which are cus- Stub requisi- 
 tomarily negotiated as of the last day of the month, such as those votee" Monthly, 
 covering monthly consumption of water, electric current, coal and 
 
 power plant, fuel oil and shops, metal and foundry, etc., heads of 
 yard departments will prepare and deliver to the supply or ac- 
 counting officer on the first working day of the following month all 
 necessary data, and these stub requisitions and invoices will be 
 priced not later than the second working day of the month. 
 
 (2) Heads of yard departments will see that all daily time Daily time 
 
 , • , ,. , , j.. ... cards and time 
 
 cards and tune reports are delivered to the accounting officer not reports. 
 
 later than 11 a. m. of the working day next after the day on which 
 
 the labor was performed, except that the delivery of piecework 
 
 time cards may be delayed, if unavoidable, to not later than the 
 
 close of the day. 
 
 1527. 
 
 The commandant shall submit, for the information of the Reports as «n- 
 bureaus concerned, such detailed reports relative to the character ™J 8 * ed by bu " 
 of the work done and the progress made as may be directed by the 
 bureau. 
 
 1528. 
 
 Upon the receipt of official notification that articles intended Inspection of 
 for his department or division are ready for inspection, the head ma er a • 
 thereof, or some person authorized to represent him, or an officer 
 designated by the commandant, shall go without delay to the sup- 
 ply department and make the required inspection. A definite 
 report shall be sent to the office of the supply officer the same day, 
 if practicable, and not later than the following day, unless fur- 
 ther delay is unavoidable. 
 
 1529. 
 
 Heads of departments and divisions shall make to the com- Suggestions, 
 mandant such suggestions in the line of their professions as they 
 consider for the interest of the service. 
 
 1530. 
 
 Heads of departments and divisions, or their subordinates, shall Inspection of 
 "I ships going into 
 
 carry out the duties relative to the inspection of ships going into or out of com- 
 or out of commission. mission. 
 
474 
 
 1531. 
 
 Reports of (i) At navy yards where vessels are being built, or fitted out 
 
 "wolffnts in VOS" 
 
 seis huhdinsr. for first commission, the heads of the divisions of the industrial 
 department shall furnish the commandant of the yard, as soon 
 as practicable after the first of each month, with a list of the 
 actual finished weights of all articles, including machinery and 
 appurtenances thereto, battery or ammunition, spare machinery, 
 tools, outfit stores, or other articles of any kind under the 
 cognizance of the several bureaus that may have been placed 
 during the preceding month on board each vessel under con- 
 struction, with the total amount of such weight up to date. Copies 
 of the above reports shall be furnished the construction officer, 
 and he shall prepare from them a general monthly report giving 
 the total amount of weight placed on board the vessel during the 
 month, and the total amount up to date. 
 Manufactured (2) The engineer officer and construction officer are charged 
 with the preparation of articles " to be manufactured " and of 
 those for which repairs or alterations have been authorized by 
 the several bureaus. In order that the supply officer's records 
 may be perfected, they shall notify him in writing immediately 
 upon the completion of such articles. When the repairs, altera- 
 tions, or manufacturing are done at another yard, the head of 
 division of the manufacturing department in charge of the work 
 at the yard at which it is performed shall furnish this informa- 
 tion to the supply officer at the yard where the supplies are being 
 assembled. 
 
 Section 9. — Engineer Officer. 
 1532. 
 
 Authority. (i) The engineer officer of the navy yard shall, under the direc- 
 
 tion of the commandant, have charge of the machinery division 
 of the industrial department and shall supervise and control all 
 work assigned to his division in accordance with the provisions 
 of article 1519. 
 
 Labor. (2) He shall have charge of all labor employed by his division. 
 
 except as indicated in paragraph 3 of this article. 
 
 Work for pub- (3) Upon request of the public-works officer the engineer officer 
 
 liC"^voi"ks officer 
 
 shall have performed work not within the facilities of, and shall 
 furnish labor not included in, the employments allowed that 
 officer, under the direction of the commandant, in accordance 
 with article 1534 (3). 
 Cognizance. (4) He shall, under the direction of the commandant, have 
 
 charge of and be responsible for the condition and preservation 
 of all machinery, boilers, and their appurtenances afloat at the 
 
475 
 
 station, under tfie cognizance of the machinery division, except 
 of vessels in full commission, in commission in reserve, and in 
 commission in ordinary; nod he shall exercise control over all 
 persons employed in connection with such machinery in matters 
 relating to its preservation and good order. 
 
 (5) When a ship is to be placed out of commission, he shall Ships going 
 rake charge of her machinery at the time when her engineer officer sk>n. 0f commis " 
 is detached. 
 
 (6) He shall inspect quarterly all boilers at the station, includ- or ( iI!^ection b ° il * 
 ing those of yard craft, and shall report to the commandant their 
 
 condition and the steam pressure to which they may safely be 
 subjected, and he shall make at all times such suggestions as, in 
 his opinion, will add to their safety and efficiency. He shall also 
 make a quarterly inspection of such other machinery as the com- 
 mandant may direct, and shall make such recommendations as he 
 may deem wise to insure that all the machinery referred to herein 
 be kept in efficient condition. 
 
 Section 10. — Construction Officer. 
 153S. 
 
 (1) The construction officer of the navy yard shall, under the Authority, 
 direction of the commandant, have chaise of the hull division 
 
 of the industrial department, and shall supervise and control all 
 work assigned to his division in accordance with the provisions 
 of article 1519. 
 
 (2) He shall have charge of all labor employed by his division, Labor. 
 except as provided in paragraph 3 of this article. 
 
 (3) Upon request of the public-works officer, the construction i i( .^V<lrL f officer'" 
 officer shall have performed work not within the facilities of, and 
 
 shall furnish labor not included in, the employments allowed that 
 officer, under the direction of the commandant, in accordance with 
 article 1534 (3). 
 
 (4) He shall, under the direction of the commandant, have Cognizance. 
 charge of and be responsible for the condition and preservation 
 
 of the hulls and all hull fittings under the cognizance of the hull 
 division, except of vessels in full commission, in commission in re- 
 serve ?.nd in commission in ordinary, and he shall exercise con- 
 trol over all persons employed in connection with matters relating 
 to its preservation and good order. 
 
 Section 11. — Public Works Officer. 
 1534. 
 
 (1) The public works officer of a navy yard shall, under the Authority, 
 direction of the commandant, have charge of the public-works 
 
476 
 
 department, and shall supervise and control all work assigned to 
 his department in accordance with the provisions of article 1519, 
 and shall have charge of the operations and upkeep of public- 
 works and public utilities except as otherwise provided in article 
 484. 
 
 Labor. (2) When directed to perform work by Government labor he 
 
 shall prepare all necessary schedules of materials to be used 
 thereon and shall have charge of all labor connected therewith, 
 except as provided in article 1542. 
 
 Eatings of em- (3) Employees in the following ratings are assigned to the 
 pioyees. public-works department : 
 
 Concrete workers. Masons, stone. Teamsters. 
 
 Dredgers. Motor vehicle drivers. Trolleymen. 
 
 Drivers, artesian well. Pavers. Wharf builders. 
 
 Gardeners. Pile drivers. Wheelwrights. 
 
 Hod carriers. Plasterers. Such common laborers 
 
 Horseshoers. Roofers. as may be necessary 
 
 Hostlers. Slaters. in carrying on the 
 
 Locomotive engine tend- Stable keepers. work of the depart- 
 
 ers. Stonecutters. ment. 
 
 Locomotive crane tend- Structural steel work- 
 ers, ers. 
 
 Masons, brick. Switchmen. 
 
 The various ratings enumerated shall be appropriately grouped 
 and shall be operated in a manner similar to that employed in the 
 Hull and Machinery Divisions. When work under the cognizance 
 of the public works officer requires for its performance the employ- 
 ment of a class of labor not above enumerated, such labor as may 
 be required may be furnished from the industrial department for 
 service under the direction of the public works officer, and when 
 such labor is no longer required the public works officer shall so 
 inform the head of the division from which it is obtained. 
 
 The direct cost of and the indirect charges incident to the per- 
 formance of such work or the use of such labor shall be a charge 
 against the appropriation under which the work is done. 
 Public work (4) Should the Navy Department decide that any public work 
 structe^by con- or Public utility shall be constructed by contract, either wholly or 
 tract. in part, the public works officer shall superintend the work, make 
 
 estimates as the work progresses of the proportion completed, and 
 certify and sign all vouchers if the work is done in accordance 
 with the terms of the contract. 
 
 (5) He shall make to the commandant such suggestions in the 
 line of his profession and duty as he may consider for the interest 
 of the service. (Art. 1493.) 
 
 (6) He shall have prepared and sign all reports of the work 
 under his special charge. 
 
-177 
 
 Section 12. — The Inspection Officer and Assistant Inspectors. 
 
 1535. 
 
 (1) The inspection officer and the other officers ordered to duty inspection offi- 
 in the inspection department shall be assistants to the comman- cer * 
 
 dant for the purpose of executing such instructions as he may give 
 in regard to the performance of their duties as inspectors, and as 
 such they are the direct representatives of the commandant and 
 perform their duties under his direct supervision only. 
 
 (2) The inspection officer, in person or through his assistants, 
 shall make such inspections as he deems necessary of work in 
 progress or completed. With the exception of work on ships in 
 commission, the inspection of which will proceed as prescribed in 
 article 1536. and of contract work subject to the inspection of the 
 public works officer, the inspection officer shall, under the direction 
 of the commandant, be charged with the inspection of all work of 
 construction, manufacture, and repair. When engaged in inspec- 
 tion duty, officers shall have such access to all departments and 
 divisions of the yard as may be necessary. To the end that officers 
 engaged on inspection duty may follow the progress Of drawings 
 and have knowledge of the plans for work before it reaches the 
 shops, they shall have free access to the drafting rooms and to all 
 papers and records bearing upon the plans. 
 
 (3) The office of the inspection officer shall be deemed a part 
 of the office of the commandant, and the inspection officer shall 
 keep no official files or records other than those of the comman- 
 dant's office. 
 
 (4) The inspection officer shall keep the commandant closely in 
 touch with the character and progress of work and shall bring to 
 his attention all cases of excessive cost or time of manufacture 
 that may come to his notice. 
 
 1536. 
 
 (1) The Inspection of work done on board a ship in coinnus- General duties, 
 sion by navy-yard employees, and on ail articles remaining on the 
 books of the ship which are to be overhauled or repaired by the 
 yard force and returned to the ship before she sails, shall be 
 habitually directed and performed by the commanding officer of 
 the ship, who shall act as general inspector of the ship for this 
 purpose and who shall, upon arrival at the yard for repairs, 
 assign officers of the ship to represent him for such inspection 
 duty. Officers so detailed shall act as assistant inspectors and 
 shall have the same authority and access to the records, drawings, 
 and shops as are given to assistants to the inspection officer of 
 the navy yard. The commanding officer shall also appoint a 
 
478 
 
 suitable number of subinspectors from among the junior and 
 warrant officers of the ship, and such others as the commanding 
 officer may think proper. It is the purpose of this provision to 
 insure that, so far as may be. the responsibility for the inspection 
 of ship work shall be assumed by and rest upon the commanding 
 officer of the vessel concerned. 
 
 (2) Copies of all job orders issued pertaining to work on a 
 ship in commission shall be furnished to the ship on her arrival, 
 and thereafter as issued. When the accounting department has 
 determined the cost of any job order, the inspection officer of the 
 yard shall furnish the ship with a copy of this report, which copy 
 shall be retained on the ship's files. In addition to this, the as- 
 sistant inspectors of a ship may call upon the inspection officer of 
 the yard at any time for such information in his possession as 
 may be of use to the ship in connection with her inspection work. 
 
 (3) The general inspector of a ship, through his assistants shall 
 keep in close touch with the heads of the divisions of the indus- 
 trial department, and with their subordinate officers and super- 
 visory force, and also with the inspection officer of the yard and 
 his assistants. 
 
 Section 13. — Supply Officer. 
 
 1537. 
 
 Duties. (1) At each navy yard and station there shall be an officer of 
 
 the Supply Corps detailed as the supply officer, who, under the 
 direction of the commandant, shall have charge, with exceptions 
 noted elsewhere, of the receipt into store, custody, shipment, trans- 
 fer, and issue from store of all supplies, material, manufactured 
 articles, and all other articles subject to invoice. 
 
 (2) All articles in his charge shall be so stored and guarded as 
 to enable him to assume a rigid responsibility for their proper 
 care and expenditure. 
 
 (3) He shall have charge of the keys of all storehouses and 
 buildings containing articles for which he is responsible. 
 
 (4) He shall have charge of the upkeep and operations of oil 
 fuel and coaling plants. 
 
 Section 14. — Disbursing Officer. 
 
 1538. 
 
 General duties. (1) The disbursing officer of a shore station shall pay all offi- 
 cers and enlisted persons attached to it and to the vessels in 
 commission in ordinary and, if so ordered, those belonging to 
 receiving ships; also such officers as have their accounts trans- 
 ferred to the station for pay. (Arts. 1797 and 1809.) 
 
479 
 
 (2) Ho shall pay all civilian employees at the station, upon *»J of me- 
 . . , „ . , -, , , TT chamcs and la- 
 
 certifaed pay rolls signed or approved by the commandant. He borers. 
 
 shall be responsible only for the correctness of the computations 
 on the rolls of civilian employees pertaining to the different de- 
 partments. 
 
 (3) The officer certifying to the correctness of yard labor rolls 
 shall be responsible for errors other than errors made in com- 
 putation on such rolls, and shall be responsible for overpayments 
 resulting therefrom. In cases where the employee to whom over- 
 payment was made is still in the service when the error is dis- 
 covered, the disbursing officer shall immediately request the officer 
 preparing the roll on which the account is carried to make the 
 necessary checkage, and such checka.ue will immediately be made. 
 In cases where the employee is no longer carried on the rolls, the 
 disbursing officer will, immediately upon discovery of the error, 
 notify the officer responsible in order that he may take steps 
 toward recovery* 
 
 (4) He shall, when directed by the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
 counts in accordance with article ItKM, pay for articles purchased 
 through purchasing officers or otherwise upon requisitions ap- 
 proved by the Paymaster General. 
 
 Section - 15. — Accounting Offices, 
 1539. 
 
 (1) Under the direction of the commandant, and in accordance Duties, 
 with instructions issued by the department, the accounting officer 
 of the yard shall keep the accounts of all manufacturing and op- 
 erating expense thereat, which shall include an exact account under 
 each department or division of all material and labor expended 
 upon each job order, from which he shall prepare such reports of 
 all expenditure under each bureau as may be required by the Navy 
 Department. He shall furnish monthly, or as the commandant 
 may direct, to the heads of the yard departments and divisions 
 a statement of expenditures under their departments and divisions. 
 He shall notify the head of any department or division when any 
 allotment of funds for expenditure under the direction of such 
 officer shall be so depleted that it will probably be exhausted be- 
 fore the end of the current month. He shall, when so requested 
 by a head of a department or division, furnish the latter a state- 
 ment of the cost to date of any outstanding job order ; and when 
 a job is completed he shall, as soon thereafter as practicable, fur- 
 nish the head of department or division concerned a detailed 
 statement of the cost of labor and material and the indirect 
 charges entering into such job. He shall prepare all pay rolls, 
 
480 
 
 except those under the cognizance of the Bureau of Medicine and 
 Surgery. 
 
 (2) The accounting officer shall submit to the several bureaus 
 monthly reports in detail of the cost of work under their cogni- 
 zance. 
 
 Section 16. — Medical Officers. 
 1540. 
 
 Daily sick re- (l) The medical officer shall make a daily report to the com- 
 mandant of all persons in the naval service attached to the yard 
 who should be excused from duty on account of sickness, and shall 
 furnish to the commanding officer of marines a copy of so much 
 of said report as pertains to the marines. 
 To examine re- (2) He shall examine recruits who may offer to enlist in the 
 dates. oaU(a " Marine Corps at the yard, and all candidates for appointment in 
 the Navy who may present themselves under proper authority. 
 Applicants for (3) Medical officers shall examine all applicants for pensions 
 pensions. under the provisions of sections 4756 and 4757 of the Revised 
 
 Statutes and give the required certificate on the blanks issued by 
 the department. 
 
 Section 17. — Work Done bt One Department or Division for 
 
 Another. 
 
 1542. 
 
 How performed. Whenever the head of a department or division requires work 
 to be done by another department or division, he shall make a 
 request therefor upon the officer controlling the shops in which the 
 work is to be done, such request to contain a statement of the 
 work required, the job order number, title, and appropriation to 
 which it is to be charged, and the authority for the work. Such 
 work shall at all times be open to the inspection of the head of 
 department or division upon whose request it is done. 
 
 Section 18. — Employment of Labor at Navy Yards. 
 
 1543. 
 
 Regulations The employment of labor at navy yards shall be governed bv the 
 
 governing. J ?•■'-'■' 
 
 instructions contained in chapter 42 of the Navy Regulations, and 
 by such other instructions as may be issued by the Secretary of 
 the Navy, pursuant to the provisions of law, of executive orders, 
 and of the regulations of the Civil Service Commission. 
 
481 
 
 Section 19. — Floating Dry Docks. 
 
 1544, 
 
 (1) Floating dry docks shall be moored, under the direction of 
 the commandant, in such location as the department may select. 
 The design and arrangement of the moorings shall be subject to 
 the approval of the construction officer in so far as they affect 
 the operation and use of the dock. 
 
 (2) The construction officer shall be in immediate charge of 
 the dock and of its crew, and shall be charged with the use, 
 operation, and upkeep of the dock and of its moorings. He shall 
 perform the self-docking and reassembling of the dock when such 
 operation is ordered by the Bureau of Construction and Repaid 
 
 (3) The routine scaling, painting, and repairing of the dock 
 shall be performed by the crew thereof, as far as practicable 
 The construction officer shall advise the commandant as to the 
 need for special materials for renewals, and of the necessity 
 for alterations or extensive repairs, in sufficient time to allow the 
 Bureau of Yards and Docks to arrange for their pure-base or per- 
 formance, as the case may be. 
 
 (4) No material changes or alterations shall be made in a 
 floating dry dock affecting its structural strength or operating 
 mechanism without authority from the Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 (5) When extensive repairs or alterations are required, the 
 necessary plans shall be prepared, and the work, when authorized, 
 shall be carried out by the appropriate division of the indus- 
 trial department to the satisfaction of the public-works office*; 
 
 (6) When docking operations do not otherwise provide a test, 
 every floating dry dock shall bo testeel quarterly, at intervals not 
 exceeding three months between successive rests, by submerging 
 the dock to the maximum depth probably required for docking 
 ships, ami by then raising it again. When submerged, the dock 
 shall be observed for listing and for leakage of valves and of 
 the drainage system. Following the above test, at least once in 
 every Quarter and in no case at greater intervals than three months, 
 the interior and all accessible exterior portions of the dock- and 
 of its machinery and appurtenances shall be thoroughly inspected 
 by a board composed of the engineer officer, the construction officer, 
 and the public-works officer, or of commissioned assistants to 
 these officers. The reports of these quarterly inspections and tests, 
 with suitable recommendations, shall be made to the commandant 
 and forwarded by him to rhe Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 <7) No floating dry dock shall be submerged below the main 
 or working deck without sufficient steam pressure in the boilers 
 to enable the dock to be immediately pumped up. 
 
 Floating docks, 
 
 Changes. 
 
 Repaii 
 
 Tests. 
 
 Precautions. 
 
482 
 
 (8) No floating dry dock shall be left over night with the main 
 or working deck submerged without special authority from the 
 commandant in each ease. 
 
 (9) A sufficient number of boilers to insure the safety of the 
 dock shall be kept primed and ready to make steam at all times 
 when a floating dry dock is light and not in use. 
 
 (10) On board every floating dry dock there shall always be 
 at least one man on watch, who shall preferably be one compe- 
 tent to fire boilers, start pumps, and manipulate valves. During 
 hours of darkness there shall always be" at least two men on board 
 every floating dry dock, at least one of whom shall be awake and 
 vigilant at all times. 
 
 (11) Subject to the provisions of these regulations and to the 
 approval of the commandant, the construction officer shall draft 
 and enforce the necessary rules for the operation and safe use 
 of floating dry docks. 
 
 (12) So far as practicable, the regulations governing the dock- 
 ing of ships in masonry dry docks shall also govern in the case 
 of floating dry docks. 
 
 Section 20. — Visits to Vessels Building. 
 1545. 
 
 visitors on (1) No visitors shall be allowed, to go on board vessels of the 
 
 consh-netion. nder -^ av y under construction except by the permission of the senior 
 
 naval officer present ; and no such permission shall be given to any 
 
 one not known to be an American citizen of good standing and 
 
 repute. 
 
 Authority for (2) Visitors representing foreign governments, or known to be 
 other than American citizens, shall not be permitted to visit such 
 vessels except by authority of the Bureau of Navigation ; and they 
 shall in all cases be accompanied by a naval oiiicer on duty at the 
 navy yard or works where the vessel is building. 
 
 Section 21. — Relations of the Commander in Chief, Atlantic 
 Fleet, with the Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay. 
 
 1546. 
 
 Jurisdiction of The commandant of this station shall have jurisdiction in mat- 
 the commandant. ters affecting its internal administration and development and 
 control of such vessels, tugs, lighterage, and other facilities as are 
 directly assigned for the use of the station. Except as hereinafter 
 stated he shall occupy the same relations to the Navy Department 
 as do the commandants of naval stations or yards within the 
 continental limits of the United States. 
 
483 
 
 1547. 
 
 As this station is a naval base for the Heel, its resources shall delations of 
 
 c o uimandor i n 
 he at the disposal of the commander in chief of the Atlantic Fleet chief of station, 
 
 and of his division commanders ; but other has officers temporarily an<1 othors - 
 
 visiting this station shall have the same relations with it as now 
 
 exist between them and the commandants of naval statious within 
 
 the continental limits of the United States. 
 
 1548. 
 
 Flag officers, as above designated, are authorized to issue orders Orders to Lo 
 at their discretion in matters affecting the efficiency and prepared- ^ndant, etc. 
 ness of the fleet ; but their authority to do so imposes upon them 
 a proper regard for the efficiency of the naval station. Any order 
 given by them must be executed by the commandant, who, if he 
 feels that such execution will impair the efficiency of the station, 
 should, as a matter of duty and before executing the order, call 
 the attention of the flag officer to the facts in the case; after 
 which, if the latter insists, he must carry oat the instructions 
 received promptly and zealously. The commandant is, however, 
 under such circumstances to bring the matter to the attention of 
 the Navy Department, furnishing the flag officer with a copy of 
 such report. 
 
 Sectiox 22. — Relations oi jiik (\>.m maxdkk :.\ ('iiikk, United 
 States Asiatic Fleet, with the Naval Stations, Cavtte and 
 Qlongapq, and other Shoke Activities "Wtthtx the Limits of 
 THE Asiatic STATION. 
 
 154 J). 
 
 (1) The commander in chief of the United Males Asiatic Fleet 
 will command and he responsible for all United States naval forces 
 afloat and ashore within the Hunts of the Asiatic Station. The 
 naval Stations ;it Cavite and titiongapo, as well as nil mobile United 
 States naval forces afloat and ashore specially detailed at local 
 defense of any part oi* the sixteenth naval district, will be under 
 the direct command of the commandant of the district, who will 
 he junior and subordinate to the commander in chief of the 
 United States Asiatic Fleet. 
 
 (2) As the United States naval stations at f'avite and Olongapo 
 arc naval bases for the Asiatic Fleet, their resources shall be at 
 the disposal of the commander in chief, United States Asiatic 
 Fleet: but other flag officers temporarily visiting these stations 
 shall have the same relations with them as now exist between flag 
 officers afloat and commandants of naval stations within the conti- 
 nental limits of the United States. 
 
 1 
 
484 
 
 (3) The relations of the commandant of the sixteenth naval 
 district to the several Navy and Marine Corps activities within 
 the district shall he in all respects; similar to the relations existing 
 in naval districts elsewhere, snhject to the provisions of paragraph 
 (1) of this article. 
 
 (4) The commander in chief of the United States Asiatic Fleet, 
 while having full military authority over the naval station at 
 Guam, shall not direct or be responsible for the administration of 
 the naval government of Guam or the technical work of the sta- 
 tion. He shall, however, be kept informed of the work in progress 
 at the station, especially of such work as has a bearing on its 
 military effectiveness. 
 
 Section 23. — The Navy Yard, Washington, D. C, and Ordnance 
 Plants, South Charleston. 
 
 1550. 
 
 Regulations In view of the character of the work done at the navy yard, 
 governing. Washington, D. C, and at the Naval Ordnance plant at South 
 
 Charleston, W. Va., and of the necessity for special organization 
 at these places as the result thereof, only those provisions of this 
 chapter which are the result of law shall be considered as of 
 invariable application to these places. Such other provisions of 
 this chapter as the department may direct shall apply to these 
 places, together with such special instructions as the department 
 may issue from time to time in regard to the subject. When no 
 special instructions are issued the provisions of this chapter shall 
 be construed to govern, and in each case in which it shall appear 
 that special instructions are necessary and have not been issued 
 the commandant of the yard shall forward a statement of the 
 case to the Secretary of the Navy with his recommendation. All 
 laws relating to navy yards in general apply to these places also, 
 with full force and effect. 
 
 Section 24. — The Navy Yards under Industrial Management. 
 
 1551. 
 
 (1) In view of the establishment of industrial management at 
 certain navy yards, and of the special organization at such yards 
 as the result thereof, only those provisions of this chapter which 
 are the result of law shall be considered as of invariable applica- 
 tion to those yards. It is the purpose of the department in order- 
 ing industrial management, to obtain a distinct separation of the 
 industrial work from the military work; to insure individual 
 responsibility; to secure undivided authority in the conduct of 
 the military and of the industrial work, and thereby to obtain 
 increased economy and efficiency, 
 
485 
 
 (2) The officer ordered as industrial manager shall have the 
 administration and entire control of, and be responsible for, all 
 industrial activities of the yard, including the labor forces; the 
 employment and hours of labor; all facilities for production; 
 shops, offices, and quarters assigned in connection with industrial 
 activities. He shall have under him all personnel and facilities 
 of the following departments: Industrial, public works, inspec- 
 tion, and accounting. 
 
 (3) Inspection of work done for ships in commission or in 
 reserve will be effected as provided in article 1536. Inspection 
 of ships building; ships out of commission, and the inspection of 
 manufacturing work will be provided for by the industrial man- 
 ager, except when detail has been made of officers for prospective 
 service with the ship, when inspection will be conducted by such 
 officers. 
 
 (4) District craft detailed by the commandant for purely in- 
 dustrial purposes, will be under the control of the industrial 
 manager while so employed. 
 
 (5) Quarters designated by the department as industrial will 
 be available for occupancy by the industrial manager and his 
 assistants, as the industrial manager may assign. 
 
 (6) When officers attached to the industrial department at a 
 navy yard are required by the commandant for service on courts or 
 boards, at the yard or on board of ships at the yard, in connection 
 with industrial or technical matters, they shall he detailed by the 
 industrial manager upon the request of the commandant. 
 
 (7) All correspondence in regard to matters relating to the 
 execution by the industrial department of its work, or technical 
 matters in connection therewith, will be directed to the industrial 
 manager. Commanding officers of ships shall send all communica- 
 tions in regard to work on their ships direct to the industrial 
 manager. 
 
 (8) At navy yards where industrial management is established, 
 the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the commandant as 
 prescribed in these regulations are modified as necessary to carry 
 out the provisions of the preceding paragraphs of this article. 
 
 Section 25. — Regulations for the Control, Defense, and Pro- 
 tection of Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, and Defense of the Pan- 
 ama Canal. 
 
 1552 
 
 (1) The commandant of the naval station at Pearl Harbor, Ter- 
 ritory of Hawaii, is authorized and empowered to carry out and 
 is charged with the carrying out of the rules and regulations gov- 
 erning the navigation, movement, and anchorage of vessels of 
 whatsoever character in the waters of Pearl Harbor and in the 
 
 183841°— 20 32 
 
486 
 
 entrance channel to said harbor, and he shall take all necessary 
 measures for the proper enforcement of such rules and regulations. 
 (Art. 78.) 
 
 (2) All officers of the Navy and masters and owners of all 
 vessels using Pearl Harbor are therefore notified and cautioned 
 to conform themselves to the within prescribed regulations and 
 to such further lawful rules and regulations as may be established 
 in pursuance of this order by the commandant of the naval station. 
 
 (3) The waters of Pearl Harbor and the entrance channel 
 thereto shall be construed to mean the waters leading from the 
 Pearl Lochs (including the various bodies of water known as the 
 West Loch, Middle Loch, East Loch, and Southeast Loch), with 
 channels and passages connecting the same, and with the minor 
 bodies of water tributary thereto to the outer end of the channel to 
 sea and the anchorage ground for a radius of 1 mile from a point 
 in the axis of seaward entrance to the channel. 
 
 (4) No commercial or other privately owned vessel not of 
 American registry shall be permitted to enter Pearl Harbor ; nor 
 any foreign national vessel, except by special authority of the 
 United States Navy Department in each case. (Executive Order, 
 Sept. 23, 1912.) 
 
 (5) All deep-sea vessels of American registry arriving off Pearl 
 Harbor and desiring to enter shall signify such desire and request 
 permission by radiotelegraph, signal, or other suitable means, 
 and shall not enter the channel, or anchor within 1 mile of the 
 entrance thereof before permission is granted nor before the regu- 
 larly authorized pilot is received on board. 
 
 (6) All deep-sea vessels of American registry desiring to leave 
 Pearl Harbor shall obtain permission therefor from the com- 
 mandant, and the commandant shall require the employment of 
 a regularly authorized pilot if, in his discretion, it be necessary 
 or advisable. 
 
 (7) The passage in or out of the harbor of any vessel is pro- 
 hibited between the hours of sunset and sunrise, except when 
 specifically permitted by the commandant. 
 
 (8) All traffic in the channels shall be stopped at such times 
 as may be directed by the commandant. 
 
 (9) Fishing boats are prohibited from working in the channels. 
 
 (10) Anchorage ground for naval vessels shall be established in 
 the East Loch, and anchorage grounds for other vessels shall be 
 established so as not to interfere with the efficiency of the harbor 
 as a naval port. 
 
 (11) That part of Pearl Harbor lying between Ford Island 
 (Mokuumeume) and the mainland portion of the naval station 
 shall be entirely reserved for United States naval purposes and 
 shall be closed to all traffic or uses by other than naval vessels 
 except by permission of the commandant. 
 
487 
 
 (12) The commandant shall establish and maintain such fur- 
 ther harbor rules and regulations as he may deem necessary. 
 
 1553. 
 
 Under the provisions of the Panama Canal act the gover- 
 nor is charged with the protection of the canal until such time 
 as the President may designate an officer of the Army to have 
 entire control of the canal and the Canal Zone during time of war 
 or threatened war. The military and naval forces stationed in 
 the Canal Zone will furnish such assistance to the governor in 
 the performance of this duty as the respective commanding officers 
 may be requested by him to render. 
 
 Defense of the 
 Panama Canal. 
 
MM 
 
CHAPTER 42. 
 
 INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING EMPLOYMENT, LEAVE, PAY, ETC. 
 OF CIVILIANS IN THE NAVAL SERVICE. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1562-1563. Employment of labor. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1564-1567. Politics and religion. 
 
 Sec. 3.— -Art. 1568. Classification. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1569. Application and examination. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1570-1571. Labor boards, transfers, etc. 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1572. Testimony for Civil Service Commission. 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1573-1574. Overtime and holiday work and pay. 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1575-1580. Injury, rewards, leave, retirement. 
 
 Section 1. — Employment of Labor. 
 1562. 
 
 Detailed instructions as to civilians in the Naval Establishment instructions 
 will be issued by the Navy Department in the Manual of the Sec- 
 retary's Office. All bureaus and offices of the Navy Department 
 shall be advised of contents prior to publication and changes 
 therein shall be handled in the same manner as changes in Navy 
 Regulations. 
 
 1563. 
 
 Labor is employed in accordance with the instructions approved Employment 
 by the President December 7, 1912, and subsequent acts, the civil- 
 service rules, Executive orders, legal decisions, opinions, and 
 rulings. 
 
 Section 2. — Politics and Religion. 
 
 1564. 
 
 1. No information relative to the politics or religion of an Politics and 
 applicant, eligible, or employee shall be required, requested, or 
 received. Any communication containing such information which 
 may be offered shall be rejected, and, if written, shall be returned 
 to the tender thereof. No consideration shall be given to such 
 
 (480) 
 
490 
 
 information, and no person shall be employed, promoted, rerated, 
 discharged, or otherwise discriminated against or favored on 
 account of his religious or political opinions. 
 
 Contributions. (a) No contribution of money for political purposes shall be 
 required, requested, or accepted from any employee. 
 
 Political cam- (&) No employee shall take an active part in political manage- 
 paign. nient or campaigns, nor use his official authority or influence to 
 
 interfere with or influence the result of an election. 
 
 Violation of (c) A violation of any of the above regulations under section 2 
 shall be considered a just cause for immediate dismissal from 
 the service. 
 
 (d) Executive order of May 14, 1909, provides as follows: 
 "Whenever, in the opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, a 
 strict enforcement of the provisions of section 2, Rule I, of the 
 civil-service rules would influence the result of a local election 
 the issue of which materially affects the local welfare of the 
 Government employees in the vicinity of any navy yard or sta- 
 tion, the Civil Service Commission may, on recommendation of 
 the Secretary of the Navy, and after such investigation as it 
 may deem necessary, permit the active participation of the em- 
 ployees of the yard or station in such local election. In the exer- 
 cise of the privilege which may be conferred hereunder persons 
 affected must not neglect their official duties nor cause public 
 scandal by their activity." 
 
 1565. 
 
 increase of The act of June 30, 1876, provides that no increase in the 
 
 f fH*f ft t)&fOf*6 oloC" 
 
 tions. force at any navy yard shall be made at any time within 60 
 
 days next before any election to take place for President of the 
 United States or Members of Congress, except when the Secretary 
 of the Navy shall certify that the needs of the public service 
 make such increase necessary at that time, which certificate shall 
 be immediately published when made. (19 Stat. 69.) 
 
 1566. 
 
 Contributions No officer, clerk, or employee in the United States Government 
 and gifts. employ shall at any time solicit contributions from other officers, 
 
 clerks, or employees in the Government service, for a gift or 
 present to those in a superior official position ; nor shall any such 
 officials or clerical superiors receive any gift or present offered 
 or presented to them as a contribution from persons in Govern- 
 ment employ, receiving a less salary than themselves; nor shall 
 any officer or clerk make any donations as a gift or present to 
 any official superior. Every person who violates this section shall 
 be summarily discharged from the Government employ. (Sec. 
 1784, Rev. Stat., U. S.) 
 
491 
 
 1567. 
 
 No money appropriated by any act shall be expended for mem- Member ship 
 bership fees or dues of any officer or employee of the United prohibited.™ *"* 
 States or of the District of Columbia in any society or association 
 or for expenses of attendance of any person at any meeting or 
 convention of members of any society or association, unless such 
 fees, dues, or expenses are authorized to be paid by specific 
 appropriations for such purposes or are provided for in express 
 terms in some general appropriation. (37 Stat. L., 184, act of 
 June 26, 1912.) 
 
 Section 3. — Classification. 
 1568. 
 
 (1) All artisan and supervising artisan and other civil positions ciassificatioa. 
 under the jurisdiction of the Department of the Navy, not specifi- 
 cally excepted by law or Executive orders, are included in the com- 
 petitive classified service. 
 
 (2) Employees of the Naval Home are excepted from the provi- 
 sions of the navy-yard regulations. (Letter Civil Service Commis- 
 sion, Apr. 2, 1913.) 
 
 (3) Executive order of February 27, 1917, excepts from exami- 
 nation the following positions at the Naval Academy : Civilian 
 professors, instructors, teachers, bakers' helpers, coffee men, fire- 
 men, linen men, pantrymen, dish pantrymen, scullions, utility 
 men, waiters, and, when promoted from the position of waiter, 
 head and assistant head waiter. 
 
 (4) Executive order of June 24, 1918, excepts from examination 
 all positions in the island of Guam, Samoa, and the Virgin Islands. 
 
 (5) Executive order of February 4, 1913, excepts from exami- 
 nation artisan and supervisory artisan positions at the naval sta- 
 tions Cavite and Olongapo, P. I., and Guantanamo, Cuba. 
 
 (6) Executive order of April 3, 1911, excepts from examination 
 one clerk actually on duty with each assistant paymaster of the 
 Marine Corps. 
 
 (7) The force at navy yards and naval stations is divided under 
 four groups, as follows : 
 
 IN CLASSIFIED. 
 
 Group I. — Laborers and others engaged upon manual work 
 which requires no mechanical skill or trade knowledge. 
 
 CLASSIFIED. 
 
 Group II. — Apprentices, helpers, and others engaged upon work 
 which requires some mechanical skill or trade knowledge. 
 
492 
 
 Geoitp III. — Artisans. 
 
 Group IVa. — Supervising employees. 
 
 Group IVb. — Special employees whose primary qualification is a 
 trade knowledge, but who are not required to possess more than a 
 limited educational qualification. 
 
 Group IVc. — Special employees who are required to have edu- 
 cational and technical qualifications. 
 
 Section 4. — Applications and Examinations. 
 
 1569. 
 
 Applications. Application for employment under Groups I, II, and III may be 
 made at the office of the labor board on each working day of the 
 year. 
 
 (1) Positions under Group IVa shall be filled by competitive 
 examinations. 
 
 (2) Positions under Group IVb shall be filled by competitive 
 examinations except Planners, Estimators, and Progress men 
 which shall be noncompetitive examinations. 
 
 (3) Positions under Group IVc shall be filled by competitive 
 examination. 
 
 Section 5. — Labor Boards, Transfers, etc 
 1570. 
 
 Composition of (1) There shall be a labor board at each navy yard or station 
 and at each separate establishment outside of the navy yards where 
 the number of employees is sufficient to require it, composed of 
 one commissioned officer with a rank not lower than lieutenant 
 commander, who shall serve as senior member of the board, three 
 employees permanently assigned to the yard or station, and: the 
 district secretary of the Civil Service Commission. In exceptional 
 cases where, because of peculiar conditions, it is not advisable 
 to designate civilian employees, naval officers in addition to the 
 senior member may be selected for board membership. The 
 navy-yard members of the board shall be recommended to the 
 Civil Service Commission through the district secretary after a 
 conference between the commanding officer and the district secre- 
 tary. 
 
 Responsibility. (2) The labor board shall be charged with and be responsible 
 for the proper, effective, and impartial enforcement of these regu- 
 lations, and it shall report, in writing, to the commanding officer 
 without delay any violation of the law or regulations relating to 
 the employment of labor which may come to its knowledge or to 
 that of any cf its members. 
 
493 
 
 (3) The duties of the labor board are administrative, and it Duties defined, 
 shall not make any change in methods or promulgate instruc- 
 tions which would materially affect these regulations. 
 
 (4) The district secretary of the Civil Service Commission shall Adviser, 
 act as the labor board's adviser in all matters pertaining to the 
 administration of the civil-service law and rules, and with ref- 
 erence to all such matters the labor board shall be under the direct 
 
 and sole control of the Civil Service Commission. 
 
 (5) The instructions of the Civil Service Commission fixing the Civil Service 
 relative weights of subjects, the methods to be employed in rating sections." ™ " 
 the examination papers, the information to be furnished by the 
 
 applicant and that to be secured by means of confidential inquiries 
 shall be promulgated for the guidance of the labor board. 
 
 1571. 
 
 Reinstallation, transfer, promotion, rerating, reduction, or sepa- Transfer, pro- 
 ration of civil employees shall be in accordance with instructions 
 contained in the Manual of the Secretary's Office. 
 
 Section 6. — Testimony for Civil Service Commission. 
 
 [Civil-Service Rule XIV.] 
 
 1572. 
 
 (70) "It shall be the duty of every officer and employee in Testimony, 
 the executive civil service and of every applicant or eligible for 
 a position therein to give to the commission or its authorized 
 representatives all proper and competent information and testi- 
 mony in regard to matters inquired of arising under the civil- 
 service act and rules and to subscribe such testimony and make 
 oath or affirmation to the same before some officer authorized by 
 law to administer oaths." 
 
 Section 7. — Overtime and Holiday Work and Pay. 
 
 1578. 
 
 (1) The service and employment of all laborers and mechanics Ei & ht - h o"day. 
 who are now or may hereafter be employed by the Government 
 of the United States, by the District of Columbia, or by any 
 contractor or subcontractor upon any of the public works of 
 the United States or of the said District of Columbia is hereby 
 limited and restricted to eight hours in any one calendar day, 
 and it shall be unlawful for any officer of the United States 
 Government or of the District of Columbia, or any such con- 
 tractor or subcontractor whose duty it shall be to employ, direct, 
 
494 
 
 or control the services of such laborers or mechanics, to require 
 or permit any such laborer or mechanic to work more than eight 
 hours in any calendar day except in case of extraordinary emer- 
 gency. (Act of Aug. 1, 1892.) 
 
 (2) Under the provisions of law set forth in the preceding 
 paragraph, the working hours of laborers and mechanics at navy 
 yards and naval stations can be extended over eight hours a day 
 only in the case of an extraordinary emergency. 
 Emergencies. (3) In cases of emergency involving loss to the Government 
 which will not permit of delay, the commandants of navy yards 
 and stations may authorize, without the prior approval of the 
 department, work in excess of eight hours a day and work on 
 Sundays and holidays not to exceed eight hours a day, provided 
 that, in each case where overtime work is authorized due con- 
 sideration shall be given to the provisions of the two preceding 
 paragraphs. 
 
 1574. 
 
 Paying off. Employees at navy yards and stations within the continental 
 limits of the United States shall receive their pay during work- 
 ing hours. 
 
 Section 8. — Injury. Rewards, Leave, Retirement. 
 
 1575. 
 
 injury. The United States employees' compensation act approved Sep- 
 
 tember 7, 1916, provides compensation and reasonable medical, 
 surgical, and hospital services and supplies to civilian employees 
 of the United States suffering personal injuries sustained while 
 In the performance of duty on or after September 7, 1916. The 
 law requires the cooperation with the United States Employees' 
 Compensation Commission of officers in charge of civilian em- 
 ployees, in order that all facts may be ascertained and that 
 the employee may receive whatever compensation and medical 
 service he may be justly entitled to in the opinion of the Compen- 
 sation Commission. 
 
 1576. 
 
 Leave of ab' 
 sence for mili- 
 tary duty. 
 
 (1) Section 80 of the act of June 3, 1916, provides that all 
 officers and employees of the United States and of the District of 
 Columbia who shall be members of the National Guard shall 
 be entitled to leave of absence from their respective duties, without 
 loss of pay, time or efficiency rating, on all days during which 
 they shall be engaged in field or coast-defense training ordered or 
 authorized under the provisions of the act. 
 
 (2) Under the Army appropriation act approved May 12, 1917, 
 all officers and employees of the United States or of the District 
 
495 
 
 of Columbia who shall be members of the Officers' Reserve Corps 
 shall be entitled to leave of absence from their respective duties, 
 without loss of pay, time, or efficiency rating, on all days during 
 which they shall be ordered to duty with troops or at field exer- 
 cises or for instruction, for periods not to exceed 15 days in any 
 one calendar year : Provided further, That members of the Officers' 
 Reserve Corps who are in the employ of the United States Govern- 
 ment or of the District of Columbia and who are ordered to duty 
 by proper authority shall, when relieved from duty, be restored 
 to the position held by them when ordered to duty. 
 
 1577. 
 
 The naval act approved July 1, 1918, provides as follows : Cash rewards 
 
 for Sll fiTGTPSt ions 
 
 " That the Secretary of the Navy is hereby authorized, in his 
 discretion and under such rules and regulations as he may pre- 
 scribe, to pay cash rewards to civilian employees of the Navy 
 Department or the Naval Establishment or other persons in civil 
 life when, due to a suggestion or series of suggestions by them, 
 there results an improvement or economy in manufacturing proc- 
 ess or plant or naval material : Provided, That such sums as may 
 be awarded to employees or other persons in civil life in accord- 
 ance with this act shall be paid them out of current naval appro-, 
 priations in addition to their usual compensation: Provided 
 further, That no employee or other person in civil life shall be 
 paid a reward under this act until he has properly executed an 
 agreement to the effect that the use by the United States of the 
 suggestion or series of suggestions made by him shall not form 
 the basis of a further claim of any nature from the United States 
 by him, his heirs, or assigns." 
 
 1578. 
 
 (1) Each and every employee of the navy yards, gun factories, Annual leave, 
 naval stations, and arsenals of the United States Government is 
 
 hereby granted 30 days' leave of absence each year, without for- 
 feiture of pay during such leave : Provided, That it shall be lawful 
 to allow pro rata leave only to those serving 12 consecutive months 
 or more: And provided further, That in all cases the heads of 
 divisions shall have discretion as to when the leave can best 
 be allowed: And provided further, That no more than 30 days' 
 leave pay shall be allowed any such employee in one year: Pro- 
 vided further, That this provision shall not be construed to deprive 
 employees of any sick leave or legal holidays to which they may 
 now be entitled under existing law. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 (2) Civil employees at naval hospitals paid on a per diem, per 
 month, or per annum basis shall be granted annual leave with 
 
496 
 
 pay and leave without pay in the same manner as per diem 
 employees at navy yards and naval stations. (Comptroller's de- 
 cision of May 29, 1920.) 
 
 (3) The civil force of the Marine Corps outside of Washington, 
 D. C, shall be granted annual leave and leave without pay in the 
 same manner as per diem employees of the same classification 
 at navy yards and naval stations and based on the service year. 
 
 (4) In the absence of restrictive legislation in regard to per 
 annum employees in the Naval Establishment, said employees 
 will, except as otherwise set forth hereafter, be granted annual 
 leave upon the same conditions as per diem employees of the 
 same classification and based on the service year. This para- 
 graph shall not apply to per annum employees in branch hydro- 
 graphic offices, who shall be granted leave in accordance with 
 instructions for granting leave to civil employees of the Navy 
 Department proper in Washington, D. C. 
 
 1579. 
 
 Sick lea?e. (l) Per diem employees of the clerical, drafting, inspection, 
 
 messenger and police force may be granted not to exceed 15 days' 
 leave with pay in any one service year, in addition to the 30 days' 
 annual leave with pay, in the discretion of the Secretary of the 
 Navy, in exceptional and meritorious cases where such an employee 
 is ill. (See act of Mar. 3, 1909.) Such 15 days additional is 
 not prorated and may be granted at any time during the service 
 year, including the first service year. 
 
 (2) Members of the clerical, drafting, inspection, messenger, and 
 police force at naval hospitals may be granted sick leave with 
 pay in the same manner as per diem employees at navy yards 
 and naval stations. 
 
 (3) The civil force of the Marine Corps outside of Wash- 
 ington, D. C, may be granted sick leave with pay in the same 
 manner as per diem employees of the same classification at navy 
 yards and naval stations. 
 
 (4) In the absence of restrictive legislation in regard to per 
 annum employees in the Naval Establishment, said employees 
 will, except as otherwise set forth, be granted sick leave with pay 
 upon the same conditions as per diem employees of the same 
 classification and based on the service year. This paragraph 
 shall not apply to per annum employees in branch hydrographic 
 offices, who shall be granted sick leave in accordance with in- 
 struction for granting such leave to civil employees of the Navy 
 Department proper at Washington, D. C. 
 
497 
 
 1580. 
 
 (1) The following is quoted from an act for the retirement of Retirement, 
 employees in the classified civil service, approved May 22, 1920: 
 
 " That beginning at the expiration of 90 days next following 
 the passage of this act, all employees in the classified civil service 
 of the United States who have on that date, or shall have on 
 any date thereafter, reached the age of 70 years and rendered 
 at least 15 years of service computed as prescribed in section 3 
 of this act, shall be eligible for retirement on an annuity as 
 provided in section 2 hereof: Provided, That mechanics, city and 
 rural letter carriers, and post-office clerks shall be eligible for 
 retirement at 65 years of age, and railway-postal clerks at 62 
 years of age, if said mechanics, city and rural letter carriers, 
 post-office clerks, and railway-postal clerks shall have rendered 
 at least 15 years of service computed as prescribed in section 3 
 of this act. 
 
 "The provisions of this act shall include superintendents of 
 United States national cemeteries, employees of the superintendent 
 of the United States Capitol buildings and grounds, the Library 
 of Congress, and the Botanic Gardens, excepting persons appointed 
 by the President and confirmed by the Senate, and may be ex- 
 tended by Executive order, upon recommendation of the Civil 
 Service Commission, to include any employee or group of em- 
 ployees in the civil service of the United States not classified 
 at the time of the passage of this act. The President shall have 
 power, in his discretion, to exclude from the operation of this act 
 any employee or group of employees in the classified civil service 
 whose tenure of office or employment is intermittent or of un- 
 certain duration." 
 
 (2) All employees to whom this act applies shall, upon the 
 expiration of 90 days next succeeding its passage, if of retirement 
 age, or thereafter on arriving at retirement age, be automatically 
 separated from the service and all salary or compensation shall 
 cease from that date. The head of each department, branch, or 
 office shall notify such employees 60 days in advance thereof. 
 
 (3) If within 60 days after the passage of this act or not less 
 than 30 days before the arrival of an employee at age of retire- 
 ment, the head of the department, branch, or office in which em- 
 ployed, certifies to the Civil Service Commission that by reason 
 of efficiency and willingness to remain in the service, continuance 
 Mould be advantageous to the public service, the employee may 
 be retained for successive terms of two years upon certification. 
 At the end of 10 years no employee shall be thus continued for 
 more than four years. 
 
 (4) The certificate provided for in paragraph 3, in order to 
 retain employees for additional two-year periods, after reaching 
 
498 
 
 the age of retirement, shall only be issued upon the approval of 
 the Navy Department, and then in only very special cases where 
 it is specifically indicated that the retirement of the employee 
 will operate to the injury of the service. 
 
 (5) The application of the provisions of the retirement bill 
 is under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Pensions, Department 
 of the Interior. 
 
CHAPTEE 43. 
 
 STORES ASHORE. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1590-1597. Custody, care, and issue. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1598-1603. Shipments. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1604-1610. Requisitions and purchases ashore. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1611-1616. Inspections. 
 
 Sec. 5.— Art. 1617. Public bills. 
 
 Sec. 6.— Art. 1618-1621. Commissary store. 
 
 Section 1. — Custody, Care, and Issue. 
 1590. 
 
 (1) Officers in charge of stores shall exercise constant super- Officers in 
 
 ,, , ,, , ... charge of stores 
 
 vision over them and protect them by every possible means to exercise care. 
 against deterioration from any cause. 
 
 (2) They shall, under the direction of the commandant of the Custody of 
 yard or station, have charge of the keys of all storehouses and 5 
 buildings containing articles for which they are responsible. The 
 
 keys shall never be taken out of the yard, and when not in use 
 shall be kept in the designated place. 
 
 (3) They shall not give a receipt for articles delivered in the In ^ ic « s *° be 
 yard until furnished with invoices in duplicate, which shall be 
 
 complete descriptive lists of the deliveries claimed, one receipt 
 to be signed and returned to the party delivering the articles and 
 the other to be retained. 
 
 (4) No stores furnished ami delivered by a contractor shall be Contract sup- 
 
 , , , ... , . Plies unmarked 
 
 received unless marked with his name. not to be re- 
 
 ceived. 
 
 (5) Immediately after stores received by purchase are inspected, aft ^J nispecticm! 
 they shall be tagged or marked with the name of the bureau 
 
 under which purchased, number of contract or open purchase 
 requisition, the account, number of inspection call, and date when 
 passed or rejected. 
 
 (6) Articles received by shipment shall be tagged or marked 
 with the name of the ship or navy yard from which received, 
 the account, bureau, and number of invoice. 
 
 (499) 
 
500 
 
 1591. 
 
 Articles mano- Every article manufactured at a navy yard under Title Z 
 factured in nary * 
 
 yards. shall, as soon after completion as practicable, be turned into 
 
 store for issue by the supply officer. 
 
 1592. 
 
 urchased^orthe ^ A11 su PP lies purchased with moneys appropriated for the 
 Navy and not for naval service shall be deemed to be purchased for the Navy and 
 not for any bureau thereof, and these supplies, together with all 
 supplies on hand, shall be arranged, classified, consolidated, and 
 catalogued and issued for consumption or use under such regula- 
 tions as the Secretary may prescribe without regard to the bureau 
 for which they were purchased. (Act of June 30, 1890.) 
 
 (2) The provisions of the preceding paragraph do not apply 
 to the " Increase of the Navy " appropriations and to the " Cloth- 
 ing and Small Stores " fund ; " Increase of the Navy " appropria- 
 tions are continuous and the " Clothing and Small Stores " fund 
 is intended to be self-sustaining. 
 Accumulation (3) Not more than eight months' probable demand of supplies 
 of supplies. shall be carried in stock, and in case of supplies that are liable 
 to deterioration a four months' supply is sufficient to keep on hand. 
 Supplies for (4) Supplies purchased for the Naval Academy are exempted 
 Naval Academy. from tlie provisions of this article. 
 
 1593. 
 
 Supplies for The quantity of materials drawn from store at a navy yard for 
 navy-yard work. wor k to be performed therein shall be restricted in every instance 
 to that which is actually needed for the job concerned. When a 
 job is likely to extend through a period of time including the 
 end of a fiscal year, only material actually to be consumed upon 
 the specific job before the end of such fiscal year shall be drawn, 
 if possible; otherwise any surplus shall be invoiced back into 
 store before the expiration of the fiscal year. Any material re- 
 maining on hand upon the completion of the job for which drawn 
 shall be turned into store immediately on returned material credit 
 memorandum ; and under no circumstances shall materials re- 
 maining on hand after the completion of the jobs for which drawn 
 be permitted to accumulate. 
 
 1594. 
 
 Examination of Supply officers shall afford every facility to heads of depart- 
 supplies on hand. ments and divisions, and to inspectors, for obtaining information 
 and examining supplies on hand. 
 
501 
 
 1595. 
 
 (1) (a) Each bureau, except that of Medicine and Surgery, of ^JJJ KTut- 
 shall arrange its prescribed outfit ( Title B ) and allowance of stores fits and aiiow- 
 
 ( Title C) for ships entitled to them. These allowance lists of ances * 
 outfit and stores shall be in tabulated form and the arrangement 
 shall be in accordance with the classification of the Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts. Station ships, receiving ships, prison 
 ships, and yard craft are not entitled to allowance lists. Allow- 
 ance lists for ships operating under the general supply system 
 shall be for Title B only, but each bureau shall also furnish for 
 such ships a type allowance list for the information of the supply 
 officer showing what items of Title C supplies may be carried in 
 store on board under Title X or obtained on " not in excess " requi- 
 sitions. 
 
 (&) Allowance lists for destroyers, torpedo craft, and subma- Torpedo craft, 
 rines shall be for Title B only. For each class of these vessels 
 each bureau shall furnish to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts 
 a special type allowance list of Title C items chargeable to its 
 appropriation, and the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall 
 combine the several bureaus' type allowance lists in one binder 
 for issue to the individual vessels. 
 
 (c) Vessels loaned to Naval Militia organizations shall be fur- 
 nished with allowance lists of Title B only. 
 
 (d) Other vessels shall be provided with individual allowance 
 lists of Title B and Title C. 
 
 (2) Whenever the home yard of a vessel is changed the allow- Chang© of home 
 ance lists shall be immediately sent by the yard holding them to yard " 
 
 the new home yard of the vessel, except when the allowance lists 
 are being used to outfit a vessel, in which case they shall be for- 
 warded as soon as they have served their purpose. 
 
 (3) The prescribed outfit and allowance of supplies for a ship Time of prep- 
 shall be prepared during her construction and fully completed ara j tl ^nowance^ S 
 at least three months before the time when a contract-built ship 
 
 is accepted by the Government or when a navy -yard built ship 
 is ready for trial. 
 
 (4) Four copies of the outfit and allowance list under each Camber of 
 bureau shall be furnished by the bureau preparing same to the coples - 
 
 navy yard where the ship is to be fitted out, for the supply officer, 
 head of manufacturing division concerned, the ship's supply 
 officer, and the head of the ship department concerned, respec- 
 tively. When additional copies are required they shall be supplied 
 upon request by the bureau concerned. 
 
 (5) (a) The supply officer at the yard where the ship is to be Supplies to be 
 fitted out is responsible for the assembling of all of the articles 
 
 called for by allowance lists to be furnished by the Government. 
 183841°— 20 33 
 
502 
 
 In order that he may be informed in the premises, items to be 
 furnished by the contractor will be marked with a special symbol. 
 If the bureau concerned indicates in the allowance list that certain 
 articles are to be obtained from other navy yards, he will obtain 
 them from such yards, unless they are available in store., The 
 instructions relative to assembling ship's outfits which bureaus 
 incorporate in their respective allowance lists shall be carefully 
 followed. 
 
 Supplies to be (&) In case a bureau takes the necessary steps to provide cer- 
 tain articles, either by purchase or by manufacture at a navy yard, 
 the commandant of the yard where the vessel is to be fitted out 
 shall be informed in the premises. In such case the supply officer 
 is to follow the matter up and see that the articles are actually 
 on hand in time for the vessel. 
 
 Articles in (c) Articles in store should be utilized as far as possible, and 
 
 lizel. " when articles are on hand that differ slightly from those called for 
 
 by the allowance list they should be substituted therefor in cases 
 
 where such substituted articles would suit the requirements 
 
 equally well. 
 
 Manufacture or (#) The manufacture or purchase of an article should not be 
 
 DlIFfillASG 
 
 proceeded with until the supply officer has ascertained that it can 
 
 not be supplied from store or economically from stock at some 
 
 other navy yard. 
 
 Yards aesig- ( e ) F rom time to time circular instructions are issued by the 
 nated as dis- 
 tributing points, bureaus concerned designating certain navy yards as distributing 
 
 points for certain classes of material. Supply officers of other 
 navy yards should obtain such material from the distributing 
 yards when needed for stock or issue. 
 cles^o^manu- W When it has been decided as to what articles are to be man- 
 factored. ufactured the inspector at the contractor's works should be com- 
 
 municated with in order to obtain from him plans or other detail 
 information necessary for their manufacture to suit the condi- 
 tions on the individual vessel. 
 Manufactured (g) in the case of articles called for by the allowance list, which 
 would ordinarily be assumed to be standard, but which should 
 be manufactured especially to suit the vessel, the inspector con- 
 cerned should take the initiative in informing the navy yard in 
 regard thereto. 
 
 Requisitions (h) When the construction and engineer officers receive requests 
 for material. 
 
 for manufacture from the supply officer they will make timely 
 
 requisitions on the supply officer for all of the necessary material. 
 As soon as such articles are completed they shall be delivered and 
 invoiced to the supply officer, except very heavy or bulky articles, 
 which shall remain in charge of the head of the division con- 
 cerned as unfinished work under Title Z, until the ship is ready 
 to receive them, when they shall be invoiced to the supply officer 
 
503 
 
 (Title Z to Title X), who shall in turn invoice them under the 
 appropriate titles to the head of departments attached to the ship. 
 In order that the supply officers records may be perfected the 
 head of the division concerned shall inform him in writing imme- 
 diately upon the completion of such articles. When the repairs, 
 alterations, or manufacturing are done at another yard the 
 supply officer at the yard where the work is performed shall 
 furnish this informtaion to the supply officer at the yard where 
 the ship is to fit out. 
 
 (i) For all articles of outfit and supplies which are not in store Articles not in 
 and which are not to be manufactured at the outfitting yard or ob- store * 
 tained from another yard the supply officer shall submit purchase 
 requisitions based upon the allowance lists. 
 
 (;') When it is necessary to obtain articles of a vessel's outfit Articles fur- 
 which are to be furnished by the Government for the purpose of ernment!^ GoT " 
 arranging stowage the inspector concerned should make request 
 directly on the commandant of the navy yard where the vessel 
 is to be outfitted. When standard articles are required for tem- 
 porary use only they should be obtained by request from the 
 commandant of the nearest navy yard. If the information re- 
 ceived from the navy yard indicates that delivery of any article 
 desired is likely to be delayed beyond the time when such articles 
 are required, report and recommendation in the premises should 
 be made to the bureau concerned. 
 
 ( k ) For a vessel being fitted out the addition of an item to the Articles added 
 allowance list is authority for furnishing the article. After a to allowance 
 ship has been in commission six months the outfitting or home 
 yard will not take the initiative in furnishing an article added 
 to the allowance list. In this case, unless the bureau issues 
 specific orders, the article will not be furnished except upon ship's 
 requisition. 
 
 (I) An approved allowance list should never be taken as author- Boats and an- 
 ity for the manufacture of boats or the purchase of ship's anchors. c 
 The Bureau of Construction and Repair will in all cases take 
 the necessary steps to provide the boats and ship's anchors. 
 
 (6) The articles for each ship on her first commission must Supplies to be 
 be used only for that ship, unless otherwise specifically ordered served. 
 
 by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts under the instructions of 
 the Secretary of the Navy. When received or completed, all 
 articles shall be distinctly marked or tagged with the name of 
 the ship. 
 
 (7) Supplies and equipage for ships in commission shall be Putting sup- 
 delivered to the ships' representatives at the storehouses and shall plies on board * 
 be there receipted for by them. Articles placed on board ship be- 
 fore the arrival of the officers to be charged with their care shall be 
 delivered, when directed by the commandant, to the head of 
 
504 
 
 the department or division concerned, who shall give the supply 
 officer receipted store invoices therefor and be responsible for 
 their safe custody, but all these articles shall be embraced in the 
 summary of store invoices furnished the ship's officers. 
 
 Completion of (8) As articles are set aside, or reported completed, the supply 
 Exported. * ° officer shall note the fact upon his copy of the allowance list ; and 
 when all the articles are on hand, the fact shall be reported to 
 the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, which shall be charged 
 with the duty of seeing that all articles of equipment and sup- 
 plies are furnished at the proper time. 
 
 Contract-built (9) A list of all articles of equipage and supplies furnished 
 ship8, in the contract for a new vessel, showing the quantity of each 
 
 item supplied, the unit cost, and the total cost, arranged under 
 Titles B and C, shall, on or before the date when the ship is 
 turned over to the Government, be furnished the supply officer 
 by the inspectors for the several bureaus concerned. These lists 
 shall be prepared by the inspectors and submitted by them to the 
 contractors to have the quantities and costs inserted therein. A 
 copy of the list of equipage and supplies furnished by the con- 
 tractor shall accompany the returns of* the supply officer to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, in order that proper credit may 
 be given the vessel under Title A. 
 
 Title B or c (10) All Title B or C stores which are included in the contract 
 ships.* 8 ° neW price of a new vessel and paid for from increase of the Navy 
 appropriations shall be taken up by the supply officer at the yard 
 where the ship is delivered and immediately transferred to the 
 Navy Supply Account, a credit being given to the increase of 
 the Navy appropriation involved. Upon issue by the supply officer 
 ashore, such stores shall be transferred to the supply officer of 
 the ship, under Title B or X ; or, in the case of a ship on board 
 which the general supply system is not in operation, they shall 
 be issued to the heads of ship departments concerned under Title 
 B or C. Increase of the Navy appropriations shall be charged for 
 Title B articles and the proper annual appropriations charged for 
 Title C stores. 
 
 Reports on al- (11) Commanding officers of ships shall report to the bureaus 
 concerned wherein the allowance lists are deemed to exceed or 
 to fall short of the requirements for ordinary cruising service, 
 and the bureaus shall promptly notify those holding copies of the 
 allowance lists of any change to be made. The latter shall make 
 the necessary corrections in their lists, and enter abreast of the 
 correction, over the signature of the officer in charge of the ar- 
 ticles, the number and date of the letter authorizing the change, 
 pasting in the back part of the book a copy of the order. Each 
 bureau shall number its changes serially for each ship, and a 
 record by number of all changes will be kept in front of allowance 
 books. In navy yards the standard of reference will be the allow- 
 
505 
 
 ance book in the custody of the supply officer, and he will also 
 have custody of and keep corrected all spare copies of allowance 
 books. 
 
 (12) When a ship goes out of commission, all equipage and sup- Supplies of 
 
 snips gOiHj} out 
 
 plies shall be turned in and invoiced to the supply officer. The of commission. 
 
 bureaus concerned shall designate the articles of equipage that 
 
 are to be reserved in store for the recommissioning of the ship. 
 
 When the complete outfit of a ship placed out of commission is to 
 
 be kept in store in reserve ready for instant use, such outfit 
 
 shall, when possible, be stored in a building separate from that 
 
 in which articles for general issue are kept. 
 
 (13) When a ship is placed out of commission, all copies of of A J h TpTgo!n| 
 allowance lists on board shall be forwarded to the supply officer out of commis- 
 of the yard at which the vessel is placed out of commission, these 8 on * 
 
 copies to be returned to the ship on her being recommissioned. 
 When the survey of the ship has been approved, the engineer officer 
 of the yard and construction officer of the yard shall at once 
 note any changes in vessel's allowance which they may recom- 
 mend by reason of alterations to the vessel or her equipment, 
 and forward such recommendation, with reason therefor, to the 
 bureau concerned. The bureau concerned will act on this recom- 
 mendation and make revision to allowance lists if necessary, and 
 issue these revisions to all concerned in the same manner as is 
 done for vessels building and vessels in commission. The supply 
 officer of the yard at which the vessel is out of commission shall 
 keep corrected the copy of allowance list belonging to vessel's 
 heads of department and supply officer. 
 
 (14) Hammock mattresses turned into store by vessels, in Ships recom- 
 
 missioned. 
 
 accordance with article 1319 (4), will be taken up in the survey 
 account on memorandum invoices by the supply officer of the ves- 
 sel. The cost of repairing and cleaning shall be charged to appro- 
 priation " Construction and repair," which after the mattresses 
 will be transferred to the naval supply account at appraised value 
 with credit to appropriation " Construction and repair." 
 
 (15) When a ship is to be recommissioned the course as to 
 arrangement of outfits and allowances, requisitions, preparation, 
 reports etc., prescribed in this article shall be pursued. 
 
 159C. 
 
 When tools or articles of supplies or equipage are loaned to a Tools or a [. fN 
 ship by a yard department or division for use in work to be per- and equipage 
 formed by the ship's force and are lost by such force, or are loaned t0 a ship * 
 damaged or worn out while in possession of the ship's force to an 
 extent beyond what would constitute a reasonable wear and tear 
 in the performance of the work indicated, they shall be replaced 
 by like articles, the cost of said articles to be a charge against 
 
506 
 
 the allotment of the ship's department concerned. If similar 
 articles are not in store on board the ship, they shall be procured 
 on ship's requisition submitted for that purpose, upon the face of 
 which requisition shall be noted the words : " To replace articles 
 borrowed from yard department (division) and lost (or damaged) 
 by ship's force." Commandants are authorized to approve such 
 requisitions, in advance of the bureau's approval, of articles in 
 store for issue at the yard. In the case of title B articles, the com- 
 manding officer shall cause them to be taken upon the books of 
 the ship ; and shall arrange for a " missing " or " unfit for use " 
 survey, or survey "for appraisal," as required by the circum- 
 stances, in accordance with the provisions of articles 190&-1908, 
 such action to be taken, if practicable, before the departure of the 
 ship from the yard. 
 
 1597. 
 
 employ ees at C cer- ^ Such provisions i.nd clothing and small stores as can be 
 tain naval sta- spared with due regard :o the maintenance of the necessary stock 
 on hand may, under the direction of the commandant, be sold to 
 officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, also to 
 civil employees at naval stations beyond the continental limits of 
 the United States and in Alaska. In such case the provisions of 
 the succeeding paragraphs of this article shall govern. 
 Requisitions by (2) A requisition (in triplicate) on the prescribed form shall, 
 in each case, be made by the applicant, for such provisions and 
 clothing and small stores as he may need for actual use by him- 
 self and his immediate family ; and he shall certify upon this 
 requisition not only that the stores are required for his personal 
 or family use, but also that he will not sell, exchange, or otherwise 
 improperly dispose of them. The requisition, after approval by 
 the head of the department upon whose rolls the civil employee 
 is borne, shall be forwarded to the officer having charge of the 
 supplies, through the commandant, who shall carefully scrutinize 
 it and satisfy himself that the requisition is correct before ap- 
 proving it. Such approval by the head of a department shall be 
 considered sufficient evidence that the applicant is a bona fide civil 
 employee of the National Government. Requisitions shall not be 
 made oftener than twice each month unless absolutely necessary, 
 issues. (3) Upon receipt of the approved requisition the issuing officer 
 
 shall enter the value of each article thereon, and upon the pay- 
 ment in cash for the value of the stores shall make the issue; 
 but no stores shall be issued in advance of a requisition or until 
 payment in cash has been made. A suitable issuing room shall 
 be provided and, if necessary, a trustworthy person detailed to 
 take charge and keep the accounts thereof. 
 
 (4) The issuing officer will forward all three copies of the 
 requisition, accompanied with the necessary amount of money, to 
 
507 
 
 the disbursing officer of the station, who shall receipt therefor 
 on the face of the requisition, return two copies to the issuing 
 officer, and return the third for his files. 
 
 (5) Stores so issued will be expended in the accounts of the How expended. 
 issuing officer as " Sales for cash to civil employees," and a copy 
 
 of the requisition forwarded as an expenditure voucher with his 
 quarterly returns. 
 
 (6) The amounts of money received shall be taken up by the 
 disbursing officer of the station in his account current under 
 " General account of advances," to be adjusted, to the credit of the 
 proper appropriation, as cash sales of provisions and clothing and 
 small stores to civil employees. 
 
 (7) Subject to the foregoing requirements, civil employees in CM1 employ- 
 Alaska, or other place where there is a supply ship, may purchase 
 
 from the supply officer of a vessel such stores as can be spared. 
 
 (8) If a civil employee prove himself unworthy, the comman- , Denial of pri?- 
 dant or commanding officer may deny the privilege of purchasing * ege * 
 stores. 
 
 Section 2. — Shipments. 
 
 1598. 
 
 (1) Supply officers are authorized to make shipments upon 
 the requests of other supply officers to fill approved requisitions 
 or approved allowance lists, subject to exceptions previously 
 covered as to anchors, boats, etc., without reference to the Bureau 
 of Supplies and Accounts. When requesis for shipments are 
 made by other bureaus or their representatives the necessary in- 
 structions will be issued by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 Inspectors and other officers on detached duty are authorized to 
 make such shipments as may be considered necessary without 
 specific orders. 
 
 (2) Packages shall be prepared for shipment by the depart- Preparation of 
 ment or division concerned when the supply officer's force is not fjjfjj^f* 8 for 
 adequate or when special packing or crating is necessary. 
 
 (3) Shipments to navy yards, naval stations, and to vessels at 
 such yards or stations, except medical stores, shall be consigned 
 to the supply officer of the yard or station concerned. Shipments 
 to vessels not at navy yards or naval stations shall be consigned 
 to the supply officer of the vessel concerned or if there be no sup- 
 ply officer to the commanding officer. 
 
 1599. 
 
 In shipping supplies by Government conveyance, the following Supplies 
 instructions shall be observed : eSient b con™£ 
 
 (1) (a) The commandant shall inform the supply officer of the ance. 
 probable date of sailing and the destination of every ship sched- 
 uled to sail from the yard under his command. 
 
508 
 
 (&) Upon the receipt of such information, the supply officer 
 shall, unless irrevocable shipping arrangements have already 
 been made, furnish the commandant with lists of all packages, 
 weights, measurements, etc., of the stores that will be ready for 
 shipment to the port or ports which the ship or ships are destined. 
 
 (c) The commandant shall then refer the lists to the command- 
 ing officers of the respective ships for statement as to what sup- 
 plies they may be able to carry, and the commandant shall then 
 decide what shipments are to be made, and shall issue the necessary 
 instructions. Should there be a difference of opinion between 
 the commandant and the commanding officer of a ship as to what 
 stores can be carried as freight, the commandant is authorized 
 to decide the point at issue, and to direct the commanding officer 
 to receive such stores as, in his judgment, are advisable for this 
 method of shipment. 
 
 (2) No commanding officer of any vessel will accept for ship- 
 ment any freight which is not covered by bill of lading issued by 
 the supply officer of the yard at which the vessel is loading; or, 
 if there be no supply officer at the place of loading, by the officer 
 authorized to make shipment. 
 
 1600. 
 
 Naval supply (l) When a supply ship of the Navy is detailed to carry 
 s ip * freight in quantity, the public freight of the ship shall be supplied 
 
 through the supply officer of the yard where the ship is being 
 loaded. Stores that are to go by a supply ship, and which are 
 not prepared and invoiced by the supply officer, shall be delivered 
 to him with proper invoices by the shippers. Stores belonging 
 to the medical department and to the Marine Corps shall be de- 
 livered in care of the supply officer and the Invoices therefor 
 transmitted through him. 
 
 Stowage of (2) The supply officer of the supply ship shall, under the di- 
 
 cargo. 
 
 rection of the commanding officer, be charged with the details 
 
 of stowage and general supervision of cargo. He shall notify the 
 
 supply officer of the yard, through the proper channels, when the 
 
 vessel is ready to take freight and specify the order in which it is 
 
 to be stowed. 
 
 1601. 
 
 Dpty of officer The officer receiving stores by shipment shall indorse such re- 
 receivmg stores . J ,.„ „ . ... ' -y. 
 
 by shipment. ceipt upon the bills of lading, stating over his signature the 
 
 condition of the supplies, and surrender the original bill of lading 
 to the carrier from which he received the goods with as little 
 delay as possible, which bill of lading shall be regarded as evi- 
 dence of delivery. The triplicate copy of the bill of lading shall 
 be receipted upon delivery of the material and returned to the 
 consignor for completion of his files and records. In the event 
 
509 
 
 of any loss or damage, while in transit a full notation thereof 
 will be made on the reverse of the bill of lading, stating the 
 value of the loss or damage, and this notation will be regarded as 
 notice to the carrier of subsequent claim for the amount involved. 
 In all cases the date in the consignee's certificate of delivery will 
 be the exact date when the consignment was delivered by the 
 carrier. 
 
 1602. 
 
 (1) When any shipment is received other than a shipment Shipment to 
 received by a supply officer from a supply officer at another yard wn°5 P JSi e ing[ 
 it shall be immediately compared with the bill of lading, and 
 
 should the packages bear the least evidence of having been opened 
 and tampered with while in transit, the fact shall be immediately 
 reported to the commandant, who shall direct that they be 
 opened and checked in the presence of the board of survey. Where 
 there is no external evidence of loss, and articles and found, on 
 opening the packages, to be missing, the fact shall, in like manner, 
 be reported to the commandant, who shall direct the matter to 
 be investigated by a board of survey, Article 1908 (3). In either 
 case a thorough inquiry shall be made as to the cause and re- 
 sponsibility for the shortage. A statement of the means of trans- 
 portation and condition of the packages when received, also the 
 number and place of issue of the bill of lading involved shall be 
 incorporated in the report of the board. 
 
 (2) When a supply officer receives a shipment from a supply 
 officer at another yard such shipment shall be immediately con> 
 pared with the bill of lading by an officer detailed for that duty, 
 and should any article be found in excess, damaged, or missing, 
 a report shall be prepared in duplicate by the supply officer, which 
 report shall state in detail the means of transportation employed, 
 the condition of the packages when received, and any other 
 information which may be in his possession bearing upon the 
 question of the responsibility for the excess, damage, or shortage. 
 After this report has been certified by the officer verifying the 
 shipment, one copy shall be forwarded immediately to the supply 
 officer making the shipment and the other retained by the supply 
 officer receiving the shipment. Missing articles, however, shall 
 not be expended from the books of the supply officer receiving 
 the shipment except upon the approved report of a board of sur- 
 vey, appointed in conformity with the provisions of paragraph 1 
 of this article, after careful investigation has made it evident 
 that the missing articles have not been overcarried by the trans- 
 portation company or can not be otherwise located within a 
 reasonable period. 
 
 (3) The recipient of the supplies shall make no alterations in 
 the figures of a bill of lading, an invoice or summary, but shall 
 
510 
 
 indicate the necessary corrections in the consignee's certificate of 
 delivery on the bill of lading, also on the invoice or summary, and 
 receipt the latter two papers with the reservation " except as to 
 articles or values, indicated as not received, in whole or in part, 
 as per report of board of survey, or report of excess, short, or 
 
 damaged shipment, dated ." 
 
 1603. 
 
 When a ship (i) When a ship not in commission is sent from one yard to 
 
 not in commis- „ •. _ „ . , , . 
 
 sion requires another and articles of equipage and supplies belonging to her 
 supplies. are put on |j 0ar( j t ^ey shaii be placed in charge of the officer 
 
 designated for the command of the ship. As in the case of 
 ordinary shipments, the supply officer shall designate some person 
 connected with his department to check upon a list all articles 
 as they are stowed and to certify the lists. The person perform- 
 ing this work shall be held responsible for the correctness of the 
 list so certified. The supply officer shall see that the invoices 
 agree with the lists checked and certified to as above directed. 
 Articles not (2) Articles not required for use in transit shall, as far as 
 in Q transit.° r USe possible, be placed in the storerooms, which shall be sealed by 
 the supply officer. A detailed list, in triplicate, of all articles not 
 so sealed shall be prepared by him and receipted, after verification, 
 by the officer placed in command of the ship, who shall retain one 
 copy and return the other two to the supply officer.. The latter 
 shall forward one copy to the supply officer to whom the supplies 
 are invoiced. The officer placed in command shall be responsible 
 for supplies not sealed; also that seals are not broken. If it 
 becomes necessary to break the seal of any storeroom, the officer 
 in command shall be responsible for the contents. Upon the 
 arrival of the ship at her destination it shall be immediately 
 ascertained whether or not all the articles embraced in the in- 
 voices are on board, seals being broken in the presence of the 
 officer in command and the supply officer who is to receive the 
 articles. If any articles are found to be missing, the fact shall 
 be reported to the commandant for immediate investigation by 
 a board of survey. 
 
 Section 3. — Requisitions and Puechases Ashore. 
 
 1604. 
 
 Purchases and All purchases and payments therefor shall be made under the 
 made under di- direction of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, and orders 
 reau°of Snpvlies directing such purchases and payments shall be given only by 
 and Accounts, that bureau. When open-purchase requisitions have been ap- 
 proved by chiefs of bureau, they shall be transmitted to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for action. 
 
511 
 
 1605. 
 
 Immediate purchase under open-purchase requisitions shall be Bestrictions as 
 ordered, only when an exigency exists that will not permit the chases! PUr 
 delay incident to advertisement and contract. 
 
 1606. 
 
 (1) Purchasing officers shall procure all articles necessary to Duties of pur- 
 be bought by open purchase at the places at which they are sta- fn^making^r" 
 tioned, if practicable to do so, unless they are satisfied that any chwes. 
 particular item or items can be purchased elsewhere at a lower 
 
 price. 
 
 (2) No charge shall be allowed in the accounts of disbursing No commissions 
 officers for a commission paid to any person for making a pur- agents!™ 
 chase. 
 
 1607. 
 
 (1) For all supplies needed that are not obtainable under ex- General in- 
 
 ... , ... .- ._. M .. 7 . . , structions as to 
 
 isting contracts, with the exception of those pertaining to the o p c n - p urchase 
 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery and to the Marine Corps, and re « uisitions - 
 
 of those which may be purchased upon the requisition of a chief 
 
 of bureau approved by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, 
 
 requisitions shall be prepared by* the technical officer concerned, 
 
 and submitted by a supply officer, with four memorandum copies, 
 
 numbered in separate series for each bureau and beginning a 
 
 new series for each fiscal year. 
 
 (2) All requisitions shall be strictly according to prescribed Particulars re- 
 forms and complete in the following particulars : sitions. " reQM " 
 
 (a) Whenever practicable, the appropriation ultimately charge- 
 able with the cost of material requisitioned under the Naval Sup- 
 ply Account shall be stated on the requisition. The appropria- 
 tion shall immediately follow the words " General account of 
 advances." This will apply especially to requisitions prepared 
 under the Naval Supply Account specifying articles or material 
 intended for a special purpose or job. 
 
 (&) They shall embrace only articles required under one appro- One appropri- 
 priation and one title. 
 
 (c) They shall state the date by which supplies shall be de- Dates of de- 
 livered ; and when articles embraced in the same requisition are 
 
 required by different dates, they shall be prepared with reference 
 to those dates. All articles for the same date shall be grouped 
 under that date, and each time group conform to the latest classi- 
 fied schedule as to the arrangement of items, specifying the 
 classes, and grouping the items under their respective class num- 
 bers. 
 
 (d) They shall refer to standard leaflet specifications issued Details and de- 
 
 scriptions, 
 by the Navy Department, obtainable from the Bureau of Sup- 
 
512 
 
 plies and Accounts, and if such specifications are not available 
 they shall give such details and descriptions of articles required, 
 and of the test which they are to undergo, as will enable bidders, 
 purchasing officers, and inspecting officials to understand readily 
 what is required. Such descriptions shall be made as broad as 
 practicable; and special care shall be taken to avoid so describ- 
 ing an article required as to limit it to any proprietary article, 
 or to the product or manufacture of any particular individual. 
 
 (e) The words " equal to " or any corresponding terms shall not 
 be used except as provided in subparagraph (/) of this paragraph. 
 Reference to catalogues may be made in preparing requisitions 
 when purchase is to be made in the open market and when the 
 value of any individual item does not exceed one hundred dollars, 
 and then only when the standard leaflet specification does not 
 exist. Reference to more than one catalogue shall be stated 
 when practicable. When catalogue references are used in pre- 
 paring the requisitions, the following clause must be stipulated 
 under the item concerned : 
 
 (f) " The references to the above catalogues are intended to be 
 descriptive but not restrictive and only to indicate to prospective 
 bidders articles that will be satisfactory. Bids on other makes 
 or catalogues will be considered, provided each bidder clearly 
 states on the face of his proposa'l exactly what he intends to fur- 
 nish, or forwards with his bid a cut or illustration or other de- 
 scriptive matter which will clearly indicate the character of the 
 article covered by the bid." 
 
 (g) The reference to gauge numbers and gauges to specify the 
 diameter or thickness in ordering wire, cable, rods, tubes, and 
 sheet metals shall not be made. 
 
 (h) Wires and cables, heretofore specified by gauge numbers, 
 will be specified by the area in circular mils. Solid wire may be 
 specified by the diameter in mils, when desired. 
 
 (*) Rods will be specified by diameter in mils. Tubing will be 
 purchased by outside dimeter in inches and the thickness of the 
 wall will be specified in mils (thousandths of an inch). 
 
 (j) Sheet steel and iron, both black and galvanized, will be pur- 
 chased by weight per square foot. Other sheet metals will be 
 purchased by thickness in mils or by weight per square foot, in 
 accordance with commercial practice. 
 
 (fc) In leaflet and other specifications sheet metals will be speci- 
 fied by thickness in mils or by weight per square foot, or both, as 
 may be necessary. 
 
 Proprietary ar- n\ They shall not call for proprietary articles in any case 
 tides. . * 
 
 where it can possibly be avoided ; and when calling for proprietary 
 
 articles they shall be accompanied by a statement from the officer 
 
 concerned showing clearly why these articles and no others will 
 
513 
 
 answer the necessities of the service. They shall be accompanied 
 by the explanatory letter required by article 1610. The following- 
 named products or manufactures of particular individuals, makers, 
 or proprietors that have been shown by experience to be best 
 suited for the particular service required of them may be desig- 
 nated by brand name or otherwise, according to the practice of 
 the makers or proprietors, viz : All kinds of lubricating oils, 
 packing (including gaskets of all kinds), antifriction metals, 
 fire bricks for boiler furnaces, lagging material for boilers and 
 steam pipes, and boiler-gauge glasses ; but it shall be provided in 
 such requisitions that bids will be considered for articles of 
 different name or brands that can be shown to have proved 
 efficient and satisfactory in naval or commercial use for the pur- 
 pose intended. 
 
 (m) They shall state upon the memorandum copies the esti- Estimated cost, 
 mated cost, giving unit price as well as total amounts. 
 
 (n) They shall state the object for which supplies are needed or Object, 
 the authority for the submission of the requisition; if such is a 
 bureau letter or indorsement or allotment, the date and number 
 shall be given. 
 
 (o) Requisitions for stock shall bear statements showing Certificate of 
 quantities on hand of supplies or articles called for, quantities 8Upp 5 
 used during the preceding six months, and length of time the 
 supplies or articles to be purchased are intended to last. 
 
 (p) All requisitions shall bear the certificate of the supply 
 officer that the articles are not in store and not obtainable under 
 existing contracts within the time specified, or from excess stock 
 at other navy yards, that they are absolutely needed, and that 
 they are required by a date stated. When the supply officer re- 
 ceives a request for the preparation of a requisition on which any 
 of the items can be supplied from articles in store or are due 
 under existing contracts by the time specified he shall imme- 
 diately return it to the officer concerned, with the request that 
 these items be eliminated ; and under no circumstances shall a 
 supply officer prepare a requisition until satisfied that none of 
 the items can be furnished from articles in store or due under 
 existing contracts. 
 
 (q) When a proper comprehension of requisitions necessitates Sketches or 
 sketches or tracings, they shall be appended to the seconds of 
 requisitions. 
 
 (r) The items on a requisition shall be numbered in the left- items num- 
 hand margin, consecutively, without regard to classes. These 
 item numbers shall be used on forms of proposal and orders 
 issued by purchasing officers. 
 
 [Note. — The following instructions shall not apply to the pur- 
 chase of machine tools for navy yard use:] 
 
514 
 
 Partial pay- (s) When the estimated cost and nature of installation war- 
 ments and reser- . . . 
 
 rations. rants such requirements, requisitions should indicate a provision 
 
 for partial payment. Where apparatus is to be tested after in- 
 stallation and should not be finally accepted until after a period 
 of satisfactory service a certain percentage of the contract price 
 should be definitely reserved and period of reservation stated. 
 Guarantee and (#) Contractors should in certain cases be required to repair 
 
 contractor's ha- ,«.•,-_,. 1 j_ - . . -, » j_. ^_ 
 
 bility period. or supply all defective parts for a certain period of time after 
 preliminary acceptance. When circumstances make such a re- 
 quirement desirable it should be stated on the requisition, and 
 the period of contractor's liability definitely stated. 
 Spares. (u) Spare parts will be definitely stated and enumerated, or 
 
 provision will be made to have bidders state the spares they pro- 
 pose to supply. The price of spares will be stated separately from 
 the price of the article, also the itemized price at which spares 
 will be furnished during the three years subsequent to date of 
 contract. 
 Erection and (v) Where apparatus is to be installed or erected by the Govern- 
 ment there should be a requirement for services of an expert to 
 supervise this in all cases where such a course appears necessary 
 or desirable; where pertinent, bidders will be requested to state 
 the exact charge for such services, 
 information as (w) A statement should appear showing clearly where informa- 
 
 anparatuT.* 61 ° f tion as to work concerned can be secured, so that bidders or 
 manufacturers can obtain this information from the proper accred- 
 ited source directly. 
 Drawings. (%) In the case of machinery or apparatus where working or 
 
 finished drawings should be supplied, this will be definitely stated, 
 also whether drawings are to be submitted and approved before 
 work can commence. Where drawings or sketches are referred 
 to, the number or designation and the source will be clearly indi- 
 cated in order that the drawings may be easily identified. When 
 articles are to be made according to a drawing, a Vandyke or 
 tracing will be supplied with four blue-print copies. 
 Specifications, (y) When special specifications accompany the requisition a 
 
 special. Vandyke of such specifications will be supplied or other provisions 
 
 made for obtaining such extra copies as will be needed. 
 Checking with (#) Care must be taken that the requisition does not call for 
 
 arawfngs!° nSaBdmaterials or give dimensions at variance with standard drawings 
 or printed specifications. In other words, the requisition should 
 not show on its face certain dimensions and materials, and then 
 later say to be in accordance with a certain drawing or leaflet 
 specification which shows some other dimensions or materials. 
 
 (3) (a) In order to prevent any further undue accumulation of 
 supplies and materials at the various navy yards and stations, all 
 requisitions for stock supplies and materials whose estimated cost 
 exceeds $1,000, and all requisitions for stock supplies and ma- 
 
515 
 
 terials for which there are no printed leaflet specifications, shall 
 be viseed by the technical yard division before submission to the 
 Paymaster General of the Navy for approval or disapproval ; these 
 requisitions should be signed by the head of a technical division 
 or bear a notation that the requisition was made at the request of 
 the head of a technical division. If these requisitions are not so 
 viseed, they shall be submitted to the Paymaster General of the 
 Navy via the bureaus concerned. The Paymaster General of the 
 Navy shall approve or disapprove, according to his judgment, 
 based on quantities reported to be on hand or available for ship- 
 ment from other yards or stations. 
 
 (b) Other requisitions — that is, those intended to cover pur- 
 chase of supplies or material needed for immediate use or for a 
 specific purpose — shall be submitted to the Bureau of Supplies and 
 Accounts through the bureaus concerned. If in the opinion of the 
 former bureau, any such requisition should not be approved, then 
 the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall so inform the bureau 
 concerned. In the event of failure of the two bureaus to reach 
 an agreement the questions at issue shall be referred to the Sec- 
 retary of the Navy. 
 
 (4) If approved for purchase, the requisition and one memo- 
 randum copy shall be sent to the purchasing officer designated 
 to fill the requisition, who shall retain the memorandum copy as 
 the record of his authority for the action ordered, after satisfy- 
 ing himself that it is a true copy of the original, and shall for- 
 ward the original to the supply officer to be attached to the 
 public bill for the payment involved in instances where a pur- 
 chasing office contract is not involved. When such contract is 
 made, the contract shall be attached to the public bill instead of 
 the requisition. If all of the articles bought under a requisition 
 be not embraced in one public bill, a note shall be made on those 
 vouchers to which the requisition is not appended, stating the 
 dealer's name and the date and amount of the voucher to which 
 the requisition is attached. If all of the articles on a requisition 
 be ordered shipped from one or more yards, the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts shall use the original of the requisition and 
 such memorandum copies as may be necessary in ordering ship- 
 ment, forwarding them to the yards from which shipment is to 
 be made with proper notation thereon indicating the action to be 
 taken. Should the original and all memorandum copies be used 
 the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall advise the supply 
 officer at the yard from which the requisition emanates as to 
 the action taken. The original of a requisition advertised by the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall be returned to the yard 
 concerned with a statement of the action taken. The third memo- 
 randum copy of each requisition shall be filed in the Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts for reference. 
 
516 
 
 Return of req- (5) Upon the return of a requisition showing definite action 
 
 uisition and ac- , ,, „. , .„ m , 
 
 tion of snpply of- thereon the supply officer shall notify the officer concerned of the 
 
 flcer " action taken, without delay, and upon the receipt of a notice 
 
 from a purchasing officer or the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts 
 
 that an order for the delivery of articles on such requisition has 
 
 been placed or a written contract entered into, the supply officer 
 
 shall notify the officer concerned of the name of the contractor 
 
 and the date that delivery is due. 
 
 (6) In emergencies, of which the commandant shall be the 
 judge, articles needed for immediate use may be purchased by 
 the purchasing officer in advance of bureau approval. The requisi- 
 tion and necessary memorandum copies thereof shall be forwarded 
 to the purchasing officer for action and further reference to the 
 bureau concerned for formal approval and transmission to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for approval and return to the 
 purchasing office concerned. In cases where the amount involved 
 exceeds $500, the purchasing officer shall submit with the requi- 
 sition a list of bidders and a statement of the reasons for making 
 award or awards, as the case may be. In this event the requi- 
 sition and statement shall be submitted direct to the bureau con- 
 cerned for approval and reference to the department for its ap- 
 proval and further transmission to the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
 counts for its action. A statement that purchase has been author- 
 ized in advance of bureau approval shall be placed on the original 
 of the requisition and on all memorandum copies by the com- 
 mandant. 
 
 (7) Every emergency contract for services or material shall fix 
 a maximum amount beyond which contractual liability will not 
 be incurred. 
 
 1608. 
 
 pli?s edlCal SnP " For su PP lies pertaining to the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
 gery, requisitions shall be made by medical officers and sent to 
 that bureau. If approved for purchase, the requisition shall be 
 transmitted to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for fulfill- 
 ment. 
 
 1609. 
 
 Standard sped- Requisitions for materials for which standard specifications 
 adhered to. have been adopted shall adhere strictly to such specifications. 
 Should it be found necessary to modify standard specifications, 
 reasons for such modification shall be stated, and, except in urgent 
 cases, the requisition and reasons for modification shall be sub- 
 mitted to the bureau concerned. 
 
 1610. 
 
 Proprietary T n submitting requisitions calling for any proprietary article, 
 and also in the case of open-purchase requisitions of a total esti- 
 
517 
 
 mated cost of $500 or over, information shall be forwarded by 
 letter showing the following: The necessity for purchase without 
 newspaper advertisement; the reason why the article, if pro- 
 prietary, and no other, will meet the requirements of the service. 
 The letter should also show, in regard to open-purchase requisi- 
 tions, the reasons making it impossible to anticipate the need for 
 the material in sufficient time to permit of newspaper advertise- 
 ment, or why newspaper advertisement is impracticable. If such 
 requisitions are submitted in connection with authorized work, 
 the authority and date of the authorization of the work in ques- 
 tion should be stated, both in the requisition and in the above 
 letter. In preparing requisitions, two months should ordinarily 
 be allowed as the time required for newspaper advertisement 
 from the time the requisition is received in the bureau to the 
 date contract is awarded. The handling of requisitions of this 
 nature will be facilitated if full and explicit reasons are given for 
 making the requisition in question proprietary or open purchase. 
 
 Section 4. — Inspections. 
 
 1611. 
 
 (1) When supplies are received on account of orders or con- guJpf^rccefvecL 
 tracts calling for inspection at the yard, or where the factory 
 inspection has not been provided for, the supply officer shall 
 immediately issue call for their inspection, and it shall be the 
 
 duty of the commandant to see that the inspections are made 
 without delay and by duly designated inspecting officers. 
 
 (2) Where material has been inspected as to quality, prior to 
 its delivery, by a duly authorized inspector, further inspections at 
 the navy yard shall be confined to ascertaining whether the full 
 amount has been delivered in good condition and without sub- 
 stitution. 
 
 1612. 
 
 (1) The inspection of material, entering a naval station through Calls for in- 
 the supply officer, shall be made by officers attached to the indus- spec on8# 
 trial, public works, or supply departments.. 
 
 (2) Heads of yard departments and divisions and inspectors 
 shall send to the commandant weekly a report of calls not acted 
 upon, with explanations of the reasons for delay in each case. 
 
 (3) The engineer officer, construction officer, public works 
 officer, supply officer, or inspecting officers, as the case may be, 
 shall be responsible for the inspection of supplies submitted under 
 Article 1611. In the discharge of this duty he may request the 
 detail of such persons as may be deemed best qualified for the 
 work. At all inspections a representative of the supply officer 
 
 183841°— 20 34 
 
518 
 
 shall be present to give any pertinent information that may be 
 desired, and it shall be the duty of the supply officer or his repre- 
 sentative to bring to the attention of the inspecting officers any 
 facts that may aid in the protection of the public interests. 
 
 (4) The inspecting officer of the supply department mentioned 
 in paragraphs 1, 2, and 3 shall inspect only textiles, foodstuffs, 
 china, glass, silver-plated ware, office supplies, and other articles 
 of minor importance pertaining to that department. 
 
 1613. 
 
 Inspection of (1) Supplies for a ship obtained by requisition upon a supply 
 
 ered 1! direct e iy X on officer asnore > if delivered alongside by terms of the purchase 
 
 board ship. before inspection, shall be inspected as provided in Article 1400, 
 
 and a report, in duplicate, of such inspection shall immediately 
 
 be forwarded by the inspecting officer of the ship to the supply 
 
 officer upon whom requisition for the supplies was made. 
 
 (2) Commanding officers shall see that all such inspection 
 reports have been forwarded before sailing. 
 
 1614. 
 
 Articles manu- (i) Articles manufactured in the various navy yards shall 
 yards. not be required to pass other inspection, but shall be received into 
 
 store by the supply officers after the invoices therefor have been 
 verified. 
 
 Records. (2) The heads of yard departments shall keep such records 
 
 as will enable them quickly to supply accurate information regard- 
 ing all inspections made by them. 
 
 1615. 
 
 Chemists. (i) ^ navy yards and naval establishments the general 
 
 chemical laboratory and the chemists and assistants employed 
 therein shall be a part of the supply department for general 
 service to all departments of the yard or station. This provision 
 shall not apply to chemists at the several ordnance plants, at the 
 engineering experiment station at Annapolis, in offices of in- 
 spectors of material, nor to metallurgists in physical testing rooms 
 at navy yards outside of the general chemical laboratory. 
 Order of chem- (2) Officers making inspections requiring chemical tests as part 
 ical tests. thereof shall send suitable samples to the chemist direct, who 
 
 shall proceed with such tests in the order in which the samples 
 are received, except in urgent cases which require immediate 
 attention. The chemist's reports of analysis shall be made di- 
 rectly to the inspecting officer of the division making the request 
 for analysis. 
 
519 
 
 1616. 
 
 The inspection of medicines and other supplies pertaining to medK^supplies. 
 the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery shall be made by the medical 
 officer in charge, or by a junior medical officer under his direction. 
 
 Section 5. — Public Bills. 
 
 1617. 
 
 Public bills for deliveries accepted shall be prepared and f or- be J^pM^dStt 
 warded without delay by the supply officer of the yard concerned oat delay, 
 in order that dealers may have no occasion to address letters of 
 inquiry or complaint to the department. 
 
 Section 6. — Commissary Store. 
 1618. 
 
 (1) Officers and enlisted men of the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Persons »u- 
 
 tliorizcil to ns© 
 
 and Coast Guard, officers of the Public Health Service, both active 
 and retired, members of the Nurse Corps (Female), and members 
 of the Naval Reserve Force on active duty who are either sta- 
 tioned or living in the immediate vicinity of the city where the 
 commissary stores are established are authorized to make pur- 
 chases from the commissary store. Families of officers and en- 
 listed men who are on duty away from the vicinity of the stores 
 are entitled to the same privileges if residing in the vicinity of the 
 stores. All such purchases shall be confined to tne needs of their 
 immediate families. Purchases of apparently excessive quantities 
 of provisions by officers and enlisted men living at hotels or 
 boarding houses will not be permitted. 
 
 (2) All applications for the privilege of purchasing from the 
 commissary store will be made in writing to the officer in charge, 
 who will satisfy himself that the applicant is entitled to the 
 privilege. As a means of identification, a permit will be issued to 
 those allowed the use of the store. A permit is nontransferable, 
 and the person to whom a permit is issued will be responsible for 
 any purchases made on its presentation. The number of the 
 permit and the address of the person to whom issued will be 
 recorded. The officer in charge will cause to be investigated all 
 excessive purchases and will satisfy himself that only those 
 entitled to the privilege of the store are being supplied. 
 
 (3) Purchases will be made in person or upon the written re- 
 quest of those entitled to the privilege. Sales will be made to 
 purchasers for cash or credit, as the officer in charge may decide, 
 or as circumstances may require, at such prices as may be deemed 
 
520 
 
 for the interests of the Government. For the information of 
 purchasers, circulars containing the list of articles carried in stock, 
 together with price list and instructions governing the conduct of 
 the commissary store, will be issued by the officer in charge. Price 
 lists will be furnished only to those authorized to make purchases. 
 
 (4) Accounts will be closed on the last day of each month and 
 payment required by the 10th of the following month. Payment 
 will be made in cash, by post-office money order, or by check drawn 
 on a bank located in the city where the commissary store is 
 established. Indorsed checks will not be received. Failure to 
 make prompt payment will result in the suspension of the indi- 
 viduals concerned of the privilege of the store until all indebted- 
 ness is paid. A second failure to make prompt payment will be 
 made the subject of a special report to the Navy Department. 
 
 (5) No deliveries of articles purchased from the commissary 
 store will be made beyond the delivery limits established by the 
 commandant. Shipment by freight, express, and parcel post is 
 strictly prohibited. 
 
 (6) Commissary stores will be closed for the purpose of inven- 
 tory for such period at the end of each quarter as the officer in 
 charge finds necessary. 
 
 1619. 
 
 Beqnisitlons. (i) Requisitions for all articles for sale and for use in com- 
 missary stores, except provisions and clothing and small stores 
 procurable by transfer from supply officers, will be submitted to 
 the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (2) In fixing the prices to be charged for articles carried for 
 sale, except clothing and small stores, which will be sold at their 
 fixed price, a sufficient addition will be made to the cost to cover 
 losses and the value of all articles used in conducting the store. 
 
 (3) All articles received by transfer or purchase for use in con- 
 ducting the store will be chargeable against the current appro- 
 priation for " Provisions, Navy," and will be accounted for in 
 the accounts and on the returns the same as other articles. 
 
 (4) All losses from deterioration or other causes will be made 
 the subject of a report of survey. 
 
 1620. • 
 
 Funds. (1) All funds received from sales in the commissary store will 
 
 be turned over at least twice a month to the disbursing officer of 
 the yard as transfer of funds, that officer to take up same in 
 his account as a " transfer " from the officer in charge and de- 
 posit the same to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States 
 under " General account of advances." The credit to " Provi- 
 sions, Navy," will be made by the Auditor for the Navy Depart- 
 ment in settlement of the account of the officer in charge. 
 
 i 
 
521 
 
 (2) The total amount received from sales in the commissary 
 store during a quarter and the total amount transferred to the 
 disbursing officer of the yard will be taken up and expended on 
 the quarterly accounts current forwarded by the officer in charge 
 of the store to the Auditor for the Navy Department and the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (3) Officers in charge of commissary stores are not disbursing 
 officers and will make no disposition of funds received from sales 
 in the commissary store other than that directed in the preced- 
 ing article. 
 
 1621. 
 
 (1) The following permanent records will be kept by officers Records, 
 in charge of commissary stores : 
 
 Receiving book. 
 Bill book. 
 Stock account. 
 
 Record of cash register receipts. 
 
 Record of payments received on account of charged ac- 
 counts. 
 Cashbook. 
 Permit register. 
 
 (2) The receiving book will show the date, quantity, and articles 
 of all receipts. The bill book will show the date of each dealer's 
 bill, the name of dealer, the amount of bill, and the number and 
 date of public bill drawn in payment of same. The stock account 
 will show the quantity and value of all receipts and expenditures 
 and the balance per inventory under each article. The record 
 of cash register receipts will show the amount of the daily re- 
 ceipts from that source. The record of payments received on 
 account of charged accounts will show date of payment, name 
 of customer, number and month of bill for which payment is 
 made, amount received, and whether in cash or by check. The 
 cashbook will show under the head of " receipts " the total daily 
 receipts per cash register and the total daily receipts of pay- 
 ments received on account of charged accounts, and under the 
 head of " expenditures " the date, name of disbursing officer of 
 yard, and amount turned over in accordance with article 1620 
 (1). The permit register will show number, date, and the name 
 and address of the holder of each permit issued. 
 
 (3) Officers in charge of commissary stores will forward to 
 the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts quarterly a balance sheet, 
 together with an abstract of receipts and abstract of expenditures 
 and a certified inventory, prepared on S. and A. Forms Nos. 142, 
 147, and 143, respectively; also vouchers to substantiate each 
 receipt and expenditure, except sales. 
 
CHAPTER 44. 
 
 APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND RETIREMENTS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1631-1649. Appointments. 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1650-1664. Promotions. 
 Sec. 3.— Art. 1665-1671. Retirements. 
 
 Section 1. — Appointments. 
 1631. 
 
 (1) No person shall be appointed to any office in the Navy un- Appointments 
 less he is a citizen of the United States nor until he shall have examination, 
 passed a physical, a mental, and a professional examination. ( See 
 
 sec. 1428, R. S.) 
 
 (2) The physical examination shall precede the mental and 
 professional, and if a candidate be physically unfit he shall not be 
 examined otherwise. 
 
 (3) The oath to be taken by any person appointed to any office 
 of honor or profit in the naval service shall be as prescribed in 
 section 1757 of the Revised Statutes. (Act of May 13, 1884.) 
 
 (4) Each candidate shall, before appointment, be required to 
 submit, in addition to his sworn statement, satisfactory proof of 
 citizenship, which proof will be filed with the record of his exami- 
 nation. 
 
 1632. 
 
 (1) Appointments to the lowest grade of the line of the Navy Appointments 
 shall be made from those midshipmen who successfully complete ln line of NaTy ' 
 the prescribed course at the Naval Academy, and in each calendar 
 
 year not more than twelve from the chief boatswains, chief gun- 
 ners, chief machinists, boatswains, gunners, and machinists of the 
 Navy. (Acts of June 26, 1884, Mar. 3, 1903, and Mar. 3, 1909.) 
 
 (2) No commissioned warrant officer or warrant officer shall be 
 appointed an ensign who is over thirty-five years of age ; who has 
 served less than four years as a warrant officer ; who is not recom- 
 mended by a commanding officer under whom he has served ; nor 
 until he shall have passed such competitive examination as may be 
 prescribed by the Navy Department. (Acts of Mar. 3, 1901, and 
 Apr. 27, 1904.) 
 
 (523) 
 
524 
 
 1633. 
 
 Engineering (i) The Secretary of the Navy is hereby authorized to appoint 
 annually in the line of the Navy for a period of ten years, follow- 
 ing the passage of this Act, in the order of merit determined by 
 such competitive examination as he may prescribe, thirty acting 
 ensigns for the performance of engineering duties only. 
 
 (2) Persons so appointed must have received a degree of me- 
 chanical or electrical engineer from a college or university of high 
 standing or be graduates of technical schools approved by the 
 Secretary of the Navy, must have been found physically qualified 
 by a board of medical officers of the Navy for the performance 
 of the duties required, and must at the time of appointment be not 
 less than twenty nor more than twenty-six years of age. 
 
 (3) Such appointments shall be for a probationary period of 
 three years, and may be revoked at any time by the Secretary of 
 the Navy. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1634. 
 
 Aeronautic (i) The Secretary of the Navy is hereby authorized to appoint 
 annually in the line of the Navy and the Marine Corps for a 
 period of two years, following the passage of this act, in order 
 of merit as determined by such competitive examinations as he 
 may prescribe, 15 acting ensigns or acting second lieutenants for 
 the performance of aeronautic duties only. 
 
 (2) Persons so appointed must be citizens of the United States, 
 and may be appointed from warrant officers or enlisted men of the 
 naval service or from civil life, and must, at the time of appoint- 
 ment, be not less than 18 nor more than 24 years of age. 
 
 (3) No person shall be so appointed until he has been found 
 physically qualified by a board of medical officers of the Navy 
 for the performance of the duties required. 
 
 (4) The number of such appointments to the line of the Navy 
 and of the Marine Corps shall be in the proportion decided for 
 the regular services. Such appointments shall be for a proba- 
 tionary period of three years and may be revoked at any time by 
 the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (5) Student fliers who have qualified as aviators under the 
 provisions of this act shall be commissioned acting ensigns for 
 aeronautic duties only, after three years' service : Provided, They 
 shall have been examined by a board of officers of the Naval 
 Flying Corps to determine by a competitive examination pre- 
 scribed by the Secretary of the Navy their moral, physical, and 
 professional fitness and the order of rank in which they shall be 
 commissioned. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
525 
 
 1635. 
 
 (1) Vacancies in the grade of second lieutenant in the Marine. Appointments 
 ~ « . „., ,. in Marine Corps. 
 
 Corps shall be filled as follows : 
 
 First. As far as practicable from graduates of the Naval 
 Academy each year on completing the prescribed course at the 
 Naval Academy. No midshipman at the Naval Academy, or 
 cadet at the Military Academy, who fails to graduate therefrom 
 shall be eligible for appointment as a commissioned officer in the 
 Marine Corps until after the graduation of the class of which 
 he was a member. 
 
 Second. From meritorious noncommissioned officers of the Ma- 
 rine Corps. 
 
 Third. From civil life. Appointees from noncommissioned offi- 
 cers and from civil life must, when appointed, be between the age 
 of 21 and 27 years, and 20 and 25 years, respectively. But, in 
 the cases of former officers of the Marine Corps, who resigned 
 in good standing, the Secretary of the Navy may waive the age 
 limit: Provided, That the prior service of such officers and the 
 service after reinstatement shall be not less than 30 years before 
 the age of retirement. 
 
 (2) Appointments from noncommissioned officers of the Marine 
 Corps and from civil life shall be for a probationary period of 
 two years, and may be revoked at any time during that period 
 by the Secretary of the Navy. The rank of such officers of the 
 same date of appointment among themselves at the end of said 
 probationary period shall, with the approval of the Secretary of 
 the Navy, be determined by the report of a board of marine 
 officers who shall conduct a competitive professional examination 
 under such rules as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the 
 Navy, and the rank of such offcers so determined shall be as of 
 date of original appointment with reference to other appoint- 
 ments to the Marine Corps. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 (3) As to appointees for aeronautic duties only see 1658 (4). 
 
 1636. 
 
 (1) No further permanent appointments shall be made in any Appointments 
 grade in any staff department of the Marine Corps. stiff? "* C ° rpS 
 
 (2) Any vacancy hereafter occurring in the lower grade of 
 any staff department shall be filled by the detail of an officer of 
 the line for a period of four years unless sooner relieved. 
 
 (3) Any vacancy hereafter occurring in the upper grade of any 
 staff department shall be filled by the appointment of an officer 
 with the rank of colonel holding a permanent appointment in the 
 staff department in which the vacancy exists, or of some other 
 officer holding a permanent appointment in such staff department 
 
526 
 
 in case there be no permanent staff officer with the rank of colonel 
 in that department, or of a colonel of the line in case there be 
 no officer holding a permanent appointment in such staff depart- 
 ment. 
 
 (4) Such appointments shall be made by the President and be 
 for a term of four years, and the officer so appointed shall be 
 recommissioned in the grade to which appointed. (Act of Aug. 
 29, 1916.) 
 
 1637. 
 
 midshipmen^ ° f ^ The assi S nmen t of midshipmen to the line of the Navy upon 
 graduation will be made by the Secretary of the Navy, upon the 
 recommendation of the Academic Board from the graduates of the 
 year. They take rank in the order of merit as determined at the 
 Naval Academy. 
 
 (2) The assignment of midshipmen to the Supply Corps of the 
 Navy or to the Marine Corps on the completion of the prescribed 
 course at the Naval Academy will be made each year by the Sec- 
 retary of the Navy, upon the recommendation of the Academic 
 Board, from the graduates of that year who request such assign- 
 ment. The officers so assigned shall take rank in the order of 
 merit as determined at the academy. 
 
 1638. 
 
 Candidates for (i) Appointees to the grade of assistant surgeon shall be be- 
 
 o. s s I s t n ii t sur* # 
 
 geon. tween the ages of 21 and 32 at the time of appointment. (Act 
 
 of Aug. 29, 1916.) Their physical, moral, mental, and professional 
 
 qualifications shall be decided upon by a board of medical officers. 
 
 (2) Acting assistant surgeons may be appointed for temporary 
 
 service after such examination as the Secretary of the Navy may 
 
 prescribe. 
 
 1639. 
 
 Assistant den- (l) a candidate for the office of assistant dental surgeon must 
 
 till sur8T£on 
 
 be not less than 21 nor more than 32 years of age. He must be 
 a graduate of a standard medical or dental college and trained 
 in the several branches of dentistry. His physical, moral, mental, 
 and professional qualifications shall be decided upon by a board 
 of medical officers. 
 
 (2) The professional board shall consist of one medical officer, 
 who shall be senior member thereof, and two officers of the 
 dental corps. 
 
 (3) Permission to appear for examination for appointment in 
 the Dental Corps must be obtained by application to the Bureau 
 of Navigation through the Surgeon General. (Act of Aug. 29, 
 1916.) 
 
527 
 
 1640. 
 
 (1) A candidate from civil life for original appointment to the Candidates for 
 
 assistant paynias- 
 Supply Corps of the Navy must be not less than 21 nor more than ter. 
 
 26 years of age. His physical, mental, and moral qualifications 
 
 shall be decided upon by a board of officers of the Supply Corps. 
 
 (2) The physical examination of the candidates shall be con- 
 ducted by a board of medical officers, who shall report the result 
 thereof to the board of officers of the Supply Corps, certifying as to 
 the physical qualifications of the candidate for appointment as 
 assistant paymaster, and such report shall form a part of the 
 record of said board of officers of the Supply Corps. 
 
 (3) A chief pay clerk or pay clerk who is a candidate must be 
 between the ages 21 and 35. He shall fulfill such requirements as 
 the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe. 
 
 1641. 
 
 (1) A candidate for the office of chaplain must be not less Candidates for 
 than 21 nor more than 35 years of age at the time of his appoint- 
 ment. He must be a regularly ordained minister of good stand- 
 ing in his denomination. His moral character, general fitness, 
 
 and experience shall be established to the satisfaction of a board 
 of chaplains, which shall conduct a written examination to deter- 
 mine his mental attainments. The physical examination of the 
 candidate shall be conducted by a board of medical officers. 
 
 (2) Original appointments shall be made to the grade of act- 
 ing chaplain after such examination as may be prescribed by the 
 Secretary of the Navy, and while so serving acting chaplains 
 shall have the rank of lieutenant (junior grade). 
 
 (3) After three years' sea service on board ship each acting 
 chaplain before receiving a commission in the Navy shall estab- 
 lish to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Navy by examina- 
 tion by a board of chaplains and medical officers of the Navy his 
 physical, mental, moral, and professional fitness to perform the 
 duties of chaplain in the Navy with the rank of lieutenant (junior 
 grade). 
 
 (4) If any acting chaplain shall fail on the examinations herein 
 prescribed he shall be honorably discharged from the naval serv- 
 ice, and the appointment of any acting chaplain may be revoked 
 at any time in the discretion of the Secretary of the Navy. (Act 
 of June 30, 1914.) 
 
 1642. 
 
 (1) Ensigns who show aptitude for the professions of naval Ensigns for 
 
 ^ naval construc- 
 
 architecture or civil engineering may be selected by the Secretary tion or civil en- 
 of the Navy for such postgraduate education as will fit them for s ineerin &- 
 
528 
 
 said professions and for appointment as assistant naval con- 
 structors or assistant civil engineers, respectively. 
 
 (2) Hereafter ensigns of not less than one year's service as 
 such shall be eligible for transfer to the construction corps. (Act 
 of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1643. 
 
 Candidates for a candidate from civil life for the office of assistant civil engineer 
 engineer. C V must be not less than 22 nor more than 30 years of age, must be 
 a graduate in engineering from a technical school or university 
 of approved standing, and must show evidence that he is proficient 
 in the practice of his profession. He shall be required to pass a 
 physical examination and such mental and professional examina- 
 tions as the Secretary of the Navy may direct. (Art. 1642.) 
 
 1644. 
 
 Appointment of (1) Appointments as warrant officers shall be made only after 
 warrant officers, competitive professional examination before boards consisting 
 of at least three commissioned officers, from candidates who fulfill 
 all requirements prescribed by the Navy Department. 
 
 (2) The qualifications to be possessed by candidates for appoint- 
 ment as warrant officers shall be prescribed by the Bureau of 
 Navigation after consultation with other bureaus concerned. The 
 Bureau of Navigation shall determine the time and manner of 
 holding examinations for warrant officers. 
 
 (3) Chief pay clerks, pay clerks, and acting pay clerks will 
 be required to furnish bond for the faithful performance of their 
 duties in the sum of $5,000, and will be responsible under said 
 bond for all money and stores in their custody. 
 
 1645. 
 
 Appointment Warrant officers and pay clerks of the Marine Corps will be 
 of warrant offi- . , , . , , ., , , I\ \7' . 
 
 cers and pay appointed in such manner as may be prescribed by law after their 
 
 Corp8 kS ' MariMe qualifications have been established in such manner as the Secre- 
 tary of the Navy may prescribe. 
 
 1646. 
 
 Persons not Any person who fails to present himself for examination after 
 ive e s n for g exanU." having obtained permissic 
 nation. feited his right to appear. 
 
 seh S es n for g exam£ having obtained permission shall be considered as having for 
 
 1647. 
 
 Penalty for Any candidate who gives a false certificate of age, time of serv- 
 tificatcs^etc. Cer " ice ' or character, or makes a false statement to a board of examin- 
 ers, shall be regarded as disqualified. 
 
529 
 
 1648. 
 
 Every person, on receiving an appointment from the Navy De- Acceptance and 
 
 oath. 
 
 partment to any office in the Navy, shall immediately forward a 
 letter of acceptance, together with the oath of office duly signed 
 and certified. 
 
 1649. 
 
 (1) The Nurse Corps (female) shall consist of one superintend- / f ^"f Corps 
 ent, appointed by the Secretary of the Navy, whose term of office 
 
 may be terminated at his discretion ; and of as many chief nurses, 
 nurses, and reserve nurses as may be needed. 
 
 (2) The superintendent of the Nurse Corps, under the direction peni'tendent. *"" 
 of the Surgeon General, shall have general supervision of the 
 
 corps, and her duties and the duties of chief nurses and nurses 
 shall be as prescribed by the Surgeon General. All members of 
 the Nurse Corps (Female) shall be eligible for duty at naval 
 hospitals and on board of hospital and ambulance ships, and for 
 such special duty as may be deemed necessary by the Surgeon 
 General of the Navy. All details for duty in the Nurse Corps 
 shall be made by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, except in 
 the case of details involving travel, all orders for which shall be 
 submitted to the Bureau of Navigation. Reserve nurses may be 
 assigned to active duty when the necessities of the service demand. 
 
 (3) All nurses in the corps shall be appointed, or removed, by Appointments, 
 the Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary of the 
 
 Navy. They shall be graduates of not less than two years. The 
 appointment of superintendent, chief nurses, nurses, and reserve 
 nurses shall be subject to an examination as to their professional, 
 moral, mental, and physical fitness. 
 
 (4) Nurses are forbidden to receive presents from patients or Not to receive 
 from relatives or friends of patients for services rendered when 
 
 on duty. (Act of May 13, 1908.) 
 
 (5) The authority of a nurse, necessary for the performance of Authority of. 
 duty to which she may he assigned, shall be duly recognized and 
 
 enforced. 
 
 Section 2. — Promotions. 
 
 1650. 
 
 All officers of the Navy, to be eligible for promotion, shall pass Officers of the 
 such professional, moral, mental, and physical examination as the avy * 
 Secretary of the Navy may from time to time prescribe. (Sees. 
 1493-1510, R. S.) 
 
 1651. 
 
 (1) Promotions to every grade of commissioned officers in the Officers of the 
 Marine Corps below the grade of commandant shall be made in the MarIne Cor i>s. 
 
530 
 
 same manner and under the same conditions as now are or may 
 hereafter be prescribed, in pursuance of law, for commissioned 
 officers of the Army. (Act of July 28, 1892.) All advancements 
 in rank to captain, major, lieutenant colonel, and colonel shall, 
 subject to the usual examination, be made from officers with the 
 next junior respective rank, whether of the line or staff, in the 
 order in which their names appear on said list. (Act of Aug. 
 29, 1916.) Examinations for promotion of officers of the Marine 
 Corps are conducted in accordance with provisions of law pre- 
 scribed for commissioned officers of the Army, in effect August 
 29, 1916. 
 
 (2) When the candidate holds the rank of lieutenant colonel or 
 below, the board shall examine and report upon (a) his mental 
 and physical, (7>) his moral, and (c) his professional fitness for 
 promotion, provided that " examinations of officers in the grades 
 of major and lieutenant colonel shall be confined to problems in- 
 volving the higher functions of staff duties and command." (39 
 Stat, 1S3.) 
 
 (3) When the candidate holds the rank of colonel, he shall be 
 subject only to " physical, mental, and moral examination." (Act 
 of Mar. 3, 1899, 30 Stat., 1009, as affected by act of June 3, 1916, 
 39 Stat., 183.) 
 
 1653. 
 
 Promotion in (i) Hereafter the total number of commissioned officers of the 
 
 the line of the 
 
 Na?y. active list of the line of the Navy, exclusive of commissioned 
 
 warrant officers, shall be 4 per cent of the total authorized en- 
 listed strength of the active list, exclusive of the Hospital Corps, 
 prisoners undergoing sentence of discharge, enlisted men detailed 
 for duty with the Naval Militia, and the Flying Corps. 
 Total officers. (2) The total number of commissioned line officers on the 
 active list at any one time, exclusive of commissioned warrant 
 officers, shall be distributed in the proportion of 1 of the grade 
 of rear admiral to 4 in the grade of captain, to 7 in the grade 
 of commander, to 14 in the grade of lieutenant commander, to 
 32£ in the grade of lieutenant, to 41£ in the grade of lieutenant 
 (junior grade) and ensign, inclusive. 
 Lientenants (3) Lieutenants (junior grade) shall have not less than three 
 
 (junior grade). 
 
 years' service in that grade before being eligible for promotion 
 to the grade of lieutenant. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 Ensigns. (4) Officers, after performing three years service in the grade 
 
 of ensign, shall, after passing the examinations now required 
 by law, be eligible to promotion to the grade of lieutenant (junior 
 grade). (Act of Mar. 3, 1899.) 
 
 Determination (5) To determine the authorized number of officers in the 
 
 of number in , ,,„.,. , „ 
 
 grades. various grades and ranks of the line and of the staff corps, com- 
 
 putations shall be made by the Secretary of the Navy semiannu- 
 
531 
 
 ally, as of July 1 and January 1 of each year, and the resulting 
 numbers in the various grades and ranks, as so computed, shall 
 be held and considered for all purposes as the authorized number 
 of officers in such various grades and ranks and shall not be 
 varied between such dates. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1654. 
 
 All promotions to the grades of commander, captain, and rear- B ? selection. 
 admiral of the line of the Navy, including the promotion of those 
 captains, commanders, and lieutenant commanders who are, or 
 may be carried on the Navy list as additional to the numbers of 
 such grades, shall be by selection only from the next lower re- 
 spective grade upon the recommendation of a board of naval 
 officers as herein provided. 
 
 1655. 
 
 (1) The board shall consist of nine rear admirals on the active Board of selec- 
 
 tion, 
 list of the line of the Navy not restricted by law to the perform- 
 ance of shore duty only, and shall be appointed by the Secretary 
 of the Navy and convened during the month of December of 
 each year and as soon after the first day of the month as practi- 
 cable. 
 
 (2) Each member of said board shall swear or affirm, that he 0ath « 
 will, without prejudice or partiality, and having in view solely 
 
 the special fitness of officers and the efficiency of the naval service, 
 perform the duties imposed upon him as herein provided. 
 
 (3) The board shall be furnished by the Secretary of the Navy ni he? b Cle |ecre^ 
 with the number of vacancies in the grades of rear admiral, cap- tary of the Navy. 
 tain, and commander to be filled during the following calendar 
 
 year, including the vacancies existing at the time of the conven- 
 ing of the board and those that will occur by operation of law 
 from the date of convening until the end of the next calendar 
 year, and with the names of all officers who are eligible for 
 consideration for selection as herein authorized, together with 
 the record of each officer. 
 
 (4) Any officer eligible for consideration for selection shall ha ^ c r e i r8 n ^ l8rlble 
 have the right to forward through official channels at any time 
 
 not later than ten days after the convening of said board, a 
 written communication inviting attention to any matter of record 
 in the Navy Department concerning himself which he deems im- 
 portant in the consideration of his case. 
 
 (5) Such communication shall not contain any reflection upon w< £j ™ J" JJ™ "j J*" 
 the character, conduct, or motives of or criticism of any officer, officers. 
 
 (6) No captain, commander, or lieutenant commander who shall Service in 
 
 grade, 
 have had less than four years' service in the grade in which he 
 
 is serving on November 30 of the year of the convening of the 
 
 board shall be eligible for consideration by the board. 
 
532 
 
 Officers of (7) The recommendation of the board in the case of officers 
 former Engineer 
 Corps. of the former Engineer Corps who are restricted by law to the 
 
 performance of shore duty only, and in that of officers who may 
 
 hereafter be assigned to engineering duty only, shall be based upon 
 
 their comparative fitness for the duties prescribed for them by 
 
 law. Upon promotion they shall be carried as additional numbers 
 
 in grade. 
 
 infndSd? 1 rCC ° m " (8) The board sha11 recommend for promotion a number of 
 officers in each grade equal to the number of vacancies to be 
 filled in the next higher grade during the following calendar year. 
 Totes required. ^ No gi cer g^all be recommended for promotion unless he 
 shall have received the recommendation of not less than six 
 members of said board. 
 
 bo^rd POr * °* ^^ The re P° rt of tne board shall be in writing signed by all 
 of the members and shall certify that the board has carefully 
 considered the case of every officer eligible for consideration un- 
 der the provisions of this law, and that in the opinion of at least- 
 six of the members, the officers therein recommended are the best 
 fitted of all those under consideration to assume the duties of 
 the next higher grade, except that the recommendation of the 
 board in the case of officers of the former Engineer Corps who 
 are restricted by law to the performance of shore duty only, and 
 in that of officers who may hereafter be assigned to engineering 
 duty only, shall be based upon their comparative fitness for the 
 duties prescribed for them by law. 
 Submitted to (11) The report of the board shall be submitted to the Presi- 
 
 jPrcsifSont 
 
 dent for approval or disapproval. 
 
 Action fey Presi- (12) In case any officer or officers recommended bv the board 
 dent. 
 
 are not acceptable to the President, the board shall be informed 
 of the name of such officer or officers, and shall recommend a num- 
 ber of officers equal to the number of those found not acceptable 
 to the President, and if necessary shall be reconvened for this 
 purpose. 
 
 Seaiority in (13) When the report of the board shall have been approved 
 by the President, the officers recommended therein shall be 
 deemed eligible for selection, and if promoted shall take rank 
 with one another in accordance with their seniority in the grade 
 from which promoted. 
 
 Examinations. (14) Any officers so selected shall, prior to promotion, be sub- 
 ject in all respects to the examinations prescribed by law for 
 officers promoted by seniority, and in case of failure to pass the 
 required professional examination such officer shall thereafter 
 be ineligible for selection and promotion. 
 amination. 111 6X " ^) Should any officer fail to pass the required physical 
 examination he shall not be considered, in the event of retirement, 
 entitled to the rank of the next higher grade. 
 
533 
 
 (16) On an after June 30, 1920, no captain, commander, or Sea service, 
 lieutenant commander shall be promoted unless he has had not 
 
 less than two years' actual sea service on seagoing ships in the 
 grade in which serving or who is more than 56, 50, or 45 years 
 of age, respectively. 
 
 (17) The qualification of sea service shall not apply to officers Sea service en- 
 restricted to the performance of engineering duty only. (Act of only. 
 
 Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1656. 
 
 (1) Such officers of the line of the Navy not below the grade Officers, engi- 
 of lieutenant, who have been assigned to engineering duty onlyJ n J" ng dutlfs 
 shall retain their place with respect to other line officers in the 
 
 grades they now or may hereafter occupy, and also the right to 
 succession to command on shore in accordance with their seniority. 
 
 (2) They shall be promoted as vacancies occur subject to 
 physical examination and to such examination in engineering as 
 the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1657. 
 
 Acting ensigns, appointed for the performance of engineering en ^ i c ^°^.^ n , si | i n t s ' 
 duties only, shall upon the completion of the probationary period only, 
 of three years, of which two years shall have been spent on board 
 cruising vessels and one year pursuing a course of instruction at 
 the Naval Academy prescribed by the Secretary of the Navy, 
 be commissioned in the grade of lieutenant of the junior grade 
 after satisfactorily passing such examination as may be pre- 
 scribed by the Secretary of the Navy, and having been recom- 
 mended for promotion by the examining board and found physi- 
 cally qualified by a board of medical officers of the Navy. Such 
 officers shall thereafter be required to perform engineering duties 
 only, and shall be eligible for advancement to the higher grades 
 in the manner herein provided for line officers assigned to engi- 
 neering duties only. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1658. 
 
 (1) Acting ensigns of the Navy and acting second lieutenants of Acting ensigns 
 the Marine Corps, appointed for the performance of aeronautic tenanff^iarfne 
 duties only shall, upon completion of the probationary period aeronautics, 
 of three years, be appointed acting lieutenants of the junior grade, 
 or acting first lieutenants, respectively, by the Secretary of the 
 Navy for the performance of aeronautic duties only, after sat- 
 isfactorily passing such examinations as he may prescribe, and 
 after having been recommended for promotion by the examining 
 board and found physically qualified by a board of medical offi- 
 cers of the Navy. 
 
 183841°— 20 35 
 
534 
 
 Appointments (2) Such appointments shall be for a probationary period of 
 probationary. , -f . T_ 
 
 four years and may be revoked at any time by the Secretary of 
 the Navy. 
 May elect to (3) Such acting lieutenants (junior grade) and acting first 
 grades. 5 lieutenants may elect to qualify for aeronautic duty only or to 
 
 qualify for all the duties of officers of the same grade in the Navy, 
 and in the Marine Corps, respectively. 
 Aeronautic dnty (4) Those officers who elect to qualify for aeronautic duty 
 only shall be detailed to duty in the Naval Flying Corps involving 
 actual flying in aircraft. 
 Qualified for (5) Those officers who elect to qualify for the regular duties 
 regular uty. of tlie j r g ra( j e s hall be detailed to duty in the regular service for 
 at least two years to allow them to prepare for such qualification. 
 Commissioned (g) Such acting lieutenants (junior grade) and acting first 
 tion. lieutenants who have elected to qualify for aeronautic duty only 
 
 shall, upon the completion of the probationary period of four 
 years, be commissioned in the grade of lieutenant of the line of 
 the Navy or captain of the Marine Corps for aeronautic duties 
 only, after satisfactorily passing such competitive examination 
 as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Navy to determine 
 their moral, physical, and professional qualifications for such 
 commissions and the order of rank in which they shall be com- 
 missioned. 
 Extra num- (7) Such lieutenants for aeronautic duty only shall be borne 
 
 bers 
 
 on the list as extra numbers, taking rank with and next after 
 
 officers of the same date of commission. 
 
 How commis- (8) Such acting lieutenants (junior grade) and acting first 
 sioned in line of , «. 
 
 Navy. lieutenants who have elected to qualify for the regular duties 
 
 of the line of the Navy and of the Marine Corps, respectively, 
 shall, upon the completion of the probationary period of four 
 years, two years of which shall have been on such regular duties, 
 be commissioned in the grade of the line of the Navy or Marine 
 Corps according to his length of service, after passing satis- 
 factorily such competitive examinations as may be prescribed by 
 the Secretary of the Navy to determine their moral, physical, 
 and professional qualifications for such commissions and to deter- 
 mine the order of rank in which they shall be commissioned. 
 Precedence. (9) Such officers of the line of the Navy and Marine Corps will 
 
 be borne upon the lists of their respective corps as extra num- 
 bers, taking rank with and next after officers of the regular 
 service of the same date of commissions. 
 JEUgible for (10) Officers commissioned for aeronautic duty only shall be 
 eligible for advancement to the higher grades, not above captain 
 in the Navy or colonel in the Marine Corps, in the same manner 
 as other officers whose employment is not so restricted, except 
 that they shall be eligible to promotion without restriction as to 
 
 promotion. 
 
535 
 
 sea duty, and their professional examinations shall be restricted 
 to the duty to which personally assigned. 
 
 (11) Any such officer must serve at least three years in any 
 grade before being eligible to promotion to the next higher grade. 
 (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1659. 
 
 grade. 
 
 Promotion in the staff corps shall be in accordance with the Promotion in 
 following distribution in the various grades : the 8taff corps * 
 
 (1) The total authorized number of commissioned officers of Medical Corps, 
 the active list of the Medical Corps, exclusive of commissioned 
 
 warrant officers, shall be sixty-five one hundredths of 1 per cent 
 of the total authorized number of the officers and enlisted men 
 of the Navy and Marine Corps, including midshipmen, Hospital 
 Corps, prisoners undergoing sentence of discharge, enlisted men 
 detailed for duty with the Naval Militia, and the Flying Corps. 
 
 (2) They shall be distributed as follows: One-half medical 
 directors with the rank of rear admiral to 4 medical directors 
 with the rank of captain, to 8 medical inspectors with rank of 
 commander, to 87£ in the grades below medical inspector. 
 
 (3) The total authorized number of commissioned officers of Sapply Corps. 
 the active list of the Supply Corps, exclusive of commissioned war- 
 rant officers, shall be 12 per cent of the total number of commis- 
 sioned officers of the active list of the line of the Navy. 
 
 (4) They shall be distributed as follows : One-half pay directors 
 with the rank of rear admiral to 4 pay directors with the rank of 
 captain, to 8 pay inspectors with the rank of commander, to 871 
 in the grades below pay inspectors. 
 
 (5) The total number of chaplains and acting chaplains in the Chaplains. 
 Navy shall be 1 to each 1,250 of the total personnel of the Navy 
 
 and Marine Corps, as fixed by law, including midshipmen, ap- 
 prentice seamen, and naval prisoners. 
 
 (6) Of the total number of chaplains and acting chaplains 
 herein authorized 10 per cent shall have the rank of captain in 
 the Navy, 20 per cent the rank of commander, 20 per cent the 
 rank of lieutenant commander, and the remainder to have the 
 rank of lieutenants and lieutenants (junior grade). 
 
 (7) Of the professors of mathematics, the senior three have the Corps of pro- 
 rank of captain, the next four that of commander, and the re- ma tics. 
 maining five that of lieutenant commander or lieutenant. 
 
 (8) No further appointments shall be made to this corps, which 
 shall cease to exist upon the death, resignation, or dismissal of 
 the officers then carried in that corps on the active and retired 
 lists of the Navy. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 (9) The total authorized number of commissioned officers of Construction 
 the active list of the Construction Corps, exclusive of commis- corps - 
 
536 
 
 sioned warrant officers shall be 5 per cent of the total number of 
 commissioned officers of the active list of the line of the Navy. 
 
 (10) They shall be distributed as follows: One-half naval con- 
 structors, w T ith the rank of rear-admiral to 8£ naval constructors 
 with the rank of captain, to 14 naval constructors with the rank 
 of commander, to 77 naval constructors and assistant naval con- 
 structors with the rank below commander. 
 
 Corps of Civil (H) The total number of commissioned officers of the active list 
 Engineers. 
 
 of the Corps of Civil Engineers shall be 2 per cent of the total 
 number of commissioned officers of the active list of the line of the 
 Navy. 
 
 (12) They shall be distributed as follows: One-half civil engi- 
 neers with the rank of rear-admiral to 5^ civil engineers with the 
 rank of captain, to 14 civil engineers with the rank of com- 
 mander, to 80 civil engineers and assistant civil engineers with 
 rank below commander. 
 Dental Corps. (13) The appointment of dental surgeons in the Navy is au- 
 thorized at the rate of 1 for each 1,000 of the total authorized 
 strength of the Navy and Marine Corps. They constitute the 
 Naval Dental Corps, and shall be a part of the Medical Depart- 
 ment of the Navy. 
 
 1660. 
 
 Distribution When the distribution in grades and ranks of the Staff Corps 
 fixed by ^aw. 110 is not fixed, the promotion of officers of the Staff Corps to such 
 grades and ranks shall be on the same date and with the line 
 officers with whom they take precedence. 
 
 1661. 
 
 staff offfcrs* 10118 ^ Hereafter, all laws relating to the examination of officers 
 of the Navy for promotion shall be construed to apply to the 
 regular advancement of staff officers to higher rank on the active 
 list the same as though the advancements in rank were promo- 
 tions to higher grades. 
 
 (2) Examinations for such staff officers shall not be required 
 except for such regular advancement in rank. (Act of May 22, 
 1917.) 
 
 1662. 
 
 theMSeXorp^. (1) The total number of commissioned officers of the active list 
 of the line and staff of the Marine Corps, exclusive of officers 
 borne on the Navy list as additional numbers, shall be 4 per 
 centum of the total authorized enlisted strength of the active list 
 of the Marine Corps, exclusive of the Marine Band, and of men 
 under sentence of discharge by court-martial. 
 
537 
 
 (2) They shall be distributed in the proportion of 1 officer with 
 rank senior to colonel to 4 with the rank of colonel, to 5 with 
 the rank of lieutenant colonel, to 14 with the rank of major, to 37 
 with the rank of captain, to 31 with the rank of first lieutenant, 
 to 31 with the rank of second lieutenant. 
 
 (3) The total commissioned personnel of the active list of the 
 staff departments, whether serving therein under permanent ap- 
 pointments or under temporary detail, shall be 8 per cent of the 
 authorized commissioned strength of the Marine Corps. 
 
 (4) Of this total one-fifth shall constitute the adjutant and 
 inspector's department, one-fifth the paymaster's department, and 
 three-fifths the quartermaster's department. 
 
 (5) Appointments made to the position of major general com- 
 mandant shall be made from officers of the active list of the 
 Marine Corps not below the rank of colonel. 
 
 (6) Brigadier generals shall be appointed from officers of the 
 Marine Corps senior in rank to lieutenant colonel. The promo- 
 tion to the grade of brigadier general of any officer now or here- 
 after carried as an additional number in the grade or with the 
 rank of colonel shall be held to fill a vacancy in the grade of 
 brigadier general. 
 
 (7) In determining the officers with rank senior to colonel, 
 there shall be included the officer serving as major general com- 
 mandant. 
 
 (8) Officers holding permanent appointments in the staff de- 
 partments shall not be eligible for appointment to the grade of 
 brigadier general of the line. 
 
 (9) Officers serving in the senior grade of the adjutant and 
 inspector's, quartermaster's, and paymaster's departments shall, 
 while serving therein, have the rank, pay, and allowances of a 
 brigadier general. 
 
 (10) For the purpose of determining the number of officers in 
 the various ranks as provided in subparagraph 2, such staff offi- 
 cers shall be counted as being of the rank of colonel. 
 
 (11) For the purpose of advancement in rank to and includ- 
 ing the grade of colonel, all commissioned officers of the line and 
 staff of the Marine Corps shall be placed on a common list in 
 the order of seniority each would hold had he remained continu- 
 ously in the line. 
 
 (12) All advancements in rank to captain, major, lieutenant 
 colonel, and colonel shall, subject to the usual examinations, be 
 made from officers with the next junior respective rank, whether 
 of the line or staff, in the order in which their names appear on 
 said list. (Act of Aug. 29. 1916.) 
 
 1663. 
 
 As to officers restricted to aeronautic duty only see 1658. M S rl, d "t aCr °" 
 
538 
 
 1664. 
 
 warant°offleers. f As to tne promotion of warrant officers of the Navy see 1632, 
 1652. 
 
 Section 3. — Retebehents. 
 
 bettrement of officers of the navy. 
 
 1665. 
 
 service * y yearS ' ^ When any officer of the Navy has been 40 years in the serv- 
 ice of the United States he may be retired from active service by 
 the President upon his own application. (R. S. 1443.) 
 Thirty years' (2) When any officer of the Navy has been 30 years in the serv- 
 ice, he may, upon his own application, in the discretion of the 
 President, be retired from active service and placed npon the 
 retired list with three-fourths of the highest pay of his grade. 
 (Act of May 13, 1908.) 
 
 1666. 
 
 In computing length of service : 
 m Length of serr- (i) All officers of the Navy shall be credited with the actual 
 time they may have served as officers or enlisted men in the 
 Regular or Volunteer Army or Navy, or both, and shall receive 
 all the benefits of -such actual service in all respects in the same 
 manner as if all said service had been continuous and in the 
 Regular Navy. (Act of Mar. 3, 1883.) 
 
 (2) All officers who have been or may be appointed to any 
 corps of the Navy or the Marine Corps shall have all the benefits 
 of their previous service in the same manner as if said appoint- 
 ments were a reentry into the Navy or into the Marine Corps. 
 (Act of June 10, 1896.) 
 
 (3) Hereafter the service of a midshipman at the United 
 States Naval Academy, or of a cadet at the United States Military 
 Academy, who may hereafter be appointed to the United States 
 Naval Academy, or the United States Military Academy, shall 
 not be counted in computing for any purpose the length of service 
 of any officer in the Navy or in the Marine Corps. (Act of 
 Mar. 4, 1913.) 
 
 1667. 
 
 ineligible for Captains, commanders, and lieutenant commanders who be- 
 promo on. come ineligible for promotion on account of age shall be retired 
 
 on a percentage of pay equal to 2£ per cent of their shore-duty 
 pay for each year of service : Provided, That the total retired pay 
 shall not exceed 75 per cent of the shore-duty pay they were 
 entitled to receive while on the active list. (Act of Aug. 29. 1916.) 
 
539 
 
 1668. 
 
 Except as above noted the age of retirement of all officers of A |® °* retire- 
 the Navy shall be 64 years. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916. ) 
 
 1669. 
 
 Officers of the Medical, Supply, and Engineering Corps, chap- Staff officers 
 lains, professors of mathematics, and constructors who shall have years' ser?ice. 
 served faithfully for 45 years shall, when retired, have the relative 
 rank of commodore ; and officers of these several corps who have 
 been or shall be retired at the age of 64 years (see par. 5) before 
 having served for 45 years, but who shall have served faithfully 
 until retired, shall, on the completion of 40 years from their entry 
 into the service, have the relative rank of commodore. (R. S. 
 1481; act Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 1670. 
 
 As to the retirement for physical disability at any time see Physical dis- 
 Naval Retiring Boards. (Naval Courts and Boards.) 
 
 1671. 
 
 (1) The commissioned officers of the Marine Corps shall be Officers Marine 
 retired in like cases, in the same manner, and with the same 
 
 relative conditions, in all respects, as are now provided for offi- 
 cers of the Army, except as to the composition of retiring boards. 
 (Naval Courts and Boards.) (R. S. 1622.) 
 
 (2) When an officer has been 30 years in service, he may, upon Thirty years, 
 his own application, in the discretion of the President, be retired 
 
 and placed on the retired list. (R. S. 1622 and 1243.) 
 
 (3) When an officer has served 40 years either as an officer Forty years, 
 or soldier in the regular or volunteer service, or both, he shall, 
 
 if he makes application therefor to the President, be retired from 
 the active service and placed on the retired list, and when an 
 officer is 64 years of age, he shall be retired from active service 
 and placed on the retired list. (Act of June 30, 1882.) 
 
 (4) When an officer has served 45 years as a commissioned Forty-fire years. 
 officer, or is 62 years old, he may be retired from active service 
 
 at the discretion of the President. (R. S. 1244.) 
 
 (5) Marine gunners and quartermaster clerks shall have the Marine gunners 
 same privileges of retirement as do warrant officers of the Navy. an r d c i^S^ rmM ' 
 (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 
 
 (6) All marine officers shall be credited with the length of time Credit for 
 they may have been employed as officers or enlisted men in the len & tn of service » 
 volunteer service of the United States. (R. S. 1600.) 
 
 (7) As to retirements for physical disability at any time see 
 Marine Retiring Boards in Naval Courts and Boards. 
 
CHAPTER 45. 
 
 ENLISTMENTS, RATINGS, TRANSFERS, DISCHARGES, ETC. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1681-1683. Navy recruiting stations. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1686-1690. Discharges. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1691-1706. Desertions. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1707-1712. Rewards and privileges. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1713. Enlistments in Hospital Corps. 
 
 Section 1. — Navy Recruiting Stations. 
 1681. 
 
 (1) An officer detailed for recruiting duty shall make himself Officers on re- 
 familiar with all laws and regulations regarding enlistments andgen'eraf duties*. 5 * 
 shall be governed by such instructions as may be issued by the 
 
 Bureau of Navigation for the guidance of recruiting officers. For 
 the purpose of administering oaths (see article 115), a recruiting 
 officer is the officer in command of a recruiting station. 
 
 (2) He shall be present daily at the rendezvous from 9 a. m. 
 to 4 :30 p. m., and later, if necessary. 
 
 (3) He shall guard against the enlistment of improper, unsound, 
 or incompetent persons. (Art. 19; and act of June 24. 1910.) 
 
 (4) Officers attached to a rendezvous as assistants to the com- 
 manding officer shall not act as his substitute unless the latter is 
 unable to attend. 
 
 1682. 
 
 (1) The officer in command is the recruiting officer.. In order Commanding 
 to guard against illegal enlistments he shall personally inspect ally to inspect 
 and question men offering to enlist. He shall examine into their recruIts « 
 qualifications and determine their fitness and capacity. 
 
 (2) On enlisting a person he shall administer to him the oath gl £££ of alle " 
 of allegiance, if authorized by law to do so ; otherwise it shall be 
 administered by the commanding officer of the ship or station to 
 
 which the recruit is ordered to proceed. 
 
 (3) He shall direct the enlisted person to proceed without delay an s d er re C c e r Jj e t cor to 
 to the disignated ship or station and shall forward to the com- be sent to re- 
 manding officer at the same time the service record prepared at ce v n& s p * 
 
 (541) 
 
542 
 
 the rendezvous and signed by himself and the medical officer. He 
 shall forward to the Bureau of Navigation the shipping articles 
 and the identification record, including the oath of allegience and 
 the identification record, which latter shall include a personal 
 description and record of finger prints made on the prescribed 
 forms. 
 
 1683. 
 
 Lodging, sub- (l) Recruiting officers in charge of permanent stations will 
 
 S1S1611C6 
 
 arrange for lodging and subsistence of enlisted men attached 
 thereto in accordance with instructions issued by the Bureau of 
 Navigation. 
 
 Section 2. — Dischabges. 
 1686. 
 
 (1) Enlisted persons in the naval service of the United States 
 
 are entitled to their discharges only upon the expiration of their 
 
 When entitled terms of enlistment or extended enlistment. But any enlisted man 
 to (Hsch&rff© 
 
 may be discharged at any time within three months before the 
 
 expiration of his term of enlistment, or extended enlistment, with- 
 out prejudice to any right, privilege, or benefit that he would have 
 received except pay and allowances for the unexpired period not 
 served or to which he would thereafter become entitled had he 
 served his full term of enlistment or extended enlistment. The 
 construction to be placed on this provision is that it will work for 
 the benefit of the Government and not as a convenience to the en- 
 listed man, and then only in cases where reasons for such re- 
 quest are fully set forth and the services of the man can be 
 spared. An enlistment shall not be regarded as complete until 
 the enlisted man shall have made good any time in excess of one 
 day lost on account of injury, sickness, or disease resulting from 
 his own intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors or other 
 misconduct. 
 Prior to ex- (2) No enlisted. person serving in the Navy of the United States 
 Sltment. ° f en " shall be discharged therefrom prior to three months before the 
 expiration of his term of enlistment or extended enlistment, except 
 by special order of the Secretary of the Navy, or for one of the fol- 
 lowing causes : Undesirability, inaptitude, physical or mental dis- 
 ability, unfitness, or by sentence of court-martial. In every case 
 the recommendation for such discharge must be made by the im- 
 mediate commanding officer under whom the man may be serving. 
 Applications for discharges which reach the department in any 
 way except through said commanding officers will be disregarded. 
 (3) Any person discharged from the Navy wftii a bad-conduct 
 discharge, as undesirable, or for inaptitude, shall be required to 
 
543 
 
 dispose of his outer naval uniforms and shall be furnished with 
 a suit of civilian clothes. The suit of civilian clothes should be 
 procured by the discharged person at his own expense, if possible, 
 or be supplied at no expense to the Government whenever prac- 
 ticable. If necessary, the suit shall be furnished at the expense 
 of the Government at a cost not exceeding $15 in each case. 
 
 (4) Enlisted men of the Navy not undergoing punishment, under By furlough, 
 charges, or in debt to the Government, may, at the discretion of 
 the Secretary of the Navy when the exigencies of the service 
 permit, be granted furlough without pay for a period covering the 
 unexpired portion of their enlistment by reimbursing the Govern- 
 ment for expenses incurred in their behalf, and for which adequate 
 return by service has not been made, as follows : 
 
 1. Men serving in first enlistment — 
 
 (a) Apprentice seamen or other enlisted men undergoing a First enlist- 
 probationary period of training; by reimbursing the Government 
 for the cost of that portion of outfit drawn and for the cost of 
 transportation at the rate of 3 cents per mile from the place of 
 enlistment to the training station. 
 
 (&) Men other than those who enlist as apprentice seamen; 
 during the first six months of enlistment, by reimbursing the 
 Government for the cost of outfit drawn and for the cost of trans- 
 portation at the rate of 3 cents per mile from the place of enlist- 
 ment to the place of first duty. 
 
 (c) After the first year of enlistment, by reimbursing the Gov- 
 ernment for the cost of outfit furnished. 
 
 2. Men serving in second or subsequent enlistments, or exten- Second or sua- 
 sion of enlistment, who received no gratuity or outfit upon reenlist- 8 ^^® 11 * enllst " 
 ment — 
 
 (a) During the first year of said enlistment, or extension, by 
 reimbursing the Government for the cost of transportation at the 
 rate of 3 cents per mile from place of enlistment to place of first 
 duty thereafter. 
 
 (b) After first year of said enlistment, or extension of enlist- 
 ment, no cost. 
 
 3. Men serving in second or subsequent enlistments, or under 
 extended enlistment, who received an honorable discharge gratuity 
 upon reenlistment, or upon extending enlistment — 
 
 (a) During first year of enlistment, or extension of enlistment, 
 by reimbursing the Government for the total amount of the 
 gratuity, and for the cost of transportation from place of enlist- 
 ment to place of first duty thereafter at the rate of 3 cents per 
 mile. 
 
 (&) During second year of enlistment, or extension of enlist- 
 ment, by reimbursing the Government an amount equal to three- 
 fourths of the gratuity. 
 
544 
 
 (c) During third year of enlistment, or extension of enlist- 
 ment, by reimbursing the Government an amount equal to one- 
 half of the gratuity. 
 
 (d) During the first nine months of the fourth year of enlist- 
 ment, or extension of enlistment, by reimbursing the Government 
 an amount equal to one-fourth of the gratuity. 
 
 Furlough with- (4) All applications for furlough without pay must show reason 
 ou pay# w hy the applicant wishes furlough and state that he waives all 
 
 claim to transportation home and be forwarded through regular 
 official channels to the Bureau of Navigation, which is authorized 
 to act thereon. On the Asiatic station the commander in chief 
 is authorized to grant such furloughs when in his opinion the 
 exigencies of the service permit. All such furloughs will be im- 
 mediately reported to the Bureau of Navigation and the applica- 
 tion, showing by indorsement the action taken thereon, forwarded 
 to the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 Comment to (5) Officers through whom applications are forwarded will in 
 plications. 011 aP " each case make comment and recommendation by indorsement 
 thereon. 
 
 Improper ap- (6) Applications made with the manifest purpose of avoiding 
 duty on particular ships or stations will not be granted. 
 
 Meaning of (7) It should be carefully explained to all men that furlough 
 pay. 0118 m U 'without pay is a privilege and not a right and that it will be 
 granted only when the efficiency of the service will not be mani- 
 festly impaired, and they should understand clearly that when 
 furloughed they are subject to recall in time of war or national 
 emergency to complete the unexpired portion of their enlistment 
 and that they must keep the Navy Department or other designated 
 office informed of every change of address. 
 
 (8) All discharges from the Hospital Corps, except upon the 
 expiration of term of enlistment or by sentence of a court-mar- 
 tial, shall be made by the Bureau of Navigation, after reference 
 to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for comment and recom- 
 mendation. 
 
 1687. 
 
 The date of expiration of enlistment for persons serving during 
 minority shall be the day next preceding that on which they 
 attain their majority ; for a two, three, or four years' enlistment 
 on the day of the month next preceding the second, third, or 
 fourth anniversary of the date on which enlisted. 
 
 1688. 
 
 Discharges (1) Any person serving in the Navy may, when within the 
 Stated. thernited United States, be discharged for one of the following reasons, but 
 not otherwise, except by authority of the Navy Department. 
 
545 
 
 (a) Upon the expiration of his term of service, whether enlisted 
 within or without the United States. 
 
 (&) At any time within three months before the expiration of 
 his term of enlistment or extended enlistment as provided in 
 Article 1686, when such discharge would not create a vacancy in 
 complement, or when the ship is about to sail with the probability 
 of not returning to the United States before the expiration of the 
 enlistment of any man concerned. 
 
 (c) By sentence of a general court-martial. 
 
 (d) By sentence of a summary court-martial, if the man is 
 serving in his first enlistment. 
 
 (e) For undesirability, inaptitude, physical or mental disability. 
 
 1689. 
 
 (1) No person, except men in the insular force, shall be dis- ^it^u^'fhc 
 charged outside of the United States except by order of the Navy United states. 
 Department, or in accordance with the sentence of a general court- 
 martial, with the exceptions given in the following paragraphs : 
 
 (2) Upon the expiration of the term of enlistment or extended enlistment" on 
 enlistment of a man enlisted within the United States, whose wrltten re « uest - 
 retention on board is not essential to the Government interests, 
 
 he may be discharged upon his own written request, which must 
 state that the applicant waives all claim for transportation at 
 Government expense to the Atlantic or Pacific coast of the 
 United States and all consular aid. The original request must 
 be signed by the applicant in the presence of a commissioned 
 officer of the Navy, who shall also sign thereon as a witness to 
 the man's signature. A duplicate of such request shall be entered 
 on the service record as soon as granted and signed and witnessed 
 as provided for the original. 
 
 (3) Men who have enlisted outside the United States, upon ,^ nl }l tei „ ?■*: 
 
 side the United 
 
 the expiration of their terms of enlistment or extended enlist- states, 
 ment, or upon the recommendation of a board of survey. 
 
 (4) Men who are convicted by a consular court of a felonious. Convicted of 
 
 „ , „ • „ . ,. felony in consu- 
 
 offense (as distinguished from cases of overstaying leave, dis- lar court, 
 orderly conduct, drunkenness, and other comparatively minor 
 offenses in which consular authorities have concurrent jurisdic- 
 tion) cease from the date of such conviction to be in the naval 
 service of the United States. 
 
 (5) All other written requests of enlisted men regarding dis- Entry on en ," 
 
 , , „ . listment record, 
 
 charge while absent from the United States, or from the coasts 
 
 of the United States where they may have enlisted, in which 
 
 claims to transportation at Government expense may be waived, 
 
 must, if granted, be entered on the service record in the same 
 
 manner. 
 
546 
 
 Custodian of (Q) Enlisted men who are custodians of stores shall not be 
 
 stores 
 
 discharged until the stores under their charge have been examined 
 and satisfactorily accounted for. 
 
 1690. 
 
 Transportation (i) Men enlisted within the continental limits of the United 
 on disc harge ; 
 
 enlisted within States and discharged by reason of expiration of enlistment or 
 United States, extended enlistment within three months before the expiration 
 thereof as provided in article 1686 (1) at a place therein not 
 the place of their enlistment shall be furnished at the time 
 of discharge, in lieu of transportation and subsistence, travel 
 allowance of 5 cents per mile from the place of discharge to the 
 place of enlistment. 
 
 Enlisted out- (2) Men enlisted outside the continental limits of. the United 
 side and dis- 
 charged within States and discharged within said limits, by reason of expiration, 
 United States. or within tliree m0 nths before the expiration, of enlistment or 
 extended enlistment, shall be furnished at the time of discharge, 
 in lieu of transportation and subsistence, travel allowance of 5 
 cents per mile from the place of discharge to the port in the 
 United States nearest the place of discharge from which a regular 
 line of steamships carrying passengers departs for the place of 
 enlistment or for the port nearest thereto. . 
 
 Enlisted with- (3) Men enlisted within the continental limits of the United 
 in and dis- 
 charged without States and discharged outside said limits by reason of expira- 
 United States. tion> QJ , within three mont h s before the expiration, of enlistment 
 or extended enlistment, shall be furnished at the time of such 
 discharge travel allowance at the rate of 5 cents per mile to 
 the place of enlistment from the port in the United States nearest 
 the place of enlistment at which arrives a regular line of steam- 
 ships carrying passengers from the place of discharge or from the 
 port -nearest thereto. 
 Distances. (4) The distances mentioned in the preceding paragraphs of 
 
 this article shall be computed from the official table of distances 
 in use at the time of the man's discharge. 
 Entries. (5) The place to which travel allowance is furnished and the 
 
 amount shall be entered under the appropriate heading on the 
 man's discharge and on his service record. 
 in case of (6) Men discharged by medical survey, if residents of the United 
 medical surrey. states or of the i nsil i ar possessions of the United States, shall 
 at the time of their discharge be furnished transportation to their 
 homes, with subsistence and transfers en route, or cash in lieu 
 thereof. 
 
 Section 3. — Desertions. 
 
 1691. 
 
 Definition of Every endeavor shall be made by officers to check desertion 
 and absence without leave and to use all legal means to apprehend 
 
547 
 
 promptly all persons who may be guilty of either.. " Desertion " 
 as distinct from " absence without leave " and " absence over 
 leave " is defined as unauthorized absence with specific intent per- 
 manently to abandon the naval service or cancel the pending 
 contract of enlistment. 
 
 1692. 
 
 "Absence without leave" and "absence over leave" shall be JJjJj* i011 10 de * 
 regarded by commanding officers as " desertion " when any one 
 of the following conditions obtain, and the action to be taken 
 in the case of such absentees shall be the same as that taken in 
 the case of " deserters " : 
 
 (1) In a case of " absence without leave" action shall be taken 
 immediately upon discovery of the fact of unauthorized absence 
 if it is manifest that the absentee left the command with the 
 intention not to return ; if the intention of the absentee is not 
 clearly manifest, then action shall be taken at the end of 10 days. 
 
 (2) In a case of "absence over leave" as indicated by failure 
 to return to duty at the expiration of liberty or leave, combined 
 with failure on the part of the absentee to communicate without 
 delay with his commanding officer, giving reasons for unau- 
 thorized absence, action shall be taken at the end of 10 days. 
 
 (3) If any person in the Navy or Marine Corps becomes un- 
 avoidably separated from his ship by reason of shipwreck or any 
 other circumstances except capture by enemy, it shall be his duty 
 to proceed at once to the nearest ship, fleet, or station and report 
 himself to the officer in command, and failure to so report shall 
 be considered as " absence without leave " and action shall be 
 taken at the end of 10 days. 
 
 (4) If any person in the Navy or Marine Corps becomes un- 
 avoidably separated from his ship by reason of shipwreck or 
 any other circumstance except capture by an enemy, it shall be 
 his duty to proceed at once to the nearest ship, fleet, or station 
 and report himself to the officer in command. In the event of 
 failure to do this he will be regarded as a deserter and no claim 
 for wages shall be allowed unless he proves to the satisfaction 
 of the department that he was prevented by circumstances beyond 
 his control. 
 
 (5) In case of desertion from duty, the desertion shall date from 
 the time the man leaves his duty; if from leave, the desertion 
 shall date from the time such leave expired. 
 
 (6) The commanding officer shall cause the proper entries of 
 the facts, of which he shall be the judge, to be made in the log 
 and on the supply officer's pay rolls. On desertion no entry of 
 any kind will be made on a continuous-service certificate. It will 
 be forwarded incomplete with the service record to the Bureau 
 of Navigation. 
 
548 
 
 1693. 
 
 (1) The provisions of the foregoing article are not intended 
 for the guidance of courts-martial in determining judicially 
 whether an absentee is guilty of " desertion," but are inserted to 
 guide commanding officers and will be adhered to by them in 
 making proper entries on the service records of unauthorized 
 absentees. 
 
 (2) The entries required are: 
 
 First. A concise summary of the facts in connection with the 
 unauthorized absence set forth in such manner as to serve as 
 proof in support of a charge of " desertion " based upon one 
 of the conditions outlined in the preceding article. 
 
 Second. " The mark of desertion " which constitutes in itself 
 a charge (but not more than a charge) preferred against the 
 absentee. 
 
 (3) When a man is declared a deserter his accounts shall be 
 transferred to the Officer in Charge of the Deserters' Roll, Navy 
 Department, Washington, D. C. 
 
 1694. 
 
 Designation of 
 deserter. 
 
 The abbreviation " Des." marked against an absentee's name on 
 the ship's books signifies that the charge of " desertion " has been 
 preferred against that person. 
 
 1696. 
 
 Notice 
 sertion. 
 
 de- As soon as a person is declared a deserter, notice of the de- 
 sertion shall be sent to the next of kin. 
 
 169 
 
 Bewards. A reward not exceeding $50 may be offered by a commanding 
 
 officer for the delivery of a deserter and one not exceeding $25 
 for the delivery of a straggler into the custody of the naval 
 authorities at such place and within such time as may be pre- 
 scribed in general or specific instructions issued by the Bureau 
 of Navigation, or, in case of a marine, by the Major General Com- 
 mandant of the Marine Corps. This reward paid for the delivery 
 of a deserter or straggler, in no case exceeding $50 or $25, re- 
 spectively, shall be checked against the accounts of such deserter 
 or straggler, and shall be in full satisfaction of all expenses for 
 arresting and keeping, and delivering such deserter or straggler 
 other than the expense of telegraphing. In extraordinary cases 
 where, by reason of the distance to be traveled, the amount of 
 
549 
 
 such reward will not compensate, transportation may be fur- 
 nished upon the order of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major 
 General Commandant of the Marine Corps, as the case may be, 
 to the civil officer from the place of arrest to the place of de- 
 livery, and the return of such officer, in addition to the reward of 
 $50 or $25, as the case may be. 
 
 1698. 
 
 (1) It shall be lawful for any civil officer having authority Authority of 
 
 civil officers 
 under the laws of the United States or of any State, Territory, 
 
 or district to arrest offenders, to summarily arrest a deserter from 
 
 the Navy or Marine Corps of the United. States and deliver him 
 
 into the custody of the naval authorities. (Act of Feb. 16, 1909.) 
 
 (2) In all cases in which the aid of the civil authorities is 
 required, descriptive lists, signed by the commanding officer and 
 stating the amount of the reward offered, shall, in the United 
 States, be sent to the headquarters of the police and if necessary 
 to the United States marshal, and in foreign ports to the consul 
 of the United Sates. 
 
 1699. 
 
 The checkage for payment of rewards shall not be regarded as 
 any part of the punishment to which a deserter or straggler is 
 liable. 
 
 1700. 
 
 A reward for the apprehension of an officer shall not be offered 
 unless specifically authorized by the Navy Department, or on a 
 foreign station by the commander in chief. 
 
 1701. 
 
 Before sailing from a port in the United States, the command- ,JJjJ ort of dc " 
 ing officer shall forward to the Bureau of Navigation a report of 
 deserters and men absent without leave containing their descrip- 
 tive lists, and a similar report shall be furnished the consul before 
 leaving a foreign port, also information regarding the disposition 
 to be made of the men should they be apprehended or seek consular 
 aid after the departure of the vessel. 
 
 1702. 
 
 (1) Stragglers or deserters surrendering themselves, or who Surrendering 
 are delivered on board cruising vessels other than the one to deserter? 1618 ° r 
 which they belong, shall be transferred as soon as possible to the 
 receiving ship, if there is one in port. 
 183841°— 20 36 
 
550 
 
 (2) The Bureau of Navigation and the commanding officer 
 of the vessel or station from which the man is an absentee shall 
 be promptly notified of the delivery or surrender of deserters or 
 stragglers. 
 
 1703. 
 
 Extradition of (1) If any person belonging to the Navy or Marine Corps 
 charged with crime deserts in the waters of any foreign state 
 between which and the United States a treaty of extradition for 
 the apprehension and delivery of persons charged with crime 
 exists, the senior officer present shall take measures for his re- 
 covery in accordance with the provisions of such treaty. 
 
 (2) In no case shall force be used to recover deserters within 
 foreign territorial limits or on board foreign ships. 
 
 1704. 
 
 Deserter takes If a deserter from a ship of the Navy in a foreign port takes 
 refuge in foreign refuge on board a foreign ship of war of a nationality other than 
 that of the port, the senior officer present shall make a formal 
 request to the senior officer present of the nation to which said 
 foreign ship belongs for the delivery of said deserter. Should 
 the request not be complied with, he shall report the case and 
 circumstances immediately to the Navy Department. 
 
 1705. 
 
 Forfeitures In Every person who deserts the naval service of the United 
 time of war. 
 
 States shall, upon conviction thereof, be forever incapable of 
 
 holding any office of trust or profit under the United States, or of 
 exercising any rights of citizens thereof, but this shall not apply 
 to any person deserting from the naval service of the United 
 States in time of peace. (Sees. 1996, 1998, R. S., and act Aug. 
 22, 1912.) 
 
 1706. 
 
 Accomplices. Every person who entices or aids any person in the naval 
 service to desert, or who harbors or conceals any such person, 
 knowing him to be a deserter, or who refuses to give up such 
 person on the demand of any officer authorized to receive him, 
 is liable to punishment by imprisonment and fine, to be enforced 
 in any court of the United States having jurisdiction. ( Sec. 1553, 
 R. S.) 
 
 Section 4. — Rewards and Privileges. 
 
 1707. 
 
 Advancement (1) Seamen distinguishing themselves in battle, or by extraor- 
 ind™2?dais ra ^f dinary heroism in the line of their profession, may be promoted 
 honor to seamen. to warran t officers, if found fitted, upon the recommendation of 
 
551 
 
 their commanding officer, approved by the flag officer and the 
 Secretary of the Navy. And upon such recommendation they 
 shall receive a gratuity of $100 and a medal of honor prepared 
 under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy. (Sec. 1407, 
 R. S.) 
 
 (2) Any enlisted man of the Navy or Marine Corps who shall ^en of Navy 
 
 il 11 (1 1U il i 1 D C 
 
 have distinguished himself in battle or displayed extraordinary Corps, 
 heroism in the line of his profession shall, upon the recommenda- 
 tion of his commanding officer, approved by the flag officer and 
 the Secretary of the Navy, receive a gratuity and medal of honor, 
 as provided for seamen in paragraph 1 of this article. (Act 
 Mar. 3, 1901.) 
 
 (3) All acts of gallantry or heroism referred to in this article 
 shall be promptly reported to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (4) The presentation of a medal of honor to any enlisted Manner of pre- 
 man in the naval service, as awarded by section 1407 of the Re- 
 vised Statutes and the act of March 3, 1901, and also to officers, 
 
 whenever the same may be authorized by law, shall always be 
 made with formal and impressive ceremonial. The recipient shall, 
 when practicable, be ordered to Washington, D. C, and the presen- 
 tation will be made by the President as Commander in Chief, or 
 by such representative as the President may designate. When 
 not practicable to have the presentation at Washington, the details 
 of time, place, and ceremony will be prescribed by the Secretary 
 of the Navy for each case. In time of war the presentation 
 shall be made by the commander in chief of the fleet, or> the 
 division commander. 
 
 1708. 
 
 (1) The Secretary of the Navy may issue to any person to Bowknots. 
 whom a medal of honor has been awarded a bowknot, to be 
 
 worn in lieu of the medal, and a ribbon to be worn with the 
 medal; and whenever such ribbon has been lost, destroyed, or 
 rendered unfit for use, without fault or neglect on the part of 
 the owner, a new ribbon will be issued to him. (Act May 4, 
 1898.) 
 
 (2) The preparation and issuance of all medals of honor and Preparation 
 
 and Issue of 
 
 ribbons for the same, as well as of bowknots, and the correspond- medals. 
 ence in relation thereto, will be conducted by the Bureau of 
 Navigation. 
 
 (3) Officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, 
 who formerly served in the Army and received campaign badges 
 or medals for such service, and who subsequently joined the 
 Navy, shall be permitted to wear such badges or medals with their 
 naval uniform. 
 
552 
 
 1709. 
 
 Life-saving (1) Life-saving medals may be awarded to persons in the Navy 
 
 medals. and Marii)e corps, as follows : 
 
 Gold medals. (a) Gold medals to those only who, by extreme and heroic 
 
 daring, have endangered their lives in saving, or endeavoring to 
 
 save, lives from the perils of the sea in waters over which the 
 
 United States has jurisdiction, or upon an American vessel. 
 
 The award of (2) The President is authorized to present, in the name of Con- 
 medals of honor, -,-,,. 
 distinguish ed gress, a medal of honor to any person who while in the naval 
 
 IJriiKvy mosses! service of tne United States shall, in action involving actual 
 conflict with the enemy, distinguish himself conspicuously by gal- 
 lantry and intrepidity at the risk of his life above and beyond 
 the call of duty and without detriment to the mission of his com- 
 mand or the command to which attached. 
 
 (3) The President is further authorized to present, but not in 
 the name of Congress, a distinguished-service medal of appropri- 
 ate design and a ribbon, together with a rosette or other device to 
 be worn in lieu thereof, to any person who, while in the naval 
 service of the United States, since the 6th day of April, 1917, has 
 distinguished, or who hereafter shall distinguish, himself by 
 exceptionally meritorious service to the Government in a duty 
 of great responsibility. 
 
 (4) The President is further authorized to present, but not in 
 the name of Congress, a Xavy cross of appropriate design and a 
 ribbon, together with a rosette or other device to be worn in lieu 
 thereof, to any person who, while in the naval service of the. 
 United States, since the 6th day of April, 1917, has distinguished, 
 or who shall hereafter distinguish, himself by extraordinary 
 heroism or distinguished service in the line of his profession, such 
 heroism or service not being sufficient to justify the award of a 
 medal of honor or a distinguished-service medal. 
 
 (5) Each enlisted or enrolled person of the naval service to 
 whom is awarded a medal of honor, distinguished service medal, 
 or a Navy cross shall, for each such award, be entitled to addi- 
 tional pay at the rate of $2 per month from the date of the 
 distingushed act or service on which the award is based, and each 
 bar, or other suitable emblem or insignia, in lieu of a medal of 
 honor, distinguished service medal, or Navy cross, as hereinafter 
 provided for, shall entitle him to further additional pay at the 
 rate of $2 per month from the date of the distinguished act or 
 service for which the bar is awarded, and such additional pay 
 shall continue throughout his active service, whether such service 
 shall or shaU not be continuous. 
 
 (6) No more than one medal of honor or one distinguished 
 service medal or one Navy cross shall be issued to any one per- 
 son ; but for each succeeding deed or service sufficient to justify 
 
553 
 
 the award of a medal of honor or a distinguished service medal or 
 Navy cross, respectively, the President may award a suitable bar, 
 or other suitable emblem or insignia, to be worn with the decora- 
 tion and the corresponding rosette or other device. 
 
 (7) The Secretary of the Navy is authorized to expend from 
 the appropriation " Pay of the Navy " of the Navy Department so 
 much as may be necessary to defray the cost of the medals of 
 honor, distinguished service medals, and Navy crosses, and bars, 
 emblems, or insignia herein provided for, and so much as may be 
 necessary to replace any medals,' crosses, bars, emblems, or in- 
 signia as are herein or may heretofore have been provided for: 
 Provided, That such replacement shall be made only in those 
 cases where the medal of honor, distinguished service medal, or 
 Navy cross, or bar, emblem, or insignia presented under the pro- 
 visions of this or any other act shall have been lost, destroyed, 
 or rendered unfit for use without fault or neglect on the part of 
 the person to whom it was awarded, and shall be made without 
 charge therefor. 
 
 (8) Except as otherwise prescribed herein, no medal of honor, 
 distinguished-service medal. Navy cross, or bar, or other suitable 
 emblem or insignia in lieu of either of said medals or of said 
 cross, shall t)e issued to any person after more than five years 
 from the date of the act or service justifying the award thereof 
 nor unless a specific statement or report distinctly sotting forth 
 the act or distinguished service and suggesting or recommending 
 official recognition thereof shall have been made by his naval 
 superior through official channels at the time of the act or service 
 or within three years thereafter. 
 
 (9) (a) In case an individual who shall distinguish himself dies 
 before the making of the award to which he may be entitled, the 
 award may nevertheless be made and the medal or cross or the 
 bar or other emblem or insignia presented within five years from 
 the date of the act or service justifying the award thereof to such 
 representative of the deceased as the President may designate: 
 Provided, That no medal or cross or no bar or other emblem or 
 insignia shall be awarded or presented to any individual or to 
 the representative of any individual Whose entire service subse- 
 quent to the time he distinguished himself shall not halve been 
 honorable: Provided further. That in cases of persons now in 
 the naval service for whom the award of the medal of honor has 
 been recommended in full compliance with then existing regula- 
 tions, but on 'account of services which, though insufficient fully 
 to justify the award of the medal of honor, appears to have been 
 such as to justify the award of the distinguished-service medal or 
 Navy cross hereinbefore provided for, such cases may be con- 
 sidered and acted upon under the provisions of this act authoriz- 
 
554 
 
 ing the award of the distinguished-service medal and Navy cross, 
 notwithstanding that said services may have been rendered more 
 than five years before said cases shall have been considered as 
 authorized by this proviso, but all consideration or any action 
 upon any of said cases shall be based exclusively upon official 
 records now on file in the Navy Department. 
 Silver medals. (&) Silver medals (1) to those who, in cases not sufficiently 
 distinguished to deserve the gold medal, have endangered their 
 lives in saving, or endeavoring to save, lives from the perils of 
 the sea in waters over which the United States has jurisdiction, 
 or upon an American vessel; and. (2) to those who have made 
 such signal exertions in rescuing and succoring the shipwrecked 
 and saving persons from drowning in waters over which the United 
 States has jurisdiction, as shall be deemed to merit such recogni- 
 tion. (Acts of June 20, 1874 ; June 18, 1878 ; and May 4, 1882.) 
 
 Evidence of (^q) Satisfactory evidence of the services performed must be 
 Scry ices p©r* 
 formed. filed in each case with the Secretary of the Treasury through the 
 
 Secretary of the Navy. This evidence should be in the form of 
 affidavits made by eyewitnesses, of good repute and standing, testi- 
 fying of their knowledge. The opinion of witnesses that the 
 person for whom an award is sought imperiled his life or made 
 signal exertions is not sufficient, but the affidavits must set forth 
 in detail all facts and occurrences tending to show clearly in what 
 manner and to what extent life was risked, or signal exertions 
 made, so that the Treasury Department may judge for itself as 
 to the degree of merit involved. The precise locality, whether 
 within the waters over which the United States has jurisdiction,. 
 or upon an American vessel, the name of the vessel shipwrecked 
 or in distress, date, the time of day, nature of the weather, condi- 
 tion of the sea, the names of all persons present, when practicable, 
 the names of all persons rendering assistance, and every pertinent 
 circumstance should be stated. The affidavits should be made 
 before an officer duly authorized to administer oaths, and be 
 accompanied by a certificate showing the affiants to be credible 
 persons, certified by some United States officer of the district in 
 which the affiants, reside, such as a judge or clerk of United States 
 court, district attorney, or collector of customs. If the affidavits 
 are taken before an officer without an official seal, his official 
 character must be certified by the proper officer of a court of 
 record under the seal thereof. 
 
 1710. 
 
 Good-conduct (1) Any enlisted person in the Navy serving under continuous 
 
 models 
 
 service, or in an enlistment subsequent to a previous enlistment 
 terminated by reason of expiration of enlistment, who upon ex- 
 piration, or within three months before the expiration of his term 
 
555 
 
 of enlistment, shall be recommended by his captain for obedience, 
 sobriety, industry, courage, neatness, and proficiency shall receive 
 a good conduct medal. 
 
 (2) Any such person who has received one medal will, if recom- Clasps or bars. 
 mended at the expiration of any subsequent four-year term of 
 enlistment, be given in place of a medal a clasp, which shall be 
 
 worn above the medal on the same ribbon. 
 
 (3) A man serving under a continuous service certificate, or in 
 an enlistment subsequent to a previous enlistment terminated by 
 reason of expiration of enlistment, who has extended his enlist- 
 ment, shall be recommended for a good-conduct medal or clasp for 
 the four-year term for which he enlisted if qualified under para- 
 graph 1 above : Provided, That a man who receives a good conduct 
 medal or clasp at the expiration of the term of enlistment of four 
 years shall not again be given a good conduct medal upon dis- 
 charge from an extension of that enlistment for any period less 
 than four years. No man shall be deprived of a good-conduct 
 medal or clasp except by sentence of a general court-martial. 
 
 (4) Each enlisted man of the Navy, except mates, shall receive Extra pay. 
 75 cents per month, in addition to the pay of his rating, for each 
 good-conduct medal, pin, or bar which he may heretofore have 
 
 been, or shall hereafter be, awarded. 
 
 (5) Medals and clasps will be supplied by the Bureau of Naviga- 
 tion. 
 
 1711. 
 
 (1) Except as provided in article 1707 (4), all medals shall, Manner of 
 
 presentation. 
 
 when practicable, be presented by the commanding officer at a 
 general or special muster of the officers and crew, and shall be 
 worn on the prescribed occasions. 
 
 (2) The commanding officer may forbid the wearing of medals 
 by any person undergoing punishment. 
 
 1712. 
 
 (1) The application of an enlisted man of the Navy for retire- Retirements, 
 ment shall be made to the President of the United States, and in 
 computing the 30 years necessary to entitle him to be retired, all 
 
 service in the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps shall be credited, 
 and service in the Navy, or in the Army, or Marine Corps during 
 the Civil War, from April 15, 1861, to August 20, 1866, and during 
 the Spanish-American War, from April 21, 1898. to April 11, 1899, 
 shall be computed as double time. 
 
 (2) After approval of an enlisted man's application for retire-, Ho ,Y tr ^ ns : 
 
 ,,,,,. , , ^ * ^ . . ferred to retired 
 
 ment, an order shall be issued from the Bureau of Navigation list. 
 
 transferring him to the retired list. Upon receipt of such order 
 
 by his immediate commanding officer, a final statement shall be 
 
556 
 
 prepared, closing accounts of pay and allowances to and including 
 date of retirement. No discharge shall be given, however, and the 
 retired enlisted man shall be regarded as continuing in the service 
 upon the retired list, but his name shall be dropped from the rolls 
 of the vessel on which he was serving when retired, and his 
 service record, descriptive list (in duplicate), with fact of final 
 statement noted thereon, and his post-office address for the next 
 30 days, shall be immediately forwarded through official channels 
 to the Bureau of Navigation. Such retired enlisted men are addi- 
 tional to the number otherwise provided by law. Upon being 
 retired, they will be ordered to their homes and furnished trans- 
 portation and subsistence. 
 
 Post-office ad- ( 3 ) 0n the Iast day of each calendar month retired enlisted men 
 dress reported. ' J 
 
 shall report to the Bureau of Navigation their post-office address, 
 
 and shall promptly report any change therein. Blank forms for 
 personal reports with official penalty envelopes for transmitting 
 them, shall be furnished retired enlisted men by the Bureau of 
 Navigation. 
 iowances 8n of re- ^ Tne authorized pay and allowances of retired enlisted men 
 tired men. of the Navy shall be paid them monthly by the disbursing officer 
 
 of the Naval Home, Philadelphia, Pa., of the naval station, Mare 
 Island, Calif., or of the naval station, Cavite, P. I. 
 and eS paT ^vouch- ( 5 ) Tne Bureau of Navigation shall furnish each retired enlisted 
 ers. man with a descriptive list, which he shall forward at the end 
 
 of each calendar month to the disbursing officer. If the retired 
 enlisted man can not write, his mark (x) should be witnessed by 
 a commissioned officer, if practicable, otherwise by some well- 
 known person, preferably the postmaster of his place of residence. 
 
 Section 5. — Enlistments in Hospital Corps. 
 
 1713. 
 
 (1) Any person within the prescribed age limits and otherwise 
 qualified may be enlisted as a hospital apprentice without specific 
 authority from the department, provided he has satisfactorily 
 passed an examination before a medical officer of the Navy. 
 
 (2) Records of enlistment in the Hospital Corps, and all other 
 papers relating thereto, shall be referred by the Bureau of Navi- 
 gation to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for information and 
 to afford an opportunity for recommendation ; and an examination 
 report on a form prepared by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery 
 and approved by the Bureau of Navigation shall be recorded in 
 both bureaus in every case of enlistment. 
 
CHAPTER 46. 
 
 LEAVE OF ABSENCE AND LIBERTY. 
 Sec. 1.— Art. 1722-1731. Leave and liberty. 
 
 Section 1. — Leave and Liberty. 
 1722. 
 
 Permission to leave the United States will in 1 granted by the, Per ?i. issi ® n ,. t 9 
 
 leave the United 
 Secretary of the Nav5 T only. States. 
 
 1723. 
 
 The commander in chief of a fleet or squadron within the United ch fjf f ! command 
 States, or the commandant of a navy yard or station, shall not within the 
 absent himself from his command for a longer period than one 
 week in any successive three months, except by permission of the 
 Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 1724. 
 
 (1) The senior officer present, afloat, is authorized to grant ^/^/senior S 
 leave of absence as follows : To officers, not to exceed 10 days, fleer present, 
 exclusive of travel time; to petty officers and enlisted men, in 
 accordance with instructions that may be issued from time to time 
 
 by the Bureau of Navigation. 
 
 (2) Leave of absence to officers and enlisted men of ships of a Lea ™ *? offi : 
 
 cers of ships of 
 fleet while at a navy yard shall he granted by the senior officer of fleet at navy 
 
 the fleet present at that yard. >ard " 
 
 (3) The commandant of a navy yard or station is authorized to, Leave panted 
 
 * * hy commandant. 
 
 grant leave of absence as follows : To officers attached to the yard 
 or station, or serving on board the receiving or station ships, leave 
 not to exceed 10 days, exclusive of travel time ; to petty officers and 
 enlisted men attached to the yard or station, or serving on board 
 the receiving or station ships, leave in accordance with instruc- 
 tions that may be issued from time to time by the Bureau of 
 Navigation ; to enlisted men of the Marine Corps attached to the 
 marine barracks or station, or serving on board the receiving or 
 station ships, furloughs not to exceed 30 days, exclusive of travel 
 time. 
 
 (557) 
 
558 
 
 1725. 
 
 " Leave of ab- Permission granted orally to leave the ship or station tempora- 
 sence " defined. rily ^ instead of f orma n y authorized leave of absence, does not 
 convey permission to leave the general vicinity of the port or sta- 
 tion, unless especially so stated. Absence authorized in this 
 manner shall not continue on the following day beyond forenoon 
 quarters on board ship or the beginning of working hours at a 
 shore station, unless an extension beyond such hour has been 
 specifically authorized. 
 
 1726. 
 
 Leave granted (1) The senior officer present shall indicate to commanding offi- 
 
 offleer! mina11 mS ce-rs of ships the extent of leave of absence and permission to 
 
 leave the ship or liberty which they may grant to officers and 
 
 enlisted men under their respective commands, without further 
 
 reference to himself, due regard being had to pratique and other 
 
 regulations of the port. 
 
 Not granted (2) Leave to go beyond the immediate vicinity of the station or 
 
 Tug orders' Sai " port shall not be granted to any person attached to a ship under 
 
 sailing orders. 
 
 Betnm to be (3) Every officer to whom leave is granted shall promptly report 
 rcDortcd 
 
 his return therefrom to the officer who granted it, in writing, 
 
 giving the date of its commencement and stating the number of 
 
 days of absence from station or duty, inclusive of travel time. 
 
 (Art. 1730 (1).) 
 
 1727. 
 
 to T de b artme°nt ed ^ The actual numDe r of days of leave of absence taken by 
 every officer under the provisions of article 1724 shall be immedi- 
 ately reported to the Bureau of Navigation by the commanding 
 
 Contents of re- officer of the ship or by the commandant of the station to which 
 such officer is attached, and a signed copy of this report shall be 
 furnished to the officer carrying the pay accounts of such officer. 
 In special cases where an officer is serving at some place other 
 than aboard ship or at a naval station, this report shall be made 
 by the officer under whom the officer granted leave is serving. 
 The report shall not be forwarded until after the leave has ex- 
 pired and the officer has returned to his station and duty. It 
 shall show the date the leave began and the exact number of 
 days absent ; no report shall be made for a fraction of a day. The 
 time required for an officer to travel to and from the place where 
 his leave is spent shall be considered as leave and shall be in- 
 cluded in the report of days absent. 
 
 * ea I e J rom ( 2 ) If an officer be on duty abroad, or on a foreign station, and 
 be granted leave for the purpose of visiting the United States, his 
 leave begins from the date of his arrival therein, and expires on 
 
559 
 
 the date of his departure therefrom, and the dates of such arrival 
 and departure must be reported to the department. 
 
 (3) Leave of absence shall be granted in terms of months and Manner of 
 
 counting length 
 
 days, as " one month," " one month and ten days." A leave of ab- of leave, 
 sence begins on the day following that on which an officer departs 
 from his station or duty. The day of departure, whatever the 
 hour, is counted as a day of duty ; the day of return as a day of 
 absence ; except when such return is made before the regular hour 
 for forenoon quarters on board ship or for beginning work at a 
 shore station, in which case it shall not be counted as a day of ab- 
 sence. Leave for one month beginning on the first day of a calen- 
 dar month, shall expire on the last day of the month, whatever its 
 number of days. Beginning on an intermediate day, the leave will 
 expire on the day preceding the same day of the next month. 
 
 1728. 
 
 (1) No commanding officer of a ship, fleet, or naval station shall L « ave ° n »«■ 
 
 . . i tii i^i , • ( ' 0UIlt of slck ' 
 
 grant permission to any person under Ins command to leave his ness. 
 
 station, or to return from abroad to the United States, on account 
 
 of ill health except upon the recommendation of a board of medical 
 
 survey. 
 
 (2) Requests for leave or detachment on account of ill health, 
 when forwarded to the Navy Department, shall be accompanied 
 by the report of a medical survey. 
 
 (3) Officers on sick leave in consequence of medical survey shall 
 report the state of their health to the department every 15 days. 
 
 (4) When an officer not on duty applies for leave or for an ex- Restrictions of 
 tension of leave, on account of ill health, a medical board of sur- 
 vey shall be held, if practicable, and a report made to the depart- 
 ment ; or, if that be impracticable, he shall forward the certificate 
 
 of a reputable physician, stating that he is unable to perform duty, 
 the nature of the disease, and its probable duration. 
 
 (5) Officers on sick leave shall be examined physically to de- 
 termine their fitness for duty before resuming duty. 
 
 1729. 
 
 (1) Aboard ships to which different officers are allowed by the Head of de- 
 
 .. . ~* ™ . i partmcnt always 
 
 complement list as executive officer, gunnery officer, navigator, on board. 
 
 engineer officer (if not restricted to the performance of engi- 
 neering duty only), first lieutenant, one of the tour last named 
 shall always be on board and ready for duty; but the executive 
 officer shall not be required to alternate with any other officer in 
 leaving the ship. In the absence of the commanding or executive 
 officer, or both, the duties of these offices shall devolve upon the 
 line officer next in rank attached to and on board of the ship, as 
 provided in these regulations. (819 (2), 931 (2), 961 (1).) 
 
560 
 
 (2) Aboard ships to which no regular first lieutenant is allowed 
 by the complement list either the gunnery, navigating, or engineer 
 officer (if not restricted to the performance of engineering duty 
 only), shall always be on board and ready for duty. In the 
 absence of the commanding or executive officer, or both, the 
 duties of these offices shall devolve upon the line officer next in 
 rank attached to and on board of the ship, as provided in these 
 regulations. (Art. 819 (2) and 931 (2).) 
 
 (3) Aboard vessels to which' no regular first lieutenant or gun- 
 nery officer is allowed by the complement list, either the execu- 
 tive officer, navigating officer, or engineer officer (if not restricted 
 to the performance of engineering duty only) shall always be on 
 board and ready for duty. In the absence of the executive officer 
 the senior on board or the navigating officer and engineer officer 
 (if not restricted to the performance of engineering duty only) 
 shall act as executive officer. In the absence of both the com- 
 manding and executive officers the senior on board of the navi- 
 gating officer and engineer officer (if the latter be not restricted 
 to the performance of engineering duty only) shall act as com- 
 manding officer. 
 
 (4) When the engineer officer of the ship is restricted to the 
 performance of engineering duty only, he shall not be considered 
 as available for succession to the duties of commanding officer, 
 and when that officer is absent his duties shall be performed by 
 the senior on board of the other line officers set forth in the three 
 preceding paragraphs. 
 
 (5) Aboard vessels where the executive officer performs the 
 duties of navigating officer in addition to his regular duties, either 
 the executive officer or the line officer next in rank to him, and 
 not restricted to the performance of engineering duty only, shall 
 always be on board and ready for duty, except when special 
 permission to the contrary is granted by the commanding officer. 
 In the absence of the executive officer, the line officer next in 
 rank on board and not restricted to the performance of engineer- 
 ing duty only shall act as executive officer. In the absence of 
 both commanding and executive officers the line officer next in 
 rank on board and not restricted to the performance of engineer- 
 ing duty only shall act as commanding officer. 
 
 (6) When there are two or more officers detailed for engineer- 
 ing duty, including chief machinists and machinists, or two or 
 more medical, supply, or marine officers attached to a ship, at least 
 one of each branch in which there are two or more officers shall 
 always be on board and ready for duty unless otherwise au- 
 thorized, under special circumstances by previous permission from 
 the commanding officer. 
 
 (7) Whenever any officer is granted leave of absence or per- 
 mission to leave the ship or station and there is no other officer 
 
561 
 
 who is specifically detailed by these regulations to perform the 
 duties of such officer during his absence, it shall be the duty of the 
 officer granting such leave of absence or permission to leave the 
 ship or station to officially detail some other competent person to 
 perform such duties during the absence of the officer to whom yie 
 said privilege is granted, so far as is permissible under the laws 
 and regulations. 
 
 (8) Officers not specified in the preceding paragraphs may be 
 granted leave of absence or permission to leave the ship or 
 station at the discretion of the commanding officer (subject to 
 the provisions of these regulations and to any instructions that 
 may be received from the senior officer present in regard to the 
 matter) or of the commandant. In granting such privileges the 
 commanding officer or commandant shall be guided by the existing 
 conditions as to the number of officers to be retained on board or 
 within the limits of the station and shall so retain a sufficient 
 number to efficiently meet any emergency or call to duty that may 
 arise. 
 
 (9) Under no circumstances shall any ship or station to which 
 two or more line officers are attached be left without at least 
 one line officer present and ready for duty, except in cases of 
 emergency, of which the commanding officer or commandant shall 
 be the judge. 
 
 (10) Except as specified in the second sentence of this para- 
 graph, not more than one-half of the crew of any ship shall be 
 granted leave or liberty at the same time, and liberty parties 
 shall be so, selected as to leave on board an organized force that 
 will be effective in any emergency. While secured to a wharf at 
 a navy yard, however, not more than one- fourth of the crew 
 need be kept on hoard, provided the commanding officer deems that 
 such a number will be effective for any emergency. 
 
 17.30. 
 
 (1) The executive officer, and all officers senior to him in rank, Application for 
 shall make application for leave of absence or permission to leave leave^e'ship. 
 the ship and shall report their return therefrom to the com- 
 manding officer. Those junior to the executive officer shall make 
 application for leave of absence through and for permission to 
 
 leave the ship to the executive officer and shall report their re- 
 turn to him, except in case of leave of absence, in which case the 
 report of return shall be made to the commanding officer in 
 writing, through the executive officer. (Art. 1726 (3).) 
 
 (2) No person attached to the vessel shall be allowed to leave 
 the ship during coaling, except on duty. 
 
listed men. 
 
 562 
 
 1731. 
 
 Leave to en- (1) When the sanitary or other conditions of the port do not 
 render it inadvisable, and when authorized by the senior officer 
 present, the commanding officer shall grant liberty or leave of 
 absence to the enlisted men, but such liberty or leave of absence 
 shall not be granted by other than the commanding officer. 
 
 (2) Enlisted men shall be instructed that when on leave of 
 absence they must so arrange that they may have sufficient funds 
 to enable them to return to their ships ; recruiting officers will not 
 furnish transportation for that purpose. 
 
CHAPTER 47. 
 
 MONEY, PAY, AND ALLOWANCES. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1741-1756. Eesponsibilities and penalties. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1757-1768. Deposits and checks. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1769-1775. Requisition for money. 
 
 Sec. 4.— Art. 1776-1778. Bills of exchange. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1779-1781. Deposits by enlisted men. 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1782-1786. Money issued to officers and enlisted men. 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1787-1801. Pay and bounties, Navy. 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1802-1804. Advances. 
 
 Sec. 9. — Art. 1805-1807. Allotments. 
 
 Sec. 10.— Art. 1808-1818. Travel. 
 
 Sec. 11. — Art. 1819-1829. Quarters, light, fuel, and subsistence. 
 
 Sec. 12. — Art. 1830-1840. Miscellaneous allowances. 
 
 Sec. 13. — Art. 1841. Persons deceased. 
 
 Sec. 14. — Art. 1842-1845. Pensions. 
 
 Sec. 15. — Art. 1846-1850. General instructions for purchases. 
 
 Section 1. — Responsibilities and Penalties. 
 
 1741. 
 
 All officers, agents, or other persons receiving public moneys Distinct ac- 
 shall render distinct accounts of the application thereof, according counts re <i uir ed- 
 to the appropriation under which the same may have been ad- 
 vanced to them. (Sec. 3623, R. S.) 
 
 1742. 
 
 (1) No payment to a public creditor shall be evidenced by a Receipts for 
 receipt (except when receipt is required either by law or contract) Keck* * not re- 
 unless such payment is made in cash, i. e., currency. Therefore ^ ulred » etc « 
 
 no receipt for a payment made by a disbursing officer's check shall 
 be required or taken. In no case shall receipt for a payment be 
 taken in duplicate, etc., but by single receipt only. 
 
 (2) In all cases where receipts are taken the exchange of cur- 
 rency and the receipt therefor shall be simultaneous. Practices 
 requiring receipt in advance of actual payment are prohibited. 
 
 (563) 
 
564 
 
 1743. 
 
 Expenses of No accounting or disbursing officer of the Government shall 
 
 commissions and .. , . , . „ 
 
 inquiries. allow or pay any account or charge whatever growing out of, or in 
 
 any way connected with, any commission or inquiry, except courts- 
 martial or courts of inquiry in the military or naval service of the 
 United States, until special appropriations shall have been made 
 by law to pay such accounts and charges. ( Sec. 3681, R. S. ) 
 
 1744. 
 
 Person in ar- (1) No money shall be paid to any person for his compensation 
 who is in arrears to the United States, until he has accounted for 
 and paid into the Treasury all sums for which he may be liable. 
 (Sec. 1766, R. S., and arts. 1802 and 1803.) 
 
 (2) Money accruing from commuted rations and from the com- 
 mutation for quarters may be paid regardless of the person's 
 indebtedness. 
 
 1745. 
 
 Loans to offi- It shall not be lawful for any officer of the Supply Corps to ad- 
 
 of FS the Supply vance or loan, under any pretense whatever, to any officer in the 
 
 Corps. naval service any sum of money, public or private, or any credit, 
 
 or any article or commodity whatever. ( Sec. 1389, R. S., and arts. 
 
 1802 and 1803.) 
 
 1746. 
 
 No payments No money which may be placed in charge of an officer of the 
 less approved by Supply Corps by order of or authority from his commanding or 
 proper authority. SU p er i or officer, or of the Treasury or Navy Departments, shall be 
 used or paid without the sanction or approval of either his imme- 
 diate commanding officer, the commander in chief of the fleet, the 
 commander of the squadron, division, or station to which he be- 
 longs, the Auditor for the Navy Department, the Comptroller of 
 the Treasury, or the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 1747. 
 
 Commanding When an officer of the Supply Corps has received, or has been 
 formed 10 of 6 all authorized or directed to pay over any public money without the 
 money received previous knowledge or sanction of his immediate commanding offi- 
 cer, it shall be the duty of the former to report to him forthwith 
 the amount received or paid and the authority under which he 
 acted. 
 
 1748. 
 
 Objection to When ordered by his commanding officer to make an expenditure 
 or de unauth6rifed of money or stores which an officer of the Supply Corps believes to 
 payments. be illegal or contrary to regulations, the latter shall state in writing 
 
565 
 
 the grounds on which he objects to obeying the order, and re- 
 quest that the order be reiterated in writing. On the receipt of 
 such order the expenditure shall be made. 
 
 1749. 
 
 (1) Disbursement of public moneys, or disposal of public stores, by ord* VoiTom- 
 made by a disbursing officer pursuant to an order of any com- ending officers, 
 manding officer of the Navy, shall be allowed by the proper ac- 
 counting officer of the Treasury in settlement of the accounts of 
 
 the officer upon satisfactory evidence of the making of such order, 
 and of the payment of money or disposal of stores in conformity 
 with it ; and the commanding officer by whose order such disburse- 
 ment or disposal was made shall be held accountable for the same. 
 (Sec. 285, R. S.) 
 
 (2) The foregoing, however, does not authorize an advance of 
 public money by an officer of the Supply Corps to the commanding 
 officer or to any other person by his order. The disbursement pre- 
 supposes an indebtedness, and whether the objects for which the 
 indebtedness accrued were sanctioned or not by law or regulation, 
 an officer of the Supply Corps would be entitled to a credit for pay- 
 ment therefor, when made by order of the commanding officer; 
 but the disbursement must be for some service or article furnished 
 in accordance with law. 
 
 (3) The commanding officer will be held accountable by the 
 Navy Department for every expenditure of funds or property made 
 by his authority ; but in order to charge a commanding officer with 
 pecuniary responsibility for a payment made by his order under 
 paragraph 1 of this article, it is necessary that there should be a 
 compliance with article 1748, for in the absence of such written 
 order from the commanding officer, after a statement of objec- 
 tions has been duly made, the officer of the Supply Corps and not 
 the commanding officer will be held responsible. 
 
 1750. 
 
 (1) Although an officer may be charged on the books of the i.e^ns^o^the 
 Treasury with the amount of requisitions made in his favor, yet receipt of fuods. 
 he is not held accountable for money until it shall have come to 
 
 his hands. 
 
 (2) In each transfer of funds thfe receiving officer must state fu J d ^ ansfer of 
 on the receipt given that he holds himself accountable to the 
 
 United States for the sanr received. The officer making the 
 transfer shall state whether the funds transferred were in cash, 
 i. e., currency, or by check. If by check, the date, number, and 
 depository on whom drawn must be stated. 
 1S3S41°— 20 37 
 
566 
 
 (3) When transfers have been made to, or funds received from, 
 more than one officer, the amounts so transferred or received from 
 each officer shall be stated separately. 
 
 1751. 
 
 Custodian of Every officer or other person charged by any act of Congress 
 failing to^safely with the safekeeping of the public moneys, who shall loan, use, or 
 
 keep, without convert to his own use, or shall deposit in any bank or exchange 
 loaning, etc. ,. , " 
 
 for other funds, except as specially allowed by law, any portion 
 
 of the public moneys intrusted to him for safekeeping, shall be 
 
 guilty of embezzlement of the money so loaned, used, converted, 
 
 deposited, or exchanged, and shall be fined in a sum equal to the 
 
 amount of money so embezzled and imprisoned not more than 10 
 
 years. (Sec. 89, act of Mar. 4, 1909.) 
 
 1752. 
 
 Failare of of- Every officer or agent of the United States who, having received 
 ficer to render ,,. ,.,,. ^ ., . -i .■_ ^. •, 
 
 accounts, etc. public money which he is not authorized to retain as salary, pay, 
 
 or emolument, fails to render his accounts for the same as pro- 
 vided by law shall be deemed guilty of embezzlement, and shall be 
 fined in a sum equal to the amount of the money embezzled and 
 imprisoned not more than 10 years. (Sec. 90, act of Mar. 4, 1909.) 
 
 1753. 
 
 Penalty for Every officer of the United States, civil, military, or naval, and 
 embezzlement, ,, .. ... . ... , , . 
 
 false returns, every sutler, soldier, marine, or other person, who takes or causes 
 
 etc * to be taken into a State declared to be in insurrection, or to any 
 
 other point to be thence taken into such State, or who trans- 
 ports or sells, or otherwise disposes of therein, any goods, wares, 
 or merchandise whatsoever, except in pursuance of license and 
 authority of the President, as provided in this title, or who makes 
 any false statement or representation upon which license and 
 authority is granted for such transportation, sale, or other dis- 
 position, or who, under any license or authority obtained, willfully 
 and knowingly transports, sells, or otherwise disposes of any other 
 goods, wares, or merchandise than such as are in good faith so 
 licensed and authorized, or who willfully and knowingly trans- 
 ports, sells, or disposes of the same, or any portion thereof, in 
 violation of the terms of such license or authority, or of any rule 
 or regulation prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury concern- 
 ing the same, or who is guilty of any act of embezzlement, of 
 willful misappropriation of public or private money or property, 
 of keeping false accounts, or of willfully making any false returns, 
 shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be fined not 
 
567 
 
 more than $5,000 and imprisoned in the penitentiary not more 
 than three years. Violations of this section shall be cognizable 
 before any court, civil or military, competent to try the same. 
 (Sec. 5306, R. S.) 
 
 1754. 
 
 No exchange of funds shall be made by any disbursing officer Exchange of 
 or agent of the Government, of any grade or denomination funds restncted - 
 whatsoever or connected with any branch of the public service, 
 other than an exchange for gold, silver, United States notes, and 
 national bank notes; and every such disbursing officer, when the 
 means for his disbursements are furnished to him in gold, silver, 
 United States notes, or national bank notes, shall make his pay- 
 ments in the moneys so furnished ; or when they are furnished to 
 him in drafts, shall cause those drafts to be presented at their 
 place of payment and properly paid according to law, and shall 
 make his payments in the money so received for the drafts fur- 
 nished, unless in either case he can exchange the means in his 
 hands for gold and silver at par ; and it shall be the duty of the 
 head of the proper department immediately to suspend from duty 
 any disbursing officer or agent who violates the provisions of this 
 section, and forthwith to report the name of the officer or agent 
 to the President, with the fact of the violation and all the cir- 
 cumstances accompanying the same, and within the knowledge of 
 the Secretary, to the end that such officer or agent may be 
 promptly removed from office, or restored to his trust and the 
 performance of his duties, as the President may deem just and 
 proper. (Sec. 3651, R. S.) 
 
 Tso officer of the United Slates shall, either directlv or indirectly, Premium on 
 
 „ ,. - , , m sales of public 
 
 sell or dispose of to any person for a premium any Treasury moneys to be ac- 
 
 note, draft, warrant, or other public security not his private countod for * 
 
 property, or sell or dispose of the avails or proceeds of such note, 
 
 draft, warrant, or security in his hands for disbursement, without 
 
 making return of such premium, and accounting therefor by 
 
 charging the same in his accounts to the credit of the United 
 
 States; and any officer violating this section shall be forthwith 
 
 dismissed from office. (Sec. 3652, R. S.) 
 
 1756. 
 
 If any officer charged with the disbursement of the public Evidence of 
 
 ^ conversion, 
 
 moneys accepts, receives, or transmits to the Treasury Department, 
 
 to be allowed in his favor, any receipt or voucher from a creditor 
 
 of the United States, without having paid to such creditor, in 
 
 such funds as the officer received for disbursement or in such 
 
568 
 
 funds as he may be authorized by law to take in exchange, the 
 full amount specified in such receipt or voucher, every such act is 
 an act of conversion by such officer to his own use of the amount 
 specified in such receipt or voucher. ( Sec. 5496, R. S. ) 
 
 Section 2. — Deposits and Checks. 
 
 1757. 
 
 Funds to be (1) It shall be the duty of every disbursing officer having any 
 nursing officers!" public money intrusted to him for disbursement to deposit the 
 same with the Teasurer or some one of the assistant treasurers of 
 the United States and to draw for the same only as it may be 
 required for payments to be made by him in pursuance of law, and 
 draw for the same only in favor of the persons to whom payment 
 is made; and all transfers from the Treasurer of the United 
 States to a disbursing officer shall be by draft or warrant on the 
 Treasury or an assistant treasurer of the United States. In 
 places, however, where there is no treasurer or assistant treasurer 
 the Secretary of the Treasury may, when he deems it essential to 
 the public interest, specially authorize in writing the deposit of 
 such public money in any other public depository, or in writing 
 authorize the same to be kept in any other manner, and under 
 such rules and regulations as he may deem most safe and effectual 
 to facilitate the payments to public creditors. ( Sec. 3620, R. S. ) 
 snJ^depoSts to (2) In no case are certificates of such deposits required to be 
 be rendered. filed with accounts rendered by Government officers to the ac- 
 counting officers of the Treasury. In making credit in their 
 accounts, however, for deposits made, officers shall state specifi- 
 cally the date of the deposit and the designation and location of 
 the depository, as well as the source from which the money was 
 derived. 
 
 1758. 
 
 Failure to de- Whoever, having money of the United States in his possession 
 posi as require . Qr un( j er j^ control, shall fail to deposit it with the Treasurer, or 
 some assistant treasurer, or some public depository of the United 
 States, when required so to do by the Secretary of the Treasury, 
 or the head of any other proper department, or by the accounting 
 officers of the Treasury, shall be deemed guilty of embezzlement 
 thereof, and shall be fined in a sum equal to the amount of money 
 embezzled and imprisoned not more than ten years. '(Sec. 91, act 
 of Mar. 4, 1909.) 
 
 1759. 
 
 Moneys to be (l) The gross amount of all moneys received, from whatever 
 deposited with- „ ° „ , ; ._, , 17 / 
 
 out deduction, source, for the use of the United States, except as otherwise pro- 
 vided in the next section, shaU be paid by the officer or agent 
 
 
569 
 
 receiving the same into the Treasury at as early a day as prac- 
 ticable, without any abatement or deduction on account of salary, 
 fees, costs, charges, expenses, or claim of any description what- 
 ever. (Sec. 3617, R. S.) 
 
 (2) Every officer or agent who neglects or refuses to comply Penalty for 
 with the provisions of section 3617, Revised Statutes, shall be sub- ^ i n t e hh<ildillg 
 ject to be removed from office and to forfeit to the United States 
 any share or part of the money withheld to which he might other- 
 wise be entitled. ( Sec. 3619, R. S. ) 
 
 1760. 
 
 Whoever, being a disbursing officer of the United States, or a fi Disbursing of- 
 ficer unlawfully 
 person acting as such, shall in any manner convert to his own use, depositing, Con- 
 or loan with or without interest, or deposit in any place or in any or rtl ?£nsferring 
 manner, except as authorized by law, any public money intrusted public money. 
 to him; or shall, for any purpose not prescrlbeo! by law, withdraw 
 from the Treasurer or any assistant treasurer, or any authorized 
 depositary, or transfer, or apply any portion of the public money 
 intrusted to him, shall be deemed guilty of an embezzlement of 
 the money so converted, loaned, deposited, withdrawn, transferred, 
 or applied, and shall be fined not more than the amount embez- 
 zled or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both. (Sec. 87, act 
 of Mar. 4, 1909.) 
 
 1761. 
 
 The supply officer of every ship in commission for sea service Supply officers 
 shall keep on deposit with the Treasurer of the Tinted stales aSipSitaJtrSS 
 sufficient amount of Government funds t<> enable officers and men uf y* 
 to remit money for the support of their families or for their own 
 savings. 
 
 1762. 
 
 Supply officers of ships destined for foreign ports shall, before Supply officers 
 sailing from the United States, deposit all public funds in their ?"„£ 'oV'Xnd 
 possession to the credit of the United States, exeept such money fjJjfM'tatloi ' 
 as can be advantageously used within a reasonable time, and such 
 funds as may be deposited with the Treasurer of the United States 
 to enable officers and men to make remittances. 
 
 1763. 
 
 Officers of the Supply Corps at shore stations having disbursing Places of de- 
 accounts shall keep their deposits with the Treasurer of the United fTg officers"^? 
 States. shore stations. 
 
570 
 
 1764. 
 
 Officers of the (1) Officers of the Supply Corps, except when attached to ships 
 deposit balances 01 " to forei g n stations, on being relieved from duty involving pe- 
 
 when relieved cuniary responsibility, shall immediately deposit in the Treasury 
 
 from duty. 
 
 of the United States, or other designated depository, the total bal- 
 ance of public funds in their hands, and forward a duplicate of the 
 certificate of deposit to the Auditor for the Navy Department with- 
 out delay. Under no circumstances shall they transfer such bal- 
 ance, or any part of it, to their successors, or carry it to future 
 accounts of their own, unless authorized to do so by the depart- 
 ment. 
 Balances of (2) In cases where purchasing officers have received funds for 
 
 purchasing offi- payment of particular bills, which remain unpaid at the time of 
 
 their relief, the funds so received shall be transferred to their 
 
 successors ; all other funds in their possession shall be deposited to 
 
 the credit of the Treasurer of the United States. 
 
 Officers of the (3) When attached to ships or to stations abroad, officers of the 
 
 abroad transfer Supply Corps on being relieved shall, unless otherwise directed in 
 
 funds to succes- their orders, transfer to their successors all public funds due the 
 
 sors. 
 
 United States, including balances on deposit in the several deposi- 
 tories, except such amount as may be necessary to meet payments 
 on account of pay to themselves, clerks, or yeomen ; transportation 
 to the United States, if not otherwise provided; and freight or 
 express charges on accounts and returns., If any part of such 
 funds reserved from transfer remains unexpended at the time 
 final returns are forwarded to the Auditor for the Navy Depart- 
 ment, such sum shall be immediately deposited to the credit of the 
 United States. 
 Checks eover- (4) Checks to cover balances of funds on deposit shall be for 
 
 d"|oSt! anCeS ° a the amount shown as still on deposit and unobligated by the 
 analysis of balances on the final account current, the amount to be 
 taken up by the receiving officer as funds received by check, and 
 shown, in the analysis of balances, as in transit, until notice is 
 received from the depositary that the amount is placed to his 
 official credit. 
 Officer of the (5) Whenever an officer of the Supply Corps is relieved from 
 
 neve? t^> 0r trans- ^ ut y involving the disbursement of money, he shall immediately 
 
 fer blank checks, transfer all Government blank checks to his successor or shall re- 
 turn them to the Treasurer of the United States or to other orig- 
 inal source of issue, unless ordered to other duty requiring the 
 use of the same checks. When transferred to his successor, the 
 latter's receipt, showing in detail the numbered checks so trans- 
 ferred, shall be taken and forwarded to original source of i?sue. 
 An officer, prior to making such transfer, will cancel his symbol 
 number from all blank checks so transferred. 
 
571 
 
 1765. 
 
 The following regulations made by the Secretary of the Treas- 
 ury, in pursuance of sections 306 to 310 of the Revised Statutes, 
 shall be observed by all officers : 
 
 (1) Any Treasury draft or any check drawn by a public dis- t ^j*'* 8 t jJJJ*' 
 bursing officer still in service, which shall be presented for pay- or more years. 
 ment before it shall have been issued three full fiscal years, will 
 
 be paid in the usual manner by the officer or bank on which it is 
 drawn, and from funds to the credit of the drawer. Thus, any 
 such draft or check issued on or after July 1, 1909, will be paid as 
 above stated until June 30, 1913, and the same rule will apply for 
 subsequent years. 
 
 (2) Any such draft or check which has been issued for a longer 
 period than three full fiscal years will be paid only by the settle- 
 ment of an account in the Treasury Department, as provided in 
 section 308, Revised Statutes, and for this purpose the draft or 
 check will be transmitted to the Secretary of the Treasury for the 
 necessary action. 
 
 (3) At the close of each fiscal year, the Treasurer, the several 
 assistant treasurers, and the national-bank depositories will render 
 to the Secretary of the Treasury, as required by section 310, a list 
 of all disbursing officers' accounts still unclosed which have re- 
 mained unchanged on the books of their respective offices or 
 banks, either by debit or credit, more than three fiscal years, giv- 
 ing in each case the name and official designation of the officer, 
 the date when the account with him was opened, the date of last 
 debit and hist credit, and the balance remaining to his credit. 
 
 (4) Whenever any disbursing officer of the United States shall Information 
 cease to act in that capacity, he will at once inform the Secretary secretary of the 
 of the treasury whether he has any public funds to his credit in Treasur J- 
 
 any office or bank, and, if so, what checks, if any, he has drawn 
 against the same which are still outstanding and unpaid. Until 
 satisfactory information of this character shall have been fur- 
 nished, the whole amount of such moneys will be held to meet the 
 payment of his checks properly payable therefrom. 
 
 (5) In case of the death, resignation, or removal of a public dis- Death, reslg- 
 bursing officer, any check previously drawn by him and not pre- JjJjJJ' ° f '*" 
 sented for payment within four months of its date will not be paid 
 
 until its correctness shall have been attested by the Secretary or 
 Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. 
 
 (6) If the object or purpose for which any check of a public , Payment of 
 
 checks ni*iv hft 
 
 disbursing officer is drawn is not stated thereon, as required by refused, 
 the following article, or if any reason exists for suspecting fraud, 
 the office or bank on which such check is drawn will refuse its 
 payment. 
 
572 
 
 1766. 
 
 Checks on of- (1) Any disbursing officer or agent drawing checks on moneys 
 must state Object deposited to his official credit must state on the face or back 
 for which drawn. f eac j 1 c heck the object or purpose to which the avails are to be 
 applied, except upon checks issued in payment of individual pen- 
 sions, the special form of such checks indicating sufficiently the 
 character of the disbursement. 
 
 (2) Such statement may be made in brief form, but must 
 clearly indicate the object of the expenditure, as, for instance, 
 " pay," " pay roll," " public bill No. ," " for ," " re- 
 mittance," " exchange for cash," etc. 
 Checks not to (3) Checks will not be returned to the drawer after their pay- 
 be returned. me nt, but the depository with whom the account is kept shall fur- 
 nish the officer with a monthly statement of his deposit account. 
 (4) Deposits to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States 
 on account of repayment of disbursing funds must be made with 
 the officer or bank in which such funds are on deposit to the 
 credit of the disbursing officer. 
 No allowances (5) No allowance will be made to any disbursing officer for 
 pemes. f ° f ex " expenses charged for collecting money on checks, except the un- 
 avoidable payment of express charges for money brought from a 
 distant point. Such charges may be paid on public bills under 
 appropriation " Pay, miscellaneous." 
 Death, etc., of (6) In case of death, resignation, or removal of any disbursing 
 cer. ursms ° " officer, checks previously drawn by him will be paid from the funds 
 to his credit, unless such checks have been drawn more than four 
 months before their presentation or reasons exist for suspecting 
 fraud. 
 Official signa- (7) Every disbursing officer, when opening his first account, 
 before issuing any checks, will furnish the depositary on whom 
 the checks are drawn with his official signature, duly verified by 
 some officer whose signature is known to the depository. 
 
 1767. 
 
 Purposes for (i) Officers of the Supply Corps shall not use the funds intrusted 
 which funds may , . , . . , , ,._ 
 
 be used. to them in cashing private checks, coupons, certificates, or 
 
 vouchers. 
 
 Purposes for (2) They shall issue no checks against their official deposits 
 
 "ivliich checks 
 
 may be drawn, except, in pursuance of law and regulation, as follows : 
 
 (a) For money for payment of navy yard and station rolls. 
 (6) For payment of ships' pay rolls. 
 
 (c) For payment of advances to officers and enlisted men. 
 
 (d) For payment of allotments. 
 
 (e) For payment of traveling expenses. 
 
573 
 
 (f) For payment of authorizes! vouchers, stating nature of 
 purchase or service. 
 
 (g) For transfer of funds from one officer of the Supply Corps 
 to another. 
 
 (h) For remittances by officers and enlisted men on account 
 of pay. 
 
 (3) Checks shall be drawn only in favor of the party to whom ^ favor of 
 the money is due from the United States, except in case of duly 
 authorized allotments, and checks issued to officers and men on 
 ships and on foreign stations for their convenience in remitting, 
 in which cases checks may be drawn directly to order of persons 
 by whom they are received from an officer of the Supply Corps. 
 Checks drawn by officers of the Supply Corps to supply themselves 
 with funds for making cash payments must be drawn to their own 
 order and endorsed to the bank or person furnishing the funds 
 
 17G8. 
 
 The following regulations in regard to checks lost, stolen, or Original checks 
 destroyed are established by the Secretary of the Treasury, in destroyed. 6 "' 
 compliance with sections 3646 and 3647 of the Revised Statutes: 
 
 («) Immediately upon the loss of a check, the owner, to better Notification to 
 protect his interest, should, in writing, notify the officer or bank n whlchdrawn. 
 on which it was drawn of the fact of such loss, stating the name 
 of the officer or agent by whom it was drawn, describing the check, 
 giving, if possible, its date, number, and amount, and requesting 
 that payment of the same be stopped. 
 
 (&) In order to procure the issue of a duplicate check, the party Affidavit to be 
 in interest must furnish the officer or agent who issued the original 
 check with an affidavit, giving the name and residence of the ap- 
 plicant in full, describing the cheek and its endorsements, showing 
 his interest therein, detailing the circumstances attending its loss, 
 and what acton, if any, he has taken to stop payment thereon. 
 The affidavit must be made and signed before an officer authorized 
 to administer oaths generally, and he must certify that he ad- 
 ministered the oath. 
 
 (c) He must also furnish to the same officer or agent a bond Bond to be 
 executed on the proper form and according to these instructions, 
 
 which will be furnished to any officer or agent applying therefor. 
 
 (d) The affidavit and the bond, when executed, are to be en- Endorsements, 
 dorsed by the officer or agent as having been submitted to him and 
 
 as being the proof and security upon which he has acted. After 
 
 the expiration of thirty days from the time the original check was 
 
 issued, the officer or agent will issue a duplicate, which must be 
 
 an exact transcript of the original, especial care being taken that Duplicate ig- 
 
 sneu. 
 
 the number and date correspond with those of the original. 
 
574 
 
 Affidavit, bond, ( e ) r£^ e affidavit, bond, and duplicate check lie will forward 
 chock forwarded, without delay to the Secretary of the Treasury, who upon their 
 receipt will advise the office or bank on which the check was 
 drawn that an application for a duplicate is pending, and the office 
 or bank will immediately inform the Secretary whether a request 
 has been made to stop payment of the original, and whether such 
 original has been presented or paid, and, if not paid, a caveat will 
 be entered and payment thereupon will be stopped. 
 
 (f) If the information obtained is satisfactory to the Secretary 
 of the Treasury and he approves of the issue of the duplicate and 
 of the accompanying bond, he will certify such approval in writ- 
 ing on the papers as well as on the duplicate check. 
 
 Payment of (g) Any duplicate check issued in pursuance of these instruc- 
 tions, bearing such approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, may. 
 if properly indorsed, be paid, subject to the same rules and regu- 
 lations as apply to the payment of original checks, but no duplicate 
 shall be paid if the original shall already have been paid. 
 
 sueY St lby he officer W In case of tne loss of a cneck issued b 7 a United States dis- 
 or agent de- bursing officer or agent who is dead or no longer in the service of 
 
 CCES6(1 
 
 the United States, the affidavit and bond required to be furnished 
 by the owner of said check to the officer or agent in the service 
 of the United States, prior to the issue of a duplicate check, should 
 be forwarded to the Secretary of the Treasury, who will refer 
 them to the proper accounting officer for examination and the 
 statement of an account in favor of the owner of said check. 
 
 (i) Whenever such an account shall have been stated and an 
 officer or agent charged with the amount of said lost check, the 
 accounting officer will notify the Secretary of the Treasury, in 
 order that the amount of the check, if remaining to the credit of 
 the officer or agent in any United States depository, may be repaid 
 into the Treasury and carried to his credit and to the credit of 
 the proper appropriation. 
 
 Section 3. — Requisitions foe Money. 
 
 1769. 
 
 Eeqnisitions for (i) All requisitions for public funds pertaining to the Naval 
 
 money made on 
 
 Secretary. Establishment shall be made upon the Secretary of the Navy 
 
 through the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (2) Unless specifically authorized by the department, transfers 
 of public funds between officers in the United States, except when 
 made by fleet, squadron, or division paymasters on duly approved 
 requisitions, are prohibited. 
 
575 
 
 1770. 
 
 All money drawn by officers of the Supply Corps should be re- All moneys 
 quired and taken up by them under the head of " General account toT under 8 one 
 of advances." head> 
 
 1771. 
 
 (1) When an officer of the Supply Corps presents a requisition Statement of 
 for money for the approval of his commanding officer, he shall fur- 1" "accompany 
 nish therewith a statement of the amount of public money then in re *i ui s itl0n « 
 
 his possession and on deposit to his credit with each of the several 
 depositories. Such requisitions require the approval of the senior 
 officer present. 
 
 (2) When requesting supplies of money, the commanding officer 
 shall be careful to limit every approved requisition therefor, 
 whether in the United States or in a foreign port, to the amount 
 that will be actually required before another supply can be advan- 
 tageously obtained, as shown by closely calculated estimates. 
 
 1772. 
 
 (1) When money is needed for ships out of the United States, Funds for 
 officers shall procure it by requisition upon the fleet, squadron, or stat ions'! oreign 
 division paymaster, if in presence of the flagship or conveniently 
 accessible thereto. 
 
 (2) When not in presence of the flagship, supply officers of ships 
 may transfer money to each other for disbursement, upon requisi- 
 tions and receipts in the usual form, with the approval of the 
 senior officer present. 
 
 1773. 
 
 Purchasing officers shall be furnished with funds upon requi- Funds for pur- 
 , . ,. _ . _ ,. , . , ,. chasing officers. 
 
 sitiong prepared in the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, due noti- 
 fication of the drawing of which shall be sent to the purchasing 
 officer. 
 
 1774. 
 
 Disbursing officers of navv vards will be furnished with funds Funds for dis- 
 
 ,, . , , ',,' . .,. . . £1 mirslng officers 
 
 tor the payment oi labor rolls upon requisitions prepared in the of shore stations. 
 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, due notification of the drawing 
 
 of which shall be sent to such officers. 
 
 1775. 9 
 
 Officers are strictly enjoined to limit their requisitions on the Requisitions 
 department to such amounts as are absolutely necessary and shall 
 state on the face thereof the necessity for any unusually large 
 amounts. 
 
576 
 
 Section 4. — Bills of Exchange. 
 1776. 
 
 Authority to (1) All officers of the Supply Corps attached to seagoing ships 
 chaiiee lllS ° f ° X " are authorized, in cases of absolute necessity, to draw bills of ex- 
 change to supply themselves with funds ; but no such officer shall 
 draw bills when in the presence of the fleet, squadron, or division 
 paymaster. 
 Blanks fur- (2) Fleet, squadron, and division paymasters and officers of the 
 reau° of Supplies Supply Corps ordered to a seagoing ship on the Pacific Station, or 
 and Accounts. on tIie Asiatic or other foreign station, or to a ship under orders to 
 proceed to foreign waters, shall apply to the Bureau of Supplies 
 and Accounts for a supply of blank sets of bills, letters of advice, 
 and accounts of sale. 
 Accountability (3) The bills shall be kept in the supply officer's exclusive pos- 
 ©? r exchange? 1118 ses sion, and all remaining at the end of the cruise shall be re- 
 turned immediately to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts with 
 a letter stating the exact number of blank sets. If relieved during 
 the cruise, he shall take a receipt from his successor and make a 
 similar report to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 Specimen sig- (4) After reporting for duty as specified in paragraph 2, speci- 
 f^rTvarded* be mens °^ the official signatures of the commanding officer and 
 supply officer, on S. and A. Form 194 or a separate blank sheet, 
 will be forwarded to the Paymaster General of the Navy for 
 authentication and transmittal to the foreign financial agents. 
 In the case of fleet, squadron, or division paymasters, specimens 
 of the official signatures of the fleet, squadron, or division com- 
 manders will be similarly forwarded. 
 
 1777. 
 
 Negotiation of In the absence of the commander in chief, if, in the opinion of 
 change. ° f ex " the senior officer present, a delay would be detrimental, the divi- 
 sion paymaster, if there be one, or the supply officer of the ship, or 
 the senior officer present, shall draw and negotiate bills of ex- 
 change in conformity with the following instructions : 
 
 (a) Bills must invariably be made payable to the order of the 
 commander in chief or squadron or division commander, if the 
 vessel is a flagship, or of the commanding officer of the ship if not 
 a flagship, and his indorsement on the bills is taken as his ap- 
 proval^ the supply officer's act in drawing them. 
 
 (&) When a supply officer needs funds for which he will have 
 to draw exchange, he shall inform the indorsing officer of the fact, 
 upon the form prescribed. 
 
 (c) If the sale of exchange is authorized, the supply officer shall 
 make diligent inquiry of bankers, merchants, and others as to the 
 best obtainable rates, kind of money, and time and place of pay- 
 
577 
 
 merit, and shall then, with the approval of the indorsing officer, 
 negotiate the same. 
 
 (d) Bills shall be drawn either upon the foreign financial agents 
 of the Navy Department or upon the Secretary of the Navy, pref- 
 erably on the latter when the rates of exchange are equal, never at 
 less than three days' sight when drawn upon the Secretary of the 
 Navy, and at sight or at such time after sight as may be most 
 advantageous to the Government when drawn upon the foreign 
 financial agents. In comparing the rates of exchange, the com- 
 mission of one-half of 1 per cent paid to the foreign financial 
 agents must be taken into consideration. To make up the whole 
 sum required, as many different sets may be drawn as may be 
 most easily negotiated or as the purchaser or purchasers may 
 request for their accommodation. 
 
 (e) Before leaving a port the supply officer shall fully inform 
 himself of the probable course of exchange and facilities for draw- 
 ing in the places he expects to visit, and also as to the money 
 usually current there, so that he may know when and where to 
 draw most favorably and avoid, as far as possible, taking away 
 from a port, either at home or abroad, coin which elsewhere can 
 only be used at a disadvantage. 
 
 (/") Immediately after negotiating any bill of exchange the 
 supply officer shall transmit to the Secretary of the Navy letters 
 of advice, of which the original (so marked) shall be forwarded 
 through the proper channels by the earliest opportunity, and the 
 duplicate (also marked) similarly forwarded by the next succeed- 
 ing mail. 
 
 (g) Whenever bills are drawn upon the foreign agents, letters 
 of advice to them shall also be made in duplicate for each set, of 
 which the original is to accompany the bills, and the duplicate to 
 be sent direct by the earliest opportunity. 
 
 (h) For each series of bills, an account of sale and letter of 
 advice shall be forwarded to the Auditor for the Navy Department 
 as soon as the bills are negotiated. A duplicate of the account of 
 sale shall be forwarded to the Navy Department for the Bureau 
 of Supplies and Accounts, and a copy shall be forwarded to the 
 commander in chief for the files of the fleet, squadron, or division 
 paymaster. 
 
 (i) Unless otherwise especially directed, all bills of exchange 
 shall be drawn under " General account of advances." 
 
 0") All money received by negotiating bills of exchange, except 
 such as must be applied to the payment of public bills then due, 
 shall be deposited on board ship by the supply officer without 
 delay, and that officer shall make a report of the amount to the 
 officer of the deck and to the commanding officer. 
 
 (k) When the ship under his command is attached to a fleet, 
 squadron, or division, the commanding officer shall not authorize 
 
578 
 
 bills of exchange to be negotiated without having previously ob- 
 tained permission from the commander in chief or the squadron 
 or division commander, except in cases of emergency. 
 
 (I) When the ship under his command is attached to a fleet, 
 squadron, or division, but is separated from the commander in 
 chief or squadron or division commander, the commanding officer 
 shall forward to that officer, whenever a bill of exchange is 
 negotiated, an additional copy of the letter of advice required by 
 these regulations to be sent to the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 1778. 
 
 Accounting for The following instructions as to the proper mode of accounting 
 of exchange. 1 S for and paying out the proceeds of bills of exchange shall be 
 strictly observed by all officers of the Supply Corps of the Navy : 
 
 (a) When bills are made payable in United States money, or 
 are sold for such, otherwise than at par, the entries in the " ac- 
 count sales " shall be so made as to show not only the net amount 
 actually received by the supply officer, but also the face value and 
 the premium or discount charged thereon. Examples: (1) "Pro- 
 ceeds of bill No. 10, for $10,000, United States coin, at 5 per cent 
 premium; $10,500." (2) "Proceeds of bill No. 12, for $10,000, 
 United States coin, at 3 per cent discount=$9,700." 
 
 ( b ) When bills are drawn or the proceeds thereof are received 
 in foreign money, the entries in the " account sales " shall show 
 the amount and kind of money drawn for, and the amount and 
 kind of money received, both at its local current value as to the 
 money drawn for, and its legal value in United States money. 
 Example: "Proceeds of bill No. 20, for £l,000-0s.-0d., sterling, 
 received in francs at fr. 24.85 per £=24,850 francs, at 19& 
 cts. =$4,796.05." 
 
 (c) In accounting for the proceeds of bills of exchange in their 
 accounts current, officers shall credit the United States with the 
 legal United States gold equivalent of the face value of the bills, 
 and credit or debit the United States with the premium or loss 
 on exchange, as the case may be. 
 
 ( d ) All foreign money received shall be charged to and paid out 
 by officers of the Supply Corps at the legal valuation fixed by the 
 Secretary of the Treasury, and published on the first day of each 
 quarter. 
 
 Section 5. — Deposits by Enlisted Men. 
 
 1779. 
 
 Deposits with When so requested, the supply officer of a ship shall, under 
 
 supp y o cers. p r0 p er restrictions as to time and place to be prescribed by the 
 
 commanding officer, receive money from members of the crew for 
 
579 
 
 safe-keeping, issuing memorandum receipts therefor, and he shall 
 take every precaution for its safe-keeping. 
 
 1780. 
 
 All funds placed with the supply officer by enlisted men as Deposits re- 
 security for their return from absence on leave and forfeited by state"? t0 lmted 
 desertion, and all money refunded by minors or others discharged 
 from the service, shall be credited to their respective accounts 
 on the pay roll, and taken up by the supply officer on his account 
 current under " General account of advances-" 
 
 1781. 
 
 (1) Enlisted men of the Navy, serving afloat or ashore, and Deposits by 
 
 crew. 
 enlisted men of the Marine Corps serving afloat, may, on the first 
 
 day of each month, and that day only, with the approval of the 
 
 commanding officer, deposit with the officer upon whose books 
 
 their accounts are borne, any portion of the savings; accruing 
 
 from their pay and savings from other sources on board ship, in 
 
 sums not less than five dollars, the same to remain so deposited 
 
 until final payment on discharge or when an enlisted man is fur- 
 
 loughed in accordance with the act of August 29, 1916. 
 
 (2) No enlisted man shall be compelled to deposit any part of Deposits not 
 
 " compulsory, 
 
 his savings, but when sums shall be due them they may make ap- 
 plication to the commanding officer, not oftener than once in 
 every month, to have such sums as they desire, not loss than 
 five dollars and for no fractional part of a dollar, charged against 
 their pay account and credited to their deposit account; and this 
 request shall he granted in all cases, unless there shall appear 
 reasons for not doing so, in which case the facts shall be reported 
 to the Navy Department. To effect this transfer, special money 
 requisitions marked "For deposit" shall be prepared. The officer 
 carrying the accounts shall check against them, in the checkage 
 column of the pay roll, the amount deposited, writing the word 
 "Deposit" in red ink over the entries. (Arts. 1S70 to 1875.) 
 
 (3) When a deposit is made In cash, and not bv chockage on Deposits in 
 
 cflsh 
 the pay roll, the depositor shall certify the entry made in the 
 
 record book of his deposit account by signing his name in the 
 
 place provided. 
 
 (4) For any sum not less than five dollars, deposited for the 
 period of six months or longer, depositors, on final discharge or 
 upon furlough in accordance with the act of August 29, 1916, shall 
 
 be paid interest at the rate of four per cent per annum. Interest. 
 
 (5) All money so deposited shall be accounted for in the same Deposits, how 
 manner as other public funds and shall pass to the credit of the accoun e on 
 
 " Pay of the Navy, Deposit Fund," or " Pay, Marine Corps, Deposit 
 Fund," and shall not be forfeited by sentence of court-martial 
 or deck court, but shall be forfeited by desertion, and shall not 
 
580 
 
 P a y ment 
 discharge. 
 
 D e p osits 
 marines 
 shore. 
 
 be paid until final payment on discharge or upon furlough in 
 accordance with the act of August 29, 1916, or to the heirs or 
 representatives of a deceased depositor, and it shall be exempt 
 from liability for such depositor's debts. The Government shall 
 be liable for the amount deposited to the person so depositing the 
 on same. 
 
 (6) Upon final discharge or upon furlough in accordance with 
 the act of August 29, 1916, the officer having the account of de- 
 positors shall make payment in full, with interest, of all sums 
 deposited during enlistment, in the manner prescribed by Art. 
 1870. 
 
 (7) Should a deposit book be lost, the officer having the owner's 
 account shall so inform the Auditor for the Navy Department, 
 stating all the circumstances connected with such loss, and request- 
 ing that he be furnished with a statement showing the amount 
 standing to the man's credit as having been deposited. Upon the 
 receipt of such statement the officer shall immediately issue a new 
 deposit book, giving it the same number as the original, to which 
 he shall attach the statement received from the auditor. When a 
 man is to be discharged or to be placed on furlough in accordance 
 with the act of August 29, 1916, and his deposit book can not be 
 found, the officer shall not credit any deposit or interest to the 
 man's account, but shall furnish him with a statement setting 
 forth all the facts in connection with the loss of the deposit book, 
 together with a certificate that " no credit of deposits or interest " 
 has been made on his rolls, and shall instruct the man to forward 
 said statement to the Auditor for the Navy Department and to 
 make claim upon that officer for any balance remaining due. 
 
 *>y (8) Deposits by enlisted men of the Marine Corps serving on 
 > n 
 
 shore shall be made as provided in instructions issued in manuals. 
 
 Section 6. — Money Issued to Officers and Enlisted Men. 
 1782. 
 
 Payments 
 crew. . 
 
 t0 The supply officer shall issue money to enlisted men and ma- 
 rines only in such sums and at such times as shall be directed in 
 writing by the commanding officer. 
 
 1783. 
 
 Supply officer 
 to he present at 
 issues. 
 
 Except when prevented by an exigency of the service, to be de- 
 termined by the commanding officer, the supply officer shall be 
 present and personally superintend all issues of money. 
 
 1784. 
 
 Money lists. (i) Money lists, in duplicate, with the men's names arranged 
 
 consecutively in the order of their pay numbers, shall be prepared 
 by the supply officer on the 3d and 18th of each month. The list 
 
. 581 
 
 prepared on the 3d of the month shall show the amount (nearest 
 dollar) which was clue and payable to each man at the end of the 
 preceding month ; similarly, the list prepared on the 18th shall 
 show the amount due and payable on the 15th of the month. The 
 original of this money list shall be submitted to the commanding 
 officer for approval, after which a copy shall be posted on the 
 ship's bulletin board. 
 
 (2) Under no circumstances shall any person connected with 
 the .supply department prepare a special money requisition. 
 
 1785. 
 
 (1) All payments in cash, i. e., currency, to enlisted men and Receipts for 
 marines shall be receipted for upon pay rolls or individual re- paymen s - 
 ceipts on the prescribed form, filled out in ink, signed by the man 
 
 to whom payment is made, and bearing an officer's signature as 
 witness to the genuineness of that of the man. No officer shall 
 witness a receipt unless it be actually signed in his presence and 
 he be personally acquainted with the signer. All individual pay 
 receipts when paid shall be stamped "Paid," with the actual date 
 of I he payment 
 
 (2) No receipt shall be required or taken for payments made by No receipts for 
 
 ' payments by 
 check, on account ot pay; but a description or each check' so issued check. 
 
 shall ho entered in the proper account on the roll. 
 
 (3) In no case shall money he paid to any other than the person 
 against whose account the same is charged. 
 
 1786. 
 
 (1) The laws in most cases provide sinrplv for the pavment of Payments to 
 
 officers. 
 
 an annual sum to officers; but both public and private convenience 
 
 require, and custom has fully established, the practice of paying 
 officers once a month, and this is now to be regarded as the au- 
 thorized rule of the service. 
 
 (2) Officers traveling abroad or residing in remote parts of the 
 country for their own pleasure or convenience, where the ordinary 
 methods of payments can not apply, must themselves bear the 
 delay, inconvenience, and expense which max he caused thereby. 
 In every case where payment is authorized to he made to any 
 other than the payee direct, the officer must evidence to the supply 
 Officer carrying his accounts the fact of bis right to pay by his 
 signature made on the date to which payment is desired. 
 
 Section 7. — Pay and Bounties, Navy. 
 
 The information as to pay and allowances prescribed by or in 
 pursuance of! law for officers and enlisted men of the Navy and 
 
 183841°— 20 38 
 
582 
 
 Marine Corps, will bo embodied in the Manual of the Supply Corps 
 and the Manual of the Paymaster Department. Marine Corps, re- 
 spectively, and the service will be governed accordingly. 
 
 1787. 
 
 Extra pay or 
 emoluments for- 
 bidden. 
 
 No officer in any branch of the public service, or any other 
 person whose salary, pay, or emoluments are fixed by law or 
 regulations, shall receive any additional pay, extra allowance, or 
 compensation, in any form whatever, for the disbursement of 
 public money, or for any other service or duty whatever, unless 
 the same is authorized by law, and the appropriation therefor 
 explicitly states that it is for such additional pay, extra allow- 
 ance, or compensation. ( Sec. 1765, R. S. ) 
 
 1788. 
 
 Persons acting Any person performing the duties of supply officer in a ship at 
 abroad? 1 * offlcer sea by appointment of the senior officer present in case of vacancy, 
 as provided in article 1229, shall be entitled to receive the pay of 
 the officer whom he relieves while so acting. 
 
 1789. 
 
 Sea pay. (1) Officers are entitled to sea pay while attached to and 
 
 serving on board any ship in commission under the control of the 
 Navy Department, the Coast Survey, or the Bureau of Fisheries. 
 
 Sea service. ^ Credit for sea service does not necessarily depend upon 
 
 the right to draw sea pay. 
 
 1790. 
 
 Officers, ap- All officers, including naval chaplains and warrant officers, ap- 
 dviAwe 3 from P° mtetl t0 the Ntfjy from civil life on and after March 4, 1913, 
 shall be credited with service from date of appointment only : 
 those appointed prior to that date are credited on date of appoint- 
 ment, for computing their pay. with five years' service. 
 
 1791. 
 
 Leave pay. (1) All commissioned officers of the Navy other than those 
 
 whose pay is fixed by section 1556, R. S., when on duty or 
 waiting orders shall be allowed, at the discretion of the Secre- 
 tary of the Navy, 30 days' leave of absence without change of pay 
 or allowance in any one year, or 60 days, provided that the same 
 be taken once in two years, or three months if taken once only 
 in three years, or four months if taken once only in four years. 
 If the absence does not cover the entire period allowed, the 
 balance thereof shall be placed to the officer's credit as belonging 
 
583 
 
 to the last year or years of the four considered, and may be made 
 available for future leave. For all absence in excess of that pro- 
 vided for above, leave pay shall be allowed. (Act of July 29, 
 1876.) 
 
 1792. 
 
 (1) When an officer of the Navy has been 30 years in the Retired pay. 
 service he may, upon his own application, in the discretion of the officers. 
 President, be retired from active service and placed upon the 
 
 retired list with three-fourths of the highest pay of his grade. 
 (Act of May 13, 1908.) 
 
 (2) Any officer of the Navy serving as chief of bureau in the 
 Navy Department, and subsequently retired, shall be retired with 
 the rank, pay, and allowances authorized by law for the retire- 
 ment of such bureau chief. (Act of May 13, 1908.) 
 
 1793. 
 
 An officer of the Navy wholly retired is entitled to not more , A " officer 
 
 wholly retired. 
 
 than one year's pay of his grade, and his name shall be omitted 
 
 from the Navy Register. 
 
 1794. 
 
 (1) Officers shall keep their pay accounts with the disbursing om ^ s oni,is of 
 officer of the station nearest their point of duly. In special <: 
 
 where this is round to be impracticable, as that of officers in a 
 travel status, a separate entry will l><' made on the pay roll sum- 
 mary showing amount of accrued pay and all- turing the 
 period Covered. 
 
 (2) When an officer is granted leave of absence, placed on fur- 
 lough, or directed to await orders, his account shall be transferred 
 to the disbursing officer of such shore station as he may prefer. 
 
 1795. 
 
 An officer whose orders involve a change in the rate of his pay i n i )r a dc c r h a J,ee 0l of 
 shall present them i<» the officer having ants for the prepa- ra te of pay. 
 
 ration of such copies of the orders rial indorsements as he may 
 require. The officer shall certify the copies and also the time he 
 left or arrived at his station or domicile. 
 
 1796. 
 
 If an officer fails to pass the examination preliminary to promo- to^s^'examiiS 
 tion and passes upon a subsequent one, or if he fails to attend tj 011 f« r promo- 
 when ordered or permitted to be thus examined, for any cause time. * proper 
 other than physical disability, and afterwards, on examination, is 
 found qualified and promoted, his pay for the higher grade shall 
 begin on the date of his new commission. 
 
 1797. 
 
 Officers dismissed or resigning shall be paid including the date in^h^LrvfctT 
 they receive official notice of dismissal or acceptance of resigna- 
 
584 
 
 tion unless another date is specified as the one from which it shall 
 take effect. The proper officer of the Supply Corps shall be noti- 
 fied by the officer under whom the dismissed or resigning officer is 
 serving of such final date. 
 
 1798. 
 
 Seamen trans- A seaman transferred to a merchant ship in distress and paid 
 
 ^distress? S P thereon is not entitled to be paid by the United States for the time 
 
 so engaged ; but his commanding officer shall stipulate that such 
 
 seaman's wages shall equal his pay in the Navy, and the amount 
 
 agreed upon shall be entered upon the articles. 
 
 1799. 
 
 Men absent Petty officers or enlisted men absent from their stations or duty 
 forfeit pay. without leave, or after their leave has expired, shall forfeit all 
 pay accruing during such unauthorized absence. The supply offi- 
 cer shall be notified daily of checkages of pay and rations to be 
 made for such reason, the ration account of absentees being 
 checked in the month during which absence occurs. 
 
 1800. 
 
 Marine de- When a marine detachment is ordered on shore dutv requiring 
 
 tachment on,, . . _ , ^ 
 
 shore duty. the services or a marine pay officer, the accounts of such officers 
 and enlisted persons of the Navy as accompany and are attached 
 to said detachment shall be regularly transferred to and carried 
 by the marine pay officer, and they shall be paid in the same 
 manner as the officers and men of the Marine Corps with whom 
 they are serving. 
 
 1801. 
 
 Vouchers for (i) The checkage of a loss of pav against a person's account in 
 
 cli^ck&ffo of loss 
 
 of pay. accordance with regulation or the sentence of a court-martial or 
 
 deck court shall be made only upon the written order of his com- 
 manding officer to the supply officer, which order shall be filed 
 with the accounts. 
 
 (2) "Upon the approval by the commanding officer of a sentence 
 involving loss of pay the supply officer shall be notified imme- 
 diately in writing in order that the amount of pay to be forfeited 
 may be noted on the account of the person concerned. In case the 
 reviewing authority remits the loss, the entry on the pay roll shall 
 be removed. The responsibility for any overpayment resulting 
 from the failure of such commanding officer to so notify the supply 
 officer shall rest upon the former. 
 
 (3) Should any person upon whose account such note appears 
 be transferred before his sentence has been approved by the Sec- 
 
585 
 
 retary of the Navy, the supply officer making the transfer shall 
 note the facts on the transfer accounts. 
 
 (4) Should the discharge of any person upon whose account 
 such a note appears be ordered, the supply officer shall make the 
 checkage before discharge. 
 
 (5) To insure the carrying out of the provisions of the preced- 
 ing paragraphs of this article, every officer ordering a court- 
 martial or deck court shall immediately notify the supply officer 
 carrying the accounts of the person to be tried, and such supply 
 officer shall make a note on the transfer accounts of such person, 
 in the event of transfer before any checkage of pay that may be 
 awarded has been made, to the effect that such trial has been 
 ordered, but that final action in regard to possible checkage of pay 
 has not been taken. 
 
 Section 8. — Advances. 
 1802. 
 
 The President of the United States may direct such advances Authority for 
 as he may deem necessary and proper to such persons in the adrance of pay - 
 naval service as may be employed on distant stations where the 
 discharge of the pay and emoluments to which they are entitled 
 can not be regularly effected. ( Sec. 1563, R. S. ) 
 
 1803. 
 
 (1 ) All officers of the Navy and Marine Corps, when ordered to offl ^^. T a n rdered 
 or from duty at sea on the Atlantic and Pacific stations, shall be to foreign duty. 
 entitled to an advance of not over one month's pay, provided they 
 
 are not in debt to the Government for an advance previously paid 
 them. All such officers ordered to or from duty at sea or on shore 
 on a foreign station or in Alaska shall be entitled to an advance of 
 not over two months' pay. 
 
 (2) Any officer of the Navy or Marine Corps presenting his By whom paid, 
 orders to any disbursing officer of the Navy (but preferably to the 
 
 officer carrying his accounts), or a marine officer presenting such 
 orders to a paymaster of his own corps, within 30 days after the 
 date of his receipt of the orders, shall be paid this advance, in a 
 single payment, and not in a series of partial payments. 
 
 (3) The specific approval of the department is required in all Department's 
 
 . . , approval, when 
 
 cases where the advance is not drawn within a period of 30 necessary. 
 days after the date of the receipt of the orders, which will be 
 granted only after a detailed statement of the necessity for such 
 advance and a full explanation of the failure to draw the advance 
 within the period specified. 
 
 (4) Officers transferred from one ship to another, both ships Transfer from 
 , . . • . ,. . ^ , ..j., * ^ one sl "P t° an- 
 being m commission for sea service, are not thereby entitled to other. 
 
 such advance. 
 
586 
 
 Advances (5) Advance pay shall be cheeked against the accounts of the 
 
 checked inline- . 
 
 diateiy. officer receiving the same immediately, and such officer will not be 
 
 allowed to draw any pay until the amount advanced has been 
 liquidated. 
 rcSvin«' f «ni ffl ad' ^ Every officer who, after being ordered to duty, receives an 
 vaiice. ^ advance of pay shall immediately give notice thereof to the officer 
 
 taking up his accounts, and no officer shall knowingly receive pay 
 which should be checked against such advance. 
 
 1801. 
 
 (1) Unless emergency conditions make it impossible to do so, 
 no enlisted men will be without being accompanied by their trans- 
 fer pay accounts. Commanding officers are particularly enjoined 
 to see that timely notice is given to supply officers, wherever pos- 
 sible, of any contemplated transfers. . No men will be sent to 
 foreign duty without their transfer pay accounts except under the 
 most urgent emergency conditions; and, in all such cases and 
 whenever men are transferred without their pay accounts, it will 
 be understood that their accounts will be forwarded at the first 
 possible moment after their transfer. 
 Ju* y * ? f m ? n (2) Whenever enlisted men are received on board a ship or at 
 
 without transfer 
 
 pay accounts, a station without their pay accounts they may at the end of two 
 
 weeks, if their accounts have not then been received, be taken up 
 
 for pay commencing with the fifteenth day after reporting on 
 
 board such ship or at such station and will thereafter be given 
 
 50 per cent of the pay of their rating. If, after 10 weeks from 
 
 date of reporting, their transfer pay accounts have not then been 
 
 received they may, thereafter, be put in receipt of the full pay 
 
 of their rating less any allotment or other deductions which should 
 
 be made. The pay which accrued during the first two weeks after 
 
 reporting and the 50 per cent withheld during the succeeding two 
 
 months will not be paid until receipt and adjustment of regular 
 
 transfer pay accounts. 
 
 (3) In order that authentic and reliable information may be at 
 hand for determining the rate of pay of enlisted men under such 
 conditions, there will be inserted in all enlistment records an ad- 
 ditional sheet, which will be kept corrected up to date, showing 
 the rate of pay of the men concerned and any allotment, insur- 
 ance, or other monthly deductions which are to be made. 
 
 (4) Commanding officers will issue orders to supply officers or 
 disbursing officers to make payments under authority of this order 
 whenever enlisted men under their command are received under 
 the foregoing conditions. 
 
 (5) In the event that it becomes necessary to transfer a man 
 before the receipt of his regular transfer pay accounts and who 
 has been taken up for pay under the foregoing conditions, he will 
 
587 
 
 be given a "memorandum transfer pay account," which will show 
 the inclusive dates for which be has been paid and the total 
 amount paid to him. In addition to this the commanding officer 
 will require a note to be placed on the extra sheet attached to his 
 enlistment record showing the total amount of money paid to such 
 enlisted man prior to the receipt of his regular transfer pay ac- 
 count. No men who have been taken up for pay previous to re- 
 ceipt of their transfer pay accounts will again be transferred 
 until this note is placed in their enlistment record showing total 
 payments which have been made. 
 
 Section 9. — Ai.lotm bnts. 
 
 J 805. 
 
 (1) Each person on the active and retired lists of the Navy, Allotments. 
 Marine Corps, and Nur,se Co$ps ( female), shall, with the approval 
 
 of his commanding officer, be allowed to allot such portion of his 
 pay for the support of his family or other relatives or for his own 
 savings, as he may desire. Allotments shall nol be registered for a 
 period of loss than three months. Approval of the commanding 
 officer is nol necessary in the case of allotments of officers or of 
 retired enlisted men. 
 
 (2) Allotments shall be made out by the officer carrying the ac 
 counts, and after approval shall be promptly forwarded by him, 
 as herein required, in order to insure payment when due. At shore 
 Stations of the Marine Corps outside the United States allotments 
 shall be made out in duplicate by the commanding officer of ma- 
 rines, and after approval shall be promptly forwarded by him to 
 the paymaster charged with the settlement of the accounts. In 
 the case of marines attached to a ship, allotments shall be made 
 out in duplicate and forwarded to the paymaster of the corps, 
 headquarters United States Marine Corps, Washington, D. C, who 
 will forward the original to the Navy Allotment Officer and retain 
 the duplicate. 
 
 (3) An allotment shall be executed singly except in the case of now made, 
 marines. When granted by an officer, after being signed by him, J2Sf tered ' and 
 it shall be registered by the officer carrying his accounts. When 
 
 granted by an enlisted person, after being signed by him, it shall 
 be witnessed and registered by the office'- carrying his accounts and 
 approved by the commanding officer, except where an allotment is 
 registered by an officer separated from the enlisted person whose 
 account he carries, in which case the witnessing of such by the 
 registering officer shall not be required, but it shall be witnessed 
 by the commanding officer and forwarded by him to the officer 
 carrying the accounts to be registered. The officer carrying the 
 accounts shall be responsible for its deduction from the grantor's 
 
588 
 
 pay and shall forward the copy to lie Navy Allotment Officer, 
 Washington, D. C. An allotment shall be made payable on the 
 last day of the month and for a stated term. The date of first 
 payment must be sufficiently remote to allow notice to reach the 
 Navy disbursing- officer on or before the 10th of the month in 
 which first payment is to be made, except allotments registered in 
 payment for premiums covering Government insurance, which al- 
 lotments may be registered and forwarded to the Navy allotment 
 officer at any time during the month for which they are payable. 
 In special cases it may be registered with the Navy allotment 
 officer. 
 
 (4) In writing the grantor's name, the surname must be stated 
 first, followed by full Christian name, e. g., Smith, John Edgar, 
 and the grantor in signing should sign name in full. Grantor's 
 pay number is not to be entered on allotment granted form. In 
 designating the allottee the first name in full and middle initial, if 
 any, must be stated, but all titles should be omitted. Whenever an 
 allotment is made payable to a bank or similar institution the 
 grantor must fill out the prescribed identification form in dupli- 
 cate, on which the name of the ship must invariably appear. The 
 original of this form must be forwarded by the registering officer 
 direct to the allottee and the duplicate to the Navy Allotment 
 Officer with the allotment granted. Allotments granted must al- 
 ways be accompanied by a letter of transmittal stating the number 
 forwarded, this letter to be returned with an indorsement acknowl- 
 edging their receipt. 
 Causes for (5) The death, discharge, resignation, or desertion of a person 
 ments. 11 " allo£ " who has an allotment running, shall be cause for stopping the 
 same, and the supply officer of the ship to which the person was 
 attached shall notify the Navy Allotment Officer at the first oppor- 
 tunity, stating the amount checked by himself and the last month 
 for which checked, except in the case of marines transferred to a 
 shore station within the continental limits of the United States. 
 Avhen the supply officer of the ship will transfer the allotment to 
 the marine paymaster of that station for stoppage by the latter. 
 The supply officer will be held liable for amounts paid by the 
 Navy Allotment Officer in the absence of due notice. But this shall 
 not relieve the Navy Allotment Officer from responsibility for 
 losses resulting from overpayments due to want of diligence on his 
 part, either in the making of immediate acknowledgment of sup- 
 ply officers' notices or from lack of cooperation in effecting the 
 proper checkages against grantor's account. When an allotment 
 is stopped the supply officer shall charge the allotment for as 
 many months in advance as will probably be required for informa- 
 tion to reach the Navy Allotment Officer. Forfeiture of pay by 
 sentence of a general or summary court-martial or deck court 
 shall also be cause for stopping an allotment when the payment of 
 
589 
 
 such allotment, in addition to the forfeiture, would place the 
 grantor in debt to the Government. The allotment in such case 
 may be renewed immediately sufficient pay has become due him to 
 cover the amount of the first payment. 
 
 (6) Notices to discontinue allotments for any cause other than Notice of stop- 
 expiration shall be sent in duplicate (S. & A. Form 12), one allot- page ' 
 ment only on each notice. Upon receipt of such notices the allot- 
 ment officer will make acknowledgment of that fact by imme- 
 diately returning the carbon copy to the sending officer. These 
 notices must reach the Navy Allotment Officer (Navy Department) 
 not later than the 15th of the month following the last month 
 charged on the rolls of the supply officer carrying the account. 
 Where, due to insufficient time, the Government's interests would 
 not be protected by a mailed notice, notice should be sent by tele- 
 graph or cable and confirmed by mail. Notices sent by telegraph 
 or cable for the benefit of the grantor of the allotment must be at 
 his expense. 
 
 1806. 
 
 No person shall be permitted to make an allotment unless there Allotments for 
 is due him the amount of the first payment, or unless such amount en ls e men ' 
 will probably be due on the date set for the first payment. 
 
 1807. 
 
 (1) An allotment which has been discontinued, at the request Renewal of 
 of the person making it. before the expiration of the term for{JjJJ'™*{j ,,ed al " 
 which it is granted, shall not be renewed within that term except 
 
 by permission of the Navy Department on satisfactory reasons 
 being given for such discontinuance and renewal. However, if 
 the grantor of a voluntary allotment (S. & A. Form 6) wishes to 
 discontinue the same by reason of the necessity of paying a com- 
 pulsory allotment or insurance premium under the act of October 
 6, 1917, a new allotment for a smaller amount may be registered 
 immediately, without the special authority of the Navy Depart- 
 ment. 
 
 (2) In no case shall an allotment be allowed a returned de- 
 serter until his account shall have been received from the "De- 
 serters' roll." 
 
 (3) Correspondence on the subject of allotments that have been 
 granted must be with the Navy allotment officer, Washington, 
 D. C. 
 
 Section 10. — Travel. 
 
 1808. 
 
 (1) In lieu of traveling expenses and all allowances whatsoever Mileage, 
 connected therewith, including transportation of baggage, officers 
 of the Navy, traveling from point to point within the United 
 
590 
 
 States, under orders, shall hereafter receive mileage at the rate 
 of 8 cents per mile, distance to be computed by the shortest 
 usually traveled route; but in cases where orders are given for 
 travel to be performed repeatedly between two or more places 
 in the same vicinity, the Secretary of the Navy may, at his dis- 
 cretion, direct that actual and necessary expenses only be allowed. 
 Actual expenses only shall be paid for travel under orders outside 
 of the limits of the United States in North America. (Act June 
 7,1900.) 
 
 (2) Officers performing travel under orders which entitled them 
 to the receipt of mileage will indorse upon the original of the 
 orders the dates of the beginning and completion of the travel 
 performed before presenting their orders for the payment of 
 mileage. 
 
 1809. 
 
 Eepeated travel To facilitate action by the department, officers on inspection, 
 between same 
 points. recruiting, or other duty that necessitates repeated travel between 
 
 the same points shall keep an accurate account of their actual 
 
 expenses and also the number of miles traveled by the most direct 
 
 route, and submit both to the department with their claims for 
 
 reimbursement or mileage. 
 
 1810. 
 
 Travel of ma- (i) Officers of the Marine Corps traveling under orders without 
 nne officers. 
 
 troops shall be allowed mileage at the rate of 8 cents per mile (dis- 
 tance to be computed by the shortest usually traveled route) for 
 travel performed within the United States and actual necessary 
 expenses for travel performed without the United States. 
 
 (2) For all sea travel (except when regularly attached to ves- 
 sels of the Navy for duty) actual expenses only shall be paid to 
 such officers when traveling on duty under competent orders, 
 with troops, and the amount so paid shall not include any shore 
 expenses at port of embarkation or debarkation ; but for the pur- 
 pose of determining allowances hereunder travel in the Philippine 
 Archipelago, the Hawaiian Archipelago, the home waters of the 
 United States, and between the United States and Alaska shall 
 not be regarded as sea travel. For all land travel with troops 
 (including the sea travel to be regarded as land travel under 
 the above exceptions) such officers shall receive transportation in 
 lieu of mileage or traveling expenses. 
 
 (3) In cases where orders are given for travel to be performed 
 repeatedly between two or more places in such vicinity as at the 
 discretion of the Secretary of the Navy is appropriate, he may 
 direct that actual and necessary expenses only be allowed. (Art. 
 1815 (5).) 
 
591 
 
 (4) Mileage of marine officers may be paid by the paymaster or 
 an assistant paymaster of the corps upon receipt of proper 
 vouchers accompanied by original orders issued or approved by 
 the Secretary of the Navy or the Major General Commandant of 
 the Marine Corps. 
 
 1811. 
 
 (1) Mileage of officers of the Navy, for travel in the United .Payment of 
 
 mileage. 
 States, shall be paid by any disbursing officer of the Navy upon 
 
 presentation to him of original orders issued or approved by the 
 
 Navy Department. Mileage of officers of the Naval Reserve Force, 
 
 when assigned to duty with the Navy and for travel in the United 
 
 States, shall be paid by any disbursing officer of the Navy upon 
 
 presentation to him of original orders issued or approved by the 
 
 commandant of the naval district. 
 
 (2) Officers of the Navy traveling abroad under orders shall Allowance for 
 travel by the most direct route, the occasion and necessity for travel abroad. 
 such order to be certified by the officer issuing the same, and shall 
 
 receive in lion of mileage only their actual and reasonable ex- 
 penses, certified over their own signature's and approved bj tbe 
 Secretary of (he Navy. 
 
 (3) As reimbursement to travelers can only be made in such 
 amounts ;is the Government would have paid had tbe transports 
 tion been officially requested, the transportation requests shall be 
 used whenever practicable for officers (entitled to receive actual 
 traveling expenses only), enlisted men of the Navy, Naval Re- 
 serve, and Naval Militia, and all civilians traveling on official 
 business of the Navy Department. 
 
 (4) Such inspection officers, recruiting officers, etc., as are not 
 located conveniently to a transportation issuing officer will nnpiest, 
 from the Bureau of Navigation, a supply of blank transportation 
 requests and authority to use same. 
 
 (5) Mileage or scrip book's will be secured under transportation 
 requests and used only when a book i used on one jour- 
 ney, i. e., when the cost of railroad transportation is in excess 
 of scrip ticket or the distance traveled is in excess of 1.000 miles 
 (as from New Orleans. La., to Washington, D. C, or Norfolk, \ 'a.. 
 to Pensacola, Fin., and return). This condition is limited to the 
 Southeastern Passenger Association territory. 
 
 (6) Transportation requests will not be signed in blank. 
 
 1812. 
 
 (1) No officer of the Navy or Marine Corps shall be paid mileage Allowances 
 
 , . ,, - , . . . ° only for travel 
 
 except for travel actually performed at Ins own expense and in actually per- 
 
 obedience to orders. formed. 
 
 (2) No allowance shall be made for traveling expenses within Orders must 
 ., _ ,. , _, . x , . . , ., . . nave approval of 
 
 the United States unless the same be incurred under orders ongi- Secretary. 
 
592 
 
 nally issued or subsequently approved by the Navy Department. 
 All allowances made for this purpose must also be approved by the 
 Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 (3) No allowance shall be made for traveling expenses without 
 the United States unless the same shall be incurred on the order 
 of the Secretary of the Navy, or of the commander in chief of a 
 fleet or station, or upon orders approved by either of the above. 
 (Art. 1815.) 
 
 Terminal points (4) Orders of officers involving travel must designate the place 
 ill o?dS! Snated fl ' om which and the point or points to which the travel is to be 
 performed. 
 
 1813. 
 
 Travel expenses (1) No person in the naval service shall be paid mileage for 
 not allowed. travel performed by Government conveyance. 
 
 (2) An order merely permitting an officer to appear before an 
 examining board or a court of inquiry, or detaching him from a 
 ship abroad and granting him permission to return home, does not 
 entitle him to traveling expenses or mileage. 
 
 Unauthorized (3) An officer who changes his official residence without permis- 
 dence. sion of the Navy Department shall not, if ordered to duty, be 
 
 • entitled to mileage in excess of that from his former place of 
 residence as recorded at the department. 
 
 (4) No expenses for travel to attend the funeral of a naval 
 officer who dies in the United States shall be allowed. 
 
 1814. 
 
 Certificate re- (i) An officer shall certify to such copies of his orders as may 
 er. be required as vouchers by the officer carrying the accounts ; also 
 
 that he actually performed the travel in obedience to such orders, 
 at his own expense, and without transportation in a Government 
 conveyance. In drawing mileage to his home he shall certify upon 
 his orders his residence, which must correspond to his usual resi- 
 dence, as recorded in the Bureau of Navigation or headquarters 
 Marine Corps. 
 Calculation of (2) Bills for mileage shall show the process by which the whole 
 mileage. distance was calculated, giving the distance from point to point 
 
 and stating how obtained, if not from the official tables of dis- 
 tances published by the War Department. 
 
 (3) When a doubt exists as to the distance traveled, the certifi- 
 cate of the officer, stating the route by which he traveled, with the 
 distance thereon, and that it was the shortest usual route, shall be 
 received as evidence. 
 
 1815. 
 
 Traveling e*- (i) Claims for traveling expenses, incurred under orders which 
 penses, other ° . 
 
 than mileage, do not entitle .claimant to mileage, shall be itemized and in dupli- 
 cate and accompanied by original orders authorizing travel and a 
 
593 
 
 certified copy thereof, with all indorsements. All such claims 
 shall be accompanied, when practicable, by receipted bills, and, 
 when this is not practicable a certificate to that effect shall be 
 shown on the claim. When vouchers ordinarily procurable, such 
 as hotel bills, Pullman receipts, etc., are not submitted with the 
 officer's claim, he shall attach an explanation of his omission in 
 this respect. 
 
 (2) Claims shall be confined absolutely to necessary expenses claim in gen- 
 actually incurred. Automobile and carriage hire, when the neces- eraI * 
 
 sity therefor is clearly shown, and incidental expenses incurred 
 on account of travel shown to be reasonable and necessary, will 
 be allowed. When expenses for telephone and telegraph are in- 
 curred, a certificate shall show that such messages were of an 
 official nature, and copies of telegrams sent shall be furnished. 
 Charges for laundry or mineral waters, or for fees on Govern- 
 ment vessels will not be allowed. The necessity for any delay 
 en route shall be clearly shown, and in all eases ;i certificate that. 
 the amounts claimed have been actually expended shall appear on 
 the claim. 
 
 (3) Officers in the United States shall submit their claims to Officers in 
 the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts direct. United states - 
 
 (4) Officers on foreign stations, whose accounts are kept by. Officers on 
 
 foreign stations, 
 officers of the Supply Corps, may submit their claims to such officers 
 
 who shall, after verification, make reimbursements to claimants 
 upon public bills, indorsing amounts paid upon the original orders 
 and filing the claim, together with a certified copy of the original 
 orders, as vouchers. In event of a question arising as to the 
 propriety of any item on a claim, the officer to whom the claim is 
 presented shall forward it to the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
 counts. The cost of transportation of public property of the 
 United States, in charge of an officer traveling abroad, shall not 
 be included in the same voucher or bill as that of his personal 
 expenses. 
 
 (5) Officers on inspection duty assigned to a particular district i n ^J t }^ ( jutv° n 
 shall be allowed actual expenses in lieu of mileage for all re- 
 peated travel between headquarters and points within the inspec- 
 tion district, it being considered by the department that all* points 
 
 within inspection districts are in the same vicinity. 
 
 (6) All officers who have additional duties assigned them, re- „ Additional du- 
 
 ties. 
 quiring repeated travel from their regular station to other points, 
 
 shall be allowed actual expenses in lieu of mileage, unless mileage 
 is specifically authorized in their orders, the department consider- 
 ing that places are in the same vicinity when repeated travel is 
 authorized. 
 
 (7) In cases of travel by civilian employees, a midday meal will ...Travel by ci- 
 
 * c Tilian employees, 
 
 not be allowed, except when they are absent from their stations 
 
 from 11 a. m. to 1.30 p. m., and an evening meal will not be allowed 
 
594 
 
 unless return to station or domicile be later than 6.80 p. m. Hours 
 of departure and arrival to and from station or domicile must 
 be invariably stated on claim. 
 
 by'water' traTel (8) In cases of night travel by water, when staterooms can not 
 be procured at the prices prescribed in this order, a certificate to 
 that effect shall be furnished to cover payment of larger amount. 
 Disputed claim. (9) j n ^ ie eYen t of question arising as to any claim, such claim 
 shall be forwarded by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts to the 
 Auditor for the Navy Department for settlement. 
 
 (10) The provisions of this article apply also to officers of cor- 
 responding rank of the Marine Corps in so far as allowances are 
 concerned. 
 
 piicabi^ h0in ap " (11 ) Para g ra P n 7 of this article applies to officers as well as 
 civilian employees ; in exceptional cases reimbursement for cost of 
 meals may be allowed officers where hours of arrival or departure 
 are slightly different from those specified above. A full explana- 
 tion of the exceptional circumstances must be given on the claim 
 in each instance, and the meals must necessarily be taken during 
 absence from place of domicile or headquarters. 
 
 (12) In settlement of claims in reimbursement of traveling ex- 
 penses under (a) and (b) which follow, three meals and a lodging 
 at t lie same place will be considered a full day, entitling claimant 
 to an allowance in amount not exceeding the rate per day specified 
 in the proper schedule without regard to the amount which may be 
 paid for the various meals or for lodging. In determining the 
 number of days the count will be made from the initial expense 
 for meal or lodging incurred at any point. 
 
 (13) Charges for meals must be itemized on claims to show 
 where taken ; i. e., city or town, or en route on train. 
 
 (14) While traveling on duty away from his post of duty no 
 officer or civilian employee shall be allowed or paid any sum for 
 subsistence (which includes board, lodging, tips at hotels and tips 
 at meals) in excess of expenses actually incurred, nor in excess of 
 $5 per day. 
 
 (15) No claim shall be allowed for expenses which, considering 
 the circumstances, appear unreasonable or unnecessary, or in any 
 respects exceed the following allowances: 
 
 Officers of the Navy. 
 
 (a) TRAVEL WITHIX CONTINENTAL LIMITS OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Actual cost of transportation, including Pullman fare, when not 
 in excess of Government rates per transportation request. 
 
 Stateroom for night, water travel, where stateroom is extra S2. 00 
 
 Subsistence, covering meals, lodging, bath, and tips at meals and 
 
 hotel, not to exceed, per day 5. 00 
 
595 
 
 Tips at hotel (including tips at meals) : 
 
 Per day 1 .50 
 
 Per week at same hotel 1 2. 50 
 
 Meals on train or boat : 
 
 Breakfast 1 1.25 
 
 Midday meal 1 1.25 
 
 Dinner 1 2.00 
 
 Single meals not on train or boat, when absent from station less 
 than a day : 
 
 Breakfast 1.25 
 
 Midday moal, no tip allowed .50 
 
 Dinner 1.25 
 
 Tips at meals, each 1 .15 
 
 Tips to porters (exclusive of meal tips) on train or boat : 
 
 Per day . 50 
 
 Trips less than five hours . 25 
 
 Transfer, handling, and checking baggage 1. 25 
 
 Excess baggage allowed by Regulations and charged for at regular 
 rates. 
 
 Street-car fare. 
 
 Expressage and storage of official books, papers, or instruments. 
 
 (b) TRAVEL OUTSJPE CONTINENTAL LIMITS OF THE UNITED STATER. 
 
 Hotel bill, including lodging, subsistence, bath, tips al meals and 
 
 at hotel, per day $r>. 00 
 
 Single nieals__. , L 25 
 
 Tips at hotels (includes tips al meal 8) : 
 
 Per day . 7"> 
 
 Per week at one hotel .">. 50 
 
 Fees for sea travel : 
 On Atlantic — 
 
 Six days or less, per day 1. 50 
 
 Seven to ten days, total 10. 00 
 
 Eleven to fifteen days, or longer, per day 1. 00 
 
 On Pacific — 
 
 Per day 1.00 
 
 Not to exceed a total of 20.00 
 
 West Indies, Cuba, Porto Rico. Panama, etc., per day 1.00 
 
 From Asiatic Station to United Stales via Suez, total 25.00 
 
 Steamer chair, trips of two days or longer on each line 1.00 
 
 Transfer of baggage 1. 25 
 
 Actual cost of transportation when not furnished by the Govern- 
 ment. 
 Mess bJU on Government vessel. 
 
 For sea travel, separate staterooms for flag officers, going to or 
 returning from command. 
 
 1816. 
 
 (1) Officers of the Navy and Marine Corps, serving at remote sta- officer electing 
 tions, which may be reached by Army transports, who may elect JJJJj^ ,^0/' str- 
 and be authorized to return to the United States by other than tion. 
 the shortest usually traveled route, will be reimbursed the cost 
 
 1 Provided limit of $5 per day for " subsistence" is not exceeded. 
 
596 
 
 that would have been incurred if travel had been performed via 
 Army transport, and mileage for that portion of the journey in the 
 United States, provided such cost does not exceed traveling ex- 
 penses and mileage by the route actually traveled. 
 
 2. Reimbursement will not be allowed under any circumstances 
 for what it would have cost to have returned direct via commercial 
 vessel, even though an Army transport would not have been 
 available at the time of the officer's detachment who elected 
 another route for returning home. 
 
 3. Claims for allowance of expenses for travel of this nature 
 will include a statement of the actual expenses incurred via the 
 route traveled, substantiated by vouchers, but not including the 
 expense on account of delay for the officer's leave or for his own 
 convenience. 
 
 4. In the settlement of such claims the department will allow 
 the following: 
 
 (a) Baggage transfer (one transfer of baggage from their sta- 
 tions). 
 
 (&) Subsistence (to be approximated, equalling the cost via 
 Army transport). 
 
 (c) Adjustment of mileage (allowing the mileage which would 
 have been necessary had the journey been made via Army trans- 
 port, less any payment of mileage made for travel actually 
 performed), 
 
 1817. 
 
 Travel of Naval (i) Members of the Navy Nurse Corps (female) performing 
 male). travel under orders from competent authority Mill be allowed 
 
 expenses by the following schedule : 
 
 Cost of transportation by the shortest usually traveled route, 
 when transportation in kind or transportation request is not 
 furnished. 
 
 Actual cost of baggage transfer as required by necessities of the 
 journey ; receipts to be furnished ; baggage limited to not more 
 than two pieces. 
 
 Cost of one lower berth in sleeping car, seat in parlor car, or 
 usual stateroom accommodations on boat, when extra charge is 
 made therefor. 
 
 Cost of meals, including tips, not to exceed $4.50 per day while 
 en route, when meals are not included in the transportation fare 
 paid. 
 
 Cost of meals, tips, and lodging during necessary delays en 
 route, not to exceed $4.50 per day. 
 
 Cost of meals and lodging, including bath, tips, and laundry 
 work, not to exceed $4.50 per day. while on duty designated in 
 orders for the performance of temporary duty ; but reimbursement 
 
597 
 
 for such expenses will be limited to $1 per day after the first 
 30 days at any one place. 
 
 Excess baggage, not to exceed 100 pounds, as per receipt. 
 
 Street car fare, or under exceptional circumstances, when street 
 car service is not available, actual cost of cab, carriage, or taxi 
 hire. When charge is made for cost of conveyance other than 
 street car, full explanation of necessity therefor must be made, and 
 approval of the Secretary of the Navy obtained therefor. 
 
 When travel covers less than a full day: Single meals not to 
 exceed $1.25 and tips at single meals not to exceed 15 cents. 
 
 Fees to expressmen and porters on arrival at and departure 
 from hotels and stations not to exceed 10 cents in each case when 
 the service is rendered in connection with the transportation of 
 baggage; fees for checking baggage at stations and hotels not to 
 exceed 10 cents for each piece checked ; and fees to sleeping-car 
 and parlor-car porters not to exceed 25 cents per day, or 10 cents 
 when the car is used in daytime only. 
 
 (2) Members of the Nurse Corps, when traveling under orders, 
 shall for sea travel be entitled to transportation and reimburse- 
 ment of actual expenses as prescribed for officers in subparagraphs 
 4 and 5 of paragraph 1280 of the Army Regulations, which read 
 as follows : 
 
 Actual cost of meals for the time actually and unavoidably con- 
 sumed in the voyage when the same is not included in the charge 
 for passage : Provided, That under such conditions the total charge 
 for meals, including fees to dining-room stewards, does not exceed 
 $5 per day. Amount of rent of steamer chair, not exceeding $1 for 
 trips of two days or longer on each commercial steamer, and fees 
 to cabin and other stewards not exceeding the following : 
 
 Six days or less on the Atlantic Ocean, $1.50 a day; 7 to 10 
 days, not exceeding $10 ; 11 to 15 days or longer, $1 a day ; total, 
 not exceeding $15. On the Pacific Ocean, 15 days or less, $1 a day ; 
 total fees for 15 days or longer, not exceeding $15. To the West 
 Indies, Cuba, Porto Rico, Panama, and to South American ports, 
 $1 a day; total fees for 15 days or longer, not exceeding $15. 
 From the Orient to the United States, via Suez, not exceeding $25. 
 
 When transshipping at an intermediate port, as a necessary 
 incident to a continuous voyage, the actual cost at hotels of meals, 
 lodgings, baths, and fees not exceeding 50 cents per day to waiters 
 and bell boys: Provided, The total charge for these items does 
 not exceed $5 per day ; transfer of self and baggage from dock to 
 hotel and from hotel to dock, and fees to porters for handling 
 baggage, not exceeding $2 for each transfer. The officer will cer- 
 tify on the itemized statement that the account is correct and just 
 and that the amounts charged therein were actually paid by him. 
 Subvouchers, properly receipted, will be required for items of 
 183841°— 20 39 
 
598 
 
 board and lodging at hotels. When not practicable to obtain such 
 subvouchers, the officer will so certify. Charges for baths, where 
 baths are not included in the charge for lodging, will in every 
 instance be supported by subvouchers. The payment of fees to 
 cabin or other stewards or the rent of steamer chairs when trav- 
 eling on Government transports is not authorized. (C. A. R. No. 
 12. ) " Accounts for reimbursement for items not authorized herein 
 will be forwarded to the Paymaster General of the Navy for his 
 consideration and approval before payment, but in no case can the 
 total of such expenses as are reasonably included under the heads 
 board and lodging be lawfully reimbursed in excess of $5 per day. 
 
 1818. 
 
 Transportation (l) When any commissioned officer, warrant officer, chief petty 
 officer, or petty officer, first class, having a wife or dependent child, 
 or children, is ordered to make a permanent change of station, 
 the United States shall furnish transportation in kind by the 
 shortest usually traveled route payable from funds appropriated 
 for the transportation of the Navy to his new station for the wife 
 and dependent child or children. ( Sec. 12, act 18 May, 1920. ) 
 
 Home yards. (2) The home yard of the ship to which an officer, chief petty 
 officer, or petty officer, first class, may be attached is his permanent 
 station and a duly authorized change in the home yard or home 
 port of such vessel shall be deemed a change of station. ( Sec. 12, 
 act 18 May, 1920.) 
 
 Government (3) Transportation supplied the wife or dependent child or 
 
 used if available, children of an officer, chief petty officer, or petty officer, first 
 
 class, to or from stations beyond the continental limits of the 
 
 United States, shall not be other than by Government transport if 
 
 such transportation be available. (Sec. 12, act 18 May, 1920.) 
 
 (4) Transportation for wives and dependent children will be 
 issued by officers authorized to issue transportation upon presenta- 
 tion to them of the orders involving permanent change of station, 
 showing by indorsement the transportation which is needed. The 
 issuing officer will indorse on the original orders the number of 
 the transportation request, the points between which issued, the 
 amount of excess cost collected, if any, and the relationship of 
 the persons to whom transportation is furnished. 
 
 Children. (5) When children are of such ages as to be entitled to reduced 
 
 rates under transportation tariffs, the transportation requests 
 will be issued to show the number of tickets required for adults 
 and the number for children at reduced rates. No transporta- 
 tion requests are necessary for children who, under transporta- 
 tion tariffs, are transported free of charge. 
 
 Issue of trans' 
 portation. 
 
599 
 
 (6) Wives and dependent children of commissioned officers, 
 warrant officers, chief petty officers, and petty officers, first class, 
 when their transportation is authorized, are entitled to seats in 
 a parlor car or berths in a standard sleeping car or the customary 
 stateroom accommodations on steamers where extra charge is 
 made for the same, on the following basis : 
 
 One lower berth : 
 For wife alone. 
 For child alone. 
 
 For wife and child under 6 years of age. 
 For wife and female child over 6 years of age. 
 For two children, same sex. 
 
 For two children, opposite sex, both under 6 years of 
 age. 
 One section or separated lower and upper berths : 
 
 For wife and one child, male over 6 years of age. 
 
 For wife and two children. 
 
 For two children, opposite sex, one or both over 6 
 
 years of age. 
 For additional children on basis as provided above. 
 The term " child " refers to children who are furnished trans- 
 portation at reduced rates; a separate berth will be furnished each 
 child 12 years of age and over, regardless of sex. 
 
 If lower berth is not available, one upper berth may be furnished 
 each individual. 
 
 When the total allowance for a family equals or exceeds the 
 cost of a stateroom or drawing room, a stateroom or drawing-room 
 may be furnished if desired. In case the cost exceeds the allow- 
 ance a stateroom or drawing-room may be furnished upon deposit 
 of such excess cost with the issuing officer, the fact of such deposit 
 to be noted by the issuing officer on S. and A. Form 268. 
 
 (7) Dependents are not entitled to subsistence at the expense 
 of the Government. 
 
 (8) Dependents may be furnished transportation to the new 
 station from any point, or over a circuitous route, but any excess 
 over the cost of transportation from the old to the new station 
 via the shortest usually traveled route shall be paid to the officer 
 issuing the transportation. Stop-overs also may be obtained under 
 the same conditions. 
 
 (9) Excess cost will be calculated at regular commercial rates, 
 including any tax, surcharge, or other addition which may be in 
 force at the time the transportation is issued. 
 
 (10) Where an officer, chief petty officer, or petty officer, first 
 class, having made application for transportation for his depend- 
 ents has for any reason failed to secure it and has purchased 
 transportation from his private funds, he may submit a claim for 
 
 Parlor or sleep- 
 ing car accom- 
 modations. 
 
 Subsistence. 
 
 Point of com- 
 mencement of 
 travel. 
 
 Stop-overs. 
 Excess fare. 
 
 Government 
 transportation 
 
 unobtainable. 
 
600 
 
 reimbursement to the Navy Disbursing Officer, Washington, D. C. 
 The claim should be accompanied by — 
 
 (a) The original and two certified copies of orders with all 
 
 indorsements thereon. 
 
 ( b ) A certificate giving full name of wife and child or chil- 
 
 dren, together with ages and sex of the latter. 
 
 (c) Receipt from agent of transportation company showing 
 
 starting point, destination, and amount paid for 
 ticket purchased. 
 
 (d) Receipt for amount paid for parlor car, sleeping car, 
 
 or stateroom, showing between what points fur- 
 nished. 
 
 (e) A statement showing what action was taken to secure 
 
 transportation in kind, and reason same was not fur- 
 nished. 
 
 (f) A certificate from the officer who, under the regulations, 
 
 would have issued the transportation requests, certi- 
 fying that requests were not issued, and his reasons 
 therefor. 
 
 Details to be (11) Detailed instructions relative to the transportation of wives 
 reau of Supplies an( i dependent children of officers, chief petty officers, and petty 
 and Accounts, officers, first class, will be issued to the officers issuing transporta- 
 tion by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 Household ef- (12) The personnel of the Navy shall have the benefit of all ex- 
 isting laws applying to the Army and Marine Corps for the trans- 
 portation of household effects, under such rules as the Secretary 
 of the Navy may prescribe. 
 
 Section 11. — Quarters, Light, Fuel, and Subsistence. 
 
 1819. 
 
 Officers' quar- (1) Public quarters at naval stations shall be permanently 
 ters (Nary). designated, in the order of their desirability, for occupancy by 
 officers in the following sequence, irrespective of rank, these desig- 
 nations not to be changed without authority of the Navy Depart- 
 ment: 
 
 1. Captain of the yard. 
 2.. Engineer officer. 
 
 3. Construction officer. 
 
 4. Medical officer. 
 
 5. Supply officer. 
 
 6. Public-works officer. 
 
 7. Aid to commandant. 
 
 8. Inspection officer. 
 
 fects. 
 
601 
 
 9. Senior assistant in the machinery division. 
 
 10. Senior assistant in the hull division. 
 
 11. Senior assistant to the captain of the yard. 
 
 12. Senior assistant in the inspection department. 
 
 Officers occupying quarters at navy yards on the date of the 
 issue of these instructions shall, notwithstanding the provisions 
 of this paragraph, continue such occupancy until the completion 
 of their current tours of duty, unless they themselves shall other- 
 wise request. 
 
 (2) Officers of the Navy, except midshipmen, serving "with With or ™ith- 
 troops " are entitled to their proper allowance of public quarters 
 
 or of quarters hired by the Government for them, or commuta- 
 tion therefor ; or, if not serving " with troops," are entitled to 
 their proper allowance of public quarters or commutation therefor. 
 Officers of the Marine Corps on duty " with troops," or for any 
 service with troops, are entitled to their proper allowance of 
 public quarters or commutation therefor. 
 
 (3) Where there are no public quarters or not sufficient quar- No public 
 ters possessed by the Government to accommodate him, an officer, « uarter8 * 
 except midshipmen, serving " with troops " may request that 
 
 quarters providing accommodations suitable to his rank be hired 
 by the Government and furnished him in kind, which request shall 
 be forwarded to the department for action, through the proper 
 channels, with recomendation as to quarters available for hire 
 for his use. 
 
 (4) An officer ordered to duty at a navy yard or station shall Application. 
 immediately make written application to the commanding officer 
 
 for quarters. 
 
 (5) The quarters to which an officer is entitled when on duty During »b- 
 may be continued in kind, at his proper station, during the period 
 
 for which the law permits him to be absent without reduction of 
 pay and allowances. 
 
 (6) An officer on sick leave, not detached from his station, is On sick leave, 
 entitled to public quarters at his station during the period of sick 
 
 leave, not exceeding six months, provided he or his family occupy 
 them. 
 
 1820. 
 
 (1) All officers including mates but excepting midshipmen, on Commutation 
 duty at a station where there are no public quarters for their quarteM * 
 accommodation, or where the public quarters are inadequate, or 
 where quarters have not been hired for their use, or any such 
 officers on special duty or on detached service on shore, are 
 entitled to commutation for quarters at established rates. 
 
602 
 
 No public (2) Commutation of quarters is allowed to any officer men- 
 quarters. 
 
 tioned in paragraph 1, on duty where no public quarters are fur- 
 nished by the United States, as follows : 
 (a) On duty at colleges. 
 
 (&) In the discharge of his official duties in charge of civil 
 works, when not furnished with rooms to be occupied, by him as 
 quarters. 
 
 (c) "In arrest," and on the military duty of attending a court- 
 martial trial (his own), and obeying the orders of the court. 
 
 (d) When awaiting orders for the convenience of the Govern- 
 ment, for a limited period at a place (except his home) where 
 there are no public quarters. 
 
 Officer settling (3) An officer of the Supply Corps ordered to his home to settle 
 accounts, while so engaged is entitled, to commutation of quarters. 
 (41 Ct. Cls., 31; Dec. 18, 1905.) 
 
 (4) An officer ordered to report by letter to a superior be- 
 comes entitled to commutation of quarters when he receives a 
 specific order of assignment and reports in person at the station 
 to which assigned. 
 Temporary ab- (5) An officer does not lose his right to quarters or commutation 
 u y. at k is p erm anent station by a temporary absence on duty. While 
 he continues to hold that right and exercises it by constructive 
 occupation or use of any kind, he can not legally demand quarters 
 nor commutation at any other station. Exceptions to this rule 
 can be made only by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 On leare and (6) An officer on duty at a station where he is properly in 
 receipt of commutation of quarters is entitled to the allowance 
 during ordinary leave on full pay, and during sick leave. If he is 
 relieved from duty at the station and then granted leave, his com- 
 mutation ceases. 
 Change of sta- (7) when an officer changes station during his temporary ab- 
 sence on duty, he loses his right to quarters from the time he 
 leaves his old station, and does not acquire a right at his new 
 station until he has reported for duty thereat. He is entitled in 
 the meantime to quarters or commutation therefor at the station 
 where he is temporarily serving. 
 Commutation (8) Commutation of quarters is not allowed to any officer men- 
 a owe . tioned in paragraph 1 under the following circumstances : 
 
 (a) When detached from duty at one station, where he was en- 
 titled to commutation of quarters, and assigned to another, he is 
 not entitled to such allowance from the date of detachment to the 
 date on which he reports in person at the new station. 
 ( & ) When ordered to his home to await orders, 
 (c) When awaiting orders for his own convenience, or at his 
 own request, at a place of his own choosing. 
 
603 
 
 (d) When unassigned to any duty for an indefinite period, and 
 not technically on leave of absence, but permitted to choose his 
 own residence. 
 
 (e) On sea service under usual conditions. (Art. 1789.) 
 
 1821. 
 
 (1) Commutation of quarters accrued to date shall be included Payment of 
 
 commutation of 
 
 in all computations of balances due an officer on the pay roll, quarters. 
 
 (2) For each item on the pay rolls covering a payment of com- 
 mutation of quarters there shall be certificates from the proper 
 officer that application for and no assignment of quarters has 
 been made. 
 
 (3) Commanding officers of yards and stations shall make the 
 required certificates. 
 
 (4) Officers entitled to commutation of quarters who are with- 
 out an immediate commanding officer shall sign this certificate, 
 except as provided in the next paragraph. 
 
 (5) In the cases of officers on duty in Washington, not attached 
 to the navy yard, the Chief of the Bureau of Yards and Docks 
 shall furnish the required certificate. 
 
 (6) The number of rooms with which officers may be funiished rM I m u J m ]j* r com ! 
 (or the commutation therefor at the rate of twelve dollars permutation there- 
 month for each room), as provided by law for officers of corre- 
 sponding rank in the Army, is as follows : Admirals, eleven rooms ; 
 
 vice admirals, ten rooms; rear admirals (first nine), nine rooms; 
 rear admirals (second nine), eight rooms; captains, seven rooms; 
 commanders, six rooms; lieutenant commanders, five rooms; lieu- 
 tenant, four rooms; lieutenants, junior grade, three rooms; en- 
 signs and all other officers entitled by law to quarters or com- 
 mutation thereof, two rooms. (Act of Mar. 2, 1907.) 
 
 (7) Commissioned warrant officers are entitled to two, three, or Commissioned 
 
 ' warrant officers 
 
 four rooms, or to commutation therefor, depending upon their and others. 
 right to the pay of an ensign, lieutenant (j. g.), or lieutenant, 
 respectively. Warrant officers and mates are entitled to the same 
 commutation for quarters as second lieutenants of the Marine 
 Corps. (Acts of Mar. 3, 1899; Mar. 3, 1901; and May 13, 1908.) 
 
 (8) Officers and enlisted men of the Marine Corps, when on Marine Corps. 
 shore duty, are entitled to quarters or commutation therefor under 
 
 the rules and regulations of the Army. 
 
 (9) Members of the Navy Nurse Corps, when not occupying Co Jp* Ty Nurs * 
 Government quarters, will be allowed commutation of quarters at 
 
 $12 per room per month, not to exceed two rooms ; which amount 
 will be credited on the pay roll upon the certification of the senior 
 officer at the hospital, or station, where members of the Navy 
 Nurse Corps may be serving, that application for and no assign- 
 ment of quarters has been made, and that Government quarters 
 are not available. (Urgent deficiency act, June 30, 1917.) 
 
604 
 
 1822. 
 
 Batlons. 
 
 (1) Heat and light actually necessary for the authorized allow- 
 ance of quarters for officers and enlisted men shall be furnished 
 at the expense of the United States under such regulations as the 
 Secretary of War may prescribe. (Army appropriation act, ap- 
 proved Mar. 2, 1907.) 
 
 (2) Commutation of quarters for dependents of officers on duty 
 in the field is allowed. (Act July 11, 1919.) 
 
 1823. 
 
 (1) With the exception of commissioned officers of the line, 
 Medical Corps, and Supply Corps, and of chaplains and commis- 
 sioned warrant officers, all officers of the Navy are entitled to one 
 ration, or to commutation therefor at the rate in effect at the time, 
 while doing duty on board a seagoing vessel of the Navy. Midship- 
 men are entitled to one ration, or to commutation therefor, at all 
 times. 
 
 (2) Rations shall not be allowed to officers on the retired list. 
 (Sec. 1595, R. S.) 
 
 (3) The law does not provide for the allowance of rations to 
 commissioned officers of the Marine Corps. 
 
 (4) All enlisted men in the Navy attached to any United States 
 vessel or station and doing duty thereon shall be allowed a ration 
 or commutation thereof. (Sec. 1579, R.. S.) 
 
 (5) The noncommissioned officers, privates, and musicians of 
 the Marine Corps attached to ships of the Navy shall each be en- 
 titled to receive one Navy ration daily. (Sec. 1615, R. S., and act 
 of Mar. 2, 1891.) 
 
 (6) Enlisted men on board a ship for duty or passage, but not 
 borne upon the rolls, are supernumeraries entitled to pay, and 
 shall be rationed with the crew upon the order of the commanding 
 officer. 
 
 (7) The rations of enlisted men shall be commuted only upon 
 the written order of the commanding officer. 
 
 1824. 
 
 Subsistence of Prisoners embarked in a naval vessel shall be subsisted, and 
 barked* in ships payment shall be made by the supply officer to messes for each 
 of the Nary. prisoner subsisted therein at the following daily rates : Cabin, two 
 dollars ; wardroom, one dollar and fifty cents ; other officers' 
 messes, one dollar. If not in an officers' mess, one ration shall be 
 allowed. No other charge shall be made, nor shall any person thus 
 subsisted be required to pay any compensation to the mess in 
 which he may live. 
 
605 
 
 1825. 
 
 For the subsistence of pilots two dollars a day shall be allowed Subsistence of 
 to a cabin mess, one dollar and fifty cents a day to a wardroom p 
 mess, and one dollar a day to any other officers' mess. When 
 messed in any other than an officers' mess, or by themselves, they 
 shall be allowed one ration each. 
 
 1826. 
 
 (1) No allowance shall be made to any mess for the subsistence Subsistence of 
 of officers ordered to take passage in a ship of the Navy. Jeers as Vassen- 
 
 (2) There being no allowance for a minister or other civil offi- gers ' 
 cer for whom passage may be ordered in a Government ship, pro- 
 vision must be made and the expense defrayed by such passenger 
 himself. 
 
 1827. 
 
 (1) The value of one ration per day shall be deducted from the Deduction of 
 account of every naval or marine officer admitted into a naval hos- J? nf account o° 
 pital during his continuance therein, which amount shall bejgjf" 8 in hos " 
 credited to the naval hospital fund by the supply officers on whose 
 
 books such persons are borne. (Sec. 4812, R. S.) 
 
 (2) In computing the number of days patients are subsisted in 
 hospital, the day of admission shall be disregarded and the day of 
 discharge shall be included. 
 
 1828. 
 
 Officers of the Navy on sea service with the exceptions men- Rations of offl- 
 tioned in article 1823 (1) are entitled to their rations while ^ e n rs 8h t e r ™ porarily 
 temporarily doing the duty of the ship on shore. 
 
 1829. 
 
 Officers and men of the Navy or Marine Corps, under orders to ^it^^oonerab- 
 act on shore in cooperation with the land troops, will be rationed, ing with Army, 
 upon requisition of the commanding officer, by the Subsistence De- 
 partment of the Army. 
 
 Section 12. — Miscellaneous Allowances. 
 1830. 
 
 (1) Authority for admission to an Army and Navy general Army and 
 hospital may be obtained by all persons of the Navy and Marine a>> ° spi 
 Corps, on the active and retired lists, from the Surgeon General 
 of the Navy on the report of a board of medical survey or, when 
 
606 
 
 that is impracticable, on the certificate of a naval medical officer, 
 clearly stating the applicant's disability. A certificate from the 
 attending physician may be submitted to the Bureau of Medicine 
 and Surgery for its consideration, if no other officer of the Medical 
 Corps of the Navy be available. 
 
 (2) The hospital accommodation will be divided between 
 patients of the military and naval services and the Marine Corps. 
 The length of treatment in hospital will be determined by the 
 medical officer in command thereof. 
 
 1831. 
 
 Persons sent to Officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine • Corps, 
 hospitals. when on duty at a place where there is no naval hospital, may be 
 
 sent to other hospitals upon the order of the commander in chief, 
 or the senior officer present, and the expenses of such persons 
 shall be paid from the naval hospital fund; and no other charge 
 shall be made against their accounts than such as are made for 
 persons under treatment at naval hospitals. 
 
 1832. 
 
 Pensions of Whenever any officer, seaman, or marine entitled to a pension 
 persons in hos- ,*..■,. , ^ .T , , . . : ., "V . 
 
 pital. is admitted to a naval hospital, his pension, while he remains 
 
 there, shall be deducted from his accounts and paid to the Sec- 
 retary of the Navy for the benefit of the fund from which such 
 hospital is maintained. 
 
 1834. 
 
 Expenses in- In the absence of the persons mentioned in article 115 (1), offi- 
 
 cnrred in mak- . , , . ... . "" 
 
 ing oath. cers required to make oath in answering interrogatories concern- 
 
 ing the fitness of officers of the Navy or Marine Corps for promo- 
 tion shall do so before some other person authorized by law to 
 administer oaths. In such case officers shall be careful to pro- 
 cure the necessary services at as reasonable a rate as possible, and 
 transmit to the department a voucher stating the sum paid. If, in 
 the opinion of the department, such sum is reasonable and proper, 
 the necessary steps for reimbursement will be taken. 
 
 1835. 
 
 Clothing and An enlisted man of the Navy or Marine Corps sentenced by 
 
 men sentenced court-martial to confinement with loss of pay shall not be deprived 
 
 to loss ot pay. of suc y 1 clothing and small stores as the officer commanding the 
 
 ship, or other place of confinement, may deem necessary to the 
 
 prisoner's health and comfort. (Art. 921.) 
 
607 
 
 1836. 
 
 Persons confined in prisons in pursuance of the sentence of a 
 naval court-martial shall, during such confinement, be allowed a 
 reasonable sum, not to exceed $3 per month, for necessary prison 
 expenses, and shall, upon discharge, be furnished with suitable 
 civilian clothing and paid a gratuity, not to exceed $25, such allow- 
 ances to be made in amounts to be fixed by and in the discretion 
 of the Secretary of the Navy, and only in cases where the prisoners 
 so discharged would otherwise be unprovided with suitable cloth- 
 ing or without funds to meet their immediate needs. 
 
 1838. 
 
 No allowance shall be made for the expenses of persons under- M No allowance 
 
 ,j, , ■■■- _• r fo* expenses of 
 going examination for appointments, except as provided by law candidates for 
 for midshipmen. appointment. 
 
 1839. 
 
 The actual expenses only of enlisted men summoned as witnesses Allowance for 
 before a court-martial shall be paid, and shall be provided by wItne88es - 
 the supply officer upon order of the commanding officer of the ship 
 or station to which they belong. 
 
 1840. 
 
 The rules contained in " Naval Courts and Boards " for the pay- F ees and mile- 
 ment of fees and mileage to civilian witnesses before naval courts witnesses C befor " 
 and boards shall be observed by all persens in the naval service. SJaJ ds court8 and 
 
 Section 13. — Persons Deceased. 
 
 1841. 
 
 (1) The necessary and proper funeral expenses of officers and Funeral ex- 
 enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps at naval stations u e n n iJed W states! he 
 within the United States will be provided for by annual contracts, 
 and elsewhere within the United States will be allowed when ap- 
 proved by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, or by such officers 
 as may be designated by the Major General Commandant, Marine 
 Corps, respectively. In the case of officers, such expenses will be 
 allowed only when death occurs while in active service and shall 
 in no instance exceed $150. No expenses for travel to attend the 
 funeral of an officer who dies in the United States shall be al- 
 lowed. The remains of supernumeraries who die destitute in 
 naval hospitals may be buried in the hospital cemeteries at Gov- 
 ernment expense. (Comp. Dec. July 24, 1914, S. and A., Memoran- 
 dum 162, p. 3323.) 
 
608 
 
 (2) When an officer on duty dies in a foreign country the ex- 
 penses of his funeral, not exceeding his sea pay for one month, 
 shall be defrayed by the Government, and paid by the supply offi- 
 cer upon whose books the name of such officer was borne for pay. 
 (Sec. 1587, R. S.) 
 nneral ex- (3) j n the case of enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps 
 
 )t In the 
 
 United states, who die and are buried elsewhere than within the United States, 
 the amounts paid for funeral expenses, including preparation, en- 
 casement, and interment of remains, shall not exceed $50 each, 
 unless due regard for decent burial renders greater expense neces- 
 sary, which fact must be certified on all copies of the public bill 
 by the officer ordering the payment of the bill. 
 
 (4) The remains of naval dead shall be prepared for interment 
 or for shipment to their homes under the supervision of an officer 
 who shall determine by final inspection in each instance that the 
 work of embalming, cleansing, shaving, and dressing have been 
 competently performed, and that the encasement, clothing, etc., 
 meet all the requirements of the occasion and comply with the 
 terms of the contract. 
 
 (5) Where available clothing belonging to a deceased enlisted 
 man is not sufficient in quantity or of proper kind or quality, or is 
 too much worn, new clothing (outer and under) shall be obtained 
 as may be necessary from the Supply Department and charged to 
 the appropriation contingent, Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 (6) Especial care shall be exercised that the evidences of au- 
 topsies shall not cause unnecessary distress to parents, and that 
 the wounds so made shall be neatly closed, and that packings and 
 dressings employed shall be of clean and suitable material. 
 
 (7) Navy (or Army) standard caskets, when available, shall be 
 used for transportation of remains of officers and enlisted men. 
 
 (8) The commanding officer of a naval hospital shall immedi- 
 ately inform the commandant of the station and the department 
 (Bureau of Medicine and Surgery) of any death in the hospital; 
 he shall in addition inform by telegraph the next of kin, family, 
 or legal representative of the deceased. 
 
 (9) Transportation of remains is governed by annual appropri- 
 ation and is distinct from " funeral expenses " or " expenses of 
 interment." (Comp. Dec, Aug. 21, 1908.) 
 
 (10) For death or disability resulting from personal injury 
 suffered or disease contracted in the line of duty, by any commis- 
 sioned officer or enlisted man or by any member of the Navy Nurse 
 Corps (female) when employed in the active service under the 
 Navy Department, the United States shall pay compensation, as 
 provided by the act of October 6, 1917, relative to war-risk insur- 
 ance. 
 
609 
 
 (11) Immediately upon official notification of the death, f rom six G ^nths' y pay 
 wounds or disease not the result of his own misconduct, of any to widow or 
 officer or enlisted man on the active list of the Navy and Marine beneficiary! 118 * 
 Corps, the Paymaster General of the Navy shall cause to be paid 
 to the widow, and, if no widow, to the children, and if there be 
 no children, to any other dependent relative of such officer or en- 
 listed man previously designated by him, an amount equal to six 
 months' pay at the rate received by such officer or enlisted man 
 at the date of his death. 
 
 Section 14. — Pensions. 
 
 1842. 
 
 (1) Any disabled enlisted man who has not been discharged Service p*n- 
 for misconduct shall, after 10 years' service in the Navy or Marine f^lttl men™^ 
 Corps, be entitled to a pension, if a board of survey consisting of 
 
 three naval officers, one of whom shall be a medical officer, ap- 
 pointed by the Secretary of the Navy, shall recommend it. (Sec. 
 4757, R. S.) 
 
 (2) After 20 years' service any enlisted man disabled from sea 
 service by reason of age or infirmity, who has not been discharged 
 for misconduct, shall, if he so elect, be entitled to a pension equal 
 to one-half the pay of his rating when last discharged, in lieu 
 of being provided with a home in the Naval Home, Philadelphia. 
 (Sec. 7556, R. S.) 
 
 1843. 
 
 Commanding officers on shore and afloat shall require from the Official reports 
 proper medical officers reports of every case of death or disability ability, 
 occurring to persons in the naval service under their command. 
 These reports, made in accordance with the current edition of the 
 " Manual for the Medical Department, U. S. Navy," shall be sent 
 to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery as evidence of claims for 
 pensions. 
 
 1844. 
 
 When any person in the Navy or Marine Corps is accidentally Report of eye- 
 injured and, on account of the absence of the medical officer, or ddents? 8 t0 &C " 
 for any other reason, the facts and circumstances are not entered 
 in the health record, the commanding officer shall require an 
 officer, or some other trustworthy person who witnessed the acci- 
 dent, to make a written report thereon to the Bureau of Medicine 
 and Surgery, said report to show when, where, and how the 
 accident occurred, and what the injured person was doing at the 
 time. This report shall be as brief as practicable, and the com- 
 manding officer in his forwarding indorsement shall state his own 
 opinion thereon, and the matter shall be referred to in the health 
 
610 
 
 1845. 
 
 Bureau of In case of death, injury, or disability, where the official medical 
 Surgery to X- record may be incomplete, the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery 
 lf ^mni°Jtl s sha11 decide whether such death, injury, or disability occurred 
 
 are incomplete. 
 
 in the line of duty. 
 
 Section 15. — General Instructions for Purchases. 
 1846. 
 
 The term "purchase," when used in the Navy Regulations, 
 shall be construed as relating only to the contract or agreement 
 for the sale and delivery of any article or for the performance of 
 any service, but not to the payment entailed by the completion of 
 such contract or agreement, and the duties of purchase and pay- 
 ment shall not be assigned to the same officer, except in the case 
 of fleet, squadron, or division supply officers, supply officers of 
 ships, and such officers as may be specifically designated by the 
 Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 1847. 
 
 Supplies to be (1) All purchases and contracts for supplies or services in any 
 
 procured after 
 advertising. 
 
 Purchases 
 open market. 
 
 of the departments of the Government, except for personal serv- 
 ices, shall be made by advertising a sufficient time previously for 
 proposals respecting the same, when the public exigencies do not 
 require the immediate delivery of the articles or performance of 
 the service. When immediate delivery or performance is required 
 by the public exigency, the articles or service required may be 
 procured by open purchase or contract, at the places and in the 
 manner in which such articles are usually bought and sold, or such 
 services engaged between individuals. ( Sec. 3709, R. S. See also 
 sees. 1549 and 3714, R. S.) 
 in (2) The purchase of supplies and the procurement of services 
 for all branches of the naval service may be made in open market 
 in the manner common, among business men, without formal con- 
 tract or bond, when the aggregate of the amount required does not 
 exceed $500, and when, in the opinion of the proper administrative 
 officers, such limitation of amount is not designed to evade pur- 
 chase under formal contract or bond, and equally and more advan- 
 tageous terms can thereby be secured. (Act of Mar. 2, 1907.) 
 
 1848. 
 
 Payments 
 advance. 
 
 in (1) In all cases of contracts for the performance of any service 
 or the delivery of articles of any description, for the use of the 
 United States, payment shall not exceed the value of the service 
 rendered, or of the articles delivered previously to such payment. 
 (Sec. 3648, R. S.) 
 
611 
 
 (2) The Secretary of the Navy is authorized to purchase such Mileage books, 
 
 J * * commutation 
 
 mileage books, commutation tickets, and other similar transporta- tickets, etc. 
 tion tickets as may at his discretion seem necessary, and to furnish 
 same to officers and others ordered to perform travel on official 
 business ; and payment for such transportation tickets upon their 
 receipt, in accordance with commercial usage, or prior to the 
 actual performance of the travel involved, shall not be regarded 
 as an advance of public money within the meaning of section 3648 
 of the Revised Statutes. (Act of Apr. 27, 1904.) 
 
 1849. 
 
 No advertisement, notice, or proposal for any executive depart- Advertisements, 
 
 , - - restrictions in 
 
 ment of the Government, or for any bureau thereof, or for any offi- regard to. 
 
 cer therewith connected, shall be published in any newspaper 
 whatever, except in pursuance of a written authority for such pub- 
 lication from the head of such department; and no bill for any 
 such advertising or publication shall be paid unless there be pre- 
 sented with such bill a copy of such written authority. (Sec. 3828, 
 R. S.) 
 
 1850. 
 
 Sections 3744-3746, Revised Statutes, provide, under penalty of Copies of con- 
 
 J.-L. , * ^ •< ^ ,, , tracts to be for- 
 
 fine and imprisonment, that a copy of every contract " shall be warded, 
 filed by the officer making and signing the contract in the returns 
 office of the Department of the Interior, as soon after the contract 
 is made as possible, and within 30 days, together with all bids, 
 offers, and proposals to him made by persons to obtain the same, 
 and with a copy of any advertisement he may have published 
 inviting bids, offers, or proposals for the same." 
 
CHAPTER 48. 
 
 ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1860-1863. General accounts. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1864. Accounting officers' returns. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1865. Supply accounts ashore. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1866-1867. Supply accounts afloat. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1868-1877. Inspection of accounts. 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1878-1882. Deserters and persons deceased. 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1883-1887. Miscellaneous. 
 
 Section 1. — Gl.nkkal Accounts. 
 1860. 
 
 (1) It shall be the duty of the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- Bureau of Sup- 
 counts to cause property accounts to be kept of all the supplies Jjjjj^ *fj k *JJ 
 pertaining to the Naval Establishment, and to report annually aecounts. 
 
 to Congress the money values of the supplies on hand at the 
 various stations at the beginning of the fiscal year, the disposition 
 thereof, and of the purchases and expenditures of supplies for the 
 year, and the balances remaining on hand at the end thereof. 
 (Act of Mar. 2, 1889.) 
 
 (2) Complying with and extending the requirements of the 
 above act, a comprehensive, central system of accounts, covering 
 all the financial affairs of the Naval Establishment, shall be main- 
 tained under the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (3) While it is the intention that books of accounts shall not 
 be kept in any of the bureaus of the department except the Bureau 
 of Supplies and Accounts, nothing in this article shall be con- 
 strued to prevent the keeping of a record of requisitions received 
 and the action taken thereon by the bureau concerned, or of such 
 records as may be necessary for the proper conduct of its business. 
 
 1861. 
 
 The accounts of the Naval Establishment shall be maintained Accounts of 
 by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts under the following JJjJJ* E^aM 18 *- 
 heads : 
 
 (a) General account: A general ledger shall be maintained with 
 controlling and representative accounts which shall show by 
 
 183841°— 20 40 
 
 (613) 
 
614 
 
 totals the balance of all appropriations and funds, also assets, 
 expenditures, liabilities, and investment and closing accounts. 
 
 (o) Cost accounts: The cost accounts shall show the expendi- 
 tures for the Navy classified under cost or purpose heads (titles), 
 i. e., first cost, additions and improvements, maintenance, and 
 operating expenses, by ships, stations, and miscellaneous activi- 
 ties. Inventories shall be maintained showing the value of prop- 
 erty at yards and stations. Records of shop expenses and other 
 industrial accounting data shall also be maintained. 
 
 (c) Appropriation accounts: The appropriation accounts shall 
 be maintained in ledgers which shall show at all times the con- 
 dition of each appropriation ; the unallotted balance, unexpended 
 balance of allotments, encumbrances under contracts and requisi- 
 tions, unaudited expenditures, unaudited reimbursements, and the 
 balance on the books of the Treasury Department under each 
 appropriation and fund. 
 
 (d) Fidelity accounts: Fidelity accounts for property and 
 money shall be kept for the purpose of maintaining accountability. 
 The property accounts will embrace a record of all receipts and 
 expenditures of property belonging to the Navy, showing values 
 of material under the various stores accounts on each vessel and 
 at each yard and station. The fidelity accounts for money shall 
 show all receipts, disbursements, and transfers of money by and 
 to each disbursing officer, showing at all times the balance due 
 the United States. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Titlw. (l) Expenditures under each of the appropriations of the Naval 
 
 Establishment will be located and reported to the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts by titles, subtitles (i. e., ships or yards), and 
 headings or accounts. The following is an outline list of the titles, 
 viz: 
 
 SHIP TITLES. 
 
 Title A (No. 1). — First cost of ships (hull, machinery, and 
 permanent fittings). 
 
 Title B (No. 2). — Ships' equipage. 
 
 Title C ( No. 3 ) . — Operating expenses. 
 
 Title D (No. 4). — Repairs to ships. 
 
 Title K (No. 5). — Changes and alterations to ships 
 
 Title P (No. 6). — Repairs to equipage. 
 
 1863. 
 
 The following is a description of the titles, subtitles, headings, 
 and accounts carried on the books of the Bureau of Supplies and 
 Accounts, viz : 
 
615 
 
 (1) (a) Title A includes the original cost or appraised valua- Title A, Hall, 
 ji -i.- •!-... * ■,-. . t -. . ,r ,. , . machinery, and 
 
 tion of ships. It shall include, in the case of a new ship, every permanent fit- 
 expenditure that may properly be made a direct charge during its tin8S ' 
 original construction, or, in the case of an old ship, its total ap 
 praised valuation. 
 
 (&) Objects of charge under Title A which are constructed at 
 one navy yard for vessels under construction at another, or at a 
 private shipyard, are not subject to invoice (credit to Title A for 
 equipage and supplies of new vessels, see arts. 1595 and 1596). 
 
 (c) All expenditures on such objects shall be made under Title 
 A, and when ready for transfer the supply officer shall make the 
 shipment, but shall not take them up on his books, nor shall they 
 be taken up by the supply officer or other consignee by whom they 
 are received. They shall be under the charge of the head of the 
 department or division concerned, and any further work thereon 
 by the Government in order to finish such articles or to install 
 them on board the vessel shall be an object of charge under Title 
 A, as though the work had been continuous. 
 
 (d) All Title A articles and materials shall, when removed 
 from a ship and turned into store, be taken up on the supply 
 officer's books at an appraised value. 
 
 (2) (a) Title B includes expenditures upon ships not charged Title B, Equl- 
 under Title A, but necessary for making them manageable, and page * 
 habitable and serviceable as naval vessels. All charges shall be 
 
 made to this title by invoice to the ship concerned when the equi- 
 page is issued from store. 
 
 (3) (a) Title C shows the running expenses and cost and main- Title C, Cost 
 tenance of ships in commission. of eommiMio.. 
 
 (&) It shall include the pay of officers and crew; value of 
 rations consumed or commuted ; value of stationery for ship's use ; 
 supplies used in ordinary maintenance by the ship's force, such as 
 painting, carpentering, calking, etc. ; bills for pilotage, towage, 
 canal tolls, removing ashes, etc. ; coal, oil, and other supplies con- 
 sumed or used in steaming, heating, lighting, and cooking; am- 
 munition used in target practice and for other purposes ; and all 
 other expenses incidental to the maintenance of the vessel in com- 
 mission. 
 
 (c) Consumable supplies are classified as Title C in the Classifi- 
 cation of Navy Stores and in the allowance books, indicating that 
 when issued for use aboard ship they are chargeable to Title C. 
 Such supplies when in store ashore or in store on ships having a 
 general supply system are carried under Title X. 
 
 Note. — Material used by the ship's force for repairs such as 
 ordinarily would be made at a navy yard will be charged to Titles 
 D, K, or P, as the case may be. When necessary, special allot- 
 ments should be requested from the bureaus having cognizance. 
 
616 
 
 Title p, Be* (4) With the exception of maintenance charges by the ship's 
 pairs to ships. „ , . , . , ' 
 
 force, all repairs to such integral parts of a ship, or ordinarily 
 
 nontransferable fixtures as were objects of direct charge to the 
 
 ship under Title A, shall be charged under Title D. 
 
 Title K, Addl- (5) Title K includes all expenditures on the hull or perma- 
 
 proTements To nent fittings for changes and alterations which are in the nature 
 
 shi P s - of betterments or improvements. 
 
 Title p, Be- (6) (a) Title P includes all repairs to ship's equipage; i. e., 
 
 eqSage! P 8 articles which are enumerated on Title B allowance lists, where 
 such repairs are occasioned by use on board ship. When in use 
 on board ship, such repairs shall be made upon request by letter 
 prepared by the head of the ship's department concerned, and 
 signed by the commanding officer of the vessel and approved by 
 the commandant of the yard (or industrial manager at yards 
 where an officer is detailed as such), without the formality of a 
 survey. 
 Title B arti- (&) When Title B articles are turned into store (ashore) they 
 
 store. U shall be taken up in the used material account. Articles fit for is- 
 
 sue or use in their original form shall be transferred to the naval 
 supply account at appraised value, which shall be a ready issue 
 value, and a corresponding credit shall be given to the major 
 annual appropriation of the bureau concerned which is current 
 when the articles are actually taken up in the naval supply ac- 
 count. Articles which are recommended for repairs shall be held 
 in the used material account until such time as the repairs can be 
 undertaken when they will be transferred to the naval supply ac- 
 count at appraised value, drawn from store and repaired on a 
 Title Z job order, under general account of advances — naval sup- 
 ply account. Articles not fit for issue in original form or not rec- 
 ommended for repairs will be held in the used material account 
 until finally disposed of. 
 Title E, Na?y- (7) (a) Title E includes the original cost or appraised valua- 
 
 yard property. ^ Qf &1J property at industrial yards. 
 
 industrial and ( & ) For accounting purposes, the information as to the classi- 
 yards. fication of industrial or nonindustrial yards will be furnished by 
 
 the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 Title B, Nary (8) (a) Title R includes the original cost or appraised valua- 
 tion ' a°d naval tion of all property at all nonindustrial navy yards, stations, and 
 office property fl=j Pps < 
 (military). omces. 
 
 Labor and ma- ( & ) The commandant, officer in charge, or officer in command at 
 Expenditures, such stations will be responsible for seeing that a report of ex- 
 penditures of labor and material is rendered to the Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts monthly for each of the appropriations 
 from which expenditures are made. 
 
617 
 
 (9) Title G includes all expenditures for the general mainte- Title G, gen- 
 
 „ 7 . - eral mainte- 
 
 nance of and repairs to property at industrial navy yards, and all nance of navy- 
 operating expenses of such yards which can not be located directly yard P r °P ert y* 
 to building, manufacture, or repair work. 
 
 (10) Title S includes all expenditures for the general mainte- Title , S, gen- 
 
 ° eral maintenance 
 
 nance of and repairs to property at nonmdustrial navy yards, sta- of navy-yard 
 tions, and offices, and all operating expenses which can not beJJJ^*' (mi11 * 
 located to building, manufacture, or repair work. 
 
 (11) Title V includes all expenditures made for the benefit of T" 1 ® \>z en ' 
 ' . eral administra- 
 
 the naval service generally not assignable to any yard or ship, tion expenses. 
 Accounts shall^be maintained under this title as prescribed by the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (12) Title X includes the value of all stores, ashore end afloat, j™ 1 ^ 5o»J aP " 
 awaiting issue for use or consumption., 
 
 (13) Title Z represents a manufacturing account and embraces Title z, con- 
 all articles manufactured by the Government for the Naval Estab- >ers ° n atcoun * 
 lishment and delivered to supply officers for issue. It shall be 
 
 debited with all materials used in manufacture and with all labor 
 and indirect charges applied thereto ; and it shall be credited with 
 the ascertained cost of completed manufactures as invoiced to sup- 
 ply officers for issue. Material unavoidably wasted in manufac- 
 ture shall be included in cost of product. 
 
 Section 2. — Accounting Officers' Returns. 
 
 1864. 
 
 Accounting officers at industrial navy yards shall render re- Returns at ln- 
 turns as prescribed by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. atrial yards. 
 
 Section 3. — Supply Accounts Ashoke. 
 
 1865. 
 
 (1) Six stores accounts shall he kept by supply officers ashore, Accounts of 
 
 supply officer on 
 VIZ : shore. 
 
 The naval supply account. 
 
 The appropriation purchases account. 
 
 The reserve material navy account. 
 
 The used material account. 
 
 The provision account. 
 
 The clothing and small stores account. 
 
 (2) The naval supply account shall comprise all unused mate- Naval supply 
 rial paid for by general account of advances and carried for gen- 
 
 account. 
 
618 
 
 eral issue as a charge to any appropriation, or as special stock to 
 be used only for the specific object and as a charge to the specific 
 annual or continuing appropriation for which procured. This ac- 
 count shall also carry consumable supplies turned in from ships 
 and ships' equipage which have passed through the used material 
 account, if or when in all respects fit for issue and use in their 
 original form, and shall carry machinings and short ends of mate- 
 rial charged to current work, if in all respects suitable for reissue 
 in the form in which returned to store.. It shall also be used as 
 an account through which certain stores carried in the other ac- 
 counts are cleared when issued. 
 Appropriation (3) The appropriation purchases account shail comprise all 
 
 co n unt. ha8e8 ac " stores embraced in classes 1, 2, 3, and 4, and all other technical 
 ordnance material paid for from the annual and continuing ord- 
 nance appropriations and carried as stock. This account shall also 
 include all airplanes and aeronautical material. All material 
 stores and services procured directly under appropriations, unless 
 excepted, will be taken up in this account. All material in this 
 account shall be subject to general issue without charge to an 
 appropriation except that ordnance material will not be issued 
 except for work under the cognizance of the Bureau of Ordnance 
 unless such material has been specifically released by that bureau. 
 All material issued from the appropriation purchases account shall 
 be a cost charge to the work or object. 
 Reserve mate- (4) The reserve material navy account, shall comprise materials 
 
 count na?y * C " P urcnase d under the appropriation " Reserve material, Navy," and 
 carried as a reserve for the purpose of fitting out vessels of the 
 fleet and merchant auxilaries. In time of war or national emer- 
 gency issues from this account for use will be made direct without 
 charge to any other appropriation. 
 Used material (5) The used material account shall comprise all stores con- 
 demned for sale and all used material and scrap which is fit for 
 Government purposes, no matter what its source, except as pro- 
 vided in paragraph 2. All such material shall be subject to gen- 
 eral issue without charge to an appropriation, but under no cir- 
 cumstances shall articles or materials of a special or expensive 
 nature be available for issue when material of a lower quality 
 is suitable for the work in hand. All material issued from the 
 used material account shall be a cost charge to the work or object. 
 Provisions and (6) The provisions account shall comprise all provisions. 
 
 counts. ngac " (7) The clothing and small stores account shall comprise all 
 clothing and small stores. 
 
 (8) All articles and materials in the stores accounts shall be 
 carried at a price. 
 
619 
 
 Section 4. — Supply Accounts Afloat. 
 1866. 
 
 On board all vessels on the Navy List not operating under the 
 general supply system (arts. 1393 and 1394) directly or through 
 a tender, equipage Title B shall be requisitioned by, invoiced to, 
 and accounted for, by the commanding officer, officer in charge, 
 or head of department concerned. Balance sheets for each vessel, 
 separate for Navigation, Engineering, Construction and Repair, 
 Ordnance, and Supplies and Accounts, shall be rendered to the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, with vouchers, within 20 days 
 from the expiration of each quarter. No accounting to the Bu- 
 reau of Supplies and Accounts is required for consumable sup- 
 plies, which will be requisitioned under, and when placed aboard, 
 charged directly to Title C on invoices or public bills. The pro- 
 visions of this paragraph apply also to equipage and supplies in- 
 voiced to the permanent organization of a receiving ship. 
 
 1867. 
 
 On board ships in which the general supply system is in opera- Accounts of 
 tion, the supply officer shall maintain the accounts. officer* S " P y 
 
 Section 5. — Inspection of Accounts. 
 
 1868. 
 
 (1) The accounts of all officers of the Supply Corps at shore sta- 
 tions within the continental limits of the United States, including Inspection of 
 supply officers of training, receiving, and other ships on special thore° stations.* 
 service, shall be inspected by the general inspector of the Supply 
 
 Corps at such times as the department (Chief of Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts) may direct. An inspection of the accounts 
 of the officer in charge of the midshipmen's store at the Naval 
 Academy shall be made quarterly by the general inspector of the 
 Supply Corps, with such recommendations as he may deem neces- 
 sary. 
 
 (2) An inspection of the accounts of supply officers of ships gh JJ f^Seet oJ 
 shall be made quarterly. In every case check books shall be squadron 
 examined and the cash balance on hand verified. In ships at- 
 tached to a fleet or squadron, the inspection shall be made by the 
 
 senior officer of the Supply Corps of the fleet or squadron at such 
 times during the quarter as the commander in chief or squadron 
 or division commander may direct, or by the general inspector of 
 the Supply Corps in home ports, when directed. When a ship is 
 separated from the commander in chief or squadron or division 
 
620 
 
 commander for more than one quarter, the cash balance on hand 
 shall be verified by a board of two officers in the presence of 
 the commanding officer. The inspection of the accounts of the 
 senior officer of the Supply Corps shall be made, when practicable, 
 by such other officer of the Supply Corps of the fleet or squadron 
 as the commander in chief or squadron or division commander may 
 designate ; or when no other officer of the Supply Corps is available 
 for such duty, the cash balance on hand shall be verified as pre- 
 scribed for a ship separated from the commander in chief. 
 
 (3) The cash balances of officers of the Supply Corps afloat 
 
 when absent from a port of the United States for more than a 
 
 quarter shall be verified as prescribed for a supply officer of a 
 
 ship separated from the flagship of the commander in chief. 
 
 Of shore sta- (4) An inspection of the accounts of officers of the Supply Corps 
 
 rnTted°!tates. ° f attached to shore stations beyond the continental limits of the 
 United States shall be made quarterly by officers of the Supply 
 Corps attached to the stations or visiting naval vessels. When 
 impracticable to have such inspections made by an officer of the 
 Supply Corps, the cash balances shall be verified by a board of 
 two officers not of the Supply Corps. 
 Reports of in- (5) The reports of inspection shall show the balances on hand 
 
 counts. **" appearing on the last quarterly account current that has been for- 
 
 warded to the department ; the receipts from all sources and the 
 expenditures, as substantiated by vouchers, from the date on 
 which the balances were taken to the date of inspection, inclusive ; 
 the cash on hand as shown by actual count ; and the balances on 
 deposit. The report shall be presented on the general inspector's 
 report of inspection or on the 'quarterly account current and 
 promptly forwarded to the department. 
 Inspection of (6) All books, papers, and other matters relating to the office or 
 
 District of Co* accounts of disbursing officers of the executive departments and 
 
 mmbia. commissions, boards, and establishments of the Government in the 
 
 District of Columbia shall at all times be subject to inspection and 
 examination by the Comptroller of the Treasury and the Auditor 
 of the Treasury authorized to settle such accounts, or by the duly 
 authorized agents of either of said officials. 
 Fluctuation of (7) For the verification of debits or credits claimed by officers of 
 the Supply Corps of vessels and stations on account of gains or 
 losses on exchange due to changes in value of foreign coins, im- 
 mediately upon the receipt by such officers of the quarterly notice 
 of such changes an inventory, reported in duplicate, shall be taken 
 of the foreign silver currency, affected by the notice in their hands 
 on the date of receipt of such notice. This inventory shall state 
 the amount of each kind of such currency and shall be made and 
 certified by the officer or officers designated to verify cash balances 
 in paragraph 2 of this article ; one copy of the inventory shall be 
 furnished the officer of the Supply Corps concerned. 
 
621 
 
 1869. 
 
 (1) Any difference of pay or allowances to which an officer or . Credits for dif- 
 
 * J ferences of pay, 
 
 enlisted man is entitled may be credited by an officer of the Supply etc., auditor to 
 
 Corps on his current rolls : Provided, That in cases where such e notlfie • 
 
 credits are differences noted in the administrative analyses of pay 
 
 rolls and accounts of the Marine Corps that fact be noted as the 
 
 authority therefor: And provided further, That in all cases of 
 
 credits for any period not borne on his rolls said officer or enlisted 
 
 man presents a complete statement of his account signed by the 
 
 officer or officers upon whose rolls he was borne during the period 
 
 in question. The officer making the credit shall note over it why 
 
 it is made and the period of time that it embraces and shall file as 
 
 vouchers with his rolls the orders, letters, or other papers which 
 
 establish the correctness of the credit. No credit will be made, 
 
 however, of any pay or allowances which accrued at any time 
 
 prior to the two fiscal years preceding the current fiscal year. 
 
 (2) All requests for credit of pay and allowances accruing Claims to be 
 during a period prior to the two fiscal years preceding the current liJitor 1 .* * * * t0 
 fiscal year or other requests which for any reason an officer of the 
 
 Supply Corps may decline to grant shall be made the subject of a 
 claim on the Auditor for the Navy Department. In such case the 
 claimant shall forward with the claim, in addition to the papers 
 required by paragraph 1, a certificate of the officer carrying his 
 accounts that he has not paid and will not pay the amount claimed. 
 
 1870. 
 
 The record of the deposits made by enlisted men shall be kept Records of de- 
 in books, one book being provided for each depositor's account. J° e 8 B ts of enlisted 
 These books are part of the supply department records and shall 
 be held by the supply officer having the pay accounts of the depos- 
 itors. When a depositor is transferred the record book of his 
 accounts shall be sent with his transfer pay account. 
 
 1871. 
 
 On transfer accounts of enlisted men received, commanding Entry for pay 
 officers shall certify the date on which the men whose names are and for rations - 
 borne thereon actually reported in person and from which they 
 are entitled to rations or commutation thereof. 
 
 1872. 
 
 Whenever the accounts of an enlisted person who has been sent c e r t ificate of 
 from a cruising ship to a foreign hospital or private institution in jjlmHwion to or 
 the United States are transferred to a receiving ship they shall be hospital, 
 accompanied by a certificate signed by the medical officer of the 
 
622 
 
 ship, giving the date of admission to the hospital or institution 
 and the date of discharge, if known. 
 
 1873. 
 
 Notice sent to Whenever an enlisted man is sent to a naval hospital and his 
 iVeo^nt^ixfl accounts are transferred to a receiving ship, his commanding offi- 
 been transferred. cer shall immediately inform the medical officer in command of 
 the hospital where the accounts of the patient have been trans- 
 ferred. 
 
 1874. 
 
 Forwarding. The transfer of accounts must in all cases be made through the 
 commanding officers. 
 
 1875. 
 
 books r due i0 to er- Tne su PP 1 y officer shall, upon receiving written orders from the 
 
 rors in transfer captain, make any necessary changes in his books to correct 
 
 erroneous entries in the names or description of enlisted men in 
 
 transfer rolls. Such order shall be filed as a voucher with the 
 
 accounts.. 
 
 1876. 
 
 Original entry Before the name of a newly enlisted person can be entered on 
 on enlistment. J * 
 
 the books for pay the supply officer must receive a written order 
 
 from the commanding officer, giving the name, date, term of enlist- 
 ment, rating under which enlisted, and rate of pay. 
 
 1877. 
 
 instructions. (1) Sentences of deck courts or courts-martial involving loss 
 of pay solely or in connection with other forms of punishment, 
 when remitted subject to the conditions specified in this article, as 
 set forth in " Naval Courts and Boards," shall be governed by the 
 following instructions : 
 
 (2) (a) Records of deck courts and summary courts-martial, or 
 letters promulgating action upon general courts-martial, shall im- 
 mediately following publication of the sentences be referred to the 
 officer having the pay accounts of the accused, or, in case of ma- 
 rines serving at shore stations, to the officer or noncommissioned 
 officer preparing and certifying the pay rolls on which the ac- 
 count is borne, and in each such case of a deck court or summary 
 court-martial such officer or noncommissioned officer shall indorse 
 upon the record of proceedings as follows: 
 
 " Loss of pay, $ , will be deducted in accordance with article 
 
 1877, Navy Regulations." 
 
 In forwarding the above-mentioned records or promulgating let- 
 ters, each shall be accompanied by the man's current service record 
 
623 
 
 and by an order signed by the commanding officer, directing the 
 deduction of the approved loss of pay, made out on the prescribed 
 form issued by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts (or, in case 
 of marines, on the prescribed form issued by headquarters, United 
 States Marine Corps) ; a duplicate of which order shall be sent 
 immediately by the commanding officer direct to the Auditor for 
 the Navy Department, and in case of marines a further copy 
 shall also be furnished the adjutant and inspector, United States 
 Marine Corps. 
 
 ( b ) The amount deducted on account of sentences of deck courts 
 or courts-martial, approved in accordance with this article, will be 
 credited to the Navy Fines and Forfeitures Fund until final action 
 is taken thereon, as provided for in the following paragraphs. 
 
 There shall be secured in the service record of each man a 
 sheet on which shall be entered over the signature of the officer 
 making the deduction, all amounts deducted from his pay in ac- 
 cordance with the provisions of this article which may occur 
 during the enlistment. 
 
 (c) Notation shall be made on the smooth pay roll against the 
 name of the man, showing kind of court, date of final approval, 
 total loss of pay as approved, amount of deduction made during 
 quarter, and balance remaining to be deducted. Separate nota- 
 tion for each deck court or court-martial must be made on the 
 roll, but after the total amount has been deducted under any one 
 sentence, no further entry on the roll for that case will be re- 
 quired. In case of the transfer of a man, notation must be made 
 on both copies of the transfer pay account for each and every 
 deck court or court-martial involving loss of pay, on which all 
 deductions have not been made, showing kind of court or court- 
 martial, date of approval, total loss of pay as approved, the deduc- 
 tions made, and the balance remaining to be deducted in order 
 that the officer receiving the transfer pay accounts may continue 
 deductions until the loss of pay has been liquidated, which he will 
 do without orders from the commanding officer of the ship or 
 station to which transfer of the man is made. In the case of 
 transfer of marines the officer or noncommissioned officer prepar- 
 ing and certifying pay rolls will obtain all information regarding 
 deductions made or pending from the notations in the service 
 record book required to be entered therein by paragraph 2 (c) 
 of these instructions. 
 
 (d) When an enlisted man is to be discharged from the service, 
 the total amount which has been deducted from his pay during 
 his enlistment, in accordance with the provisions of this article, 
 will be credited to his account. If the man in question receives a 
 dishonorable discharge, a bad-conduct discharge, or is discharged 
 as undesirable, for inaptitude, or physical disability due to his 
 own misconduct (or a marine discharged before expiration of 
 
624 
 
 enlistment for causes other than those above enumerated, with 
 character below "Good"), he will be checked the total amount 
 of pay deducted during his enlistment pursuant to sentences of 
 courts-martial and deck courts, which have been conditionally 
 remitted in accordance with this article ; if he receives an honor- 
 able discharge (in case of a marine if he receives on expiration 
 of enlistment a discharge with character " Excellent " or " Very 
 good " ) , no checkage because of amounts so deducted will be made 
 against his account; if he receives any other form of discharge 
 (in case of a marine if he receives on expiration of enlistment a 
 discharge with character " Good," or a discharge prior to expira- 
 tion of enlistment for causes other than those above enumerated, 
 with character " Excellent " or " Very good " ) , his account will 
 be checked one-half the total amount so deducted. 
 
 (e) In case the man should extend his enlistment, and the total 
 amount involved has been fully deducted, or in case of his death or 
 retirement prior to expiration of enlistment, the amount deducted 
 from his pay in accordance with this article during his enlistment 
 will, on the date that his enlistment would have expired if not so 
 extended, or on the date of his death or retirement, be treated as 
 though he had been discharged on that date and in accordance 
 with the character of discharge which he would then have 
 received. 
 
 In cases where the full amount of a sentence has not been 
 deducted upon expiration of the four-year term, deductions in 
 accordance with this article will be continued for such period as 
 may be necessary under the extended enlistment and will be set- 
 tled upon the termination of such extension of enlistment. 
 
 (f) If any enlisted man shall be regularly declared a deserter 
 and shall not return to the service within a period of six months 
 from the date of his alleged desertion, the full amount of all 
 sentences of deck courts and courts-martial involving loss of pay 
 which have been conditionally remitted in accordance with this 
 article during his enlistment shall immediately be executed and 
 the conditional forfeiture of pay thereunder shall automatically 
 become absolute and complete. 
 
 (3) In cases where there are two or more sentences involving 
 loss of pay which have been conditionally remitted in accordance 
 with this article the total amount of the first sentence will be 
 completely deducted in the usual manner, and deductions under 
 the subsequent sentences will then be made in the order in which 
 approved; all deductions under one sentence being completed 
 before commencing deductions under a subsequent sentence. 
 
 (4) Commanding officers will inform enlisted men whose sen- 
 tences are acted upon in accordance with this article that the 
 amount of such sentences will be temporarily withheld, and will 
 eventually be paid to them in full or in part, or will be entirely 
 
625 
 
 forfeited, dependent upon their future conduct, as specified in 
 paragraph 2. 
 
 (5) Nothing contained in this article will be construed to 
 prevent convening or reviewing authorities from disapproving, 
 unconditionally remitting, or mitigating any sentences or parts 
 of sentences adjudged by courts-martial or deck courts as author- 
 ized by law in cases in which such action may be warranted. 
 
 Section 6. — Deserters and Persons Deceased. 
 
 1878. 
 
 (1) The wages due a deserter are forfeited to the United Aeeoants af 
 _., deserters. 
 
 States. 
 
 1879. 
 
 (1) All accounts of deserters from the Navy and Marine Corps Desert*™' ac- 
 shall remain open sufficiently long to allow the deserter a period con1liu 
 
 of six months from the date of desertion in which to return to 
 the service, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this 
 article. At the expiration of this period his account shall be 
 closed. 
 
 (2) Whenever an enlisted person or marine is declared a 
 deserter his allotment, if he has one, must be stopped, his effects 
 sold, the amount credited to his account, and the account trans- 
 ferred immediately to the proper deserters' roll. If the deserter 
 has a deposit, the deposit record book shall be forwarded with the 
 acccount. In no case shall the amount of deposit be credited to 
 the account prior to transfer. 
 
 (3) When a deserter surrenders himself, or is delivered on board Return of de- 
 
 serter. 
 any ship of the Navy, he shall be taken up for pay and subsistence 
 
 from the date of his reception, and the word "Deserter" in red 
 ink marked over his name. Such articles of clothing and small 
 stores as may be necessary to his health and comfort shall be 
 issued. He shall be credited with pay, but no money shall be paid 
 to him until his transfer account from the deserters' roll is re- 
 ceived. Expenses for his apprehension, transportation, and sub- 
 sistence shall be paid on public bill and checked against his ac- 
 count. A notice of his return, together with a request for his 
 account, shall be prepared conjointly by the executive and supply 
 officers of the ship, made out on a prescribed form with all neces- 
 sary information, and forwarded immediately to the Bureau of 
 Navigation or to the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
 Corps. Upon receipt, the part designed for the officer in charge of 
 deserters' accounts shall be forwarded to him immediately. 
 
 (4) Checkages for the expense of the deserters' apprehension, Checkagres for 
 transportation, and subsistence as provided in article 1695 may in prehension, etc. 
 
626 
 
 special cases be made upon this roll by order of the Bureau of 
 Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
 Corps (art. 1880), and an itemized memorandum statement must 
 invariably accompany the returned transfer account to avoid a 
 double checkage. The account shall be forwarded immediately to 
 the supply officer of the vessel upon which the deserter is re- 
 ceived, together with a transcript of deposit and deposit book, 
 should there be a deposit. 
 Deserter trans- (5) When a deserter is transferred to another vessel before his 
 counts receded, accounts are received from the " Deserters' roll " the supply officer 
 of the vessel on which he was received shall prepare a regular 
 transfer account from his own books with the word " Deserter " in 
 red ink marked over the name. The supply officer receiving the 
 transfer account shall take it up on his own books with the same 
 mark, and no money shall be paid until the account is received 
 from the deserters' roll. If the latter account is received on board 
 the ship from which the deserter was transferred, it shall be for- 
 warded immediately to the supply officer of the vessel to which 
 the deserter has been transferred. 
 
 1880. 
 
 Rewards paid Money paid for rewards or expenses of deserters or stragglers 
 etc. 1 deserter8 ' and checked against their personal accounts is regarded as an 
 authorized overpayment and must in all cases be shown on public 
 bills approved by the commanding officer. When such checkages 
 are to be made on the " Deserters' roll," the Bureau of Navigation 
 or the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps shall 
 approve the public bills if practicable. (Art. 1879 (4).) 
 
 1881. 
 
 statement of In order that the supply officers may comply with instructions, 
 rines furnished commanding officers of marines ashore or afloat shall furnish 
 supply officers. them with a statement (Form N. M. C, 90) of the accounts (in- 
 cluding clothing) of any marines whose names are borne upon 
 their books who die or desert, or of any marine general court- 
 martial prisoner transferred from their rolls or to another supply 
 officer. A similar statement shall be furnished supply officers for 
 their information in making final settlement in the case of marines 
 to be discharged for any cause whatsoever. In the case of other 
 men leaving their rolls by transfer to another ship or station, a 
 copy of the report of transfer shall be furnished supply officers to 
 enable them to transfer the deposit record books and allotments 
 of such men, if any. 
 
627 
 
 1882. 
 
 (1) The naval appropriation act approved June 30, 1914, P r °- ug^^finersf 
 vides, " That the Secretary of the Navy be authorized at his discre- 
 tion to issue free of cost the national flag (United States national 
 
 ensign No. 7) used for draping the coffin of any officer or enlisted 
 man of the Navy or Marine Corps whose death occurs while in 
 the service of the United States Navy or Marine Corps, upon 
 request, to the relatives of the deceased officer or enlisted man 
 or, upon request, to a school, patriotic order, or society to which 
 the deceased officer or man belonged." 
 
 (2) Commandants of navy yards, commanding officers of vessels, 
 or senior officers present, and commanding officers of naval hos- 
 pitals are authorized to issue these flags to accompany all bodies 
 forwarded or delivered to the next of kin or relatives for private 
 interment, in order that the flags may be available for use at the 
 time of burial. Request for such issue shall be construed as in- 
 cluded in application for the body. The flag will be expended 
 from the books by survey in the usual manner, reference to this 
 article to be the necessary authority for such expenditure and 
 replacement. 
 
 (3) Where no request for the flag is made, the commandant, 
 commanding officer, senior officer present, or the commanding 
 officer of a naval hospital will hold the flag (properly tagged with 
 name of deceased and date of funeral) for a period of three 
 months pending receipt of the above referenced request should it 
 be forwarded. If at the end of three months no request is re- 
 ceived, the flag may be returned for issue or use as the case may 
 be. In cases of doubt as to whether the persons making the re- 
 quest are legally entitled to the flag, the matter should be for- 
 warded to the Bureau of Construction and Repair for its action 
 prior to issuing the flag. 
 
 (4) The Bureau of Supplies and Accounts will provide for the 
 charging of the value of the flags to a subhead under Title V — 
 "Miscellaneous," in order that the total annual charge to the 
 appropriation for the above purpose may be known. 
 
 Section 7. — Miscellaneous. 
 
 1883. 
 
 (1) Every officer who receives public money which he is not Rendition of 
 authorized to retain as salary, pay, or emolument shall render his accounts ' 
 accounts quarterly. 
 
 (2) Such accounts, with necessary vouchers, etc., shall be mailed 
 or otherwise sent to the Auditor for the Navy Department within 
 20 days after the period to which they relate. 
 
628 
 
 (3) The Secretary of the Treasury being empowered to make 
 orders in particular cases, relaxing the requirement of mailing 
 or otherwise sending the accounts within the prescribed time, and 
 to waive delinquency, in such cases only in which there is, or is 
 likely to be, a manifest physical difficulty in complying with the 
 requirements, officers should, when it is impossible to comply, 
 make such explanations in the letter transmitting their accounts 
 as will enable the accounting officers to determine as to their 
 delinquency. 
 
 1884. 
 
 Directions for An officer shall forward his accounts and returns direct, and 
 c oVb t s and re- immediately afterward, in each case, inform the commanding 
 turns. officer of the ship, in writing, of the fact. Such report shall be 
 
 forwarded by the commanding officer to the commander in chief 
 for filing in the office of the fleet paymaster. A copy of the 
 quarterly account current shall be forwarded to the commander 
 in chief for the fleet paymaster. 
 
 1885. 
 
 Loss of ac- In the event of the loss of accounts occurring from the loss or 
 suppi? officers. ' ca P ture of a sni P of the Nav 3'« the supply officer, on receiving a 
 written order from the commanding officer, shall open other ac- 
 counts with the survivors, from the date of the disaster, giving 
 to each person the rating he held at the time the accounts were 
 lost; and the accounts so made out shall accompany the sur- 
 vivors on their transfer to a ship or station, the officer carrying 
 the accounts of which is to govern himself by these accounts in 
 making payments or issues, until he receives further instructions 
 from the Navy Department or the Auditor for the Navy De- 
 partment. 
 
 1886. 
 
 Responsibility An officer can not be held responsible for payments to any 
 
 for payment. person who has been removed from the Navy, unless the officer 
 
 making the payment has received official notification of the fact. 
 
 188 7. 
 
 Purchases for (l) Purchases for or issues of clothing or money to torpedo 
 other vessels! * vessels and vessels not having a supply officer on board, when such 
 vessels are not at the station to which the supply officer having 
 their accounts is assigned, shall be made on order of the senior 
 officer present by any officer of the Supply Corps. Issues of cloth- 
 ing shall be accounted for as prescribed in article 1406. Any 
 transfer of funds between officers, necessarily involved in making 
 payments to officers and men of vessels herein specified, is author- 
 ized. 
 
629 
 
 (2) The commanding officers of such vessels shall be furnished Memorandum 
 with a memorandum record of the accounts of the crew for presen- 
 tation to any officer designated, on which issues of money or 
 clothing may be based. All entries shall be made by officers of 
 the Supply Corps, except that the commanding officer shall be re- 
 sponsible for the entry of data affecting the accounts (changes in 
 rating, absences, miscellaneous checkages, etc. ) resulting from his 
 orders or from transfers to the ship during the quarter which 
 can not be entered at the time of occurrence by the proper officer 
 of the Supply Corps. 
 
 183841°— 20 41 
 
CHAPTER 49. 
 
 SALES AND SURVEYS OF MATERIAL. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1897. Sales of vessels. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1898-1905. Sales of material. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1906-1925. Surveys of equipage and supplies. 
 
 Section 1. — Sales of Vessels. 
 1897. 
 
 (1) When the estimated cost for repairs to any vessel in the When consld- 
 Navy appears disproportionate to her value to the Navy, the Board 
 
 of Inspection and Survey may, in the discretion of the Secretary 
 of the Navy, be ordered to inspect 'and report upon her with a 
 view to her sale. This board may also recommend a vessel for 
 sale after making the inspection provided for. 
 
 (2) In making its report of the inspection prescribed in the Form of rcc- 
 preceding paragraph the board shall report the estimated cost of 
 
 repairs for the vessel in question and an estimated cost of a new 
 ship of the same size and like material, and the report shall 
 further state whether the repairs, having reference to their esti- 
 mated cost, can be made within the statutory limit. 
 
 (3) If the board recommends the vessel for sale, it shall include 
 in its recommendation whether the vessel shall be sold as a ship 
 or sold as a hulk. It shall also recommend, in sufficient detail 
 for the guidance of the Board of Survey and Estimate in pre- 
 paring that board's report, what articles or parts, if any, in- 
 cluding articles of equipage, shall be removed from her before 
 sale and reserved for further use. Upon receipt of copies of the 
 Board of Inspection and Survey's report wherein sale is recom- 
 mended, the commandant shall appoint a board of survey and 
 estimate for the purpose of submitting estimates for the removal 
 of the parts of the hull, machinery plant, battery, fittings, and 
 equipage the cost for which would be warranted having in view 
 its probable future use. Separate reports will be submitted to 
 
 (631) 
 
632 
 
 the bureaus concerned, the items to be grouped separately as 
 follows : 
 
 (a) The removal of those items that are recommended for 
 further naval use in their present condition or after necessary 
 repairs. 
 
 (&) The removal of those items which it is desired to salvage. 
 
 The commandant shall inform the department when the board of 
 survey and estimates' reports have been forwarded, and shall 
 furnish the Board of Inspection and Survey with a copy of the 
 report. 
 port!" 00 ° n re " (4) The re P° rt of the Board of Survey and Estimate shaU be 
 forwarded to the Chief of Naval Operations through the Bureaus 
 of Construction and Repair, Engineering, and Ordnance in the 
 order named, which shall indorse thereon recommendations in the 
 case, including recommendations as to what articles or parts, if 
 any, including articles of equipage, shall be removed from her 
 before sale and reserved for further use. 
 
 (5) Upon receipt in the department the Chief of Naval Opera- 
 tions shall advise the Secretary of the Navy in regard to the 
 matter. 
 
 (6) If the Secretary decides to order the sale, the report of the 
 board shall be indorsed to the Bureaus of Ordnance, Engineering, 
 and Construction and Repair in the order named, with instructions 
 as to the removal of articles and parts from her before sale; 
 to the Chief of Naval Operations, with instructions to prepare the 
 necessary order striking her from the Navy Register ; and to the 
 solicitor, with instructions to prepare the necessary papers for 
 her sale. 
 
 (7) The necessary papers ordering the sale having been signed, 
 they shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, 
 which shall then conduct the sale in accordance with law. 
 
 Removal of (8) Such articles of equipage and such other articles or parts 
 
 as it may be decided to remove and reserve for further use shall 
 
 be removed from the vessel before she is opened to the inspection 
 
 of prospective bidders. As soon as instructions are received by 
 
 the commandant of the articles and parts to be removed, he shall 
 
 report to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, for insertion in 
 
 the advertisement, the date when the vessel will be ready for 
 
 inspection. 
 
 Disposition of (9) The original report of the Board of Inspection and Survey 
 report. 
 
 shall be filed in the files of the department after action by the 
 
 solicitor. 
 
 (10) So far as they may be applicable, and when not in conflict 
 with the provisions of this article, the provisions of the follow- 
 ing section shall apply also to sales of vessels. A prospective 
 purchaser who makes a personal examination of a ship offered for 
 sale, shall be required to sign a certificate stating that he under- 
 
633 
 
 stands that, if his bid is accepted the ship will be delivered in the 
 condition shown at the time of his examination, ordinary wear 
 and tear excepted, and with such other exceptions as may be 
 specifically noted in the certificate. 
 
 Section 2. — Sales of Material. 
 
 1898. 
 
 Inspection, condemnation, appraisal, and public sale are neces- Requirements 
 sary to a valid sale of unsuitable supplies. No Such article shall 55i C d e J|", y t0 a 
 be sold without specific authority from the department. 
 
 1899. 
 
 No old material of the Navy shall be sold or exchanged which Restrictions as 
 can be profitably used by reworking or otherwise, in the con- material, 
 struction or repair of vessels, their machinery, armor, armament, 
 or equipment ; but the same shall be stored and preserved for 
 future use. And when any condemned naval supplies, stores, and 
 materials can not be profitably used as aforesaid, the same shall 
 be appraised and sold, either by advertising for sealed pro- 
 posals for the purchase of the same, or by public auction, after 
 advertisement of the sale for such time as in the judgment of the 
 Secretary of the Navy the public interest may require. (Act of 
 Aug. 5, 1882, and June 30, 1890.) 
 
 1900. 
 
 Sales of condemned supplies and material shall be conducted Bn f e a an es f n g nP ! 
 
 under the direction of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. plies and Ac- 
 
 con nts. 
 
 1904. 
 
 On board vessels in foreign waters, when there is an accumula- . Sal * s of s t° re s 
 
 abroad. 
 
 tion of condemned stores, under Titles B and C, sufficient to cover 
 the expenses of a sale, and it is considered to be to the best inter- 
 ests of the service so to dispose of them, they shall be resurveyed 
 by a board of three officers, and may be sold, after application for 
 and receipt from the Secretary of the Navy of the required written 
 authority, in accordance with the provisions of section 3828, Re- 
 vised Statutes, and of the acts of August 5, 1882, and June 
 30, 1890. 
 
 1905. 
 
 In order that the maximum sums may be realized from the sale Special money 
 of the effects of dead men and deserters, commanding officers may, effects^ Xsert- 
 when they consider it desirable, authorize supply officers to debit ers and deceased « 
 
634 
 
 on the pay rolls the accounts of the purchasers for the amounts 
 of their bids. Prospective purchasers shall be notified at the time 
 of sale whether pay-roll credits will be allowed them to make 
 payments for their purchases. 
 
 Section 3. — Surveys of Equipage and Supplies. 
 
 1906. 
 
 Preparations (i) Prior to the arrival of a ship at a navy yard officers in 
 
 for surveys. „ 
 
 charge of ships' departments on ships not having the general sup- 
 ply system and the supply officers of ships having the general sup- 
 ply system shall assemble, in a convenient place for survey, prop- 
 erty in their charge which is damaged, deteriorated, obsolete, or 
 beyond serviceable repair, and not already covered by repair 
 letters (art. 1969, pars. 5 and 6), and shall prepare survey re- 
 quests on S. & A. Forms 153 and 153a, in quadruplicate, of such 
 articles, placing in any one request only such articles as pertain 
 to the same appropriation. Separate requests shall be submitted 
 for articles the replacement of which is urgent. For each item 
 there shall be entered on these requests the place from which re- 
 ceived, the date of receipt, distinguishing marks, such as boat and 
 engine numbers, etc., and the invoice price of the article as taken 
 from the ship's books, and a concise statement of the reasons for 
 requesting its survey. Immediately upon the ship's arrival at the 
 navy yard the commanding officer shall forward such requests to 
 the commandant, who shall refer them to the officer designated by 
 him to survey such articles. Repairs to equipage shall be made 
 the subject of letter in the same form as required for Titles D and 
 K (Art. 1971), but such requests shall be made separately from 
 requests for repairs to articles under other titles and shall be 
 made separately for the bureau and appropriation concerned. 
 (Art. 1969, pars. 5 to 10, inclusive.) 
 Duties of sur- (2) The surveying officer shall promptly inspect the articles 
 
 Yeymg officer. listed> giving precedence to those on the urgent lists, and shall 
 render reports, separate for each appropriation, covering articles 
 which are worn out, or which are in such condition that repair is 
 not justified. 
 
 Should the surveying officer find that certain articles included in 
 the ship's request should be repaired by the ship's force, should 
 be retained on board for further use without repair, or if the 
 articles or material are unfit for their original purpose, but may be 
 made suitable for ship's use for repair of equipage or for use as 
 scrap metal on board if desired by the vessel, he shall so indicate 
 on the ship's request by writing thereon " Retain," " Expend, 
 retain for ship's use for repair purposes or as scrap," or " Repair 
 by ship's force." 
 
635 
 
 (3) Every facility shall be given the surveying officer by the Preparation 
 
 ,.~. , . . f~. „ , . , , and forwarding 
 
 commanding officer, ship's supply officer, and other officers directly of reports, 
 concerned with the articles under survey, and a yeoman from the 
 ship shall be detailed to assist him in the preparation of his re- 
 ports. The reports shall be prepared in quadruplicate and shall 
 be forwarded to the commandant for action, together with the 
 original list submitted by the ship which is thus covered. In 
 preparing the reports the surveying officer in each case shall enter 
 beside each item from where and when it was received and its 
 invoice value as borne on the ship's books ( copying from the ship's 
 list distinguishing marks such as boat and engine numbers), its 
 appraised or present value, and a concise statement as to its con- 
 dition at time of survey and whether responsibility for damaged 
 or deteriorated condition should be charged against anyone. 
 Should the surveying officer consider that the reasons given in the 
 ship's list for replacing an article under survey are inadequate, 
 he shall call upon the head of the department of the ship con- 
 cerned or one of his assistants for amplification of the reasons. 
 The head of the department concerned shall facilitate in every 
 way the investigation as to responsibility. Commanding officer 
 will cause a statement to appear in the surveying officer's report 
 as to whether or not disciplinary action has been taken. Articles 
 of value without invoice price shall in all cases be appraised by 
 the surveying officer. 
 
 (4) If it is found that any of the items listed in the request for 
 survey can be economically repaired by the yard force for further 
 use, the surveying officer shall eliminate this item from the survey 
 request and report the fact to the commandant, who will indicate 
 to the commanding officer that a repair letter should be submitted. 
 The manufacturing divisions shall furnish the services of experts 
 or qualified men to assist the surveying officer in the examination 
 of articles under survey or in the preparation of estimates for 
 repairs when such services are requested by the surveying officer 
 or the head of the division concerned. 
 
 (5) On survey reports, in addition to statement of from where 
 and when received, the invoice price of each item, its appraised or 
 present value, and statement as to its present condition and 
 whether or not responsibility should be charged against anyone 
 for such condition, the recommendation " store " shall be entered 
 and, further, the disposition recommended for the supply officer; 
 whether stock (general), stock with name of ship written below, 
 yard use, issue heap, yard heap, repairs to similar articles, sell, 
 dump, burn, or other special disposition. And in case any article 
 recommended to store for stock, either general or for a particular 
 ship, should require repair, entry as to this shall be made, and 
 whether yard or contract repair, with estimates of time and cost. 
 In all cases the surveying officer shall definitely state whether 
 
 Repair items. 
 
 Articles to be 
 turned into store. 
 
636 
 
 or not the article condemned should be replaced, and -when articles 
 are condemned for repairs, whether they should be replaced by 
 the repaired articles or a new one from store. 
 
 Articles not on the allowance list shall only be replaced on 
 approved " in excess " requisitions. 
 
 ls s ne heap, (g) when a surveying officer recommends an article to the 
 etc. 'issue heap, yard heap, or dump, he shall be guided as follows: 
 
 Articles of metal, unserviceable and not warranting repairs and 
 which can not be sold in piece to advantage, shall be condemned 
 to the issue scrap heap or the yard scrap heap according as they 
 may or may not be useful for reworking for Government use. 
 Those condemned for the issue scrap heap shall be appraised ac- 
 cording to their value as metal, with kind of metal and weight 
 stated, and those condemned for the yard heap shall be appraised 
 as without value ; and articles part of which are valueless and 
 other parts of which may be useful for some purpose shall be 
 appraised as to their valuable parts, except when such parts are 
 condemned for the yard heap. Only such totally unserviceable 
 articles as are without value and unsalable, such as broken china, 
 tin, and wooden ware, worn-out paint brushes, etc., shall be thrown 
 on the dump. Articles such as totally unserviceable powder and 
 chemicals, decayed provisions, etc., the retention of which would 
 be prejudicial to the safety and health of the community, shall not 
 be deposited on the dump, but shall be condemned to be thrown 
 overboard or otherwise destroyed. 
 
 Commandant's (7) Upon the receipt of the surveying officer's reports and of 
 the original ship's request returned with them, the commandant 
 shall have the items, as submitted by the surveying officer, checked 
 against the ship's request and a statement attached thereto that 
 the surveying officer's reports cover ail items except as modified 
 by paragraph 2 above, and the commandant shall take action by 
 appropriate indorsement on each report submitted by the sur- 
 veying officer. Upon approval by the commandant of the report, 
 the original and one copy shall be returned to the officer request- 
 ing survey, with copies of the commandant's indorsement, who will 
 carry out the instructions of the approving authority. Articles 
 that are to be turned into store will be invoiced at their appraised 
 value, and the original of the survey report shall be securely 
 attached to the invoice therefor. 
 
 Commanding (8) The commanding officer upon receipt of a copy of a survey 
 o cers action. re p 0rt w ni scrutinize the survey request and shall cause repairs 
 by the ship's force to be made as indicated on the request by the 
 survey officer. (Art. 1906, par. 2.) The commanding officer shall 
 have delivery made to the supply officer of the yard of the 
 articles authorized to be turned into store and shall forward 
 with them the necessary invoices to cover the transfer. Separate 
 invoices shall be made for each disposition recommended of the 
 
637 
 
 articles turned into store, i. e., " for general stock," " for sale," 
 " for yard use," etc., and such invoices shall bear the number of 
 the survey, yard where held, and date of its approval by the com- 
 mandant. All articles turned into store shall be tagged to show 
 the name of the ship, the number of the survey, and the disposition 
 to be made of the articles. The supply officer of the yard shall 
 be responsible for the final disposition of articles in accordance 
 with the approved recommendations of the survey reports and 
 shall make necessary adjustments. 
 
 (9) The commandant, after acting upon a survey report, shall Copies of sur- 
 immediately forward the fourth copy of the report, securely at- bureau?. 01 S 
 tached to the survey request, to the bureau concerned, with 
 
 copies of his indorsement which were placed on the originals, using 
 S. & A. forms provided for the purpose. Should the bureau con- 
 cerned not concur in the action of the commandant on any item, 
 appropriate instructions will be issued by the bureau. 
 
 (10) In case the commandant does not approve certain of the tl0 J e ° ^JJiJfoB 
 recommendations made by the surveying officer, he shall eliminate survey reports, 
 such items from the survey reports, and these items shall be 
 
 referred by a separate list to the surveying officer with appropriate 
 remarks for reconsideration. In case the surveying officer adheres 
 to his original recommendation, after carefully reconsidering the 
 same in accordance with the commandant's instructions, the 
 matter shall be referred to the bureau for final action ; otherwise 
 the excepted articles from the original report shall be treated as 
 under resurvey, and shall receive action by the commandant in 
 the same manner as in an original survey. 
 
 (11) When a ship's boat or the machinery of a boat is under Survey of ship's 
 survey, it shall be reported upon separately from other items. 
 
 In all cases the construction and repair registry number of the 
 hull shall be stated in surveys pertaining to the Bureau of Con- 
 struction and Repair, and in those pertaining to the Bureau of 
 Engineering the construction and repair registry number of the 
 hull, and the Bureau of Engineering make, type, and number 
 of engines and boilers involved shall be stated. When power- 
 boat machinery or boiler assigned to a hull is surveyed, the 
 report shall state (if such be the case) that the hull is in good 
 condition and warrants the replacement of the machinery or 
 boiler. Otherwise a survey should be held on the hull, and the 
 survey on the machinery or boiler should contain a statement of 
 the recommendation contained in the survey on the hull. When- 
 ever a power boat is turned in, the machinery and spare parts 
 belonging thereto shall be turned in with it, unless otherwise 
 directed by the Bureau of Engineering or in an emergency by the 
 commandant. 
 
 (12) Articles of canvas or cordage may be surveyed in order to 
 be turned over for general ship's use, when they have become unfit 
 
638 
 
 for further use in their original capacity, owing to damage, wear, 
 or accident ; the surveying officer for this purpose to be appointed 
 as provided in paragraph 1 of this article; and the surveying 
 officer shall so indicate in the survey report by the word " Ship's 
 use," if such condemnation is justified. In such cases, the officer 
 requesting the survey shall expend the articles from his books 
 as prescribed in paragraph 2, article 1910. 
 
 1907. 
 
 Culpable r e 
 sponsibllity. 
 
 (1) Each survey shall be made a matter of most searching and 
 exhaustive investigation by the surveying officers ; in every case 
 the responsibility shall be definitely fixed or a statement be made 
 showing clearly why such can not be done. 
 
 (2) When the responsibility is definitely fixed upon a person in 
 the naval service, the officer ordering the survey shall refer it to 
 such person for statement, after which the survey and statement 
 shall be forwarded to the department, via bureau concerned, with 
 comment and recommendation by the officer ordering the survey. 
 
 (3) In all cases where such action is proper the officer ordering 
 the survey, or the commanding officer of the vessel, shall take such 
 disciplinary action as the circumstances require. In every case in 
 which responsibility is fixed upon a person in the naval service 
 the officer ordering the survey will enter a statement on the face 
 of the survey to the effect that disciplinary action has or has not 
 been taken. 
 
 (4) When the department considers that surveys indicate that 
 proper care has not been exercised by officers in charge of equi- 
 page or stores, a statement to this effect will be entered in the 
 record of the officer concerned. 
 
 (5) Where reports of survey indicate that the proper investiga- 
 tion has not been made by the officer or officers composing the 
 board of survey and clearly show that the board has not fully 
 appreciated its responsibility, the manner of performing the duty 
 will be entered in the record of the officer or officers signing the 
 report of survey and of the officer approving same. In each 
 case the officers concerned will be notified of the department's 
 action. 
 
 1908. 
 
 Lost or i 
 ing articles. 
 
 (1) When articles are lost or missing afloat the ship's supply 
 officer or head of department on ships not having the general 
 supply system shall request a survey of such articles, and when 
 the value of any one item or the total of identical items does not 
 exceed $100, the commanding officer shall appoint a surveying 
 officer, who shall be a commissioned officer of a department of 
 the ship other than that to which the articles to be surveyed per- 
 
639 
 
 tain. In small vessels where there may be no officer available 
 for such assignment, the request shall be made upon the division 
 commander or the senior officer present. The officer so appointed 
 shall render in accordance with the provisions of article 1906 
 a full and exhaustive report relative to the loss or deficiency 
 and shall fix definitely, when possible, the responsibility therefor. 
 Each item shall be separately reported upon and the invoice price 
 shall in all cases be stated. The report of the surveying officer 
 shall be rendered in triplicate to the commanding officer, who, 
 upon approval thereof, shall forward the original to the bureau 
 concerned through official channels with notation by indorsement 
 thereon as to whether or not any disciplinary action has been 
 taken by him and return two copies to the officer requesting the 
 survey, who shall forward one copy to the Bureau of Supplies and 
 Accounts with his quarterly returns as a voucher for the disposi- 
 tion of the articles, and one copy shall be retained by him in the 
 ship's files. When the value of any missing or lost article is in 
 excess of $100, the request for survey shall be forwarded to the 
 division commander or senior officer present, who shall appoint a 
 board of three officers, of whom one at least and as many as prac- 
 ticable shall be commissioned. The action on this report shall be 
 taken by the officer ordering the survey and copies of the survey 
 report shall follow the course as above directed for cases where 
 the missing article surveys are ordered by the commanding officer. 
 
 (2) The method prescribed in paragraph 1 shall be pursued by Survey of 
 any officer receiving stores by shipment in which there is a short- me°nts a . gCSinsfall) 
 age according to the invoices, or when the articles received do not 
 correspond in quantity or kind with the marks on a package, but 
 
 in such cases .the original and one copy of the report shall be for- 
 warded to the bureau concerned (except when the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts is the " bureau concerned " ) and the original 
 shall then be forwarded by the bureau concerned with appropriate 
 indorsement to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for its action. 
 The survey report in such cases shall be rendered by the survey- 
 ing officer in quintuplicate, excepting when the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts is the bureau concerned, when the report shall 
 be rendered in quadruplicate. When action is taken by the 
 Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, a copy of that bureau's letter 
 or indorsement shall be forwarded to the bureau concerned. 
 
 (3) Surveys on articles found missing in shipments shall have Copy of survey 
 indorsed thereon a statement of the approving authority that plEg r fncer. S P " 
 a copy has been forwarded to the shipping officer. 
 
 (4) An officer receiving a shipment in which there is a short- Account of 
 
 shortii w fi 
 
 age shall take up the invoice in full on his books, expend the 
 missing articles according to the direction of the survey report, 
 and note in red ink on both copies of the store invoice the invoice 
 
640 
 
 value of the articles missing, but in no case shall totals in the body 
 of the summary be altered. 
 
 (5) In the event of loss of Naval Supply Account stores or 
 damage, the survey shall state to what appropriations the value 
 of the stores involved shall be charged and also the proportion 
 that shall be charged to each. 
 
 1909. 
 
 Snrveys afloat (1) When a ship is away from a navy yard and it becomes 
 station" foreign necessary that certain equipage be replaced before the vessel will 
 return to a navy yard, an emergency request for survey may be 
 submitted and the request so submitted shall state fully the actual 
 emergency and shall, if approved by the commanding officer, be 
 forwarded to the division commander or senior officer present, 
 who shall appoint a commissioned officer from his command .as 
 surveying officer. The surveying officer so appointed shall render 
 reports as prescribed in article 1906, paragraphs 1 to 4. If the 
 article is to be condemned to be turned into store at a navy yard 
 the disposition in no case should be other than store and the 
 appraised value shall not be stated, otherwise the procedure to 
 be followed will be as prescribed in article 1906, paragraphs 7 and 
 8, for articles to be turned into store. Upon receipt in store the 
 articles will be taken up by the supply officer in the survey ac- 
 count and surveyed for final disposition as directed in article 1917. 
 The survey officer shall certify on these reports that there is an 
 actual emergency requiring the action recommended and that this 
 action can not be deferred until the ship's probable arrival at a navy 
 Ships on for- yard. For a ship on foreign station in the case of articles which 
 eign s a ion. are ^ guc j 1 m^le value that their shipment to a navy yard is mani- 
 festly not warranted, instead of the recommendation " store " for 
 such items the disposition " overboard," " sell on station," or 
 other appropriate disposition should be given. Such surveying 
 officer's reports shall be rendered to the division commander or 
 senior officer present who ordered the survey. His action shall 
 follow as closely as possible that prescribed for commandants 
 under articles 1906 (7) and (9). 
 Disposition of (2) In approving a survey report afloat the endorsement of the 
 afloat. approving authority shall designate the navy yard where the 
 
 articles recommended for store shall be turned in and the man- 
 ner of shipment thereto. Articles to be disposed of on foreign 
 stations shall be specifically so designated by the approving 
 authority. The original of survey report and request and one 
 copy shall then be returned to the officer requesting the survey, 
 who will carry out the instructions of the approving authority. 
 Articles that are to be turned into store will be invoiced at their 
 
641 
 
 full value and the original of the survey report and request 
 shall be securely attached thereto. 
 
 (3) The survey report shall be covered by the approving au- 
 thority in the same manner as is prescribed for this class of report 
 by commandants. 
 
 (4) Any article under an approved survey report afloat author- Replacement 
 . , , , . ,. „ „ . . , of articles afloat. 
 ized to be turned into store or disposed of on foreign station, and 
 
 of which the invoice price when new did not exceed $50, may then 
 be replaced at once by appropriate requisition as not in excess, 
 provided it appears on the allowance list of the ship under the 
 bureau by which such articles are furnished. In case the article 
 exceeds this value, the requisition for replacement shall be for- 
 warded to the bureau concerned, or in case the emergency does 
 not permit the delay which would thus be involved, telegraphic 
 authority shall be sought from the bureau concerned. The requi- 
 sitions submitted pursuant to such surveys shall in all cases bear 
 on their faces the reference number of the survey, the date of its 
 approval, and statement showing where and by whom approved. 
 
 1910. 
 
 (1) When articles on board ship are found to be totally un- Unserviceable 
 serviceable and require, by reason of their insanitary condition, articles" 18 * 111 * 1 "^ 
 immediate disposition by being thrown overboard, burned, or 
 
 buried, the officer having custody of such articles shall request a 
 survey on them, and the commanding officer shall designate for 
 this purpose a commissioned officer of a department of the ship 
 other than that to which the articles to be surveyed pertain. 
 In the case of small vessels whose complement does not permit 
 of this action the request for survey shall be made to the division 
 commander or senior officer present, who shall appoint the sur- 
 veying officer. The surveying officer shall render a report in trip- 
 licate covering each item, with a statement as to where and 
 when received, invoice price, present condition and appraisal 
 value, the reason for its present condition, and whether or not 
 any responsibility should be charged against anyone for such 
 condition. He shall further recommend the disposition to be 
 made as " overboard," " burn," or " bury." 
 
 (2) Upon approval of this survey by the officer ordering the 
 same the recommendation shall be carried out by the officer who 
 requested the survey, who shall expend the articles from his 
 books by expenditure vouchers and certify across the face of the 
 report sent to the bureau concerned and of the copy forwarded 
 to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts with the quarterly bal- 
 ance sheets that he has complied with the approved recom- 
 mendation. 
 
642 
 
 Ship absent (3) when a ship is away from a navy yard totally unservice- 
 
 from yard; sur- " ^ 
 
 vey of worthless able articles, if without value and unsalable, such as broken china, 
 
 tin and wooden ware, worthless paint brushes, etc., may be treated 
 as in the foregoing paragraph. Small articles, such as tools, spare 
 parts, etc., the invoice price of which is less than $5 and which 
 are damaged beyond repair and without sale value, may also be 
 so disposed of. In such cases the officer requesting the survey 
 shall expend the articles from his book as prescribed in para- 
 graph 2. 
 Ensigns, jacks, (4) United States ensigns, union jacks, or commission pen- 
 nants may be similarly surveyed when unserviceable for Govern- 
 ment purposes and shall then be appraised as of no value and 
 burned, the officer requesting the survey complying with para- 
 graph 2. 
 eqSpage^fVom ^ Articles of equipage made of rope, canvas, wood, metal, etc., 
 Title C snpplies. which are capable of being satisfactorily renewed from supplies, 
 Title C, by the ship's force shall be so renewed without survey and 
 continue to be borne on the books at the original price, the sup- 
 plies used in the repairs being expended for use and charged to 
 the regular ship's money allotment concerned. Upon request by 
 letter a special allotment will be given for such repairs made 
 by the ship's force for the amount of material used if approved 
 by the bureau concerned. 
 
 1911. 
 
 Cognizance of Where in the foregoing articles the term " bureau concerned " 
 fcnreans. 
 
 is used it shall be understood as meaning the bureau having cogni- 
 zance of the appropriation from which the cost or expense of 
 renewal of the article is defrayed and to which the cost of repairs 
 will be charged. 
 
 1912. 
 
 Forms for snr- Survey requests shall be prepared on S. and A. forms, Nos. 153 
 ▼ey reports. and 153^ respectively, the survey; reports on S. and A. Forms 154a 
 and 154b, respectively, the whole report and request forwarded by 
 S. and A. Form 154-1 (N. S. A. material) or 154-2 (material other 
 than X. S. A. account or survey account material), or 154-3 (sur- 
 vey account material ashore), properly filled out and placed on 
 top. All sheets should be typewritten whenever possible. Requests 
 under each appropriation shall be numbered consecutively, begin- 
 ning a new series with each fiscal year, and the surveying officers' 
 reports shall always name the number and date of the ship's 
 request. 
 
 1913. 
 
 Snr?eys on (1) Commanding officers of ships shall appoint at the beginning 
 of each quarter, to serve to the end of it, a surveying officer for 
 provisions. To this officer the supply officer shall refer, either 
 
643 
 
 orally or in writing, all such provisions as he may consider unfit 
 for use, provided they do not exceed in value on any one occasion 
 $300. 
 
 (2) The surveying officer shall keep an itemized record of all 
 his surveys, which, in case of his disability, shall be used and re- 
 ferred to by the officer appointed in his place. He shall make his 
 report at the end of the quarter, or earlier if ordered. 
 
 1914. 
 
 Articles of clothing and small stores on board ship found by Clothing and 
 survey to be damaged may be appraised by the surveying officer 
 and issued at the reduced price, in the same manner as other 
 clothing and small stores. In such case the supply officer of the 
 ship shall furnish the surveying officer with a list of the invoice 
 values of the articles, and the appraised values shall be entered 
 by the surveying officer for each item. The supply officer shall 
 expend the revalued articles from his books at the invoice price 
 and take them up again at the appraised value. 
 
 1915. 
 
 Upon the completion and signing of a survey of provisions, ship's Survey reports, 
 store supplies or clothing and small stores afloat, the three copies 
 shall be forwarded to the officer ordering the survey, who, after 
 action thereon, shall return two copies to the officer requesting 
 the survey and immediately forward one to the Bureau of Sup- 
 plies and Accounts. 
 
 1916. 
 
 When the survey of articles on shore is necessary, such surveys surveys of ar- 
 shall be requested and conducted in generally the same manner tlcles ou shore « 
 as prescribed for the articles of equipage aboard a ship at a navy 
 yard, the provisions of article 190G being followed, as far ;is 
 applicable, by heads of departments or divisions of the yard or 
 station, electricians in charge of detached radio stations, survey- 
 ing officers, and commandants. Both the request for survey and 
 the report of survey shall contain all distinguishing marks neces- 
 sary to make certain the identity of the article surveyed. 
 
 1917. 
 
 When the supply officer of a navy yard has in stock any articles survey of stock 
 which for any cause are unfit for issue or which have become on shore. 
 obsolete or which are borne on the books at an improper value or 
 which are held in the survey account, he shall without delay sub- 
 mit a survey request to the commandant. If the supply officer is 
 
644 
 
 in doubt as to requesting a survey on an article in stock, he may 
 first obtain expert advice in the matter in such manner as the 
 commandant may direct. In general the survey shall be ordered, 
 held, and acted upon in the manner prescribed for equipage aboard 
 a ship at a navy yard, and the provisions of article 1906 shall be 
 considered as modified to such an extent as may be necessary to 
 adapt the provisions of that article to such cases. The supply 
 officer will be furnished the original and a copy of the report of 
 survey and will forward the original with his quarterly balance 
 sheet. 
 
 1918. 
 
 Survey of ob- When any old materials or articles no longer required for their 
 ^ore.* 1 * 10168 ° n original purpose have accumulated to any extent in any depart- 
 ment of a naval station, through repairs and work on ships, the 
 head of the department or division concerned shall submit a sur- 
 vey request on such articles to the commandant requesting a 
 survey, separate requests being submitted for articles pertaining 
 to different appropriations, the forms prescribed by article 1912 
 to be used. The commandant shall designate a surveying officer 
 from the manufacturing division to which the articles pertain. An 
 itemized descriptive list and appraisal shall be made in such 
 cases by the surveying officer, and his report shall be rendered 
 in quadruplicate to the commandant, with the return of the 
 original list submitted by the head of the division. The com- 
 mandant shall then take appropriate action on such report, indi- 
 cating by indorsement his approval or disapproval of the survey- 
 ing officer's recommendation for each item, and shall return one 
 copy of the survey report to the head of the division who re- 
 quested the survey. A copy of the report and the commandant's 
 indorsement thereon shall be forwarded to the bureau concerned, 
 and the original and a copy, with the commandant's indorsement, 
 shall be forwarded to the supply officer of the yard. Upon receipt 
 of the commandant's action the head of the department or division 
 shall have the instructions carried out, and such material or 
 articles as are authorized to be turned in to store for issue or 
 to be repaired for issue or to be sold shall be invoiced to the 
 supply officer, who shall treat them in his books in the same man- 
 ner as other stores surveyed. Separate invoices shall be sub- 
 mitted for each disposition recommended of the articles turned 
 in to store, and such invoices shall bear the number of the survey, 
 the yard where held, and the date of its approval by the com- 
 mandant. The invoices shall be sent to the supply officer by the 
 accounting officer. Prior to turning them in to store the articles 
 shall be appropriately tagged, showing the number of the survey 
 and the disposition to be made of the articles. 
 
645 
 
 1919. 
 
 (1) A survey of articles carried under Title E or R, shall be Real estate 
 prepared on the forms prescribed by article 1912 by the account- chfiery. and ma " 
 ing officer of the yard or station on the memorandum request of 
 
 the head of the department or division concerned, and such sur- 
 vey shall be ordered, held, and acted upon in the same manner 
 as for a survey held under the provisions of article 1917. Surveys 
 on articles charged to other titles shall be acted upon in like 
 manner but shall be requested by the head of the department or 
 division concerned. For each item of a survey the surveying- 
 officer shall also state the original value, or. where this can not 
 be ascertained, he shall enter an estimated original value there- 
 for. After approval of the report of survey, the original thereof 
 shall be returned by the approving authority to the accounting 
 officer who will adjust the plant account and if necessary to carry 
 out the instructions of the approving authority retain a copy and 
 forward the original and a copy accompanied by invoices on which 
 all distinguishing marks and other necessary data shall be entered, 
 to the supply officer who will dispose of the article as recom- 
 mended and approved. 
 
 (2) Surveys finally disposing of passenger-carrying automobiles 
 shall be referred to the Navy Department for approval before 
 final action is taken. 
 
 (3) Surveys on buildings or other structures destroyed or Surveyson 
 
 , i. \a ^ , „ , j. , \. ^ buildings, etc., 
 
 damaged by fire, water, or other cause shall be requested by the destroyed by fire. 
 
 public-works officer. Reports of such surveys shall show the 
 
 original or estimated original cost and the estimated loss in 
 
 value. All such reports shall be referred to the accounting officer 
 
 for adjustment of plant account. 
 
 1920. 
 
 Should the commandant disapprove the recommendation of a Disapproval of 
 
 _, ,, . . . surveys oh ma- 
 
 surveying officer on any items of a survey of property, material, terial or prop- 
 
 or articles ashore, action shall be taken as prescribed in article erty * 
 
 1906. 
 
 1921. 
 
 Immediately before the preparation of the schedules for a Survey of yard 
 
 scrap heap, 
 public sale at a naval station the supply officer shall request a 
 
 survey of the yard scrap heap, and the scrap shall then be ap- 
 praised with approximate quantity stated, and taken up in the 
 condemned stores account, for sale. If, however, it should appear 
 to the advantage of the Government to hold for a more favorable 
 market or a larger accumulation, survey and appraisal may be 
 withheld until a succeeding general or special sale. 
 183841°— 20 42 
 
646 
 
 1922. 
 
 Articles con- (1) The supply officer shall store and arrange in suitable lots 
 demiied for sa e. ftU artic j es condemned for sale. Lot numbers shall be assigned 
 separately for each machine tool and plant appliance whose 
 first cost exceeded $1,000. When occasion requires, the supply 
 officer shall present to the commandant a schedule of such lots 
 for survey by the board appointed to conduct the sale. This 
 board is also authorized to condemn finally the property to be 
 sold. 
 
 (a) The board of sale, in forwarding the schedules for ap- 
 proval by the department, shall forward therewith a separate 
 report, stating that they have carefully examined all the articles 
 in the schedules and recommend them for sale, and the return of 
 the schedules approved by the department shall be considered as 
 an approval of the board's recommendation. Prior to forward- 
 ing their report the board of sale shall submit the schedules to 
 the head of the yard department concerned, or the industrial 
 manager, who shall certify that none of the materials to be 
 sold can be further advantageously used by the Navy Depart- 
 ment, and that their sale at the appraised value is justified. 
 
 (b) Any articles previously recommended for sale, but con- 
 sidered by the board of sale upon this final examination as not 
 proper articles for disposition by public sale, shall be reported 
 in writing to the commandant, who shall direct the supply officer 
 to request a resurvey to determine the final disposition of the 
 articles, and such articles shall be transferred or expended from 
 the used material account as may be necessary. 
 
 (2) Articles condemned for sale may at any time before the 
 preparation of schedules for a general sale be withdrawn for 
 use on approved ship's requisitions or by stub requisitions, ap- 
 proved by the commandant. In such cases the supply officer 
 shall transfer the articles from the appropriation purchases ac- 
 count to the proper account, forwarding the commandant's order 
 with the transfer invoice accompanying the monthly balance 
 sheet to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 1923. 
 
 Provision b, When practicable, a commandant may assign an officer of the 
 clothing, etc. Supply Corps other than one attached to the supply department as 
 permanent surveying officer to survey articles of provisions and 
 clothing and small stores, and for the survey of Such articles 
 aboard a ship at a navy yard or station the commandant may 
 appoint as surveying officer any officer of the Supply Corps serving 
 under his jurisdiction. 
 
647 
 
 1924, 
 
 (1) Surveys on medical stores shall be ordered by the com- 
 mander in chief, squadron or division commander, or by the 
 senior officer present. 
 
 (2) All nonexpendable articles that have become unfit for fur- 
 ther use shall be surveyed and condemned before the issue of 
 others to replace them. 
 
 (3) A survey shall be held at the Naval Medical Supply Depot 
 on all medical supplies turned in from cruising ships placed out 
 of commission on the Atlantic coast, and at the navy yard, Mare 
 Island, on those from ships on the Pacific coast. Such articles 
 as are found fit for use shall be turned in for issue. 
 
 (4) Reports of surveys on property under cognizance of "the 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery shall be forwarded thereto in 
 duplicate. 
 
 (5) Whenever any property is surveyed and recommended to be 
 sold the articles shall in all cases be appraised. The medical 
 officer in charge shall make an inventory of the same and shall 
 carefully preserve the property until directed to deliver it for 
 sale. A copy of this inventory shall be forwarded to the Bureau 
 of Medicine and Surgery as soon as the survey is approved. 
 
 (6) Articles of the medical department delivered to a supply 
 officer for sale shall be accompanied by an invoice stating both 
 the original and appraised values of the articles. 
 
 Medical stores. 
 
 1925. 
 
 (1) Should it become necessarv to destroy clothing or other Clothing and 
 , ■ — „ „ , , . . personal effects 
 
 personal effects of officers or men to prevent the spread of disease, of officers and 
 
 the commandant of the station or commanding officer of the ship men * 
 shall direct a survey to be held on the articles, and the report, 
 containing a list of the articles, with an estimate of their value, 
 approved by him, shall be transmitted to the Navy Department. 
 The surveying officer shall base his estimate on the actual value 
 of the articles destroyed and not on the original cost of the ar- 
 ticles. 
 
 (2) No issue shall be made to persons in lieu of their effects 
 so destroyed. They can only be reimbursed for such loss by 
 certificate from the Treasury Department after the approval of 
 the report of survey by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
CHAPTEK 50. 
 
 FUEL. 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1935-1939. General information. 
 
 Section 1. — General Information. 
 
 1935. 
 
 Details upon the subject of fuel are covered in the Manuals of Details in Man- 
 
 the Bureaus of Engineering and Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 uals. 
 
 1936. 
 
 Specifications. 
 
 Specifications. — (a) Coal: Coal for naval use shall be obtained 
 from mines carried on the Navy approved lists. In case it is 
 necessary to purchase coal abroad general specifications may be 
 found in either the Bureau of Engineering Manual or Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts Manual. 
 
 (h) Fuel oil and gasoline: Specifications and detailed informa- 
 tion regarding facilities, conditions, and methods of delivery of 
 fuel oil and gasoline will be found in the contract bulletins for 
 fuel oil, gas oils, and gasoline (for use ashore and afloat), pub- 
 lished by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 (c) Kerosene: Specifications for kerosene may be found in 
 leaflet specifications issued by the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
 counts. 
 
 1937. 
 
 Inspection. — Inspection shall be conducted in accordance with 
 instructions issued by the Bureau of Engineering and Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 1938. 
 
 Safety precautions. — Safety precautions and instructions rela- . Safety precau- 
 tive to the stowage, care, and handling of fuels, including coal, 
 gasoline, kerosene, gas oils and fuel oil, as prescribed in the 
 Bureau Manuals shall be enforced. 
 
 Inspection. 
 
 (649) 
 
650 
 
 1939. 
 
 Operation of ( 1 ) The upkeep and operation of coaling and fuel plants at a 
 plantsf aD Ue navy yard shall be in charge of the supply officer ; the upkeep and 
 operation of coaling and fuel plants not at a navy yard shall be in 
 charge of the officer in charge of the plant, or the custodian there- 
 of, if the plant has not been placed under the commandant of a 
 station ; otherwise of the commandant. 
 
 (2) The cost of upkeep and operation of all fueling plants 
 shall be as provided for in article 484, paragraphs 11, 12, 13, 
 and 14. 
 
CHAPTER 51. 
 
 REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS TO SHIPS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 1949-1951. Definitions. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 1952-1953. Docking and overhaul periods. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 1954-1964. Inspection by the Board of Inspection and 
 Survey. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Art. 1965-1985. Repairs and alterations not covered by a 
 material inspection. 
 
 Sec. 5. — Art. 1986-1988. Weekly reports of work. 
 
 Sec. 6. — Art. 1990. Statutory limit of cost of work on vessels. 
 
 Sec. 7. — Art. 1991-1992. Repairs to cruising vessels on a foreign 
 station or when not at a navy yard. 
 
 Sec. 8. — Art. 1993-1994. Work at navy yards and stations for co- 
 ordinate branches of the Government and docking for- 
 eign Government vessels. 
 
 Sec. 9. — Art. 1995-1996. Work at navy yards and stations for 
 private parties. 
 
 Section 1. — Definitions. 
 
 1949. 
 
 (1) The following definitions are employed throughout the 
 Navy Regulations and shall be employed throughout the naval 
 service, so far as applies to ships : 
 
 (a) The word " repairs " shall be construed to mean such work Repairs. 
 as may be necessary to restore the ship or article under considera- 
 tion to serviceable condition, without any alteration in design, 
 without the addition of any articles or parts, and without the re- 
 moval of any articles or parts that are not to be replaced. Re- 
 pairs are (further) subdivided into the following classes: 
 
 (1) Urgent repairs, which shall include all immediate repairs, Urgent re- 
 necessary for cruising or military efficiency, for the prevention P airs - 
 
 of deterioration, or for sanitary reasons. 
 
 (2) Desirable repairs, which shall include all repairs which it Desirable re- 
 
 repairs. 
 is desirable to have made when the services of the ship can be 
 
 spared for a length of time sufficient to accomplish the work. 
 
 (651) 
 
652 
 
 1951. 
 
 Alterations. The word " alterations " shall be construed to mean all work not 
 included in the above definition of the word " repairs," including 
 all changes in design that may be deemed advisable in making 
 repairs ; it shall also include all additions of any articles or parts 
 and the removal of any articles or parts that are not replaced 
 by similar ones. It shall include all changes in the character of 
 the material of which any article or part is made. No altera- 
 tion shall be made in any vessel, either by ship or navy-yard 
 force, until specifically authorized by the bureau concerned. 
 
 Section 2. — Docking and Ovebhaul Pebiods. 
 
 1952. 
 
 Docking and (1) Vessels of the Navy will go to navy yards for overhaul only 
 work to Se'done when work is absolutely necessary to maintain their military 
 daring. efficiency. Except in cases of emergency vessels will not be 
 
 ordered to the yards for the commencement of work until the 
 yard reports all plans and material ready to begin actual work. 
 (2) Overhaul of vessels will be accomplished at regularly as- 
 signed home yards, except when for extraordinary reasons the 
 department finds it necessary to direct otherwise. 
 
 1953. 
 
 Docking peri- (l) Vessels of the Navy will be scheduled for regular docking 
 periods. 
 
 (2) Docking will be accomplished at regularly assigned home 
 yards except when for extraordinary reasons the department finds 
 it necessary to direct otherwise. 
 
 (3) During docking periods only urgent repairs and other work 
 beyond the capacity of the fleet which has been previously author- 
 ized and which can be completed within the docking period will 
 be undertaken by the yards. 
 
 Section 3. — Inspection by Boaed oe Inspection and Sukyey, 
 
 1954. 
 
 Bnreans to fee When the department decides that a material inspection of a 
 informed and 
 
 alterations r e - ship or aircraft will be made by the Board of Inspection and Sur- 
 
 quest forwarded. veyj the bureaus will be informed, and all requests for alterations 
 
 on that vessel, not yet acted on shall be forwarded to the Board 
 
 of Inspection and Survey with such comments as the bureaus may 
 
 care to make. 
 
653 
 
 1955. 
 
 (1) When the Board of Inspection and Survey is ordered to Nature of in- 
 inspect a ship under the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, spec I0n * 
 
 such inspection shall be for the purpose of making a report in 
 general terms of such repairs and alterations as may be needed 
 to place the ship in an efficient military condition, having in view 
 the age and general condition of the vessel. In submitting its 
 report in this connection the Board of Inspection and Survey shall 
 state in writing whether or not the vessel inspected is fit for fur- 
 ther service or can be made so without disproportionate cost. 
 
 (2) The board shall further include in its report a concise state- 
 ment of the condition and efficiency of the vessel and whether 
 special credit or discredit should attach to the commanding officer 
 in connection with her condition and efficiency, and shall name 
 such other officers as have, in the opinion of the inspecting officer 
 or board, derived from their observations of matters under direct 
 charge of such officer manifestly and notably contributed by their 
 attention to duty, ability, energy, and zeal toward the excellent 
 conditions and high efficiency of the vessel, or whose failure in any 
 of the above respects has contributed toward unsatisfactory condi- 
 tions or low efficiency, stating the duty performed by each of the 
 officers so named. 
 
 (3) Copies of these statements will be taken by the Bureau of 
 Navigation from the reports of inspection and filed with the official 
 records of the officers concerned. Copies will also be sent to the 
 officers concerned, and any statement in reference thereto which 
 an officer may make through official channels shall also be filed 
 with his record. 
 
 (4) If the board recommends the vessel for sale the require- 
 ments of Article 1897 shall govern. 
 
 (5) When the department directs, the board shall also make a Military in- 
 
 «.j, , spectlon. 
 
 military inspection of the vessel. 
 
 1956. 
 
 (1) When the Board of Inspection and Survey makes the in- Form of re- 
 spections provided for by paragraphs (1) and (3) of Art. 1955 
 its report shall be submitted in two separate parts. 
 
 (a) One, to be designated " Report of material inspection." shall 
 indicate the material condition of the ship in all departments, and 
 will contain, with comment and recommendation, lists of all con- 
 sidered repairs and alterations in order that such report may be a 
 record of the condition of the vessel and a comprehensive guide 
 for the purpose of preparing estimates. 
 
 (6) The other, to be designated the " Report of military inspec- 
 tion," shall contain the report of all matters pertaining to disci- 
 
654 
 
 pline and of all other matters other than repairs and alterations 
 recommended. The original of this part shall be forwarded by the 
 board to the Chief of Naval Operations). A copy shall be for- 
 warded to the commanding officer of the ship in question through 
 the commander in chief, and a copy shall be filed with the records 
 of the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
 
 1957. 
 
 Matter to be The Board of Inspection and Survey shall consider all repairs, 
 urgent and desirable; all alterations, whether primarily consid- 
 ered or previously authorized but as yet unaccomplished or un- 
 completed; and all such items of work shall be grouped and 
 numbered in accordance with the recognized classification and 
 bureau cognizance. 
 
 1958. 
 
 Procedure. To insure the inclusion and consideration by the Board of In- 
 
 spection and Survey of the various items of repair and alteration 
 that may have arisen subsequent to the last general overhaul of 
 the vessel the following general procedure shall be observed : 
 
 (a) The commanding officer shall submit for the board's con- 
 sideration a written statement relative to such repairs and altera- 
 tions as he may consider necessary or desirable, together with 
 copies of all previous letters on similar subjects that have been 
 submitted and on which final action has not as yet been taken, 
 and shall furnish any information or assistance that may be 
 needed by the board to enable it to carry out the inspection.. Al- 
 terations that have been previously submitted to the department 
 and disapproved shall not be included, unless a reconsideration 
 of any such item is desired, in which case a separate letter to 
 the board shall be written. This letter shall contain a list of the 
 items of alterations for which reconsideration is requested. The 
 previous history, so far as known, of each item shall be given, 
 including the dates and numbers of the correspondence in con- 
 nection therewith and the action of the bureau or department 
 thereon. For each item there shall be given the reasons which 
 are believed to justify reconsideration. 
 
 (&) Commandants of navy yards shall submit for the board's 
 consideration complete copies of the last weekly report of work 
 (Form N. S. O. 27) for the vessel under inspection, showing all 
 outstanding job orders : and the estimate of outstanding job orders 
 shall be included in the report of estimates to be submitted by 
 the yard (art. 1861 (1)). 
 
 (c) The board shall, in addition to its action on the requests 
 emanating from the commanding officer of the ship, recommend 
 such other repairs and alterations as may be deemed desirable 
 
655 
 
 as a result of its own observations and of its opinions, based on 
 the reports from similar vessels. 
 
 1959. 
 
 In submitting its report relative to repairs and alterations the Contents of re- 
 board shall arrange the items in separate lists under the headings 
 " Urgent repairs," " Desirable repairs," and "Alterations " as 
 denned in section 1 of this chapter. Under each item of altera- 
 tions recommended there shall be given a brief statement as to the 
 nature of the work proposed and the conditions which, in the 
 opinion of the board, justify its recommendation that the said 
 work be done. There shall also be included, under a separate 
 heading, a statement of such items of repairs and alterations sug- 
 gested by officers of the vessel, or of other vessels, or by other 
 officers, as in the board's opinion should not be undertaken, and 
 of the reasons for such opinion. Under each of these latter items 
 there shall be given a statement, in general terms, of the method 
 which has been proposed for carrying out the work referred to, 
 and a statement in sufficient detail to permit a full understanding 
 of the same by the reviewing authority as to the reasons which 
 govern the board in its recommendation that the work be not 
 done. If any work recommended is within the capacity of the 
 ship's force or fleet repair ships, statement to this effect shall be 
 made. (See art. 405.) 
 
 Distribution. 
 
 1960. 
 
 (1) Copies of the material inspection report shall be distributed 
 as follows : 
 
 (a) T-he original, so marked, shall be sent to the department 
 for file in the department's files. 
 
 (b) The duplicate shall be retained in the files of the Board of 
 Inspection and Survey. 
 
 (c) One copy shall be sent to each bureau concerned for its 
 information and file. 
 
 (d) Three copies shall be sent to the commandant of the vessel's 
 home yard or the yard at which the vessel will overhaul. 
 
 (e) One copy shall be sent to the commanding officer of the 
 ship inspected. 
 
 (2) If the commanding officer considers that any item of repair Action of com- 
 x ' ° , , manding officer 
 
 is unnecessary or inexpedient or can be done advantageously by on report. 
 
 the ship's force, he shall so report to the commandant in writing, 
 and such report shall be considered in the preparation of the 
 yard report of estimates. 
 
 (3) Immediately upon receiving a copy of the material-inspec- 
 tion report, the commanding officer of the vessel inspected shall 
 
656 
 
 submit to the department, by letter, such comments and recom- 
 mendations in regard to the various items of alterations as he 
 inay deem pertinent, based upon his experience with the ship, and 
 upon his general knowledge and experience, or should he have 
 no comment to submit, he shall specifically state the fact. In 
 transmitting this letter forwarding officers shall indorse their opin- 
 ions thereon. Upon receipt in the department, the letter shall 
 be sent to the bureau concerned for information in connection 
 with action on the report of survey. 
 tion 1 "? 1 Ai i VOsl t K) All copies of the material-inspection report of the Board 
 report. of Inspection and Survey shall be filed in the office to which 
 
 supplied and shall not be forwarded elsewhere for recommenda- 
 tion or information. If the head of any office should desire to 
 make any comment thereon, such comment shall be made by a 
 letter referring to the report. 
 
 1961. 
 
 be E prepa a red. *° (1) Immediately after the receipt of the report of the material 
 inspection, the commandant of the vessel's home yard, or the 
 yard at which she will overhaul, shall proceed with the prepara- 
 tion of estimates on all items of work recommended by the board. 
 Estimates need not be submitted for items of work not recom- 
 mended by the board unless specially directed by the bureau 
 having cognizance thereof. 
 
 esthnate r s. 0Ximate ( 2 ) In cases wh ere the preparation of detailed estimates for 
 certain items would unduly delay the submission of the report of 
 estimates, approximate estimates, clearly so marked, for these 
 items, shall be submitted. 
 
 1962. 
 
 Beports of es- (i) The reports of estimates shall be itemized in accordance 
 iimates, now pre- 
 cared. with the report of the Board of Inspection and Survey as nearly 
 
 as may be practicable. Where an item covered in the report of 
 the Board of Inspection and Survey is found to involve no work 
 it shall be covered by a statement to that effect. When a head 
 of division of the industrial department recommends the per- 
 formance of work which was not recommended by the Board of 
 Inspection and Survey, or when he recommends that work recom- 
 mended by the Board of Inspection and Survey be not done, 
 separate lists of such items shall be included in the report, and 
 there shall be clearly set forth for each item the reason for 
 such departure from the recommendations of the Board of In- 
 spection and Survey. 
 
 (2) The items shall be so worded, if practicable, that if ap- 
 proved they may be copied verbatim in issuing job orders. 
 
657 
 
 (3) For eacli item there shall appear: 
 
 (a) A statement of the work which should be done. — This shall 
 be in the words of the report of the Board of Inspection and Sur- 
 vey. If this wording is indefinite, the work as proposed by the 
 yard (accompanied by sketches if essential to a clear understand- 
 ing) shall also be included, so as to clearly and definitely indi- 
 cate the nature and extent of the work recommended. If a de- 
 parture from the method proposed by the board be deemed neces- 
 sary, a full statement of the work as proposed by the Board of 
 Inspection and Survey and by the yard and of the difference 
 between the two, and of the reasons for the proposed change, shall 
 be given. 
 
 (b) Estimate of cost, showing labor, indirect cost, material, 
 and total cost. — Separate items and estimates for the parts of 
 the work pertaining to the two divisions of the industrial depart- 
 ment shall be given. 
 
 (c) Estimates of time to complete the work. — This estimate 
 shall show separately the time estimated as necessary to perform 
 the work after the material is at hand. Note shall be made in 
 this report of any material of large cost or special design requiring 
 to be purchased and likely to involve considerable time to obtain 
 and of the probable time necessary for the preparation of plans 
 and requisitions and for obtaining delivery of such material sub- 
 sequent to the submission of the requisition. The report shall 
 conclude with a statement of the approximate quantity and cost 
 of the materials not on hand which must be purchased in order 
 to make the repairs and alterations recommended. The complete 
 report. of estimates under each bureau shall include a statement 
 as to the time estimated to be necessary for the completion of the 
 work recommended in matters under the cognizance of each 
 other bureau in order that all bureaus may be informed as to 
 the probable time which will be necessary to complete the work 
 on the ship as a whole. 
 
 (4) The commandant of the yard shall be held responsible for 
 any delays in the completion of the work of preparing estimates. 
 
 (5) As soon as the reports of estimates have been signed, the 
 heads of the divisions of the industrial department shall make a 
 careful revision of their schedules of materials in order that 
 requisitions may be started on their course immediately after 
 the order to proceed with the work arrives at the yard. 
 
 (6) In the cases covered by this article alterations and repairs 
 are so closely related that simultaneous decision must necessarily 
 be reached on both classes of work, and no repair work shall 
 be begun, except by specific authority from the department, until 
 after decision has been reached by the department in regard to 
 both alterations and repairs ; except that the commandant of the 
 
658 
 
 yard at which the ship is lying shall undertake such work as may 
 clearly be necessary for her preservation. 
 
 1963. 
 
 Forwarding (1) The original of the report of estimates, with such com- 
 pel) r Ts °of ° est!- ment thereon as the commandant may deem pertinent, shall be 
 mates, forwarded direct to the bureau concerned, and such copies shall 
 
 be made for yard use as the commandant may direct. The 
 bureau upon receipt shall indorse thereon its recommendations 
 and such comments as it may desire to make, and shall forward 
 the same to the department. 
 
 (2) The commandant shall inform the department as soon as 
 all reports of estimates based on a report of material inspection 
 have been forwarded to the bureaus concerned. 
 
 1964. 
 
 Action by de- When received by the department reports of estimates shall 
 partment. be acted u ^ on as f n ows . 
 
 (a) The Chief of Naval Operations shall consider each case 
 and have prepared the necessary papers for the Secretary's 
 signature. 
 
 ( 1) ) Consideration shall be given to the advisability of making 
 the alterations recommended, not only upon the ship in question, 
 but upon all others of the class or upon any others to which the 
 same recommendation seems applicable. 
 
 (c) In considering both alterations and extensive repairs pro- 
 posed for any ship, due consideration shall be given to the ques- 
 tion of whether or not the said ship is of sufficient military value 
 to justify the proposed expenditure and to broad questions of 
 general policy as affecting the advisability of altering or repair- 
 ing her. 
 
 (d) The final action of the department shall be in the form 
 of indorsements on the original papers, which indorsements shall 
 contain instructions to the bureaus as to what work shall or shall 
 not be undertaken, and upon the receipt of which the bureaus 
 shall issue the necessary instructions to the navy yard or navy 
 yards concerned. 
 
 (e) There shall be included in the department's indorsement, 
 on each of the original papers, a summary of authorized expendi- 
 tures under all appropriations, a statement of the statutory limit 
 of cost, and the date for completion of work, if the same has 
 been set. 
 
 (/) The papers shall be filed in the bureau concerned. 
 
659 
 
 Section 4. — Repaies and Alterations not Covered by a Material 
 Inspection. 
 
 1965. 
 
 Whenever it shall come to the knowledge of the chief of any . Recommenda- 
 bureau, for matters under his cognizance, that any ship of the l/y 'bureau* i™ hip 
 Navy requires work, the same not being of sufficient importance nav^vard t0 * 
 to justify calling a material inspection, but for which the ship 
 should be ordered to a navy yard, he shall report such fact to 
 the Chief of Naval Operations, with recommendations. 
 
 1966. 
 
 (1) Routine repairs to hull, machinery, and outfit of ships not Repairs by 
 requiring the plant of ship or engine building establishments shall, ship ' s force * 
 
 as far as possible, be made by the artisans of the ship, squadron, 
 or fleet, and the facilities of repair vessels should be utilized 
 whenever possible. 
 
 (2) A careful and systematic economy shall be observed in the 
 purchase of material for repairs and the allowance books strictly 
 adhered to, except in cases of emergency, which shall be reported 
 to the department. 
 
 1967. 
 
 No alterations shall be made by the ship's force until authority Alterations to 
 therefor has been granted by the bureau concerned; all requests ^he™ authorized 
 for such authority shall state that it is desired to do the work by bureau, 
 with the ship's force and shall be submitted in the same manner 
 as though the work were to be performed by the yard force. 
 
 1968. 
 
 (1) Commanding officers shall endeavor to have all repairs Work by ship's 
 possible done by the ship's force, and to this end they shall en- force * 
 deavor to anticipate the need for such repairs and to submit requi- 
 sitions for the necessary material in time to enable the work to 
 
 be started without delay when needed. No work is, however, to 
 be undertaken by the ship's force when battleships are docked 
 or laid up at any navy yard for repairs, except such items as 
 are or may be performed by the crew while at sea or in a foreign 
 port. They shall be ready at all times to forward, if called for, 
 statements of work needed in all departments upon the vessels 
 under their command. 
 
 (2) Upon arrival at a navy yard commanding officers shall sub- 
 mit to the commandant and direct to the bureaus concerned a list 
 
660 
 
 of work laid out to be accomplished by the ship's force during the 
 visit, in order that the extent of work of this character may be 
 known. 
 
 (3) Commandants of navy yards and shore stations shall, so far 
 as practicable, lend to the ship's force facilities for expediting the 
 repairs and authorized alterations. 
 
 (4) When it is anticipated that work will be done by the ship's 
 force after arrival at a navy yard the commanding officer shall 
 inform the commandant as far in advance of arrival at the yard 
 as practicable what material and appliances will be required from 
 the yard in order to permit the work to be done in this manner 
 without delaying the vessel beyond the date set for completion or 
 departure. Upon receipt of this information the commandant shall 
 take steps as may be necessary to enable the material and appli- 
 ances to be furnished to the ship promptly upon her arrival. 
 
 1969. 
 
 Bequests for (1) No report, except the material inspection report by the 
 mitted^by 6 com- Boar( l of Inspection and Survey, shall be considered as a request 
 manding officers, for work, and commanding officers must therefore submit requests 
 for all work that may be needed, including work the need for 
 which may first become apparent through the proceedings of courts 
 or boards, or through routine or special reports, such as synopses 
 in engine-room logs, quarterly hull reports, target-practice reports, 
 reports of condition of auxiliary machinery, etc. 
 
 (2) The commanding officer of a ship in commission shall sub- 
 mit requests for repairs and alterations when the condition of the 
 ship under his command is such as to require work beyond the 
 capacity of the ship's force, and such requests shall be submitted 
 without delay when there is a probability that the ship will be 
 sent to a navy yard. These requests shall be made out in the form 
 hereinafter prescribed. 
 
 (3) Until a new vessel has been finally accepted by the Govern- 
 ment all defects that are discovered, for which the contractors 
 are responsible and which are of a sufficiently serious nature to 
 require immediate repairs, shall at once be reported by the com- 
 manding officer to the Chief of Naval Operations. If the defects 
 are not of a sufficiently serious nature to prevent postponement 
 of repairs until after the final trial, they shall be brought to the 
 attention of the final trial board by the commanding officer. 
 
 (4) Upon arrival of a vessel at a navy yard the commanding 
 officer shall submit to the commandant, in the manner hereinafter 
 prescribed in this article, requests for all repairs necessary at the 
 time not previously requested, but commanding officers shall make 
 every possible effort to submit requests for all work required 
 before arrival at the yard. 
 
661 
 
 (5) (a) Repairs to equipage or supplies except typewriters and "VeiidgJ^ 
 computing machines shall be made the subject of a letter which plies, 
 shall contain the information required by Article 1906 (1) in so far 
 as applicable. The request shall contain all necessary information 
 as to responsibility and disciplinary action taken or to be taken, 
 where such is considered necessary. 
 
 (b) The subject of such requests sball be gifceoh as repairs to 
 equipage, Title B, with the name of the appropriation involved, 
 and for each item the letter shall state tbe condition of the article 
 and the cause of damage, and each request sball bear the state- 
 ment that the repairs are manifestly warranted. When tbe repairs 
 are clearly of a minor nature the commandant may authorize the 
 work in advance of estimates, and shall refer the request to the 
 division of the manufacturing department winch repairs such 
 articles. In case of doubt as to the extent of repairs and the cost 
 in proportion to the value of the article, the request shall be re- 
 ferred to the division of "the manufacturing department for esti- 
 mates prior to other action by the commandant. Upon the com- 
 mandant's authorization tbe division of the manufacturing depart- 
 ment shall issue Title P job orders to cover the work and shall 
 return the request to tbe commandant with estimates of time and 
 cost. 
 
 (c) The commanding ollicer, after dm 1 approval by the comman- 
 dant (see par. 7), of tbe request for repairs to equipage sball direct 
 that the articles be promptly delivered to tbe appropriate divi- 
 sions of tbe manufacturing department properly tagged, giving 
 name of the article, name of tbe ship, and if obtainable ibo number 
 of the job order, accompanied by a copy of the repair letter. 
 Receipt of tbe articles so delivered shall be acknowledged by 
 the manufacturing department upon the copy of the repair letter 
 accompanying the article and such articles shall not be trans- 
 ferred from the ship's books. Upon completion of tbe repairs 
 the manufacturing department sball notify the commanding officer 
 of the ship, who will send for the article, giving a suitable re- 
 ceipt. Repairs which are urgent shall be given precedence by the 
 yard over other equipage repair requests, and the necessary in- 
 formation that the repairs requested are urgent shall be stated 
 in the letter requesting same. 
 
 (<1) Separate lists shall be furnished containing items the repair 
 of which should manifestly be accomplished by contract instead 
 of by the navy yard. In requests for repairs to ship's boats, or 
 the machinery thereof, the Construction and Repair registry num- 
 ber of hull and the Bureau of Engineering make, type, and number 
 of engines and boilers involved shall be stated. 
 
 (G) No alterations will be made to items of equipage unless Alterations to 
 authorized by the bureau concerned. cqu paee * 
 
 183841°— 20 43 
 
662 
 commandant's (j) The commandant of a navy yard is authorized to approve 
 
 authority in ap- ' „ 
 
 proving, repairs to any article of equipage provided the estimated cost of 
 
 the repairs does not exceed, approximately, two-thirds of the value 
 
 of the articles when new. In case of boats, repair requests shall 
 
 be approved by the commandant only when the repairs to the 
 
 hull proper (exclusive of repairs to portable portions invoiced 
 
 as part of the hull) do not exceed 25 per cent of the current cost 
 
 of a new boat of the same type (this cost to include both the 
 
 cost of the hull proper and the portable portions invoiced as part 
 
 of same). In cases where the repairs involved are in excess 
 
 of the commandant's authority, the request for same shall 
 
 be immediately forwarded to the bureau concerned for action, 
 
 the commandant's recommendation being stated thereon. 
 
 Renewal of (g) Articles of equipage made of rope, canvas, wood, metal, etc., 
 equipage from v m ^ » 
 
 Title o supplies, which are capable of being satisfactorily renewed from supplies, 
 
 Title C, by the ship's force shall be so renewed without survey 
 
 and continue to be borne on the books at the original price, the 
 
 supplies used in the repairs being expended for use. and charged 
 
 to the regular ship's money allotment concerned. Upon request 
 
 by letter, a special allotment will be given for such repairs made 
 
 by the ship's force for the amount of material used if approved 
 
 by the bureau concerned. 
 
 Repairs which (9) if t i ie yar fl m^ that certain articles on which repairs are 
 can not he com- 
 pleted during warranted can not be repaired during the scheduled visit of the 
 
 ship's yisit 
 
 ship at the yard, such articles shall be repaired to be shipped to 
 the vessel upon the completion of repairs, and they shall not be 
 transferred from the ship's books when such action is to be taken. 
 However, if certain items are so urgently needed that replacement 
 from stock is necessary, the commanding officer will be advised by 
 the commandant in order that the articles may be surveyed. 
 
 1970. 
 
 Limitation as (^) x requests for alterations shall be submitted between the 
 to time of suh- v ' ■ 
 
 mitting requests, time of the material inspection next preceding the overhaul and 
 
 the time of actual completion of such overhaul. 
 
 (2) During the stay of a vessel at a navy yard for repairs or 
 
 overhaul no requests for work other than for urgent repairs shall 
 
 be submitted after the work incident to the repair or overhaul 
 
 has been actually undertaken and the date of completion has been 
 
 announced. Such request, addressed to the commandant, will 
 
 include a statement of necessity for submitting it after arrival 
 
 at yard and why work could not have been anticipated in sufficient 
 
 time to be acted on by the flag prior to arrival at yard. One 
 
 copy being forwarded through the division or force commander 
 
 and the commander in chief to the Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
663 
 
 1971. 
 
 (1) Each request for work shall be prepared as follows : Form of letter. 
 Each letter shall show — 
 
 (a) The ship from which it comes. 
 
 (6) The place from which sent and the date. 
 
 (c) The bureau under the cognizance of which the work 
 
 falls. 
 
 (d) The class of work requested, in accordance with the 
 
 classification contained in paragraph 2 and as defined 
 in articles 1949 and 1950. 
 
 (e) The items of work clearly and definitely stated, out- 
 
 lining in sufficient detail what it is desired to have 
 accomplished ; locating the defective parts or amount 
 and nature of repairs required. If essential to a 
 clear understanding of the request, sketches shall be 
 submitted showing the proposed work and reference 
 shall be made to blue-print numbers and identifica- 
 tion marks. Requests that are general in their nature 
 or vague and indefinite in character, or such expres- 
 sions as " Do work where necessary," will not be 
 considered as complying with the above requirements, 
 and when items so worded appear in requests they 
 shall be eliminated by the commandant as provided 
 for in article 1975. paragraph 1, of this chapter. 
 
 (/) A certificate that the work is not within the power of 
 the ship's force to perform. 
 
 (g) The signature of the commanding officer submitting the 
 request. 
 
 (h) Each letter shall show at the bottom of the last page 
 where copies have been sent, and all copies, if not 
 written on green paper, shall be plainly marked on 
 the face "Copy." 
 
 (i) Whenever practicable in submitting reports or recom- 
 mendations relative to repairs, alterations, etc., each 
 vessel will be treated in separate correspondence. 
 
 (2) Letters shall be restricted to items under the cognizance of 
 a single bureau and to items under a single one of the following 
 classes: "Urgent repairs," "Desirable repairs,*' and "Alterations." 
 Commandants and other senior officers through whose hands the 
 papers may pass shall consider themselves specially charged with 
 the duty of striking out from any such letter any item not 
 properly belonging there in the manner hereinafter provided. 
 
 (3) In order that the department and the bureau concerned 
 may be kept fully informed at all times as to the meaning of 
 proposed changes, particularly in their effect on weights added to 
 
664 
 
 or removed from torpedo craft, each request for alterations shall 
 he accompanied by an approximate estimate of the weights in- 
 volved, and a statement indicating the effect that the alterations 
 or repairs will have on the trim of the vessel. 
 
 (4) For repairs to typewriters and computing machines see Ar- 
 ticle 1969 (5). 
 
 1972. 
 
 R e c o nsidera- Alterations that have been previously submitted and disap- 
 t i o n of altera- 
 tions previously proved shall not be included in the letters requesting work, as pre- 
 
 reeommended. g^jjpfl in article 1971. When a reconsideration of any such item 
 
 is desired a separate letter shall be written for each item, which 
 
 letter shall state fully the previous history of the case, so far as 
 
 known, including the dates and numbers of the correspondence in 
 
 connection therewith and the action of the bureau or department 
 
 thereon. Such letter shall also state fully the reasons which 
 
 are believed to justify further consideration of the matter, and 
 
 shall be forwarded to the department via the division or force 
 
 commander, the commander in chief of the fleet to which the vessel 
 
 belongs, and the bureau concerned. 
 
 1973. 
 
 Forwarding of Requests for work shall be forwarded as follows : 
 reques s. ^ p rom vesse ] s ^ n commission requesting work to be done 
 
 at the home yard, or at any navy yard when the vessel has 
 definite orders to proceed to such yard, or when at a navy yard. 
 If request is submitted after arrival at yard, or not sufficiently in 
 advance of arrival to allow action by the force commander, it 
 will be addressed to the commandant and include a statement of 
 necessity for such late request and why work was not anticipated 
 in sufficient time for action by the force commander. (One copy 
 being forwarded through the division and force commander to 
 the department.) 
 
 Copies and for- (#) Letters requesting repairs, either urgent or desirable, shall 
 warding of re- 
 pair letters. be made out in triplicate. All copies shall be forwarded to the 
 
 commander of the force to which the vessel belongs, through the 
 division commander. The division commander will carefully scru- 
 tinize the request with a view to directing that all necessary re- 
 pairs which can and should be made by the ship's force be so 
 done. He will then forward request for such work as is beyond 
 the capacity of the ship's force to the force commander, who will 
 arrange for the performance of such necessary work as can be 
 done by the fleet repair ships or force tenders. The force com- 
 mander will then forward direct to the commandant requests for 
 such work as he considers necessary and which should be per- 
 formed at a navy yard, except in the case of items of extensive 
 
665 
 
 repairs, which shall be forwarded through the commander in 
 chief as required by article 771 (d). Vessels unassigned to a fleet 
 or force will forward the original and duplicate to the com- 
 mandant. When any part of a fleet is so operating that to forward 
 1 tapers through official channels would manifestly retard repairs, 
 they should be acted on and, if necessary, forwarded direct by 
 the senior force officer present, copies being sent to the force 
 commander. 
 
 (b) Letters requesting alterations shall be made out in tripli- f ^ w a r dUig*™ f 
 cate. The original and duplicate will be forwarded through the alteration let- 
 division and force commanders, and those officers will indicate 
 
 the necessity or desirability for such alterations and will indicate 
 what work, if any, could and should be performed by the ship's 
 force or the fleet repair ships or force tenders, and also if they 
 should be approved for all other vessels of the same class. Force 
 commanders shall forward requests direct to the department and 
 bureau concerned except in the case of items of extensive altera- 
 tions, which shall be forwarded through the commander in chief, 
 as required by article 771 (<1) ; they shall also furnish the com- 
 mander in chief with copies of all requests forwarded direct, 
 including the action taken by them in connection therewith. Ves- 
 sels unassigned to a fleet or force will forward the original and 
 duplicate 1 to the department and bureau concerned. 
 
 (c) The original of letters from ships requesting repairs or Purple copy- 
 alterations will be written with a good purple copying ribbon, so u "e<L 
 
 as to enable the navy yard receiving the letter to make 1 by the 
 boktograph, or some similar process, the number of copies re- 
 quired for yard use. If preferred, purple copying carbon paper 
 may be used by ships wben requesting repairs or alterations, one 
 or more of these copying carbon copies to be sent to the navy 
 yard ; from these carbon copies the yard will be able to make 
 by the hektograph or some similar process tbe number of copies 
 required for yard use. 
 
 (2) From vessels in commission requesting work which can Work whh-h 
 not be deferred until the next regular visit to a navy yard, or J" n re J ot be de " 
 which requires the vessel to be ordered to a navy yard at an 
 early date, or which it is desired to have done at some place other 
 than at a navy yard : 
 
 (a) The commanding officer in such cases shall write a letter 
 to the department, forwarding it through the flag officer afloat 
 (if any) and the bureau concerned, stating the work or condi- 
 tion which requires the vessel to go to a navy yard or elsewhere, 
 the time by which in his opinion it should be done, and the place, 
 if any, at which it is desirable to have the work undertaken, giv- 
 ing reasons therefor. The flag officer and bureau shall indorse 
 thereon opinions as to the necessity for sending the vessel to a 
 
666 
 
 navy yard or elsewhere. In an emergency the department shall 
 be informed by cable, telegraph, or radio, in addition to the re- 
 port forwarded by mail. 
 
 (b) In case of a serious casualty, such as grounding, collision, 
 explosion, etc.. a special board shall be ordered by the senior 
 officer present to report the nature and extent of the accident 
 and damage, the cause, the probable time necessary for repairs, 
 and the probable cost thereof ; but shall not consider the question 
 of blame attaching to any person or persons whatever, such ques- 
 tions being covered by an appropriate board of investigation or 
 court of inquiry, as provided for in the regulations. The report 
 shall embrace every detail necessary to a complete understand- 
 ing of the work involved. If an accident or derangement occurs 
 to the machinery of the ship, the board shall be composed of 
 three commissioned officers, at least two of whom have had ex- 
 perience in the performance of engineering duties on shipboard, 
 and if such officers be not available, chief machinists or machinists 
 may be substituted. The report shall be forwarded to the de- 
 partment at the first opportunity. 
 
 (c) If the department issues orders to proceed to a navy yard 
 for work, the commanding officer of the vessel shall then submit 
 letters covering all work necessary, as provided in Art. 1971, pro- 
 vided requests have not been previously submitted through the 
 flag they shall include a statement of the necessity for such late 
 submittal and why the work was not anticipated in sufficient time 
 for action by the flag. If the work is ordered done at some place 
 other than a navy yard, special instructions will be issued by the 
 department through the bureau concerned. In the case of ves- 
 sels that must necessarily have work carried out at some place 
 other than at a navy yard, letters requesting work will be made out 
 in duplicate and forwarded to the bureau concerned as provided 
 for in paragraph 1 (a) of this article. 
 
 District craft, (3) District craft, receiving ships (not assigned to a fleet or 
 
 receiving ships, , ' , ' .. , 
 
 and vessels outlorce), and vessels out ot commission at navy yards : 
 a f na^ird." ** {a ^ Letters covering repairs, either urgent or desirable, shall 
 be prepared as the commandant may direct. Action on urgent 
 repair letters will be taken as provided in article 1975 (5a). 
 
 (ft) The original of letters covering desirable repairs, complete 
 with estimates and recommendations, shall be forwarded to the 
 bureau concerned. Letters requesting alterations shall be for- 
 warded in duplicate, with estimates and recommendations, to the 
 bureau concerned. 
 
 1974. 
 
 indorsements (i) When correspondence relative to work on a vessel Is for- 
 
 by seniors on re- 
 quests for repairs warded through a senior officer afloat, he shall endorse on the 
 and a erations. or igi na i thereof his recommendations in the individual cases, and 
 
667 
 
 in the case 'of requests for alterations, recommendations as to the 
 other ships under his command to which the same alterations 
 should apply. 
 
 (2) Commandants shall submit similar reports relative to ships 
 out of commission at the yards which they command. 
 
 (3) When correspondence relative to work on a vessel is for- 
 warded direct to the commandant or bureau, the senior or flag 
 officer afloat receiving a copy only, he shall, if he desires, submit 
 comment on such request by a letter to the bureau concerned. 
 
 19 75. 
 
 (1) If it be found by the commandant or other senior officer Preliminary 
 through whose hands the papers may pass, or by a head of a JjJUJi™ n °t! com " 
 division of the industrial department, that any item has been incor- 
 rectly classified under a heading covered by article 1971, paragraph 
 
 2, he shall state in the comment relative to such item that it has 
 been so incorrectly classified, and the commandant shall strike it 
 out from the letter in which it has been incorrectly placed and shall 
 then act on the letter as though such item had not been included 
 therein. When this is done, the commandant shall send a memo- 
 randum to the commanding officer informing him of the action 
 taken in regard to that particular item and directing that such 
 item be resubmitted in proper form in accordance with these reg- 
 ulations. Similar actions shall be taken in regard to any item 
 submitted under the wrong bureau. Commandants and heads of 
 divisions are forbidden to make report on an item wrongfully in- 
 cluded in any request for work until such item has been properly 
 submitted in due form. 
 
 (2) Upon the receipt of such requests in the commandant's Forwarded to 
 office they shall be forwarded to the central offices of the industrial p"rtmeit. Ial d °" 
 department; the original shall be forwarded to that head of divi- 
 sion to whom the commandant may have assigned the greater part 
 
 of the work to be done. At the same time the duplicate shall be 
 forwarded to the head of the other division for his information, in 
 order that he may be prepared to act promptly on the original 
 when he receives it. 
 
 (3) The heads of the divisions shall submit reports, recommen- Heads of dlti- 
 dations, and estimates on the work embodied in endorsements on re p D s r t s . Bn m 
 the original of the request, so that when such original finally 
 
 reaches the commandant the papers shall be complete and ready 
 for action. In the case of letters requesting urgent repairs, the 
 commandant may authorize work without an endorsement of esti- 
 mate cost and time. Where an item of work under the cognizance 
 of one division of the yard involves incidental work under the 
 cognizance of the other division or w T ork under the cognizance 
 of another bureau, heads of divisions shall be careful to include 
 
668 
 
 in their endorsements estimates for such incidental work, together 
 with a statement as to the appropriation to which the same is 
 chargeable in the event that the same is chargeable to an appro- 
 priation under the control of a bureau other than that having pri- 
 mary cognizance of the work. Should this procedure involve undue 
 delay, items involving such delay shall be excepted in the endorse- 
 ment and early separate report on them shall be submitted by 
 letter, with reference therein to the previous correspondence. 
 
 inspection offi- (4) j n or fl er to avoid the delay incident to forwarding corre- 
 spondence through the inspection officer of the yard, the com- 
 mandant shall take such steps as may be necessary to insure that 
 that officer has access to such correspondence as it may be de- 
 sirable for him to see, including file copies of requests for work 
 and recommendations thereon by heads of divisions or depart- 
 ments. Should the inspection officer deem it desirable to submit 
 comment relative to any item he shall embody the same in a letter 
 addressed to the commandant and based on the correspondence 
 in file. 
 
 Fi m al nd C S n ° f ^ When the commandant finally receives the requests for 
 work called for by this article, endorsed with estimates of time 
 and cost by the heads of the divisions of the industrial depart- 
 ment, he shall act upon them as follows : 
 
 TJrgent repairs, (a) Urgent repairs shall be immediately acted upon by the com- 
 mandant and work started on such items as he considers neces- 
 sary, provided the same can be done within the statutory limit 
 of cost, without exceeding the allotment of funds, and by the 
 date set for the completion of work on the vessel, and provided 
 further that not more than three thousand dollars shall be author- 
 ized for any one item of work. When requests for urgent repairs 
 are received from vessels whose condition is such as makes it 
 doubtful whether they are worth the expenditures necessary to 
 make complete repairs, the commandant, before authorizing any 
 work, shall immediately notify the department of the amount of 
 work desired by such vessel, and request an Inspection of the 
 vessel by the Board of Inspection and Survey. No work will be 
 undertaken without specific authority of the department. 
 
 (&) Requests for urgent repairs, not authorized by the com- 
 mandant, shall be forwarded with estimates of time, cost, and 
 recommendations to the bureau concerned for final action. 
 
 (c) Requests for desirable repairs shall be forwarded with 
 estimates of time, cost, and recommendations to the bureau con- 
 cerned. 
 Date of com- (6) If no date has been set for the completion of work on a 
 
 pletion. 
 
 vessel, the commandant shall telegraph the department, upon her 
 arrival, requesting such date : and if urgent repairs are needed 
 he shall state in the telegram the approximate time required. 
 
669 
 
 (7) If a date has been previously set and necessary work is 
 found that will take longer than this date, he shall so inform 
 the department, by telegraph, at the earliest possible moment and 
 await instructions. 
 
 (8) If the completion of urgent repairs would necessitate ex- Over expendi- 
 penditure beyond the regular allotment of funds, the commandant ing CS urgenT P re- 
 shall notify the department thereof by telegraph, and, pending in- ^in- 
 structions, shall not increase his force to such an extent that the 
 
 monthly allotment would thereby be exceeded. 
 
 (9) When the department has set a date when a vessel at a Requests for 
 navy yard must be ready for sea, subsequent requests for work ting of date of 
 that will not interfere with scheduled movements shall be acted com i> le tion. 
 
 on by the commandant or be forwarded by him direct to the 
 bureau concerned for action, as provided in paragraph 5 of this 
 article. If such additional work would interfere with the sched- 
 uled movements, the commandant shall telegraph the department 
 in regard to the matter, mailing a written report and estimate to 
 the bureau concerned as promptly as possible. 
 
 (10) Requests for urgent repairs which have been authorized when an item 
 J% , , ,, . „, . . . . . r , M . of repair exceeds 
 
 by the commandment shall be filed in the navy yard. Ihe bureau three thousand 
 
 concerned shall be advised of these authorizations by appropriate dollar8, 
 entry on the weekly report of work (Form N. S. (). 27). Should 
 it be likely that the completion of repairs will involve an ex- 
 penditure of over three thousand dollars on any one item, the com- 
 mandant shall Immediately submit a report on the subject in gen- 
 eral terms to the bureau Concerned, the work In the meantime be- 
 ing proceeded with in such a manner, if possible, that it may be 
 suspended without increasing the ultimate cost. Should condi- 
 tions make such a course desirable, this report shall be tele- 
 graphed. 
 
 (11) So far as the authorization of work under the above para- Commandant is 
 
 judge of urgency, 
 graph is concerned, the commandant shall be the judge of the 
 
 urgency of each item of repairs requested, and the fact that the 
 commanding officer included any particular item in the urgent 
 list shall not authorize the commandant to proceed with the 
 work unless in his judgment the urgency actually exists. In 
 cases of doubt on this point, in order to insure prompt procedure 
 and avoid delays in the transmission of papers and the beginning 
 of other work, the commandant shall cancel the item which he 
 believes to be incorrectly classed as urgent. When this is done, 
 the commandant shall send a memorandum to the commanding 
 officer inviting attention to the fact that such item was incorrectly 
 included in the urgent list and directing its resubmission in proper 
 form. The same procedure shall be followed as to items incor- 
 rectly included by the commanding officer in the lists under other 
 headings or when items of work are erroneously requested under 
 
670 
 
 the wrong bureau. Canceled items shall not be acted upon until 
 resubmitted as prescribed in paragraph 1 of this article. 
 
 1977. 
 
 Liability state- Whenever any request for work, whether repairs or alterations, 
 is forwarded from a navy yard to a bureau, in the case of a vessel 
 undergoing a general overhaul, there shall be included in the 
 papers a liability statement showing: 
 
 (a) Total estimated cost of all work previously authorized (all 
 bureaus by appropriations). 
 
 (&) Total amounts previously requested but not yet authorized 
 (all bureaus by appropriations). 
 
 (c) Total estimated cost of work therein recommended for 
 approval. " 
 
 (d) The unobligated balance from statutory limit. 
 
 1978. 
 
 incidental When authorized work under the cognizance of one bureau in- 
 volves incidental work under the cognizance of another bureau of 
 less than five hundred dollars, the commandant shall direct that 
 such incidental work be proceeded with. Report and estimate rel- 
 ative thereto, including the date and number of the letter author- 
 izing the work under the bureau having primary cognizance, shall 
 be embodied in the next weekly report of work. 
 
 1979. 
 
 Changes of the if, after estimates have been submitted, or work authorized, 
 material changes in the work or further work are found to be 
 necessary, the officer to whose knowledge the fact shall come, 
 whether an officer of the yard or the commanding officer of the 
 ship, shall report the same immediately to the commandant. The 
 procedure in this case shall be the same as that specified for 
 original items. 
 
 1980. 
 
 Precedence. Work on ships in full commission shall be regarded as work in 
 
 which the utmost diligence shall be exacted from all concerned. 
 
 1981. 
 
 Assembly of Commandants of navy yards shall assemble and manufacture 
 
 lit ft fiftTJ ft! 
 
 as soon as possible all material known to be necessary in the ac- 
 complishment of authorized work on any vessel scheduled for over- 
 haul or repair at the yard under their command. 
 
671 
 
 1982. 
 
 (1) All persons concerned in the direction Qf work on ships Direction and 
 are expected to exercise a reasonable discretion, but no additions work™ > 
 
 or material variations from the prescribed items shall be made 
 without authority from the bureau concerned. 
 
 (2) Heads of departments and divisions and inspectors at a 
 navy yard shall be held directly responsible to the commandant 
 of the yard, who will in turn be held to a rigid responsibility for 
 the prompt and efficient execution of orders concerning repairs 
 and for his action in authorizing repairs in advance of action by 
 the bureau as prescribed in these instructions, as well as for the 
 conduct of the yard under his command in such a manner as shall 
 be most conducive to the efficiency of the fleet and to economy and 
 efficiency in the yard. 
 
 1983. 
 
 No vessel shall be docked at a navy yard, except in emergencies Docking to be 
 when authority by telegraph or telephone can not be obtained, bnreau.* 12 * J 
 unless docking has been authorized by the Bureau of Construction 
 and Repair. 
 
 1984. 
 
 (1) Upon receipt in th«' bureau oi' requests lor urgent repairs Action by bu- 
 not authorized by the commandant, and of requests for desirable * " 
 repairs, action shall be taken for all items of which the bureau 
 
 does not disapprove. 
 
 (2) If the completion of the work referred to in the above para- items referred 
 graph would involve delay beyond the dale set by the department, the Navy.*'' 
 
 or if the bureau recommends disapproval, the items in question 
 shall be referred to the Secretary of the Navy via the Chief of 
 Naval Operations. 
 
 (3) Upon receipt in the bureau of requests for alterations, Minor altera- 
 those items desirable for the comfort of the crew or for sanitary 
 
 reasons, and minor alterations not affecting the general design, 
 may be authorized by the bureau concerned, provided they do 
 not affect the military characteristics of the ship and provided 
 the estimated cost of any item thereof does not exceed one thou- 
 sand dollars; but such authorization shall be given with the pro- 
 viso that authorized work is to be proceeded with in such a man- 
 ner as not to interfere with the scheduled movements of the vessel. 
 
 (4) Requests for alterations affecting the military character- .. Ma J° r »itcra- 
 istics of a vessel or exceeding in cost one thousand dollars for 
 
 any one item shall, if the bureau considers desirable, be referred 
 without delay to the Secretary of the Navy via Chief of Naval 
 Operations with recommendation, after obtaining, if necessary, 
 estimates of time and cost and recommendations from the home 
 navy yard. 
 
672 
 
 When action (5) Requests for alterations that have not been acted upon as 
 
 is withheld. provided for in paragraphs 3 and 4 shall be filed by the bureau 
 
 until notice has been received from the department that the vessel 
 
 is to have a material inspection by the Board of Inspection and 
 
 Survey or is to be sent to a navy yard for an overhaul. 
 
 When altera- (6) Upon receipt of this notice the duplicate of alteration re- 
 
 tion requests re- 
 ferred to Board quests shall be referred to the Board of Inspection and Survey, 
 
 and Snrvev. Ct1011 witla sucn commen t as the bureau cares to make; or, if the vessel 
 is not to have a material inspection, the originals shall be sent 
 direct to the navy yard where the vessel is to overhaul for report, 
 recommendation, and estimates by indorsement on the original. 
 Alterations to (7) Nothing in the above paragraphs is to be construed to pre- 
 vent a bureau at any time from authorizing or recommending 
 that the department authorize, if the provisions of paragraph 3 
 do not permit bureau authorization, any alteration for a par- 
 ticular vessel or class of vessels that may increase her efficiency 
 over that possible under her original design. In connection with 
 such alterations, however, due regard should be given to the age 
 and general condition of the vessel. 
 Applicability (8) When alterations are authorized or recommended for a 
 
 ?/asJ(L's e of*T«s™i8 . particular vessel consideration should be given by the bureau 
 concerned to the applicability of the same alterations to other 
 vessels of the class, and any action necessary in connection there- 
 with should be taken, 
 state of ap- (9) Whenever a bureau authorizes or makes a favorable recom- 
 
 propna ion. niendation to the department for work, it will be understood that, 
 unless otherwise stated, the condition of the bureau appropriation, 
 having reference to present and prospective obligations, justifies 
 ordering such work; and, further that such authorization will 
 not cause the statutory limit of cost of work on the vessel to 
 be exceeded. 
 Expenditures (10) No authorization for any item of repairs or alterations 
 
 "eaus. " shall be issued by any bureau which involves the incidental ex- 
 
 penditure of more than five hundred dollars under any other 
 bureau without the prior or simultaneous approval of such other 
 bureau of such item of incidental work. 
 
 1985. 
 
 Plans. Each bureau shall keep in its files accurate drawings of every 
 
 ship in the Navy, covering all parts under its cognizance. In 
 order that these plans may be correct, commandants shall forward 
 to the bureau concerned drawings embodying alterations which 
 may have been made in design or arrangement when the draw- 
 ings for these alterations have not been furnished by the bureau. 
 Such copies of these drawings of ships shall be kept in the appro- 
 priate divisions of the industrial department at each navy yard. 
 
673 
 
 as may be necessary to insure the prompt performance of any 
 work likely to be required at that yard. 
 
 Section .">. — Weekly Reports sf Work. 
 From the date when work is authorized on a ship the com- Weekly re- 
 
 1 ports ol work, 
 
 mandant shall furnish to each bureau concerned and to the com- 
 manding officer of the ship a weekly report of authorized work 
 under titles A, D, K, and P, except that job orders under 
 title P covering repairs to articles for general use shall be omitted. 
 This report shall be prepared on the prescribed forms and in 
 detail as specified by the bureaus concerned. 
 
 (a) Each bureau shall be furnished with a copy of that portion 
 of the report pertaining to appropriations under its cognizance. 
 These bureau copies for each appropriation shall be arranged 
 alphabetically by vessels and securely fastened together. 
 
 (&) The commanding otlicer shall be furnished with a complete 
 copy of the report for the vessel under his command. 
 
 (c) Weekly reports on all vessels shall be forwarded not later 
 than the last mail on Saturdays. 
 
 1987. 
 
 (1) In addition to supplying the commanding officer with a copy Commanding 
 
 officer informed 
 of the weekly report the commandant shall promptly notify him of action taken. 
 
 of the department's action relative to all items of work for which 
 
 the weekly report does not supply such information, especially 
 
 as to items of work requested and disapproved. 
 
 (2) Upon the departure of a vessel from a yard other than her Transfer of 
 home yard, if directed by the bureau concerned, all outstanding job y ar d. 
 
 orders shall be transferred to the vessel's home yard. This trans- 
 fer shall be made by forwarding with a letter of transmittal a 
 copy of the weekly report of work and such correspondence, plans, 
 and material as may be directed. Upon receipt of this re]>ort at 
 the vessel's home yard job orders shall he issued in accordance 
 with the authority and estimates given and be incorporated in the 
 weekly reports of work subsequently submitted. 
 
 (3) The commandant shall forward weekly to the Chief of Summaries of 
 Naval Operations, to the commander in chief and commander of work. 1 r<,> ° r 
 the force to which the vessel belongs, and direct to the Bureaus 
 
 of Construction and Repair, Engineering, and Ordnance a sum- 
 mary of the weekly reports of progress of work on ships at the 
 yard under his command made on the prescribed form (X. S. O. 
 4:5) and under the following conditions: 
 
674 
 
 (a) It shall show the names of all ships — Government or 
 other — at the yard on which work is authorized. 
 
 (&) It shall include a statement of the working days required 
 to complete authorized work on each ship under each bureau. 
 
 (c) It shall include a statement of the probable date of com- 
 pletion of all work on each ship and her date of readiness for 
 sea. 
 
 {d) It shall include notes giving any remarks on the subject 
 which will tend to throw light on the progress of the work, on 
 possible delays, and on the probable date of readiness of the ship 
 for service. 
 
 (e) It shall include, separate from the above, the names of all 
 ships at the yards awaiting the authorization of work or on 
 which work has been suspended and the probable time to complete 
 requested work if authorized. 
 
 (f) It shall include a similar report, on a separate sheet, giving 
 the same information except that covered by (c), in regard to 
 work authorized on vessels not at the yard. 
 
 (g) It shall include a statement that the statutory limit of cost 
 will not be exceeded for each vessel covered By the report. 
 
 1988. 
 
 Cost-of-work a cost-of-work report will be prepared by the navy yards on 
 reports. 
 
 each vessel on completion of an overhaul period or at the time 
 of the departure of the vessel from the yard, such report to be 
 submitted within two weeks after the completion or departure of 
 the vessel and to include — 
 
 First. Job orders which have been completed. 
 
 Second. Job orders on which work has not been completed at 
 the time of the vessel's departure. 
 
 These two groups of job orders will be arranged under Titles 
 A, D, K, and P and in the sequence of job-order numbers and 
 will include the following data : 
 
 First. The job-order number. 
 
 Second. The brief of the job order, sufficient to give a reason- 
 ably clear idea of the work covered, together with the estimated 
 cost, when such estimate has been prepared. 
 
 Third. The cost divided into labor, indirect, material, and total, 
 together with the totals of completed work under each title and 
 the total for all of the completed work. 
 
 The above report will, for convenience of filing and reference, 
 be made on a form 8 by 10* inches, prepared by the Bureau of 
 Supplies and Accounts. 
 
 The above report need not be submitted for vessels remaining 10 
 days or less at a yard. However, all work done on a vessel 
 during this brief visit to the yard and work which was included 
 in the uncompleted portion of the previous report will be included 
 
675 
 
 in the completed portion of the next report, in order that the com- 
 pleted portion of this cost-of-work report of vessels may show a 
 completed summary of all expenditures made on these vessels 
 under the titles included. 
 
 Cost-of-work reports will be submitted for district craft ami 
 vessels in reserve or out of commission at the end of the fiscal 
 year, except where vessels in reserve or out of commission are 
 undergoing extensive repairs or overhaul, in which cases the work 
 will be covered by the usual cost-of-work report to be submitted 
 within two weeks after the date of completion. The report now 
 required by article 1986 on Form N. S. O. 92, submitted during 
 the last week of the vessel's stay at the yard, will not be required. 
 
 The present cost summaries covering manufacturing job orders 
 and work under all other titles than those covered by the cost- 
 of-work report will be reported as at present to the bureaus con- 
 cerned. 
 
 Cost summaries for ship job orders will be sent to such bureaus 
 as require them. 
 
 In the case of a vessel belonging to a branch of the Govern* 
 ment service other than the Navy, duplicate copies of the report 
 shall be furnished to the commanding Officer, one copy being for 
 transmittal to the department to which the vessel belongs. 
 
 A copy shall be forwarded by the comma n dam t to the bureau 
 which would have cognizance were the work chargeable to appro- 
 priations of the Xavy. 
 
 Skction 6. — Statttokv Limit oi Cost ok Wokk ox VESSELS. 
 
 1990. 
 
 (1) Unless Congress has specifically authorized an expenditure Statutory limit 
 for work on a vessel, the statutory limit of work that may be posed ° by ^8^1 
 undertaken during an overhaul is for wooden vessels 10 per cent appropriation 
 
 net. 
 
 and for other vessels 20 per cent of the estimated cost of a new 
 ship of the same size and like material, or $300,000, if the above 
 percentage exceeds that sum. 
 
 (2) Estimates to be considered in connection with the statutory Work charge- 
 limit on a vessel shall be the estimates of labor, indirect cost, and Jtor^mnSs. 8 * " 
 material for Titles D and K work under all appropriations on all 
 
 items of work authorized to be undertaken during the overhaul. 
 If the total estimated cost exceeds the. statutory limit, comman- 
 dants shall proceed only with urgent repairs and shall submit im- 
 mediate report to the Secretary of the Navy via Chief of Naval 
 Operations with recommendations as to items of desirable repairs 
 and alterations that should be omitted so as to keep the cost 
 fwithin the statutory limit. 
 
 (3) Liability accounts against the statutory limit shall be main- 
 tained at a vessel's home yard, or at the yard where a vessel may 
 
676 
 
 be overhauling, only for work authorized in connection wirh an 
 overhaul, the dates of the beginning and ending of which will be 
 fixed by the Chief of Naval Operations, but while the overhaul is 
 actually in progress all expenditures for Titles D and K work, 
 whether or not estimated on in connection with the overhaul, shall 
 be included in the liability account. In the case of work done by 
 the ship's force, only the cost of material shall be included. Dur- 
 ing an overhaul the commanding officer shall keep the commandant 
 informed as to the amounts chargeable to the statutory limit on 
 account of expenditures of such material in the ship's accounts. 
 
 (4) During an overhaul the estimated expenditures included in 
 the liability account against the statutory limit shall be revised to 
 agree with the actual expenditures on completed jobs, and the 
 liability accounts shall be closed at the expiration of the overhaul 
 as fixed by the department. 
 
 (5) When work at some yard other than the yard at which a 
 
 vessel is overhauling is authorized for simultaneous performance 
 
 with work of overhaul, or a contract for material is placed direct 
 
 by a bureau with private parties, the commandant of the yard 
 
 where the vessel is overhauling shall be promptly informed by the 
 
 bureau as to the estimated cost involved, and these amounts shall 
 
 be included in the liability account against the statutory limit. 
 
 Certain work (6) For work in hand or contemplated under special ordnance 
 not chargeable . ^. ,. A a , . „ . ^. 
 
 against statutory appropriations, expenditures under such special appropriations 
 
 limit * shall not be considered as a charge against the statutory limit. 
 
 X mo ant of (7) Where the commandant has no information as to the amount 
 
 to* 1 be obtained of the statutory limit on a vessel, this should be obtained from 
 
 if °n a ecess J ar 1 ?. ment tne Secretary of the Navy, Where Congress has authorized the 
 
 expenditure of a specific sum for repairs or changes on a vessel, 
 
 the statutory limit will be as stated in the act. 
 
 Responsibility (8) The responsibility for seeing that the statutory limit is not 
 for not exceeding , , „ 
 
 statutory limit, exceeded rests with the commandant of the navy yard where the 
 
 vessel is being overhauled. An overhaul within the meaning of 
 
 the preceding paragraph of 1990 will be that period fixed by the 
 
 department during which general repairs incident to actual service 
 
 or additions or changes in design to improve the military value 
 
 of a ship are made at a navy yard or station on a cruising or 
 
 noncruising ship. 
 
 Section 7. — Repairs to Cruising Vessels ox a Foreigx Station 
 or When not at a Navy Yard. 
 
 1991. 
 
 authorSed™' 1 h ° w ^ ^° far as P racticaDle > repairs shall not be undertaken on 
 a foreign station, or elsewhere than at a navy yard, except such 
 as can be done by the ship's force. Alterations shall never be 
 undertaken without prior approval by the bureau, and such ap- 
 
677 
 
 proval will only be given for the performance of the work else- 
 where than at a navy yard in cases of the utmost importance. 
 
 (2) When urgent repairs to cruising vessels are necessary on a 
 foreign station or not at a navy yard they shall be ordered by the 
 commander in chief or senior officer present in advance of the 
 approval of the bureau. 
 
 (3) No work shall be done under the provisions of this article 
 in a home port unless it be absolutely necessary and unless it be 
 impracticable to get along without it until arrival at a navy yard, 
 and no work of any considerable magnitude shall be undertaken 
 under these conditions without the prior approval of the bureau, 
 except in case of urgent necessity and where telegraphic communi- 
 cation with the department is impracticable. 
 
 1992. 
 
 (1) The mechanics of ships of the Naw on foreign stations Repairs on 
 
 nit* roll 'i n t vesst* Is 
 
 may repair merchant vessels of the United States in cases wherein foreign wa- 
 a refusal to do so would cause injurious delays or great increase ters * 
 of expenses. They shall receive for their services such compen- 
 sation as their captain may regard as fair and equitable. 
 
 (2) Assistance may be rendered under similar circumstances 
 and on similar terms, to foreign vessels by permission of the 
 senior officer present. 
 
 Section 8. — Wokk at Navy Yards and Stations i ou Coordinate 
 Branches of the Government ami Docking EVjreign Govkkn- 
 ment Vessels. 
 
 *99». 
 
 (1) Work for coordinate branches of the Government shall be Work for coor- 
 handled as directed by the department. «f n *the Govern- 
 
 (2) Coordinate branches of the Government operating within ment - 
 the limits of a navy yard or station will be permitted the use of 
 yard or station tools or equipment, if available, as also electric 
 current, compressed air, etc., and the charges therefor will be as 
 
 for work performed by the yard or station for the Navy Depart- 
 ment. In all such cases the operation of the tools and equipment 
 will be in the hands of the regular navy yard or station employees. 
 
 (3) Estimates for new construction desired by coordinate 
 branches of the Government may either be called for by the 
 Navy Department or requested of the yards direct by the depart- 
 ment concerned. In either case complete estimates as soon as 
 prepared by the yards shall be sent direct by registered mail to 
 the Chief of the Bureau of Construction and Repair and the Chief 
 of the Bureau of Engineering. After analysis of the estimates 
 the Bureaus of Construction and Repair and Engineering shall 
 
 1«5?,S41°— 20 44 
 
678 
 
 in each case submit a joint letter to the department containing 
 their recommendation. 
 
 This letter will be forwarded to the department concerned and 
 will be considered as the formal estimates. 
 
 Estimates will not be submitted by the yards direct to the de- 
 partment concerned. 
 
 Estimates should be sent by the yards to the bureaus early 
 enough to permit their analysis and forwarding to the department 
 before the opening of the bids. 
 
 The above applies only to estimates for new construction and 
 not to estimates for repairs. 
 
 1994. 
 
 ^DockiBg^ves^. Charges for docking vessels of foreign Governments and for 
 Governments. work incidental thereto will be made as for vessels of the United 
 States Government. 
 
 Section 9. — Work at Navy Yards and Stations for Private 
 
 Parties. 
 
 1995. 
 
 Navy yard work n work shall be done by the Government force at a navv yard 
 
 for private - ** 
 
 parties. or station for private individuals or corporations except by au- 
 
 thority of the Secretary of the Navy upon an application specify- 
 ing the nature of the work to be done, and accompanied by a cer- 
 tificate from the commandant that the necessary labor or appli- 
 ances can not be procured in the vicinity from private contractors. 
 Commandants of navy yards and stations are, however, author- 
 ized to undertake, in advance of approval by the department, work 
 for private parties in cases where the delay incident to procuring 
 authorization or the assistance or agencies of private contractors 
 would lead to the loss of life or the loss of valuable property. 
 And to undertake without reference to the department work for 
 parties doing work under contract with the Government, as pro- 
 vided by the terms of their contract or when such work does not 
 exceed in cost more than $100 for any one job. 
 Deposit by (2) In all cases, with the exception noted in the latter part of 
 workta done. ™ this paragraph, when work is authorized at a navy yard or sta- 
 tion for private parties they shall deposit with the disbursing 
 officer of the yard a sum sufficient to cover the estimated expenses 
 to be incurred. The total cost shall be defrayed from such de- 
 posit. The special deposit for payment shall be made by check, 
 payable to the order of the commandant of the yard or station, 
 and by him indorsed to the disbursing officer of the yard. A 
 record shall be kept in the office of the commandant of the 
 amounts so received, with dates of receipt, and a report made 
 monthly to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts upon prescribed 
 
679 
 
 form. When this money is received by the disbursing officer of 
 the yard he shall immediately take up the total amount on his 
 books under " General account of advances," accounting for it in 
 the same manner as he does all other funds received. After the 
 work has been completed and the amount required to be deposited 
 in the Treasury for final settlement determined, any balance of the 
 special deposit remaining in the hands of the disbursing officer 
 shall be returned by check to the party making the deposit. In 
 case of an emergency, where the commandant deems it absolutely 
 necessary, work of this character may be commenced under a job 
 order issued under an appropriation ; but immediate steps will be 
 taken to obtain a deposit, and upon its receipt a return to the 
 special-deposit system shall be made. 
 
 (3) In cases where the work is done by the Government on 
 account of contractors for new vessels, and which is covered by 
 special reservations for the purpose, the work shall be done on 
 job orders under the appropriations concerned and the cost de- 
 ducted from the voucher in final settlement, and special deposits 
 will not be required. 
 
 <4) All work done fur private panics will be divided into five 
 •lasses and charged for ;is follows: 
 
 (a) Work for private part ies in connection With irhicli Hie esti- 
 mated material charge is l<\ss tlian 50 per cent of the estimated 
 labor. — At industrial yards this class Of work will be charged with 
 the cost of direct labor, overhead expense (as defined by the ac- 
 counting instructions in force), and direct material. At non- 
 industrial yards this class of work will be charged with direct 
 labor, direct material, and a surcharge equal to 35 per cent of the 
 direct labor. The amount of this surcharge will be deposited in 
 the Treasury to the credit Of f Miscellaneous receipts." 
 
 (&) Work for prirate parties in connection with irlticli the (sti- 
 matcd charge for inati rial is more than 56 per <( nt of tlie esti- 
 mated charge for direct Ial>or. — At industrial yards, work of this 
 class will be charged with the cost of direct labor, direct material, 
 overhead expense (as defined by the accounting instructions in 
 force), and a surcharge of 20 per cent of the direct material. At 
 nonindustrial yards, work of this class will he charged with the 
 cost of direct labor, direct material, 20 per cent of the direct ma- 
 terial, and 35 per cent of the direct labor. All surcharges of 20 
 per cent and 35 per cent made at nonindustrial yards will be de- 
 posited in the Treasury to the credit of M Miscellaneous receipts." 
 In exceptional cases in which the Government's interest would 
 otherwise suffer, the surcharge of 20 per cent of direct material 
 may, with the department's specific approval in each case, he 
 modified. 
 
 (c) Work in connection, with lifting, handling, or transportation 
 of material by yard or station facilities or equipment. — At indus- 
 
680 
 
 trial yards, work of this class will be charged with the cost of 
 direct labor, direct material, overhead expense (as defined by the 
 accounting instructions in force), and a tool rate or rental as per 
 schedule in existence at the navy yard or station concerned. At 
 nonindustrial yards, work of this class will be charged with the 
 cost of direct labor, direct material, a tool rate or rental as per 
 schedule in existence at the navy yard or station concerned, and a 
 surcharge of 35 per cent of direct labor. The amount of this sur- 
 charge will be deposited in the Treasury to the credit of " Mis- 
 cellaneous receipts." 
 
 (d) Work at the Experimental Model Basin. — No change will 
 be made in the existing practice for the charge on this class of 
 work. This class of work will be charged with the cost of direct 
 labor, direct material, and an overhead rate of 60 per cent of the 
 direct labor. 
 
 (e) Docking work. — No change will be made in the existing 
 instructions covering charges for this class of work. 
 
 (5) It is to be understood that the use of yard or station facili- 
 ties for the work in question will be permitted only when avail- 
 able, and in all cases their operation will be by the regular navy 
 yard or station employees. In doubtful cases the question as to 
 which method of charging should be employed will be decided by 
 the commandant. Private parties may likewise be permitted the 
 use of yard electric current, compressed air, pressure water, and 
 steam for operating apparatus of their own. Where metering is 
 impossible a tool-hour charge will be made, based on schedule in 
 force or arrived at by agreement. Private parties will not ordi- 
 narily be permitted the use of yard hand tools or yard hand- 
 power tools ; where, under exceptional conditions, they are per- 
 mitted the use of such tools, particularly of electric or pneu- 
 matic hand-power tools, charges therefor will be made as for ap- 
 pliances, and tools per schedule in force, a separate charge for 
 each tool ; electric current or compressed air for hand-power tools 
 will be charged for separately or may be combined with the tool 
 rate of the schedule. 
 
 (6) These instructions and the rates of tool charges of the 
 schedule in force at each navy yard and station will apply under 
 all ordinary circumstances. Should exceptional conditions ren- 
 der it advisable to depart therefrom the commandant will make 
 suitable recommendation to the department. 
 
 (7) All charges other than those posted under direct labor (as 
 defined in paragraph (4) ), indirect expense, as per accounting in- 
 structions in force, and material shall be turned into the Treasury 
 as a miscellaneous receipt. 
 
 Schedule of (8) Schedule of charges to private parties for use of tools and 
 other equipment of navy yards and stations : 
 Appliances and tools: 
 

 681 
 
 Class 1 (under $200) : 50 cents per clay; minimum charge 25 
 cents (a). 
 
 Class 2 ($200 to $1,000): $1 per day; minimum charge 25 
 cents (a). 
 
 Class 3 ($1,000 to $3,000) : 30 cents per hour. 
 
 Class 4 ($3,000 to $8,000) : 80 cents per hour. 
 
 Book value 
 
 Class 5 ($8,000 and over) : — — per hour (6). 
 
 7,500 
 
 Blacksmith's and coppersmith's forge, small : $1 per day ; mini- 
 mum charge 25 cents. 
 
 Blacksmith's forge, large, and hammer : 30 cents per hour. 
 
 Smithery furnace, large, and hammer : 75 cents per hour. 
 
 Galvanizing plant : 75 cents per hour. 
 
 Railroad cars: $1 per day; minimum charge. 50 cents. 
 
 Ash lighter: 50 cents per hour. 
 
 Steam launch : $1.50 per hour. 
 
 Installing connection and meter for water, air, or electric cur- 
 rent : $5. 
 
 Electric current per kilowatt hour: fixed charges to be deter- 
 mined annually for fiscal year by Bureau of Yards and Docks as 
 approved by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 Pneumatic power per 1,000 cubic feet : fixed charges to be deter- 
 mined annually for fiscal year by Bureau of Yards and Docks as 
 approved by the Secretary of the Navy. 
 
 Water (c). 
 
 Yard tugs: 4 cents per hour per ton of displacement (</). 
 
 (a) For hand-power tools (pneumatic and electric) these 
 charges do not include the cost of air or electric current, which 
 will constitute an additional charge. 
 
 (&) Maximum hourly charge, $20. 
 
 (c) To be charged as material. 
 
 (d) Minimum hourly charge, $15. 
 Horses and wagons or carts, power trucks, locomotives, cranes, 
 
 shear legs, hoisting engines, portable boilers, pile drivers, floating 
 derricks, rigging gear, diving apparatus, etc., will be charged as 
 "Appliances and tools." 
 
 Bar, plate, and angle furnaces and slabs; annealing furnaces; 
 welding and reducing furnaces and cupolas; core ovens, etc., will 
 be charged as "Appliances and tools," but in addition the fuel 
 actually used will be charged as material. 
 
 Unless otherwise noted, charges for "Appliances and tools 
 cover fuel and power, but do not include operator. 
 
 No charge will be made for the dry-dock crane when used in 
 connection with docking a vessel. 
 
 Time charged will include time occupied in getting up steam, 
 warming up furnaces, and for similar preparations, as also time 
 
Model foasiii. 
 
 682 
 
 necessary for securing the apparatus. A fraction of an hour 
 will be charged as an hour in each case, and no charge of less 
 than an hour will be made. 
 
 Charges for work done for private parties at the United States 
 cxi>erimental model basin are not affected by the foregoing in- 
 structions. 
 
 1996. 
 
 Rules for dock- Charges for the work of docking private vessels at navy yards 
 ing private res- & to L J 
 
 sels at navy are not covered by preceding instructions and will follow the 
 
 yar s * rules laid down in succeeding paragraphs. 
 
 (1) Xo private vessel will be permitted to use a Government 
 dock except in an emergency, and when there is no private dock 
 in the vicinity available for the purpose. 
 
 (2) Application for the use of the dock must oe made to the 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair, and will be subject to the 
 approval of the Secretary of the Navy. It should be made through 
 the commandant of the station when circumstances permit, and 
 should state the purpose for which docking is required, the num- 
 ber of days in dock believed to be necessary, that there is no pri- 
 vate dock available, and that the Government's rules in relation 
 to the use of the Government docks are understood and accepted. 
 Such statements will be confirmed by the commandant before for- 
 warding an application, if practicable, or before work is proceeded 
 with, if authorized. 
 
 (3) The United States will assume no responsibility for any 
 damage or injuries to a vessel, crew, or appurtenances while enter- 
 ing, leaving, or in the dock, or while at the yard. All claims 
 against the United States for or on account of any such damage 
 or injuries, from whatsoever cause arising, must, before permis- 
 sion to use the dock is given and as a condition precedent thereto, 
 be distinctly and expressly waived, in writing, by a responsible 
 representative of the vessel. 
 
 (4) The vessel docked will be held responsible for all the dam- 
 age, except reasonable wear and tear, which may be done to the 
 dock or other Government property as the result of the docking, 
 whether this damage be done by the vessel itself, or its employees, 
 or by employees of contractors while doing work on it, or by em- 
 ployees of the Government while docking or undocking. Any ex- 
 cess of the deposit mentioned in paragraph 8 over and above the 
 actual charge will be held until such damages have been liquidated 
 in full. 
 
 (5) Such police and fire regulations as the commandant may 
 direct will be observed during the whole time that a vessel may 
 lie at the yard or in the dock, both by those on board and by em- 
 ployees of private firms permitted to work on the vessel. 
 
683 
 
 (6) Vessels allowed to enter the dock must furnish tugs at their 
 own expense, of such number and character as the commandant 
 may consider necessary to insure proper handling in entering or 
 leaving the dock. 
 
 (.7) The schedule charges will cover the cost of placing the 
 vessel in the dock, of maintaining it there as long as may be neces- 
 sary, and of removing it from the dock. No other work on the 
 vessel will be done by the Government without special authority 
 from the Secretary of the Navy, except that of rigging staging 
 for cleaners and painters, and the cleaning, painting, and minor 
 items ordinarily incidental to docking. All such work will be 
 charged for at actual cost (labor, material, and indirect) plus 10 
 per cent. If a vessel is docked with cargo on board, each ton in 
 weight of such cargo shall be charged for at the regular tonnage 
 rates ; the charge for cargo to be in addition to the regular charges 
 based on registered tonnage. 
 
 (8) Prior to the vessel's entering the dock there must be de- 
 posited with the disbursing officer of the yard a sum sufficient to 
 cover the cost of docking and undocking, lay day charges, and all 
 work done on the vessel by Government employees. This amount 
 is to be determined by estimates of the naval constructor, ap- 
 proved by the commandant. Upon completion of the work, any 
 excess of this deposit over and above the docking charges, the sum 
 charged to cover work other than docking, and the cost of repair- 
 ing any damage done to the Government property will be returned 
 to the party depositing it. In case additional work is authorized 
 an additional deposit to cover cost of same will be required before 
 the work is commenced. The docking charges will be based on 
 the gross tonnage of the vessel for steamers and on the net ton- 
 nage for sailing vessels to the nearest whole ton, and a tonnage 
 certificate will be supplied by the vessel, the same being subject to 
 verification by the Navy Department should the latter so desire. 
 
 (9) No vessel will be docked for less than the actual cost 
 (labor, material, and indirect) of work to the Government, plus 
 10 per cent. In case the charges figured at the scheduled rates 
 are insufficient to cover the actual cost of the work, the latter 
 amount plus 10 per cent will be charged. Where there is more 
 than one dock at the navy yard and the rates of docking in such 
 docks are not uniform, the rates charged will be those for the 
 dock actually used. 
 
 (10) Vessels will occupy such wharves at the navy yard as the 
 commandant may direct. The date having been agreed upon for 
 entering the dock, the owner shall be responsible for having the 
 vessel present for docking. If the vessel is not so present, the 
 day in question and each subsequent day may be charged against 
 the vessel as a lay day, provided that the dock was prepared and 
 held waiting for the vessel. 
 
684 
 
 (11) 111 case ti dock has been pumped out and blocks prepared 
 for receipt of the vessel, which for any reason is not docked 
 therein, the. actual cost (labor, material, and indirect) of such 
 work, plus 10 per cent, will be deducted from the deposit made 
 with the yard disbursing officer. 
 
 (12) If on account of public necessity a private vessel upon 
 which work has not been completed is undocked, it shall be re- 
 docked at the earliest practicable moment, and, subject to the pro- 
 visions of paragraph 9 above, no charge shall be made for such 
 undocking and redocking, or for wharfage during the period held 
 waiting. If, however, the vessel temporarily undocked as above 
 described shall thereafter proceed elsewhere to complete the un- 
 finished work in dock, the amount actually expended for all work, 
 including docking, plus 10 per cent, will be charged. 
 
 (13) The time in dock will be counted from the time the ves- 
 sel's bow crosses the dock sill going in until it crosses the sill 
 going out, or from the time the dock is pumped dry (keel blocks 
 showing) until the time of commencing to flood, depending upon 
 which method more nearly agrees with local practice. The dock- 
 ing charges will cover the first 21 hours. If work in extiess 
 of 8 hours on any day is done on the vessel subsequent to the 
 day of docking, however, the rate charged for such day in dock 
 may be doubled ; this action to be also governed by local practice. 
 Sundays and holidays will not be charged for as lay days unless 
 work is done on the vessel, nor will any charge be made for lay- 
 days on which all work is prevented by bad weather. The day 
 of undocking will be charged as a lay day, provided more than 
 24 hours shall have elapsed since docking. Where the use of a 
 dock is dependent on tides, each 21 hours may be counted as 
 between the time of high tide on one day and that of the corre- 
 sponding high tide on the following day. 
 
 (14) Particulars as to the various Government docks and the 
 rates for use of same for private vessels have been issued by the 
 department for the guidance of the commandants of the several 
 navy yards. The rates given are subject to change, and com- 
 mandants will submit recommendation to the Bureau of Con- 
 struction and Repair if any local conditions warrant such change. 
 
 (15) Vessels building for the United States Navy, or for other 
 departments of the Government, or for foreign Governments, will, 
 if docked at navy yards at contractor's expense, be considered as 
 private vessels and charged for accordingly. If, however, any 
 vessel building for the Navy Department can not be docked for 
 the routine cleaning and painting as required by the contract un- 
 der which she is building in local private docks by reason of size, 
 the charges for docking will be the actual cost of the work as for 
 a Government vessel. 
 
CHAPTER 52. 
 
 CORRESPONDENCE. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 2003-2049. Instructions. 
 
 Sec. 2. — Art. 2050-2053. Definitions of naval terms. 
 
 Section 1. — I n structions. 
 2003. 
 
 (1) Correspondence shall be minimized as much as is com- Unnecessary 
 
 correspondence 
 patible with the public interests, both as regards the number of prohibited. 
 
 letters written and their length. 
 
 (2) Officers shall endeavor to use accuracy, simplicity, and con- Style of ivrit- 
 ciseness in official correspondence, confining themselves to the 
 
 subject at band Without omitting essentia! details and arranging 
 paragraphs of letters in logical sequence. 
 
 (3) Tables, diagrams, and sketches shall be used, if practi- es Tables, sketch- 
 cable, when they add to clearness. 
 
 2004. 
 
 Official correspondence l>etween Officers of the Xavv and with Correspond- 
 
 enre shall lie 
 
 officials of the public service should be courteous in tone. courteous. 
 
 2005. 
 
 (1) There are three classes of correspondence and infor- 
 mation : 
 
 (1) Secret. 
 
 (2) Confidential. 
 
 ( 3 ) Nonconfidentia 1 . 
 
 (2) "Secret" matter is correspondence or information which reg ^dwice °° r " 
 should be known only to the person addressed or to other persons 
 
 to whom he is specifically authorized to communicate it. In 
 war time specifically that which relates to present or future 
 defensive or offensive operations against an enemy. This in- 
 cludes all current instructions to and reports from operating 
 forces, codes and ciphers, movement orders to vessels, all cor- 
 
 (685) 
 
686 
 
 respondence which has to do with active operations against the 
 enemy ; and any current information which, if known, would 
 assist the enemy to determine in advance the nature of offensive 
 measures or weapons which the United States or her allies were 
 planning to use against him. 
 
 (3) "Confidential" matter is correspondence or information 
 which would prove of value to an enemy (or in time of peace 
 to a foreign Government), but which does not relate to measures 
 or weapons which the United States is preparing to use against 
 him and is not vital to the secrecy of present or future policy. 
 
 (4) " Nonconfidential " matter is correspondence or informa- 
 tion which relates to methods of procedure regularly followed and 
 to other subjects a full knowledge of which could by no possi- 
 bility be of use to the enemy. 
 
 (5) "Secret" matter must be opened, transmitted, and han- 
 dled by an officer and shall be at all times actually or potentially 
 in the possession of commissioned officers only; except that espe- 
 cially reliable, temperate, and discreet persons may be specifically 
 intrusted by proper naval authority with the opening and han- 
 dling of such matter, provided, however, that the official delegat- 
 ing such authority shall at all times be personally responsible for 
 the safeguarding of " secret " matter so intrusted. It is ordered 
 that the name, rating if any, nature and place of employment of 
 each person authorized to open and handle " secret " matter be 
 immediately forwarded in writing to the Director of Naval In- 
 telligence by the official giving such authorization, and it is fur- 
 ther ordered that the Director of Naval Intelligence be imme- 
 diately notified in writing by the proper naval authority when 
 such authorization has been revoked. 
 
 (6) " Confidential " matter shall be subject to the same regu- 
 lations as "secret," with the provision that officers may delegate 
 their personal responsibility to others whom they believe, by 
 reasons of adequate personal investigation, to be in every respect 
 reliable, temperate, close-mouthed, and dependable. The circu- 
 lation and the handling of " confidential " matter will be in 
 accordance with existing regulations. 
 
 (7) All "secret" and all "confidential" correspondence will 
 be stamped as such on the first or cover sheet. It is not suffi- 
 cient to type the word " secret " or " confidential," as this does 
 not indicate conspicuously the character of the correspondence. 
 
 (8) The distinction between "secret" and "confidential" is 
 a fine one, and as information may unexpectedly come to have a 
 bearing which should be secret, extreme care and constant 
 thought should be applied to maintain secrecy as extensively and 
 thoroughly as is humanly possible. The importance and vital 
 necessity of keeping the enemy in ignorance of plans and opera- 
 tions is too generally blindly annd thoughtlessly disregarded. 
 
687 
 
 2006. 
 
 Matters involving questions of jurisdiction, or conflict of au- Questions of jn- 
 
 risdiction, etc. 
 
 thority, which can not be reconciled by correspondence between 
 officers, must be referred, by officers of the Navy, to the Secretary 
 of the Navy. 
 
 2007. 
 
 Official correspondence between subordinate officers of ships or Correspond- 
 naval stations is forbidden, unless elsewhere specifically authorized subordinates.* * ™ 
 herein. 
 
 2008. 
 
 (1) All officers through whom communications from subordi- . Papers requir- 
 nates are sent for transmittal to higher authority shall forward tion. 
 
 the same if in proper form and language as soon after their 
 receipt as practicable and shall invariably state their opinions 
 in writing, by indorsement or otherwise, in relation to every sub- 
 ject so submitted by themselves for decision. 
 
 (2) The term " forwarded " may be affixed to such papers as Papers requir- 
 
 . ^ . iL , , , .. . ingno official 
 
 are complete m themselves, and which do not require an expres- action, 
 sion of opinion from the office through wbich they are transmitted. 
 Such papers may be transmitted under the indorsement of an 
 officer of the staff, by direction of the commander in chief, the 
 commandant, or the senior officer present. 
 
 2009. 
 
 When official business is conducted by telephone or orally, Correspond- 
 the substance of any communication or order that should be made phone or orally. 
 a matter of record shall be reduced to writing without unnecessary 
 delay. 
 
 2010. 
 
 (1) As a general rule, a letter shall he answered by a separate When indorse- 
 letter and not by indorsement. This regulation is not intended ™*J| S sha11 be 
 to prevent the use of stamped or written indorsements on papers 
 or reports of which copies arc not retained, or to prevent the 
 use of indorsements on papers necessarily referred to several 
 bureaus or offices ; it is intended to prevent the practice of having 
 an original letter returned to the writer by an indorsement con- 
 taining the report or information requested, and having in the 
 indorsement a request for the return of the papers to the office 
 or person to which they were originally sent, as such procedure 
 necessitates increased clerical work in copying the indorsement, 
 and requires the papers to be mailed three times. When the 
 original is answered by a separate letter each office has a com- 
 
688 
 
 plete record of the correspondence without extra work, and the 
 
 papers are sent through the mails twice instead of three times. 
 
 Separate let- (2) Separate letters shall be written on separate subjects mi- 
 ters on separate „ 
 subjects. less the subjects are of like nature. 
 
 In submitting reports or recommendations relative to repairs, 
 alterations, etc., each vessel will be treated in separate corre- 
 spondence, 
 knowled ed * e ^ AU communications, except such as require neither action 
 nor reply, shall be acknowledged. 
 
 2011. 
 
 Communica- Communications received by a bureau or office containing in- 
 ferred when nee- formation a knowledge of which is necessary or w T ould be useful 
 essary * to the department or any other bureau or office shall be promptly 
 
 referred accordingly, or copies thereof shall be furnished. 
 
 2012. 
 
 Communica- (i) All official correspondence of the Navy Department, its 
 tions with other ^ . , . 
 
 executive depart- bureaus or offices, with other executive departments, except 
 
 ments - from officers serving temporarily under such departments, and 
 
 excepting also correspondence in relation to accounts, pensions, 
 or records of service, will be conducted by the Secretary of the 
 Navy. (Art. 1226. par. 2.) 
 
 (2) All communications addressed to the United States Civil 
 Service Commission by officers of the Navy relative to examina- 
 tions, certifications, appointments, etc., in the classified service 
 of the Navy Department, shall be forwarded through the Secretary 
 of the Navy. 
 
 2013. 
 
 i)ers Crial nnm " (1) Officers commanding fleets, squadrons or stations, and 
 other officers having a regular correspondence with the Navy De- 
 partment, shall number their letters. 
 Translations. (2) "Whenever letters or documents in foreign languages are 
 transmitted, they shall be accompanied, if possible, by transla- 
 tions. Official correspondence to foreign countries shall be in the 
 English language. 
 ene CO t rr t> SP t° nd " ^ A11 correspondence shall be typewritten if practicable, but 
 written. should a typewriter be Unavailable, the communication must 
 
 be legibly written without erasures or interlineations. 
 Typewriter rib- (4) Record (noncopying) typewriter ribbons shall be used. 
 Carbon copies. (5) Letters and indorsements shall not be press copied, but 
 a sufficient number of carbon copies shall be made in lieu thereof 
 for the files or other purposes. Each carbon copy shall show the 
 office of origin. The name of the signing officer shall be type- 
 written or stamped on all copies. 
 
689 
 
 (6) In preparing letters, indorsements, and reports which go 
 through another office or other offices, the office preparing the 
 original will make on thin white paper a copy for each office 
 through which the correspondence is to pass before it reaches its 
 final destination. This copy will be marked for the appropriate 
 office. 
 
 2014. 
 
 (1) For official correspondence in the Navy, whether letters 
 or indorsements, letter paper shall habitually be used. For the 
 original, or first copy, it shall be white linen typewriter paper 
 8 by 10£ inches in size, weighing approximately -U pounds per 
 ream of 500 sheets of that size. For file copies, a green-tinted 
 paper of the same size and weighing about 3 pounds per ream 
 shall be used. For additional carbon copies, thin paper other 
 than green shall be used. 
 
 (2) Typewriter cap, used only in special cases, shall be 8 by 13 
 inches in size, but otherwise similar to letter paper. 
 
 (3) Paper for letters and indorsements shall have two holes 
 punched in it, the center of the holes to be i inch from the top 
 of the sheet and 2% inches apart and equidistant from the center 
 of the sheet, in order that the sheets may be uniformly fastened 
 together. The holes shall not exceed fa inch in diameter. 
 
 2015, 
 
 Official paper. 
 
 Letterheads. 
 
 (1) The forms prescribed in this article shall apply to all cor- Forms, 
 respondence within the naval service, with the State naval militia 
 organizations, and with such departments as may adopt a similar 
 form of correspondence, but not with departments, officials, and 
 persons that have not adopted these or similar forms. 
 
 (2) Letters shall begin with the ship or station, place, and 
 late, grouped and spaced as indicated in the examples in paragraph 
 27. The upper line of the heading shall be at least 1£ inches from 
 the top of the page. In the case of indorsements which start on 
 a new page or any letter or indorsement continued on a new 
 page there shall also be left clear at least !£ inches at the top 
 for binding purposes. 
 
 (3) The official designation of all vessels of the Navy shall 
 be the name of the vessel preceded by the letters U. S. S. The 
 word flagship shall follow the name of the vessel in the heading 
 of a communication emanating from the office of a flag officer. 
 
 (4) Special subletterheads may be used at shore stations to of & ffl^ e * heads 
 designate the different offices of the station, and by officers on 
 
 detached duty ashore, but shall not be used to designate the 
 different heads of departments on board ship. (See Example B 
 and the last two examples under C.) 
 
690 
 
 Origin. 
 " From." 
 
 Address. 
 " To." 
 
 Subject. 
 
 Eeferences. 
 
 Eeference, 
 
 Inclosures. 
 
 (5) In communications dated on board a vessel at sea, the 
 latitude and longitude shall be stated if exactness be necessary, 
 
 otherwise the expression " Passage, to " shall be 
 
 used. 
 
 (6) Following the heading and date in letters and endorsements 
 either the official designation, or the name and rank of the writer 
 preceded by the word " From," shall be written at the left side 
 of the page as indicated in examples in paragraph 27. 
 
 (7) On the line below "From," and preceded by "To" at the 
 left of the page, shall appear the official designation of the office 
 or official addressed ; following this the channel through which 
 the communication is to pass; these offices to be designated by 
 numerals indicating the sequence of routing. 
 
 (8) Following the address, the subject of the correspondence, 
 briefed, shall be written across the page, preceded by " Subject." 
 
 (9) The brief of the subject should be written in about the 
 same form and terms as would be used in indexing the communi- 
 cation in filing; for example, "Delaware; feed pumps; recom- 
 mends change in type," " Navy Yard, New York ; Dry-dock No. 1 ; 
 reports damage to caisson struck by tug." 
 
 (10) The subject shall not be repeated at the beginning of an 
 indorsement, except when required by the filing system of the 
 writer's office to identify the file copy, or when the indorsement 
 begins on a new sheet, in which case it shall always be repeated. 
 
 (11) After the subject the references to previous correspond- 
 ence on the same subject, if any, shall be briefly indicated, pre- 
 ceded by " Reference," as shown in the form in paragraph 27. 
 
 (12) In acknowledging, answering, or referring to official 
 communications, the file number (letters as well as figures), and 
 date, shall be included in the "Reference." References shall be 
 lettered in small letters, and may be referred to in the communi- 
 cation as "Reference (a)," etc. 
 
 (13) When a plan that has been given a file number is referred 
 to in the correspondence, this number should be stated in connec- 
 tion with such reference. 
 
 (14) Following " Reference," if any, the number of inclosures 
 shall be stated preceded by " Inclosure " at the left of the page, 
 as indicated in the example in paragraph 27. 
 
 (15) The use of numbered inclosure slips attached to the 
 inclosures is authorized, and in case they are used the serial num- 
 ber of the slip or slips should be given after the word " Inclo- 
 sures." ( See example B. ) 
 
 (16) Where necessary the method of forwarding inclosures. 
 whether inclosed, under separate cover, or by express, shall be 
 indicated. The absence of " Reference " or " Inclosure " will 
 indicate that no reference or inclosure accompanies; the com- 
 munication. 
 
691 
 
 Body of letter. 
 
 Paragraphs to 
 fee numbered. 
 
 Abbreviations. 
 
 (17) The file number of the letter or indorsement shall be File number, 
 placed in the upper left corner, about 1 inch from top and 1 inch 
 
 from the left edge of the page ; the abbreviation or initials of the 
 section or division preparing the correspondence to follow on the 
 same line as the file number. 
 
 (18) The body of letters and indorsements shall be written 
 single spaced, with one double space between paragraphs. Each 
 indorsement shall, where possible, be written on the same sheet 
 as the preceding letter or indorsement, with a space of about 
 one-half inch intervening. 
 
 (19) Paragraphs in letters and indorsements, or other official 
 papers, shall be numbered. Subparagraphs shall be lettered thu.> : 
 (a), (6), etc. 
 
 (20) The body of the letter shall begin and end without any Ceremonial 
 ceremonial form or expression, such as " Sir," " I have the honor omitted. ° ° 
 to report," " Very respectfully," etc., and shall be followed by the 
 
 signature of the writer without designation of rank, title, or office. 
 Information will be imparted, reports made, and questions asked 
 directly, dispensing with such introductory phrases as " The 
 bureau informs you that," " Information is requested as to," " It is 
 directed," etc. 
 
 (21) In the body of the letter U. S. Navy shall be abbreviated 
 to U. S. N., U. S. Naval Reserve Force to U. S. N. K. F.. I'. S. 
 Marine Corps to U. S. M. C, and U. S. Marine Corps Reserve to 
 U. S. M. C. R. In the case of names of officers of the Staff Corps 
 the designations as given in article 148 shall be abbreviated as fol- 
 lows: Medical Corps to M. C, Supply Corps to S. C, Medical 
 Corps Dental Surgeons to M. C. I). S., Construction Corps to < 1 - C, 
 Civil Engineer Corps to C. E. C, Chaplain Corps to Ch. ('., Profes- 
 sors of Mathematics to Math. 
 
 (22) When any article referred to in a communication is for- 
 warded under separate cover, it, shall be tagged and plainly 
 marked in the following manner : " From Commanding Officer, 
 
 U. S. S. , accompanying letter (or indorsement) No. — , date 
 
 ." If possible this shall appear also on the box or package 
 
 carrying the inclosure. 
 
 (23) Stamps showing the date of receipt of papers shall be so 
 placed as not to occupy any writing space. If stamps constituting 
 pro forma indorsements, such as " Received and forwarded," " Re- 
 ferred for action," etc., are used, they will be placed on the face 
 of pages as though written in a more formal manner, and will be 
 numbered as indicated in example. 
 
 (24) Indorsements, whether written or stamped, except those 
 referred to in the next paragraph, shall be placed in regular order, 
 beginning on the last page of the letter, immediately below the 
 signature, if there be room there; if not, additional full sized 
 sheets shall be appended to the letter to accommodate them. In- 
 
 flate stamps, 
 etc. 
 
 Indorsements, 
 
692 
 
 dorsement slips shall not be used, except on correspondence with 
 
 other departments using such slips, 
 indorsements (25) All indorsements affecting pay, mileage, transportation, 
 a ee ngpaj,e c. ftn( ^ traveling expenses shall be placed on the face of the original 
 
 order involving travel, if practicable, otherwise on the back of 
 
 the order. Such indorsements shall never be placed on sheets 
 
 which might be detached from the original order. 
 ief?on gi sheets be ^^ Only one page of the sheet shall be written upon, and a 
 
 margin of f inch shall be left on each side and at the bottom of 
 
 the sheet. 
 
 (27) The following are examples of the forms of correspondence 
 
 prescribed in this article: 
 
 Example A. 
 
 No. 122-3. U. S. Navy Yard, Philadelphia, 
 
 30 June, 1920. 
 From : Commandant, Navy Yard, Philadelphia. 
 To: Commanding Officer, U. S. S. Southwark. 
 Via: (1) Engineer Officer. 
 
 (2) Construction Officer. 
 Subject: IT. S. S. Soiithica rk — Repairs to boat crane. 
 References : 
 
 (a) Comdg. Off. let. #576-D, of 4/27/20. 
 
 (b) Dept. let. 2345-432, of 4/30/20. 
 Inclosures (herewith) : 
 
 (A) Blueprint #1234 showing proposed arrangement of boat 
 
 crane. 
 
 (B) Copy of previous correspondence on this subject. 
 
 The repairs to the boat crane of the U. S. S. Southicarh are to 
 be undertaken by the ship's force. The yard force will give such 
 assistance as may be necessary in this connection, and you will 
 please be governed accordingly. 
 
 A. B. 
 
 1st indorsement. 
 
 No. 324-8-OD. T\ S. Navy Yard, Philadelphia. 
 
 Construction Department. 
 
 1 July, 1920. 
 From : Construction Officer. 
 To: Commanding Officer, U. S. S. South irark. 
 
 Via: Engineer Officer. 
 Subject: U. S. S. Southwark — Repairs to boat crane. 
 
 The commanding officer has been consulted concerning the de- 
 sired repairs, and the necessary material therefor under the con- 
 struction department will be furnished. 
 
 
693 
 
 Estimated cost: 
 
 Labor $10 
 
 Material 80 
 
 Indirect 40 
 
 Total 130 
 
 CD. 
 
 2d indorsement. 
 
 No. 411-237-PW. U. S. Navy Yard, Philadelphia, 
 
 Engineering Department, 
 
 5 July, 1920. 
 From : Engineer Officer. 
 
 To: Commanding Officer, U. S. S.- Southward 
 Subject : U. S. S. Southwark — Repairs to boat crane. 
 
 The construction officer and commanding officer have been con- 
 sulted, and the necessary material under the engineering depart- 
 ment for the proposed repairs will be furnished. 
 Estimated cost : 
 
 Labor $8 
 
 Material 60 
 
 Indirect 30 
 
 Total 98 
 
 E. F. 
 
 Example B. 
 1382-67-C. O. 
 
 Navy Yard, Puget Sound, Wash., 
 
 Hull Division, 6 May, 1920. 
 From : Construction Officer. 
 To : Commandant. 
 
 Subject : Quick-drying paint. 
 
 References: (a) Bureau C. & R. letter 404&-A-306 of 3/14/20. 
 
 (b) Bureau C. & R. letter 4048-A-139 of 7/27/19. 
 
 (c) Bureau C. & R. letter 1808-B-912 of 2/12/20. 
 
 Inclosures : #13821 & #13822. 
 
 1. I request that the Bureau of Construction and Repair furnish 
 formula for manufacturing slate-color, quick-drying paint men- 
 tioned in the first paragraph of reference (c). 
 
 2. Also request information as to the proper formula for boot 
 topping on battleships. The second paragraph of reference (c) 
 states that black, quick-drying paint is used for boot topping on 
 vessels painted slate color. Reference (6) gives black boot top- 
 ping formula for use on torpedo boats, destroyers and colliers, 
 but states nothing about modifying previous instructions regard- 
 ing boot topping for battleships, the last instructions received on 
 
 183841°— 20 45 
 
694 
 
 that point being in reference (c). Attention invited to inclosure 
 #13822 showing samples of boot topping used on ships at the 
 yard, and that mixed according to reference (c). 
 
 A B . 
 
 1st indorsement. 
 
 12879-13&-C 
 
 Navy Yard, Puget Sound, Wash., 7 May, 1920. 
 From: Commandant. 
 
 To : Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
 Subject : Quick-drying paint. 
 Inclosure: #13822. 
 
 1. Approved and forwarded. 
 
 E F G . 
 
 Example C. 
 
 [Form of letterheads and subletterheads.] 
 
 Navy Department, 
 Bureau of Construction and Repair, 
 
 Washington, D. C, 1 July, 1912. 
 
 U. S. S. Connecticut, 
 
 Hampton Roads, Va., 1 July, 1912. 
 
 United States Atlantic Fleet, 
 TJ. S. S. Connecticut, Flagship, 
 
 Navy Yard, New York, 1 July, 1912. 
 
 U. S. S. Connecticut. 
 (Passage, New York to Hampton Roads,) 
 
 1 July, 1912. 
 
 Navy Yard, New York, 
 
 Captain of the Yard's Office, 
 
 1 July, 1912. 
 
 Navy Yard, Boston, 
 
 Hull Dtvision, 
 
 1 July, 1912. 
 
695 
 
 Navy Yard, Nokfolk, 
 Machineky Division, 
 
 2016. 
 
 1 January, 1913. 
 
 (1) The sheets of a letter or report shall be arranged in regular Arrangement 
 order from bottom to top ; i. e., the first sheet on the bottom, the ? er . s 
 
 last sheet on top. Inclosures, if any, shall be attached in regular 
 order on bottom of the letter, all securely fastened together, the 
 head of the fastener underneath and the ends turned over the 
 face of the correspondence in order that the last sheet may be 
 readily removed to place indorsements thereon. Additional sheets 
 bearing indorsements shall be attached, each on top of the pre- 
 ceding one, on the face of the correspondence, so that the last 
 indorsement shall be uppermost. Whenever an indorsement be- 
 gins on a new sheet the subject shall be repeated. Each page 
 of letters and indorsements shall be numbered in the middle of 
 the page about one-half inch from the bottom. These numbers 
 shall run consecutively throughout the correspondence. 
 
 (2) When folding is necessary, letter paper shall be folded in Folding, 
 three and typewriter cap in four equal folds parallel to the writ- 
 ing. 
 
 2017. 
 
 For the purpose of expediting public business between offices of 
 the department or within any command, mail shall be regarded 
 as consisting of three classes — urgent, important, and ordinary. 
 Urgent mail shall be given precedence over all other, and in order 
 that it may be readily distinguished, it shall have affixed to it a 
 red slip, 2 by 3 inches in size, with " Urgent " printed thereon. 
 " Important " mail shall be given precedence after urgent mail 
 and shall bear a blue slip with the word " Important " thereon. 
 In general, ordinary mail shall be handled in the order in which 
 received. 
 
 2018. 
 
 Classes of mail. 
 
 Printed letterheads and forms for official correspondence shall 
 be used whenever the amount of business of an office justifies it 
 as an economical measure, and such forms shall conform to the 
 instructions in this chapter wherever applicable. Printed forms 
 shall be on sheets of standard size (letter or cap) or multiple 
 thereof when practicable. 
 
 Printed forms. 
 
696 
 
 2019. 
 
 Post cards. Bureaus and offices of the department and commandants and 
 
 commanders in chief are authorized to issue post cards, of the 
 standard dimensions prescribed by the Post Office Department, for 
 the use of officers in making brief announcements, reports, re- 
 quests, and acknowledgments, etc., on matters not requiring 
 further action, when the use of such cards would be appropriate 
 and would be in the interests of simplicity and economy. 
 
 2020. 
 
 Letters addressed to officials and others who nave not adopted 
 the form of correspondence described in article 2015, shall be 
 prepared in the customary form as indicated in the following ex- 
 ample. If indorsements become necessary in this class of corre- 
 spondence, they shall be prepared in the manner prescribed in 
 article 2015 ; also, references and inclosures shall be as indicated 
 in that article. 
 
 Example D. 
 
 1379-23 United States Atlantic Fleet, 
 
 F. O. U. S. S. Connecticut, Flagship, 
 
 Navy Yaed, New York, 1 July, 1912. 
 Sie : In reply to your letter of the 20th ultimo, I have the honor 
 
 to inform you that . 
 
 It is requested that the necessary arrangements be made in 
 advance . 
 
 Please advise me by cable 
 
 Very respectfully. 
 
 The American Consul, 
 
 Kingston, Jamaica. 
 
 Admiral, 
 Commander in Chief. 
 
 2021. 
 
 "ByVireSn^f M Tlle S eneral formula, " By direction of the Secretary," shall 
 the Secretary." not be used upon orders or communications, except by The Judge 
 Advocate General, the Solicitor, the chief clerk of the department, 
 and the official charged with the correspondence relating to pen- 
 sions or records of service. When it becomes necessary for others 
 in authority, in giving an order or making a communication, to 
 refer to the direction of the Secretary, the reference shall be to a 
 specified authorization. 
 
 (2) The formula "By direction of the " may be used by 
 
 aids to commandants and commanders in chief and other flag 
 
697 
 
 officers afloat in forwarding correspondence which requires no 
 action or comment on the part of the commandant or flag officer, 
 (2024, par. 2). 
 
 2022. 
 
 In the actual absence of the chief of a bureau, the communica- Absence of 
 
 .. , .... .... , ...... chief of bureau. 
 
 tions, orders, bills, requisitions, and papers requiring his signature 
 
 shall be signed by the assistant to the chief of such bureau; or, 
 
 if there be no assistant, then by the chief clerk of the bureau. 
 
 2023. 
 
 All communications, orders, bills, requisitions, and papers which Orders, by 
 by law or regulations are to be signed, approved, or forwarded by JjJUJJi. and b<m 
 an officer commanding a fleet, squadron, division, or station, the 
 commandant of a naval station, the senior officer present, or the 
 commanding officer of a ship, must be actually signed by such 
 officer in his own handwriting, and in his absence by the line 
 officer next in rank and actually in command at the time. The 
 name of the officer shall also be typewritten or stamped. 
 
 2024. 
 
 (1) An officer signing for another in whose absence he is in Signatures, 
 command or in charge shall write or stamp the word " Acting " 
 
 after his signature ; in this case the title of the official from 
 whom the communication emanates, as indicated after the word 
 " From " at the beginning of the paper, shall not be modified ; 
 thus, in the absence of the Chief of Bureau of Navigation, the 
 words " Bureau of Navigation " would still appear in the letter- 
 head, and the acting chief of bureau would write " Acting " after 
 his signature. " Acting " shall not be used by officers left in com- 
 mand of ships or divisions. 
 
 (2) Officers in charge of sections of a bureau or office and who 
 are authorized to sign mail of their section shall write or stamp 
 the words " By direction " after their signature, and the title of 
 the bureau or office shall appear in the prescribed place at the 
 head of the communication. 
 
 2025. 
 
 Order forms developed at the Naval War College for force and Naval War foi- 
 vessel movements, in service, shall have the approval of the Chief Operations. ° rmS * 
 of Naval Operations. 
 
 2026. 
 
 (1) In general, all communications shall be addressed to those Addresses in 
 who, by regulation or law, have cognizance of the subject presented general, 
 or are authorized to take action thereon. 
 
698 
 
 Officials ad- (2) All official communications intended for officers holding 
 dressed by title 
 only. positions with recognized titles shall be addressed to them by title 
 
 and not by name, as " The Secretary of the Navy," " Bureau of 
 Navigation," " The Commandant," " The Commander in Chief, 
 
 Fleet (or Squadron)," "The Commander, Squadron 
 
 (or Division)," "The Commanding Officer." 
 
 (3) An officer left in temporary command of a station, fleet, 
 squadron, or division, or, in general, of any command, shall be 
 addressed as if he were the regular commanding officer, on the 
 principle that it is the office and not the person that is addressed. 
 The temporary incumbent shall so transact the business that neces- 
 sary copies and records shall be preserved in the files of the absent 
 superior officer's office, using the stationery of that office when 
 practicable. 
 Official mail to (4) when official mail is received on board any ship, or at any 
 
 be opened by of- 
 
 ficer in command, station, it shall be opened at once by the officer actually in com- 
 mand for the time being, or his designated representative, and 
 all papers requiring prompt action shall be given immediate atten- 
 tion. 
 
 (5) Except from ships in commission, communications relating 
 solely to subjects with which a bureau is intrusted shall be 
 addressed to that bureau. 
 
 2027. 
 
 Appeals. An official appeal from an order or decision of the Secretary of 
 
 the Navy by an officer shall be addressed to the President as the 
 common superior and be forwarded through the department, ex- 
 cept in case of refusal or failure to forward, when it may be 
 addressed directly. Similarly, an appeal from an order or decision 
 of an immediate superior shall be addressed to the next highest 
 common superior who has power to act in the matter, and shall 
 be forwarded through the immediate superior, or, should the 
 latter refuse or fail to forward it within a reasonable time, it may 
 be forwarded direct with an explanation of such course. 
 
 2028. 
 
 MoTements of (1) All official communications from the bureaus, offices, and 
 
 8 p8 ' e • boards of the Navy Department, referring to the movements of 
 
 ships in commission for sea service or to their condition, repair, 
 
 or availability for sea service, shall be forwarded through the 
 
 Chief of Naval Operations. 
 
 (2) All official communications to the Navy Department, or to 
 its bureaus, offices, or boards, referring to the movements of ships 
 in commission for sea service, or to their condition, repair, or 
 availability for sea service, and all other official communications 
 
699 
 
 which contain information of a character international, political, 
 military, or otherwise possibly affecting the operations or disposi- 
 tion of any force under the control of an officer in command, 
 afloat, shall be addressed to the Chief of Naval Operations or to 
 the bureau or office concerned. 
 
 (3) The word " repair " in this article is to be interpreted to 
 mean "the state of repair," referring to information as to the 
 general condition of naval vessels, and not to the progress of work 
 or direction of work of repairs for which the technical bureaus 
 are financially and otherwise responsible. 
 
 2029. 
 
 (1) Applications for leave shall be addressed to those author- Leave, duty, 
 ized to grant it. 
 
 (2) Applications for duty and requests for a modification or 
 revocation of orders shall be addressed to the Bureau of Naviga- 
 tion or Major General Commandant, as may be appropriate. 
 
 (3) All communications concerning officers and men of the 
 Marine Corps who are not serving at sea shall be forwarded to 
 and from the Major General Commandant. 
 
 (4) Copies of War Department orders and Marine Corps orders 
 may be forwarded direct by the Major General Commandant to 
 officers of the Marine Corps serving at sea, provided that a suffi- 
 cient number of Marine Corps orders shall likewise be forwarded 
 by the Major General Commandant to the commander in chief of 
 a fleet for the files of his office and for distribution to divisional 
 commanders and commanding officers of vessels of the fleet. 
 
 2030. 
 
 (1) All official communications from the Navy Department or Communica- 
 other superior authority, dealing with any matter of ship's duty, JhipV duty* and 
 shall be addressed to the commanding officer. He shall call upon subordinate offl- 
 the heads of departments concerned, if necessary, to prepare or 
 
 assist in preparing for his signature, a suitable reply or indorse- 
 ment. All official letters addressed to subordinates on board ship 
 shall be forwarded through the commanding officer. 
 
 (2) Commanding officers shall conduct and sign all correspond- Correspond- 
 ence with the Navy Department, their commander in chief, or Landing 'officers! 
 other superior authority, relating to the efficiency or requirements 
 
 of their commands. 
 
 2031. 
 
 Reports from the executive and other subordinate officers, or Reports of sub- 
 from any other person, made to the commanding officer of a ship, battle* eS 
 
700 
 
 after a battle or any important service, shall be forwarded to the 
 Navy Department, and the commanding officer shall retain copies. 
 
 2032. 
 
 Official com- m) All official communications to the Navy Department or any 
 
 mumeations to 
 
 be sent direct of its bureaus or offices shall be addressed directly to the bureau 
 tie. 6 D PlaC 1Ca " or office which by law or regulations, has cognizance over the 
 subject matter. 
 
 (2) The Navy Department consists of the several bureaus, 
 boards, corps, divisions, and offices established by or in pursuance 
 of law under the Secretary of the Navy as indicated in chapter 6. 
 In order that all correspondence transmitted for departmental at- 
 tention shall be received in the proper place for prompt action it 
 shall be addressed directly to the bureau, board, or office which 
 by law, regulations, orders, or custom handles the matters in- 
 volved. The word " custom " in this connection shall not be con- 
 strued to conflict with any law, regulation, or general order of 
 the Navy Department, and such custom even if of long standing, 
 when so conflicting, shall be discontinued. 
 
 (3) The practice of addressing communications to "The Navy 
 Department" or to "The Navy Department ( )" is pro- 
 hibited. The following are cited as authorized addresses : 
 
 The Secretary of the Navy. 
 The Assistant Secretary of the Navy. 
 The Chief of Naval Operations. 
 The President of the General Board. 
 
 The Chief of the Bureau of . 
 
 The Major General Commandant, Marine Corps. 
 
 The Judge Advocate General. 
 
 The Solicitor. 
 
 The Chief Clerk of the Department. 
 
 (4) Papers addressed erroneously to and reaching any bureau 
 or office under the jurisdiction of the Navy Department, which, 
 under the provisions of this article, should have been properly 
 addressed to some other bureau or office, shall be turned over at 
 once to the proper bureau or office, without action thereon, except 
 that in the case of such a communication being received from an 
 officer of the Navy or Marine Corps, he shall have his attention 
 called to the erroneous address and procedure. 
 
 (5) The following signatures will be used by offices of the 
 Navy Department for dispatches to stations, ships, etc., of the 
 Naval Establishment: 
 
 OFFICE. SIGNATURE. 
 
 Secretary of the Navy Secnav. 
 
 Assistant Secretary of the Navy Astnav. 
 
 Chief of Naval Operations .Opnav. 
 
701 
 
 OFFICE. SIGNATURE. 
 
 Bureau of Navigation Bunav. 
 
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Burned. 
 
 Judge Advocate General Jadvocate. 
 
 Headquarters Marine Corps Marcorps. 
 
 Bureau Yards and Docks Budocks. 
 
 Bureau of Ordnance Buord. 
 
 Bureau Construction and Repair Bucon. 
 
 Bureau Steam Engineering Buseng. 
 
 Bureau Supplies and Accounts .Sanda. 
 
 Office Naval Intelligence Navintel. 
 
 Board Inspection and Survey Inspection. 
 
 Division Naval Militia Affairs Namilitia. 
 
 Hydrographic Office Hydro. 
 
 Chief Clerk Chief Clerk. 
 
 Solicitor Solicitor. 
 
 Navy Disbursing Office Navdisof. 
 
 2033. 
 
 (1) No written communication shall be received as official Not official if 
 which is not forwarded through the prescribed channels, and with 
 
 the endorsements of the officers through whom forwarded. 
 
 (2) Every person in the Navy making an official communica- Official chan- 
 tion of any kind to any superior authority, other than his im- 
 mediate commanding officer (except as provided for in article 
 
 2044, par. 2), shall send the same unsealed to his commanding 
 officer, to be by him remarked upon and forwarded. 
 
 (3) Officers shall not sign nor forward informal communica- Informalities, 
 tions, or such as are not prepared in accordance with these regu- 
 lations. 
 
 2034. 
 
 All reports covering matters of interest to other executive de- Matters of in- 
 
 terest to other 
 partments, including all reports on diplomatic subjects, shall be departments. 
 
 forwarded to the department in triplicate, one copy being for 
 
 transmission to the executive department concerned. 
 
 2035. 
 
 Flag officers and others on foreign service shall forward to the i m ?JrtantMpers 
 Navy Department by different conveyances, duplicates, and, if to be sent, 
 necessary, triplicates of all important letters, stating at the top of 
 each copy, in red ink, when and by what conveyance the original 
 was sent. 
 
702 
 
 2037. 
 
 Fleet corre- j n a fl ee t force commanders shall communicate directly with 
 spondence. ^ 
 
 the commander in chief in all matters that pertain to administra- 
 tion, except that nothing herein shall be held to conflict with the 
 duties of the senior officer present. 
 
 2038. 
 
 In a fleet or force division commanders shall communicate 
 directly with the force commander in all matters that pertain to 
 administration, except in the case of destroyers and submarines 
 when the division commanders shall communicate with the force 
 commander through the flotilla commander. Nothing herein shall 
 be held to conflict with the duties of the senior officer present. 
 Communications which concern only particular vessels which are 
 not of interest to, and which do not require action by, flotilla or 
 division commanders, such as papers dealing with individual en- 
 listed men, etc., shall be forwarded by the force commander direct 
 to the vessel concerned and, if necessary, shall be similarly re- 
 turned. 
 
 2039. 
 
 Orders regard- (l) Changes in the composition of, or instructions to, general 
 s"| na i. our s y courts-martial and courts of inquiry may be made by signal, but 
 the signal shall be followed by a written confirmation. 
 
 Routine re- (2) All routine reports intended for the Navy Department 
 which do not require action or comment by the commander in 
 chief, and are not necessary for his information, shall be for- 
 warded direct by the commanding officer, excepting such as the 
 commander in chief or the division commander may desire to have 
 forwarded through his office. 
 
 Letters of ad- (3) No letter of advice or transmittal shall accompany re- 
 necessary. en Un " turns, requisitions, vouchers, and reports on prescribed forms 
 which are complete in themselves when properly authenticated, 
 and which do not require special explanation. 
 
 Certain papers (4) All periodical returns and requisitions (except financial and 
 of Itaff. e * * property returns required of supply officers and requisitions for 
 supplies from ships within the limits of the United States and 
 except such as a commander in chief may direct division com- 
 manders to act upon and forward direct) and all papers requiring 
 the action of the commander in chief shall be forwarded to the 
 chief of staff. The latter shall, if necessary, refer them to the 
 officers of the fleet staff concerned, who shall return them, with 
 such remarks as are deemed appropriate, to the chief of staff for 
 transmission by him to the .commander in chief for disposition. 
 
 ports. 
 
703 
 
 (5) When ships of a fleet are separated from the commander SM ps sepa " 
 
 rated from com- 
 in chief, all periodical returns and, if information would other- mander in chief. 
 
 wise be delayed, all reports shall be sent directly to the depart- 
 ment through the senior officer present. Copies of such reports 
 shall be sent to the commander in chief through the force com- 
 mander. 
 
 (6) Commanding officers of ships shall inform the commander 
 in chief through the force commander whenever, owing to urgency 
 and to his remoteness, correspondence which would ordinarily pass 
 through him is transmitted direct. 
 
 (7) Reports of inspection of vessels by division commanders Beports of in- 
 shall be forwarded to the commander in chief through the force spec 10n * 
 commander with a copy for his files. 
 
 (8) Each duplicate report sent to the commander in chief shall Duplicates to 
 bear at head of first page, " Copy for commander in chief," and 
 
 shall bear an indorsement signed by the commanding officer, or 
 division commander, stating the date upon which the original was 
 forwarded' to its proper destination and the port from which it 
 was sent. 
 
 2040. 
 
 (1) Copies of important orders and instructions issued by a Orders from 
 commander in chief or other commanding officer afloat, and all his chief." 1 aB *" 
 official correspondence of public interest, shall be sent to the 
 
 Navy Department. 
 
 (2) Whenever it becomes necessary for the commander in chief, Copies of or- 
 the commandant of a station, the senior officer present, or the to 6 be 8 sent to Bu- 
 commancling officer of a ship on detached service, to issue an J* aa of NaT, s a " 
 order involving travel, or an order transferring an officer from 
 
 one ship or duty to another, two copies of such order shall be 
 forwarded immediately to the Bureau of Navigation by the officer 
 issuing it. Copies are desired only when the order emanates out- 
 side of the department. The bureau does not desire copies of 
 orders issued by the above-mentioned officers in connection with 
 the carrying out of dispatch orders to officers issued by the 
 department. (Arts. 87 and 107.) 
 
 2041. 
 
 When a ship not attached to a fleet is alone, the commanding Vessel acting 
 officer shall communicate directly with the department; if not 
 alone, through the senior officer present. 
 
 2042. 
 
 (1) When ships are at a navy yard, correspondence in regard Ships at navy 
 to all matters connected with the yard shall be direct with the 
 
704 
 
 commandant thereof; and correspondence with the Navy Depart- 
 ment, on matters connected with the yard, shall be through the 
 commandant, unless otherwise specified. 
 Ships of a fleet (2) when a ship attached to a fleet or squadron is at a navy 
 
 navy yard. yard all required fleet reports shall be made directly to the com- 
 
 mander in chief; and all correspondence with the Navy Depart- 
 ment, in matters not connected with the navy yard, shall be 
 through him, except when, owing to his absence, it would occasion 
 undue delay, in which case such correspondence shall be through 
 the senior officer of the fleet present. (Art. 2039, par. 6.) 
 
 ernin te re C ir D " ^ Letters from ships in commission at a navy yard asking 
 for repairs shall be sent to the commandant, as provided in article 
 1973 (1). All other communications, reports, etc., from ships 
 in commission at a navy yard shall be forwarded direct, except 
 when otherwise required by these regulations. (Art. 862.) 
 
 2043. 
 
 » £ 01 K r + spond " Commandants of naval stations shall correspond directly with 
 
 CBC6 DCIWC6B 
 
 commandants the bureaus and offices of the Navy Department concerning the 
 areans. wor j£ f their commands, except as otherwise provided in these 
 regulations. 
 
 2044. 
 
 Nary yard cor- (i) ^11 communications from the department, its bureaus or 
 respondence. 
 
 offices, relating to matters under the cognizance of a commandant 
 
 or of which he should have knowledge shall be addressed to him, 
 except as provided in paragraph 2 of this article and in article 
 2043, and shall be acted upon by indorsement or otherwise as he 
 shall direct. Such letters as require it shall be forwarded to the 
 yard departments, divisions, and inspectors concerned, in the order 
 indicated by the commandant, who shall also fix the office in which 
 the correspondence shall be finally lodged. In case a letter which 
 is referred to one or more offices is found to concern another office 
 it shall be the duty of the head of the office to which it is referred 
 to bring it officially to the attention of such other office. 
 ^ Letters requir- (2) Routine letters emanating from or intended for bureaus or 
 the commandant, yard departments, divisions, or inspectors, also letters of a purely 
 technical character which require no consideration or action by 
 the commandant, shall be addressed to the official concerned and 
 sent direct to him. In cases where the work or articles under the 
 cognizance of bureaus other than the one from which the com- 
 munication emanates are concerned, a duplicate of the letter shall 
 be sent direct, to the departments, divisions, or inspectors con- 
 cerned. All other letters concerning yard departments or divi- 
 sions shall be addressed to the commandant, who shall, in case he 
 
705 
 
 does not himself decide upon the matter, forward them to the 
 official concerned. Heads of the yard departments, divisions, or 
 inspectors may, however, appeal to the Navy Department from 
 a decision of the commandant. 
 
 (3) When new work is duly authorized, a shipment or f resh w * J k'^head^of 
 business directed, or a requisition duly approved, the head of the d e p a r'tment to 
 
 , . , . , . j i_ • • .. ^-i communicate di- 
 
 department interested on board a ship in commission or the navy r e c t with foa- 
 yard officials concerned may communicate direct with all bureaus, rea »s> etc. 
 officers, persons, or firms involved in the matter, in order to ex- 
 pedite the transaction of public affairs. Important messages sent 
 by telephone shall be confirmed in writing. 
 
 (4) It shall be the duty of every bureau and officer to ref er tio J s ° t in ^"j™! 
 promptly to the commandant, or to the commanding officer of a red to the com- 
 
 , . . . . . . , ,. , „iuandant of which 
 
 ship in commission, any communication coming into his hands of he should be cog- 
 which such bureau or officer thinks the commandant or command- BIzant - 
 ing officer should be cognizant and which, by inadvertence or 
 otherwise, has not passed through the proper office, although it 
 should have so passed. 
 
 (5) Indorsed bureau and other official letters, even if coining ^"/""retnSed 
 through a commandant, shall, unless otherwise ordered, be re- direct, 
 turned by the head of department or division concerned direct to 
 
 the bureau or to the official in interest, in cases where the in- 
 dorsements is purely routine. 
 
 (6) Papers which are forwarded: to a commandant from points « noted" e°tc. e , 
 outside the yard, and which are by him forwarded to heads f returncd direct » 
 departments or divisions, inspectors, or commanding officers to be 
 
 simply "noted," or "copied and compiled with," and "returned" 
 to their source, shall be returned direct, unless the commandant 
 otherwise orders, or unless some request, comment, suggestion, or 
 recommendation is added requiring action by the commandant. 
 
 (7) Recommendations as to new matters, requests for authority P»pe" which 
 
 "* * m u s t p a s s 
 
 or those of any other nature, which are not of the consequence of through comman- 
 authority already given, and all papers not permitted by the de- 
 partment (in the Navy Regulations, general orders, or otherwise) 
 to be sent direct, shall pass through the commandant's office. 
 
 (8) In communications between the Navy Department and a to ^'forwarded 
 receiving ship, or ships in commission, notices concerning the direct, 
 transfer of men, changes of rating, authority to ship men, re- 
 quests for filling vacancies in crews or in marine detachments, 
 
 and all reports and returns relating to such men which require 
 no action by the commandant, shall be forwarded direct and not 
 through the commandant's office. 
 
 (9) The correspondence of the receiving ship, except as in- Bhi p S ® c bracks* 
 dicated in paragraph 8, marine barracks, and naval hospital shall and hospitals, 
 be conducted as if they were yard departments. 
 
 (10) Papers containing views or recommendations of heads of taining e varying 
 departments or divisions, inspectors, or commanding officers which views. 
 
706 
 
 are at variance shall not be forwarded by such officers to the 
 bureaus concerned except through the commandant. In cases of 
 this nature the commandant should decide the matter, if possible. 
 (11) In communications between the Major General Command- 
 ant of the Marine Corps and marine brigades at navy yards or 
 naval stations, notices concerning the transfer of men, changes in 
 rank, authority to enlist men, requests for filling vacancies or for 
 details, and all reports and returns relating to such men which 
 require no action by the commandant of the yard or station, shall 
 be forwarded direct, and not through the commandant's office. 
 (Art. 2029.) 
 
 2045. 
 
 Despatches in (1) The instructions contained in this chapter covering writ- 
 ten communications, as far as applicable, shall be extended to 
 official despatches, subject to such accountability as the depart- 
 ment or bureaus may prescribe. The term " despatch " shall be 
 considered as embracing cablegram, telegram, radiogram, tele- 
 phone message, and signal, and the method of its routing will be 
 determined by the communication officer responsible for its prompt 
 delivery. 
 
 (2) Despatches shall not be used when communication by mail 
 will answer the purpose. 
 
 (3) Despatches strictly personal or for the convenience or in the 
 interest of the sender shall not be transmitted at Government ex- 
 pense. 
 
 (4) All despatches shall be confirmed immediately by mailing a 
 carbon copy marked "Confirmation of despatch sent (hour) a. m. 
 (p. m.) on (day)." When deemed advisable, a letter giving addi- 
 tional information in regard to the matter should accompany the 
 confirmation. When a telegram, cablegram, or radiogram is sent 
 in code the confirmation copy shall be a copy of the coded message 
 as sent and not a copy of the translation. When telegrams, cable- 
 grams, and radiograms that have been sent in code are quoted in 
 correspondence or orders, a paraphrase, and not an exact trans- 
 lation, will be given. 
 
 2047. 
 
 Files. (1) All officers shall file and preserve all official documents 
 
 received and copies of all official letters and indorsements sent. 
 
 Permanent (2) Suitable files containing copies of all orders given and offi- 
 spondence. c ] e " cial letters written, and the original of all letters received on public 
 service in all offices on board naval vessels and at shore stations 
 shall be kept and preserved. Commanding officers may take 
 copies of orders or letters sent or received. The system of filing 
 shall be such as to safeguard all official papers and to render them 
 readily accessible for reference. A "flat-filing system shall be used 
 when practicable. 
 
707 
 
 (3) Accumulations in the files of vessels of the Navy of papers Destruction of 
 that in the judgment of the commander in chief of the fleet are 
 not needed or useful in the transaction of current business and 
 have no permanent value or historical interest may be disposed of 
 by the commander in chief of the fleet by sale, after advertisement 
 for proposals as waste papers if practicable, or, if not practicable, 
 then otherwise, as may appear best for the interests of the Gov- 
 ernment, the commander in chief of the fleet to make report 
 thereon to the Secretary of the Navy; provided always that no 
 papers less than two years old from the date of the last indorse- 
 ment thereon and no correspondence, or the related papers, with 
 officers or representatives of a foreign Government, shall be de- 
 stroyed or disposed of by such commander in chief of the fleet. 
 
 2048. 
 
 (1) When a vessel is placed out of commission all papers (ex- p i >"? d °out b of 
 cept those of a confidential nature) to be forwarded to the Chief commission. 
 
 of Naval Operations shall be packed in suitable boxes, properly 
 marked as to contents and destination, turned over to the supply 
 officer of the naval station or navy yard, and by that official for- 
 warded to the Chief of Naval Operations by public conveyance or 
 by freight. 
 
 (2) Confidential papers and publications (except code and signal pa p er ° f i dentIal 
 publications) shall be forwarded by registered mail by the com- 
 manding officer to the Navy Department, bureau, or office con- 
 cerned before the ship is placed out of commission, unless other- 
 wise directed by the department. In every case a separate letter 
 enumerating the numbers and contents of the registered packages 
 
 shall be forwarded by registered mail. Code and signal publica- 
 tions shall be turned in to the issuing officer or district communica- 
 tion superintendent or to the commandant of the station at which 
 the ship goes out of commission. A copy of the list of code and 
 signal publications to be turned in should be forwarded to the 
 Director of Naval Communications as early as practicable in 
 order that the list may be checked against the department's 
 record and any discrepancies corrected before the ship is placed 
 out of commission. 
 
 (3) The official records of all boards and temporary or discon- od^j'bJ^S 
 tinued offices shall, when completed, be forwarded to the Navy De-to department, 
 partment. 
 
 (4) In all cases in which confidential letters are sent through 
 the mails, the letters shall be placed in an inner envelope, plainly 
 marked "confidential." This envelope shall be inclosed in an- 
 other envelope bearing the address only, and under no circum- 
 stances shall the outer envelope be marked " confidential." Con- 
 fidential letters shall always be registered. 
 
708 
 
 2049. 
 
 da^ers^naTi- In order tnat tne Hydrographic Office may be in a position at 
 gatiou. all times to promptly apprise the ships of the Navy and Merchant 
 
 Marine regarding dangers to navigation, commandants and com- 
 manding officers having information regarding a dangerous ob- 
 struction to navigation shall forward such information without 
 delay direct to the Hydrographic Office, unless the officer con- 
 cerned has reason to believe that the matter has been previously 
 reported. When reporting a temporary deficiency in aids to navi- 
 gation, they shall send a copy of the report direct to the nearest 
 lighthouse inspector concerned. 
 
 Section 2. — Definitions of Naval Terms. 
 
 2050. 
 
 The following definitions of certain naval terms shall be ob- 
 served in official correspondence: 
 
 Naval base. (a) A naval base is, generically, a center from which men-of- 
 
 war can operate and be maintained, and may be of a permanent 
 or temporary character, depending upon whether its constructed 
 naval accommodations are of a fixed or transient nature. 
 
 (&) Naval bases are divided geographically into two classes, 
 home bases and outlying bases, and these are themselves divided 
 by their facilities into main bases, subsidiary bases, and bases for 
 particular types of naval craft. (Destroyer bases, submarine 
 bases, aviation bases, etc.) 
 
 Home base. ( c ) j± main home base is one within the continental territory 
 
 of the country, from which the fleet can operate at all times and 
 which is designed to maintain the fleet in all respects both in 
 peace and war. 
 
 Outlying base. ^ A main outlying base is one without the continental limits 
 
 of the country, having as many of the attributes of a main home 
 
 base as practicable, and designed to be a strong point of support 
 
 for the fleet and from which it can be maintained for limited 
 
 periods in war. 
 
 Subsidiary (e) a subsidiary base (home or outlying) is one that contains 
 
 some of the fixed elements of a main base and which, while not 
 
 capable of supporting and maintaining the whole fleet, may so 
 
 care for portions of it. 
 
 Base for tor- (/) A destroyer, submarine, aviation, or other base for particu- 
 pedo craft or n „ -,,.. n ,.,, 
 
 airplanes. lar types of naval craft is one from which the type in question 
 
 can operate and be maintained. It may or may not form part of 
 
 a main or subsidiary base. 
 
 (g) An outlying base of a temporary character used in war for 
 
 the fleet or portions of it is termed an advanced base. 
 
709 
 
 (h) The characters, composition, and strength of naval bases 
 will depend upon the necessities of service, at all times. 
 
 (i) A naval station is the location of a particular form of naval 
 activity, and may or may not form part of a naval base. 
 
 (j) A naval depot is the location where naval personnel or 
 materiel is stored and delivered, and may or may not form part 
 of a naval base. 
 
 Naval station. 
 
 Naval depot. 
 
 2051, 
 
 Strategy applies to the distribution of naval forces, their arma- 
 ment and supplies in preparation for war or in the prosecution 
 of war. It includes logistics. It refers to naval movements and 
 dispositions made before contact with the enemy's forces. 
 
 Strategy. 
 
 2052. 
 
 Tactics applies to all naval movements and operations made 
 after contact with the enemy's forces. The term " contact " is 
 here employed in a broad sense, meaning such proximity to the 
 enemy as aifects fleet formation and renders a battle imminent. 
 
 Tactics. 
 
 2053. 
 
 Naval policy. — Everything that includes the fixed condition of 
 preparation for war; that is, the strength, character, and com- 
 position of the Navy fortification of ports and bases, etc. (This 
 will be based upon our political relations and the probability of 
 war with different powers. It will also be influenced by the con- 
 clusions of a comprehensive study of the political relations be- 
 tween other powers throughout the world and their influence upon 
 coalitions and alliances.) 
 183841°— 20 46 
 
 Policy. 
 
CHAPTER 53. 
 
 MAIL AND NAVY MAIL CLERKS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — Art. 2063-2065. Appointments and duties of Navy mail 
 
 clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks. 
 Sec. 2.— Art. 2066-2067. Handling of closed mails under provisions 
 
 of Postal Convention. 
 Sec. 3. — Art. 2068-2070 Miscellaneous. 
 
 Section 1. — Appointments and Duties of Navy Mail Clerks 
 and Assistant Navy Mail Clerks. 
 
 2063. 
 
 (1) Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks are au- Authorization 
 thorized under the provisions of an act of Congress, approved May of maI1 clerk8, t 
 27, 1908, which, as amended by the act of August 24, 1912, reads as 
 follows : 
 
 11 Enlisted men of the United States Navy or Marine Corps may, 
 upon selection by the Secretary of the Navy, be designated by the 
 Post Office Department as ' Navy mail clerks ' and ' assistant 
 Navy mail clerks,' who shall be authorized to receive and open all 
 pouches and sacks of mail addressed to naval vessels, to make 
 proper delivery of such mail, to receive matter for transmission in 
 the mails, to receipt for registered matter (keeping an accurate 
 record thereof), to keep and have for sale an adequate supply 
 of postage stamps, to make up and dispatch mails, and other 
 postal duties as may be authorized by the Postmaster General, all 
 in accordance with such rules and regulations as may be pre- 
 scribed by the commanding officer of the vessel or of the squadron 
 to which the vessel is attached. Each mail clerk and assistant 
 mail clerk shall take the oath of office prescribed for employees 
 of the Postal Service and shall give bond to the United States 
 in such penal sum as the Postmaster General may deem sufficient 
 for the faithful performance of his duties as such clerk, and shall 
 be amenable in all respects to naval discipline, except that, as to 
 their duties as such clerks, the commanding officers of the vessels 
 upon which they are stationed shall require them to be governed 
 by the postal laws and regulations of the United States. 
 
 (711) 
 
712 
 
 " Whenever necessity arises therefor any assistant mail clerk 
 may be required by the commanding officer of the vessel upon 
 which he is stationed or of the squadron to which said vessel is 
 attached to perform the duties of mail clerk. They shall receive 
 as compensation for such services from the Navy Department, in 
 addition to that paid them of the grade to which they are as- 
 signed, such sum, in the case of mail clerks not to exceed $500 
 per annum and in that of assistant mail clerks not to exceed $300 
 per annum, as may be determined and allowed by the Navy De- 
 partment." 
 
 " Provided, That the provisions of the act of May • twenty- 
 seventh, nineteen hundred and eight, as amended .by the act of 
 August twenty-fourth, nineteen hundred and twelve, are hereby 
 extended to authorize the designation of enlisted men of the 
 Navy or Marine Corps as Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy 
 mail clerks with expeditionary forces on shore." (Act Mar. 4, 
 1917.) 
 
 " That the provisions of the act of May twenty-seventh, nineteen 
 hundred and eight, as amended by the act of August twenty- 
 fourth, nineteen hundred and twelve, and as amended by the act 
 of March fourth, nineteen hundred and seventeen, are hereby ex- 
 tended to authorize the designation of enlisted men of the Navy 
 or Marine Corps as Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail 
 clerks for duty at stations and shore establishments under the 
 jurisdiction of the Navy Department where the services of such 
 mail clerks and assistant mail clerks are necessary." (Act of 
 July 1, 1918.) 
 Allowance of (2) The allowance of Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy 
 Tssitant^maumail clerks shall be as prescribed by the Bureau of Navigation, 
 clerks. Details as to their selection shall be handled by the Bureau of 
 
 Navigation, 
 instructions by (3) instructions and regulations governing Navy mail clerks 
 
 Post Office De- ,. •' •. 
 
 partment. and assistant Navy mail clerks and blank forms of bonds will be 
 
 issued by the Post Office Department and transmitted through the 
 Navy Department to commanders in chief, commanders of squad- 
 rons and divisions, and commanding officers of vessels. Upon 
 notification by the Post Office Department that he has been duly 
 designated each Navy mail clerk and assistant Navy mail clerk 
 shall, as soon as practicable, sign a separate blank bond in the 
 presence of two witnesses, who shall certify to the signature. 
 The bond shall then be forwarded to a surety company for com- 
 pletion and transmission to the department for approval by the 
 Secretary of the Navy. Any company authorized under the act 
 of August 13, 1894, as amended by the act of March 23, 1910, to do 
 business in United States matters will be acceptable to the Post 
 Office Department as a surety on the bond in question. 
 
713 
 
 (4) Before entering upon their postal duties Navy mail clerks 0ath - 
 and assistant Navy mail clerks' shall take and subscribe before a 
 magistrate or a commissioned officer of the Navy or Marine Corps 
 
 and transmit to the department the following oath, required by 
 section 1757 of the Revised Statutes and the act of March 5, 1874 : 
 "I (name of appointee), having been appointed (designate 
 office or employment), do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will 
 support and defend the Constitution of the United States against 
 all enemies, foreign and domestic ; that I will bear true faith and 
 allegiance to the same ; that I take this obligation freely and with- 
 out any mental reservation or purpose of evasion ; and that I will 
 well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office on which I 
 am about to enter. So help me God. I do further solemnly swear 
 (or affirm) that I will faithfully perform all the duties required 
 of me and abstain from everything forbidden by the laws in rela- 
 tion to the establishment of post offices and post roads within the 
 United States ; and that I will honestly and truly account for and 
 pay over any money belonging to the said United States which 
 may come into my possession or control ; and I also further swear 
 (or affirm) that I will support the Constitution of the United 
 States. So help me God." (P. L. R. 1913, sec. 153.) 
 
 (5) The compensation of Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy 
 mail clerks for services as such shall begin on the effective date 
 named in the letter of designation from the Post Office Depart- 
 ment and shall close on the date of the termination of such serv- 
 ices. No compensation for Navy mail clerks or assistant Navy 
 mail clerks, however, shall be paid until after oath and bond have 
 been properly executed and forwarded. Compensation for Navy 
 mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks shall be paid out of 
 the appropriation " Pay of the Navy." The commanding officers 
 of organizations having Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail 
 clerks may direct the termination of such services at any time, 
 reporting the fact to the Bureau of Navigation, which will inform 
 the Post Office Department. 
 
 (6) An assistant Navy mail clerk shall assist the Navy mail 
 clerk in the performance of his duties as such clerk; and when- 
 ever the necessity arises therefor an assistant Navy mail clerk 
 may be designated by the commanding officer of the vessel or unit 
 to which he is attached or of the fleet, squadron, or division to 
 which the vessel is- attached to perform the duties of Navy mail 
 clerk. 
 
 2064. 
 
 (1) Enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps may, upon selec- Mail clerkg, 
 tion by the Secretary of the Navy, be designated by the Post Office u es ' 
 Department as Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks, 
 
714 
 
 whose duty it shall be to receive and open all pouches and sacks of 
 mail ; to make proper delivery of such mail ; to receive matter for 
 transmission in the mails; to receipt for registered matter (keep- 
 ing an accurate record thereof) ; to keep and have for sale an 
 adequate supply of postage stamps; to make up and dispatch 
 mails, and other postal duties as may be authorized by the Post- 
 master General, all in accordance with such rules and regulations 
 as may be prescribed by their commanding officer. The supply 
 officer of a vessel or naval unit to which a Navy mail clerk or an 
 assistant Navy mail clerk is attached will audit the accounts of 
 such Navy mail clerk or assistant Navy mail clerk once each 
 month and submit report to the commanding officer. 
 
 Oath and bond. (2) Each Navy mail clerk and assistant Navy mail clerk shall 
 take the prescribed oath of office and shall give bond to the United 
 States in such penal sum as the Postmaster General may deem 
 sufficient for the faithful performance of his duties as such clerk, 
 and shall be amenable in all respects to naval discipline, except 
 that, as to their duties as such clerks, their commanding officers 
 shall require them to be governed by the postal laws and regula- 
 tions of the United States. 
 
 Services and (3) The services and compensation of Navy mail clerks and 
 terminated* ""^ assistant Navy mail clerks, as such, shall terminate at the discre- 
 tion of their commanding officers. 
 
 Ships and sta- (4) In the case of organizations to which mail clerks are not 
 man clerks.* D ° detailed or serving as such the mail shall be handled as follows : 
 (a) The commanding officer of the ship or shore station may. in 
 his discretion, appoint some trustworthy person to perform the 
 duty of mail orderly, to whom he shall give authority to receive 
 the mail from the post office and to sign receipts for all registered 
 letters except such as the sender has indorsed " Deliver only to 
 addressee." Mail addressed to a shore station shall be distributed 
 in accordance with such regulations as the commanding officer 
 may make. 
 
 (6) Mail for the ship's company shall be distributed in a man- 
 ner prescribed by the commanding officer. Lock boxes shall be 
 conveniently placed in which mail for the post office may be 
 deposited. They shall be kept locked, and the keys, when not in 
 use by the mail orderly, shall be kept in the executive officer's 
 office. 
 
 U. S. stamps. (c) Arrangements shall be made for facilitating the purchase of 
 postage stamps by the crew, and when preparing for service in 
 waters where United States stamps can not be procured a sufficient 
 supply shall be obtained to last, if possible, during the proposed 
 cruise, in order that the dispatch of mail in closed bags may be 
 expedited. 
 
 (d) The instructions for the receipt and dispatch of closed mails 
 shall be carefully observed, especially in regard to registered 
 
715 
 
 articles, and all mail received for persons no longer attached to 
 the vessel shall be properly and promptly forwarded. Registered 
 articles which require forwarding shall be re-registered if prac- 
 ticable. 
 
 (e) A book shall be kept as a part of the permanent records of Registered 
 the ship, in which all registered matter received or sent to the mai1 * 
 
 post office shall be entered. Registered articles delivered shall be 
 signed for by the persons receiving them. Those sent to the post 
 office shall be signed for by the mail orderly, who shall, on his 
 return to the ship, deliver the registry receipts to the senders, who 
 shall acknowledge the same in the record book. This book and all 
 other papers relative to the receipt and dispatch of registered 
 matter shall be carefully preserved and turned in to the Post 
 Office Department when the vessel goes out of commission. 
 
 (f) When sealed mail bags are dispatched in foreign waters to 
 home post office, a strong (preferably canvas) label shall be at- 
 tached to them, on which shall be inscribed the address. 
 
 (g) In order that it may be known what should be received at 
 the office of destination in a dispatch from a United States naval 
 vessel, a letter bill (Form 4072-E) shall be inclosed with each 
 mail dispatched from a United States naval vessel, whether the 
 dispatch is made up of one or more sacks, or pouches, and whether 
 the mail is prepared by a Navy mail clerk or a mail orderly. Each 
 letter bill shall show by the entries the name of the naval vessel, 
 the date of dispatch, number of (outside) sacks or pouches, and 
 the aggregate of the registered articles and jackets to be accounted 
 for at the post office to which the letter bill is addressed. A letter 
 bill serves as an invoice of the sacks, pouches, and registered 
 articles sent in a dispatch and must be invariably used to prevent 
 loss or misunderstanding. Mail orderlies who are without a stock 
 of letter bills (Form No. 4072-E) shall make requisition on the 
 New York post office for the number needed on the basis of one 
 bill for each dispatch. 
 
 (7i) The required prepayment of all messages to their destination 
 shall be made to the duly authorized mail clerk of the ship, or in 
 his absence, to some person designated by the commanding officer. 
 All accounting of the office of the Director Naval Communications 
 will be with the mail clerk or person designated, who shall follow 
 the instructions relating to accounting issued by that office. 
 
 2065. 
 
 Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks shall make Special -deli?- 
 immediate delivery of all special-delivery letters received on board ery ma 
 in the regular mails. 
 
716 
 
 Section 2, — Handling of Closed Mails Under Provisions of 
 Postal Convention. 
 
 2066. 
 
 Postal conven- The handling of closed mails to and from vessels of the Navy is 
 governed by the following articles in the Universal Postal Con- 
 vention (arts. 25 and 26) : 
 
 " 25. Closed mails may be exchanged between any country and 
 the commanders of its naval vessels abroad; and between naval 
 commanders of the same country stationed abroad. These mails 
 must consist exclusively of articles addressed to or sent by the 
 officers and crews of the vessels which send or receive the mails, 
 and the rates and conditions applicable to the articles are deter- 
 mined by the postal authorities of the country to which the ves- 
 sels belong. The address of such mails should be in form as 
 follows : 
 
 From the office of . 
 
 {The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at 
 or 
 The (nationality) vessel (name) at * 
 
 I The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at : ___ 
 or 
 The (nationality) vessel (name) at 
 
 For the post office at 
 
 Or 
 
 (The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at 
 or 
 The (nationality) vessel (name) at , 
 
 {The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at 
 or 
 The (nationality) vessel (name) at 
 
 " 26. If the naval vessels are not at the place of destination 
 when the mails addressed to them arrive there, the mails are 
 kept at the post office until claimed by the addressee or for- 
 warded to another place. The forwarding may be requested 
 either by the post office of origin or by the commander of the 
 naval squadron or ship addressed, or finally by a consul of the 
 same nationality. 
 
 " Such of the mails as bear the indorsement ' In care of the 
 
 consul of ,' must be delivered to the consul referred to. 
 
 At the request of the consul they may be received back into the 
 postal service and be forwarded to the place of origin or to some 
 other destination. 
 
 " Mails for naval vessels sent outside of the regular mails must 
 be delivered to the vessels addressed, if called for en route. Xo 
 
717 
 
 mail for a naval vessel is considered as having reached its desti- 
 nation until it has been delivered to the ship addressed." 
 
 2067. 
 
 Vessels of the Navy at foreign ports shall transmit their mails Closed bags, 
 (closed bags) to the United States through the post offices of the 
 ports of call whenever practicable. Such practice not only effects 
 a positive economy, but also generally insures a more effective- 
 handling of the mails. Mail bags from naval vessels may be 
 placed directly on board steamers sailing for the United States 
 only when such procedure is unavoidable in order to advance the 
 delivery of the mails. In adopting this procedure commanding 
 officers shall bear in mind that it subjects the Post Office Depart- 
 ment to increased cost in transporting mails, and the practice 
 shall therefore not be resorted to unnecessarily. 
 
 Section 3. — Miscellaneous. 
 
 206S. 
 
 In the transmission within the United States of official mail a ity s s tamp. P e "' 
 matter free of postage the following rules shall be observed : 
 
 (a) Officers of the Navy and Marine Corps may send official 
 mail matter between themselves, or to any of the executive de- 
 partments, by using the penalty envelopes. 
 
 ( b ) Official mail matter may be transmitted under cover of the 
 penalty envelopes by officers of the Government to private indi- 
 viduals. 
 
 (c) Any department or office entitled to use them may inclose 
 the penalty envelope with return address to any person from or 
 through whom official information is desired, the same to be used 
 only to cover such official information. 
 
 (d) The name of the department or proper designation of the 
 office or officer shall appear in the upper left-hand corner of the 
 address face of the envelope, and thereunder the words " Official 
 business " ; in the upper right-hand corner shall appear the penalty 
 clause reading "Penalty for private use, $300." These indorse- 
 ments may be printed, stamped, or written. 
 
 2069. 
 
 (1) Official mail matter addressed to foreign countries must be age ^ oreiS11 post " 
 prepaid with postage stamps at the ordinary rates. 
 
 (2) Official correspondence which is admissible to the domestic 
 mails under penalty envelope or label may also be dispatched in 
 the same manner to certain countries as specified in the Postal 
 Laws and Regulations. 
 
718 
 
 2070. 
 
 Transaction of (i) Domestic money-order business only will be transacted and 
 
 money-order ' ** 
 
 business on board provision will be made for both the issue and payment of money 
 
 s ip * orders. 
 
 (2) The bond of each Navy mail clerk or assistant authorized to 
 transact money-order business will be $5,000. 
 
 (3) To provide for the prompt payment of money orders drawn 
 on the branch offices located on vessels of war when sufficient 
 surplus money-order funds are not available for this purpose, the 
 supply officer on board the vessel will cash the orders and hold 
 them until the Navy mail clerk or assistant is in receipt of 
 sufficient money-order funds to reimburse him. 
 
 (4) Eemittances of money-order funds will be made daily if in 
 excess of $50, except when it is impossible to forward mail each 
 day. In such cases the funds are to be deposited daily with the 
 supply officer of the vessel (or in his absence with the pay clerk), 
 who will give the mail clerk a receipt therefor, and when the first 
 mail is dispatched will give the Navy mail clerk or assistant a 
 check for the whole amount, which is to be promptly remitted to 
 the New York office. 
 
 (5) It is left to the discretion of the commanding officers of 
 ships as to how large a sum of postal funds the Navy mail clerk 
 should be allowed to accumulate. This sum, however, should not 
 exceed $200. All funds above the amount designated by the com- 
 manding officer shall be deposited with the supply officer of the 
 ship for safe-keeping, to be available for withdrawal as occasion 
 may demand. 
 
 (6) Postal and money-order funds shall be kept separate from 
 and independent of each other. The records of each shall be regu- 
 larly inspected by the supply officer each month immediately after 
 pay day, and at least once between these regular monthly inspec- 
 tions, on an irregular or " surprise " date, the inspection to in- 
 clude a verification of the cash balance and a complete audit of 
 all vouchers. 
 
 (7) The report of inspection, covering the period from date of 
 last inspection to date of report, is to be forwarded through the 
 commanding officer to the Postmaster, New York, N. Y., on Form 
 No. 3271, furnished by the Post Office Department. 
 
 (8) Mail clerks and assistants will keep money-order records 
 posted daily and have them at all times readily accessible for in- 
 spection by the supply officer of the vessel or duly authorized offi- 
 cers of the Post Office Department. 
 
o £2 
 
 s&6 
 
 M 
 
 2.H ° 
 
 O 
 
 60 to 
 
 91 
 
 ?<3 S 
 §1 
 
 © g~£ d 
 
 C o _ c3 © 
 
 * 60 
 
 !l 
 
 ojt3 
 
 ^g 
 
 C3 
 
 03*3 
 
 -J 
 
 ft 
 
 I 
 a^ 
 
 il 
 
 8*3 
 
 > > 
 
 03 03 
 
 © Pi CO 53 °+* 
 q 3 03 . w <b £ 
 
 §*§«*•§ j 
 
 © S S M ~ ^ ™ 
 
 |ttli|lti|i 
 
 OT)-fJ 03 O s_ W.SlT ft-3 
 
 o 
 
 ■e c 
 
 c 
 o© M 
 
 l-O 3 go 
 
 l -r M C/3 3 
 
 ® § 8 2 c S 2 
 
 53 2is8=«-2.£.o 
 
 tJC 
 
 «oogoo'2 
 S !- fc- e fc< t- w 
 
 £. flft? p. ft" 
 
 tX 0? QJ ' 
 
 -»- — ' — — O O i_ 
 
 <:£ 
 
 »-H -CO 
 
 o3 co £ o3 cm c3 cj £ a c3 
 I O^ I CO I o« I I 
 
 (719) 
 
 JS 
 
 >T» 
 
 ft 05 
 
 •n© 
 
 O 60 
 
 <8 § 
 
 
 
 S3 
 
 o © 
 
 
 +2-0 
 
 fa 
 
 <C S-m 
 
 
 >w 
 
 2 111 
 
 ©■d © 
 
 OJ 33 [_ Pi 
 
 ^S^2 
 
 ass 
 
 S ©~ K 
 
 03 
 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 © 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 3 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 q 
 
 <u 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 t~o 
 
 C* 
 
 ,-T 
 
 10 
 
 > > 
 
 > 
 
 >• 
 
 > 
 
 03 03 
 
 03 
 
 
 iXI 
 
 ££ 
 
 fc 
 
 ^ 
 
 £ 
 
 £fc 
 
 £ 
 
 ft 
 
 !? 
 
720 
 
721 
 
 3 "2 
 of 
 
 *2>> 
 
 S o 
 
 05 
 
 fc* 
 
 ;>> 
 
 
 1* 
 
 ©*,'- 
 
 S=u 
 
 c 
 
 2 « 
 
 
 3*5= 
 
 O.o 
 
 P3Q 
 
 <5 
 
 X3 >"> 
 •rt'S 
 
 fl2 5 
 
 •2 1 
 
 111 
 
 w=3 o 
 II* 
 
 SP 
 
 o p,; 
 
 O C® 
 
 P.MV 
 
 
 Sa « o 
 
 5S 2 w 
 
 S ft° ta 2 
 
 s~ % 
 
 g x;. 2 ft ft 2 3 
 
 So PJ tf S 
 
 ftglfl" 
 
 II 
 
 o> 
 
 5 3 .8 
 
 T > 
 
 s o 
 
 II 
 
 O o> 
 
 C « 
 
 II 
 
 % m O 
 
 fto 
 
 >C»d c3 
 
 1st, 
 
 !2c? a 
 
 3 
 T3 o 
 
 «i 
 
 2S 
 
 as 
 
 1-1 O 
 
 >:* . 
 
 3 CO 
 
 3 8 
 
 O i- 
 
 
 fl 83 o 
 
 3 o<=> 
 
 -Ct3 u 
 
 •^ c 3 
 
 s-, 4; D 
 
 . ,C3 3 
 >>>>&> fa 
 
 c co 3 
 
 111 
 
 > 2 
 
 e3 -t3 
 
 - s H *s 
 
 •3 65 2 
 
 Ed o 
 
 +j c o 
 
 So « 
 
 o,i5 Co 
 
 'crc Jt3 3 2 
 I? ft ts 5 S3 5 3 -9 
 
 £ 3 £«ftw S o 
 
 eg o C vi -,,2 <-— , 
 
 illlls 13 
 
 « 042 -g 2 to g 3 
 
 a>— • o o^ 2 C S 
 o o o ot*-.x ti7j 
 
 tsttos-si; 
 
 o'3oooo w c 
 
 xj 8 
 a. 
 
 a3 
 
 ^5 s 
 
 82 
 
 a ^ 
 
 °^ 
 oZ 
 
 2^ 
 
 .2 £ 
 
 > e8 
 
 c - r 
 
 IS 
 
 o = 
 
 o a" .2 
 3-3 = 2 
 
 S O K O 
 
 o «•- t^ft 
 
 « CO 
 
 33 *3 ft fe 
 
 ixa.>.o 
 335-Sd 
 2 2ft2 
 
 
 .2 3 3 
 
 3 c s 
 
 S'S© 
 
 C30g 
 
 !33o 
 
 111 
 
 5I11S 
 
 a s |g^ 
 
 |o|-s-g 
 
 3 *a _C -w D, 
 
 lists 
 
 OP5 Kt^ 
 
 Cr* OO 
 So 0)0 
 
 hS tf K 
 
 oc 
 
 O-l r-( 
 
 ^"? a h o Si] ^ ^i„- 
 
 C3CQ _ _ _ _o d d'° 
 
 ^ y O O O Og &; !zod O 
 
 £0 £ J3 5? ^J Z Zo » 
 
 > CO > 
 
 2^2 
 2V . 
 
 CO CJ _, t^ i-H " cC CO 
 
 co>-d ■0 : ? ,0 'C33 ^.-O „ 
 _o3i, tn ^~ !- ^ '— - i- o C3 
 
 O^O Ch-SoCOViOS SM 
 Mil I Tic I I I eo 1 <i) log 
 
 e'5 
 > > 
 
 £P 
 
722 
 
 © © 
 A © 
 
 O.P o o o o o o o.®, 
 
 TJ -+^ T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 ;— 
 
 § 
 
 dq 
 
 Ph :£ ft 
 © ; o © 
 
 c c ^ 
 
 03 , 3. . c3 
 
 d ■fl'Sd 
 "S'S o So 
 
 3's£°3 . 
 
 scSso ;::::::« 
 
 ow d go • 
 
 'o'S rB"o 
 
 £3* §S :::::: '.3 : • 
 fp :::::: :pq : 
 
 M MMd 
 
 O 
 o 
 s 
 
 oS-5 
 3 " 
 pq 
 
 oft 
 
 o'g'S 
 
 T3T3T3T3 © § © 
 3'-2 3 
 
 « P5 
 
 0000 
 
 
 
 S3 g 
 
 © p 
 
 tn O © 03 
 M m 3 1 
 
 ■sllS 
 s. * a 
 
 «o © > 
 « tf f 
 
 3 
 
 o ^^ 
 © oM 
 "©PS © 
 
 S « © 
 3 ft£ 
 
 "3 •*» 
 
 2 Its 
 
 § G © 
 C 0? c3 
 
 
 
 ■c &*■ 
 
 o — 
 
 ^©° 
 
 j o p,g *PZg5 
 
 1 O © 3 >=© 03 03 
 
 9 fl &g 
 
 ,tJ go K O 
 
 lllllgt 
 
 ©-5 S-3 S > © 
 © c © ©-^ 
 
 -2 ©.2 
 
 I* 
 
 i-s -al 
 
 p> » x o <^,-j 
 
 its o o.trS 
 
 o 
 
 l>fIS' 
 
 §i§3 
 
 c © 1Z 
 
 fill 
 
 .Scg-o 
 g©©£ 
 
 nH 
 
 i 
 
 m 8 
 
 0J3 
 o'S 
 
 ill 
 
 
 s f* "-£ © o— S 
 
 IllfiSli 
 
 ^1^§ 
 §©§!' 
 s ° a s ■ 
 
 S- 45 a -■■ 
 8S8.2, 
 
 o—. o-*j 
 
 Sfei 
 
 © © 
 
 la 
 
 .a p. 
 
 © o 
 
 HI 
 
 © © 
 
 "§8 
 
 © © « 
 © © © 
 
 (NNNNNH 
 
 : : ? 
 
 h 
 
 . 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 43 '• '+: 
 
 .S :csi.E 
 
 
 c 
 
 X 
 
 
 
 
 
723 
 
 O s-3 o 
 
 H CD 03 c3 
 
 rtrtrtMrilNNrtHHWrt 
 
 o *- 
 
 OQ 
 
 t tJ 3 
 
 3.5 
 
 o 3 
 
 j- o o o 
 
 El- 
 
 o 
 3 >> 
 
 51 * 
 
 9 88 
 
 sa 
 
 3 C 
 
 fag 
 
 las 
 
 ~ -~. 
 
 o o o 
 .3.3.3 
 
 as c^ 
 
 u. to,_ 
 
 ~ = 3 
 
 O'C'C'C'CXl 
 
 .a 
 5g 
 
 £5 
 
 3 to 
 
 f 1 
 
 O -C 
 
 « I ft ft 
 
 KB** 
 
 
 il I 
 
 
 Ilia' 
 
 <s— to 
 
 03 U x 
 
 pi! 
 
 11 
 
 Sr 
 
 = 
 3 3*1 
 
 8 2?' 
 
 "©J? P 
 
 II 
 
 Q 5 2 
 
 o — "3 ~ 
 
 ^3 • - - e 
 oftffS^I 
 
 -a g 3 - 5-2 
 o — to > . 
 
 — .- ? -3 . 
 
 QgcJ' 
 
 ir-^S? - 
 
 ._ — r — : 3'5»«5 i 
 
 .O « « 03 
 
 S ~ cj O 
 
 o 
 
 3 .3 o c 
 
 cr.s-3. 3. 
 
 © co » o 
 
 ■fiOjXgg 
 
 „ 3 SfiH 
 
 3: — o ™ 
 c E zz w 
 
 § bJ-S'S 
 
 Sis- £ = o 3 S *E&£ 
 
 £>'fiW IBIS'S 
 
 3- ~ a — c_ _•— cd ~©33 _, 
 
 <— . 3 •— t-.<— i«Ck.Ci-'/. K 
 COO^OOry. o o o ».2 
 
 etJts see gets trig's 
 
 ftft ft+» ft ft g* ftft ft P ft 
 
 
 e 
 
 on ' t ~ 
 «3 I M oj 
 
 W -V Tf o 
 HMMW 
 tO t£ t£ t£ 
 
 , 3 3 3 3 
 IB 1-1 CGCO 
 
 — OJ 
 
 giggles 
 
 ^zzz 
 
 
724 
 
 2 1 
 
 B : : 
 
 
 3,-; o3 
 s z £ 
 
 o ..2 
 
 PL>b 
 RCo 
 o_<« 
 
 tO c O 
 
 © 3 i- 
 P.H 9 
 
 •— o — 
 
 O « g 
 
 3 © s 
 
 3 O o 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 i-oo '8'd'd 
 
 > '<2 ° 
 
 > -B O 
 
 M Wrn 
 
 ■§.s®s 
 
 ca H r n^ 
 Sc >_• 
 
 -O 3 03 £ 
 
 © 8 & S3 
 
 •S © 
 
 Is 
 
 *d © 
 
 Bit- 
 
 gss 
 
 53 o S 
 
 P. 
 
 S fl 
 
 re a 
 
 OOSU 
 
 Z P 
 
 c5 9 3 
 U-g-d 
 
 Bug 
 
 « o « S es JSS © 
 
 llisSIi 
 
 gH°'g>,So3 
 
 S3 ©±^2 a ?3-g 
 
 r™ h o a o.h 
 
 •43 > p. c g t "^ 
 
 © o3 © k5 S.h 
 
 (N >0 
 
 03 03 S ~ ^ - 
 
 !-, > > 
 O 03 03 
 
 o n 
 
 «BP 
 
 03 
 
 P. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 © 
 
 O 
 
 "3 
 
 3 
 ft 
 
 
 
 >> 
 
 
 
 
 ,3 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 ■g 
 
 © 
 © 
 
 55 
 
 
 £ 
 
 5H 
 
 O 
 
 
 '3 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 ,c 
 
 < 
 
 
 tO 
 
 si 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 T3 
 
 3 
 
 li 
 
 02 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 5 
 s 
 
 l§ 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 tO 
 
 jH © 
 
 <3 
 
 
 13 
 
 _ ©X* 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 "d 
 
 © +» 
 
 @ 
 
 c^ 
 
 3 
 
 © 
 
 flg© 
 
 S-2* 
 
 lis 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 3 
 
 c 
 
 
 S^ 3 03 
 
 
 
 -3 
 
 3 
 
 03 2 A 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 ££>, 
 
 Bag 
 ©*> 
 
 
 c3 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 c 
 
 B 
 03 
 
 -d 
 
 •~ 
 
 c3 
 
 ,3 p P. 
 •+J © 3 
 
 ^P§ 
 ^c3^ 
 'd'd 03 
 
 "88° 
 
 *■< 03j? 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 3 
 
 O 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 P. 
 
 '-3 3 g 
 
 « 
 
 s 
 
 el 
 
 53 "gs 
 
 
 
 <; 
 
 c 
 
 — 
 
 
 •~ 2© 
 
 
 — 
 
 G 
 
 © 
 
 ag - 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 l-l 
 
 ■d 
 
 "3 
 
 dtojS 
 w 3 +3 • 
 © 03 oii 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 4: © 3 03 
 O 3 03 S 
 
 O 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 £££8 
 
 
 
 
 id 
 
 h 
 
 t- © .s 
 ^5oi3 
 
 5 
 
 c 
 
 T3 
 
 l&P 
 
 n 
 
 d 
 
 to 
 
 03 
 
 ■a 
 
 d 
 
 .1 
 
 CO 
 
 © Tf © © 
 
 il § l 
 
 ■-3 3 a © 
 
 m £ © 
 
 55 
 < 
 
 i 
 
 >d 
 
 83 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 ~ 
 
 (H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ills 
 
 s 
 
 
 © 
 >> 
 
 1 
 
 (3 *- ^ "w 
 
 
 
 P4 
 
 
 fc 
 
 ° 03 © 
 
 02 
 
 
 © 
 
 ^-•S © OD 
 
 H 
 
 
 ,d 
 
 2"S a £< 
 
 « 
 
 
 3 
 
 a^s>> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3cH.-h 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 CO 
 
 O O © c 
 
 H 
 
 
 s 
 
 • to toT? 03 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ."£"£ - s2 
 
 
 
 ~ -J 
 
 ; oiS © 
 
 
 
 > © G, 
 
 
 
 PI ? 
 
 j © © © a 
 
 
 
 O © S>>f»d 3 
 
 
 
 till! 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 P- -o 
 
 
 © 
 
 1 
 
 ©a 
 
 6 
 
 o'S 
 
 
 ■c 
 p 
 
 P« 
 
 
 
 oi 
 
 
 
 
 03 
 
 BP 
 
 1 So 
 •3 &l 
 
 
 35 r- 
 
 
 ^ r 
 
 C 
 
 ,. 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "d a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 © «H A. 
 
 
 
 
 si h 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -fed § 
 
 
 
 
 °3-£o |2 
 
 
 
 >> O 3 >>«3 >, >> 
 
 ^onthlj 
 
 uarter 
 uring 
 each a 
 nnuall 
 Mar. 1 
 nnuall 
 
 uarter: 
 
 a CQ <J <J G? 
 
 to 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 3 
 O 
 
 
 
 d. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 to a 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 "S M 
 
 
 £ 
 
 ™ 3 to 
 
 2 " s ^- 
 
 
 tO © fc, © 
 
 > © 
 
 X3 3 03 © 
 
 5 .a 
 
 «^> to 
 
 03 -a>»o 
 
 t>» 3 ®. to 
 
 ictor of 
 
 eau of En 
 do 
 
 ntenance 
 
 eau of E: 
 
 eau of En 
 
 .=^a 
 
 ■3 3 a 3 
 
 p 
 
 W 
 
 a b m 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 a 03 -03^ 
 
 
 
 ~ 
 
 ) © -»- 
 
 5 'fc.pp 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 £ ° 
 
 
 
 - 
 I 
 1- 
 
 c 
 - 
 
 to ti 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 +i 
 
 O ri 
 
 
 
 
 3 © 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 >- TS — 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 I I 2 « 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 t- 
 
 — C3 
 
 
 23 t 
 
 
 
 S = 
 
 P< » 
 
 «« © 
 
 
 .2 c 
 
 >• a | °s 
 
 c 
 
 03 1- 
 
 •d -^ £ — 
 
 c 
 
 OE 
 
 .2-1 
 
 >> « ^ a 
 
 F- 
 
 "SJ 
 
 © 
 
 £ 
 
 E 
 
 - c 
 
 O'JZ 
 
 ■35 
 
 "•. © 
 p 
 p 
 
 e 
 e 
 
 •3 .3 "S-5 
 s? c © 
 
 5; O 03 © 
 
 22 a§ . 
 
 5^ 3".^ 
 
 £ 
 
 fi 
 
 J 
 
 L O ^ 3 3 
 
 =2 c »- „ 2 
 
 c 
 
 5> 
 
 W!.C 
 
 i»3o 
 
 
 
 Ci£C- 
 
 1 
 
 © 5 
 
 •2.£ 
 
 .2 a t^ © > © 
 
 - 
 
 1 
 
 03 03 
 
 3 3 
 
 
 -2y.23«© 
 
 03 ©" -i-» 3 03 ft 
 
 < 
 
 o?o 
 
 P 
 
 a 
 
 
 ei 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 q 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C^! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fj 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 \«H«0 
 
 
 L- 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 3vlN 
 
 
 C<1 
 
 
 
 «M, 
 
 O 
 
 b 
 
 lJ 
 
 
 ^-c © 
 
 a 
 
 C 
 
 5 
 
 2: 
 
 2 
 
 1; 
 
 
 w 
 2 
 
 s 
 
 
725 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 A 
 
 U) 
 
 ad 
 
 fe 
 
 8 
 
 O 
 
 >o 
 
 hH 
 
 a 
 
 H 
 
 da 
 
 < 
 
 I 
 
 H 
 
 
 W 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 -< 
 
 fc 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 ~ 
 
 07 
 
 H 
 
 P4 
 
 P 
 
 w 
 
 >d 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 P*H 
 
 ■ ^ 
 
 E 
 
 B 
 
 o 
 
 Jg 
 
 O 2 
 
 •sf 
 
 O 5 
 
 If 
 
 2§o 
 
 Md O 03 
 
 .3 OJ 3 CD 
 
 go g O 
 
 fl^ 3 .- 
 
 H 
 
 ^flSz 
 
 g OO fi J) o 
 
 © fcOrj c3 
 
 3-SLa-s.s 
 
 JfljM 
 
 to 2 ti d en 
 
 S a ° 
 
 3-S .a 
 
 o 
 .-d 
 
 r- 3 £ 
 
 ft s i^s 
 
 3 G33 c 9 c «^h 
 OB <D © c.O' 25 
 
 o "3 os 
 
 BlS'g 
 
 .She"* 
 
 4-> © O P| 
 
 "3 ^-2 
 
 H.3ocgcS.i:S° 
 
 : £ 
 
 ■a & 
 
 % 1 
 
 W © 
 
 a . 
 
 •f-i © 
 
 •is 
 
 O 03 
 
 go 
 
 So 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 © 
 a 
 
 I i 
 
 o S3 
 
 S3 
 
 c3 w c3 « O 
 
 ©~©©X> 
 
 3CS3 
 
 M PQPQ 
 
 « °' V ■ ■ 
 
 fl2»o 
 he.-* c3 o 
 
 •o-dSfg 
 
 oS®3 
 ^ 8 "5 
 
 £SwS 
 
 a 
 
 .c £ ® 
 t; a> 9 
 
 S«a 
 
 d-d _~ 
 
 C3=& 
 
 d_- o 
 
 ©"o © 
 
 ■AC'- 
 
 c9~ 
 
 O O c 
 
 gS g 
 
 'S 1=1 
 
 'I Is 
 
 W 
 
 
 o 
 
 £ a 
 
 I! 
 
 19.3 -S 
 §®f3© 
 
 .§ 3 o a I 
 
 d 03 
 
 ■C 03 O O 
 
 »-> O > he 
 
 •d o q o 
 
 e8 P3 ©^ 
 
 SI 
 
 §* 
 
 
 
 
 
 03 "- 
 
 
 
 fe 
 
 c« 
 
 O 
 
 
 ft 
 
 *> >» 
 
 >1 
 
 ^3 
 
 3 
 
 O-n^ 
 
 
 o. +? >rt 
 
 *b||J 
 
 ftw « 2*a 
 - el c3 o 
 
 Ob0 ©"S: 
 ■ <3 o3 fl S 3 
 
 a> 
 
 s^aS's-'sa 
 
 g es-g 03-^ .tj 03 
 +^©««bfo8'!fe8fl 
 ^ ! c o «B.S t. 2 
 
 £ J 3V£fe£.2:S 
 
 p; ©S 0,0 ft+j a- 
 
 tf^ 
 
 h o 
 
 
 >- s t -' 
 
 — <^ H O 03 o 
 
 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 
 
 br &f be &c be be bo 
 
 a A a a pj pi a 
 
 WWWWWHW 
 
 183841°— 20 — 
 
 ^© 
 
 00 »-«o 
 
 oSl 
 
 1 00 1 
 
 7 
 
 CO ft 
 
 2h^ 
 
 flfifi^^ 
 
 ^ !z; ft 
 
726 
 
 ~ a 
 
 CO 
 
 © 
 
 & 
 
 ureau of Construction 
 and Repair, Engi- 
 neering, Ordnance, 
 Navigation, and com- 
 mandant of naval 
 district concerned. 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 03 • 
 &"• 
 Q 5 
 
 ".2 
 
 per engine. 
 
 u of Construction 
 Repair, Engi- 
 ing, and any 
 r bureau con- 
 ed. 
 
 u and comman- 
 ;s concerned. 
 
 
 >>ft 
 
 o3^ 
 
 1 $m 
 
 § 03 PI O 
 
 a « a 
 
 03 u. 03 
 O Pi^ 
 
 
 pq 
 
 is 
 
 fe « 
 
 pq 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 12 " 
 
 "0*0 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 e 
 
 
 a a 
 
 0.2 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 a la 
 
 +=~cl 
 
 d 
 
 © 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 
 co « c3 o 
 
 ° 1 Sd 
 
 — « © 
 
 ftd 
 
 
 1 Js 
 
 to p 
 
 
 
 i? ^ 
 
 "11 
 
 gssS 
 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 S o3 
 5, £ 
 
 a-; -a s> 
 
 pi ^^ a 
 
 ri '3 Pi "S <3 
 
 
 
 
 C? (5 CO. CO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -d 
 
 ^s) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 fl 
 
 § 
 
 
 l\ 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 «i> -s" 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 En 
 
 ft « 
 
 a 
 
 .2 
 
 "o! 
 
 1 s 
 
 03 p 
 
 M "S 
 
 
 
 
 o * 
 
 I 1 
 
 bfi 
 
 o3 
 
 co en 
 •O P 
 
 o3 t_ 
 
 .9 o 
 pf i 
 
 
 
 
 £ fc 
 
 £ 
 
 J* C 
 
 • W c8 
 
 
 
 
 5? "£ 
 
 *o 
 
 "o "c 
 
 "o ^ 
 
 
 
 
 2 i 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 d c 
 
 § 5 
 
 
 
 
 03 © 03 « 
 
 c 
 
 
 3 i 
 
 .3 E 
 
 © t3 <d a 
 
 © ^n 
 
 -d 
 
 
 3 
 
 ^ '- 
 
 3 p 
 
 = 3 
 
 
 
 
 O PC 
 
 n 
 
 pq P= 
 
 pq o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'Ei 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 co 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -OS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s? 
 
 
 
 _© 
 
 
 ^J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s-l 
 
 
 
 PJ 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' -Cd 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 4- 
 i- 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 o: 
 
 03 Pi 
 
 
 te 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 ft 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 -lift i 
 
 CO jj " t. 
 «t-i O O o: 
 
 eg 
 15 
 
 ^ft^ 
 a^ a 
 
 §^3 c, 
 
 
 i 
 
 CO 
 CO 
 
 -3 
 
 
 08 
 
 a 
 
 h 
 
 1 1 
 
 k i 
 
 o as P 
 
 &£§ | 
 
 ill 
 
 its i 
 
 "3 ^ © *_ 
 
 5 >.-£ c 
 
 
 -d 
 d 
 
 03 
 
 d 
 
 © 
 © 
 ft 
 
 a 
 
 
 r=3 +: 
 
 fl- CO 4- 
 O 03 3 i2 
 
 S82 
 
 E 
 
 
 13 5 
 
 SfiC? H 
 
 h &h 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •> - 
 
 
 
 
 
 a § 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 © -tf 
 
 82^ 5 
 
 "co"ccr ^ 
 
 
 
 
 Ph 
 
 £ > 
 
 • 03 03^ ^ 
 
 ^ M ^f 
 
 
 
 1 £ 
 
 Sgfc&l c 
 
 ON*" 1000,5 Qj 
 
 
 
 
 ■* i i 2: i 
 
 ^H^HrH | O 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 iz 
 
 fe 
 
 12 
 
 p. 
 
 k 
 
 ^ 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 B I 
 SI 1 
 
 ■3 M 
 
 d 
 
 -a a 
 
 1 IS 
 
 <3 +) tt 
 
 a d.3 
 - 1 3 
 "g .Sg 
 
 ^2.9 2 
 
 n ° t- t- 
 
 adTJ-r? 
 d d d 
 
 lis I 
 
 s|sa 
 
 © 03 '-^^n 
 
 « 3e 
 
 i ^ 
 © j. 
 
727 
 
 *~< 
 
 ^ pW ri ^fc 
 
 fcci-, 
 
 fc i - n -J o 
 
 £ rH ^H (C ^ 
 
 "3 <} -". --: a| 
 
 C . . . Cm 
 
 DQ QQ CG Oj CO 
 
 
 -2-=^ 
 
 
 c3 c3 
 
 o-^^.-t ■-''S-SE-twO/Zi 
 R gc ta :o od o : co gqdqcq 
 
 a as a 
 
• 3* 
 v- t- Yi 
 8o£ 
 
 728 
 
 <N .-H .-< 
 
 "if 
 
 © ", 
 
 ® 2 
 
 33. 
 
 £•22 
 
 •■as 
 
 ? 3 <X> 
 
 T3 • 
 3.3 
 
 03 
 
 Isf 1 
 
 • 3aJS £3 
 
 S-. 3"3 
 
 © o 
 
 §§ , 
 
 ?2 = 2 
 
 _ ,_, (N <-It-< 
 
 gw M p; 
 £§©°J 
 
 ° .SsSj 
 
 
 §.« £ 
 
 5 d.g -*f o 
 w -o t: &c a-c 
 
 <— ■ c3 c o ■ 
 
 O « Q 
 
 .3co - 3 
 
 •bass* 
 
 3^"3?« 3 
 
 s . ©^ c7 
 
 -s:- 2 5 E ~ 
 
 o o 
 
 si 
 
 "3 « 
 
 o 3 
 
 ©.i 
 
 WE 
 
 a; 
 
 CG^ c a 3 
 _ 3.o3 3 55 
 
 3 += 5 © S 3 
 
 .2 -o-ggT- © 3 
 
 © o 
 
 0,3 GO 
 
 
 y » w 
 — c =7=; t "^-- cue 2-g 
 
 3S5tJ33«2 "& 
 
 3S§S£^|.'E-se 
 
 w 
 
 3 3 
 "£"3 
 
 2§£ 
 
 S 3 S 
 
 2"S2 
 
 w° 
 
 = 33 
 
 gsg 
 
 t» <3 «-. 
 
 5| 
 
 lb 
 
 gCQ 
 
 «S : .2 
 
 -Sis 
 
 o _ — .„ 
 
 3 3 co 3 C 3 c3 
 03,0 3 oSTJ © s- 3 © 
 
 6.s-sS : 3-Sgs 
 
 — +j >> 
 
 =■"- ~ 
 
 x = = >. 
 
 li ?f 
 
 fi k fl e h 
 
 3 C"^ g-o 
 
 - . S x o 
 
 c3^ (fl © _ 
 © O *> «r ^ 
 
 C-3- ? 3 
 
 f-S 
 
 >> . 
 3>" 
 c 3 
 ra o 
 
 S3 
 
 3-3 
 P. 03 
 
 5§ 
 
 N -'o 
 
 >>^ 
 
 "2 * 
 
 <^ tr /-^ 
 3.w>, 
 
 2-^3 
 &.2o 
 
 cOci 
 
 5^3 
 
 ^O <y 
 
 fessfij 
 
 •S^3 
 
 PI 
 ||§' 
 
 ^-3-3 
 
 Hi 
 
 c3 > 
 
 O COS 
 
 I ill 
 
 3 
 o 
 >. 
 
 
 £ = £ 
 •Pi 
 
 — o - 
 
 ^1 
 
 1.1 
 
 w a, 
 
 "3 o 
 
 3. w 
 C © 
 
 SI 
 
 V o 
 
 3.2 
 
 03^3 
 M © 
 
 |B 
 ^ o 
 
 •3 
 
 ® « 
 tn 3 
 
 5£S 
 
 C3 O K 
 
 P.o'g 
 
 g.2§ 
 
 1«S> ° 
 
 3t3 
 
 c3 3 
 
 ^ 3 
 
 !g ts 
 
 o^o^a 
 
 
 W « ^S 
 
 •3 3"s 
 
 3 3 O 
 
 +j 3 
 
 C3 Q, 
 
 x2 
 
 '^ fa 3 
 
 ■-° ^-5 
 
 3_ P 
 
 o35 
 
 .-3 .3 c, 
 3,3 C 
 
 
 1& 
 
 oS 
 
 3; o 
 
 9 
 
 DQ"S 
 
 Sec 
 
 O 03 00 
 
 Sy:D2 
 
 =3 Pi 
 
 m 
 
 D2CZ! 
 
 Sl'srS 
 
 3.-H--S 
 0Q 
 
729 
 
 o C . 
 
 (N (Nh ,-h 
 
 a 5 g-rt 3 
 
 3 ™ 
 
 3 2-s 
 
 T,.' 
 
 '■'Pi 
 
 - T^ 
 
 6ggg 
 
 ■O 1) t <3 
 
 ;it§l 
 
 :b b 
 
 Hill 
 
 .3 =3 J= c 
 
 " ■£ E? a <3 
 
 *- a>,3.2 s- 
 B B 
 
 § .2 
 
 a * 
 
 en O, 
 
 Si S 
 
 M 
 
 ™ ° o 
 
 §11^ g h 
 
 t- p.*-. 2 S o 
 
 ~ w o P. Ph +» 
 
 rf O OJ O _</3 
 
 "S3 € S 
 
 B S 
 
 c .'- 
 
 mm 
 
 o 
 
 R3 
 
 B K 
 
 CO CO 
 
 c 
 
 5 
 
 - 
 
 j 
 j 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 r 
 :. 
 li 
 
 . 
 
 S 
 
 T- 
 .r 
 't 
 
 F 
 
 a 
 PC 
 
 
 s 
 z 
 
 c 
 
 ? 
 
 
 £.3. S 3 
 
 *& * .6 6666 * . 
 
 6 coo®coa;p ftQPft co a> 
 
 n <-. s- fl Q 3 fl 
 
 '7 ,~ y-r rr .+*. 
 
 
 3 
 
 o o cj-c o 
 
 ■CO <u flt3 
 
 Bod 
 
 ./"juts 
 
 «, g £ 
 
 .T3 w 
 
 sa 
 
 ^ H a) 2 
 
 5 SrrS 
 
 1 I 
 
 P.S 
 
 bo 5 
 
 9 * 
 
 9« go 
 
 3 
 
 '^tf B 
 
 ~£§ 3 »" 
 
 ,3 co 'S w ■- » 
 >2 _ £ C) -^ P-i 
 
 o 
 > 
 
 1% 
 
 *3.a 
 
 2 <D 
 
 CO O 
 
 
 •■5 
 
 53 
 
 fl*8)p\r »»* 
 
 ~5^. 
 
 03 M 
 O 3 
 to' ° 
 
 .2*53 
 SB 
 
 a ^ 
 
 O 3 
 
 fea-S 
 
 c o 3 
 
 tD.t? O 
 
 B S 
 
 os^ Si; g* 1 * *.-s p*i £-° 
 
 •-s?°t-vH^ w -^sa otm 
 SSSISlSj^s/ss 
 
 
 _go_c3o^«2§. . 
 m^m qB<co coco 
 
 CD — -h cm cc ?ro 
 
 i^t^tN OCO 
 
 CO C0C0C0C0C0C0 COCOCOCO COCO CO 
 
730 
 
 P 2 
 « 5 
 
 n3 e3 
 
 C3, 
 
 S* 
 
 83 
 5? 
 
 C '- 
 
 
 P a ° hi 
 
 s p"£^ 
 
 ; £ m a ^^ . ° o 
 
 £G 
 
 is 
 -pg 
 
 3g 
 
 
 •~ P-5o^Sc3<i>6 c ?,^i6666d6c3<i>6 c3 ,_6666 
 
 .S'S c G 
 
 ' S C3 
 
 o «j fe §-<s O ?3 O 
 
 ^a s-o s, 
 
 q ra o w o 
 
 2 6 
 
 o o c o o o o 
 
 'D'o 'C'3'O'fl 
 
 >-P 
 
 G 
 
 a : 
 
 1 
 
 to : 
 
 o 
 
 -*i : 
 
 1 
 
 •o : 
 
 
 p • 
 
 •s 
 
 e3 ; 
 
 J* 
 
 cq : 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 O 01 
 
 s 
 
 *3 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 §1 
 
 * 
 
 22 x 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 03^ 
 
 uq 
 
 P+J 
 
 
 s pi 
 
 S3 
 
 G G 
 
 G >»oa 5 
 
 Go Op 
 
 o o . G 
 
 £5e£ 
 
 5 P G Pi 
 
 J3 • G >> . 
 
 B22.3 pS- 
 
 02 fcS 5 
 
 
 
 >i 
 
 5 ^ G 
 a+s © 
 
 ■° b£C3 
 ' G.S ® 
 
 G<~° 
 
 ill 
 
 ~s 2 P 
 
 
 P3Q 
 
 
 'c'o'o'o 
 
 ,C O 
 
 c G -S 
 
 B.2 
 
 
 5.2 
 
 is ° o? 
 
 •= = = & 
 
 fxi 
 
 cs oo 
 « 
 
 
 oc oo oc oc oc C"} 
 
 a o en c-. c: • 
 
 <<*, «<# 
 
 CGCCCGCOCGtCO} CCDQ CQCQGC0Q 
 
 »£.- — c3 
 
 x z r /. .•< r ? 
 
 <M CN !M <M Oi Ci <M 
 
 CM <N <N 
 
 « < 
 OQ0Q CC 
 
 ccocad 
 
731 
 
 g 
 
 a 
 
 ■4-3 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C3 
 
 
 
 
 
 c3 ^ 
 
 R 
 
 
 
 
 
 s s 
 
 © . 
 
 
 
 
 
 05 0) 
 
 •dtJ 
 
 ■d 
 
 
 
 
 
 T5 fl 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 
 
 A*«* 
 
 ^d 
 
 d 
 
 6 6 
 
 6 
 
 ° ■Sd 
 
 OP "'d 
 
 .Cjgp 
 
 fi 
 
 PP 
 
 P 
 
 •cgEo 
 
 -»-=> o 
 
 la 
 
 
 
 
 C3 C 05 
 05 o3 CJ 
 
 * 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 s 
 
 g 
 
 ^2S 
 
 05 C+ 3 
 
 >. .© 
 
 ■Kg Pi 
 
 *\ 
 
 fee 
 
 1-1 
 
 I 
 
 a ©a 
 
 3*" 3 
 
 S3fl-a«5& 
 
 ^aalpE: 
 
 coco Soco 
 
 — 00 00 
 CM CCCM 
 
 CO CO CO 
 
 O © <N !Oh- cccr-r 
 
 id io o ec «© O'CO 
 
 < < < "!< «< 
 
 •a =3 <3 -«■« ««•« 
 
 CO CO CO coco cococo 
 
 •s 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 «i 
 
 .'3 • 
 
 < cr<J 
 © 
 
 1=1 ^ a 
 
 03 CO CO 
 CO* ©CO 
 
 
 •3 
 _. © 
 
 CJ en 
 . c3 CO 
 O • C/l 
 
 5 CO © 
 
 >d 
 
 ©ftco 
 
 05 
 
 S. and 
 e. 
 
 Do. 
 Do. 
 
 03 
 
 § 2 
 
 2 CM 
 
 P4 
 
 o 
 
 s§ 
 
 o r o 
 
 PI 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 4^ O 
 
 T3 O 
 
 -I S 
 
 g © 
 
 18' 
 
 CDS 
 
 © 0. 
 
 ^ oft 5 
 -»j t« M • P 
 
 C C3_J2 ""+J 
 0> O ffl+»^ c 
 
 f- t- 3 C o f_ 
 
 B^-o 
 
 f-w W> ! 
 
 •^ £ S © 
 
 o © 
 
 ^XJ © 
 
 S © © 
 
 a ^~c 
 
 © 05 3 
 "Si 2 
 
 =5 
 
 © Pi 
 
 o 3 
 
 iiE.ee- 
 
 oq SS 
 
 H©"°' 
 
 
 P.© 3 
 © d o 
 
 .f. ac5 o_ o 
 s ^ © ^ a © a, 
 
 w"cy P. 2 05 3 © 
 
 © 05 Cfl.t^ 
 
 *5 3-.21il 
 
 © <X> 
 
 ©^: co o 
 Ph<Jcoco 
 
 -s.5j-.5j Pit: S « 
 
 COCOCO CO 
 
 CO CO CO CO 
 
 COCOCO COCOCQCG 
 
732 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 03 c . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 required 
 dA. 
 
 d. 
 
 * 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 ■o 
 
 -0 
 
 6 6 6 6 6 6 
 
 6 
 
 w q 
 
 03 c3 
 
 w q o> 
 
 03 c3 § 
 
 5 
 
 . O O 
 
 to S. 
 month! 
 rent to 
 one. 
 
 Do. 
 
 Do. 
 
 Do. 
 
 pppppp 
 
 fl 
 
 ©CO 
 
 o5 ©to ©(§ 
 
 cop ©P'oV 
 
 ©topp 
 
 
 
 p-o 
 
 |gs|g 
 
 o S o 
 
 +a O o 
 
 §5 
 
 
 
 O.H 
 
 £o^£o 
 
 H 8 <N 
 
 £r-. 
 
 ** fZ, 
 
 6 S^. 
 
 3 
 >.9, 
 
 U 
 
 <& 
 
 O w 
 
 X3T3 
 
 O .T) O 
 
 x) hq-o 
 :£cd 
 
 C3 2 
 
 ©5 
 &£ 
 
 oo 
 
 \< J 
 
 St 
 
 O 03 
 
 qo 
 
 qS ° 
 §o o 
 
 2 £^ 
 •r o3 © 
 
 p. 3© 
 
 _ © o r 
 
 2©^a-sf~s ' 
 
 q.,0 p-toS^'B « 
 
 ^o©'d£g©<« 
 
 OiS 0> q£ ©, 0J O 
 
 ill-Il-lfl 
 
 03X315 0,0^15 3>S 
 
 02 WO<!c>Mco t 
 
 o g^ 
 "■2 S d 
 
 I Si 
 
 2* g^ng -8 
 
 ,£2+5 05 © ft 
 
 d p~+i R "do 
 
 3 V>V*t M • § © 
 
 q q o a> ©-^.^ m 
 o 
 
 5 
 
 as 
 .&a 
 
 g>Q^O M p 
 
 O.S r- 1 '- 
 
 -u O 
 •3 fl 
 
 ° 03 03 
 "2 >.>> 
 
 ~ > > 
 g 03 03 
 
 • Sou 
 
 'oSS 
 
 CD ' 
 
 X, © w -£ .© 8 
 
 © 
 
 ■2 c'S-c >>>> 
 
 as -£ c3 ©• 
 
 © 
 
 a B 
 
 tfH 
 
 ££>>>.£ IT ©c3 £<£<«£ 
 
 St^ © 03 03 &® © > c+^^S 
 
 +3 O'S B S® g g © © ta^ ft> &ft 
 
 e3 a> o S S cj ft,o 2q©oj©©c3«q < 
 
 £>tccoH -<,5fa«g ££toco 
 
 r> O 
 
 03 ©42^2 
 
 •w^ © © 
 
 s q 
 
 ifcj 03 
 
 s x; 
 
 |© -A 
 
 Oj+j q o 
 o >> ^«Z 
 
 2S.S° 
 © Cc 2 
 
 t^iTf lOlOO 
 
 [ »— i _j i— i I— < i-iCNCMCM 
 
 r+ t,,-,^^. 
 
 .3 =3^«a=3c3^ «3 <3=a «y=3^^«3 <3»3«3=3<3 <3<3«3<3 
 
 CQ OD CQ m CQ CO CO CQ CQ CQ CO CO CO CQ 0Q CO 02 CO CO CO COCOCOCO 
 
 COCOCOCO 
 
733 
 
 « 
 
 Eh 
 w 
 
 Hi . 
 
 «j w 
 
 oo 
 fci s 
 £*■ 
 
 Oh 
 £ w 
 <;* 
 
 P 
 
 1 
 
 w 
 ft 
 
 ti 
 H 
 O 
 
 (■H 
 
 P^ 
 
 o 
 
 Ph 
 
 Ph 
 
 02 
 
 i 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 03 
 
 A 
 
 03 '• 
 «% J 
 S- 03 
 
 03 s ; 
 
 as 
 
 3 t- . 
 
 O O • 
 
 3 "35 c 
 
 OOrt *C 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 9 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 A 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 J. 
 
 i 
 c 
 
 as 
 
 d c 
 
 •d *c 
 
 ■ 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 
 IS" 
 
 3 
 CO 
 
 X 
 
 S 
 
 U 
 
 1 
 
 p 
 c 
 s- 
 j: 
 <_ 
 
 e 
 
 > 
 
 c 
 a 
 p 
 c 
 
 C 
 7 
 
 c 
 
 Report of navigational instruments in stock (other than 
 compass and compass fitting?). 
 
 Report of compasses and compass material in stock on 
 the last day of each month. 
 
 Report of chronometers in stock received and trans- 
 ferred. 
 
 > 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 i 
 
 
 CD « 
 > i 
 
 a e 
 1 
 
 1 c 
 
 "< 
 
 1 c 
 Sz 
 
 3 c 
 • Sz 
 
 . '/ 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 ! 
 
 
 d fe 
 
 O ^ 03 _ -g P* 
 
 -o d «- >>w t^-od^ 
 
 Pl si Q "3 © 3 3 3o>< 
 ca £>o3 o££.- c3 03°^ 
 
 co'^d "g S^^aJcQ £pft o5 
 o°o^g&§ooo& g 
 
 03 *^ *' ^ \-r 
 
 o o 
 
 i 
 
 atsd 
 2S 3 
 
 ■8 £ 
 
 03 ■£ 
 
 I Mi 
 
 pi, 2-e "S 
 
 S 93 3 r 
 
 o SB'S 
 ^3 l>» 
 
 -23 
 
 T> 03 
 
 "-a 
 
 ED 
 
 '« f* > 
 2-3 c3 
 
 -< 3^£ 
 
 -d 
 
 I? 
 
 ?£ 
 
 ^•3 
 
 c3 £ 
 
 pi pi s 
 
 aa^ 
 
 03 O.rH 
 
 l|l 
 
 C3 C3 
 
 Pi 3+> 
 
 a a§ 
 
 3 3 5 
 CQCQCC 
 
 CQ COCOCQ COCQCO 
 
 § 
 
 3-5 
 
 I'd 
 
 : 3 
 
 • o 
 
 : a 
 : 3 
 
 >>;>> 
 
 ^■3 3 
 
 o d 
 
 3 §§a 
 
 .3 
 
 co<! 
 
 ox) ^x 
 
 •33 23 
 
 a 'go: 
 
 02 "<CQ 
 
 O cB 
 
 3§ 
 
 gp. 
 
 •3 ^3 03 
 
 "3 73 03 
 
 !§ S "3 
 
 o °^ ° 
 
 C-3 52 3 
 .2 03-3 8 
 
 -d 
 
 ,a 3 
 
 CO 
 
 c 
 
 Ph 
 
 <-< — ■ .-; 03 
 C3 ^•-'C 
 
 ^ a &■« 
 
 03 " 
 •« "03 L 
 
 ; oj 
 
 
 •3 03 
 CQl-3 
 
 2 fiQ 
 
 CQCC 
 
734 
 
 
 
 If 
 
 o « 
 
 S3 
 
 
 co >*» +j 
 
 °S8 
 
 2 © © 2 -2 2 o 2 
 
 ■5 &3 
 
 o 
 
 a a 
 o o 
 
 II 
 
 as- 
 
 2 © 
 
 sis 
 
 °Q. 03 
 
 •2«S 
 
 £°d 
 2§^ 
 
 £•3.5 
 03 'Is 
 
 o cr"d 
 •^ £,§ 
 
 03 >»■" 
 
 3 . d 
 
 sS 
 
 to a- 
 
 31 s 
 
 c o 
 
 o 
 
 ,* ft 
 
 *-> ra 
 
 ,Q © 
 
 |a 
 
 o CI 
 
 .2 3 
 
 03 © 
 
 co'w © 
 © o T3 
 
 S ft§-^ g 
 >-d o ££ 
 .S^o2g 
 „r© °3 s ° 
 ^ ft^-c cl 
 
 "S tfl ot Cl -r* 
 
 'DO© o rt 
 
 Hill 
 
 11131 
 
 TJ1-U1 cc oq ft 
 
 ©+3 
 
 flS.2 
 §"£ 
 
 -w © c3 
 o © co 
 
 a°S 
 
 ©^ © 
 
 g-23 
 
 3 o3 ci 
 ft><ft 
 
 6666666666 
 
 a • 
 
 £ft 
 
 © © 
 
 c © 
 
 c: 
 
 © ££ 
 
 ^ S"-3 
 
 = .2 J 
 
 o »- — 
 
 S-.2 
 2"22 
 
 _fj 03 d 
 
 02!*ft 
 
 © © 
 
 ■ J Cl Ci 
 
 352 o » ° ° c—^ 
 
 d d 
 
 in 
 
 .2.2.2 3 3 3 
 
 ci d do « ©.a^oj cs g 
 ftftp^-sX^^ 
 
 :^©^s 
 
 »co> 
 
 si* 
 
 lis 
 
 a*! 
 3 s i I « 
 
 i o3 ^ M d 
 
 2ft02 ft 
 
 S 2d°8 
 
 
 0Q CQco!Z;^i 
 
 <J ^<) 
 
 
 D2 C0CQ CGCGCGOQOS 
 
 CCCCCQ 
 
 00 00 00 
 C0C0.QQ 
 
 
 s^ J 5 
 
 iCN NC fc. 
 
 GGGGCGOQCQGQOQaCtCGQ 
 
 02 301-^ !?; 
 
735 
 
736 
 
 « 
 
 w 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 fc 
 
 Ph 
 
 p 
 
 ^ Ph 
 
 P$A 
 
 p£ 
 o 
 
 eh* 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 w 
 o 
 
 H 
 u 
 
 W 
 D 
 
 ►H 
 ft 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 . Ph 
 
 gSJjMg 
 
 — c3 c3 * 
 
 
 ass- 
 
 :^ 31: o 
 
 o__ C s- 3 c £ 
 
 CO 3-03 3 3^ 
 
 E^Er o 
 
 03 r-j 
 
 I 
 
 £•0 
 
 bfi 
 I 
 
 t_ 
 
 03 • 
 °3 
 
 Hi 
 
 o d 3 
 
 8 Si 
 
 go ||jb 
 
 &o .• c « 
 Mi 8*ligv 
 
 go s O 3 5 ° 
 
 ■ . £ 5 c s ^ .3 a 
 ■So 2 2^ 2 ° 
 
 §1 
 
 3.2 
 
 P o 
 
 o -g_r 
 
 3 -5 o 
 
 « 3 
 c S 
 
 PJ<J 
 
 > > 
 03 c3 
 ZZ 
 1 1 
 ZZ 
 
 So 
 
 ■rt be 
 
 °3 
 S3 
 
 I 1 
 
 ^3 
 
 g' 
 
 jot* 
 S k 3 
 
 pq pq 
 
 : — 
 
 be 
 
 M 
 
 = = 5 
 
 ^©,5 03 
 &£* Z 
 
 eoo .c 
 
 S 3 3 ~ 3 
 C e3 03— 03 
 .3 £ O = B 
 
 III s ! 
 
 © -' £ 
 
 jj o ~ e 2 
 
 HUP 
 
 ssoOo 
 fi - PQ 
 
 w 3 
 
 o ^73 
 
 = S3 
 
 III 
 
 53 
 
 3'J3 
 
 111 
 
 m 
 
 
 J S» 
 o « X 
 
 .S£o 
 
 s ° 
 
 Pi 
 
 2§ 
 
 > o 
 
 c "-*3 
 
 V| 
 
 3: g 
 •So 
 
 3jS 
 3-~ 
 
 03 5= 
 
 c c 
 •P.C 
 
 C"0 
 o o . 
 
 IPS 
 
 C 3 = 
 
 £ =5 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 
 "ot 
 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 P 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 -- 
 
 0Q 
 
 :■ 
 
 s 
 
 CO 
 
 PI 
 
 • 00 
 
 
 o o >~ > 
 
 z ^ z 
 
737 
 
 § 
 
 C CD O +J 
 
 gogc! 
 03 ft CO Pi 
 
 II 
 
 i* 
 
 Is 
 
 C0§ 
 
 o 3 
 
 •— en © i 
 
 2S-2 3 
 
 !a£ g 
 
 03-73 £ 
 
 w St3 w 
 H ©•'-' a" 
 
 i£ u S.« 
 
 >-, o 
 
 «8 
 
 CO 
 
 .20 
 >- > 
 
 ■►lis 
 
 • a o "* o cc 
 
 . O CO c> 
 
 ojSpas 
 
 32H 
 
 coo 
 
 3 • : s-Sw>. 
 
 KG 3 
 
 
 
 "o 
 
 «J 
 
 
 ►-J 
 
 +J 
 
 fe 
 
 08 
 
 G 
 
 1 
 
 G 
 
 
 <: 
 
 A 
 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 
 o 
 
 0> 
 
 « 
 
 
 fc 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 d 
 
 « 
 
 03 
 
 o 
 
 ft 
 
 Ph 
 
 P, 
 
 w 
 
 3 
 
 tf 
 
 >> 
 
 
 a 
 
 o o 
 O O 
 _ - .2_« _ .2 8 
 
 ^" ,-*, 03 *^ *^ ^ a -~ 
 O O^^O 0«2^a 
 
 OeJ O « 3 OeJ O g s bp 
 o . o .go . o . g (-. 
 
 2B§£§sjB§8| , £, 
 
 o .5 
 
 2 -3 
 
 -_- 
 
 a 
 1-26 
 
 si 
 
 - 
 
 SxC o3 
 
 5 to 
 
 .la 
 
 • -CI73T3 O g-5 
 
 S§1.2".2g, 
 ■ " a 
 
 i-" a o o e> o p, 
 
 gS5g.2^ d 
 
 o2-~. 
 
 P-ci t- oc 
 
 «> o 03 CD 
 
 3 §.*© 
 
 1 ! 
 
 ,2o3 
 
 in 
 
 73 SCOT 
 
 9*3.2' 
 
 o 3.S 
 
 ■g +a 23 jS »d c3 
 
 © S rt s >- 3 
 
 » J2 « w 2 o 
 
 -is ^ § I 
 2 ^-g 3 |JS 
 
 "2" ^^ 
 a I a 
 
 O f" 3 
 O (5 fi 
 
 fe .-aS 
 
 d 23« 
 
 _ o C^_ 
 
 5 3 
 
 j73 w.2 "!"! « 
 • 'o'asc'gsfcS . 
 
 •=fe°3gs?=-5S 
 
 i OG ^ Ph^dqPh 
 
 ©=<) O 
 
 GO G 
 
 o^ *| COCN^j 
 
 tt 
 
 ;cncnio 
 
 Mcococo 
 
 DO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 ^3 a 
 ^^ 
 Co 
 
 •2-J 
 
 w a 
 © .a 
 ^3 w 
 
 go 
 
 OT3 
 
 "o a 
 
 H 
 DQ 
 W 
 
 M x:2 
 
 Q. +J o 
 « fl 
 
 o 
 
 T3 O 
 
 11 
 
 si 
 
 O C 
 
 ^ a 
 
 So £ 
 
 i— pj « 
 
 13 .2 
 ^^ 
 
 eta >» 
 
 O O.2. 
 
 5 3 
 fe'g 
 
 £ o 
 
 a ° 
 
 .3 p< 
 ■do t3 a 
 »J3 pj § 
 
 tH'll 
 
 S-5^2° 
 
 ".<" > o ^ 
 
 O i^'D' •» » 
 
 fl a^.B.S 
 
 © m 2 «- H 
 
 IS- si 
 |I|S| 
 
 5- c §^^ 
 o © a^^^-^ 
 
 O jj o 
 
 m *-■ « 
 
 2E® 
 
 5| 
 
738 
 
 a B 
 
 
 ft . ft 
 o go 
 
 as 
 II 
 
 03 -7 s 
 
 O © 
 
 03 C3 
 
 o 3 
 
 el g 
 
 0.3 
 © el 
 
 s_ o 
 
 §3 
 
 « ©,o 
 
 o g 3 
 
 sSolft 
 o£ 
 
 ^ fe 
 
 OOO 
 
 
 ^1^ 
 fc fc 
 
 as 
 
 O © 
 
 
 ft .3 
 
 +3 © 
 
 fl ft 
 
 © O 
 
 1 "3 
 
 ft -s 
 
 £ O 
 
 ft 
 
 ©T? 
 
 <2 '" 
 
 
 © p! 
 •s a 
 
 « « ^ O M o 
 
 © o 
 
 do© 
 c rt — 
 
 £ ©' 
 
 5 n ( 
 O 
 
 03 J3 C © 
 
 Be a c 
 
 '2° si 
 
 rj c C o 
 
 o »'C o 
 ft.2 5 ft 
 
 • o o o o 
 
 © P Q Qfl 
 
 © 
 
739 
 
 « 
 
 i 
 
 w 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 ■c 
 
 ^ 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 <n 
 
 B 
 
 < 
 
 p 
 
 s 
 
 g 
 
 & 
 
 < 
 
 
 s 
 
 t3 
 
 s 
 
 .2 
 
 o 
 
 a> 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 P4 
 
 o 
 
 fc 
 
 *> 
 
 
 T5 
 
 03 
 
 "P 
 
 H 
 
 
 ti 
 
 hH 
 
 o 
 
 W 
 
 d. 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 1 § 
 
 & p 
 
 co — 
 
 § 5 
 
 P S 
 
 I 
 
 B 
 
 60 03 60 
 
 .5 ^fl 
 III 
 
 to 03 co 
 
 « ft 
 
 , .fl d 
 
 .fa C3 03 
 
 co ft t3 
 
 ft© S3 
 
 ■ss i 
 
 1 H° i|| 
 
 C3 O^GGd^W 
 
 ft •—> "s; ^- © k> •— ■ 
 
 P S33 3 , g3 
 
 ►^ 03 03 O c3.g c3 
 
 r* co © «- co "* co 
 
 03 3 3+3 3 o 3 
 
 £ pan pq pq 
 
 £ 
 1.2 
 
 ft 
 
 fl co 
 
 g§s 
 
 ltd" 
 
 So; 3 d 
 
 is 11 
 
 O co 5 Pi 
 
 §1 WSSsS 
 
 nfl ffl » 5 O 2 
 
 da d ©'o d r „ d 
 _§§ sSSgSg 
 
 gft ftcflgp* 
 
 3 1 s 1U i 
 
 •d^oo-g^ 
 .2°-fld!2.2t? 
 
 i^l^dSS 
 
 < $■ 
 
 o 
 d o 
 
 CO — 
 
 to 
 - fl' 
 
 ^03 
 © w 
 o3 O 
 ©£ 
 
 be d 
 
 2 2 
 
 QQ d 
 
 03 
 
 °"2o O O — O 
 
 "aw " 
 
 ■2 a 'S^-3S 
 
 d 03 03 
 ft^, O'S.Q £2 
 
 MSI! ! 
 
 gs£ij§« 
 
 3 03 -g © 03.fc)-« 
 
 a> d o d S3 -g 
 
 '°03^'a^ grS 
 °0 £ g ^ £ 
 kd*s £ » "* 
 
 L+3 ° d 
 
 •d el 
 So 
 
 " » 8.3 a 
 
 03 T3 03-3.5 
 
 ft co ft o t- 
 
 2 ojS-fl° 
 
 S 
 
 o » 
 
 
 'dg^jd^^' 
 
 tf 6 PS 
 
 O c3 o d- 
 
 P5 M 
 
 d 03 
 
 03 J3 
 T3 O 
 
 ^° 
 
 ^d bT 
 
 g» 
 
 'S 03 
 
 d'S 
 
 •S O 
 
 Si 
 
 co.d 
 
 +3 TO 
 
 03 O 
 "3 
 
 d " 
 
 03 o 
 
 fl 
 
 03 a 
 
 O I-, 
 
 ft S ^ 
 
 03 60^ 
 
 ft flS 
 
 rt O CO 
 
 "532 
 
 > 2 d 
 03 d 3 
 
 55 m 
 
 OQ 
 
 P5P5 
 
 S*CUM co 
 
 ?§§- 
 
 §•2^8 
 
 •43 o"d <a 
 22 SS 
 
 -flUi 
 
 8^32 
 
 a> a> Sj3 
 
 PSPSOO 
 
 ^ o 
 
 CO CD CO Q 
 
 +L, .i -3 . be o 60 ti 
 
 o.Sfdgd'H.g +? 
 
 fl C c3 g— ^^ +3 
 
 is© 2^3^ © 
 
 co - 03 -g O 3 n • 
 
 d d — 
 
 •d ft 
 
 81 
 
 to s 
 
 CO © 
 
 ftco 
 
 IS 
 
 r/i ° 
 
 il 
 &i 
 
 CO +i 
 CO O 
 
 o3 CO 
 
 2§ 
 
 o o 
 
 O 
 
 J ^.-5 
 
 CM CM lO 
 
 IfllOH 
 
 esd 2 O c3 K B o3 oSa /-\/+/++7 >-r 
 
 O 03 
 
 51 
 
 •2-2 
 
 co 03 
 
 ftS 
 2-d 
 
 co 9 
 co ►* 
 03 O 
 
 &3 
 
 gl 
 
740 
 
 MS a 
 
 GO 
 
 
 o3°5 
 
 •c .a o o 
 o 
 
 02 
 
 W r 
 
 <5 c 
 
 02 § 
 
 w 1 
 
 o « 
 
 5 ? 
 
 SI a 
 
 a . . . 
 
 a Sals 
 
 :§a^©§ 
 ; g § at a J £ 
 ; t}^_ a. 2 .9 2 
 
 ■ br o3 © o3 3 o Sr; ' 
 
 ®T3 p, 
 
 c5 SJ.O 
 
 &l^a S » 
 
 Sc i§SS:g 
 
 ' a a 
 
 '03.2 
 
 a a S\^ a' a ° ° ° o a a o ao ^ © 
 
 § 2 J S 2 § 2^^ S § 2S -S?S m '- 
 
 * £ : : :«j 
 
 > : p= , 
 
 all: 
 
 00 _g >>■ 
 
 3 oo _ 
 
 £S| 
 
 aS§ 
 
 © ,_ O 
 
 O w 
 
 a=? 3 
 
 M -E 
 
 > > 
 
 22 
 
 > s > . > > > 
 
 'ZZZ 
 
 = © s- y r< 
 SaJSg^ 
 
 o a u+a-D o . 
 
 © a O c3^3 M 
 
 ago^.|^| 
 
 © _ri ^ rS O .73 © 
 
 £ O A 
 
 « -2 £& 
 
 a § "I 
 
 2 a >,.« 
 
 £ £ a"- 
 
 °~2>? S-wv 
 
 £ - © a =s a 
 
 ft £ m a 
 
 c? >> 
 
 2 22222 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 .-1 
 
 01 
 
 c3 
 
 rt 
 
 2 
 
 * 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 fe 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
741 
 
 &£a 
 
 £ 3 a 
 
 4>a_, to 
 
 Ijff 
 
 rrt +J-d © 
 
 •aswl 
 
 Is; 
 
 o-d * >> 
 
 
 w . d-d-d £ 
 
 £d^° 
 
 
 22 6 
 
 •SST3 
 
 3 3 
 c o 
 
 S3 
 
 * x a M ^-i 
 
 ill 
 
 fc gs 
 
 d uS 
 £ c c 
 ^'C ° 
 
 ;je o 
 
 two B 
 
 b!3 
 
 31? 
 
 da 
 
 #5 
 
 s d 
 d d 
 rt d 
 
 o 
 
 tr 
 
 s 
 
 .5 
 
 S 
 
 s 
 
 _ 
 
 d 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 3 
 
 w 
 
 d „• 
 
 o "d 
 
 S^d 
 O O C3 
 
 ~2 
 
 c3-d 3 
 
 - 09 
 
 0)'" o 
 
 U r 
 
 w: 
 
 2-3 
 
 s ■ 
 
 <u d. a> 
 
 , 3 ? 3 
 
 c 5 c aJ'Eb 
 
 |3ooB 
 
 a « 
 
 t- d 5*d 
 03 oj Sj 3 
 
 §-5 5° 
 
 & 
 
 .1 1 
 
 ^3-3 a 
 
 © k 3 +j 
 
 II s .i 
 
 oo go 
 
 ■Sgo^o 
 w ao d a 
 
 O U «H 4) 
 
 be 
 
 'o d 
 
 .O 
 
 £a 
 
 
 •d 
 
 s 
 
 a-d 
 
 3 
 
 
 as 
 
 p 
 
 
 05 3 
 •3 © 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 Ml *s a, +s 
 
 £ 
 
 0> 
 
 O >. c3 u £> 
 
 3^2 o t- « 
 
 ■si 2 ci ^3 a, c3 
 
 3 o 3d Cfl 
 
 
 H.ft 
 
 
 S-3 
 
 a 
 
 S M 
 
 
 aa 
 
 a 
 
 qo 
 
 a 
 
 cr« 
 
 Ih 
 
 ®5 
 
 
 a- +j 
 
 ■3 
 
 S c3 
 
 i 
 
 as 
 
 3. 
 
 35 
 
 -d d 
 
 
 - - 
 
 
 
 3 a 
 
 .?.o 
 
 
 O d 
 
 ° d 
 
 
 >.o 
 
 o°3 
 
 li 
 
 c3 - ^3 
 
 £Q 
 
 : « 3 
 
 . «3 m O 
 
 • Ad £ 
 
 2 ® £ <» 
 a^S-2 
 
 IP| 
 
 ■•^ 0J 3 S 
 <^ > m * 
 ^ 3 ~ 
 
 03 03 (_, rj O 
 
 _QJ+ i ®d o 3 
 ftO »h ^ "^ o 
 
 3 rv d c3 a* 
 
 3 S7co a d g 
 qPh a 
 
 
 ;^_. 
 
 •g^dSd's^^^g 
 183841°— 
 
 g * 
 
 
 > be 
 
 d a3 
 
 d 
 
 w^ 
 
 H 
 
 £X 
 
 iz; 
 
742 
 
 
 03 * S 
 
 p 
 
 
 CN -9" -* 
 
 O | 
 
 £ --3 
 
 O 1 
 
 « « 
 
 ft ~ 
 
 ° s 
 
 ft° 
 
 d„-, 
 
 isf! 
 
 8|1S 
 
 2-p o 
 2 d 
 
 g*d c3 
 
 ,* 2 ^ 
 
 S?8 
 
 H*1g> 
 
 Q} TO W (~l 
 
 pq 
 
 §:©« 
 
 ll* | 
 
 > ©;§ >>© 
 03 f* v- 3 © 
 
 sfigg 
 
 £g 
 
 d=d 
 PQ 
 
 !2 a 
 
 © r^3 
 
 £jco S 
 
 : to 60 • 
 
 CO r-l ' 
 
 Si* 
 
 60 w ~ 
 
 be 
 
 cl O 
 g C3 
 
 s © 
 
 «a 
 
 ©<— 
 
 ■2|£gf § 
 
 'C^:^ 3 . © 
 
 Mfs&H 
 
 ©sf^S^ 
 
 fe"^"S © C3 © 
 
 §S§SU3 
 
 ■so so 
 s So 
 
 33 83 
 
 - - 
 
 
 p»3 
 
 ft< 
 
 ft© J5 
 
 d c§ , 
 
 .5£ 
 
 gs © 
 
 3 O ©« o 5+3 
 Sdg.3>d , "g 
 
 ; c3 © > 
 
 W C3 
 03 O 
 ftQ 
 
 Is 
 
 .2 o 
 
 > ft 
 © © 
 QP5 
 
 «. * 
 
 III 
 
 § © d 
 
 8. S j 
 
 ft* st! 
 
 "5 **> 
 
 .22 ft 
 P ft 
 
 cs 
 
 © to 
 
 53 2 - a 
 Sd.S* 
 
 J28 
 
 =Sft 
 
 2^ft 
 
 1 3 
 
 a; ^s ^j 
 
 lHOO 
 > > 
 
 03 c3 
 
 11 
 
 Si 
 
 "3 « 
 
 02 S 
 
 
743 
 
 8 w> 
 
 a >. 
 
 "e8 O 
 
 >- <- P 
 fcfi 
 
 r^ 2 
 
 3 . - W> . 
 CO © d-d X 
 
 c £ 1 •'•& 
 ^ id 
 
 ill®. 
 
 g d « ca e3 8 rt 
 .S 3 & to to <— to 
 
 '1 g ^ to « o in 
 RpOgg ■ 
 <o fe S 
 
 III 
 
 m 
 
 §■8.9 
 -3 
 
 ■sill 
 
 co<rf,d.d 
 ,0*3 03 
 
 I d d 
 III 
 
 „T PI 
 
 g 
 
 9 >> 
 
 g i t s § 
 
 2,o S3 3^1 
 m jj o d o 
 
 02 
 
 ■d. -° 
 
 3 !^ to 
 
 r^o3 3 
 .S 3 03 
 
 beg S 
 < 
 
 flA S d' 
 
 a- 8 -I 
 
 :£>> 
 
 djD co 3 d 3*3 
 
 :3 
 
 <X 
 
 §8 
 
 £^ 
 
 g£ 
 
 5-S 
 
 •2- 
 Ob 
 
 8 o? 
 i2 to S, 
 
 Sft-2 
 ^gO 
 
 Iff 
 
 ZI 03 3 
 
 dS 
 
 § ft 
 
 dp 
 
 3 a 
 
 s s. 
 
 .5X3 
 &o3 
 
 +jT3X! 
 
 is* 
 
 & d >> 
 
 o 
 a. 
 o 
 
 >> 
 
 03 
 
 O to 
 
 +» 03 
 
 E 
 
 ft 
 "3 
 >> 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 d 
 
 Prepc 
 
 of giins, m 
 
 ntrol instru 
 
 eo o^ 
 
 '3 
 
 p/d 
 
 0) © 
 
 CO o 
 
 <!Ph 
 
 02 
 
 #a 
 
 J 
 
 5s P< 
 
 1 
 
 d« 
 
 y 
 
 d® 
 
 C9 
 
 fc° 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 OR 
 
 Efl 
 
 .to 57 
 
 3 
 
 hJPh 
 
 0202 02 
 
 aa a 
 
 | P 
 
 Ol=< ft o M 
 
 02O2 CQ 02 02 
 
 «a=3 "3 «8 -8 
 
 aa a 
 
 a a 
 
 rv'CQ 03 
 
 ^ d 
 O202 o 
 
 §1° 
 
 S 1 ^ 
 
 PhW ft 
 
 jij CQCQ CQ 
 
 3 aa a 
 
 8 
 
 TJ 
 
 C 
 
 a 
 
 ION 
 
 T3 
 
 o 
 
 •d-d 
 
 OO 
 
 £ 
 
 XZ 
 
744 
 
 o 
 
 n 
 
 CO o 
 
 ^ .a 
 
 GO -a 
 
 5 * 
 
 § ? 
 
 « I 
 
 § 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 o 5 
 
 2 - 
 
 « s 
 
 o a 
 o o 
 
 ooq 
 o 
 
 ■J* 
 
 . o> . o 
 
 CQ ^CQQ 
 O o O 
 
 cqQ 
 c 
 
 «2Q ft 
 
 ^H CN ^H 
 
 £ &o^ © o 
 
 Ufa £§2 
 
 o ^ g >>fto) 
 
 a* 05 ;5 !S 
 
 J? ° 
 
 
 3 n 3 o 
 
 pq ffl 
 
 •3 
 
 ea 
 
 2 i 
 
 3 1 
 
 "3 0*0 
 05—05 
 
 eu s & 
 
 o ^fe 
 b* Eh 
 
 o 5 ,3 
 54, gj. 
 
 s26oo 
 
 PQol 
 
 ©tjJts. 
 
 c3 o3 3 O 
 
 - 
 
 a 
 
 © in 
 SI 
 
 TJ-3 
 ©©33° 
 3 co o 
 
 02-<Ph 
 
 03-SOC 
 
 05 ""J "3 73 
 
 3 3 
 
 ^-3-g 
 
 oogoo 
 +j © ©,3.3 
 
 >>© gi2 3 g 
 
 RfcjCn u'3'3 
 
 55 55 
 
 & £ 5 « il-Q 
 
 c © 
 
 
 c © "" 
 
 fife" 
 
 >>:£. >»©-S 
 o3 3 o3CN 
 55<155 
 
 
 c 5° 
 
 s-, "a 
 
 03 3 3 c3 c3 c3 
 
 03 O C5 
 
 P4 0a3 
 
 S£-S 
 
 ~~3 
 ©32 
 
 X 05 _ 
 
 ■3 ©C..S 
 
 05=- O "* 
 3 © — g 
 
 "13 -s XJ ~? 
 
 © g rt, 5 — is 
 c8©S0 
 
 03 & » ©.53 
 
 osOh° 
 
 S S >- s © 
 ,2.2^ ©? 
 
 S3 33! 05 u C 
 
 g£ 
 
 O Oi) to 
 
 © & J3 g 
 fe-3 o © 
 
 S <B J3 ^J 
 
 o > g^S g 
 
 ^H iS 05 _j 3 
 
 ' S--3 © g 
 
 still 
 
 17 i- 0*3 °! S5 03 
 ■^ 03^"-^ C5J2 
 
 c3 £ gi 3 , §=3"£ 
 
 °c© So c © 
 
 cT-5^©-S2& 
 
 1 00 1 
 55 55 
 
 ■ ' 03 ■ ' 
 
 M H-lfflH 
 
 tHNHN<N-*iO CO 00 (N CM OS! IM ■*> CN 
 CO CQ OQ 02 CQ 02 CQ CQ CQ CQ CQ CQ 02 CQ CQ 
 
 CGCQCCXCQ CCCCCCP 
 
745 
 
 d i 
 
 6 =3 
 
 2 -< 
 
 -< -H ^ H 
 
 
 is 
 
 -*3 o 
 
 £.2 
 
 
 .£> o o o o 
 
 3 
 S o 
 
 15 g o3 & 
 
 ° a 3 
 
 T3 
 
 w« as, 
 
 
 &a 
 
 ® o 5 C > 
 
 2 *££ 
 
 J= © o g 
 
 © > © o a 
 • o t- ►> -U> © 
 a a> ?i r n+* 
 
 • a 
 
 SJ* 
 
 ■ >- ■ — 
 
 : g-o 
 , a© 
 . © t~ 
 
 ;.gs 
 
 . & • 
 
 co;gco 
 
 ill 
 
 Is? 
 
 a co © 
 © © a, 
 
 ■B •? * « a fl la : © 
 
 if i : 
 
 /O g t? ^ c (- ^ 
 
 © © en .-, 03 ©• 
 
 =j^3 2 © t: S*7 
 
 S H t)£ 302 «■ 
 03 en o'&E P 
 
 •3 5\* ^ 4a 1 
 © *2 3.£<g g > - 
 £7 © f 3 oS£3» 
 £ j££+f £ w<~^ S 
 "2 en >> 0^-">>® oTh 
 
 8*2 oJ © ? 03 In PkS 
 
 4»e8S3S3£(»c3 
 
 .a 
 
 % © 
 a3 
 
 ?* 2 
 
 &® « 
 
 a « s 
 
 "a 5 
 w a a 
 
 *.a 
 
 $ Even's 
 
 a »- 
 
 2 = 
 
 JPa©° 
 
 EH £PP tf 
 
 •a S5 
 
 (- *s» 
 
 *a fe 
 
 en ^ 
 
 © en <-> 
 
 °S .§» 
 
 t»3 P. 
 
 pJ2 & 
 
 .es &, 
 © © 
 © © 
 © m 
 
 a . 
 
 3 en's 
 
 e8»o 
 
 lit 
 
 © e-l 
 
 >>o.ti o © 
 
 s:3-sia 
 
 ■*f > s > © 
 
 t>! CO tt CO CN • 
 
 Si3S^eN § 
 
 CQCCCO COCO COCO COOQCQCQCQ CO 
 
 rJj.i 
 
 
 
 100 
 
 1-1 .T* 
 
 ^^<-<J^<s-^^<J<1 <)<J ■§ fi 
 
 r: 
 r-0)O!0(C 
 
 eNcN coco co 
 CO CO CO CO 02 
 
746 
 
 ID 
 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 
 
 
 +j 
 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 V? 
 
 c 
 
 Ph 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 ffi 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 h3 
 
 
 Hi 
 
 T) 
 
 <J 
 
 9 
 
 h 
 
 a 
 
 O 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 DQ 
 
 Tl 
 
 P4 
 
 9 
 
 o 
 
 tS 
 
 M 
 
 eft 
 
 fc 
 
 
 fe 
 
 < 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 p 
 
 B 
 
 5 
 
 n 
 
 | 
 
 § 
 
 o 
 
 8 
 
 o 
 
 8 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 fl 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 "^ 
 
 o 
 
 -ft 
 
 B 
 
 ft 
 
 CO 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 0k 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 *) 
 
 
 °3 
 
 
 Pi 
 
 
 
 OQ ® 
 
 3.2 
 £ft 
 
 
 GO® 
 -I 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sft 
 
 
 8ft 
 
 
 Hi 
 
 •^ ft 
 
 < 
 
 DQ 
 
 O 
 
 6 
 
 f ": 
 
 <1 
 
 is 
 
 o 
 
 
 •3 
 
 DQ 
 
 c 
 
 »H 
 
 iH 
 
 
 O 
 
 rH 
 
 O 
 
 >-H 
 
 rd o o o o o o 
 
 :| 1 
 
 S a 
 
 ft'EV O 
 P ?« 
 
 S = a 
 
 E o 
 
 ft M 
 
 fe| 
 
 = ft 
 
 co ft 
 
 §B S 
 
 "5S- I 
 
 °o o ^ 
 
 "^ -^ a. 
 
 ^ Pit* «-l «-< 
 
 ° © <s a> © 
 
 03 >>0 O . O 
 
 J3 £ • • >> • 
 
 
 •s 1. 
 
 ^—3 
 
 o2« 
 
 ■ill 
 
 Kft5 
 
 &S.I 
 
 
 ft 
 
 -5 O 
 
 3« 
 
 .s-olcg 
 
 oQOE-i PQ 
 
 =3°3°3 °3°3® 
 
 OQGGGG OQCGM 
 
 Si-. 
 
 ;2a 
 
 38 S 
 
 <3<3=3 <«°3<3 
 
 OQOQQQ OQOQOQ 
 
 OQDQ GGGGOQ DQ 
 
747 
 
 OQ 
 
 u 
 
 < 
 
 I 
 
 < s 
 
 « a 
 
 « I 
 
 & r 
 
 S s 
 
 Pk I 
 
 o I 
 
 a i 
 
 a i 
 
 Ph ° 
 
 O 2 
 
 p { 
 
 < 5 
 
 a i 
 o | 
 
 M S 
 
 S s 
 
 Pm - 
 
 M ! 
 
 Si 
 
 ? i 
 
 w £ 
 « 5 
 
 £ ft T3 
 
 .2 ftS =3 
 
 as 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 rv? • W) 
 
 W 05 fl 
 
 _ C5 O 
 
 cy a* cd *0 *a *0 *a *a o3 
 
 pc « : : : : :z 
 
 B 2 
 
 C3 P> 
 
 2 
 a : o 
 
 S :a 
 
 . ® 
 
 s 
 
 u 
 
 +j ©.a 
 S-0 — 
 
 a a « 
 o-a o 
 
 ..£, a a a a 
 ~ §2 ° " a >> 
 
 ! g^Sco— £-£, 
 o -OfagfegftS 
 
 llJftHtt 
 
 «2 ^ 
 
 a a 
 
 .a cu— - w o 
 
 o|l£ S3 . 
 
 J2 a §-« o-* 
 
 a-§|^ °~ 
 
 3-3* a g-e 
 
 ■a 311 " s 
 
 l&i 5 E*l 
 
 ft£ 
 
 £8.5 8.3 8. 
 
 g O 03 o^ O 
 
 3 8 
 
 CO CO CO CO CO co *o 
 fcdO fcuO b£ fcuO be bJD t> 
 
 a a a a pi a ■ 
 
 03 
 
 
 ^03 
 
 tmOO 
 
 tD ■ 60 
 
 5 a > a 
 
 S I v,l 
 
 CQ 
 W 
 g 
 
 as 
 
 "3 
 
 3 i 
 
 u on 
 
 e ° 
 
 O £ 
 
 O o 
 
 S 5 
 
 o I 
 
 PH 03 
 
 « 
 
 O 
 
 w 
 
 ■gg£ 
 05g^ 
 
 s O 3 
 © 03 cv g 
 
 ,rt o3 a 
 ^a?§ 
 
 2 >>>>; 
 
 "ti — i 5 2 o3 .a 
 
 a 3 a ^^: o 
 
 •03 a 
 
 ■g 
 
 03 
 
 il. 
 
 o wag 
 •- a o3 C 
 3-n s^ 
 
 C3 o> o W) 
 
 cu 3 3.5 
 
 flfflffl 
 
 o M « 
 
 — a. a 
 
 o CJ 
 
 I -5.5 s-S^ 
 
 e ^a rt ^^ 
 
 CT wa-oeu.tf 
 o —- OT Swa 
 
 8 .lli^l 
 
 ft -3313^ 
 ^ 3ft a-e 
 
 a - a ot3 a ,h 
 a a«j g o3 co 
 
 1 «ir£3 . 
 
 2 +j+j>« 03 oj © 
 . t- i-. 0_,T3TJ 
 *2 >>o o "2 a a 
 a i_ aa^ ass 
 o oj © S7.2 cs-S-S 
 
 3g 
 
 a 
 
 So 
 
 'S So * 2 
 
 asoo3 
 
748 
 
 w 
 
 
 hH 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 i— i 
 
 
 hA 
 
 
 t-t 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 << 
 
 
 h 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 tf 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 h5 
 
 ^ 
 
 P 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 « 
 
 " 
 
 w 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 w 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 
 <J 
 
 fl 
 
 ri 
 
 ■d 
 
 
 
 ea 
 
 H 
 
 
 02 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 p 
 
 c 
 
 
 5 
 
 « 
 
 % 
 
 o 
 
 
 H 
 
 ;a 
 
 
 
 ID 
 
 125 
 
 rt 
 
 > 
 
 
 «! 
 
 t 
 
 H 
 
 _0 
 
 CO 
 
 | 
 
 M 
 
 •O 
 
 w 
 
 
 p 
 
 5 
 
 525 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 Hj 
 
 
 i-5 
 
 
 <i 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 PI 
 
 
 
 
 
 fc 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 UD 
 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 
 SO fl 
 
 
 
 
 i^° 
 
 
 
 
 3*2 a 
 
 
 
 
 n§| 
 
 
 
 
 o _+g 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 T-H O-g . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "E 
 
 cTd 2 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 .go&'Se: 
 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 
 ■# 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 <J 
 
 
 
 •- 1 
 
 m 
 
 
 d 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 fl 
 
 £ 
 
 a 
 
 Ha 
 
 i > 
 
 o3 ~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 a £ 
 
 d p 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 a c 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 < Is 
 
 a 
 
 X 
 
 
 a 
 
 P3 
 
 CO 
 
 
 o 
 
 co~ 
 
 "3 
 
 
 „ 
 
 « 
 
 ° 
 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 CO 
 
 hi 
 
 s 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 aToo 
 
 O 03 
 
 a o 
 
 a-s 
 
 E 
 
 60 
 
 pi 
 
 
 -a 5 
 
 W 
 
 03 
 
 
 Ewa 
 
 o 
 
 | 
 
 
 °a 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 £3 c 
 
 © o3 f 
 
 a w 
 
 
 — 
 
 a 
 
 
 K 
 
 
 -a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 
 
 
 
 h 
 
 ;a 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,a 
 
 
 
 
 525 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 HH 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 +3 
 
 
 
 
 <J 
 
 ■a 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 £ 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 u B 
 
 
 
 S c 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 © > 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 d •= 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 a 2 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 o ^ 
 
 03 > 
 
 Q < 
 
 
 
 
 
 -c 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 h 
 c 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 <£ 
 
 «o 
 
 
 Pn 
 
 o 5 
 
 <N 
 
 
 
 -a *c 
 
 % 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 C 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 "c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 0! 
 
 +i 
 
 rt 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 1 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 S 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 rt 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 ■ CO 
 
 • a 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 <T3 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 • a 
 
 ! © 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 :| 
 
 
 
 
 
 • © 
 
 
 
 
 
 : jj 
 
 u J 
 
 i ^ 
 
 • — c 
 
 
 ^: 
 
 
 ^^•0-^ 
 
 
 
 ra © 
 
 
 1 
 
 % 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 
 <»J 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 <J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 X 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 §2 
 
 ._ <s 
 03 .3 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 6*3 
 
 b 
 
 ) 
 
 
 
 03 © 
 
 0: 
 
 
 <j 
 
 ^S 
 
 2 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 O O 
 
 a a 
 
 "c 
 
 
 P 
 
 03 c3 
 
 © © 
 aa- 
 
 | 
 
 1 
 
 M 
 
 mpq 
 
 p£ 
 
 
 
 
 
 fy? 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 "3 
 
 
 
 <J 
 
 
 CO 
 
 'M 
 
 ■j 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 p< 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 ) 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 |c 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 CO 
 
 p 
 
 
 fe 
 
 
 © 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 ri 
 
 ° 
 
 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 ©§. 
 
 - - 
 
 
 !25 
 
 ^•a_ 
 
 ►»"- 
 
 
 <J 
 
 03 3 r- 1 
 
 >2£p 
 a ©-a s 
 
 © a »: a 
 
 -i- 
 
 J- 
 
 i 
 i| 
 
 fcjC c 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 till 
 
 '— C 
 
 
 
 «1 
 
 
 «S 
 
 PI 
 
 Pd 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 S«2 
 
 L- 
 
 
 • & 
 
 04 s 
 
 C\ 
 
 O" 
 
 ii 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 ~ 
 
 03 
 
 ■ £ 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 cu 
 
 - 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 8. 
 
 1 CO 
 
 ss&s 
 
 is 
 I a 
 a b 
 
 i° 
 
 o 
 
 
 i r e a 
 CoC« 
 
 £.— 2.° 
 
 cS P,'c3"'c? 
 
 a.o^.l-'S a 
 
 CTc3 3 03 3 a 
 
 §<§<cS 
 
 -a a 
 a • © 
 
 ill 
 
 n hi 
 
 Ere 
 
 ^^ 
 
 II 
 
 pr?i^ 
 
 I :i : 
 
 © a 
 
 *s 
 
 a -a 
 
 & a 
 
 •- = is 
 
 o£T3 
 
 5 = £ 
 
 S a 03 h" 
 
 ll&l 
 
 . . N n N r» _. 
 c l~ 10 L.- ic ^-- oa 
 
749 
 
 rt fta ft ft 
 go-po® 
 
 a °-go 3" 
 
 o 5 t» >- >,— 
 
 I^O-l 4J 03 -u <J> 
 
 
 OS 
 
 3 
 
 >>8 
 
 a 2 a 
 g-g d 
 
 a £ a 
 
 s 5 
 2 I 
 
 ?aa 
 
 §a^ 
 aag 
 
 O ft 
 
 1° I 
 
 S_o s p,S3 
 
 M fc ° >■- o is 
 
 c 2 1- ft t- i, 
 
 o F <u o « o 
 
 .d >vd 
 
 ns 
 
 h a ^ 
 
 -iS 
 
 5 ° S 
 
 -li 
 
 e ■ _ a a 
 
 rt S O 
 
 is*; 
 
 >. o o 
 
 C3 O W 
 
 ft 
 
 a 
 
 ■§& 
 
 a o 
 
 C3 O 
 
 _ i* 
 
 .Ss 
 
 SO in 
 
 
 
 a "2 
 5 p 
 
 "& -a 
 
 ft" ft 
 
 •S d° S * 
 
 I! 
 SB 
 
 So2 
 
 8 -S 
 
 5 « 
 
 o3 © 
 
 a a 
 
 » ©■ "a 
 
 all 
 
 * 5p 
 
 o 8^ 
 
 © © ftO 
 ftt^ 
 
 — 3 ft 
 
 O ^>GG o . 
 
 *a +* 53 « 55 
 
 tf « Eh 
 
 — ' ft 
 
 ft 
 
 a -p ft 
 
 § II 
 
 •I a a 
 
 13 OT - 
 © -a-g 
 «-i • a © 
 
 O J2C3X3 
 
 !— x5 E7© • 
 
 goo g-g 
 
 3 « a a 
 
 ft on 
 
 o o o oo o o o 
 
 s s 3 2s s a a 
 
 £ fc ^ £!z; £ 52; & 
 
 00 
 
 03 ft 
 
 «Sa 
 
 © a c . 
 S^S 
 ftO-2 2 
 
 3C2 - 
 
 &Z. a >> 
 
 aa§S 
 oo-o-w 
 
 §o|| 
 
 olftftg 
 
 V, ft MS 
 
 s o o a> 
 
 WO 03 
 
 _ ~ ajg^j 50 
 C ft 
 
CHAPTER 55. 
 
 RULES FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS. 
 
 Sec. 1. — General instructions. 
 
 Sec. 2. — International and inland rules. 
 
 Sec. 3. — Limits of inland waters of the United States. 
 
 Sec. 4. — Pilot rules for certain inland waters of the Atlantic and 
 
 Pacific coasts and of the coast of the Gulf of Mexico. 
 Sec. 5. — Pilot rules for the rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf 
 
 of Mexico and their tributaries and the Red River of 
 
 the North. 
 Sec. 6. — Pilot rules for the Great Lakes and their connecting and 
 
 tributary waters. 
 Sec. 7. — Certain additional rules applicable to one or more of the 
 
 preceding sections. 
 Sec. 8. — Special rules for motor boats. 
 
 Section 1. — General Instructions. 
 
 The provisions of law and of the rules and regulations estab- 
 lished by the Department of Commerce pursuant to law, as set 
 forth in this chapter, shall be strictly carried out by all officers 
 and others in the naval service. 
 
 Officers and others in the naval service shall diligently observe 
 the rules for preventing collisions, as given in this chapter, and 
 shall immediately report to the Navy Department any infractions 
 thereof which may come to their notice, giving in detail in such 
 report all the data obtainable in connection therewith, including 
 the names of all witnesses, times, places, and the names and 
 nationalities of the vessels violating them. 
 
 Special attention is invited to the definition common to both in- 
 ternational and inland rules, that " The words ' steam vessel ' 
 shall include any vessel propelled by machinery," and to the pro- 
 visions of section 8 of this chapter giving special rules for motor 
 boats, in which a motor boat is defined as " every vessel propelled 
 by machinery and not more than 65 feet in length except tugboats 
 and tow boats propelled by steam." This section does not amend 
 the international rules, but does affect the inland rules and the 
 rules for the Great Lakes and western rivers. Power-driven craft 
 
 (751) 
 
752 
 
 of the Navy affected by the provisions of this section shall comply 
 strictly with such provisions. 
 
 The inland rules given in section 2 of this chapter apply to and 
 shall be observed by " seagoing " vessels, and do not excuse other 
 vessels from compliance with the special rules contained in sec- 
 tion 4. 
 
 The international and inland rules given in sections 2 and 4 of 
 this chapter do not apply to the Great Lakes and western rivers, 
 which are covered by the provisions of sections 5 and 6. 
 
 In section 3 of this chapter are given the lines of demarcation 
 within which the inland rules given in sections 2 and 4 are appli- 
 cable, and also the lines of demarcation of inland waters of the 
 United States within which the rules for the western rivers apply 
 in place of the ordinary inland rules. The rules for the Great 
 Lakes apply in every place to the westward of Montreal. 
 
 In section 7 of this chapter are given certain inland rules which 
 are applicable within the waters covered by sections 4, 5, and 6. 
 In some cases there are certain minor differences in the applica- 
 tion of the provisions of this section to the different waters 
 covered thereby, but such minor differences are indicated in the 
 text in each instance. 
 
 Section 2. — Inteknational and Inland Rules. 
 
 [This section is reproduced from Department Circular No. 230, second edi- 
 tion, Bureau of Navigation, Department of Commerce, 8 June, 1917.] 
 
 In the left-hand column in this section are given the interna- 
 tional rules. In the right-hand column are given the rules for 
 the navigation of rivers, harbors, and inland waters of the United 
 States for seagoing vessels. Attention is called to the remarks in 
 the preceding section, and to the provisions of the succeeding sec- 
 tions in regard to the special rules for certain inland waters. 
 
 INTERNATIONAL RULES. INLAND RULES. 
 
 I. — Enacting Clause, Scope, and I. Enacting Clause, Scope, and 
 
 Penalty. Penalty. 
 
 ■Be it enacted by the Senate and ~Whereas the provisions of chapter 
 
 House of Representatives of the United eight hundred and two of the laics 
 
 States of America in Congress assem- of eighteen hundred and ninety, 
 
 bled, That the following regulations and the amendments thereto, 
 
 for preventing collisions at sea shall adopting regulations for prerent- 
 
 be followed by all public and private ing collisions at sea [i. e., interna- 
 
 vessels of the United States upon the tional rules of left-hand column], 
 
 high seas and in all waters connected apply to all waters of the United 
 
753 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 therewith, navigable by seagoing ves- 
 sels. 
 
 Aet. 30. Nothing in these rules shall 
 interfere with the operation of a spe- 
 cial rule, duly made by local authority, 
 relative to the navigation of any har- 
 bor, river, or inland waters. 
 
 States connected with the high 
 seas navigable by seagoing vessels, 
 except so far as the navigation of 
 any harbor, river, or inland waters 
 is regulated by special rules duly 
 made by local authority; and 
 Whereas it is desirable that the regu- 
 lations relating to the navigation 
 of all harbors, rivers, and inland 
 waters of the United States, ex- 
 cept the Great Lakes and their 
 connecting and tributary waters 
 as far east as Montreal and the 
 Red River of the North and rivers 
 emptying into the Gulf of Mexico 
 and their tributaries, shall be 
 stated in one act: Therefore, 
 Be it enacted by the Senate and 
 House of Representatives of the United 
 States of America in Congress assem- 
 bled, That the following regulations 
 for preventing collisions shall be fol- 
 iated by all vessels navigating all har- 
 bors, rivers, and inland icaters of the 
 United States, except the Great Lakes 
 and their connecting and tributary 
 ivaters as far east as Montreal and the 
 Red River of the North and rivers 
 emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and 
 their tributaries, and are hereby de- 
 clared special rules duly made by local 
 authority. 
 
 Sec. 3. That every pilot, engineer, 
 mate, or master of any steam vessel, 
 and every master or mate of any barge 
 or canal boat, who neglects or refuses 
 to observe the provisions of this act, 
 or the regulations established in pur- 
 suance of the preceding section [see 
 section 2, page 4], shall be liable to a 
 penalty of fifty dollars, and for all 
 damages sustained by any passenger 
 in his person or baggage by such neg- 
 lect or refusal: Provided, That noth- 
 
754 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 ing herein shall relieve any vessel, 
 owner, or corporation from any liabil- 
 ity incurred by reason of such neglect 
 or refusal. 
 
 Sec. 4. That every vessel that shall 
 be navigated without complying with 
 the provisions of this act shall be lia- 
 ble to a penalty of two hundred dol- 
 lars, one-half to go to the informer, for 
 which sum the vessel so navigated 
 shall be liable and may be seized and 
 proceeded against by action in any 
 district court of the United States 
 having jurisdiction of the offense. 
 
 PBELIMINAEY DEFINITIONS. 
 
 PEELIAIINAEY DEFINITIONS. 
 
 In the following rules every steam 
 vessel which is under sail and not 
 under steam is to be considered a sail- 
 ing vessel, and every vessel under 
 steam, whether under sail or not, is to 
 be considered a steam vessel. 
 
 The words " steam vessel " shall in- 
 clude any vessel propelled by machin- 
 ery. 
 
 A vessel is " under way," within the 
 meaning of these rules, when she is 
 not at anchor, or made fast to the 
 shore, or aground. 
 
 In the following rules every steam 
 vessel which is under sail and not 
 under steam is to be considered a sail- 
 ing vessel, and every vessel under 
 steam, whether under sail or not, is to 
 be considered a steam vessel. 
 
 The words " steam vessel " shall in- 
 clude any vessel propelled by machin- 
 ery. 
 
 A vessel is " under way," within thty 
 meaning of these rules, when she is 
 not at anclwr, or made fast to the 
 shore, or aground. 
 
 II. — Lights, and so foeth. 
 
 II. — Lights, and so foeth. 
 
 The word "visible" in these rules, 
 when applied to lights, shall mean 
 visible on a dark night with a clear 
 atmosphere. 
 
 Aeticle 1. The rules concerning 
 lights shall be complied with in all 
 weathers from sunset to sunrise, and 
 during such time no other lights 
 which may be "mistaken for the pre- 
 scribed lights shall be exhibited. 
 
 The word " visible " in these rules, 
 ichen applied to lights, shall mean 
 visible on a dark night with a clear 
 atmosphere. 
 
 Aeticle 1. The rules concerning 
 lights shall be complied with in all 
 weathers from sunset to sunrise, and 
 during such time no other lights 
 which may be mistaken for the pre- 
 scribed lights shall be exhibited. 
 
755 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS — MASTHEAD LIGHT. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS MASTHEAD LIGHT. 
 
 Art. 2. A steam vessel when under 
 way shall carry — 
 
 (a) On or in front of the foremast, 
 or if a vessel without a foremast, then 
 in the fore part of the vessel, at a 
 height above the hull of not less than 
 twenty feet, and if the breadth of tin* 
 vessel exceeds twenty feet, then at a 
 height above the hull not less than 
 such breadth, so, however, that the 
 light need not be carried at a greater 
 height above the hull than forty feet, 
 a bright white light, so constructed as 
 to show an unbroken light over an arc 
 of the horizon of twenty points of the 
 compass, so fixed as to throw the light 
 ten points on each side of the vessel, 
 namely, from right aheatf to two points 
 abaft the beam on either side, and of 
 such a character as to be visible at a 
 distance of at least five miles. 
 
 Art. 2. A steam vessel when under 
 way shall carry — 
 
 (a) On or in the front of the fore- 
 mast, or if a vessel without a foremast, 
 them, in the fore part of the vessel, a 
 bright white light so constructed as to 
 shown an unbroken light over an arc of 
 the horizon of twenty points of the 
 compass, so fixed as to throw the light 
 ten points on each side of the vessel, 
 namely, from right ahead to two points 
 abaft the beam on either side, and of 
 such a character as to be visible at a 
 distance of at least five miles. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS — SIDE LIGHTS. 
 
 (b) On the starboard side a green 
 light so constructed as to show an un- 
 broken light over an arc of the horizon 
 of ten points of the compass, so fixed 
 as to throw the light from right ahead 
 to two points abaft the beam on the 
 starboard side, and of such a charac- 
 ter as to be visible at a distance of at 
 least two miles. 
 
 (c) On the port side a red light so 
 constructed as to show an unbroken 
 light over an arc of the horizon of ten 
 points of the compass, so fixed as to 
 throw the light from right ahead to 
 two points abaft the beam on the port 
 side, and of such a character as to be 
 visible at a distance of at least two 
 miles. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS SIDE LIGHTS. 
 
 (b) On the starboard side a green 
 light so constructed as to show an un- 
 broken light over an arc of the horizon 
 of ten points of the compass, so fixed 
 as to throw the light from right ahead 
 to two points abaft the beam on the 
 starboard side, and of such a charac- 
 ter as to be visible at a distance of at 
 least two miles. 
 
 (c) On the port side a red light so 
 constructed as to show an unbroken 
 light over an arc of the horizon of ten 
 points of the compass, so fixed as to 
 throw the light from right ahead to 
 two points abaft the beam on the port 
 side, and of such a character as to be 
 visible at a distance of at least two 
 miles. 
 
756 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 (d) The said green and red side 
 lights shall be fitted with inboard 
 screens projecting at least three feet 
 forward from the light, so as to pre- 
 vent these lights from being seen 
 across the bow. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 (d) The said green and red side 
 lights shall be fitted with inboard 
 screens projecting at least three feet 
 forward from the light, so as to pre- 
 vent these lights from being seen 
 across the bow. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS RANGE LIGHTS. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS RANGE LIGHTS. 
 
 (e) A steam vessel when under way 
 may carry an additional white light 
 similar in construction to the light 
 mentioned in subdivision (a). These 
 two lights shall be so placed in line 
 with the keel that one shall be at least 
 fifteen feet higher than the other, and 
 in such a position with reference to 
 each other that the lower light shall 
 be forward of the upper one. The ver- 
 tical distance between these lights 
 shall be less than the horizontal dis- 
 tance. 
 
 (e) A seagoing steam vessel when 
 under way may carry an additional 
 white light similar in construction to 
 the light mentioned in subdivision (a). 
 These two lights shall be so placed in 
 line with the keel that one shall be at 
 least fifteen feet higher than the other, 
 and in such a position with reference 
 to each other that the lower light shall 
 be forward of the upper one. The ver- 
 tical distance between these lights 
 shall be less than the horizontal dis- 
 tance. 
 
 (/) All steam vessels (except sea- 
 going vessels, and ferryboats), shall 
 carry in addition to green and red 
 lights required by article two (&), 
 (c), and screens as required by article 
 two (d), a central range of two ichite 
 lights; the after light being carried at 
 an elevation at least fifteen feet above 
 the light at the head of the vessel. 
 The headlight shall be so constructed 
 as to show an unbroken light through 
 twenty points, of the compass, namely, 
 from right ahead to two points abaft 
 the beam on cither side of the vessel, 
 and the after light so as to show all 
 around the horizon. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS WHEN TOWING. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS WHEN TOWING. 
 
 Art. 3. A steam vessel when towing 
 another vessel shall, in addition to her 
 side lights, carry two bright white 
 lights in a vertical line one over the 
 
 Art. 3. A steam vessel when towing 
 another vessel shall, in addition to her 
 side lights, carry two bright ichite 
 lights in a vertical line one over the 
 
757 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 other, not less than six feet apart, and 
 when towing more than one vessel 
 shall carry an additional bright white 
 light six feet above or below such 
 lights, if the length of the tow meas- 
 uring from the stern of the towing ves- 
 sel to the stern of the last vessel towed 
 exceeds six hundred feet. Each of these 
 lights shall be of the same construc- 
 tion and character, and shall be carried 
 in the same position as the white light 
 mentioned in article two (a), except- 
 ing the additional light, which may be 
 carried at a height of not less than 
 fourteen feet above the hull. 
 
 Such steam vessel may carry a small 
 white light abaft the funnel or after- 
 mast for the vessel towed to steer by, 
 but such light shall not be visible for- 
 ward of the beam. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 other, not less than three feet apart, 
 and when touting more than one vessel 
 shall carry an additional bright white 
 light three feet above or below such 
 lights, if the length of the tow measure- 
 ing from the stern of the towing vessel 
 to the stern of the last vessel towed ex- 
 ceeds six hundred feet. Each of these 
 lights shall be of the same construc- 
 tion and character, and shall be carried 
 m the same position as the white light 
 mentioned m article two (a) or the 
 after range light mentioned in article 
 two (f). 
 
 Such steam vessel may carry a small 
 white light abaft the funnel or after- 
 mast for the vessel towed to steer by, 
 but such light shall not be visible for- 
 ward of the beam. 
 
 SPECIAL LIGHTS. 
 
 Akt. 4. (a) A vessel which from any 
 accident is not under command shall 
 carry at the same height as a white 
 light mentioned in article two (a), 
 where they can best be seen, and if a 
 steam vessel in lieu of that light two 
 red lights, in a vertical line one over 
 the other, not less than six feet apart, 
 and of such a character as to be visible 
 all around the horizon at a distance 
 of at least two miles; and shall by 
 day carry in a vertical line one over 
 the other, not less than six feet apart, 
 where they can best be seen, two black 
 balls or shapes, each two feet in diame- 
 ter. 
 
 (b ) A vessel employed in laying or in 
 picking up a telegraph cable shall carry 
 in the same position as the white light 
 mentioned in article two (a), and if 
 a steam vessel in lieu of that light 
 three lights in a vertical line one over 
 the other not less than six feet apart. 
 183841°— 20 49 
 
758 
 
 In tcniational rules — Continued. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 The highest and lowest of these lights 
 shall be red, and the middle light shall 
 be white, and they shall be of such a 
 character as to be visible all around 
 the horizon, at a distance of at least 
 two miles. By day she shall carry in 
 a vertical line, one over the other, not 
 less than six feet apart, where they 
 can best be seen, three shapes not less 
 than two feet in diameter, of which 
 the highest and lowest shall be globu- 
 lar shape and red in color, and the 
 middle one diamond in shape and 
 white. 
 
 (c) The vessels referred to in this 
 article, when not making way through 
 the water, shall not carry the side 
 lights, but when making way shall 
 carry them. 
 
 (d) The lights and shapes required 
 to be shown by this article are to be 
 taken by other vessels as signals that 
 the vessel showing them is not under 
 command and can not therefore get 
 out of the way. 
 
 These signals are not signals of ves- 
 sels in distress and requiring assist- 
 ance. Such signals are contained in 
 article thirty-one. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR SAILING VESSELS AND VES- 
 SELS IN TOW. 
 
 LIGHTS FOE SAILING VESSELS AND VES- 
 SELS IN TOW. 
 
 Aet. 5. A sailing vessel under way 
 and any vessel being towed shall carry 
 the same lights as are prescribed by 
 article two for a steam vessel under 
 way, with the exception of the white 
 lights mentioned therein, which they 
 shall never carry. 
 
 Abt. 5. A sailing vessel under way 
 or being towed shall carry the same 
 lights as are prescribed by article two 
 for a steam vessel under ioay, with the 
 exception of the white lights men- 
 tioned therein, which they shall never 
 carry. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR FERRYBOATS, BARGES, AND 
 CANAL BOATS IN TOW. 
 
 Sec 2. That the supervising inspec- 
 tors of steam vessels and the Supervis- 
 ing Inspector General shall establish 
 
759 
 
 International rules — Continued, 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 such rules to be observed by steam 
 vessels in passing each other and as to 
 the lights to be carried by ferryboats 
 and by barges and canal boats tvhen 
 in tow of steam vessels, not inconsist- 
 ent with the provisions of this act, as 
 they from time to time may deem 
 necessary for safety, which rules, when 
 approved by the Secretary of Com- 
 merce, are hereby declared special 
 rules duly made by local authority, 
 as provided for in artcle thirty of 
 chapter eight hundred and two of the 
 laws of eighteen hundred and ninety. 
 Two printed copies of such rules shall 
 be furnished to such ferryboats and 
 steam vessels, which rules shall be 
 kept posted up in conspicuous places 
 in such vessels. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR SMALL VESSELS. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR SMALL VESSELS. 
 
 Art. 6. Whenever, as in the case of 
 small vessels under way during bad 
 weather, the green and red side lights 
 can not be fixed, these lights shall be 
 kept at hand, lighted and ready for 
 use ; and shall, on the approach of or 
 to other vessels, be exhibited on their 
 respective sides in sufficient time to 
 prevent collision, in such manner as to 
 make them most visible, and so that 
 the green light shall not be seen on 
 the port side nor the red light on the 
 starboard side; nor, if practicable, 
 more than two points abaft the beam 
 on their respective sides. To make 
 the use of these portable lights more 
 certain and easy, the lanterns contain- 
 ing them shall each be painted outside 
 with the color of the light they respec- 
 tively contain, and shall be provided 
 with proper screens. 
 
 Art. 6. Whenever, as in the case of 
 vessels of less than ten gross tons un- 
 der way during bad weather, the green 
 and red side lights can not be fixed, 
 these lights shall be kept at hanit, 
 lighted and ready for use; and shall, 
 on the approach of or to other vessels, 
 be exhibited on their respective sides 
 in sufficient time to prevent collision, 
 in such manner as to make them most 
 visible, and so that the green light 
 shall not be seen on the port side nor 
 the red light on the starboard side, 
 nor, if practicable, more than two 
 points abaft the beam on their respec- 
 tive sides. To make the use of these 
 portable lights more certain and easy, 
 the lanterns containing them shall 
 each be painted outside with the color 
 of the light they respectively contain, 
 and shall be provided with proper 
 screens. 
 
760 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 In land ru Us — Continued. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR SMALL STEAM AND SAIL 
 VESSELS AND OPEN BOATS. 
 
 Art. 7. Steam vessels of less than 
 forty, and vessels under oars or sails 
 of less than twenty tons gross ton- 
 nage, respectively, and rowing boats, 
 when under way, shall not be required 
 to carry the lights mentioned in article 
 two (a), (b), anc'' (c), but if they do 
 not carry them they shall be provided 
 with the following lights : 
 
 First Steam vessels of less than 
 forty tons shall carry — 
 
 (a) In the fore part of the vessel, 
 or on or in front of the funnel, where 
 it can best be seen, and at a height 
 above the gunwale of not less than 
 nine feet, a bright white light con- 
 structed and fixed as prescribed in 
 article two (a), and of such a charac- 
 ter as to be visible at a distance of at 
 least two miles. 
 
 (b) Green and red side lights con- 
 structed and fixed as prescribed in 
 article two (b) and (c), and of such a 
 character as to be visible at a distance 
 of at least one mile, or a combined lan- 
 tern showing a green light and a red 
 light from right ahead to two points 
 abaft the beam on their respective 
 sides. Such lanterns shall be carried 
 not less than three feet below the 
 white light. 
 
 Second. Small steamboats, such as 
 are carried by seagoing vessels, may 
 carry the white light at a less height 
 than nine feet above the gunwale, but 
 it shall be carried above the combined 
 lantern mentioned in subdivision one 
 (b). 
 
 Third. Vessels under oars or sails of 
 less than twenty tons shall have ready 
 at hand a lantern with a green glass 
 on one side and a red glass on the 
 other, which, on the approach of or to 
 other vessels, shall be exhibited in 
 
 Art. 7. Rowing boats, whether un- 
 der oars or sail, shall have ready at 
 hand a lantern showing a white light, 
 which shall be temporarily exhibited 
 in sufficient time to prevent collision. 
 
761 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 sufficient time to prevent collision, so 
 that the green light shall not be seen 
 on the port side nor the red light on 
 the starboard side. 
 
 Fourth. Rowing boats, whether un- 
 der oars or sail, shall have ready at 
 hand a lantern showing a white light 
 which shall be temporarily exhibited 
 in sufficient time to prevent collision. 
 
 The vessels referred to in this arti- 
 cle shall not be obliged to carry the 
 lights prescribed by article four (a) 
 and article eleven, last paragraph. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR PILOT VESSELS. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR PILOT VESSELS. 
 
 Art. 8. Pilot vessels when engaged 
 on their station on pilotage duty shall 
 not show the lights required for other 
 vessels, but shall carry a white light 
 at the masthead, visible all around the 
 horizon, and shall also exhibit a flare- 
 up light or flare-up lights at short in- 
 tervals, which shall never exceed fif- 
 teen minutes. 
 
 On the near approach of or to other 
 vessels they shall have their side lights 
 lighted, ready for use, and shall flash 
 or show them at short intervals, to 
 indicate the direction in which they 
 are heading, but the green, light shall 
 not be shown on the port side nor the 
 red light on the starboard side. 
 
 A pilot vessel of such a class as to 
 be obliged to go alongside of a vessel 
 to put a pilot on board may show the 
 white light instead of carrying it at 
 the masthead, and may, instead of the 
 colored lights above mentioned, have 
 at hand, ready for use, a lantern with 
 green glass on the one side and red 
 glass on the other, to be used as pre- 
 scribed above. 
 
 Pilot vessels, when not engaged on 
 their station on pilotage duty, shall 
 
 Art. 8. Pilot vessels when engaged 
 on their stations on pilotage duty shall 
 not show the lights required for other 
 vessels^ but shall carry a white light 
 at the masthead, visible all around the 
 horizon, and shall also exhibit a flare- 
 up light or flare-up lights at short in- 
 tervals, which shall never exceed fif- 
 teen minutes. 
 
 On the near approach of or to other 
 vessels they shall have their side lights 
 lighted, ready for use, and shall flash 
 or show them at short intervals, to 
 indicate the direction in which they 
 are heading, but the green light shall 
 not be shown on the port side nor the 
 red light on the starboard side. 
 
 A pilot vessel of such a class as to 
 be obliged to go alongside of a vessel 
 to put a pilot on board may show the 
 white light instead of carrying it at 
 the masthead, and may, instead of the 
 colored lights above mentioned, have 
 at hand, ready for use, a lantern with 
 a green glass on the one side and a 
 red glass on the other, to be used- as 
 prescribed above. 
 
 Pilot vessels, when not engaged on 
 tlieir station on pilotage duty, shall 
 
762 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 carry lights similar to those of other 
 vessels of their tonnage. 
 
 A steam pilot vessel, when engaged 
 on her station on pilotage duty and in 
 waters of the United States, and not 
 at anchor, shall, in addition to the 
 lights required for all pilot boats, 
 carry at a distance of eight feet below 
 her white masthead light a red light, 
 visible all around the horizon and of 
 such a character as to be visible on a 
 dark night with a clear atmosphere at 
 a distance of at least two miles, and 
 also the colored side lights required 
 to be carried by vessels when under 
 way. 
 
 When engaged on her station on pi- 
 lotage duty and in waters of the 
 United States, and at anchor, she shall 
 carry in addition to the lights required 
 for all pilot boats the red light above 
 mentioned, but not the colored side 
 lights. When not engaged on her sta- 
 tion on pilotage duty, she shall carry 
 the same lights as other steam vessels. 
 
 LIGHTS, ETC., OF FISHING VESSELS. 
 
 Aet. 9. Fishing vessels and fishing 
 boats, when under way and when not 
 required by this article to carry or 
 show the lights hereinafter specified, 
 shall carry or show the lights pre- 
 scribed for vessels of their tonnage 
 under way. 
 
 (a) Open boats, by which is to be 
 understood boats not protected from 
 the entry of sea water by means of a 
 continuous deck, when engaged in any 
 fishing at night, with outlying tackle 
 extending not more than one hundred 
 and fifty feet horizontally from the 
 boat into the seaway, shall carry one 
 all-round white light. 
 
 Open boats, when fishing at night, 
 with outlying tackle extending more 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 carry lights similar to those of other 
 vessels of their tonnage. 
 
 A steam pilot vessel, when engaged 
 on her station on pilotage duty and in 
 waters of the United States, and not 
 at anchor, shall, in addition to the 
 lights required for all pilot boats, 
 carry at a distance of eight feet below 
 her white masthead light a red light, 
 visible all around the horizon and of 
 such a character as to be visible on a 
 dark night with a clear atmosphere at 
 a distance of at least two miles, and 
 also the colored side lights required 
 to be carried by vessels when under 
 way. 
 
 When engaged on her station on pi- 
 lotage duty and in waters of the 
 United States, and at anchor, she shall 
 carry in addition to the lights required 
 for all pilot boats the red light above 
 mentioned, but not the colored side 
 lights. When not engaged on her sta- 
 tion on pilotage duty, she shall carry 
 the same lights as other steam vessels. 
 
 LIGHTS, ETC., OF FISHING VESSELS. 
 
 Aet. 9. (a) Fishing vessels of less 
 than ten gross tons, when under way 
 and when not having their nets, trawls, 
 dredges, or lines in the water shall not 
 be obliged to carry the colored side 
 lights; but every such vessel shall, in 
 lieu thereof, have ready at hand a 
 lantern tmth a green glass on one side 
 and a red glass on the other side, and 
 on approaching to or being approached 
 by another vessel such lantern shall 
 be exhibited in sufficient time to pre- 
 vent collision, so that the green light 
 shall not be seen on the port side nor 
 the red light on the starboard side. 
 
 (b) All fishing vessels and fishing 
 boats of ten gross tons or upward, 
 when under way and when not having 
 
763 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 than one hundred and fifty feet hori- 
 zontally from the boat into the sea- 
 way, shall carry one all-round white 
 light, and in addition, on approaching 
 or being approached by other vessels, 
 shall show a second white light at least 
 three feet below the first light and at 
 a horizontal distance of at least five 
 feet away from it in the direction in 
 which the outlying tackle is attached. 
 
 (b) Vessels and boats, except open 
 boats as defined in subdivision (a), 
 when fishing with drift nets, shall, so 
 long as the nets are wholly or partly 
 in the water, carry two white lights 
 where they can best be seen. Such 
 lights shall be placed so that the ver- 
 tical distance between thenr shall be 
 not less than six feet and not more 
 than fifteen feet, and so that the hori- 
 zontal distance between them, meas- 
 ured in a line with the keel, shall be 
 not less than five feet and not more 
 than ten feet. The lower of these two 
 lights shall be in the direction of the 
 nets, and both of them shall be of such 
 a character as to show all around the 
 horizon, and to be visible at a distance 
 of not less than three miles. 
 
 Within the Mediterranean Sea and 
 in the seas bordering the coasts of 
 Japan and Korea sailing fishing ves- 
 sels of less than twenty tons gross 
 tonnage shall not be obliged to carry 
 the lower of these two lights. Should 
 they, however, not carry it, they shall 
 show in the same position (in the di- 
 rection of the net or gear) a white 
 light, visible at a distance of not less 
 than one sea mile, on the approach of 
 or to other vessels. 
 
 (c) Vessels and boats, except open 
 boats as defined in subdivision (a), 
 when line fishing with their lines out 
 and attached to or hauling their lines, 
 
 their nets, trawls, dredges, or lines in 
 the water, shall carry and show the 
 same lights as other vessels under way. 
 
 (c) All vessels, when trawling, 
 dredging, or fishing with any kind of 
 drag nets or lines, shall exhibit, from 
 some part of the vessel where they 
 can be best seen, two lights. One of 
 these lights shall be red and the other 
 shall be ichite. The red light shall be 
 above the white light, and shall be at 
 a vertical distance from it of not less 
 than six feet and not more than twelve 
 feet; and the horizontal distance be- 
 tween them, if any, shall not be more 
 than ten feet. These two lights shall 
 be of such a character and contained 
 in lanterns of such construction as to 
 be visible all round the horizon, the 
 white light a distance of not less than 
 three miles and the red light of not 
 less than two miles. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR RAFTS OR OTHER CRAFT NOT 
 PROVIDED FOR. 
 
 (d) Rafts, or other water craft not 
 herein provided for, navigating by 
 hand power, horse power, or by the 
 current of the river, shall carry one or 
 more good ichite lights, which shall be 
 placed in such manner as shall be 
 prescribed by the Board of Supervis- 
 ing Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 
 
764 
 
 International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 and when not at anchor or stationary 
 within the meaning of subdivision (h), 
 shall carry the same lights as vessels 
 fishing with drift nets. When shoot- 
 ing lines or fishing with towing lines 
 they shall carry the lights prescribed 
 for a steam or sailing vessel under 
 way, respectively. 
 
 Within the Mediterranean Sea and 
 in the seas bordering the coasts of 
 Japan and Korea sailing fishing ves- 
 sels of less than twenty tons gross 
 tonnage shall not be obliged to carry 
 the lower of these two lights. Should 
 they, however, not carry it, they shall 
 show in the same position (in the di- 
 rection of the lines) a white light, 
 visible at a distance of not less than 
 one sea mile on the approach of or to 
 other vessels. 
 
 (d) Vessels when engaged in trawl- 
 ing, by which is meant the dragging 
 of an apparatus along the bottom of 
 the sea — 
 
 First. If steam vessels, shall carry 
 in the same position as the white light 
 mentioned in article two (a) a tri-col- 
 ored lantern so constructed and fixed 
 as to show a white light from right 
 ahead to two points on each bow, and 
 a green light and a red light over an 
 arc of the horizon from two points on 
 each bow to two points abaft the beam 
 on the starboard and port sides, re- 
 spectively ; and not less than six nor 
 more than twelve feet below the tri- 
 colored lantern a white light in a lan- 
 tern, so constructed as to show a clear, 
 uniform, and unbroken light all around 
 the horizon. 
 
 Second. If sailing vessels, shall 
 carry a white light in a lantern, so 
 constructed as to show a clear, uni- 
 form, and unbroken light all around 
 the horizon, and shall also, on the 
 
765 
 
 International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 approach of or to other vessels, show 
 where it can best be seen a white 
 flare-up light or torch in sufficient time 
 to prevent collision. 
 
 All lights mentioned in subdivision 
 (d), first and second, shall be visible 
 at a distance of at least two miles. 
 
 (e) Oyster dredgers and other ves- 
 sels fishing with dredge nets shall 
 carry and show the same lights as 
 trawlers. 
 
 (f ) Fishing vessels and fishing boats 
 may at any time use a flare-up light 
 in addition to the lights which they 
 are by this article required to carry 
 and show, and they may also use 
 working lights. 
 
 (g) Every fishing vessel and every 
 fishing boat under one hundred and 
 fifty feet in length, when at anchor, 
 shall exhibit a white light visible all 
 around the horizon at a distance of at 
 least one mile. 
 
 Every fishing vessel of one hundred 
 and fifty feet in length or upward, 
 when at anchor, shall exhibit a white 
 light visible all around the horizon at 
 a distance of at least one mile, and 
 shall exhibit a second light as pro- 
 vided for vessels of such length by 
 article eleven. 
 
 Should any such vessel, whether 
 under one hundred and fifty feet in 
 length or of one hundred and fifty feet 
 in length or upward, be attached to a 
 net or other fishing gear, she shall on 
 the approach of other vessels show an 
 additional white light at least three 
 feet below the anchor light, and at a 
 horizontal distance of at least five feet 
 away from it in the direction of the 
 net or gear. 
 
 (h) If a vessel or boat when fishing 
 becomes stationary in consequence of 
 her gear getting fast to a rock or other 
 
766 
 
 International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 obstruction, she shall in daytime haul 
 down the day signal required by sub- 
 division (k) ; at night show the light 
 or lights prescribed for a vessel at an- 
 chor; antf during fog, mist, falling 
 snow, or heavy rainstorms make the 
 signal prescribed for a vessel at an- 
 chor. (See subdivision (d) and the 
 last paragraph of article fifteen. ) 
 
 (i) In fog, mist, falling snow, or 
 heavy rainstorms drift-net vessels 
 attached to their nets, and vessels 
 when trawling, dredging, or fishing 
 with any kind of drag net, and vessels 
 line fishing with their lines out, shall, 
 if of twenty tons gross tonnage or 
 upward, respectively, at intervals of 
 not more than one minute make a 
 blast ; if steam vessels, with the whis- 
 tle or siren, and if sailing vessels, with 
 the foghorn, each blast to be followed 
 by ringing the bell. Fishing vessels 
 and boats of less than twenty tons 
 gross tonnage shall not be obliged to 
 give the above-mentioned signals ; but 
 if they do not, they shall make some 
 other efficient sound signal at intervals 
 of not more than one minute. 
 
 (k) All vessels or boats fishing with 
 nets or lines or trawls, when under 
 way, shall in daytime indicate their 
 occupation to an approaching vessel by 
 displaying a basket or other efficient 
 signal where it can best be seen. If 
 vessels or boats at anchor have their 
 gear out, they shall, on. the approach 
 of other vessels, show the same signal 
 on the side on which those vessels can 
 pass. 
 
 The vessels required by this article 
 to carry or show the lights hereinbe- 
 fore specified shall not be obliged to 
 carry the lights prescribed by article 
 four (a) and the last paragraph of 
 article eleven. 
 
767 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR AN OVERTAKEN VESSEL. 
 
 Art. 10. A vessel which is being 
 overtaken by another shall show from 
 her stern to such last-mentioned vessel 
 a white light or a flare-up light. 
 
 The white light required to be shown 
 by this article may be fixed and car- 
 ried in a lantern, but in such case the 
 lantern shall be so constructed, fitted, 
 and screened that it shall throw an 
 unbroken light over an arc of the hori- 
 zon of twelve points of the compass, 
 namely, for six points from right aft 
 on each side of the vessel, so as to be 
 visible at a distance of at least one 
 mile. Such light shall be carried as 
 nearly as practicable on the same level 
 as the side lights. 
 
 ANCHOR LIGHTS. 
 
 Art. 11. A vessel under one hundred 
 and fifty feet in length when at anchor 
 shall carry forward, where it can best 
 be seen, but at a height not exceed- 
 ing twenty feet above the hull, a 
 white light, in a lantern so constructed 
 as to show a clear, uniform, and un- 
 broken light visible all around the 
 horizon at a distance of at least one 
 mile. 
 
 A vessel of one hundred and fifty 
 feet or upwards in length when at 
 anchor shall carry in the forward part 
 of the vessel, at a height of not less 
 than twenty and not exceeding forty 
 feet above the hull, one such light, 
 and at or near the stern of the vessel, 
 and at such a height that it shall be 
 not less than fifteen feet lower than 
 the forward light, another such light. 
 
 The length of a vessel shall be 
 deemed to be the length appearing in 
 her certificate of registry. 
 
 A vessel aground in or near a fair- 
 way shall carry the above light or 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR AN OVERTAKEN VESSEL. 
 
 Art. 10. A vessel which is being 
 overtaken by another, except a steam 
 vessel with an after range light show- 
 ing all around the horizon, shall shotv 
 from her stern to such last-mentioned 
 vessel a white light or a flare-up light. 
 
 ANCHOR LIGHTS. 
 
 Art. 11. A vessel under one hundred 
 and fifty feet in length when at anchor 
 shall carry forward, where it can best 
 be seen, but at a height not exceed- 
 ing twenty feet above the hull, a 
 white light, in a lantern so constructed 
 as to show a clear, uniform, and un- 
 broken light visible all around the 
 horizon at a distance of at least one 
 mile. 
 
 A vessel of one hundred and fifty 
 feet or upwards in length when at 
 anchor shall carry in the forward part 
 of the vessel, at a height of not less 
 than twenty and not exceeding forty 
 feet above the hull, one such light, 
 and at or near the stern of the vessel, 
 and at such a height that it shall be 
 not less than fifteen feet lower than 
 the forward light, another such light. 
 
 The length of a vessel shall be 
 deemed to be the length appearing in 
 her certificate of registry. 
 
768 
 
 In ternational rules — Continued. 
 
 lights and the two red lights pre- 
 scribed by article four (a). 
 
 SPECIAL SIGNALS. 
 
 Art. 12. Every vessel may, if neces- 
 sary in order to attract attention, in 
 addition to the lights which she is by 
 these rules required to carry, show a 
 flare-up light or use any detonating- 
 signal that can not be mistaken for a 
 distress signal. 
 
 NAVAL LIGHTS AND RECOGNITION SIG- 
 NALS. 
 
 Art. 13. Nothing in these rules shall 
 interfere with the operation of any 
 special rules made by the Government 
 of any nation with respect to addi- 
 tional station and signal lights for two 
 or more ships of war or for vessels 
 sailing under convoy, or with the ex- 
 hibition of recognition signals adopted 
 by shipowners, which have been au- 
 thorized by their respective Govern- 
 ments, and duly registered and pub- 
 lished. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 SPECIAL SIGNALS. 
 
 Art. 12. Every vessel may, if neces- 
 sary, in order to attract attention, in 
 addition to the lights which she is by 
 these rules required to carry, show a 
 flare-up light or use any detonating 
 signal that can not be mistaken for a 
 distress signal. 
 
 NAVAL LIGHTS AND RECOGNITION SIG- 
 NALS. 
 
 Art. 13. Nothing in these rules shall 
 interfere with the operation of any 
 special rules made by the Government 
 of any nation with respect to addi- 
 tional station and signal lights for two 
 or more ships of war or for vessels 
 sailing under convoy, or with the ex- 
 hibition of recognition signals adopted 
 by shipowners, which have been au- 
 thorized by their respective Govern- 
 ments, and duly registered and pub- 
 lished. 
 
 STEAM VESSEL UNDER SALL BY DAY. 
 
 STEAM VESSEL UNDER SAIL BY DAY. 
 
 Art. 14. A steam vessel proceeding 
 under sail only, but having her funnel 
 up, shall carry in daytime, forward, 
 where it can best be seen, one black 
 ball or shape two feet in diameter. 
 
 Art. 14. A steam vessel proceeding 
 under sail only, but having her funnel 
 up, may carry in daytime, forward, 
 where it can best be seen, one black 
 ball or shape tivo feet in diameter. 
 
 III. Sound Signals for Fog, and so III. Sound Signals for Fog, and so 
 
 FORTH. FORTH. 
 
 PRELIMINARY. 
 
 PRELIMINARY. 
 
 Art. 15. All signals prescribed by this 
 article for vessels under way shall be 
 given : 
 
 First. By " steam vessels " on the 
 whistle or siren. 
 
 Art. 15. All signals prescribed by th is 
 article for vessels under way shall be 
 given: 
 
 1. By "steam vessels " on the whistle 
 or siren. 
 
769 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 Second. By "sailing vessels" and 
 " vessels towed " on the fog horn. 
 
 The words "prolonged blast" used 
 in this article shall mean a blast of 
 from four to six seconds' duration. 
 
 A steam vessel shall be provided 
 with an efficient whistle or siren, 
 sounded by steam or by some sub- 
 stitute for steam, so placed that the 
 sound may not be intercepted by any 
 obstruction, and with an efficient fog 
 horn, to be sounded by mechanical 
 means, and also with an efficient bell. 
 In all cases where the rules require 
 a bell to be used a drum may be sub- 
 stituted on board Turkish vessels, or 
 a gong where such articles are used 
 on board small seagoing vessels. A 
 sailing vessel of twenty tons gross 
 tonnage or upward shall be provided 
 with a similar fog horn and bell. 
 
 In a fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 
 rain storms, whether by day or night, 
 the signals described in this article 
 shall be used as follows, namely : 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 2. By "sailing vessels " and "vessels 
 towed " on the fog horn. 
 
 The words "prolonged blast " used 
 in this article shall mean a blast of 
 from four to six seconds' duration. 
 
 A steam vessel shall be provided 
 with an efficient whistle or siren, 
 sounded by steam or by some sub- 
 stitute for steam, so placed that the 
 sound may not be intercepted by any 
 obstruction, and with an efficient fog 
 horn; also with an efficient bell. A 
 sailvng vessel of twenty tons gross ton- 
 nage or upward shall be provided with 
 a similar fog horn and bell. 
 
 In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 
 rain storms, whether by day or night, 
 the signals described in this article 
 shall be used as follows, namely: 
 
 STEAM VESSEL UNDER WAY. 
 
 STEAM VESSEL UNDER WAY. 
 
 (a) A steam vessel having way upon 
 her shall sound, at intervals of not 
 more than two minutes, a prolonged 
 blast. 
 
 (b) A steam vessel under way, but 
 stopped, and having no way upon her, 
 shall sound, at intervals of not more 
 than two minutes, two prolonged 
 blasts, with an interval of about one 
 second between. 
 
 (a) A steam vessel under way shall 
 sound, at intervals, of not more than 
 one minute, a prolonged blast. 
 
 SAIL VESSEL UNDER WAY. 
 
 SAIL VESSEL UNDER WAY. 
 
 (c) A sailing vessel under way shall 
 sound, at intervals of not more than 
 one minute, when on the starboard 
 
 (c) A sailing vessel under way shall 
 sound, at intervals of not more than 
 one minute, when on the starboard 
 
 tack, one blast ; when on the port tack, tack, one blast; when on the port tack, 
 
770 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 two blasts in succession, and when 
 with the wind abaft the beam, three 
 blasts in succession. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 two blasts in succession, and when 
 with the wind abaft the beam, three 
 blasts in succession. 
 
 VESSELS AT ANCHOE OR NOT UNDER WAY. VESSELS AT ANCHOR OR NOT UNDER WAY. 
 
 (d) A vessel when at anchor shall, 
 at intervals of not more than one min- 
 ute, ring the bell rapidly for about five 
 seconds. 
 
 (d) A vessel when at anchor shall, 
 at intervals of not more than one min- 
 ute, ring the bell rapidly for about five 
 seconds. 
 
 VESSELS TOWING OR TOWED. 
 
 VESSELS TOWING OR TOWED. 
 
 (e) A vessel when towing, a vessel 
 employed in laying or in picking up a 
 telegraph cable, and a vessel under 
 way, which is unable to get out of the 
 way of an approaching vessel through 
 being not under command, or unable 
 to maneuver as required by the rules, 
 shall, instead of the signals prescribed 
 in subdivisions (a) and (c) of this 
 article, at intervals of not more than 
 two minutes, sound three blasts in 
 succession, namely: One prolonged 
 blast followed by two short blasts. A 
 vessel towed may give this signal and 
 she shall not give any other. 
 
 (e) A steam vessel when towing, 
 shall, instead of the signals prescribed 
 in subdivision (a) of this article, at 
 intervals of not more than one minute, 
 sound three blasts in succession, 
 namely, one prolonged blast followed 
 by two short blasts. A vessel towed 
 may give this signal and she shall not 
 give any other. 
 
 SMALL SAILING VESSELS AND BOATS. 
 
 OR OTHER CRAFT NOT PROVIDED 
 FOR. 
 
 Sailing vessels and boats of less 
 than twenty tons gross tonnage shall 
 not be obliged to give the above-men- 
 tioned signals, but, if they do not, they 
 shall make some other efficient sound 
 signal at intervals of not more than 
 one minute. 
 
 (f) All rafts or other water craft, 
 not herein provided for, navigating by 
 hand power, horse power, or by the 
 cuirent of the river, shall sound a 
 blast of the fog horn, or equivalent 
 signal, at intervals of not more than 
 one minute. 
 
 SPEED IN FOG. 
 
 SPEED IN FOG. 
 
 Art. 16. Every vessel shall, in a fog, 
 mist, falling snow, or heavy rain 
 storms, go at a moderate speed, having 
 
 Art. 16. Every vessel shall, in a fog, 
 mist, falling snoiv, or heavy rain 
 storms, go at a moderate speed, ha ring 
 
771 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 careful regard to the existing circum- 
 stances and conditions. 
 
 A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
 forward of her beam, the fog signal of 
 a vessel the position of which is not 
 ascertained shall, so far as the cir- 
 cumstances of the case admit, stop her 
 engines, and then navigate with cau- 
 tion until danger of collision is over. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 careful regard to the existing circum- 
 stances and conditions. 
 
 A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
 forward of her beam, the fog signal of 
 a vessel the position of which is not 
 ascertained shall, so far as the cir- 
 cumstances of the case admit, stop her 
 engines, and then navigate with cau- 
 tion until danger of collision is over. 
 
 IV. — Steeeing and Sailing Rules. IV. — Steering and Sailing Rules. 
 
 PRELIMINARY. 
 
 PRELIMINARY. 
 
 Risk of collision can, when circum- 
 stances permit, be ascertained by care- 
 fully watching the compass bearing of 
 an approaching vessel. If the bearing 
 does not appreciably change, such risk 
 should be deemed to exist. 
 
 Risk of collision can, when circum- 
 stances permit, be ascertained by care- 
 fully watching the compass bearing of 
 an approaching vessel. If the bearing 
 does not appreciably change, such risk 
 should be deemed to exist. 
 
 sailing vessels. 
 
 SAILING VESSELS. 
 
 Art. 17. When two sailing vessels 
 are approaching one another, so as to 
 involve risk of collision, one of them 
 shall keep out of the way of the other, 
 as follows, namely : 
 
 (a) A vessel which is running free 
 shall keep out of the way of a vessel 
 which is closehauled. 
 
 (b) A vessel which is closehauled 
 on the port tack shall keep out of the 
 way of a vessel which is closehauled 
 on the starboard tack. 
 
 (c) When both are running free, 
 with the wind on different sides, the 
 vessel which has the wind on the port 
 side shall keep out of the way of the 
 other. 
 
 (d) When both are running free, 
 with the wind on the same side, the 
 vessel which is to the windward shall 
 keep out of the way of the vessel 
 which is to the leeward. 
 
 Art. 17. When two sailing vessels 
 are approaching one another, so as to 
 involve risk of collision, one of them 
 shall keep out of the way of the other, 
 as follotcs, namely: 
 
 (a) A vessel which is running free 
 shall keep out of the way of a vessel 
 which is closehauled. 
 
 (b) A vessel which is closehauled 
 on the port tack shall keep out of the 
 way of a vessel which is closehauled 
 on the starboard tack. 
 
 (c) When both are running free, 
 with the wind on different sides, the 
 vessel which has the wind on the port 
 side shall keep out of the way of the 
 other. 
 
 (d) When both are running free, 
 with the wind on the same side, the 
 vessel which is to the windward shall 
 keep out of the way of the vessel 
 which is to the leeward. 
 
772 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 (e) A vessel which has the wind aft 
 shall keep out of the way of the othet 
 vessel. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 (e) A vessel which has the wind aft 
 shall keep out of the way of the other 
 vessel. 
 
 
 STEAM VESSELS. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS. 
 
 Aet. 18. When two steam vessels 
 are meeting end on, or nearly end on, 
 so as to involve risk of collision, each 
 shall alter her course to starboard, so 
 that each may pass on the port side of 
 the other. 
 
 This article only applies to cases 
 where vessels are meeting end on, or 
 nearly end on, in such a manner as to 
 involve risk of collision, and does not 
 apply to two vessels which must, if 
 both keep on their respective courses, 
 pass clear of each other. 
 
 The only cases to which it does ap- 
 ply are when each of the two vessels 
 is end on, or nearly end on, to the 
 other; in other words, to cases in 
 which, by day, each vessel sees the 
 masts of the other in a line, or nearly 
 in a line, with her own ; and by night, 
 to cases in which each vessel is in 
 such a position as to see both the side 
 lights of the other. 
 
 Art. 18. Rule I. When steam ves- 
 sels are approaching each other head 
 and head, that is, end on, or nearly 
 so, it shall be the duty of each to pass 
 on the port side of the other; and 
 either vessel shall give, as a signal 
 of her intention, one short and distinct 
 Mast of her whistle, which the other 
 vessel shall answer promptly by a 
 similar blast of her whistle, and 
 thereupon such vessels shall pass on 
 the port side of each other. But if 
 the courses of such vessels are so far 
 on the starboard of each other as not 
 to be considered as meeting head and 
 head, either vessel shall immediately 
 give two short and distinct blasts of 
 her whistle, which the other vessel 
 shall answer promptly by two similar 
 blasts of her whistle, and they shall 
 pass on the starboard side of each 
 other. 
 
 The foregoing only applies to cases 
 where vessels are meeting end on, or 
 nearly end on, in such a manner as to 
 involve risk of collision; in other 
 words, to cases in which, by day, each 
 vessel sees the masts of the other in a 
 line, or nearly in a line, with her own. 
 and by night to cases in which each 
 vessel is in such a position as to see 
 both the side lights of the other. 
 
773 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 It does not apply by day to cases 
 in which a vessel sees another ahead 
 crossing her own course; or by night 
 to cases where the red light of one ves- 
 sel is opposed to the red light of the 
 other, or where the green light of one 
 vessel is opposed to the green light of 
 the other, or where a red light with- 
 out a green light, or a green light 
 without a red light, is seen ahead, or 
 where both green and red lights are 
 seen anywhere but ahead. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 It does not apply by day to cases 
 in which a vessel sees another ahead 
 crossing her own course, or by night 
 to cases where the red light of one 
 vessel is opposed to the red light of 
 the other, or where the green light of 
 one vessel is opposed to the green 
 light of the other, or where a red 
 light without a green light or a green 
 light without a red light, is seen ahead, 
 or where both green and red lights are 
 seen anywhere but ahead. 
 
 Rule III. If, when steam vessels 
 are approaching each other, either ves- 
 sel fails to understand the course or 
 intention of the other, from any cause, 
 the vessel so in doubt shall immedi- 
 ate! >/ signify the same by giving sev- 
 eral short and rapid blasts, not less 
 than four, of the steam whistle. 
 
 Rule V. Whenever a steam vessel is 
 nearing a short bend or curve in the 
 channel, where, from the height of the 
 banks or other cause, a steam vessel 
 approaching from the opposite direc- 
 tion can not be seen for a distance of 
 half a mile, such steam vessel, when 
 she shall have arrived within half a 
 mile of such curve or bend, shall give 
 a signal by one long blast of the 
 steam whistle, which signal shall be 
 answered by a similar blast given by 
 any approaching steam vessel that 
 may be within hearing. Should such 
 signal be so answered by a steam ves- 
 sel upon the farther side of such bend, 
 then the usual signals for meeting and 
 passing shall immediately be given and 
 answered; but if the first alarm signal 
 of such vessel be not answered, she is 
 to consider the channel clear and gov- 
 ern herself accordingly. 
 
 When steam vessels are moved from 
 their docks or berths, and other boats 
 are liable to pass from any direction 
 
 1838-1 1°— 20- 
 
 -50 
 
774 
 
 International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 toicard them, they shall give the same 
 signal as in the case of vessels meet- 
 ing at a bend, but immediately after 
 clearing the berths so as to be fully in 
 sight, they shall be governed by the 
 steering and sailing rules. 
 
 Rule VIII. When steam vessels are 
 running in the same direction, and the 
 vessel which is astern shall desire to 
 pass on the right or starboard hand 
 of the vessel ahead, she shall give one 
 short blast of the steam whistle as a 
 signal of such desire; and if the vessel 
 ahead answers with one blast, she 
 shall put her helm to port; or if she 
 shall desire to pass on the left or port 
 side of the vessel ahead, she shall give 
 two short blasts of the steam whistle 
 ■as a signal of such desire; and if the 
 vessel ahead answers with two blasts, 
 shall put her helm to starboard; or if 
 the vessel ahead does not think it safe 
 for the vessel astern to attempt to pass 
 at that point, she shall immediately 
 signify the same by giving several 
 short and rapid blasts of the steam 
 whistle, not less than four, and under 
 no circumstances shall the vessel 
 astern attempt to pass the vessel ahead 
 until such time as they have reached 
 a point where it can be safely done, 
 when said vessel ahead shall signify 
 her willingness by blowing the proper 
 signals. The vessel ahead sliall in no 
 case attempt to cross the bow or crowd 
 upon the course of the passing vessel. 
 
 Rule IX. The whistle signals pro- 
 ' vided in the rules under this article 
 for steam vessels meeting, passing, or 
 overtaking are never to be used ex- 
 cept when steamers are in sight of 
 each other and the course and position 
 of each can be determined in the day- 
 time by a sight of the vessel itself or 
 by night by seeing its signal lights. 
 In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 
 
775 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 rain storms, when vessels can not see 
 each other, fog signals only must be 
 given. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS. 
 
 Sec. 2. That the supervising inspec- 
 tor's of steam vessels and the Super- 
 vising Inspector General shall establish 
 such rules to be observed by steam 
 vessels in passing each other and as to 
 the lights to be carried by ferryboats 
 and by barges and canal boats ivhen in 
 toio of steam vessels, not inconsistent 
 with the provisions of this act, as they 
 from time to time may deem necessary 
 for safety, which rules when approved 
 by the Secretary of Commerce, are 
 hereby declared special rules duly 
 made by local authority, as provided 
 for in article thirty of chapter eight 
 hundred and tico of the laws of 
 eighteen hundred and ninety. Two 
 printed copies of such rules shall be 
 furnished to such ferryboats and steam 
 vessels, which rules shall be kept 
 posted up in conspicuous places in 
 such vessels. 
 
 TWO STEAM VESSELS CROSSING. 
 
 TWO STEAM VESSELS CROSSING. 
 
 Art. 19. When two steam vessels are 
 crossing, so as to involve risk of col- 
 lision, the vessel which has the other 
 on her own starboard side shall keep 
 out of the way of the other. 
 
 Art. 19. When two steam vessels are 
 crossing, so as to involve risk of col- 
 lision, the vessel which has the other 
 on her own starboard side shall keep 
 out of the way of the other. 
 
 STEAM VESSEL SHALL KEEP OUT OF THE 
 WAY OF SAILING VESSEL. 
 
 STEAM VESSEL SHALL KEEP OUT OF THE 
 WAY OF SAILING VESSEL. 
 
 Art. 20. When a steam vessel and a 
 sailing vessel are proceeding in such 
 directions as to involve risk of colli- 
 sion, the steam vessel shall keep out of 
 the way of the sailing vessel. 
 
 Art. 20. When a steam vessel and a 
 sailing vessel are proceeding in such 
 directions as to involve risk of colli- 
 sion, the steam vessel shall keep out of 
 the way of the sailing vessel. 
 
776 
 
 IntvDiational rules — Continued. 
 
 COURSE AND SPEED. 
 
 Aet. 21. Where, by any of these 
 rules, one of two vessels is to keep out 
 of the way the other shall keep her 
 course and speed. 
 
 Note. — When, in consequence of 
 thick weather or other causes, such 
 vessel finds herself so close that col- 
 lision can not be avoided by the action 
 of the giving-way vessel alone, she 
 also shall take such action as will best 
 aid to avert collision. [See articles 
 27 and 29.] 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 COURSE AND SPEED. 
 
 Aet. 21. Where, by any of these 
 rules, one of the two vessels is to Iceep 
 out of the way, the other shall keep 
 her course and speed. 
 
 [See articles 27 and 29.1 
 
 CROSSING AHEAD. 
 
 CROSSING AHEAD. 
 
 Art. 22. Every vessel which is di- 
 rected by these rules to keep out of 
 the way of another vessel shall, if the 
 circumstances of the case admit, avoid 
 crossing ahead of the other. 
 
 Art. 22. Every vessel which is di- 
 rected by these rules to keep out of the 
 way of another vessel shall, if the 
 circumstances of the case admit, avoid 
 crossing ahead of the other. 
 
 STEAM VESSEL SHALL SLACKEN 
 OR STOP. 
 
 SPEED 
 
 STEAM VESSEL SHALL SLACKEN 
 OR STOP. 
 
 Art. 23. Every steam vessel which 
 is directed by these rules to keep out 
 of the way of another vessel shall, on 
 approaching her, if necessary, slacken 
 her speed or stop or reverse. 
 
 Art. 23. Every steam vessel which 
 is directed by these rules to keep out 
 of the way of another t^esscl shall, on 
 approaching her, if necessary, slacken 
 her speed or stop or reverse. 
 
 OVERTAKING vessels. 
 
 OVERTAKING VESSELS. 
 
 Art. 24. Notwithstanding anything 
 contained in these rules every vessel, 
 overtaking any other, shall keep out of 
 the way of the overtaken vessel. 
 
 Every vessel coming up with an- 
 other vessel from any direction more 
 than two points abaft her beam, that 
 is, in such a position, with reference to 
 the vessel which she is overtaking that 
 at night she would be unable to see 
 either of that vessel's side lights, shall 
 
 Art. 24. Notwithstanding anything 
 contained in these rules everu vessel, 
 overtaking any other, shall keep out of 
 the way of the overtaken vessel. 
 
 Every vessel coming up with an- 
 other vessel from any direction more 
 than two points abaft her beam, that 
 is, in such a position, with reference to 
 the vessel which she is overtaking that 
 at night she would be unable to see 
 either of that vessel's side lights, shall 
 
777 
 
 In ternational rules — Continued. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 be deemed to be an overtaking vessel ; 
 and no subsequent alteration of the 
 bearing between the two vessels shall 
 make the overtaking vessel a crossing 
 vessel within the meaning of these 
 rules, or relieve her of the duty of 
 keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
 until she is finally past and clear. 
 
 As by day the overtaking vessel can 
 not always know with certainty 
 whether she is forward of or abaft this 
 direction from the other vessel, she 
 should, if in doubt, asrume that she is 
 an overtaking vessel and keep out of 
 the way. 
 
 be deemed to be an overtaking vessel ; 
 and no subsequent alteration of the 
 bearing between the two vessels shall 
 make the overtaking vessel a crossing 
 vessel within the meaning of these 
 rules, or relieve her of the duty of 
 keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
 until she is finally past and clear. 
 
 As by day the overtaking vessel can 
 not alivays know with certainty 
 whether she is fonvard of or abaft this 
 direction from the other vessel, she 
 should, if in doubt, assume that she is 
 an overtaking vessel and keep out of 
 the way. 
 
 NARROW CHANNELS. 
 
 NARROW CHANNELS. 
 
 Art. 25. In narrow channels every 
 steam vessel shall, when it is safe and 
 practicable, keep to that side of the 
 fairway or mid-channel which lies on 
 the starboard side of such vessel. 
 
 Art. 25. In narrow channels every 
 steam vessel shall, when it is safe and 
 practicable, keep to that side of the 
 fairirai/ or niid-eJiaiiiieJ which lies on 
 the starboard side of such vessel. 
 
 RIGHT OF WAY OF FISHING VESSELS. 
 
 RIGHT OF WAY OF FISHING VESSELS. 
 
 Art. 26. Sailing vessels under way 
 shall keep out of the way of sailing 
 vessels or boats fishing with nets or 
 lines or trawls. This rule shall not 
 give to any vessel or boat engaged in 
 fishing the right of obstructing a fair- 
 way used by vessels other than fishing 
 vessels or boats. 
 
 Art. 26. Sailing vessels under way 
 shall keep out of the way of sailing 
 rcs.sels or boats fishing with nets or 
 lines or trawls. This rule shall not 
 give to any vessel or boat engaged in 
 fishing the right of obstructing a fair- 
 way used by vessels other than fishing 
 vessels or boats. 
 
 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULE. 
 
 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULE. 
 
 Art. 27. In obeying and construing 
 these rules due regard shall be had to 
 all dangers of navigation and colli- 
 sion, and to any special circumstances 
 which may render a departure from 
 the above rules necessary in order to 
 avoid immediate danger. 
 
 Art. 27. In obeying and construing 
 these rules due regard shall be had to 
 all dangers of navigation and colli- 
 sion, and to any special circumstances 
 which may render a departure from 
 the above rules necessary in order to 
 avoid immediate danger. 
 
778 
 
 International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 SOUND SIGNALS FOB PASSING STEAMERS. SOUND SIGNALS FOE PASSING STEAMERS. 
 
 Art. 28." The words " short blast " 
 used in this article shall mean a blast 
 of about one second's duration. 
 
 When vessels are in sight of one an- 
 other, a steam vessel under way, in 
 taking any course authorized or re- 
 quired by these rules, shall indicate 
 that course by the following signals 
 on her whistle or siren, namely : 
 
 One short blast to mean, " I am di- 
 recting my course to starboard." 
 
 Two short blasts to mean, " I am di- 
 recting my course to port." 
 
 Three short blasts to mean, My en- 
 gines are going at full speed astern." 
 
 [See article 18.] 
 
 Art. 28. When vessels are in sight 
 of one another a steam vessel under 
 way whose engines are going at full 
 speed astern shall indicate that fact 
 by three short blasts on the whistle. 
 
 PRECAUTION. 
 
 PRECAUTION. 
 
 Art. 29. Nothing in these rules shall 
 exonerate any vessel, or the owner or 
 master or crew thereof, from the con- 
 sequences of any neglect to carry 
 lights or signals, or of any neglect to 
 keep a proper lookout, or of the neglect 
 of any precaution which may be re- 
 quired by the ordinary practice of sea- 
 men, or by the special circumstances 
 of the case. 
 
 Art. 29. Nothing in these rules shall 
 exonerate any vessel, or the oicner or 
 master or crew thereof, from the con- 
 sequences of any neglect to carry 
 lights or signals, or of any neglect to 
 keep a proper lookout, or of the neglect 
 of any precaution which may be re- 
 quired by the ordinary practice of sea- 
 men, or by the special circumstance^ 
 of the case. 
 
 LIGHTS ON UNITED STATES NAVAL VES- 
 SELS AND REVENUE CUTTERS. 
 
 Art. 30. [See page 354 r.] 
 
 Art. 30. The exhibition of any light 
 on board of a vessel of war of the 
 United States or a revenue cutter may 
 be suspended whenever, in the opinion 
 of the Secretary of the Navy, the com 
 mander in chief of a squadron, or the 
 commander of a vessel acting singly. 
 the special character of the service 
 may require it. 
 
779 
 
 International rules — Continued. 
 
 DISTRESS SIGNALS. 
 
 Inland rules — Continued. 
 
 DISTRESS SIGNALS. 
 
 Art. 31. When a vessel is in distress 
 and requires assistance from other ves- 
 sels or from the shore the following 
 shall be the signals to be used or dis- 
 played by her, either together or sep- 
 arately, namely: 
 
 In the Oaytime — 
 
 Art. 31. When a vessel is in distress 
 and requires assistance from other ves- 
 sels or from the shore the following 
 shall be the signals to be used or dis- 
 played by her, either together or sep- 
 arately, namely: 
 
 In the daytime — 
 
 First. A gun or other explosive sig- 
 nal fired at intervals of about a 
 minute. 
 
 Second. The international code sig- 
 nal of distress indicated by N C. 
 
 Third. The distance signal, consist- 
 ing of a square flag, having either 
 above or below it a ball or anything 
 resembling a ball. 
 
 Fourth. A continuous sounding with 
 any fog-signal apparatus. 
 At night — 
 
 A continuous sounding ivith any fog- 
 signal apparatus, or firing a gun. 
 
 At night- 
 
 First. A gun or other explosive sig- 
 nal fired at intervals of about a 
 minute. 
 
 Second. Flames on the vessel (as 
 from a burning tar barrel, oil barrel, 
 and so forth). 
 
 Third. Rockets or shells throwing 
 stars of any color or description, fired 
 one at a time, at short intervals. 
 
 Fourth. A continuous sounding with 
 any fog-signal apparatus. 
 
 First. Flames on the vessel as from 
 a hunting tar barrel, oil barrel, and so 
 forth. 
 
 Second. A continuous sounding with 
 any fog-signal apparatus, or firing a 
 gun. 
 
 Section 3. — Limits of Inland Waters of the United States. 
 
 [This section is reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 804, 
 edition of 14 Aug., 1917.] 
 
 BOUNDARY LINES OF THE HIGH SEAS. 
 
 The following lines dividing the high seas from rivers, harbors, 
 and inland waters are hereby designated and defined pursuant to 
 
780 
 
 section 2 of the act of Congress of February 19, 1895. Waters in- 
 shore of the lines here laid down are " inland waters," and upon 
 them the inland rules and pilot rules made in pursuance thereof 
 apply. Upon the high seas, viz, waters outside of the lines here 
 laid down, the international rules apply. The following lines shall 
 be effective on and after March 1, 1913 : 
 
 Inland waters on the Atlantic, Pacific, and Gulf coasts of the 
 United States where the Inland Rules of the Board are to be 
 followed ; and inland waters of the United States bordering on 
 the Gulf of Mexico where the Inland Rules of the Road or Pilot 
 Rules for Western Rivers are to be follmced. 
 
 (All bearings are in degrees true and points magnetic ; distances in 
 nautical miles, and are given approximately.) 
 
 Cutler (Little River) Harbor, Me. — A line drawn from Long 
 Point 226° (SW. by W. f TV.) to Little River Head. 
 
 Little Machias Bay, Machias Bay, Englishman Bay, Chand- 
 ler Bay, Moosabec Reach, Pleasant Bay, Xarraguagus Bay, 
 and Pigeon Hill Bay, Me. — A line drawn from Little River 
 Head 232° (WSW. |W.) to the outer side of Old Man; thence 
 234° (WSW. i W.) to the outer side of Double Shot Islands; 
 thence 244° (TV. f S.) to Libby Islands Lighthouse; thence 2311° 
 (TVSTV. i TV.) to Moose Peak Lighthouse; thence 232|° (TVSTV. § 
 TV. ) to Little Pond Head ; from Pond Point, Great TVass Island, 
 239° (TV. by S.) to outer side of Crumple Island; thence 249° (TV. 
 i S.) to Petit Manan Lighthouse. 
 
 All Harbors on the Coast of Maine, New Hampshire, and 
 Massachusetts Between Petit Manan Lighthouse, Me., and 
 Cape Ann Lighthouses, Mass. — A line drawn from Petit Manan 
 Lighthouse 205* ° (SW. IS.), 261 miles, to Mount Desert Light- 
 house; thence 250*° (TV. £ S.), about 33 miles, to Matinicus Rock 
 Lighthouses; thence 2671° (WXW. f TV.), 20 miles, to Monhegan 
 Island Lighthouse; thence 260° (TV. f N.), 19 J miles, to Seguin 
 Lighthouse; thence 233° (TVSTV. § TV.) 18J miles, to Portland 
 Light Vessel; thence 2141° (STV. f TV.), 29* miles, to Boon Island 
 Lighthouse ; thence 210° ( SW. ) , 11 miles, to Anderson Ledge Spin- 
 dle, off Isles of Shoals Lighthouse; thence 176i° (S. by TV.), 19* 
 miles, to Cape Ann Lighthouses, Mass. 
 
 Boston Harbor. — From Eastern Point Lighthouse 215° (SW. f 
 W.), 15| miles, to The Graves Lighthouse; thence 139i° (SSE. f 
 E.), 7*. miles, to Minots Ledge Lighthouse. 
 
 All Harbors in Cape Cod Bay. Mass. — A line drawn from Plym- 
 outh (Gurnet) Lighthouses 77*° (E. £ S.), 16i miles, to Race 
 Point Lighthouse. 
 
 Nantucket Sound, Vineyard Sound, Buzzards Bay, Xarragan- 
 sett Bay, Block Island Sound, and Easterly Entrance to Long 
 
781 
 
 Island Sound. — A line drawn from Chatham Lighthouses, Mass., 
 146° (S. by E. | E.), 4§ miles, to Pollock Rip Slue Light Vessel; 
 thence 142° (SSE. £ E.), 12f miles, to Great Round Shoal Entrance 
 Gas and Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 229° (SW. by W. f W.), 14ft 
 miles, to Sankaty Head Lighthouse ; from Smith Point, Nantucket 
 Island, 261° (W. | N.), 27 miles, to No Mans Land Gas and 
 Whistling Buoy, 2; thence 359° (N. by E. | E.), 8| miles, to Gay 
 Head Lighthouse ; thence 250° (W. f S.), 34ft miles, to Block Island 
 Southeast Lighthouse; thence 2504° (W. f S.), 14| miles, to Mon- 
 tauk Point Lighthouse, on the easterly end of Long Island, N. Y. 
 
 New York Harbor. — A line drawn from Rockaway Point Coast 
 Guard Station 159ft ° (S. by El), 6ft miles, to Ambrose Channel 
 Light Vessel; thence 238ft° (WSW. ft W.), 8ft miles, to Navesink 
 ( southerly ) Lighthouse. 
 
 Philadelphia Harbor and Delaware Bay. — A line drawn from 
 Cape May Ligh; house 200° (SSW. £ W.), 8ft miles, to Overfalls 
 Light Vessel; thence 246i° (WSW. ft W.), 3ft miles, to Cape 
 Henlopen Lighthouse. 
 
 Baltimore Harbor and Chesapeake Bay. — A line drawn from 
 Cape Charles Lighthouse 1791° (S. ft W.), 10ft miles, to Cape 
 Henry Gas and Whistling Buoy. 2; thence 257° (W. f S.), 5 miles, 
 to Cape Henry Lighthouse. 
 
 Charleston Harbor. — A line drawn from Ferris Wheel, on Isle 
 of Palms. ir>4 (SSE. ft E.), 7 miles, to Charleston Light Vessel; 
 thence 259° (W. ft S.), through Charleston Whistling Buoy, 6 C, 
 7f miles, until Charleston Lighthouse bears 350° (N. f W.) ; 
 thence 270° (W.), 2ft miles, to the beach of Folly Island. 
 
 Savannah Harbor and Calibogue Sound. — A line drawn from 
 Braddock Point, Hilton Head Island, 1501° (SSE. f E.), 9£ miles, 
 to Tybee Gas and Whistling Buoy, T (PS) ; thence 270° (W.), to 
 the beach of Tybee Island. 
 
 St. Simon Sound (Brunswick Harbor) and St. Andrew 
 Sound. — From hotel on beach of St. Simon Island II mile 60° 
 (NE. by E. ft E.) from St. Simon Lighthouse, 130° (SE. * E.), 
 6| miles, to St. Simon Gas and Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 194° 
 (S. by W. ft W.), 8| miles, to St. Andrew Sound Bar Buoy (PS) ; 
 thence 270° (W.), 4$ miles, to the shore of Little Cumberland 
 Island. 
 
 St. Johns River, Fla. — A straight line from the outer end of 
 'the northerly jetty to the outer end of the southerly jetty. 
 
 Florida Reefs and Keys. — A line drawn from the easterly end 
 of the northerly jetty, at the entrance to the dredged channel ft 
 mile northerly of Norris Cut, 94° (E. ft S.), If miles, to Florida 
 Reefs North End Whistling Bnoy. W (HS) ; thence 178° (S. £ E.), 
 8 miles, to Biscayne Bay Sea Bell Buoy, 1 ; thence 182° (S. ft W.), 
 2§ miles, to Fowey Rocks Lighthouse; thence 188° (S. % W.), 
 
782 
 
 6| miles, to Triumph Reef Beacon, 0; thence 193° (S. by W.), 4$ 
 miles, to Ajax Reef Beacon, M ; thence 194° (S. by W. i W.), 2 
 miles, to Pacific Reef Beacon, L; thence 1961° (S. by W. f W.), 
 
 5 miles, to Turtle Harbor Sea Buoy, 2; thence 210° (SSW. £ W.), 
 4| miles, to Carysfort Reef Lighthouse ; thence 209^° (SSW 1W.), 
 5£ miles, to Elbow Reef Beacon, J; thence 217^° (SW. f S.), 9f 
 miles, to Molasses Reef Gas Buoy, 2 M ; thence 235$ ° (SW. f W.), 
 
 6 miles, to Conch Reef Beacon, E; thence 234|° (SW. I W.), 
 through Crocker Reef Beacon, D, 10$ miles, to Alligator Reef 
 Lighthouse; thence 234° (SW. f W.), 10£ miles, to Tennessee 
 Reef Buoy, 4; thence 251° (WSW. i W.), 10J miles, to Coffins 
 Patches Beacon, C; thence 247° (SW. by W. f W.), 8| miles, to 
 Sombrero Key Lighthouse; thence 253! ° (WSW. f W.), 16| miles, 
 to Looe Key Beacon, 6; thence 257^° (WSW. f W.), 6f miles, to 
 American Shoal Lighthouse; thence 253^° (WSW. f W.), 2| miles, 
 to Maryland Shoal Beacon, S; thence 259° (WSW. | W.), 5i 
 miles, to Eastern Sambo Beacon, A; thence 253° (WSW. i W.), 2i 
 miles, to Western Sambo Beacon, R; thence 257° (WSW. f W.), 
 through Western Sambo Buoy, 2, 51 miles, to Key West Entrance 
 Gas Buoy (PS) ; thence 262° (W. £ S.), 4£ miles, to Sand Key 
 Lighthouse; thence 261° (W. by S.), 2f miles, to Western Dry 
 Rocks Beacon, 2; thence 268° (W. I S.), 3£ miles, through Satan 
 Shoal Buoy (HS) to Vestal Shoal Buoy, 1; thence 274i° (W. £ 
 X.) 5i miles, to Coal Bin Rock Buoy, CB (HS) ; thence 3244° 
 (XW. | N.), 7| miles, to Marquesas Keys left tangent; from 
 northwesterly point Marquesas Keys 59° (XE. by E.), 4f miles, 
 to Bar Buoy, 1, Boca Grande Channel; thence 83° (E. f X.), 9| 
 miles, to Northwest Channel Entrance Bell Buoy, 1, Northwest 
 Channel into Key West; thence 68° (XE. by E. 1 E.), 23£ miles, 
 to northerly side of Content Keys; thence 49° (XE. | E.), 29 
 miles, to East Cape, Cape Sable. 
 
 Charlotte Harbor and Punta Gorda, Fla. — Eastward of Char- 
 lotte Harbor Entrance Gas and Bell Buoy (PS), off Boca Grande, 
 and in Charlotte Harbor, in Pine Island Sound and Matlacha Pass. 
 Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in Peace and Miakka Rivers 
 north of a 250° and 70° (WSW. and EXE.) line through Mangrove 
 Point Light : and in Caloosahatchee River northward of the steam- 
 boat wharf at Punta Rasa. 
 
 Tampa Bay and Tributaries, Fla. — From the southerly end of 
 Long Key 245° (SW. by W. | W.) 9 miles, to Tampa Bay Gas and 
 Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 129° (SE. f E.) 6£ miles, to Bar 
 Bell Buoy (PS), at the entrance to Southwest Channel; thence 
 103° (E. by S.), 2| miles, to the house on the north end of Anna 
 Maria Key. Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in Manatee 
 River inside Manatee River Entrance Buoy, 2 ; in Hillsboro Bay 
 and RiVer inside Hillsboro Bay Light, 2. 
 
783 
 
 St. George Sound, Apalachicola Bay, Carrabelle and Apa- 
 lachicola Rivers, and St. Vincent Sound, Fla. — North of a line 
 from Lighthouse Point 246° (SW. by W. f W.), 13i miles, to 
 southeasterly side of Dog Island; to northward of East Pass Bell 
 Buoy, 1, at the entrance to East Pass, and inside West Pass Bell 
 Buoy (PS) at the seaward entrance to West Pass. Pilot Rules 
 for Western Rivers apply in Carrabelle River inside the entrance 
 to the dredged channel; in Apalachicola River northward of 
 Apalachicola Dredged Channel Entrance Buoy, 2. 
 
 Pensacola Harbor. — From Caucus Cut Entrance Gas and 
 Whistling Buoy, 1A, 3° (N. £ W.), tangent to easterly side of 
 Fort Pickens, to the shore of Santa Rosa Island, and from the 
 buoy northward in the buoyed channel through Caucus Shoal. 
 
 Mobile Harbor and Bay. — From Mobile Entrance Gas and 
 Whistling Buoy (PS) 40' (NE. £ N.) to shore of Mobile Point, 
 and from the buoy 320° (NW.) to the shore of Dauphin Island. 
 Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in Mobile River above 
 Choctaw Point. 
 
 Sounds, Lakes, and Harbors on the Coasts of Alabama, Mis- 
 sissippi, and Louisiana, Between Mobile Bay Entrance and the 
 Delta of the Mississippi River. — From Sand Island Lighthouse 
 259° (WSW. £ W.), 43* miles to Chandeleur Lighthouse; west- 
 ward of Chandeleur and Errol Islands, and west of a line drawn 
 from the southwesterly point of Errol Island 1S2° (S. i E.), 23 
 miles, to Pass a Loutre Lighthouse. Pilot Rules for Western 
 Rivers apply in Pascagoula River, and in the dredged cut at the 
 entrance to the river, above Pascagoula River Entrance Light, A, 
 marking the entrance to the dredged cut. 
 
 New Orleans Harbor and the Delta of the Mississippi 
 River. — Inshore of a line drawn from the outermost mud lump 
 showing above low water at the entrance to Pass a Loutre to a 
 similar lump off the entrance to Northeast Pass ; thence to a 
 similar lump off the entrance to Southeast Pass; thence to the 
 outermost aid to navigation off the entrance to South Pass ; thence 
 to the outermost aid to navigation off the entrance to Southwest 
 Pass ; thence northerly, about 19$ miles, to the westerly point 
 of the entrance to Bay Jaque. 
 
 Sabine Pass, Tex. — Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply to 
 Sabine Pass northward of Sabine Pass Gas and Whistling Buoy 
 (PS), and in Sabine Lake and its tributaries. Outside of this 
 buoy the International Rules apply. 
 
 Galveston Harbor. — A line drawn from Galveston North Jetty 
 Light 129° (SE. by E. I E.), 2 miles, to Galveston Bar Gas and 
 Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 276° (W. £ S.), 2\ miles, to Gal- 
 veston (S.) Jetty Lighthouse. 
 
784 
 
 Brazos River, Tex. — Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in 
 the entrance and river inside of Brazos River Entrance Gas and 
 Whistling Buoy (PS). International Rules apply outside the 
 buoy. 
 
 San Diego Harbor. — A line drawn from southerly tower of 
 Coronado Hotel 208° (S. by W.), 5 miles, to Outside Bar Whistling 
 Buoy, SD (PS) ; thence 345° (NNW. f W.), 3f miles, to Point 
 Loma Lighthouse. 
 
 San Francisco Harbor. — A line drawn through Mile Rocks 
 Lighthouse 326° (NW. f W.) to Bonita Point Lighthouse. 
 
 Columbia River Entrance. — A line drawn from knuckle of Co- 
 lumbia River south jetty 351° (NNW. 1 W.) to Cape Disappoint- 
 ment Lighthouse. 
 
 Juan de Fuca Strait, Washington and Puget Sounds. — A line 
 drawn from New Dungeness Lighthouse 13|° (N. by W.), 10f 
 miles, to Hein Bank Gas and Bell Buoy (HS) ; thence 337|° 
 (NW. i W.), 10f miles, to Lime Kiln Light on west side of San 
 Juan Island ; from Bellevue Point, San Juan Island, 336*° (NW. 
 i W.) to Kellett Bluff, Henry Island; thence 347° (NW. f N.) to 
 Turn Point Light; thence 71|° (NE. & E.), 8i miles, to westerly 
 point of Skipjack Island ; thence 38^° (N. by E. \ E.), 4| miles, to 
 Patos Islands Light; thence 338° (NW. \ W.), 12 miles, to Point 
 Roberts Light. 
 
 General Rule. — At all buoyed entrances from seaward to bays, 
 sounds, rivers, or other estuaries for which specific lines have not 
 been described, Inland Rules shall apply inshore of a line approxi- 
 mately parallel with the general trend of the shore, drawn through 
 the outermost buoy or other aid to navigation of any system of 
 aids. 
 
 Section 4. — Pilot Rules for Ceetain Inland Waters of the 
 Atlantic and Pacific Coasts and of the Coast of the Gulf 
 of Mexico. 
 
 [This section is reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 804. 
 edition of 14 Aug., 1917.] 
 
 (Note. — When the act approved June 7, 1897, contained in the 
 following articles, was under consideration, the old law, known as 
 the International Rules, was made the basis for the new act, and 
 the different sections of the International Rules were taken up 
 seriatim and considered in regard to their application in the pro- 
 posed new law. Where it was found that any article of the 
 International Rules would meet the necessities or requirements 
 of the new act, such article was adopted, in some cases verbatim. 
 Article 4 of the International Rules refers to lights and day marks 
 carried by a vessel not under command and by vessels engaged in 
 
785 
 
 laying or picking up a telegraph cable, etc., which signals it was 
 not considered would be necessary in inland navigation, and the 
 article in question was omitted from the act. In order to keep 
 corresponding numbers for the articles in the new act and in the 
 International Rules, article 4 was therefore omitted from the act, 
 and there is no article of that number in the act of June 7, 1897. ) 
 
 PILOT RULES FOR ALL. HARBORS, RIVERS, AND INLAND 
 WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT THE GREAT 
 LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING AND TRIBUTARY WATERS 
 AS FAR EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED RIVER OF THE 
 NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEX- 
 ICO AND THEIR TRIBUTARIES. 
 
 Laws relating: to the navigation of vessels on all harbors, 
 rivers, and inland waters of the United States, except the 
 Great Lakes and their connecting: and tributary waters as 
 far east as Montreal and the Red River of the North and 
 rivers emptying; into the Gulf of Mexico and their tribu- 
 taries. 
 
 AN ACT To adopt regulations for preventing collisions upon certain har 
 tors, rivers, and inland waters of tho United States. 
 
 Whereas the provisions of chapter eight hundred' and two of the 
 laws of eighteen hundred and ninety and the amendments 
 thereto, adopting regulations for preventing collisions at sea, 
 apply to all waters! of the United States connected with the high 
 seas navigable by seagoing vessels, except so far as the navigation 
 of any harbor, river, or inland waters is regulated by special 
 rules duly made by local authority ; and 
 Whereas it is desirable that the regulations relating to the naviga- 
 tion of all harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the United 
 States, except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tribu- 
 tary waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the 
 North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
 tributaries, shall be stated in one act: Therefore, 
 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
 United States of America in Congress assembled, That the follow- 
 ing regulations for preventing collisions shall be followed by all 
 vessels navigating all harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the 
 United States, except the Great Lakes and their connecting and 
 tributary waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the 
 North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
 tributaries, and are hereby declared special rates duly made by 
 local authority : 
 
786 
 
 PRELIMINARY. 
 
 In the following rules every steam vessel which is under sail 
 and not under steam is to be considered a sailing vessel, and every 
 vessel under steam, whether under sail or not, is to be considered 
 a steam vessel. 
 
 The words " steam vessel " shall include any vessel propelled by 
 machinery. 
 
 A vessel is " under way " within the meaning of these rules when 
 she is not at anchor or made fast to the shore or aground. 
 
 RULES CONCERNING LIGHTS, AND SO FORTH. 
 
 The word " visible " in these rules, when applied to lights, shall 
 mean visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere. 
 
 Article 1. The rules concerning lights shall be complied with in 
 all weathers from sunset to sunrise, and during such time no other 
 lights which may be mistaken for the prescribed lights shall be 
 exhibited. 
 
 Art. 2. 1 A steam vessel when under way shall carry — (a) On or 
 in front of the foremast, or, if a vessel without a foremast, then 
 in the fore part of the vessel, a bright white light so constructed 
 as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty 
 points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light ten points on 
 each side of the vessel, namely, from right ahead to two points 
 abaft the beam on either side, and of such a character as to be 
 visible at a distance of at least five miles. 
 
 (b) On the starboard side a green light so constructed as to 
 show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points 
 of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 
 two points abaft the beam on the starboard side, and of such a 
 character as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 
 
 (c) On the port side a red light so constructed as to show an 
 unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the 
 compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two 
 points abaft the beam on the port side, and of such a character as 
 to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 
 
 (d) The said green and red side lights shall be fitted with in- 
 board screens projecting at least three feet forward from the light, 
 so as to prevent these lights from being seen across the bow. 
 
 (e) A seagoing steam, vessel when under way may carry an 
 additional white light similar in construction to the light men- 
 tioned in subdivision (a). These two lights shall be so placed in 
 
 Article 2 is amended by act of Congress approved June 9, 1910, effec- 
 tive on and after July 9, 1910, in rules for lights required to be carried 
 by every vessel propelled by machinery and not more than 65 feet in 
 length except tugboats and towboats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of 
 this chapter.) 
 
787 
 
 line with the keel that one shall be at least fifteen feet higher than 
 the other, and in such a position with reference to each other that 
 the lower light shall be forward of the upper one. The vertical 
 distance between these lights shall be less than the horizontal 
 distance. 
 
 (f) All steam vessels (except seagoing vessels and ferryboats) 
 shall carry in addition to green and red lights required by article 
 two (b), (c), and screens as required by article two (d), a cen- 
 tral range of two white lights; the afterlight being carried at an 
 elevation at least fifteen feet above the light at the head of the 
 vessel. The headlight shall be so constructed as to show an un- 
 broken light through twenty points of the compass, namely, from 
 right ahead to two points abaft the beam on either side of the 
 vessel, and the afterlight so as to show all around the horizon. 
 
 Art. 3. A steam vessel when towing another vessel shall, in 
 addition to her side lights, carry two bright white lights in a 
 vertical line one over the other, not less than three feet apart, and 
 when towing more than one vessel shall carry an additional bright 
 white light three feet above or below such lights, if the length of 
 the tow measuring from the stern of the towing vessel to the stern 
 of the last vessel towed exceeds six hundred feet. Each of these 
 lights shall be of the same construction and character, and shall 
 be carried in the same position as the white light mentioned in 
 article two (a) or the after range light mentioned in article 
 two (f). 
 
 Such steam vessel may carry a small white light abaft the fun- 
 nel or aftermast for the vessel towed to steer by, but such light 
 shall not be visible forward of the beam. 
 
 Art. 5. A sailing vessel under way or being towed shall carry 
 the same lights as are prescribed by article two for a steam vessel 
 under way, with the exception of the white lights mentioned 
 therein, which they shall never carry. 
 
 Art. 6. Whenever, as in the case of vessels of less than ten 
 gross tons under way during bad weather, the green and red side- 
 lights can not be fixed, these lights shall be kept at hand, lighted 
 and ready, for use ; and shall, on the approach of or to other 
 vessels, be exhibited on their respective sides in sufficient time to 
 prevent collision, in such manner as to make them most visible, 
 and so that the green light shall not be seen on the port side nor 
 the red light on the starboard side, nor, if practicable, more than 
 two points abaft the beam on their respective sides. To make the 
 use of these portable lights more certain and easy the lanterns 
 containing them shall each be painted outside with the color of 
 the light they respectively contain, and shall be provided with 
 proper screens. 
 
788 
 
 Art. 7. Rowing boats, whether under oars or sail, shall have 
 ready at hand a lantern showing a white light which shall be 
 temporarily exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision. 
 
 Aet. S. 2 Pilot vessels when engaged on their station on pilotage 
 duty shall not show the lights required for other vessels, but shall 
 carry a white light at the masthead, visible all around the horizon, 
 and shall also exhibit a flare-up light or flare-up lights at short 
 intervals, which shall never exceed fifteen minutes. 
 
 On the near approach of or to other vessels they shall have their 
 side lights lighted, ready for use, and shall flash or show them at 
 short intervals, to indicate the direction in which they are head- 
 ing, but the green light shall not be shown on the port side nor 
 the red light on the starboard side. 
 
 A pilot vessel of such a class as to be obliged to go alongside of 
 a vessel to put a pilot on board may show the white light instead 
 of carrying it at the masthead, and may, instead of the colored 
 lights above mentioned, have at hand, ready for use, a lantern 
 with a green glass on the one side and a red glass on the other, 
 to be used as prescribed above. 
 
 Pilot vessels, when not engaged on their station on pilotage 
 duty, shall carry lights similar to those of other vessels of their 
 tonnage. 
 
 Abt. 9. ( a ) Fishing vessels of less than ten gross tons, when 
 under way and when not having their nets, trawls, dredges, or 
 lines in the water, shall not be obliged to carry the colored side 
 
 2 AN ACT Relating to lights on. steam pilot vessels. 
 
 Be it enacted by the Senate and Souse of Representatives of the United 
 States of America in Congress assembled, That a steam pilot vessel, 
 when engaged on her station on pilotage duty and in waters of the United 
 States, and not at anchor, shall, in addition to the lights required for all 
 pilot boats, carry at a distance of eight feet below her white masthead 
 light a red light, visible around the horizon and of such a character as 
 to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance 
 of at least two miles, and also the colored side lights required to be 
 carried by vessels when under way. 
 
 When engaged on her station on pilotage duty and in waters of the 
 United States, and at anchor, she shall carry in addition to the lights 
 required for all pilot boats the red light above mentioned, but not the 
 colored side lights. 
 
 When not engaged on her station on pilotage duty, she shall carry the 
 same lights as other steam vessels. 
 
 Sec. 2. That this act shall be construed as supplementary to article 
 eight of the act approved June seventh, eighteen hundred and ninety- 
 seven, entitled "An act to adopt regulations for preventing collisions upon 
 certain harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the United States," and to 
 article eight of an act approved August nineteenth, eighteen hundred and 
 ninety, entitled "An act to adopt regulations for preventing collisions 
 at sea." 
 
 Sec. 3. That this act shall take effect on June thirtieth, nineteen 
 hundred. 
 
 Approved, February 19, 1900. 
 
 
789 
 
 lights ; but every such vessel shall, in lieu thereof, have ready at 
 hand a lantern with a green glass on one side and a red glass on 
 the other side, and on approaching to or being approached by 
 another vessel such lantern shall be exhibited in sufficient time to 
 prevent collision, so that the green light shall not be seen on the 
 port side nor the red light on the starboard side. 
 
 (b) All fishing vessels and fishing boats of ten gross tons or 
 upward, when under way and when not having their nets, trawls, 
 dredges, or lines in the water, shall carry and show the same 
 lights as other vessels under way. 
 
 (c) All vessels when trawling, dredging, or fishing with any 
 kind of dragnets or lines shall exhibit from some part of the vessel 
 where they can be best seen, two lights. One of these lights shall 
 be red and the other shall be white. The red light shall be above 
 the white light and shall be at a vertical distance from it of not 
 less than six feet and not more than twelve feet; and the hori- 
 zontal distance between them, if any, shall not be more than ten 
 feet. These two lights shall be of such a character and contained 
 in lanterns of such construction as to be visible all round the 
 horizon, the white light a distance of not less than three miles and 
 the red light of not less than two miles. 
 
 (d) Rafts or other water craft not herein provided for, navi- 
 gating by hand power, horse power, or by the current of the river, 
 shall carry one or more good white lights, which shall be placed in 
 such manner as shall be prescribed by the Board of Supervising 
 Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 
 
 Art. 10. A vessel which is being overtaken by another, except a 
 steam vessel with an after range light showing all around the 
 horizon, shall show from her stern to such last-mentioned vessel a 
 white light or a flare-up light. 
 
 Art. 11. A vessel under one hundred and fifty feet in length 
 when at anchor shall carry forward, where it can best be seen, but 
 at a height not exceeding twenty feet above the hull, a white 
 light in a lantern so constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and 
 unbroken light visible all around the horizon at a distance of at 
 least one mile. 
 
 A vessel of one hundred and fifty feet or upwards in length 
 when at anchor shall carry in the forward part of the vessel at a 
 height of not less than twenty and not exceeding forty feet above 
 the hull, one such light, and at or near the stern of the vessel, and 
 at such a height that it shall be not less than fifteen feet lower 
 than the forward light, another such light. 
 
 The length of a vessel shall be deemed to be the length appearing 
 in her certificate of registry. 
 
 Art. 12. Every vessel may, if necessary, in order to attract 
 attention, in addition to the lights which she is by these rules 
 183841°— 20 51 
 
790 
 
 required to carry, show a flare-up light or use any detonating 
 signal that can not be mistaken for a distress signal. 
 
 Art. 13. Nothing in these rules shall interfere with the opera- 
 tion of any special rules made by the Government of any nation 
 with respect to additional station and signal lights for two or 
 more ships of war or for vessels sailing under convoy or with the 
 exhibition of recognition signals adopted by shipowners, which 
 have been authorized by their respective Governments, and duly 
 registered and published. 
 
 Aet. 14. A steam vessel proceeding under sail only, but having 
 her funnel up, may carry in daytime, forward, where it can best 
 be seen, one black ball or shape two feet in diameter. 
 
 SOUND SIGNALS FOR FOG, AND SO FORTH. 
 
 Art. 15. All signals prescribed by this article for vessels under 
 way shall be given : 
 
 1. By " steam vessels " on the whistle or siren. 
 
 2. By " sailing vessels " and " vessels towed " on the fog horn. 
 The words " prolonged blast " used in this article shall mean a 
 blast of from four to six seconds duration. 
 
 A steam vessel shall be provided with an efficient whistle or 
 siren, sounded by steam or by some substitute for steam, so placed 
 that the sound may not be intercepted by any obstruction, and 
 with an efficient fog horn; also with an efficient bell. A sailing 
 vessel of twenty tons gross tonnage or upward shall be provided 
 with a similar fog horn and bell. 
 
 In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, whether by day 
 or night, the signals described in this article shall be used as 
 follows, namely : 
 
 (a) A steam vessel under way shall sound, at interrals of not 
 more than one minute, a prolonged blast. 
 
 (c) A sailing vessel under way shall sound, at intervals of not 
 more than one minute, when on the starboard tack, one blast ; 
 when on the port tack, two blasts in succession, and when with 
 the wind abaft the beam, three blasts in succession. 
 
 (d) A vessel when at anchor shall, at intervals of not more 
 than one minute, ring the bell rapidly for about five seconds. 
 
 (e) A steam vessel when towing, shall, instead of the signals 
 prescribed in subdivision (a) of this article, at intervals of not 
 more than one minute, sound three blasts in succession, namely, 
 one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts. A vessel towed 
 may give this signal and she shall not give any other. 
 
 (f) All rafts or other water craft, not herein provided for, 
 navigating by hand power, horse power, or by the current of the 
 river, shall sound a blast of the foghorn, or equivalent signal, at 
 intervals of not more than one minute. 
 
791 
 
 SPEED OF SHIPS TO BE MODERATE IN FOG, AND SO FORTH. 
 
 Art. 16. Every vessel shall, in a fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 
 rainstorms, go at a moderate speed, having careful regard to the 
 existing circumstances and conditions. 
 
 A steam vessel hearing, apparently forward of her beam, the 
 fog signal of a vessel the position of which is not ascertained 
 shall, so far as the circumstances of the case admit, stop her en- 
 gines, and then navigate with caution until danger of collision 
 is over. 
 
 STEERING AND SAILING RULES. 
 PRELIMINARY RJSK OF COLLISION. 
 
 Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascer- 
 tained by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approach- 
 ing vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
 should be deemed to exist. 
 
 Art. 17. When two sailing vessels are approaching one another, 
 so as to involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep out of the 
 way of the other as follows, namely : 
 
 (a) A vessel which is running free shall keep out of the way of 
 a vessel which is close hauled. 
 
 (b) A vessel which is close hauled on the port tack shall keep 
 out of the way of a vessel which is close hauled on the starboard 
 tack. 
 
 (c) When both are running free, with the wind on different 
 sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep 
 out of the way of the other. 
 
 (d) When both are running free, with the wind on the same 
 side, the vessel which is to the windward shall keep out of the 
 way of the vessel which is to the leeward. 
 
 (e) A vessel which has the wind aft shall keep out of the way 
 of the other vessel. 
 
 Art. 18. Rule I. W 7 hen steam vessels are approaching each 
 other head and head, that is, end on, or nearly so, it shall be the 
 duty of each to pass on the port side of the other ; and either vessel 
 shall give, as a signal of her intention, one short and distinct 
 blast of her whistle, which the other vessel shall answer promptly 
 by a similar blast of her whistle, and thereupon such vessels shall 
 pass on the port side of each other. But if the courses of such 
 vessels are so far on the starboard of each other as not to be 
 considered as meeting head and head, either vessel shall im- 
 mediately give two short and distinct blasts of her whistle, which 
 the other vessel shall answer promptly by two similar blasts of 
 her whistle, and they shall pass on the starboard side of each 
 other. 
 
792 
 
 The foregoing only applies to cases where vessels are meeting 
 end on or nearly end on, in such a manner as to involve risk of 
 collision ; in other words, to cases in which, by day, each vessel 
 sees the masts of the other in a line, or nearly in a line with her 
 own, and by night to cases in which each vessel is in such a posi- 
 tion as to see both the side lights of the other. 
 
 It does not apply by day to cases in which a vessel sees another 
 ahead crossing her own course, or by night to cases where the red 
 light of one vessel is opposed to the red light of the other, or 
 where the green light of one vessel is opposed to the green light 
 of the other, or where a red light without a green light or a green 
 light without a red light, is seen ahead, or where both green and 
 red lights are seen anywhere but ahead. 
 
 Rule III. If, when steam vessels are approaching each other, 
 cither vessel fails to understand the course or intention of the 
 other, from any cause, the vessel so in doubt shall immediately 
 signify the same by giving several short and rapid blasts, not less 
 than four, of the steam whistle. 
 
 Rule V., Whenever a steam vessel is nearing a short bend or 
 curve in the channel, where, from the height of the banks or 
 other cause, a steam vessel approaching from the opposite direc- 
 tion can not be seen for a distance of half a mile, such steam 
 vessel when she shall have arrived within half a mile of such 
 curve or bend, shall give a signal by one long blast of the steam 
 whistle, which signal shall be answered by a similar blast, given 
 by any approaching steam vessel that may be within hearing. 
 Should such signal be so answered by a steam vessel upon the 
 farther side of such bend, then the usual signals for meeting and 
 passing shall immediately be given and answered ; but, if the first 
 alarm signal of such vessel be not answered, she is to consider the 
 channel clear and govern herself accordingly. 
 
 When steam vessels are moved from their docks or berths, and 
 other boats are liable to pass from any direction toward them, 
 they shall give the same signal as in the case of vessels meeting 
 at a bend, but immediately after clearing the berths so as to be 
 fully in sight they shall be governed by the steering and sailing 
 rules. 
 
 Rule VIII. When steam vessels are running in the same direc- 
 tion, and the vessel which is astern shall desire to pass on the 
 right or starboard hand of the vessel ahead, she shall give one 
 short blast of the steam whistle, as a signal of such desire, and 
 if the vessel ahead answers with one blast, she shall put her helm 
 to port ; or if she shall desire to pass on the left or port side of 
 the vessel ahead, she shall give two short blasts of the steam 
 whistle as a signal of such desire, and if the vessel ahead answers 
 with two blasts, shall put her helm to starboard ; or if the vessel 
 
 
793 
 
 ahead does not think it safe for the vessel astern to attempt to 
 pass at that point, she shall immediately signify the same by giv- 
 ing several short and rapid blasts of the steam whistle, not less 
 than four, and under no circumstances shall the vessel astern 
 attempt to pass the vessel ahead until such time as they have 
 reached a point where it can be safely done, when said vessel 
 ahead shall signify her willingness by blowing the proper signals. 
 The vessel ahead shall in no case attempt to cross the bow or 
 crowd upon the course of the passing vessel. 
 
 Rule IX. The whistle signals provided in the rules under this 
 article, for steam vessels meeting, passing, or overtaking, are 
 never to be used except when steamers are in sight of each other, 
 and the course and position of each can be determined in the day- 
 time by a sight of the vessel itself, or by night by seeing its sig- 
 nal lights. In fog, mist, falling snow or heavy rainstorms, when 
 vessels can not so see each other, fog signals only must be given. 
 
 Art. 19. When two steam vessels are crossing, so as to involve 
 risk of collision, the vessel which has the other on her own star- 
 board side shall keep out of the way of the other. 
 
 Art. 20. When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are proceed- 
 ing in such directions as to involve risk of collision, the steam 
 vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 
 
 Art. 21. Where, by any of these rules, one of the two vessels is 
 to keep out of the way, the other shall keep her course and speed. 
 
 Art. 22. Even vessel which is directed by these rules to keep 
 out of the way of another vessel shall, if the circumstances of 
 the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other. 
 
 Art. 23. Every steam vessel which is directed by these rules to 
 keep out of the way of another vessel shall, on approaching her, 
 if necessary, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. 
 
 Art. 24. Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules 
 every vessel, overtaking any other, shall keep out of the way of 
 the overtaken vessel. 
 
 Every vessel coming up with another vessel from any direction 
 more than two points abaft her beam ; that is, in such a position, 
 with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking that at night 
 she would be unable to see either of that vessel's side lights, shall 
 be deemed to be an overtaking vessel ; and no subsequent altera- 
 tion of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the over- 
 taking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules, 
 or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
 until she is finally past and clear. 
 
 As by day the overtaking vessel can not always know with cer- 
 tainty whether she is forward of or abaft this direction from the 
 other vessel she should, if in doubt, assume that she is an over- 
 taking vessel and keep out of the way. 
 
794 
 
 Art. 25. In narrow channels every steam vessel shall, when it is 
 safe and practicable, keep to that side of the fairway or mid- 
 channel which lies on the starboard side of such vessel. 
 
 Aet. 26. Sailing vessels under way shall keep out of the way of 
 sailing vessels or boats fishing with nets, or lines, or trawls. This 
 rule shall not give to any vessel or boat engaged in fishing the 
 right of obstructing a fairway used by vessels other than fishing 
 vessels or boats. 
 
 Aet. 27. In obeying and construing these rules due regard shall 
 be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to any spe- 
 cial circumstances which may render a departure from the above 
 rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 
 
 SOUND SIGNALS FOR VESSELS IN SIGHT OF ONE ANOTHER. 
 
 Aet. 28. When vessels are in sight of one another a steam vessel 
 under way whose engines are going at full speed astern shall indi- 
 cate that fact by three short blasts on the whistle. 
 
 NO VESSEL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES TO NEGLECT PROPER PRECAUTIONS. 
 
 Aet. 29. Nothing in these rules shall exonerate any vessel, or 
 the owner or master or crew thereof, from the consequences of 
 any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep a 
 proper lookout, or of the neglect of any precaution which may be 
 required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special cir- 
 cumstances of the case. 
 
 Aet. 30. The exhibition of any light on board of a vessel of war 
 of the United States or a revenue cutter may be suspended when- 
 ever, in the opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, the commander 
 in chief of a squadron, or the commander of a vessel acting singly, 
 the special character of the service may require it. 
 
 DISTRESS SIGNALS. 
 
 Aet. 31. When a vessel is in distress and requires assistance 
 from other vessels or from the shore, the following shall be the 
 signals to be used or displayed by her, either together or sepa- 
 rately, namely : 
 
 IN THE DAYTIME. 
 
 A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus, or firing 
 a gun. 
 
 AT NIGHT. 
 
 First. Flames on the vessel, as from a burning tar barrel, oil 
 barrel, and so forth. 
 
 Second. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus, 
 or firing a gun. 
 
795 
 
 Sec. 2. 1 That the supervising inspectors of steam vessels and the 
 Supervising Inspector General shall establish such rules to be ob- 
 served by steam vessels in passing each other and as to the lights 
 to be carried by ferryboats and by barges and canal boats when 
 in tow of steam vessels, and as to the lights and day signals to be 
 carried by vessels, dredges of all types, and vessels working on 
 wrecks by other obstruction to navigation or moored for subma- 
 rine operations, or made fast to a sunken object which may drift 
 with the tide or be towed, not inconsistent with the provisions of 
 this act, as they from time to time may deem necessary for safety, 
 which rules when approved by the Secretary of Commerce are 
 hereby declared special rules duly made by local authority, as 
 provided for in article thirty of chapter eight hundred and two of 
 the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety. Two printed copies of 
 such rules shall be furnished to such ferryboats, barges, dredges, 
 canal boats, vessels working on wrecks, and steam vessels, which 
 rules shall be kept posted up in conspicuous places in such vessels, 
 barges, dredges, and boats. 
 
 Sec 3. That every pilot, engineer, mate, or master of any steam 
 vessel, and every master or mate of any barge or canal boat, who 
 neglects or refuses to observe the provisions of this act, or the 
 regulations established in pursuance of the preceding section, 
 shall be liable to a penalty of fifty dollars, and for all damages 
 sustained by any passenger in his person or baggage by such 
 neglect or refusal : Provided, That nothing herein shall relieve 
 any vessel, owner, or corporation from any liability incurred by 
 reason of such neglect or refusal. 
 
 Sec 4. That every vessel that shall be navigated without com- 
 plying with the provisions of this act shall be liable to a penalty 
 of two hundred dollars, one-half to go to the informer, for which 
 sum the vessel so navigated shall be liable and may be seized and 
 proceeded against by action in any district court of the United 
 States having jurisdiction of the offense. 
 
 Sec 5. That sections forty-two hundred and thirty-three and 
 forty-four hundred and twelve (with the regulations made in 
 pursuance thereof, except the rules and regulations for the govern- 
 ment of pilots of steamers navigating the Red River of the North 
 and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries, 
 and except the rules for the Great Lakes and their connecting 
 and tributary waters as far east as Montreal), and forty-four 
 hundred and thirteen of the Revised Statutes of the United States, 
 and chapter two hundred and two of the laws of eighteen hundred 
 and ninety-three, and sections one and three of chapter one hun- 
 dred and two of the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety-five, and 
 sections five, twelve, and thirteen of the act approved March 
 third, eighteen hundred and ninety-seven, entitled "An act to 
 
 *As amended by act of Congress approved May 25, 1914. 
 
796 
 
 amend the laws relating to navigation," and all amendments 
 thereto, are hereby repealed so far as the harbors, rivers, and 
 inland waters aforesaid (except the Great Lakes and their con- 
 necting and tributary waters as far east as Montreal and the Red 
 River of the North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico, 
 and their tributaries) are concerned. 
 
 Sec. 6. That this act shall take effect four months from the date 
 of its approval. 
 
 Approved, June 7, 1897. 
 
 Rules and regulations for the government of pilots of vessels 
 propelled by steam, gas. fluid, naphtha, or electric motors, 
 and of other vessels propelled by machinery, navigating 
 the harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the United States, 
 except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
 waters as far east as Montreal, the Red River of the North, 
 and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
 tributaries, as amended by the Board of United States 
 Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, on 
 February 27, 1912, and approved by the Secretary of Com- 
 merce, under the authority of an act of Congress approved 
 June 7, 1.897, and the acts of Congress approved February 
 14, 1903, and March 4, 1913, establishing the Department of 
 Commerce. 
 
 PRELIMINARY. 
 
 In the following rules the words steam vessel shall include any 
 vessel propelled by machinery. 
 
 A vessel is tinder way within the meaning of these rules when 
 she is not at anchor or made fast to the shore or aground. 
 
 Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained 
 by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching 
 vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
 should be deemed to exist. 
 
 SIGNALS. 
 
 The whistle signals provided in these rules shall be sounded on 
 an efficient whistle or siren sounded by steam or by some substi- 
 tute for steam. 
 
 A short Wast of the whistle shall mean a blast of about one 
 second's duration. 
 
 A prolonged Nasi of the whistle shall mean a blast of from four 
 to six seconds' duration. 4 
 
 One short blast of the whistle signifies intention to direct course 
 to own starboard, except when two steam vessels are approaching 
 each other at right angles or obliquely, when it signifies intention 
 
 4 Under the provisions of par. (a), sec. 4, of act of Congress approved 
 June 9, 1910, " a blast of at least two seconds shall be deemed a prolonged 
 blast within the meaning of the law," when given by vessels propelled by 
 machinery and not more than 65 feet in length, except tugboats and tow- 
 boats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of this chapter.) 
 
797 
 
 of steam vessel which is to starboard of the other to hold course 
 and speed. 
 
 Two short blasts of the whistle signify intention to direct course 
 to own port. 
 
 Three short blasts of the whistle shall mean " My engines are 
 going at full speed astern." 
 
 When vessels are in sight of one another a steam vessel under 
 way whose engines are going at full speed astern shall indicate 
 that fact by three short blasts on the whistle. 
 
 Rule I. If, when steam vessels are approaching each other, 
 either vessel fails to understand the course or intention of the 
 other, from any cause, the vessel so in doubt shall immeditaely 
 signify the same by giving several short and rapid blasts, not less 
 than four, of the steam whistle, the dangek signal. 
 
 Rule II. Steam vessels are forbidden to use what has become 
 technically known among pilots as " cross signals " ; that is, 
 answering one whistle with two, and answering two whistles with 
 one. 
 
 Rule III. The signals for passing, by the blowing of the 
 whistle, shall be given and answered by pilots, in compliance with 
 these rules, not only when meeting "head and head," or nearly 
 so, but at all times, when the steam vessels are in sight of each 
 other, when passing or meeting at a distance within half a 
 mile of each other, and whether passing to the starboard or port. 
 
 The whistle signals provided in the rules for steam vessels 
 meeting, passing, or overtaking, are never to be used except when 
 steamers are in sight of each other, and the course and position 
 of each can be determined in the daytime by a sight of the vessel 
 itself, or by night by seeing its signal lights. In fog, mist, falling 
 snow or heavy rainstorms, when vessels can not so see each other, 
 fog signals only must be given. 
 
 SITUATIONS. 
 
 Rule IV. When steam vessels are approaching each other 
 
 HEAD AND HEAD, THAT IS, END ON, OR NEARLY SO, it Shall be the 
 
 duty of each to pass on the port side of the other; and either 
 vessel shall give, as a signal of her intention, one short and dis- 
 tinct blast of her whistle, which the other vessel shall answer 
 promptly by a similar blast of her whistle, and thereupon such 
 vessels shall pass on the port side of each other. But if the 
 courses of such vessels are so far on the starboard of each other 
 as not to be considered as meeting head and head, either vessel 
 shall immediately give two short and distinct blasts of her whistle, 
 which the other vessel shall answer promptly by two similar blasts 
 of her whistle, and they shall pass on the starboard side of each 
 other. 
 
 The foregoing only applies to cases where vessels are meeting 
 end on or nearly end on, in such a manner as to involve risk of 
 
798 
 
 collision; in other words, to cases in which, by day, each vessel 
 sees the masts of the other in a line, or nearly in a line, with her 
 own. and by night to cases in which each vessel is in such a posi- 
 tion as to see both the side lights of the other. 
 
 It does not apply by day to cases in which a vessel sees another 
 ahead crossing her own course, or by night to cases where the red 
 light of one vessel is opposed to the red light of the other, or 
 where the green light of one vessel is opposed to the green light 
 of the other, or where a red light without a green light or a green 
 light without a red light, is seen ahead, or where both green and 
 red lights are seen anywhere but ahead. 
 
 Rule V. Whenever a steam vessel is nearing a short bend ob 
 cubve in the channel, where, from the height of the banks or 
 other cause, a steam vessel approaching from the opposite direc- 
 tion can not be seen for a distance of half a mile, such steam 
 vessel, when she shall have arrived within half a mile of such 
 curve or bend, shall give a signal by one long blast of the steam 
 whistle, which signal shall be answered by a similar blast, given by 
 any approaching steam vessel that may be within hearing. Should 
 such signal be so answered by a steam vessel upon the farther 
 side of such bend, then the usual signals for meeting and passing 
 shall immediately be given and answered ; but, if the first alarm 
 signal of such vessel be not answered, she is to consider the 
 channel clear and govern herself accordingly. 
 
 When steam vessels are moved fbom their docks or bebths, 
 and other boats are liable to pass from any direction toward them, 
 they shall give the same signal as in the case of vessels meeting 
 at a bend, but immediately after clearing the berths so as to be 
 fully in sight they shall be governed by the steering and sailing 
 rules. 
 
 Rule VI. When steam vessels are btjnning in the same 
 direction and the vessel which is astern shall desire to pass on 
 the right or starboard hand of the vessel ahead, she shall give 
 one short blast of the steam whistle as a signal of such desire, 
 and if the vessel ahead answers with one blast, she shall put her 
 helm to port; or if she shall desire to pass on the left or port 
 side of the vessel ahead, she shall give two short blasts of the 
 steam whistle as a signal of such desire, and if the. vessel ahead 
 answers with two blasts, shall put her helm to starboard: or if 
 the vessel ahead does not think it safe for the vessel astern to 
 attempt to pass at that point, she shall immediately signify the 
 same by giving several short and rapid blasts of the steam whistle, 
 not less than four, and under no circumstances shall the vessel 
 astern attempt to pass the vessel ahead until such time as they 
 have reached a point where it can be safely done, when said vessel 
 ahead shall signify her willingness by blowing the proper signals. 
 The vessel ahead shall in no case attempt to cross the bow or 
 crowd upon the course of the passing vessel. 
 
799 
 
 Every vessel coming up with another vessel from any direction 
 more than two points abaft her beam — that is, in such a position 
 with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking that at night 
 she would be unable to see either of that vessel's side lights, shall 
 be deemed to be an overtaking vessel; and no subsequent altera- 
 tion of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the over- 
 taking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules, 
 or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
 until she is finally past and clear. 
 
 As by day the overtaking vessel can not always know with 
 certainty whether she is forward of or abaft this direction from 
 the other vessel she should, if in doubt, asume that she is an 
 overtaking vessel and keep out of the way. 
 
 Rule VII. When two steam vessels are appeoaching each 
 
 OTHER AT RIGHT ANGLES OR OBLIQUELY SO AS TO INVOLVE RISK OF 
 
 collision, other than when one steam vessel is overtaking another, 
 the steam vessel which has the other on her own port side shall 
 hold her course and speed; and the steam vessel which has the 
 other on her own starboard side shall keep out of the way of the 
 other by directing her course to starboard so as to cross the stern 
 of the other steam vessel, or if necessary to do so, slacken her 
 speed or stop or reverse. 
 
 If from any cause whatever the conditions covered by this situa- 
 tion are such as to prevent immediate compliance with each other's 
 signals, the misunderstanding or objection shall be at once made 
 apparent by blowing the danger signal, and both steam vessels 
 shall be stopped, and backed, if necessary until signals for passing 
 with safety are made and understood. 
 
 Rule VIII. When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are pro- 
 ceeding in such directions as to involve risk of collision, the steam 
 vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 
 
 Rule IX. Every steam vessel which is directed by these rules to 
 keep out of the way of another vessel shall, if the circumstances 
 of the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other. 
 
 Rule X. In narrow channels every steam vessel shall, when it 
 is safe and practicable, keep to that side of the fairway or mid- 
 channel which lies on the starboard side of such vessel. 
 
 Rule XI. In obeying and construing these rules due regard shall 
 be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to any 
 special circumstances which may render a departure from the 
 above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 
 
 sof/nd signals for fog, and so forth. 
 
 Rule XII. In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, 
 whether by day or night, signals shall be given as follows : 
 
 A steam vessel under way, except tchen towing other vessels or 
 being toned, shall sound, at intervals of not more than one minute, 
 on the whistle or siren, a prolonged blast. 
 
800 
 
 A steam vessel when towing other vessels shall sound, at inter- 
 vals of not more than one minute, on the whistle or siren, three 
 blasts in succession, namely, one prolonged blast followed by two 
 short blasts. 
 
 A vessel towed may give, at intervals of not more than one 
 minute, on the fog horn, a signal of three blasts in succession, 
 namely, one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts, and she 
 shall not give any other. 
 
 A vessel when at anchor shall, at intervals of not more than one 
 minute, ring the bell rapidly for about five seconds. 
 
 SPEED TO BE MODERATE IN FOG, AND SO FORTH. 
 
 Rule XIII. Every steam vessel shall, in a fog, mist, falling 
 snow, or heavy rainstorms, go at a moderate speed, having careful 
 regard to the existing circumstances and conditions. 
 
 A steam vessel hearing, apparently forward of her beam, the 
 fog signal of a vessel the position of which is not ascertained, 
 shall, so far as the circumstances of the case admit, stop her 
 engines, and then navigate with caution until danger of collision 
 is over. 
 
 Rules for lights for certain classes of vessels navigating- the 
 harbors, rivers, and inland, waters of the United States, 
 except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
 waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the 
 North and rivers emptying into the Gnlf of Mexico and 
 their tributaries. 
 
 The following rules for lights to be carried by ferryboats, rules 
 for lights for barges and canal boats in tow of steam vessels, rules 
 for lights for rafts and other water craft navigating by hand 
 power, horsepower, or by the current of the river, rule relating to 
 use of searchlights, rule prohibiting unnecessary sounding of the 
 steam whistle, rule prohibiting the carrying of unauthorized lights 
 on steam vessels, and rule relating to drawbridges over navigable 
 waters of the United States were adopted by the Board of Super- 
 vising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, and approved by 
 the Secretary of Commerce. 
 
 These rules concerning lights shall be complied with in all 
 weathers from sunset to sunrise. 
 
 RULES FOR LIGHTS TO BE CARRIED BY FERRYBOATS NAVIGATING THE 
 HARBORS, RIVERS, AND INLAND WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 EXCEPT THE GREAT LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING AND TRIBUTARY 
 WATERS AS FAR EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED RrVER OF THE 
 NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEXICO AND THEIR 
 TRIBUTARIES. 
 
 [Authority: Section 2, act of Congress approved June 7, 1S97.] 
 
 Ferryboats propelled by machinery and navigating the harbors, 
 rivers, and other inland waters of the United States, except the 
 
801 
 
 Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters as far 
 east as Montreal and the Red River of the North and rivers 
 emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries shall carry 
 the range lights and the colored side lights required by law to be 
 carried on steam vessels navigating those waters, except that 
 double-end ferryboats shall carry a central range of clear, bright, 
 white lights, showing all around the horizon, placed at equal alti- 
 tudes forward and aft, also on the starboard side a green light, 
 and on the port side a red light of such a character as to be 
 visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of 
 at least 2 miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and 
 unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the 
 compass, and so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 
 2 points abaft the beam on their respective sides. 
 
 The green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard screens 
 projecting at least 3 feet forward from the lights, so as to prevent 
 them from being seen across the bow. 
 
 Local inspectors in districts having ferryboats shall, whenever 
 the safety of navigation may require, designate for each line of 
 such boats a certain light, white or colored, which shall show 
 all around the horizon, to designate and distinguish such lines 
 from each other, which light shall be carried on a flagstaff amid- 
 ship, 15 feet above the white range lights. 
 
 RULES FOR LIGHTS FOR BARGES AND CANAL BOATS IN TOW OF STEAM 
 VESSELS AND FOR LIGHTS AND DAY SIGNALS FOR DREDGES, VESSELS 
 WORKING ON WRECKS, ETC., NAVIGATING THE HARBORS, RIVERS, AND 
 OTHER INLAND WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT THE GREAT 
 LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING AND TRIBUTARY WATERS AS FAR 
 EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED RIVER OF THE NORTH AND RIVERS 
 EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEXICO AND THEIR TRIBUTARIES. 
 
 [Authority: Section 2, act of Congress approved June 7, 1897.] 
 
 LIGHTS FOR BARGES AND CANAL, BOATS IX TOW OP STEAM VESSELS ON CER- 
 TAIN INLAND WATERS OX THE SEABOARD, EXCEPT THE HUDSON RIVER AND 
 ADJACENT WATERS AND LAKE CHAMPLuilN. 
 
 On the harbors, rivers, and other inland waters of the United 
 States, except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
 waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the North 
 and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries, 
 and except on the waters of the Hudson River and its tributaries 
 from Troy to the boundary lines of New York Harbor off Sandy 
 Hook, as defined pursuant to section 2 of the act of Congress of 
 February 19, 1895, the East River, and Long Island Sound (and 
 the waters entering thereon, and to the Atlantic Ocean), to and 
 including Narragansett Bay, R. I., and tributaries, and Lake 
 Champlain, barges (except scows) and canal boats in tow of 
 steam vessels shall carry lights as follows : 
 
802 
 
 Barges and canal boats towing astern of steam vessels, when 
 towing singly or what is known as tandem towing, shall each 
 carry a green light on the starboard side and a red light on the 
 port side and a white light on the stern, except that the last vessel 
 of such tow shall carry two white lights on her stern, athwart- 
 ship, horizonal to each other, not less than 5 feet apart, and not 
 less than 4 feet above the deck house, and so placed as to show 
 all around the horizon. 
 
 When two or more boats are abreast the colored lights shall 
 be carried at the outer sides of the bows of the outside boats. 
 Each of the outside boats in last tier of a hawser tow shall carry 
 a white light on her stern. 
 
 The white light required to be carried on stern of a barge or 
 canal boat carrying red and green side lights shall be carried 
 in a lantern so constructed that it shall show an unbroken light 
 over an arc of the horizon of 12 points of the compass, namely, for 
 6 points from right aft on each side of the vessel, and shall be 
 of such a character as to be visible on a dark night with a clear 
 atmosphere at a distance of at least 2 miles. 
 
 Barges or canal boats towing alongside a steam vessel shall, 
 if the deck, deck houses, or cargo of the barge or canal boat be 
 so high above water as to obscure the side lights of the towing 
 steamer when being towed on the starboard side of the steamer, 
 carry a green light upon the starboard side; and when towed on 
 the port side of the steamer a red light on the port side of the 
 barge or canal boat ; and if there is more than one barge or canal 
 boat abreast, the colored lights shall be displayed from the outer 
 side of the outside barges or canal boats. 
 
 The colored side lights referred to in these rules for barges 
 and canal boats in tow shall be fitted with inboard screens so 
 as to prevent them from being seen across the bow and of such 
 a character as to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmos- 
 phere at a distance of at least 2 miles, and so constructed as to 
 show a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon 
 of 10 points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light 
 from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on either side. The 
 minimum size of glass globes shall not be less than 6 inches in 
 diameter and 5 inches high in the clear. 
 
 Scows when being towed by steam vessels on the waters cov- 
 ered by the first paragraph of these rules shall carry a white 
 light at each end of each scow, except that when such scows are 
 massed in tiers two or more abreast each of the outside scows 
 shall carry a white light on its outer bow, and the outside scows 
 in the last tier shall each carry in addition a white light on the 
 outer part of the stern. The white light shall be carried not less 
 than 8 feet above the surface of the water, and shall be so placed 
 as to show an unbroken light all around the horizon, and shall 
 
803 
 
 be of such a character as to be visible on a dark night with a 
 clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 5 miles. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR BARGES AXD CANAL BOATS IN TOW OF STEAM VESSELS ON THE 
 HUDSON RIVER AND ADJACENT WATERS AND LAKE CHAMPLAIN. 
 
 All nondescript vessels known as scows, car floats, lighters, and 
 vessels of similar type navigating the waters referred to in the 
 following rules, shall carry the lights required to be carried by 
 barges and canal boats in tow of steam vessels, as prescribed in 
 such rules. 
 
 Barges and canal boats, when being towed by steam vessels on 
 the waters of the Hudson River and its tributaries from Troy to 
 the boundary lines of New York Harbor off Sandy Hook, as defined 
 pursuant to section 2 of the act of Congress of February 19, 1895, 
 the East River, and Long Island Sound (and the waters entering 
 thereon, and to the Atlantic Ocean), to and including Narragansett 
 Bay, R. I., and tributaries, and Lake Champlain, shall carry lights 
 as follows : 
 
 Barges and canal boats being towed astern of steam vessels, 
 when towing singly or what is known as tandem towing, shall 
 each carry a white light on the bow and a white light on the 
 stern, except that the last vessel of such tow shall carry two 
 white lights on her stern, athwartship, horizontal to each other, 
 not less than 5 feet apart and not less than 4 feet above the deck 
 house, and so placed as to show all around the horizon: Provided, 
 That seagoing barges shall not be required to make any change 
 in their seagoing lights (red and green) on waters coming within 
 the scope of these rules, except that the last vessel of the tow 
 shall carry two white lights on her stern, athwartship, horizontal 
 to each other, not less than 5 feet apart and not less than 4 feet 
 above the deck house, and so placed as to show all around the 
 horizon. 
 
 Barges and canal boats, when towed at a hawser two or more 
 abreast, when in one tier shall carry a white light on the bow 
 and a white light on the stern of each of the outside boats ; when 
 in more than one tier each of the outside boats shall carry a 
 white light on its bow ; and the outside boats in the last tier 
 shall each carry, in addition, a white light on the outer afterpart 
 of the stern. 
 
 Barges or canal boats towed alongside a steam vessel, if on the 
 starboard side of said steam vessel, shall display a white light 
 on her own starboard bow ; and if on the port side of said steam 
 vessel shall display a white light on her own port bow; and if 
 there is more than one barge or canal boat alongside, the white 
 lights shall be displayed from the outboard side of the outside 
 
804 
 
 barge or canal boat: Provided, That barges known. as car floats 
 when towed alongside shall have a white light at each outboard 
 corner of said barge. 
 
 When barges or canal boats are massed in tiers and towed at 
 a hawser, as is nsual on the Hudson River, there shall be car- 
 ried on the forward port side of the port boat of each tier a 
 white light, and on the forward starboard side of the starboard 
 boat in each tier a white light, and on the after port side of the 
 port boat in the stern tier a white light, and on the after star- 
 board side of the starboard boat in the stern tier a white light. 
 
 The white bow light for barges and canal boats referred to in 
 the preceding rules shall be carried at least 10 feet and not more 
 than 30 feet abaft the stem or extreme forward end of the vessel. 
 On barges and canal boats required to carry a white bow light, 
 the white light on bow and the white light on stern shall each 
 be so placed above the hull or deck house as to show an unbroken 
 light all around the horizon, and of such a character as to be 
 visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of 
 at least 5 miles. 
 
 Provided, That nothing in these rules shall be construed as com- 
 pelling barges or canal boats in tow of steam vessels, passing 
 through any waters coming within the scope of these rules where 
 lights for barges or canal boats are different from those of the 
 waters whereon such vessels are usually employed, to change 
 their lights from those required on the waters from which their 
 trip begins or terminates; but should such vessels engage in 
 local employment on waters requiring different lights from those 
 where they are customarily employed, they shall comply with the 
 local rules where employed. 
 
 RULES FOR LIGHTS AND DAY SIGNALS TO BE CARRIED BY VESSELS, 
 DREDGES OF ALL TYPES, AND VFSSELS WORKING ON WRECKS OR 
 OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS TO NAVIGATION, OR MOORED FOR SUBMARINE 
 OPERATIONS OR MADE FAST TO A SUNKEN OBJECT WHICH MAY 
 DRIFT WITH THE TIDE OR BE TOWED. 1 
 
 [Authority : Sec. 2, act of Congress approved June 7, 1897, as amended 
 by act of Congress approved May 25, 1914.] 
 
 RULE 1. RULE FOR SIGNALS TO BE DISPLAYED BY A TOWING VESSEL WHEN- 
 TOWING A SUBMERGED OR PARTLY SUBMERGED OBJECT UPON A HAWSER 
 WHEN NO SIGNALS ARE DISPLAYED UPON THE OBJECT WHICH IS TOWED. 
 
 The vessel having the submerged object in tow shall display by 
 day, where they can best be seen, two shapes, one above the other, 
 
 1 Adopted by executive committee of Board of Supervising Inspectors on 
 July 22, 1914, and approved by Secretary of Commerce on July 28, 1914. 
 Adopted by Board of Supervising Inspectors on Jan. 20, 1915, and ap- 
 proved by the Secretary of Commerce on Apr. 12, 1915. 
 
 
805 
 
 not less than 6 feet apart, the lower shape to be carried not less 
 than 10 feet above the deck houses. The shapes shall be in the 
 form of a double frustum of a cone, base to base, not less than 2 
 feet in diameter at the center nor less than 8 inches at the ends 
 of the cones, and to be not less than 4 feet lengthwise from end to 
 end, the upper shape to be painted in alternate horizontal stripes 
 of black and white, 8 inches in width, and the lower shape to he 
 painted a solid bright red. 
 
 By night the towing vessel shall display the regular side lights, 
 but in lieu of the regular white towing lights shall display four 
 lights in a vertical position not less than 3 feet nor more than 6 
 feet apart, the upper and lower of such lights to be white, and 
 the two middle lights to be red, all of such lights to be of the same 
 character as is now prescribed for the regular towing lights. 
 
 RULE 2. RULE FOR STEAMERS, DERRICK BOATS, LIGHTERS, OR OTHER TYPES 
 OF VESSELS MADE FAST ALONGSIDE A WRECK, OR MOORED OVER A WRECK 
 WHICH IS ON THE BOTTOM OR PARTLY SUBMERGED, OR WHICH MAY BE 
 DRIFTING. 
 
 Steamers, derrick boats, lighters, or other types of vessels made 
 fast alongside a wreck, or moored over a wreck which is on the 
 bottom or partly submerged, or which may be drifting, shall dis- 
 play by day two shapes of the same character and dimensions and 
 displayed in the same manner as required by the foregoing rule, 
 except that both the shapes shall be painted a solid bright red, 
 but where more than one vessel is working under the above con- 
 ditions, the shapes need be displayed only from one vessel on each 
 side of the wreck from which it can best be seen from* all direc- 
 tions. 
 
 By night this situation shall be indicated by the display of a 
 white light from the bow and stern of each outside vessel or 
 lighter not less than 6 feet above the deck, and in addition thereto 
 there shall be displayed in a position where they may best be 
 seen from all directions two red lights carried in a vertical line 
 not less than 3 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, and not less than 
 15 feet above the deck. 
 
 RULE 3. RULE FOR DREDGES WHICH ARE HELD IN STATIONARY POSITION BY 
 MOORINGS OR SPUDS. 
 
 Dredges which are held in stationary position by moorings or 
 spuds shall display by day two red balls not less than 2 feet in 
 diameter and carried in a vertical line not less than 3 feet nor 
 more than 6 feet apart, and at least 15 feet above the deck house 
 and in such a position where they can best be seen from all direc- 
 tions. By night they shall display a white light at each corner, 
 not less than 6 feet above the deck, and in addition thereto there 
 183841°— 20 52 
 
806 
 
 shall be displayed in a position where they may best be seen from 
 all directions two red lights carried in a vertical line not less than 
 
 3 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, and not less than 15 feet above 
 the deck. When scows are moored alongside a dredge in the 
 foregoing situation they shall display a white light on each out- 
 board corner, not less than 6 feet above the deck. 
 
 RULE 4. RULE FOR SELF-PROPELLING SUCTION DREDGES UNDERWAY WITH 
 THEIR SUCTIONS ON THE BOTTOM. 
 
 Self-propelling suction dredges underway with their suction on 
 the bottom shall display by day the same signals as are used to 
 designate any steamer not under control ; that is to say, two 
 black balls not less than 2 feet in diameter and carried not less 
 than 15 feet above the deck house, and where they may best be 
 seen from all directions. 
 
 By night they shall carry, in addition to the regular running 
 lights, two red lights of the same character as the masthead light, 
 in the same vertical plane and underneath the masthead light, 
 the red lights to be not less than 3 feet nor more than 6 feet 
 apart and the upper red light to be not less than 4 feet and not 
 more than 6 feet below the white masthead light, and on or near 
 the stern two red lights in the same vertical plane not less than 
 
 4 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, to show through 4 points of the 
 compass ; that is, from right astern to 2 points on each quarter. 
 
 RULE 5. RULE FOR VESSELS WHICH ARE MOORED OR ANCHORED AND ENGAGED 
 IN LAYING PIPE OR OPERATING ON SUBMARINE CONSTRUCTION OR EXCA- 
 VATION. 
 
 Vessels which are moored or anchored, and engaged in laying 
 pipe or operating on submarine construction or excavation, shall 
 display by day, not less than 15 feet above the deck, where they 
 can best be seen from all directions, two balls not less than 2 feet 
 in diameter, in a vertical line not less than 3 feet and more than 
 6 feet apart, the upper ball to be painted in alternate black and 
 white vertical stripes 6 inches wide, and the lower ball to be 
 painted a solid bright red. By night they shall display three red 
 lights, carried in a vertical line not less than 3 feet nor more than 
 6 feet apart and not less than 15 feet above the deck, and in such 
 position as may best be seen from all directions. 
 
 All the lights required by these special rules for dredges, wreck- 
 ing boats, lighters, etc., shall be of such size and character as to be 
 visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere for a distance of 
 at least 2 miles. 
 
 These rules shall be in full force and effect on and after Sep- 
 teniber 1, 1914. 
 
807 
 
 RULES FOR LIGHTS FOR RAFTS AND OTHER WATER CRAFT NAVIGATING 
 BY HAND POWER, HORSEPOWER, OR BY THE CURRENT OF THE RIVER, 
 ON THE HARBORS, RIVERS, AND OTHER INLAND WATERS OF THE 
 UNITED STATES, EXCEPT THE GREAT LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING 
 AND TRIBUTARY WATERS AS FAR EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED 
 RIVER OF THE NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF 
 MEXICO AND THEIR TRIBUTARIES. 
 
 [Authority: Art. 9 (d), act of Congress approved June 7, 1897.] 
 
 Any vessel, except rafts and rowing boats under oars, navigating 
 by hand power, horsepower, or by the current of the river, shall 
 carry one white light forward, not less than 8 feet above the sur- 
 face of the water. 
 
 Rafts propelled by hand power or by the current of the river. 
 or which shall be anchored or moored in or near a channel or fair- 
 way, shall carry white lights, as follows : 
 
 Rafts of one crib and not more than two in length shall carry 
 one white light Rafts of three or more cribs in length and one 
 crib in width shall carry one white light at each end of the raft. 
 Rafts of more than one crib abreast shall carry one white light 
 on each outside corner of the raft, making four lights in all. 
 
 The white light required by these rules for rafts and other 
 water craft shall be carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a lantern 
 so fixed and constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken 
 light, visible all around the horizon, and of such intensity as to be 
 visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of 
 at least 1 mile. The lights for rafts shall be suspended from poles 
 of such height that the lights shall not be less than 8 feet above 
 the surface of the water. 
 
 The limits of inland waters within which the rules contained 
 in this section apply are the same as those given in section 3 of 
 this chapter. 
 
 Section 5. — Pilot Rules for the Rivers Whose Waters Flow 
 into the Gulf of Mexico and their Tributaries and the Red 
 River of the North. 
 
 [This section is reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 806, 
 edition of Aug. 1, 1011 ; reprinted, Aug. 1, 1917.] 
 
 Sections of the Revised Statutes of the United State* and acts 
 of Congress relating' to the navigation of vessels on the Red 
 River of the Aorth and rivers emptying into the Gnlf of 
 Mexico and their tributaries. 
 
 That sections four thousand two hundred and thirty-three and 
 foui- thousand four hundred and twelve (with the regulations made 1897, sec. 5 (80 
 in pursuance thereof, except the rules and regulations for the * *' 
 
 Act of June 7, 
 
808 
 
 government of pilots of steamers navigating the Red River of 
 the North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
 tributaries, and except the rules for the Great Lakes and their 
 connecting and tributary waters as far east as Montreal), and 
 four thousand four hundred and thirteen of the Revised Statutes 
 of the United States, and chapter two hundred and two of the laws 
 of one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, and sections 
 one and three of chapter one hundred and two of the laws of 
 one thousand eight hundred and ninety-five, and sections five, 
 twelve, and thirteen of the act approved March three, one thousand 
 eight hundred and ninety-seven, entitled "An act to amend the laws 
 relating to navigation/' and all amendments thereto, are hereby 
 repealed so far as the harbors, rivers, and inland waters foresaid 
 (except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters 
 as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the North and 
 rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries) 
 are concerned. 
 B. S„ 4283, m Sec. 4233. The following rules for preventing collisions on the 
 
 !? 1 Mar! d 3 by i898 water sha11 De followed in the navigation of vessels of the Navy 
 
 (27 Stat./ 557), and of the mercantile marine of the United States: 
 
 and Mar. 8, 189 7, 
 
 sees. 5, 12, and 
 
 689, < 'l90?. tttt '' STEAM AND SAIL VESSELS. 
 
 Rule l. 5 Every steam vessel which is under sail and not under 
 steam shall be considered a sail vessel ; and every steam vessel 
 which is under steam whether under sail or not shall be consid- 
 ered a steam vessel. The words steam vessel shall include any 
 vessel propelled by machinery. 
 
 Rule 2. The lights mentioned in the following rules and no 
 others- shall be carried in all weathers between sunset and 
 sunrise. 
 
 Rule 3. All ocean-going steamers and steamers carrying sail 
 shall, when under way, carry — 
 
 (A) At the foremast head, a bright white light, of such a char- 
 acter as to be visible on a dark night, with a clear atmosphere, 
 at a distance of at least five miles, and so constructed as to show 
 a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 
 twenty points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light ten 
 
 6 As amended by the act of Congress approved Mar. 3, 1905. 
 
 8 Rules 3, 5, 6, and 7, under the head of • Lights." were amended by act 
 of Congress approved June 9, 1910, effective on and after July 9, 1910, in 
 rules for lights required to be carried by every vessel propelled by ma- 
 chinery and not more than 65 feet in length, except tugboats and tow- 
 boats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of this chapter.) 
 
809 
 
 points on each side of the vessel, namely, from right ahead to 
 two points abaft the beam on either side. 
 
 (B) On the starboard side, a green light, of snch a character 
 as to be visible on a dark night, with a clear atmosphere, at a 
 distance of at least two miles, and so constructed as to show a 
 uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten 
 points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light from 
 right ahead to two points abaft the beam on the starboard side. 
 
 (C) On the port side, a red light, of such a character as to 
 be visible on a dark night, with a clear atmosphere, at a dis- 
 tance of at least two miles, and so constructed as to show a uni- 
 form and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points 
 of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light from right 
 ahead to two points abaft the beam on the port side. 
 
 The green and red lights shr.il be fitted with inboard screens, 
 projecting at least three feet forward from the lights, so as to 
 prevent them from being seen across the bow. 
 
 Rule 4. Steam vessels, when towing other vessels, shall carry 
 two bright white masthead lights vertically, in addition to their 
 side lights, so as to distinguish them from other steam vessels. 
 Each of these masthead lights shall be of the same character and 
 construction as the masthead lights prescribed by rule three. 7 
 
 Rule 5. All steam vessels, other than ocean-going steamers and 
 steamers carrying sail, shall, when under way, carry on the star- 
 board and port sides lights of the same character and construc- 
 tion and in the same position as are prescribed for side lights by 
 rule three, except in the case provided in rule six. 
 
 Rule 6. River steamers navigating waters flowing into the Gulf 
 of Mexico, and their tributaries, shall carry the following lights, 
 namely: One red light on the outboard side of the port smoke 
 pipe, and one green light on the outboard side of the starboard 
 smoke pipe. Such lights shall show both forward and abeam on 
 their respective sides. 
 
 Rule 7. All coasting steam vessels, and steam vessels other 
 than ferryboats and vessels otherwise expressly provided for, 
 navigating the bays, lakes, rivers, or other inland waters of the 
 United States, except those mentioned in rule six, shall carry the 
 red and green lights, as prescribed for ocean-going steamers ; and, 
 
 7 Resolution adopted 03' the Board of Supervising Inspectors Jan. 31, 
 1908, and approved by the Acting Secretary of Commerce on Aug. 20, 
 1908, recommending lights for towboats : 
 
 " Resolved, Tbat it is the sense of this board that where towboats navi- 
 gating rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf of Mexico find it necessary 
 to use a signal light or lights on the stern of their boats, they are advised 
 to use, uniformly, two red lights, one above the other, 3 feet apart, the 
 upper light not to be less than 15 feet above the roof of the upper deck, 
 on the after part of the stern of the steamer." 
 
810 
 
 in addition thereto, a central range of two white lights ; the after 
 
 light being carried at an elevation of at least fifteen feet above 
 
 the light at the head of the vessel. The headlight shall be so 
 
 constructed as to show a good light through twenty points of the 
 
 compass, namely : From right ahead to two points abaft the beam 
 
 on either side of the vessel ; and the after light so as to show all 
 
 Amended by around the horizon. The lights for ferryboats, barges and canal 
 
 i&8 0f (2?*sta*J l>o«xts when in tow of steam vessels, shall be regulated by such 
 
 55 ')* rules as the Board of Supervising Inspectors of Steam Vessels 
 
 shall prescribe. 
 
 i Rule 8. Sail vessels, under way or being towed, shall carry the 
 same lights as steam vessels under w T ay, with the exception of the 
 white masthead lights, which they shall never carry. 
 
 Rule 9. Whenever, as in case of small vessels during bad 
 weather, the green and red lights can not be fixed, these lights 
 shall be kept on deck, on their respective sides of the vessel, 
 ready for instant exhibition, and shall, on the approach of or to 
 other vessels, be exhibited on their respective sides in sufficient 
 time to prevent collision, in such manner as to make them most 
 visible, and so that the green light shall not be seen on the port 
 side, nor the red light on the starboard side. To make the use of 
 these portable lights more certain and easy, they shall each be 
 painted outside with the color of the light they respectively con- 
 tain, and shall be provided with suitable screens. 
 
 Rule 10. All vessels, whether steam vessels or sail vessels, when 
 at anchor in roadsteads or fairways, shall, between sunset and' 
 sunrise, exhibit where it can best be seen, but at a height not 
 exceeding twenty feet above the hull, a white light in a globular 
 lantern of eight inches in diameter, and so constructed as to 
 show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light, visible all around the 
 horizon, and at a distance of at least one mile. 
 
 Rule 11. Sailing pilot vessels shall not carry the lights required 
 for other sailing vessels, but shall carry a white light at the mast- 
 head, visible all around the horizon, and shall also exhibit a 
 flare-up every fifteen minutes. 
 Amended by Steam pilot boats shall, in addition to the masthead light and 
 18*97*! sec.?' (2 9 S reen anc ^ re(i si ^e lights required for ocean steam vessel, carry 
 Stat., 689). a rec j light hung vertically from three to five feet above the 
 foremast headlight, for the purpose of distinguishing such steam 
 pilot boats from other steam vessels. 
 
 Rule 12. Coal boats, trading boats, produce boats, canal boats, 
 oyster boats, fishing boats, rafts, or other water craft, navigating 
 any bay, harbor, or river, by hand power, horse power, sail or by 
 the current of the river, or which shall be anchored or moored 
 in or near the channel or fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, 
 shall carry one or more good white lights, which shall be placed 
 in such manner as shall be prescribed by the Board of Supervising 
 Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 
 
811 
 
 Rule 13. Open boats shall not be required to carry the side 
 lights required for other vessels, but shall, if they do not carry 
 such lights, carry a lantern having a green slide on one side and 
 a red slide on the other side ; and, on the approach of or to other 
 vessels, such lantern shall be exhibited in sufficient time to pre- 
 vent collision, and in such a manner that the green light shall 
 not be seen on the port side, nor the red light on the starboard 
 side. Open boats, when at anchor or stationary, shall exhibit a 
 bright white light. They shall not, however, be prevented from 
 using a flare-up, in addition, if considered expedient. 
 
 Rum 14. The exhibition of any light on board of a vessel of Amended by 
 war of the United States may be suspended whenever, in the ?897° f s ?c'' li 
 opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, the commander in chief < 29 stat " 690) - 
 of a squadron, or the commander of a vessel acting singly, the 
 special character of the service may require it. The exhibition 
 of any light on board of a revenue cutter of the United States 
 may be suspended whenever, in the opinion of the commander of 
 the vessel, the special character of the service may require it. 
 
 FO(. SIGNALS. 
 
 Rule 15. ( a ) Whenever there is a fog or thick weather, whether Rule 15, ex- 
 
 by day or night, fog signals shall be used as follows : Steam ves- amended"^ act 
 
 sels under wav shall sound a steam whistle placed before the of M *'vSk l? 9 J' 
 
 sec. 12 (29 Stat., 
 funnel, not less than eight feet from the deck, at intervals of not 690). 
 
 more than one minute. Steam vessels, when towing, shall sound 
 three blasts of quick succession repeated at intervals of not more 
 than one minute, (b) Sail vessels under way shall sound a fog 
 horn at intervals of not more than one minute, (c) Steam ves- 
 sels and sail vessels, when not under way, shall sound a bell at 
 intervals of not more than two minutes. 
 
 (D) Coal boats, trading boats, produce boats, canal boats, oyster 
 boats, fishing boats, rafts, or other water craft, navigating any 
 bay, harbor, or river, by hand power, horse power, sail, or by the 
 current of the river, or anchored or moored in or near the chan- 
 nel or fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, and not in any port, 
 shall sound a fog horn, or equivalent signal, which shall make 
 a sound equal to a steam whistle, at intervals of not more than 
 two minutes. 
 
 STEEHLNG AM) SAILING RULES. 
 
 Rule 16. Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be Rules 16 mi* 
 ascertained by carefully watching the compass bearing of an act of Mar. i, 
 approaching vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change g t 8 a ^' 6 ^ J 2 * 2i> 
 such risk should be deemed to exist. 
 
812 
 
 Rule 17. When two sailing vessels are approaching one an- 
 other, so as to involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep 
 out of the way of the other, as follows, namely : 
 
 (a) A vessel w T hich is running free shall keep out of the way 
 of a vessel which is close-hauled. 
 
 ( b ) A vessel which is close-hauled on the port- tack shall keep out 
 of the way of a vessel which is close-hauled on the starboard tack. 
 
 (c) When both are running free, with the wdnd on different 
 sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep 
 out of the way of the other. 
 
 (d) When both vessels are running free, with the wind on the 
 same side, the vessel which is to the windward shall keep out of 
 the way of the vessel which is to the leeward. 
 
 (e) A vessel which has the wind aft shall keep out of the way 
 of the other vessel. 
 
 Rule 18. If two vessels under steam are meeting end on, or 
 nearly end on, so as to involve risk of collision, the helms of 
 both shall be put to port, so that each may pass on the port side 
 of the other. 
 
 Rule 19. If two vessels under steam are crossing so as to involve 
 risk of collision, the vessel which has the other on her own star- 
 board side shall keep out of the way of the other. 
 
 Rule 20. If two vessels, one of which is> a sail vessel and the 
 other a steam vessel, are proceeding in such directions as to in- 
 volve risk of collision, the steam vessel shall keep out of the way 
 of the sail vessel. 
 
 Rule 21. Every steam vessel, when approaching another vessel, 
 so as to involve risk of collision, shall slacken her speed, or, if 
 necessary, stop and reverse; and every steam vessel shall, when 
 in a fog, go at a moderate speed. 
 
 Rule 22. Every vessel overtaking any other vessel shall keep 
 out of the way of the last-mentioned vessel. 
 
 Rule 23. Where, by rules seventeen, nineteen, twenty, and 
 twenty-two, one of two vessels shall keep out of the way, the 
 other shall keep her course, subject to the qualifications of rule 
 twenty-four. 
 
 Rule 24. In construing and obeying these rules, due regard must 
 be had to all dangers of navigation, and to any special circum- 
 stances which may exist in any particular case rendering a de- 
 parture from them necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 
 Bales 25 and Rule 25. A sail vessel which is being overtaken by another 
 of 6 Ma?. e 8, b l J 897t vessel during the night shall show from her stern to such last- 
 « e «xf 8 (29 stat " mentioned vessel a torch or a flare -up light. 
 
 DVU) . 
 
 Rule 26. Nothing in these rules shall exonerate any ship, or 
 the owner, or master, or crew thereof, from the consequences of 
 any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep 
 a proper lookout, or of the neglect of any precaution which may 
 
813 
 
 be required by the ordinary practice of seamen or by the special 
 circumstances of the case. 
 
 Sec. 4412. The board of supervising inspectors shall establish J. s. 4412. 
 such regulations to be observed by all steam vessels in passing to steamers pass- 
 each other, as they shall from time to time deem necessary for lng each other * 
 safety ; two printed copies of such regulations, signed by them, 
 shall be furnished to each of such vessels, and shall at all times 
 be kept posted up in conspicuous places in such vessels. 
 
 Sec 4413. Every pilot, engineer, mate, or master of any steam ?'/„ **J 3 ' for 
 vessel who neglects or willfully refuses to observe the regulations violation of reg- 
 established in pursuance of the preceding section, shall be liable u a ons * 
 to a penalty of fifty dollars, and for all damages sustained by 
 any passenger, in his person or baggage, by such neglect or refusal. 
 
 Sec 4487. On any steamers navigating rivers only, when, from Jj v ^ **avUra- 
 darkness, fog, or other cause, the pilot or [on] watch shall betion. 
 of opinion that the navigation is unsafe, or from accident to or 
 derangement of the machinery of the boat, the chief engineer 
 shall be of the opinion tliat the further navigation of the vessel 
 is unsafe, the vessel shall be brought to anchor, or moored as soon 
 as it can prudently be done : Provided, That if the person in com- 
 mand shall, after being so admonished by either of such officers, 
 elect to pursue such voyage, he may do the same ; but in such case 
 both he and the owners of such steamer shall be answerable for 
 all damages which shall arise to the person of any passenger, or his 
 baggage, from such causes in so pursuing the voyage, and no 
 degree of care or diligence shall in such case be held to justify, 
 or excuse the person in command, or the owners. 
 
 8 That all vessels of above fifteen tons burden, carrying freight 18 ^* Li & ^tlt' 
 or passengers for hire, propelled by gas, fluid, naphtha, or electric 489). 
 motors, shall be, and are hereby, made subject to all the provi- p e l e \l Vd/ gas" 
 sions of section forty-four hundred and twenty-six of the Re- «to«tricity, etc. 
 vised Statutes of the United States, relating to the inspection of 
 hulls and boilers and requiring engineers and pilots; and all 
 vessels so propelled, without regard to tonnage or use, shall be 
 subject to the provisions of section forty-four hundred and twelve 
 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, relating to the 
 regulation of steam vessels in passing each other ; and to so much 
 of sections forty-two hundred and thirty-three and forty-two 
 hundred and thirty-four of the Revised Statutes, relating to lights, 
 fog signals, steering, and sailing rules, as the Board of Supervis- 
 ing Inspectors shall, by their regulations, deem applicable and 
 practicable for their safe navigation. 
 
 8 The act of Jan. IS, 1897, is amended by the following act of June 9. 
 1910, in the requirements for inspection and licensed officers of motor 
 boats, and the act of June 9, 1910, provides rules for lights required to 
 be carried by every vessel propelled by machinery and not more than 65 
 feet in length except tugboats and towboats propelled by steam. (See 
 soc. 8 of this chapter.) 
 
814 
 
 Rules and regulations for the government of pilots o"f ves- 
 sels propelled by steam, gas, 'fluid, naphtha, or electric 
 motors and of other vessels propelled by machinery, navi- 
 gating the Red River of the North, the Mississippi River, 
 and other rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico, and 
 their tributaries, as amended by the Board of United States 
 Supervising- Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, Feb- 
 ruary IS, 1911, and approved by the Secretary of Commerce, 
 under the authority of section 4412, Revised Statutes of the 
 United States, and of act of Congress approved January 18, 
 1897. These rules have been signed by the members of the 
 Board of Supervising Inspectors, as required by section 
 4412, Revised Statutes. 
 
 EXILES FOR VESSELS PASSING EACH OTHER. 
 
 In the following rules the words steam vessel and steamer shall 
 include any vessel propelled by machinery. 
 
 Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained 
 by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching 
 vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
 should be deemed to exist. 
 
 Rule I. When steamers are approaching each other from 
 opposite directions, the signals for passing shall be one short 
 and distinct blast of the whistle to alter course to starboard so 
 as to pass on the port side of the other, and two short and distinct 
 blasts of the whistle to alter course to port so as to pass on the 
 starboard side of the other. 
 
 When two steamers are meeting end on, er nearly end on, so 
 as to involve risk of collision, the helms of both shall be put to 
 port, so that each may pass on the port side of the other. 
 
 When an ascending steamer is approaching a descetiding steamer, 
 the pilot of the ascending steamer shall give the first signal for 
 passing, which shall be promptly answered by the same signal by 
 the pilot of the descending steamer, if safe to do so, and both 
 shall be governed accordingly : but if the pilot of the descend- 
 ing steamer deems it dangerous to take the side indicated by the 
 ascending steamer, he shall immediately signify that fact by 
 sounding the alarm or danger signal of four or more short and 
 rapid blasts of the whistle, and it shall be the duty of the pilot 
 of the ascending steamer to answer by a signal of four or more 
 short and rapid blasts of the whistle, and the engines of both 
 steamers shall be immediately stopped, and backed if necessary, 
 until the signals for passing are given and answered. After sound- 
 ing the alarm signal by both steamers, the pilot of the descending 
 steamer shall indicate by his whistle the side on which he desires 
 to pass, and the pilot of the ascending steamer shall govern him- 
 self accordingly, the descending steamer being entitled to the 
 right of way, 
 
815 
 
 Where possible, the signals for passing must be made, answered, 
 and understood before the steamers have arrived at a distance of 
 half a mile of each other. 
 
 Provided, however, That when a steamer on the Mississippi 
 River is about to enter the Ohio River at the same time that a 
 steamer on the Ohio River is about to enter the Mississippi River, 
 at Cairo Point, the steamer on the Mississippi River shall give the 
 first signal ; but in no case shall pilots on steamers attempt to 
 pass each other until there has been a thorough understanding as 
 to the side each steamer shall take. 
 
 Rule II. If from any cause the signals for passing are not made 
 at the proper time, as provided in Rule I, or should the signals 
 be given and not properly understood, from any cause whatever, 
 and either steamer become imperiled thereby, the pilot on either 
 steamer may be the first to sound the alarm or danger signal. 
 which shall consist of four or more short and rapid blasts of the 
 whistle. Whenever the danger signal is given, the engines of 
 both .steamers .shall be .stopped and backed until the headway of 
 the steamers has been fully checked; nor shall the engines of 
 either steamer be again started ahead until the steamers can 
 safely pass each other. Steamers approaching each other from 
 opposite directions are forbidden to use what has become techni- 
 cally known among pilots as " ckoss sionals " — that is, answering 
 one whistle with two, and answering two whistles with one. In all 
 cases, and under all circumstances, a pilot receiving either of the 
 whistle signals provided in the rules, which for any reason he 
 deems injudicious to comply with, instead of answering it with t\ 
 cross signal, shall at once observe the provisions of this rule. 
 
 Rule III. When two steamers are about to enter a narrow 
 channel at the same time, the ascending steamer shall be stopped 
 below such channel until the descending steamer shall have passed 
 through it; but should two steamers unavoidably meet in such 
 channel, then it shall be the duty of the pilot of the ascending 
 steamer to make the prober signals, and when answered, the 
 ascending steamer shall lie as close as possible to the side of the 
 channel the exchange of signals may have determined, as provided 
 by Rule I, and either stop the engines or move them so as only 
 to give the boat steerageway, and the pilot of the descending 
 steamer shall cause his steamer to be worked slowly until he has 
 passed the ascending steamer. 
 
 Rule IV. When two steamers are approaching a bridge span 
 or draw from opposite directions and the passing signals as pro- 
 vided in Rule I have been given and understood, should the pilot 
 of the descending steamer deem it dangerous for the steamers to 
 pass each other between the piers of such span or draw, he shall 
 sound the alarm or danger signal, and it shall then be the duty 
 of the pilot of the ascending steamer to answer with a similar 
 
816 
 
 alarm signal, and to slow or stop his engines below such span or 
 draw until the descending steamer shall have passed. 
 
 Rule V. When a steamer is ascending and running close on 
 a bar or shore, the pilot shall in no case attempt to cross the 
 river when a descending steamer shall be so near that it would 
 be possible for a collision to ensue therefrom. 
 
 Rule VI. When any steamer, whether ascending or descending, 
 is NEARiNG a short bend or point where, from any cause, a 
 steamer approaching in an opposite direction can not be seen at 
 a distance of 600 yards, the pilot of such steamer, when he shall 
 have arrived within 600 yards of that bend or point, shall give a 
 signal of one long sound of his whistle, as a notice to any steamer 
 within hearing that may be approaching on the other side, and 
 within half a mile, of such bend or point; and should there be any 
 such approaching steamer within hearing of such signal, it shall 
 be the duty of the pilot thereof to answer such signal by one long 
 sound of his whistle, when both steamers shall be navigated, with 
 the proper precautions, as required by these rules. 
 
 Rule VII. When a steamer is moved from its dock or berth, 
 and other steamers are liable to approach such steamer from any 
 direction, such steamer and any approaching steamer shall give 
 the same signals as in case of steamers meeting at a bend ; but 
 immediately after clearing the dock or berth so as to be fully in 
 sight, they shall be governed by the rules for passing. 
 
 Rule VIII. When a steamer is overtaking another steamer, 
 and the overtaking steamer shall desire to pass on the right or 
 starboard side of the steamer ahead, the overtaking steamer shall 
 give one short blast of the whistle, and if the steamer ahead 
 answers with one blast, the overtaking steamer may pass on the 
 starboard side of the steamer ahead ; or if the overtaking steamer 
 shall desire to pass on the left or port side of the steamer ahead, 
 she shall give two short blasts of the whistle, and if the steamer 
 ahead answers with two blasts the overtaking steamer may pass 
 on the port side of the steamer ahead ; or if the steamer ahead 
 does not think it safe for the overtaking steamer to attempt to 
 pass at that point, she shall immediately signify the same by 
 giving not less than four short and rapid blasts of the whistle, 
 and under no circumstances shall the overtaking steamer attempt 
 to pass the steamer ahead until such time as they have reached 
 a point where it can be safely done, when the steamer ahead shall 
 signify her willingness by blowing one blast of the whistle for 
 the overtaking steamer to pass on the starboard side of the 
 steamer ahead, or two blasts of the whistle for the overtaking 
 steamer to pass on the port side of the steamer ahead. 
 
 Every steamer overtaking another shall keep out of the way of 
 the overtaken steamer. Every steamer coming up with another 
 steamer from any direction more than two points abaft her beam 
 
817 
 
 shall be deemed to be an overtaking steamer, and no subsequent 
 alteration of the bearing between the two steamers shall make 
 the overtaking steamer a crossing steamer within the meaning 
 of these' rules, or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the 
 overtaken steamer until she is finally passed and clear. If the 
 overtaking steamer is in doubt as to whether she is forward of or 
 abaft this direction, she shall assume that she is an overtaking 
 steamer and keep out of the way. 
 
 The steamer ahead shall in no case attempt to cross the bow or 
 crowd upon the course of the overtaking steamer. 
 
 Rule IX. When two steamers are approaching each other at 
 
 RIGHT ANGLES OR OBLIQUELY SO AS TO INVOLVE RISK OF COLLISION, 
 
 other than when one steamer is overtaking another, the steamer 
 which has the other on her own port side shall hold her course 
 and speed, and the steamer which has the other on her own star- 
 board side shall keep out of the way of the other by directing 
 her course to starboard so as to cross the stern of the other 
 steamer, or, if necessary to do so, slacken her speed or stop or 
 reverse. The steamer having the other on her own port bow 
 shall blow one blast of her whistle as a signal of her intention to 
 cross the bow of the other, holding her course and speed, which 
 signal shall be promptly answered by the other steamer by one 
 short blast of her whistle as a signal of her intention to direct 
 her course to starboard so as to cross the stern of the other 
 steamer or otherwise keep clear. 
 
 If from any cause whatever the conditions covered by this 
 situation are such as to prevent immediate compliance with each 
 other's signals, the misunderstanding or objection shall be at once 
 made apparent by blowing the alarm signal, and both steamers 
 shall be stopped and backed if necessary until signals for passing 
 with safety are made and understood. 
 
 Rule X. The passing signals, by the blowing of the whistle, 
 shall be given and answered by pilots' in compliance with these 
 rules when approaching each other; and, wherever possible, the 
 signals shall be given and answered before the steamers have 
 arrived at a distance of half a mile of each other. 
 
 Rule XI.. In obeying and construing these rules due regard 
 shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to 
 any special circumstances which may render a departure from 
 the above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 
 
 FOG SIGNALS. 
 
 Rule XII. In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, 
 whether by day or night, the signals described in this rule shall 
 be used by steam vessels: 
 
 (a) A steam vessel under way in fog or thick weather shall 
 sound, at intervals of not more than one minute, a prolonged 
 
818 
 
 blast of the whistle of from four to six seconds' duration, except 
 that irlien towing one or more vessels she shall sound three blasts 
 <>f the whistle in quick succession. 
 
 {b) A steam vessel when at anchor in fog or thick weather 
 shall, at intervals of not more than one minute, ring the bell 
 rapidly for about five seconds. 
 
 (c) Steamers on rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf of 
 Mexico, lying to during fog or thick iveather, when the fog whistle 
 or any sound is heard indicating the approach of another steamer 
 shall, if lying on the right shore, or right bank, give one tap of 
 the bell ; if lying on left shore or left bank, give two taps of the 
 bell at intervals of not more than one minute, to indicate their 
 presence, which signals shall continue until the approaching 
 steamer has passed. Right and left shore or bank is understood 
 by facing downstream or with the flow of the current. 
 
 Rule XIII. Every steam vessel shall, in thick weather, by 
 reason of fog, mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms, or other 
 causes, go at moderate speed. A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
 not more than four points from right ahead, the fog signal of 
 another vessel shall at once reduce her speed to bare steerageway, 
 and navigate with caution until the vessels shall have passed 
 each other. 
 
 RULES FOR LIGHTS FOR CERTAIN CLASSES OF VESSELS ON WESTERN 
 
 RIVERS. 
 
 The following rules for lights to be carried on ferryboats, lights 
 for steamers having but one chimney, lights for barges and canal 
 boats in tow, lights for scows in tow, and lights for rafts and other 
 water craft, navigating the Red River of the North and rivers 
 whose waters flow into the Gulf of Mexico were adopted by the 
 Board of Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, 
 and approved by the Secretary of Commerce, under the authority 
 of section 4233, Revised Statutes of the United States (rules 
 seven and twelve), and acts of Congress approved January 18 and 
 June 7, 1897 (sec. 5). 
 
 These rules shall be effective on and after July 1, 1907: 
 
 LIGHTS TO BE CARRIED BY FERRYBOATS. 
 
 The signal lights on ferryboats on water flowing into the Gulf 
 of Mexico and their tributaries shall be the same as those on ail 
 other steamboats on the same waters, except that double-end 
 ferryboats shall carry a central range of clear, bright, white 
 lights, showing all around the horizon, placed at equal altitudes 
 forward and aft, also on the starboard side a green light, and on 
 the port side a red light, of such a character as to be visible on 
 a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 
 
819 
 
 2 miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken 
 light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the compass, 
 and so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two points 
 abaft the beam on their respective sides. 
 
 The green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard screens 
 projecting at least 3 feet forward from the lights, so as to prevent 
 them from being seen across the bow. 
 
 Local inspectors in districts having ferryboats shall, whenever 
 the safety of navigation may require, designate for each line of 
 such boats a certain light, white or colored, which shall show all 
 around the horizon, to designate and distinguish such lines from 
 each other, which light shall be carried on a flagstaff amidships, 
 15 feet above the white range lights. 
 
 LIGHTS FOK STEAMERS HAYIMi BUT ONE CHIMNEY.* 
 
 All steamers having but one chimney, except ferryboats pro- 
 vided for in the preceding rule, navigating rivers whose waters 
 flow into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries, and the Red 
 River of the North, shall carry a green light on the starboard side 
 and a red light on the port side, on brackets securely fastened to 
 the outboard sides of the chimney, the lights to show both for- 
 ward and abeam on their respective sides. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR BARGES AND CANAL BOATS IN TOW. 
 
 The lights for barges and canal boats when towed ahead or 
 alongside of the steamer as is customary upon rivers whose waters 
 flow into the Gulf of Mexico shall be as follows : 
 
 When one barge is towed by a steamer, and such barge is towed 
 ahead, such barge shall have a green light on the starboard bow' 
 and a red light on the port bow. When such barge is towed 
 alongside of the steamer, on the starboard side, such barge shall 
 have a green light on the starboard bow. When such barge is 
 towed alongside of a steamer, on the port side, such barge shall 
 have a red light on the port bow. When two barges are towed 
 alongside of a steamer, one on the starboard and one on the port 
 side, the starboard barge shall carry a green light on the star- 
 board bow and the port barge shall carry a red light on the port 
 bow. When two or more barges are towed ahead, the green light 
 shall be placed on the starboard bow of the starboard barge and 
 a red light on the port bow of the port barge and at a disttiiice 
 
 {> See act of Congress approved June 9, 1010, effective on and after 
 July 0, 1010, prescribing lights that shall be carried by vessels of cer- 
 tain classes, of not more than 65 feet in length amendatory of these rules, 
 as given in sec. 8 of this chapter. 
 
820 
 
 The colored side lights referred to in the foregoing rules must 
 be fitted with inboard screens, so as to prevent them from being 
 seen across the bow, and of such a character as to be visible on a 
 dark night, with a clear atmosphere, at a distance of at least 2 
 miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken light 
 over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the compass, and so 
 fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft 
 the beam on either side. The minimum size of glass globes shall 
 not be less than 6 inches in diameter and 5 inches high in the clear. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR SCOWS IN TOW. 
 
 All scows being towed by hawser behind steam vessels shall 
 carry a regulation white light at each end of each scow (such 
 lights to be carried not less than 8 feet above the surface of the 
 water, and so as to show all around the horizon), except that 
 when scows are massed in tiers, two or more abreast, each of the 
 outside boats shall carry a white light on its outer bow ; and the 
 outside boats in the last tier shall each carry, in addition, a white 
 light on the outer part of the stern. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR RAFTS AND OTHER WATER CRAFT NAVIGATING THE RED RIVER 
 OF THE NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEXICO AND 
 THEIR TRIBUTARIES, PROPELLED BY HAND POWER, HORSEPOWER, OR BY 
 THE CURRENT OF THE RIVER. 
 
 All coal boats, trading boats, produce boats,, canal boats, oyster 
 boats, fishing boats, and other water craft, except as hereinafter 
 otherwise provided, navigating any bay, harbor, or river, propelled 
 by hand power, horsepower, or by the current of the river, or 
 which shall be anchored or moored in or near the channel or fair- 
 way of any bay, harbor, or river, shall carry one white light 
 forward, not less than 8 feet above tbe surface of the water. 
 
 Rafts propelled by hand power or by the current of the river, 
 or which shall be anchored or moored in or near a channel or 
 fairway, shall carry white lights, as follows : 
 
 Rafts of one crib and not more than two in length shall carry 
 one white light. Rafts of three or more cribs in length and one 
 crib in width shall carry one white light at each end of the raft. 
 
 Rafts of more than one crib abreast shall carry one white light 
 on each outside corner of the raft, making four lights in all. 
 
 The white light required by these rules for rafts and other 
 water craft shall be carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a lantern 
 so fixed and constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and un- 
 broken light, visible all around the horizon, and of such intensity 
 as to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a dis- 
 tance of at least one mile. The lights for rafts shall be suspended 
 from poles of such height that the light shall not be less than 8 
 feet above the surface of the water. 
 
821 
 
 Rowing boats under oars shall have ready at hand a lantern 
 showing a white light which shall be temporarily exhibited in 
 sufficient time to prevent collision. 
 
 DISTEESS SIGNALS RECOMMENDED BY THE BOAED OF SUPERVISING IN- 
 SPECTORS. 
 
 Article 31. (Prescribed by International Marine Conference, 
 
 1889.) 
 
 IN THE DAYTIME. 
 
 1. A gun fired at intervals of about a minute. 
 
 2. The International Code signal of distress indicated by N. C. 
 
 3. The distant signal, consisting of a square flag, having either 
 above or below it a ball or anything resembling a ball. 
 
 4. Rockets or shells as prescribed below for use at night. 
 
 5. A continuous sounding with a steam whistle or any fog- 
 signal apparatus. 
 
 AT NIGHT. 
 
 1. A gun fired at intervals of about a minute. 
 
 2. Flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar barrel, oil bar- 
 rel, etc.). 
 
 3. Rockets or shells, bursting in the air with a loud report and 
 throwing stars of any color or description, fired one at a time 
 at short intervals. 
 
 4. A continuous sounding with a steam whistle or any fog- 
 signal apparatus. 
 
 The limits of inland waters within which the rules contained 
 in this section apply are the same as those given in section 3 of 
 this chapter for the following waters : 
 
 Charlotte Harbor and Punta Gorda, Fla. 
 
 Tampa Bay and Tributaries, Fla. 
 
 St. George Sound, Apalachicola Bay, Carrabelle and Apalachi- 
 cola Rivers, and St. Vincent Sound, Fla. 
 
 Pensacola Harbor, Fla. 
 
 Mobile Harbor and Bay. 
 
 Sounds, lakes and harbors on the coasts of Alabama, Missis- 
 sippi, and Louisiana, between Mobile Bay entrance and the Delta 
 of the Mississippi River. 
 
 New Orleans Harbor and the Delta of the Mississippi River. 
 
 Sabine Pass, Texas. 
 
 Galveston Harbor. 
 
 Brazos River, Texas. 
 
 The general rule is the same as that given at the end of sec- 
 tion 3. 
 
 183841°— 20 53 
 
822 
 
 Section (j.— Pilot Rules for the Great Lakes and Their Con- 
 necting and Tributary Waters. 
 
 [This section ia reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 808, 
 Edition of May 1, 1912.] 
 
 Laws relating: to the navigation of vessels on the Great 
 Lakes and their connecting- and trihntary waters. 
 
 AX ACT To regulate navigation on the Great Lakes and their connecting 
 and tributary waters. 
 
 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of 
 the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the 
 following rules for preventing collisions shall be followed in the 
 navigation of all public and private vessels of the United States 
 upon the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters 
 as far east as Montreal. 
 
 steam and sail vessels. 
 
 Rule 1. Every steam vessel which is under sail and not under 
 steam, shall be considered a sail vessel; and every steam vessel 
 which is under steam, whether under sail or not, shall be con- 
 sidered a steam vessel. The words steam vessel shall include any 
 vessel propelled by machinery. A vessel is under way within the 
 meaning of these rules when she is not at anchor or made fast to 
 the shore or aground. 
 
 LIGHTS. 
 
 Rule 2. The lights mentioned in the following rules and no 
 others shall be carried in all weathers from sunset to sunrise. 
 The word visible in these rules when applied to lights shall mean 
 visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere. 
 
 Rule 3. 10 Except in the cases hereinafter expressly provided 
 for, a steam vessel when under way shall carry : 
 
 (a) On or in front of the foremast, or if a vessel without a 
 foremast, then in the forepart of the vessel, at a height above the 
 hull of not less than twenty feet, and if the beam of the vessel 
 exceeds twenty feet then at a height above the hull not less 
 than such beam, so, however, that such height need not exceed 
 forty feet, a bright white light so constructed as to show an 
 unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty points of the 
 compass, so fixed as to throw the light ten points on each side of 
 
 10 Rule 3 is amended by act of Congress approved June 0. 1910, effec- 
 tive on and after July 9, 1910, in rules for lights required to be carried 
 by every vessel propelled by machinery and not more than 65 feet in 
 length, except tugboats and towboats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of 
 this chapter.) 
 
823 
 
 the vessel, namely, from right ahead to two points abaft the beam 
 on either side, and of such character as to be visible at a distance 
 of at least five miles. 
 
 (b) On the starboard side, a green light so constructed as to 
 throw an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points 
 of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead 
 to two points abaft the beam on the starboard side, and of such 
 a character as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 
 
 (c) On the port side, a red light, so constructed as to show an 
 unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the 
 compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two 
 points abaft the beam on the port side, and of such a character 
 as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 
 
 (d) The said green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard 
 screens projecting at least three feet forward from the light, so 
 as to prevent these lights from being seen across the bow. 
 
 (e) A steamer of over one hundred and fifty feet register 
 length shall also carry when under way an additional bright 
 light similar in construction to that mentioned in subdivision 
 fa) so fixed as to throw the light all around the horizon and of 
 such character as to be visible at a distance of at least three 
 miles. Such additional light shall be placed in line with the keel 
 at least fifteen feet higher from the deck and more than seventy- 
 five feet abaft the light mentioned in subdivision (a). 
 
 VESSELS TOWING. 
 
 Rule 4. A steam vessel having a tow other than a raft shall, 
 in addition to the forward bright light mentioned in subdivision 
 (a) of rule three, carry in a vertical line not less than six feet 
 above or below that light a second bright light of the same con- 
 struction and character and fixed and carried in the same manner 
 as the forward bright light mentioned in said subdivision (a) of 
 rule three. Such steamer shall also carry a small bright light 
 abaft the funnel or aftermast for the tow to steer by, but such 
 light shall not be visible forward of the beam. 
 
 Rule 5. A steam vessel having a raft in tow shall, instead of 
 the forward lights mentioned in rule four, carry on or in front 
 of the foremast, or if a vessel without a foremast then in the 
 fore part of the vessel, at a height above the hull of not less than 
 twenty feet, and if the beam of the vessel exceeds twenty feet, 
 then at a height above the hull not less than such beam, so, 
 however, that such height need not exceed forty feet, two bright 
 lights in a horizontal line athwartships and not less than eight 
 feet apart, each so fixed as to throw the light all around the 
 horizon and of such character as to be visible at a distance of at 
 least five miles. Such steamer shall also carry the small bright 
 
824 
 
 steeering light aft of the character and fixed as required in rule 
 four. 
 
 Rule 6. A sailing vessel under way and any vessel being towed 
 shall carry the side lights mentioned in rule three. 
 
 A vessel in tow shall also carry a small bright light aft, but 
 such light shall not be visible forward of the beam. 
 
 Rule 7. The lights for tugs under thirty tons register whose 
 principal business is harbor towing, and for boats navigating only 
 on the River Saint Lawrence, also ferryboats, rafts, and canal 
 boats, shall be regulated by rules which have been or may here- 
 after be prescribed by the Board of Supervising Inspectors of 
 Steam Vessels. 
 
 Rule 8. Whenever, as in the case of small vessels under way 
 during bad weather, the green and red side lights can not be 
 fixed, these lights shall be kept at hand lighted and ready for 
 use, and shall, on the approach of or to other vessels, be ex- 
 hibited on their respective sides in sufficient time to prevent 
 collision, in such manner as to make them most visible, and so 
 that the green light shall not be seen on the port side, nor the 
 red light on the starboard side, nor, if practicable, more than two 
 points abaft the beam on their respective sides. To make the 
 use of these portable lights more certain and easy, they shall 
 each be painted outside with the color of the light they respec- 
 tively contain, and shall be provided with suitable screens. 
 
 Rule 9. A vessel under one hundred and fifty feet register 
 length, when at anchor, shall carry forward, where it can best be 
 seen, but at a height not exceeding twenty feet above the hull, 
 a white light in a lantern constructed so as to show a clear, 
 uniform, and unbroken light, visible all around the horizon, at 
 a distance of at least one mile. 
 
 A vessel of one hundred and fifty feet or upward in register 
 length, when at anchor, shall carry in the forward part of the 
 vessel, at a height of not less than twenty and not exceeding forty 
 feet above the hull, one such light, and at or near the stern of 
 the vessel, and at such a height that it shall be not less than 
 fifteen feet lower than the forward light, another such light. 
 
 Rule 10. Produce boats, canal boats, fishing boats, rafts, or 
 other water craft navigating any bay, harbor, or river by hand 
 power, horsepower, sail, or by the current of the river, or which 
 shall be anchored or moored in or near the channel or fairway 
 of any bay, harbor, or river, and not otherwise provided for in 
 these rules, shall carry one or more good white lights, which 
 shall be placed in such manner as shall be prescribed by the 
 Board of Supervising Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 
 
 Rule 11. Open boats shall not be obliged to carry the side 
 lights required for other vessels, but shall, if they do not carry 
 such lights, carry a lantern having a green slide on one side and 
 
825 
 
 a red slide on the other side; and on the approach of or to other 
 vessels such lantern shall be exhibited in sufficient time to pre- 
 vent collision, and in such a manner that the green light shall 
 not be seen on the port side, nor the red light on the starboard 
 side. Open boats, when at anchor or stationary, shall exhibit a 
 bright white light. They shall not, however, be prevented from 
 using a flare-up in addition if considered expedient. 
 
 Rule 12. Sailing vessels shall at all times, on the approach of 
 any steamer during the nighttime, show a lighted torch upon 
 that point or quarter to which such steamer shall be ap- 
 proaching. 
 
 Rule 13. The exhibition of any light on board of a vessel of 
 war or revenue cutter of the United States may be suspended 
 whenever, iu the opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, the com- 
 mander in chief of a squadron, or the commander of a vessel 
 acting singly, the special character of the service may require it. 
 
 FOG SIGNALS. 
 
 Rule 14. A steam vessel shall be provided with an efficient 
 wnistle, sounded by steam or by some substitute for steam, placed 
 before the funnel not less than eight feet from the deck, or in 
 such other place as the local inspectors of steam vessels shall de- 
 termine, and of such character as to be heard in ordinary weather 
 at a distance of at least two miles, and with an efficient bell, and 
 it is hereby made the duty of the United States local inspectors of 
 steam vessels when inspecting the same to require each steamer 
 to be furnished with such whistle and bell. A sailing vessel shall 
 be provided with an efficient fog horn and with an efficient bell. 
 
 Whenever there is thick weather by reason of fog, mist, falling 
 snow, heavy rainstorms, or other causes, whether by day or by 
 night, fog signals shall be used as follows : 
 
 (a) A steam vessel under way, excepting only a steam vessel 
 with raft in tow, shall sound at intervals of not more than one 
 minute three distinct blasts of her whistle. 
 
 (b) Every vessel in tow of another vessel shall, at intervals of 
 one minute, sound four bells on a good and efficient and properly 
 placed bell as follows: By striking the bell twice in quick suc- 
 cession, followed by a little longer interval, and then again strik- 
 ing twice in quick succession (in the manner in which four bells 
 is struck in indicating time). 
 
 (c) A steamer with a raft in tow shall sound at intervals of 
 not more than one minute a screeching or Modoc whistle for 
 from three to five seconds. 
 
 (d) A sailing vessel under way and not in tow shall sound at 
 intervals of not more than one minute — 
 
826 
 
 If on the starboard tack with wind forward of abeam, one blast 
 of her fog horn ; 
 
 If on the port tack with wind forward of the beam, two blasts 
 of her fog horn ; 
 
 If she has the wind abaft the beam on either side, three blasts 
 of her fog horn. 
 
 (e) Any vessel at anchor and any vessel aground in or near a 
 channel or fairway shall at intervals of not more than two min- 
 utes ring the bell rapidly for three to five seconds. 
 
 (f) Vessels of less than ten tons registered tonnage, not being 
 steam vessels, shall not be obliged to give the above-mentioned 
 signals, but if they do not they shall make some other efficient 
 sound signal at intervals of not more than one minute. 
 
 (g) Produce boats, fishing boats, rafts, or other water craft 
 navigating by hand power or by the current of the river, or 
 anchored or moored in or near the channel or fairway and not in 
 any port, and not otherwise provided for in these rules, shall sound 
 a fog horn, or equivalent signal, at intervals of not more than 
 one minute. 
 
 Rule 15. Every vessel shall, in thick weather, by reason of fog, 
 mist, falling snow, heavy rain storms, or other causes, go at 
 moderate speed. A steam vessel hearing, apparently not more 
 than four points from right ahead, the fog signal of another vessel 
 shall at once reduce her speed to bare steerageway, and navigate 
 with caution until the vessels shall have passed each other. 
 
 STEERING AND SAILING REXES. 
 SAILING VESSELS. 
 
 Rule 16. When two sailing vessels are approaching one an- 
 other so as to involve risk of collision one of them shall keep 
 out of the way of the other, as follows, namely : 
 
 (a) A vessel which is running free shall keep out of the way 
 of a vessel which is closehauled. 
 
 (b) A vessel which is closehauled on the port tack shall keep 
 out of the way of a vessel which is closehauled on the starboard 
 tack. 
 
 (c) When both are running free, with the wind on different 
 sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep 
 out of the way of the other. 
 
 (d) When they are running free, with the wind on the same 
 side, the vessel which is to windward shall keep out of the wa 
 of the vessel which is to leeward. 
 
 STEAM VESSELS. 
 
 Rule 17. When two steam vessels are meeting end on or nearly 
 end on so as to involve risk of collision each shall alter her course 
 to starboard so that each shall pass on the port side of the other. 
 
827 
 
 Rule 18. When two steam vessels are crossing so as to involve 
 risk of collision the vessel which has the other on her own star- 
 board side shall keep out of the way of the other. 
 
 Rule 19. When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are proceed- 
 ing in such directions as to involve risk of collision the steam 
 vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 
 
 Rule 20. Where, by any of the rules herein prescribed, one of 
 two vessels shall keep out of the way, the other shall keep her 
 course and speed. 
 
 Rule 21. Every steam vessel which is directed by these rules 
 to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, on approaching her, 
 if necessary, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. 
 
 Rule 22. Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules 
 every vessel overtaking any other shall keep out of the way of the 
 overtaken vessel. 
 
 Rules 23. In all weathers every steam vessel, under way in 
 taking any course authorized or required by these rules shall in- 
 dicate that course by the following signals on her whistle, to be 
 accompanied whenever required by corresponding alteration of 
 her helm ; and every steam vessel receiving a signal from another 
 shall promptly respond with the same signal, or as provided in 
 Rule Twenty-six : 
 
 One blast to mean, " I am directing my course to starboard." 
 
 Two blasts to mean, " I am directing my course to port." But 
 the giving oi answering signals by a vessel required to keep her 
 course shall not vary the duties and obligations of the respective 
 vessels. 
 
 Rule 24. That in all narrow channels where there is a current, 
 and in the rivers Saint Mary. Saint Clair, Detroit, Niagara, and 
 Saint Lawrence, when two steamers are meeting, the descending 
 steamer shall have the right of way. and shall, before the vessels 
 shall have arrived within the distance of one-half mile of each 
 other, give the signal necessary to indicate which side she elects to 
 take. 
 
 Rule 26. In all channels less than five hundred feet in width 
 no steam vessel shall pass another going in the same direction 
 unless the steam vessel ahead be disabled or signify her willing- 
 ness that the steam vessel astern shall pass, when the steam 
 vessel astern may pass, subject, however, to the other rules appli- 
 cable to such a situation. And when steam vessels proceeding in 
 opposite directions are about to meet in such channels, both such 
 vessels shall be slowed down to a moderate speed, according to 
 the circumstances. 
 
 Rule 26. If the pilot of a steam vessel to which a passing 
 signal is sounded deems it unsafe to accept and assent to said 
 
828 
 
 signal, he shall not sound a cross signal ; but in that case, and 
 in every case where the pilot of one steamer fails to understand 
 the course or intention of an approaching steamer, whether from 
 signals being given or answered erroneously, or from other causes, 
 the pilot of such steamer so receiving the first passing signal, or 
 the pilot so in doubt, shall sound several short and rapid blasts 
 of the whistle; and if the vessels shall have approached within 
 half a mile of each other both shall reduce their speed to bare 
 steerageway, and, if necessary, stop and reverse. 
 
 Rule 27. In obeying and construing these rules due regard 
 shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision and to any 
 special circumstances which may render a departure from the 
 above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 
 
 Rule 28. Nothing in these rules shall exonerate any vessel, or 
 the owner or master or crew thereof, from the consequences of 
 any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep a 
 proper lookout, or of a neglect of any precaution which may be 
 required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special 
 circumstances of the case. 
 
 Sec. 2. That a fine, not exceeding two hundred dollars, may be 
 imposed for the violation of any of the provisions of this act. 
 The vessel shall be liable for the said penalty, and may be seized 
 and proceeded against, by way of libel, in the district court of 
 the United States for any district within which such vessel may 
 be found. 
 
 Sec 3. That the Secretary of Commerce of the United States 
 shall have authority to establish all necessary regulations, not 
 inconsistent with the provisions of this act, required to carry the 
 same into effect. 
 
 The Board of Supervising Inspectors of the United States shall 
 have authority to establish such regulations to be observed by all 
 steam vessels in passing each other, not inconsistent with the 
 provisions of this act, as they shall from time to time deem 
 necessary ; and all regulations adopted by the said Board of 
 Supervising Inspectors under the authority of this act, when 
 approved by the Secretary of Commerce, shall have the force 
 of law. Two printed copies of any such regulations for passing, 
 signed by them, shall be furnished to each steam vessel, and shall 
 at all times be kept posted up in conspicuous places on board. 
 
 Sec. 4. That all laws or parts of laws, so far as applicable to 
 the navigation of the Great Lakes and their connecting and 
 tributary waters as far east as Montreal, inconsistent with the 
 foregoing rules are hereby repealed. 
 
 Sec 5. That this act shall take effect on and after March first, 
 eighteen hundred and ninety-five. 
 
 Approved. February 8, 1895. 
 
829 
 
 Rules and regulations for the government of pilots of vessels 
 propelled by steam, gas, fluid, naphtha, or electric motors, 
 and of other vessels propelled by machinery, navigating 
 the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters 
 as far east as Montreal, as amended by the Board of United 
 States Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Serv- 
 ice, at the meeting of January, 1912, and approved by the 
 Secretary of Commerce, under the authority of an act of 
 Congress approved February 8, 1895. These rules have 
 been signed by the members of the Board of Supervising 
 Inspectors, as required by section 3 of the act of Congress 
 approved February 8, 1895. 
 
 PRELIMINARY. 
 
 In the following rules the words steam vessel and steamer shall 
 include any vessel propelled by machinery. 
 
 A vessel is under icay within the meaning of these rules when 
 she is not at anchor or made fast to the shore or aground. 
 
 Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained 
 by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching 
 vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
 should be deemed to exist. 
 
 Rule I. In all weathers every steam vessel under way in taking 
 any course authorized or required by these rules shall indicate 
 that course by the following signals on her whistle, to be accom- 
 panied, whenever required, by corresponding alteration of her 
 helm ; and every steam vessel receiving a signal from another 
 shall promptly respond with the same signal or sound the danger 
 signal as provided in Rule II : 
 
 One blast means, " I am directing my course to starboard," 
 except when two steamers are approaching each other at right 
 angles or obliquely, other than when one steamer is overtaking 
 another, one short blast signifies intention of steamer which 
 is to starboard of the other to hold course and speed. 
 
 Tico blasts mean, " I am directing my course to port." 
 
 Rule II. If, when steamers are approaching each other, the 
 pilot of either vessel fails to understand the course or intention 
 of the other, whether from signals being given or answered erro- 
 neously, or from other causes, the pilot so in doubt shall immedi- 
 ately signify the same by giving the danger signal of five or 
 more short and rapid blasts of the whistle: and if both vessels 
 shall have approached within half a mile of each other, both 
 shall be immediately slowed to a speed barely sufficient for 
 steerageway, and, if necessary, stopped and reversed, until the 
 proper signals are given, answered, and understood, or until the 
 vessels shall have passed each other. 
 
 Rule III. Steam vessels are forbidden to use what has be- 
 come technically known among pilots as "cross signals" — 
 
830 
 
 that is, answering one whistle with two, and answering two 
 whistles with one. In all cases, and under all circumstances, a 
 pilot receiving either of the whistle signals provided in the rules, 
 which for any reason he deems injudicious to comply with, in- 
 stead of answering it with a cross signal, shall at once sound 
 the danger signal and observe the rule applying thereto (Rule II). 
 Rule IY. The signals for passing, by the blowing of the 
 whistle, shall be given and answered by pilots in compliance with 
 these rules, not only when meeting ''head and head," or nearly so, 
 but at all times when passing or meeting at a distance within 
 a half mile of each other, and whether passing to the starboard 
 or port. 
 
 SITUATIONS. 
 
 Rule Y. When steamers are approaching each other " head 
 and head/' or nearly so, it shall be the duty of each steamer 
 to pass on the port side of the other; and the pilot of either 
 steamer may be first in determining to pursue this course, and 
 thereupon shall give, as a signal of his intention, one short and 
 distinct blast of his whistle, which the pilot of the other steamer 
 shall answer promptly by a similar blast of his whistle, and there- 
 upon such steamers shall pass on the port side, of each other. 
 But if the courses of such steamers are so far on the starboard of 
 each other as not to be considered by pilots as meeting " head 
 and head," or nearly so, the pilot so first deciding shall imme- 
 diately give two short and distinct blasts of his whistle, which 
 the pilot of the other steamer shall answer promptly by two 
 similar blasts of his whistle, and they shall pass on the starboard 
 side of each other : Provided, hcnvever, That in all narrow chan- 
 nels where there is a current, and in the rivers Saint Mary. 
 Saint Clair, Detroit, Niagara, and Saint Lawrence, when two 
 steamers are meeting, the descending steamer shall have the right 
 of way and shall, before the vessels shall have arrived within the 
 distance of one-half mile of each other, give the signal necessary 
 to indicate which side she elects to take. 
 
 In the night, steamers will be considered as meeting " head and 
 head " so long as both the colored lights of each are in view of 
 the other. 
 
 Rule YI. Whenever a steamer is nearing a short bend or curve 
 in the channel, where, from the height of the banks or other 
 cause, a steamer approaching from the opposite direction can not 
 be seen for a distance of half a mile, the pilot of such steamer, 
 when he shall have arrived within half a mile of such curve or 
 bend, shall give a signal by one long blast of the whistle, which 
 signal shall be answered by a similar blast, given by the pilot 
 of any steamer within hearing that may be approaching on the 
 other side, and within half a mile of such bend or curve. Should 
 such signal be so answered by a steamer upon the farther side 
 
831 
 
 of such bend, then the usual signals for meeting* and passing shall 
 immediately be given and answered ; but if the first signal of 
 such pilot be not answered, he is to consider the channel clear and 
 govern himself accordingly. 
 
 Rule VII. When a steamer is moved from its dock or berth, 
 and other steamers are liable to approach such steamer from any 
 direction, such steamer and any approaching steamer shall give 
 the same signals as in case of steamers meeting at a bend; but 
 immediately after clearing the dock or berth so as to be fully in 
 sight they shall be governed by the rules for passing. 
 
 Rule VIII. When one steamer is overtaking another, and 
 the pilot of a steamer which is astern shall desire to pass on the 
 right or starboard hand of the steamer ahead, he shall give one 
 short blast of the whistle, as a signal of such desire and intention, 
 and shall put his helm to port : or if he shall desire to pass on 
 the left or port side of the steamer ahead, he shall give two short 
 blasts of the whistle as a signal of such desire and intention and 
 shall put his helm to starboard, and the pilot of the steamer ahead 
 shall answer by the same signals ; or if he does not think it safe 
 for the steamer astern to attempt to pass at that point he shall 
 immediately signify the same by giving five or more short and 
 rapid blasts of the whistle, and under no circumstances shall the 
 steamer astern attempt to pass the steamer ahead until such time 
 as they have reached a point where it can be safely done, when 
 said steamer ahead shall signify her willingness by blowing the 
 proper signals. The boat ahead shall in no case attempt t<» cross 
 the how or crowd upon the course of the passing steamer. 
 
 Every vessel coming up witli another vessel from any direction 
 more than two points abaft her beam — that is, in such a position, 
 with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking, that at night 
 she would be unable to see either of that vessel's side lights — shall 
 be deemed to be an ovcrtahin</ vessel; and no subsequent altera- 
 tion of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the over- 
 taking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules, 
 or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
 until she is finally passed and clear. 
 
 As by day the overtaking vessel can not always know with cer- 
 tainty whether she is forward of or abaft this direction from the 
 other vessel she should, if in doubt, assume that she is an over- 
 taking vessel and keep out of the way. 
 
 Rule IX. In all channels less than five hundred feet in 
 width, no steam vessel shall pass another going in the same di- 
 rection unless the steam vessel ahead be disabled or signify her 
 willingness that the steam vessel astern shall pass, when the steam 
 vessel astern may pass, subject, however, to the other rules 
 applicable to such a situation. And when steam vessels pro- 
 ceeding in opposite directions are about to meet in such channels, 
 
832 
 
 both such vessels shall be slowed down to a moderate speed, accord- 
 ing to the circumstances. 
 
 Rule X. When two steamers are approaching each other at 
 
 RIGHT ANGLES OR OBLIQUELY SO AS TO INVOLVE RISK OF COLLISION, 
 
 other than when one steamer is overtaking another, the steamer 
 which has the other on her own port side shall hold her course and 
 speed ; and the steamer which has the other on her own starboard 
 side shall keep out of the way of the other by directing her course 
 to starboard so as to cross the stern of the other steamer, or, if 
 necessary to do so, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. The 
 steamer having the other on her own port bow shall blow one 
 blast of her whistle as a signal of her intention to cross the bow 
 of the other, holding her course and speed, which signal shall be 
 promptly answered by the other steamer by one short blast of her 
 whistle as a signal of her intention to direct her course to star- 
 board so as to cross the stern of the other steamer or otherwise 
 keep clear. 
 
 If from any cause whatever the conditions covered by this situa- 
 tion are such as to prevent immediate compliance with each other's 
 signals, the misunderstanding or objection shall be at. once made 
 apparent by blowing the danger signal, and both steamers shall 
 be stopped, and backed if necessary, until signals for passing with 
 safety are made and understood. 
 
 Rule XL When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are pro- 
 ceeding in such directions as to involve risk of collision the steam 
 vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 
 
 Rule XII. In obeying and construing these rules due regard 
 shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision and to 
 any special circumstances which may render a departure from 
 the above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 
 
 fog signals. 
 
 Rule XIII. Whenever there is thick weather by reason of fog, 
 mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms, or other causes, whether by 
 day or by night, fog signals shall be used as follows : 
 
 A steam vessel under way, excepting only a steam vessel with 
 raft in tow, shall sound at intervals of not more than one minute 
 three distinct blasts of her whistle. 
 
 A steamer tcith a raft in taw shall sound at intervals of not 
 more than one minute a screeching or Modoc whistle for from 
 three to five seconds. 
 
 Every vessel in toio of another vessel shall, at intervals of one 
 minute, sound four bells on a good and efficient and properly 
 placed bell as follows: By striking the bell twice in quick suc- 
 cession, followed by a little longer interval, and then again 
 striking twice in quick succession (in the manner in which four 
 bells is struck indicating time). 
 
833 
 
 Any vessel at anchor and any vessel aground in or near a chan- 
 nel or fairway shall, at intervals of not more than two minutes, 
 ring the bell rapidly from three to five seconds. 
 
 SPEED TO BE MODERATE IN FOG, AND SO FORTH. 
 
 Rule XIV. Every steam vessel shall, in thick weather, by 
 reason of fog, mist, falling snow, heavy, rainstorms, or other 
 causes, go at moderate speed. A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
 not more than four points from right ahead, the fog signal of 
 another vessel shall at once reduce her speed to bare steerageway, 
 and navigate with caution until the vessels shall have passed 
 each other. 
 
 Rules for lights for certain elattHes of vessels navigating the 
 Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters. 
 
 The following rules for lights to be carried by tugs under 30 
 tons register (net) whose principal business is harbor towing, 
 for boats navigating only on the River St. Lawrence, for ferry- 
 boats, canal boats in tow, and for rafts and other water craft 
 propelled by hand power, horse power, or by the current of the 
 river, or in tow, or which shall be anchored or moored in or near 
 a fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, were adopted by the Board 
 of Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, on Feb- 
 ruary 14, 1907, and approved by the Secretary of Commerce on 
 February 25, 1907. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR TUGS UNDER 30 TONS REGISTER (NET) WHOSE PRINCIPAL 
 BUSINESS IS HARBOR TOWING. 
 [Authority: Rule 7 act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 
 
 Tugs under 30 tons register (net) whose principal business is 
 harbor towing, navigating the Great Lakes and their connecting 
 and tributary waters as far east as Montreal, shall carry the red 
 and green side lights carried by other steamers ; and, at the fore- 
 mast head, or, if the steamer have no foremast, then on top of 
 the pilot house, a white light so constructed as to show a uni- 
 form and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 20 points 
 of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light 10 points on 
 each side of the vessel, namely, from right ahead to 2 points 
 abaft the beam on either side, and of such a character as to be 
 visible at a distance of at least 3 miles ; and ichen towing, except 
 when towing a raft, shall carry an additional white light of 
 same character and construction as the headlight, and hung not 
 less than 3 feet vertically above or below the headlight. 
 
 When toicing a raft, the two headlights shall be carried in a 
 horizontal line athwartships not less than 4 feet apart, each so 
 fixed as to throw the light all around the horizon, and of such a 
 character as to be visible at a distance of at least 3 miles. 
 
834 
 
 LIGHTS FOR BOATS NAVIGATING ONLY ON THE RIVER ST. LAWRENCE. 
 
 [Authority: Rule 7 act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 
 
 The lights for boats of all kinds navigating only on the River 
 St. Lawrence as far east as Montreal shall be the same as re- 
 quired by law for vessels navigating the Great Lakes, and as 
 required by the rules of the Board of Supervising Inspectors, for 
 ferryboats, rafts, canal boats, and water craft propelled by hand 
 power, horse power, or by the current of the river. 
 
 LIGHTS TO BE CARRIED BY FERRYBOATS." 
 [Authority : Rule 7, act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 
 
 Ferryboats propelled by steam or machinery and navigating 
 the waters of the Great Lakes and their connecting and tribu- 
 tary waters as far east as Montreal shall carry the white light 
 or lights and the colored side lights required by law to be carried 
 on steam vessels navigating those waters, except that double-end 
 ferryboats shall carry a central range of clear, bright, white 
 lights, showing all around the horizon, placed at equal altitudes 
 forward and aft ; also on the starboard side a green light, and on 
 the port side a red light, of such a character as to be visible on 
 a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 2 
 miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken 
 light over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the compass, and 
 so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft 
 the beam on their respective sides. 
 
 The green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard screens 
 projecting at least 3 feet forward from the lights, so as te pre- 
 vent them from being seen across the bow. 
 
 Local inspectors in districts having ferryboats shall, whenever 
 the safety of navigation may require, designate for each line 
 of such boats a certain light, white or colored, which shall show 
 all around the horizon, to designate and distinguish such lines 
 from each other, which light shall be carried on a flagstaff 
 amidships, 15 feet above the white range lights. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR CANAL BOATS IN TOW OF STEAM VESSELS. 
 
 [Authority: Rule 7, act of Congress approved February 8,^1895.] 
 
 Canal boats wdien in tow of steam vessels on the Great Lakes 
 and their connecting and tributary waters as far east as Mon- 
 treal shall carry lights as follows: 
 
 Canal boats when towed astern of steam vessels and towed 
 singly or tandem shall each carry a green light on the starboard 
 
 12 See act of Congress approved June 9, 1910, effective on and after 
 July 9, 1910. prescribing lights that shall be carried by certain classes 
 of vessels of not more than 65 feet in length ; as given in sec. S of this 
 chapter. 
 
835 
 
 side, a red light on the port side, and a small bright white 
 light aft. 
 
 When canal boats are towed at a hawser in one or more tiers 
 two or more abreast, the boat on the starboard side of each tier 
 shall carry a green light on her starboard side, and the boat on 
 the port side of each tier shall carry a red light on her port side, 
 and each of the outside boats in the last tier shall also carry 
 a small bright white light aft., 
 
 When a canal boat is towed alongside and on the starboard 
 side of a steamer, the boat towed shall carry a green light on 
 the starboard side, and when towed on the port side of a steamer, 
 the boat towed shall carry a red light on the port side. 
 
 When tivo canal boats are towed alongside of a steamer, one 
 on the starboard and one on the port side, the starboard boat shall 
 carry a green light on the starboard side and the port boat shall 
 carry a red light on the port side. 
 
 The colored side lights referred to in these rules for canal 
 boats in tow of steam vessels shall be fitted with inboard screens, 
 so as to prevent them from being seen across the bow, and of 
 such a character as to be visible on a dark night, with a clear 
 atmosphere, at a distance of at least 2 miles, and so constructed 
 as to show a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the 
 horizon of 10 points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw 
 the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on either 
 side. The minimum size of glass globes shall not be less than 6 
 inches in diameter and 5 inches high in the clear. 
 
 The small bright white light aft required to be carried on canal 
 boats in tow shall not be visible forward of the beam. 
 
 LIGHTS FOR WATER CRAFT PROPELLED BY HAND POWER, HORSEPOWKIt, 
 
 OR BY THE CURRENT OF THE RIVER. 
 
 I Authority: Rule 10, not of Congress approved February 8. 1895.1 
 
 Any vessel propelled by hand power, horsepower, or by the 
 current of the river, navigating any bay, harbor, or river, of the 
 Great Lakes, or which shall be anchored or moored in or near 
 the channel or fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, of the Great 
 Lakes, except rafts and rowing boats under oars, shall carry one 
 white light forward not less than 8 feet above the surface of the 
 water, which light shall be carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a 
 lantern so fixed and constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and 
 unbroken light, visible all around the horizon, and of such in- 
 tensity as to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere 
 at a distance of at least 1 mile. 
 
 Rowing boats under oars shall have ready at hand a lantern 
 showing a white light which shall be temporarily exhibited in 
 sufficient time to prevent collision. 
 
836 
 
 LIGHTS FOB RAFTS NAVIGATING THE GREAT LAKES AND THEIR CON- 
 NECTING AND TRIBUTARY WATERS AS FAB EAST AS MONTBEAL. 
 
 [Authority : Rules 7 and 10, act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 
 
 Rafts on the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
 waters as far east as Montreal, propelled by hand power, horse- 
 power, or by the current of the river, or in tow, or which shall 
 be anchored or moored in or near a channel or fairway of other 
 vessels, shall carry lights as follows : 
 
 Rafts of one crib and not more than two in length shall carry 
 one white light. Rafts of three or more cribs in length and one 
 crib in width shall carry one white light at each end of the raft. 
 Rafts of more than one crib abreast shall carry one white light 
 on each outside corner of the raft, making four lights in all. 
 
 Bag or boom rafts navigating or anchored in the fairway of 
 any bay, harbor, or river shall carry a bright white light at each 
 end of the raft, and one of such lights on each side midway 
 between the forward and after ends. 
 
 The white light required by these rules for rafts shall be 
 carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a lantern so fixed and con- 
 structed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light, visible 
 all around the horizon, and of such intensity as to be visible on 
 a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 1 
 mile; which lights shall be suspended from poles of such height 
 that the light shall be not less than 8 feet above the surface of 
 the water. 
 
 The limit of inland waters within which the rules contained in 
 this section apply is at Montreal, the rules including all waters 
 indicated to the westward of that point. 
 
 Section 7. — CebtAin Additional Rules Applicable to One ob 
 moee of the preceding sections. 
 
 [This section is reproduced from such parts of the hereinbefore enumer- 
 ated publications of the Department of Commerce as are common to 
 one or more of such publications. In some of them there are slight 
 differences in their application to the several individual preceding 
 sections, but in each such case the differences in question are specially 
 indicated in the text.] 
 
 POSTING OF PILOT RULES. 
 
 [The provisions of this rule are applicable to sec 4 of this chapter (see 
 sec. 2, act approved June 7, 1897) ; to sec. 5 of this chapter (see R. S., 
 sec. 4412) ; and to sec. 6 of this chapter (see sec. 3, act approved Feb. 
 8, 1895).] 
 
 On steam and other motor vessels of over 100 gross tons two 
 copies of the placard form of these rules (Department of Com- 
 merce Forms 804, 806, or 808, as the case may be) shall be kept 
 
837 
 
 posted up in conspicuous places in the vessel, one copy of which 
 shall be kept posted up in the pilot house. On steam and other 
 motor vessels of over 25 gross tons and not over 100 gross 
 tons, two copies of the placard form of pilot rules shall be 
 kept on board, one copy of which shall be kept posted up in 
 the pilot house. On steam and other motor vessels of 25 gross 
 tons and under, and of more than 10 gross tons, two copies of the 
 placard form of the pilot rules shall be kept on board, and, where 
 practicable, one copy thereof shall be kept conspicuously posted 
 up in the vessel. On steam and other motor vessels of not more 
 than 10 gross tons, two copies of the pamphlet form of the pilot 
 rules shall be kept on board, and, where practicable, one copy 
 thereof shall be kept conspicuously posted up in the vessel. 
 
 RULE PROHIBITING THE CARRYING OF UNAUTHORIZED LIGHTS ON 
 STEAM VESSELS. 
 
 [Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter.] 
 
 [Adopted by the Board of Supervising Inspectors on February 16, 1910, 
 and approved by the Secretary of Commerce on March 9, 1910. Au- 
 thority : Section 4450, Revised Statutes.] 
 
 Any master or pilot of any steam vessel who shall authorize or 
 permit the carrying of any light, electric or otherwise, not re- 
 quired by law, on the outside structure of the cabin or hull of 
 the vessel that in any way will interfere with distinguishing the 
 signal lights shall, upon conviction thereof before any board of 
 inspectors having jurisdiction, be deemed guilty of misconduct and 
 shall be liable to have his license suspended or revoked. 
 
 RULE RELATING TO THE USE OF SEARCHLIGHTS. 
 
 [Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter.] 
 
 The Board of Supervising Inspectors, at their annual meeting 
 of January, 1915, adopted the following rule relating to the use 
 of searchlights : 
 
 Any master or pilot of any steam vessel who shall flash or cause 
 to be flashed the rays of the searchlight into the pilot house of a 
 passing vessel shall be deemed guilty of misconduct and shall be 
 liable to have his license suspended or revoked. 
 
 RULE PROHIBITING UNNECESSARY SOUNDING OF THE STEAM WHISTLE. 
 
 [Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter. Authority : Act of Con- 
 gress approved Feb. 8, 1907.] 
 
 The Board of Supervising Inspectors, at their annual meeting 
 of January, 1907, adopted the following rule : 
 
 Unnecessary sounding of the steam whistle is prohibited within 
 any harbor limits of the United States. Whenever any licensed 
 183841°— 20 54 
 
838 
 
 officer in charge of any steamer authorizes or permits such un- 
 necessary whistling, upon conviction thereof before any board of 
 inspectors having jurisdiction, such officer shall be suspended from 
 acting under his license as the inspectors trying the case may 
 deem proper. 
 
 RULES GOVERNING THE OPERATION OF DRAWBRIDGES OVER NAVIGABLE 
 WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 [Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter.] 
 
 It is suggested that pilots of all steamers navigating waters 
 which are spanned by drawbridges under the jurisdiction of the 
 War Department should provide themselves with the War De- 
 partment rules governing the operation of these drawbridges and 
 observe the rules. 
 
 Section 8. — Special Rules for Motor Boats. 
 
 AN ACT To amend laws for preventing collisions of vessels and to regu- 
 late equipment of certain motor boats on the navigable waters of the 
 United States. 
 
 Be it enacted hy the Senate and House of Representatives of 
 the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the 
 words " motor boat " where used in this act shall include every 
 vessel propelled by machinery and not more than sixty-five feet 
 in length except tug boats and tow boats propelled by steam. 
 The length shall be measured from end to end over the deck, ex- 
 cluding sheer: Provided, That the engine, boiler, or other operat- 
 ing machinery shall be subject to inspection by the local inspectors 
 of steam vessels, and to their approval of the design thereof, on 
 all said motor boats, which are more than forty feet in length, 
 and which are propelled by machinery driven by steam. 
 
 Sec 2. That motor boats subject to the provisions of this act 
 shall be divided into classes as follows : 
 
 Glass 1. Less than twenty- six feet in length. 
 
 •Glass 2. Twenty-six feet or over and less than forty feet in 
 length. 
 
 Class 3. Forty feet or over and not more than sixty-five feet in 
 length. 
 
 Sec. 3. That every motor boat in all weathers from sunset to 
 sunrise shall carry the following lights, and during such time no 
 other lights which may be mistaken for those prescribed shall 
 be exhibited. 
 
 (a) Every motor boat of class one shall carry the following 
 lights : 
 
 First. A white light aft to show all around the horizon. 
 
 Second. A combined lantern in the fore part of the vessel and 
 lower than the white light aft showing green to starboard and red 
 
 
839 
 
 to port, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two 
 points abaft the beam on their respective sides. 
 
 (b) Every motor boat of classes two and three shall carry the 
 following lights : 
 
 First. A bright white light in the fore part of the vessel, as 
 hear the stem as practicable, so constructed as to show an un- 
 broken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty points of the 
 compass, so fixed as to throw the light ten points on each side of 
 the vessel, namely, from right ahead to two points abaft the 
 beam on either side. The glass or lens shall be of not less than 
 the following dimensions : 
 
 Class 2. Nineteen square inches. 
 
 Class 3. Thirty-one square inches. 
 
 Second. A white light aft to show all around the horizon. 
 
 Third. On the starboard side a green light so constructed as to 
 show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizontal of ten points 
 of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 
 two points abaft the beam on the starboard side. On the port 
 side a red light so constructed as to show an unbroken light over 
 an arc of the horizon of ten points of the compass, so fixed as to 
 throw the light from right ahead to two points abaft the beam 
 on the port side. The glasses or lenses in the said side lights 
 shall be of not less than the following dimensions on motor 
 boats of — 
 
 (Mass 2. Sixteen square inches. 
 
 (Mass 3. Twenty-five square inches. 
 
 On and alter July first, nineteen hundred and eleven, all glasses 
 or lenses prescribed by paragraph (b) of section three shall be 
 fivsnel or fluted. The said lights shall be fitted with inboard 
 screen of sufficient height and so set as to prevent these lights 
 from being seen across the bow and shall be of not less than the 
 following dimensions on motor boats of — 
 
 Class 2. Eighteen inches long. 
 
 Class 3. Twenty-four inches long: Provided, That motor boats 
 as defined in this act, when propelled by sail and machinery or 
 under sail alone, shall carry the colored lights suitably screened 
 but not the white lights prescribed by this section. 
 
 Sec. 4., (a) Every motor boat under the provisions of this act 
 shall be provided with a whistle or other sound-producing me- 
 chanical appliance capable of producing a blast of two seconds 
 or more in duration, and in the case of such boats so provided 
 a blast of at least two seconds shall be deemed a prolonged blast 
 within the meaning of the law. 
 
 (b) Every motor boat of class two or three shall carry an 
 efficient fog horn. 
 
 (c) Every motor boat of class two or three shall be provided 
 with an efficient bell, which shall be not less than eight inches 
 across the mouth on board of vessels of class three. 
 
 
840 
 
 Sec. 5. That every motor boat subject to any of the provisions 
 of this act, and also all vessels propelled by machinery other 
 than by steam more than sixty-five feet in length, shall carry 
 either life preservers or life belts or buoyant cushions or ring 
 buoys or other device, to be prescribed by the Secretary of Com- 
 merce, sufficient to sustain afloat every person on board and 
 so placed as to be readily accessible. All motor boats carrying 
 passengers for hire shall carry one life preserver of the sort 
 prescribed by the regulations of the board of supervising in- 
 spectors for every passenger carried, and no such boat v\'hile so 
 carrying passengers for hire shall be operated or navigated except 
 in charge of a person duly licensed for such service by the local 
 board of inspectors. No examination shall be required as the 
 condition of obtaining such a license, and any such license shall be 
 revoked or suspended by the local board of inspectors for mis- 
 conduct, gross negligence, recklessness in navigation, intemper- 
 ance, or violation of law on the part of the holder, and if revoked 
 the person holding such license shall be incapable of obtaining 
 another such license for one year from the date of revocation : 
 Provided, That motor boats shall not be required to carry licensed 
 officers, except as required in this act. 
 
 Sec. 6. That every motor boat and also every vessel propelled 
 by machinery other than by steam more than sixty-five feet in 
 length shall carry ready for immediate use the means of promptly 
 and effectually extinguishing burning gasoline. 
 
 Sec 7. That a fine not exceeding one hundred dollars may be 
 imposed for any violation of this act. The motor boat shall be 
 liable for the said penalty and may be seized and proceeded 
 against by way of libel in the district court of the United States 
 for any district within which such vessel may be found* 
 
 Sec 8. That the Secretary of Commerce shall make such regu- 
 lations as may be necessary to secure the proper execution of 
 this act by collectors of customs and other officers of the Govern- 
 ment. And the Secretary of the Department of Commerce may, 
 upon application therefor, remit or mitigate any fine, penalty, 
 or forfeiture relating to motor boats except for failure to observe 
 the provisions of section six of this act. 
 
 Sec 9. That all laws and parts of laws only in so far as they 
 are in conflict herewith are hereby repealed : Provided, That noth- 
 ing in this act shall be deemed to alter or amend acts of Congress 
 embodying or revising international rules for preventing collisions 
 at sea. 
 
 Sec. 10. That this act shall take effect on and after thirty days 
 after its approval. 
 
 Approved June 9. 1910. 
 
 o 
 
?. ■ % - 
 

 .G*^ ^>- ******* A "V 
 
 
 SB; A -tllR »°^ *4§R; £°* •Site'- „*■ 
 
 • « o 
 
 V*- T V <V^V V^'V .i 
 
 
 
J. ^ 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^° ?■**■, 'x&mr* & 
 
 
 1° ^ A* * 
 
 
 
 
 ■5^ 
 
 tV 
 
 * -0? V. o 
 
 
 :•> V^V V^V V^V 
 
 * 'Mfifc W •«' W A: W -1 
 
 
 
 * °o 
 
 4* •* 
 
 '»' .*"**. 
 
 *■ f 
 
 
 
 1; WERT *TI mER^ .0^. v^ iO. tSRfeH^o *0< 
 
 Si BCXDK01NOINC 
 | JULY 82 
 
 VVSeVo Ouil«v »o«nc/ 
 
 
 .9 
 
 ^ *•"** <«*■ 
 
022 194 744 7 
 
 Hffl 
 
 H 
 
 ^^m 
 
 I 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 m 
 
 I 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ ^ 
 
 
 w* 
 
 ^H 
 
 I i 1 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■fl 
 
 ^■a 
 
 h 
 
 
 tfli 
 
 ■ I